-/

M'

BULLETIN

OF THK

c-t I . rtTj ,

.TSteS
1??=^ -XS
^,10-|2H

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

VOL. X.— I 5-

'"L-v ■<'

TT

MTssotrm

BOTANICAl^

GARDEN.

NEW YORK :
1S83.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are de.signated by an asterisk* before the

Abutilon, note on, 13i.

Acolium, n. sp.,

Acrostichum aureum, growing by fresh-
water, 12.

Adirondacks, flora of, 43.

^dCeidium, n. sp., 74^ 75.

Agropyrum, n. sp., *128.

“ abnormal, *78.

Agrostis, n. sp., 21.

Algaa, fresh- water, *13.

“ marine. New England, 55.

Alternaria, n. sp., 52.

Amelanchier, a large. 70.

Amorpha, fasciation in, 136.

Anemone or Thalictrum. which? 56.
Antirrhinum, n sp., 126.

Apple-tree, a large, 134.

Arthrocladia villosa, note on, 106.
Arthrodesmus, n. sp., 17, 18.

Aristida, n, sp., 42.

Artichoke, morphology in tuber of, *54.
Artemisia, n. sp., 42.

Arceuthobium m New Hampshire, 62.
Aspidium lonchites, note on, W.

Bseria, n. sp., 86.

Berzelius catalogue, additions to, 1 20.
Bigelovia, n. sp., 126.

Boletus, n. sp., *73.

Borraginaceae, fertilization of, 83.

Botanical Club, Syracuse, 6o, 124.

“ “ Torrey, 12, 36, 60, 108, 13.5.

“ Literature, 35, 72, 96. 134.

“ Notes, 10, 71, 83, 95, lOd, 122, 133.
Brickellia, n. sp.. 86
Bumelia, n. sp., 90, 91.

Cseoma, n. sp., 62.

Calloria, n. sp., 49.

Calocylindrtfs, n. sp., 16.

California, Lower, notes fi'om, 106.
Centaurea, motion of stamens in, 108.
Cenangium, n. sp., 76.

Cercospora, n. sp., .50.

Cheilanthes, n. sp., *61.

Chemung Co., N. Y., notes on flora of,
8, 70.

Cicero Swamp, N. Y., flora of, 66.

Clematis viorna, new station for, 82.
Cocculus, polymorphous leaves In, 136.
Coraandra, haustoria of, *37.

Compositse, Western, new, 86.

Coniferae of Washington Territory, 47.
Connecticut, plants new to, 102.

Contributors:

Allen, T. F., *109.

Bailey, W. W., 75, *82, 122, 132, 134.
Baldwin, Henry, 68.

Britton, N. L , 67, 82, 103, 105, 129. 133.
Buckley. S. B.. 90.

Campbell, D. H., *119.

Collins, F. S., .55.

Davenport, Geo. E., 4, 41, *61.

Davis, G. P.. 70.

Dudley, W. R., *1.

Eaton. D. C., 26, 101, 102.

Ellis, J. B , 52, 76, 89, 96, 97, 117.

Everhart, B. M., 76, 89, 97, 117.

Foerste, Aug F.. 33.

Gerard, W. R., 67, 103, 129.

Gratacap, I.. P., 79.

page number.)

Gray, Asa, 94.

Greene, Edw. Lee, 41. 86, 12.5.

Harve.y, F. L., 133.

Hervey, A. B., 57.

Hill, E. J., 03
James, Jos. F., .56, 57, 82.

Jesup, H. G., 62.

Jones, M. E., 32, 69.

Kunze. R. E., 78.

Knight, Elizabeth G., 34. *99.

Lemmon, J G., 133.

Lucy, T. F., 8, 70.

Meehan, Thos., 24. 118, 119, 1-32.
Merriam, C. H., 93.

Miller, E. S., 121.

Millington, Lucy A., 24.

Orcutt. C. R., 81, K'6.

Parry, C. C , 23, *50.

Peck, C. H., 62, *73, 127.

Perry, Geo. W., 106.

Prentiss, A. N., 43.

Ravenel, H. W , *54,

Kidgway, Robert, 121. ‘

Rudkin, W. H., 95.

Rust, Mary 0-, 66, 121.

Schrenk, Joseph, *37, 132.

Scribner, F. L., 7, 29, 35, *68, *77, *85.
Stone. W. E , 9, 48. 107.

Trumbull, Annie S., 34.

Tuckerman, Edward, 21, 42.

Tweedy. Frank, 47.

Vasey, George, 21, *25, 32, 42. 52. *128.
Wibbe, J. H., 46.

Winter, George 7, 50.

Wolle, Francis, *1.3.

■Wright, Charles, 101.

Corethrogyne, n. sp., 41.

Cosmarium, n. sp , 16, 17.

Cotyledon, n. sp., 125.

Ciicurbita Califoruica, *50.

Cucurbitaria, n. sp., 53, 89.

Cyperus refractus, note on, 32.

Danthonia, n. sp., .52.

Deyeuxia, n. sp., *64.

Diaportlie, n. sp., 49, 89, 98.

Diospyros Kaki, economic use of, 95.
Dioclea Boykinii, new station for, 133.
Diplachne, n. sp., 30.

Draba, n. sp., 125.

Eleochari.s, n. sj)., 101.

Elymus, proliferous, 9.

Epiloblum palustre, bulbs of, 21.

Eucelia, n. sp.. 41.
bluastrum, n. sp.. 18.

I Eustichium Norvegicuni, fruit of, *99.

I Fasciation in Rubus, 48.

“ “ Amorpha, 136.

Ferns, new or little known of U. S., 26.

I 101.

I Ferns, prothallia, development of, *1 1 9.

I *■ distribution of in U. S., 58.

Fern-rust, new, 62.

•• notes, 4.

Flora of country along Rio Grande, 122.

“ of Adirondacks. notes on, 43.

“ of Franconia Mountains, 34.

Floras, local, of IT. S.. list of, 67, 103, 129.

; Flowers, sexes of, relation of heat to, 71.
i “ abnormal, 71.

Foliage, autumn, 107.

Frullatiia, n. sp., 132.

Fungi, 11 . genus of, 137.

“ n. sp., 7, 49, 53, 63, *73, 76, 89, 97,
117.

Geranlia tenuifolia, parasitic, 133.

Glonium, n. sp., 76.

Glycerin^ n. sp.. *77.

Gnomonia, n. sp., 98.

Gonaiobotrys. n. sp., 7.

Grasses, n. sp., 31, 39, 43, 53, *138.

“ notes on, 7.

“ collected by Mr. Pringle. 8, 29.

“ from Washington Territory, *63,

*77.

Haplaria, n. sp., 97.

Haustorin of Comandra, *37.

Helotiura, n. sp., 98.

Hemizoiiia, n. sp., 41.

Hexagonia, n. sp., 73.

Impatiens. cleistogenous, 119.

^omoea, tricotyledonous, *82.

Juncus, proliferous, 9.

Lagophylla, n. sp., 86.

Leaves, forms of. 78.

“ photepinasty of, 84.

Lecidea, n. sp., 31, 23.

Leptospbrnria, n. sp., .53.

Lichens, Western, new, 31, 43

*’ reproductive organs of, 84.
Limnantbemum, submersed leaves in, 34.
Lonicera grata, note on, 94. *

Lophiostoma. n. sp., 53, 89.

Magnolia glauca on Ixing Island, 95.
Melanconis. n. sp , 117, 118.

Melanconium, n. sp., 74.

Melanthium latifolium, note on, 133.
Mentzelia as a flj' catcher, 69.

Michigan plants, notes on, 33.

Micrasterias, n. sp., 19.

Microseris, n. sp., 8®.

Microspheeria, n. sp., 75.

Mitchella repens, leafy berries in, *1.

“ “ white-fruited, 3.

Nectria. n. sp., 77.

Neinophila, cleistogenous. 119.

Neopeckia. new genus of fungi, 127.

Nevada and Utah, notes from. 69.

New York, Central, notes from, 46.
Notholmna, n. sp., 27.

Oaks, hybrid, near Washington, *25.
OCnothera, n. sp., 41, 135.

Onondaga Co., N. Y„ notes on flora of.
121 .

Opuntia, fertilization of, 79.

Oxv theca, n. sp., 23.

Palms and pines, among the, 81.
Peziza. n. sp., 53, 76, 98.

Pentstemon. n. sp , 127.

Photepina-sty of leaves, 84.

Phyllody of sepals in Trillium, 71.
Phyllosticta, n. sp., 49. 97.

Pinus Banksiana. height of 83. 93, 1 18.
“ rigida in Minnesota 133.

Plants, Western, new, 41, 86, 135.

“ Texan, new. 99.

“ growing in trees, 58.

Pleoneciria. n. sp. . 49.

Pleospora, n. sp., 53.

Poa, n sp., 31.

Poisons, action of. upon dowers, 11.
Polygala. n. sp.. 125.

Polyphylly of corolla in Trillium. 57.
Potamogetons in W New York, 95
Proterogvny in Spartina. 7.5.
Pnitoplasin, continuity of. 13.3.
Pyrenothauinia, n. geii. of lichens, 22,

PUBT.TCATIONS NOTICKD;

Bacteria, by T. ,1. Burrill, 72.

Cases of Mushroom poisoning, by J. D,
Trask, 72.

Catalogue of Davenport Herbarium, 72.
Catalogue of Flora of Oak Island,
Mass.), by H. A. Young, 13.5.
Catalogue of Plants of Worcester Co.,
(Mass.), by Jos. .Jackson, 131.
Contributions to American Botany, by S.
Watson, 96.

Deutsche botanische Monatsschrift, 135.
Descriptions of Iowa Uromyces, by J. C.
Arthur, 73

Distribution of Ferns in the U. S., b.y
G. E. Davenport, 72.

Early botanical Explorers of Pacifle
Coast, b.y C C. Parry, 135.

Growth and Structure of a Tree, by
W. J. Beal, 73.

Michigan Agricult. College, Report, 36.
Microscopic Distinctions between good
and bad Timber, byj T. Rothrock, 73.
Mycologic Flora of the Miami Valley, by
A. P. Morgan, 72.

Origine des Plantes Cultiv^es, par A De-
Candolle, 36.

Physiology of Protoplasmic Motion, by
T. H. ^ngelmann, 73.

Revision of genus Clematis, by J. F.
James, 72.

Structures which favor Cross-fertiliz-
ation in Plants, by W. Trelease, 73.
Some Algae supposed to be poisonous,
by J. C. Arthur, 72.

Sylloge Fungorum, by P. A. SacCardo. 96.
Supplement to Chapman’s Southern
Flora. .35.

Quercus, n. sp.. 91.

Ramalina. n. sp., 43.

Roestelia, n. sp., 74.

Kubu.s, fasciation in. 48.

Sam’s Point, N Y., flora of, 10.5, 131.

Senecio, n. sp , 87.

Septoria, n. sp , 97.

Snake, lignified, from Brazil, 10.
Sorosporium, n. sp., 7.

Spartina, notes on, *85.

“ proterogyny in, 75.

Sphaena, n. sp.. 53. .54. 90.

Sphaerella. n. sp , 75, 98, 117.

Spiearia, n. sp., 97.

Sporobolus, n. sp.. .53, 138.

Staurastrum, n. sp., 19, 20 .

Stegonosporium, n. sp., 76.

Stictis, n. sp., 76.

Stipa, n. .sp., 42
Teratological Notes, 9, 123.

Thalictrum or Anemone, which? 56.

Tol vpella, the American species of, *109.
Trif()lium, funnel-shaped leaves in, 70.
Trillium, phyllody of sepals in. 71.

, “ polyphylly of corolla in, 57.

jTrisetuiu, n. sp., *64.

I Troximon, n. sp., 88.

I Uromyces, n. sp., 74.
i Ustilago, n. sp , 7.

! Utah, notes from, 33.

Valsa, n. sp , 89, 118.

Vegetable tissue, contraction under frost, 83.
Violet with runners, 57.

Viiyraria, n. sp., 97.

Walnut tricotyledonous, 123.

Weeds, distribution of. 24.

Young, Alfred R.. death of, 57.
Zanthoxylum. n. sp., 90.

Bnlletlii Tanej Botanical Olnbi

JXxdlt^ ,diL

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l New York, January, 1883, [No. I.

Leafy Berries in Mitchel la repens.

By William R. Dudley.

(Plate XXVI.)

Several suggestive variations, more or less teratological, have
come under the writer’s observations during a few years past, and one
is here offered to the readers of the Bulletin which seems to follow
a line of departure apparently of rare occurrence. It is the adna-
tion, more or less complete, occurring between the berries and the
true leaves of Mitchella repens, L.

By reference'^to the accompanying plate, it will be seen that a
series is made out showing all conditions, from the partial adnation
of one leaf-petiole (Fig. 2) to the complete envelopment of the
berry by the expanded bases of both leaf-petioles (Fig. 5). There
were twelve or fifteen excellent specimens in the writer’s possession
at the time the drawings were made (Nov., 1881), representing all
grades of this union, between those shown in Figs. 2 and 5. There
is, therefore, no mistake as to the true origin of these foliar organs.

The drawings need little explanation; but there are a few char-
acters not readily made out from a black and white drawing. First,
the blades of these adnate leaves were, in all cases, of the usual
green color, or only a little paler. Second, in Fig. 2, the leaf on the
left seems to arise from the side of the berry; but, from the apparent
base of the petiole, the true base is plainly seen to expand, forming
a broad convex covering, clasping and organically combined with the
lower part of the berry itself.

The clasping base in this case, and in those in Figs. 3, 4 and 5,
has always the ordinary scarlet color of the berry, and, in every way
simulates its surface. Fven the base of the petiole of the leaf on the
right in Fig. 2 was tinged with red on account of its proximity to
the red fruit. Third, it is well known that the Mitchella flowers are
usually twin, producing two corollas, etc., but only one berry, which
is inferior. The two calyx-scars are seen in Fig. 2, but the berry is
so distorted, apparently by the diversion of the sap-currents into the
detached leaf, that the calyx on the right is much below its usual
position. Again, in Fig. 5, we find only one calyx, possessing, how-
ev^er, tw'o styles, as will be seen in the vertical section of the same
(Fig. 6).

VVe have been led to present this freak of the partridge-berry
somewhat in detail, not simply because we believed there was no
published record of its occurrence in this species, but chiefly for the
following reasons: In the various teratological works and papers

within reach, no example of a precisely similar malformation is given

2

of any plant. True, among the host of recent observers, it would
be strange if similar cases had not been noticed, and probably
records of such exist, but they cannot possibly be of common oc-
currence. Again, although the origin of these foliar members is
evident, the meaning of the adnation is not clear; as the meaning of
the reversion of the parts of a flower to leaves is clear, in the light
of our accepted theory of metamorphosis.

In attempting to find the cause of the union between parts so
rarely found organically united, a few facts and features were seen
to stand out prominently, and led the writer to adopt the view (not
a conclusive one, however,) presented later on. These facts serially
stated are:

(1) . The true peduncle has entirely disappeared, and those parts
of the petioles coming in direct contact with the berry have become
a part of it, and have readily assumed its color, texture and general
aspect.

(2) . This union has not interfered with the fruitfulness or devel-
opment of the ovary, the seeds being present, and the size of the
berry not being under the average.

(3) . The flowers become consolidated, as in Fig. 5, and an in-
crease or suppression of parts occurs in such cases without interfer-
ing with the development of the berry.

(4). In Figs. 3 and 4, where the twin corollas and calyces are dis-
tinct, there will be observed, half-way between them, a small fleshy
point or protuberance, as if some extra-floral part, possibly a recep-
tacle-like axis, had sought to show itself.

Taking these facts together, they seem to fit one hypothesis better
than any other. In consideration of these points we may remark
that it is stated, on good authority (see Prof. Morren’s papers and
Masters’s Veg. Teratology), that floral monsters are usually sterile, not
only on account of the suppression of stamens or carpels, but from
the general disorganizing influence of such malformations. But, as
we have already stated, fertility does not seem to be interfered with
in our leafy partridge-berries, not even in the cases where there is a
consolidation of both flowers. This condition of things has appeared
to the writer to point to the conclusion that these changes are not
far out of the line of the general tendency in the plant’s life; and
that the adnation seep may not be between as widely separated
members as at first would appear. Furthermore, the first point men-
tioned, viz., the ready union of leaf-petioles with the berry proper,
and their simulation of it, seems to indicate a closer relationship be-
tween its external portion and the leaves than we believe to exist
betweeh the leaves and the calyx. We have supposed, therefore,
that a fleshy expansion of the receptacle, or an hypanthium, such as
IS supposed by many to exist in the lower part of the pear and some
other inferior ovaries, might be present. With such a structure we
could more readily imagine the union of the leaves to take place
th^n with the calyx. At the same time, the essential organs would
be less injuriously affected by this abnormal union. In brief, the
changes would be between parts more or less extra-floral, and there-
ore »ot likely to seriously affect the fertility of the essential organs.

3

Finally, it would not be difficult to see how the twin flowers might
be consolidated through the suppression of portions of this hypan-
thium; especially if we suppose the protuberance mentioned to be a
continuation of it existing at the sides and between the two ovaries
above, though not necessarily passing between and separating them
internally. _'It is doubtful, however, whether this last point is worth
much except as an attempt to explain the presence of these curious
fleshy points.

In regard to Fig. 7, it was the result of a search for additional
proof that the supposed petiolar expansions were really such, and
superimposed over the parts commonly present. The cross-section
was made above the middle of the berry, and revealed, in this one
case, indistinct bands of narrow cells alternating with roundish ones,
and corresponding in number to the wall of the carpel, the calyx and
the epidermis of the fleshy petiolar portion. In other and similar
sections no differentiations were found.

The section shown in Fig. 7, even allowing that the bands seen
are to be interpreted as above, was made at such a height on the
berry that it could be expected to throw little light, one way or the
other, on the presence of a fleshy axis below, such as has been sug-
gested in this paper. Subsequent sections made through the
middle and lower portions of other berries revealed no differences in
the hypodermal tissue that were at all clear.

All the specimens of the leafy berries from which the above
studies were made were from this vicinity — the valley of Cayuga
Lake. The larger number were collected in November, i88r. One
(that from which Figs. 5 and 6 were taken) was found by Hon. H.

B. Lord, along Cascadilla Creek, near Ithaca. The origin of the
leafy appendages was not at all clear until a few days later, when by
good fortune the writer found, about six miles from the first station,
specimens representing all stages of the adnation. He noticed a
single similar specimen on Cascadilla Creek in October, 1882.

The partridge-berry seems to be given to interesting variations. ^
Its dimorphism has long been known. More recently, white berries
have been detected at Canaan, Conn., and Moravia, N. Y.; and Dr.
Atwood, the discoverer of the latter station, states that they appear
on the same plants from year to year. Variations in the numerical
plan of the flower, as well as the union of the two flowers, have
been noticed frequently. Lastly, we note the adnation of the petioles
of the upper pair of leaves with the fruit.

A word in regard to the common names. Mitchella seems to be
pretty generally known as partridge -berry, especially by people who
have studied botany. In certain portions of New England and
Pennsylvania, however, it is called squaw-plum and squaw -berry, a
name certainly indigenous, one might almost say aboriginal.

Description 0/ Plate XXVI. — Mitchella repens, Fig. i. Berry and upper

pair of leaves, normal. Figs. 2, 3 and 4. Berries with leaf-petioles more or less
adnate and fleshy. Fig. 5. Fleshy petioles completely enveloping the berry. Fig.

6. Vertical section of berry shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 7. Cell-structure of upper part
of berry shown in Fig. 5. a, epidermis of expanded petiole ; b, fleshy portion
of petiole ; a' and b' , fleshy calyx ; c and d, carpellary portion.

4

Fern Notes. VI.

By George E. Davenport.

Aspidium Filix-mas, Swz., in California. — In the Bulletin for
February, 1882, I announced the discovery of this species on Mt.
Wrightson, in Arizona, by Mr. Pringle, and expressed the convic-
tion that its discovery so near to California would stimulate the bot-
anists of that State in their efforts to find it, as its presence there
was more than ever probable. I now have the pleasure of announc-
ing its discovery in the Halcomb Valley, in the San Bernardino
Mts., at an altitude of about 9,000 feet, on the ist of August, 1882,
by those keen-eyed botanists, the brothers Parish.

This discovery is especially interesting from the fact that all pre-
viously reported discoveries of the species in California have appa-
rently come from the very strong resemblance which some forms of
the A. argutum of Kaulfuss bear to it ; but, whatever doubts may
exist in regard to other specimens, there seems to be no question as
to the identity of the plant sent by Mr. Parish. The characters are
unmistakably those of Filix-mas as distinguished from those of
argutum.

These characters have previously, been pointed out (/. c.), but it
may be well. to state here, in addition, that I have not found more
than 5 fibro-vascular bundles in the stipes in my own specimens of
Filix-mas, so far as I have examined them, although the number may
reach 7 in others, as stated in Ferns of North America.

In my specimens from Canada (Mrs. Roy), Colorado (Brandegee
and others), Dakota (Walter Jenney), and Arizona (Mr. Pringle),
the number is uniformly 5, and there are but 5 in my specimens
from England. In argutum I have found from 3 to 5, according to
the size of the fronds, and probably the correct number for Filix-
mas, v/i\\ be from 5 to 7, according to the size of the fronds; but,
since the same number (5) occurs in both species, and in specimens
of a nearly corresponding size, it is evident that this character can-
not be relied upon for positive determination.

The plant which I have received from Mr. Parish is small,
heavily fruited- — the fructification descending to the lowest pinnae —
and, on account of its deeply serrated margins, belongs rather to the
form described as var. incisum than to the typical European form.
I have also received from Mr. W. N. Suks^lorf the upper portion of
a large frond, apparently belonging to A..^ilix-mas, which was col-
lected by him in Washington Territory in July, 1882. The range
of this species in the United States may now be given as extending
from Canada (Owen Sound), or Newfoundland, according to
Kunze (who stated positively that he had “ seen true Filix-mas from
Newfoundland ”), to Washington Territory, in the north-west, by way
of Northern Michigan and Dakota, and to Southern California, in the
south-west, through Colorado and Arizona. Its presence, therefore,
in intermediate stations is to be expected.

Botrychium Virginianum, Swz., var. gracile, Hook. & Grev. {B.
gracile, Pursh.)-— Mr. Suksdorf sends from Washington Territory a
specimen of this little fern, which Pursh (FI. Amer. Sept, Vol. ii..

5

p. 656) originally described, and which some still regard as a distinct
species.

In drawing up his characters, Pursh seems to have relied chiefly
on the presence or absence of pubescence as the distinguishing fea-
tures between his plant and B. Virginianmn. But an examination
of any considerable number of specimens will show that pubescence
is sometimes present in gracile and wanting in V/rginianum, so that
this character was not well founded. The other characteristics are
only such as might be expected in plants in different states of de-
velopment.

The plant first appears as a variety of B. Virginianum in Hook-
er’s Botanical Miscellany (Vol. iii., p. 223, 1833), where it was pub-
lished as such by Hooker and Greville from specimens communi-
cated by Dr. Torrey, who {vide same authorities, /. r.) regarded it
merely as a variety. Later (1843), Dr. Torrey so published it in his
Flora of New York, and, according to Milde (Botrychiorum Mon-
ographia), in 1847 Presl also published it as a variety in the Sup-
plement to his Pteridographise. This disposition of the plant was
afterwards confirmed by Dr. Milde (/. ci), and is now very generally
accepted.

The probabilities are, however, that this form is rather the young
state of B. Virginiamwi than a true variety. Clarence Lown writes
me that with him it is not uncommon, but that it is impossible to
tell where the so-called variety ends and Virginianum begins ; and
such is the testimony of the specimens which have passed through
my hands. It is more than probable that if we should trace the
development of B. Virginianum from the prothallus upward, year
after year, we would find the young plant at first smooth, and with
an ever increasing pubescence with age. We could thus account
for the infrequency of pubescence in young plants, some retaining
their smoothness longer than others.

Mr. Suksdorf’s specimen is typical of Pursh ’s plant. It is every-
where smooth, and the bud itself is wholly free from any trace of
pubescence.

In the vernation of mature specimens of B. Virginianum the
bud is invariably clothed with a hairy covering ; but, in these younger
plants, the bud is but scantily clothed at the most, or is wholly
smooth (as in Mr. Suksdorf’s specimen) — a circumstance which does
not appear to have been noticed by any one heretofore (not even by
Milde, who more than once distinctly notices the hairiness of the
bud in B. Virginianum), and which was overlooked by myself in my
Notes on the Vernation in Botrychia in the Torrey B jlletin for
January, 1878 (Vol. vi. , p. 193). Probably a truer diagnosis of the ver-
nation in this species than heretofore published will be ; bud smooth
at first (in the youngest state), finally pubescent, the hairy cover-
ing of the mature bud having only gradually been taken on with age.

This, possibly, may also be true of the vernation in B. ternatum,
where the bud is even more densely clothed with hairiness ; but I
have nol as yet seen, even in my smallest specimens, a bud of that
species wholly free from pubescence. Its vernation, therefore, may
remain as previously described (A e.).

6

Aspleniutn Bradleyt, D. C. Eaton, in New York State.— Y\\q only
station heretofore recorded (Ferns of North America, Vol. i., p. 40)
for this rare fern in New York State is that of the hill at New-
burgh, where Prof. Eaton found it in 1864. This station, there is
every reason to believe, has since been destroyed. Mr. Peck, in a
letter from which I am permitted to quote, says that he searched
over and around the hill for nearly a whole day without finding any
of this fern. The upper part of the hill, he adds, “ had recently
been cleared, and I suspect the station there is destroyed.” New
York botanists will therefore be pleased to learn that a new station
has been discovered in the Shawangunk Mts. by Clarence Town, of
Poughkeepsie, who visited the mountains on the 21st of September,
1882, for the purpose of obtaining some A. montanuni, and unex-
pectedly came upon A. Bradleyi growing near by.

Mr. Town, who has already partially explored these mountains
with good results, writes that he now has “ stronger hopes than ever
of finding Aspleniutn pinnatifidum in this mountain range. ” The
consummation of these hopes may reasonably be expected.

Mr. Town reports A. Bradleyi as apparently very scarce, and
this appears to be the case in all of its other known localities, a fact
which should be taken into serious consideration by all botanists
who may at any time be fortunate enough to find it, and for which
reason its exact locality is not more definitely given here.

Abnormal Asplenium niontanum. — Mr. Lown sends some very
curiously forked fronds of this species, also collected in the Sha-
wangiink Mts., where, he states, forked fronds are not uncommon.
I have noticed the same disposition to fork in specimens from other
localities, and this little fern really seems to take delight in such
freaks.

In most of Mr. Town’s specimens, the stipes forks near the base
into two distinct stalks, each bearing a perfect lamina. In one in-
stance, one of these double laminae again becomes forked just above
the first pair of pinnae, dividing into two and giving to the whole
the appearance of being three-fronded. In the commonly accepted
mode of designation, this three- branched frond might be considered
as three fronds with their stalks united at the base, but morpho-
logically it can only be regarded as one. In other instances the
forking occurs near the top, the main rachis forking and thus form-

^ This last manner of forking is frequently met

with in nearly all ferns, and is especially characteristic of Dicksonia
pilosiuscula, in which species it is often carried to such an extent
that every pinna on the frond becomes bifid at the apex.

Abnormal Osmunda Mrs. C. N. S. Horner, of George-

town, Mass., has given me some interesting specimens of this
species in lyhich the fertile and sterile portions are strangely mixed
up, the fertile panicle proper being partly sterile (in one specimen
being crowned with a sterile apex) and the upper part of the sterile
portion proper being fruited in a variety of ways. Some of the
upper pinnules are crenately incised, others are fertile on one side
and some, strongly auricled at the base, are sterile for f or 1 an inch
and are then abruptly contracted into a narrow, double row of cap-

7

sules for an inch or so, when they as abruptly expand into a broad,
sterile apex. Odd freaks in this species are not uncommon. Prof.
Guttenberg and others have sent me specimens of a somewhat simi-
lar character before, and many of diverse character have come
under my own observation.

Abnormal Boirychium Virginianum. — Forkings of the fertile
branch in this species have previously been recorded by others, as
well as myself, but the only instance known to me where the fertile
panicle is partly transformed into a sterile one occurs in my only
California specimen — one of three specimens collected in 1873 by
F. A. Miller during an excursion to the Sierras from San Francisco
for seeds and plants, and, I may add, the only specimen known to
me as ever coming from California. In this specimen, the branches
of the fertile panicle are alternately sterile and fertile all the way up.
The frond itself is of good size and there is scarcely a trace of pu-
bescence on it ; but, as the common stalk was broken off some dis-
tance from the base, it is impossible to describe its characters below.

New North American Fungi.

By Geo. Winter.

SOROSPOR^UM Ellisii. — Glomeruli forma magnitudineque varia,
mox subsphjeroidei, mox oblongi, opaci, e sporis numerosis compo-
siti, 35-70 gL diam. Sporae rotundato-polygoniae, episporio granuloso,
fuscae dissolventes, 12-16/1 longre, 8-1 2/i crassae vel i2/< diam.

Ad Andropogonetn Virginicant, Newfield, New Jersey, et ad Arts-
tidam dichofotnam, Chester Co., Pa. Legit Wm. Trimble.

UsTiLAGO ViLFiE. — Massa sporarum fusconigra, inflorescentiam
totam implectens et destruens (fere more Ustilagims deslruenlts).
Sporae subrotundae vel parum elongatae et oblongatae, amoene fuscas,
episporio granuloso, 12-16// diam. vel usque 19// longae.

Ad Vilfam vagincefloram. Chester Co., Pa. Legit Dr. Martin.

Gonatobotrys maculicola. — Flocci solitarii, sparsi, in ma-
cula subrotunda angulataque fusca, fusco-nigro cincta, exarida, hypo-
phylli, longi, erecti, flexuosi, fusci, basi parum bulbosi, septati, ca.
8-12// crassi. Sporidia in nodulis parum prominentibus sessilia,
elliptica, utrinque acutiuscula, fusca, 7-1 1// longa, 5~7/^ crassa.

Ad Hamamelidis Vlrginicee folia languida. Bethlehem, Pa.
Legit E, A. Rau.

Hottingen bei Zurich.

Notes on Grasses.— TV/VZ/Z/jm, Fournier. — It was a mistake of
mine to quote Fournier as the authority for Trichloris Blanchardiana
(see No. 54 of the List of Pringle’s Grasses, Bulletin, Vol. ix., p.
146). In fact, under the circumstances, it would have been better
to omit the specific name altogether. Fournier, in the Gramineae of
the Mexicanarum Plantarum Enumeratio, not yet published, has two
species of Trichloris, T. fasciculata, from Mexico, and T. pluriflora,
from Texas (= No. 1,430 Berlandier). Without descriptions or
specimens for comparison, I cannot say which name belongs to
Pringle’s grass. Mr. Bentham, in a recent letter, states that both

8

the species above quoted areevidently very near the two extra-tropical
South American ones, Leptochloris, Munro, and Chloridiopsis^ J.
Gay, but require much closer examination to establish their specific
distinctions.

I am confident that I have both of Fournier’s species from
within our limits — one from Laredo, Texas, communicated by Mr.
Isaac Burk, and the other the grass collected by Mr. Pringle.

North A?>terican Genera of Grasses. (See Bulletin, Vol. ix.,
p. 134). — Lepturus, Br., is represented by L. Bolanderi, Thurber,
No. 4,669 Bolander, collected in the Russian River Valley, Califor-
nia. L. incurvatus, Trin., has been gathered by Mr. Burk and others
from the ballast grounds near Philadelphia. L. paniculatus.^ Nutt., is
Schedonnardiis 2 'exanus, Steud., Lepturus stands between Agropy-
rum and Hordeum. In the Gramineie of the Genera Plantarum,
now in press, I am advised by Mr. Bentham that Isachne is brought
into Panicese between Bechnannia and Panicum. Polypogon follows
Agrostis, and Alopecurus is placed in Phalaride^.

Arundo, Lin., which immediately precedes Phragmites, should be
included in my list of North American genera. Prof. G. C. Nealley,
of the State College of Texas, has recently sent me specimens of
A. Donax, L., collected in his vicinity, where it has probably been
introduced, as the species is regarded as native only of the Old
World.

Girard College, Philadelphia. F. Lamson Scribner.

Grasses Collected by Mr. Pringle. — Mr. C. G. Pringle sends an
interesting lot of grasses which he has collected during the past sea-
son on the Pacific slope. These specimens, numbering about fifty
species, fully sustain Mr. Pringle’s character as a collector, for it is
well known that no one makes better specimens or sends out more
complete samples. Among the more desirable or interesting species
in this lot, the following may be mentioned:

Phalaris ameihystina, Trin.; Hierochloa maerophylla, Thurb.;
Stipa speciosa, Trin. & Rupr.; Ppicampes rigens, Benth.; Gastridium
ausira/e, P.B.; Deyeuxia ceqitivalvis, Benth. {Agrostis, Trin.); L>e-
yeuxia Bolanderi, (Thurb.); P. deschampsoides, (Trin.), a species very
distinct from Mr. Buckley’s C alamagrostis rubescens, as will be seen
by Mr. Pringle’s specimens of the latter species; Deyeuxia Aleutica,
(Trin.); Atra caryophyllea,\_,.-, Monant/iochloe littoraiis, \

Lamarckia aurea, Moench.; Melica stricta, Boland.; Agropyrum cani-
num, Reichb., a remarkable mountain form, appearing like a distinct
species; and Hordeum murinum, I..

There are several species of Agrostis which have not before ap-
peared in our western collections, and which are as yet undetermined.
Poa Pringlii and Diplachne zdscida, two new species discovered last
year (1881 j, were collected in quantity in their original stations the
past season.

Girard College, Philadelphia. F. Lamson Scribner.

Notes from Chemung County, N. Y.— On the 20th of July, 1882,
I visited Mutton Hill Pond, Apalachin, Troga County, N. Y., in

9

search of Polemonium cceruleum, L., a station for it given me by C.
D. Fretz, M.D. I failed to find it, want of time preventing as com-
plete a search as I should have liked. The locality is peculiar, a
pond, surrounded by a bog, elevated, I should think, from 300 to
500 feet above the river valley and in a depression; south and west
sides wooded, the others clear, and no visible source to keep up the
water supply. However, I was rewarded for my visit, as I found
Brasenia peltata, Pursh., Pogonia ophioglossoid.es ^ Nutt., Carex comosa,
Boott., Potentilla pahistris, Scop., in flower, and two or three j^lants
as yet undetermined. In May, I found Jeffersotiia diphylla, Pers.,
and Phlox divaricata, L., near Dansville, Livingston County; Cassan-
dra calyculata, Don., near Wayland; Deniaria laciniafa, Muhl., and
Allium iricoccum, Ait., at Cohocton, Steuben County, Adlumia cirrhosa,
Raf., grows on the hills south of Addison, Steuben County. For
this county, I can report the following as new finds: Cardamine

rhomboidea, DC., very scarce; Viola siricla, Ait., one station
on bank of Chemung River; Vilis riparia, Michx.; Hibiscus
Trionum, L., escaped; Lespedeza Stuvei, Nutt.(?); Ribes rubrum,
L. ; Trifolium agrarium^ I.,.; Sanicula Canadensis, L. ; Solidago
Muhlenbergii, T. & G.; Polymnia Canadensis, L., Chemung
Narrows, rare; Cichorium Intybus, L., streets, N. Elmira City;
Mtilgedium acuminatum, DC.,' Pyctianthenmm lanceolatum, Pursh.,
Newtown Cr. Horseheads; Fraxinus pubescens, Lam., Chemung
River; Phlox divaricata, L., one or two specimens, rare, and the
most easterly station in the State known to me; Scutellaria galericu-
lata, L., bank of Chemung River; Quercus macrocarpa, Michx., rare
along the Chemung; Acorus Calamus, L., rare; Sagittaria hetero-
phylla, Pursh, “ Buttonwoods,” Elmira, only station known tome;
Allium Canadense, Kalm., bank of Chemung, Ashland township, with
Viola stricta. Ait.; and Carex pallescens, L.

I have over six hundred duplicates, from this county mostly, and
would be glad to exchange with other botanists, or sell sets if desired.

Elmira, N. Y. Thos. F. Lucy.

Notes. — Juncus acuminatus, Michx., var. legitimus. Gray. — The
form with proliferous heads has been very common during the past
season. More specimens were found in this condition than other-
wise, which I believe to be something unusual. These heads are
almost invariably inhabited by large numbers of a species of aphis,
which seems to find something peculiarly attractive there.

Elymus Canadensis, L. — Specimens of this also were found with
proliferous heads.

Osnmnda cinnamomea, L. — In the month of September I found in
a meadow, from which a crop of hay had been removed early in the
season, a large number of the sterile fronds of this fern, with the
pinnae contracted to a greater or less degree and bearing sori, but
still distinctly retaining their foliaceous character. This condition
seems to be something akin to the var. obtusilobata of Onoclea sensi-
bilts, L. Its appearance, I have no doubt, is explained by the cutting
off of the frond during its period of most vigorous growth, and the
consequent shock to the vitality of the plant.

10

Raphanus Raphanistrum, L. — A double seed-pod was found, with
each of the divisions perfect and filled with seeds, but united at the
base and having a common stalk.

“ Twin ” apples were unusually numerous during the past autumn.
These offer excellent examples of syncarpy, or the adhesion of fruits.

Houghton Farm, Mountainville, N. Y. W. E. Stone.

Botanical Notes.

The Ligfiijied Snake from Brazil. — In a brief note in the Decem-
ber number of the Bulletin, Dr. Gray, referring to an illustrated
account of a lignified snake published in our November number,
expressed an opinion that there vvas no snake in the case, and stated
that, at the moment of waiting, he had not time to offer the two
credible explanations of the phenomenon that had suggested them-
selves to him. In the current number of the American Journal of
Science we find these two explanations given, and we quote them
herewith:

“Through the kindness of the Brazilian Minister,” says. Dr. Gray,
“ we have seen and examined the original specimen, and have been
presented with an electrotype of it. It is a great curiosity. The
resemblance to a snake is wonderfully close, although ‘ the scales
and cephalic plates,’ which M. Olivier identifies with those of a par-
ticular Brazilian snake, exist only in a lively imagination. The
snake-like surface is covered by delicate meshes of woody fibres; and
here and there particular fibres of woody threads can be traced
from the body to the woody surface. The adopted explanation re-
quires us to suppose that a snake had forced his way between the
bark and the wood of a living tree in a position exactly under a
grub or a larva; had perished there when within half an inch of its
prey; was somehow preserved from decay, even to the eye-sockets
and the markings of the skin, until a woody growth had formed, the
elements of which replaced the whole superficial structure of the
animal — until the animal was lignified !

“ Two other and more probable explanations have suggested
themselves. One is that the snake-like body is of the nature of a
root, an aerial root, like those of a Clusia or a Ficus., which was
making its way between bark and wood; and that the supposed larva
is an incipient root of the same kind. The other supposes that the
sinuous course is the track of a.wood-eating larva or some . kind of
insect, the burrowing of which had not destroyed the overlying
liber; consequently the new growth filling the space (except at cer-
tain points) has naturally assumed the likeness of a snake. This
explanation was suggested by Professor Wadsworth, of Cambridge,
examining the specimen along with the writer; and it is to be pre-
ferred. Still, that head and neck should be so well outlined, and
the former so well represent a pair of orbits, were surely most won-
derful. But a close inspection of the electrotype showed that there
had been some cutting away at the right side of the neck, and that
the narrowing there was in part factitious; and less decisive indica-
tions suggested that other outlines had been touched up. The sub-

11

sequent inspection of the original confirmed this; and likewise
enlightened us about the eyes. For the left orbit was found to occur,
not in a woody structure, like that of the right side, but in a dark
material having the appearance of pitch or cement of some sort.

“ We may rest assured that whatever there may be which is facti-
tious in this most curious hmis naturcz originated before it came into
the hands of His Excellency the Brazilian Minister at Washington.
If these marks were not discerned by any of the Parisian savants —
which we are slow to believe — they are less likely to have been
noticed by Senor Lopez Netto, whose honor and good faith are in-
contestible.”

The character of the object might, it seems to us, have been at
once determined by making a transverse section to ascertain whether
the serpentine form contained within it a bony frame- work, which,
in the situation where the alleged lignification was detected, would
naturally have proved imperishable.

Action of Poisons oti the Petals of Flowers. — A. Anthony Nesbit,
F.C.S., states in the fournal of Science that he has made some ex-
periments on the action of various substances on the life of flowers,
and for this purpose selected some of the best known alkaloids, viz.,
strychnine, solanine, digitaline, quinidine, atropine, quinine, cin-
chonine, picrotoxine, aconitine, brucine and morphine, using one-
quarter per cent, and one per cent, solutions. The alkaloid of
tobacco being very difficult to obtain pure, owing to its rapid oxida
tion, 5 per cent, and 20 per cent, solutions of tobacco (bird s eye)
were used in its stead. The flower chosen for experiment was the
Narcissus, and the results showed that there was here a wide field for
long and patient investigation.

Of all the twelve solutions, tobacco proved, in a very marked
manner, to be most destructive to the life of the flower of the Nar-
cissus ; the remaining eleven poisons, though but slowly injurious,
nevertheless in some instances showed marked difference of effect,
or, it may be said, symptom. Thus strychnine, next in poisonous
power to tobacco, drew the petals upward, and made them dry and
brittle, symptoms also exhibited by solanine poisoning, while quini-
dine and several other alkaloids rendered the petals limp and rotten.
Morphine, one of the least poisonous (to the Narcissus) of the alka-
loids experimented with, without destroying the flower, curiously
enough imparted to the petals a fiaccidity resembling that of the
petals of the poppy.

The Fungi of Cincinnati. — The Catalogue of Plants collected in
the vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio, during the years 1834-44, by
Thomas G. Lea (Cincinnati, 1849) contains a list of fungi, with
notes on the species and descriptions of many new ones by Rev. M.
J. Berkeley. The Cincinnati Society of Natural History has ren-
dered a great service to the many students of mycology in this coun-
try by republishing, in the current number of its fournal (Vol. v..
No. 4), all that pertains to fungi in the above-named catalogue,
which has long been out of print and is now inaccesssible. We are
indebted for a copy of the paper in pamphlet form to Mr. Davis L.
James, through whose instrumentality, we presume, the Society was
induced to reproduce it.

Proceedings of the Torrey Botanical Club —At a meeting of
the Club, held at Columbia College Tuesday evening, December
1 2th, Prof. E. H. Day, in the absence of the presiding officers, occu-
pied the chair.

The Librarian reported on the books and periodicals received
for the library since the last meeting.

Mr. B. B. Chamberlin exhibited a specimen of Rubus with a fas-
ciated stalk.

Acrostichum aureum Growing by Fresh Water. — Prof. Day ex-
hibited specimens of Acrostichum aureum, L., collected by him in
Cuba,and one of Aneimia adiantifolia, Sw., from New Providence, W.I.
The specimens of Aneimia had four fertile segments on the frond.

With regard to the Acrostichum, Prof. Day remarked that Prof.
Eaton, in Ferns of North America (Vol. ii., p. 95), writes of this
species as “ being perhaps the only known fern which grows only
within the influence of salt water; ” and he quotes Dr. Garber as cor-
roborating this statement in regard to the localities to which it is
restricted in Florida. Several authorities referred to agree with this
view; though J. Smith, in the Historia Filicum (p. 146), says it is
found “ in most fern regions throughout the tropics of both hemi-
spheres." The specimens exhibited were found growing luxuriantly
by the side of a fresh-water stream, several miles inland, at an eleva-
tion of at least one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet above the
sea and on the southern side of a range of hills, the side away from
the ocean, where there was no suspicion of brackish water or of
marine influence. It is thus an interesting question whether this
fern had migrated up the stream, or whether it had survived the
geological change which had elevated the range of limestone hills on
which it occurs, gradually adapting itself to the change of soil and
conditions.

Mr. Britton called attention to a specimen of the same species,
in the Torrey Herbarium, from Pine Key, Florida, collected by the >
late C. F. Austin, which is labelled “ fresh-water pools.” This, how-
ever, does not necessarily indicate that it was out of reach of marine
influence.

Mr. Britton reported that he had observed an instance in New
Jersey where Andromeda Mariana, L., had flowered a second time
during the season.

Mr. Rollick read a paper on the Flora of Richmond County, N.
Y., giving a list of the additions that had been made thereto, and of
the new stations that had been observed during 1880, 1881 and 1882.

The Chairman of the Herbarium Committee reported that the
collection of plants left by the late M. Ruger had been incorporated
with the Club’s herbarium, and that the latter at present contains
1,203 species, represented by about 1,400 specimens, all of which
have been properly labelled and arranged, and catalogued for refer-
ence. The Committee recommended that the field of the Club’s
herborizations be extended from a radius of 30 to one of loo miles
around New York City. The suggestion was agreed to.

One person was elected an active member.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club. Plate XXVII.

NEW AMERICAN FRESH-WATER ALGHC

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLU B. _

Vol. X.l New York, February, 1883. [No. 2.

Fresh-Water Algae. VII.

By Francis Wolle.

(Plate XXVII.)

The following latest information concerning fresh-water alg£e is
submitted for the benefit of numerous friends to the cause of micro-
scopical botany, as well as of botanical research in general.

During the past summer there have been abundant additions
made to this particular division of the flora of the United States — a
result largely due to the kindly assistance of volunteer collectors in
the more distant parts of the country, as also of others nearer home.
Indeed, but for these, the microscopist would often be at a loss for
specimens worthy of his attention. I take pleasure in connection
with this in acknowledging the valuable aid received from Rev. H. D.
Kitchel, D.D., in working up the material that was gathered from
various sources.

As the number of American students of the fresh-water algae
has greatly increased during the past few years, I have yielded to a
general desire, and given the diagnosis of new species in the English
language. Hitherto our students have been greatly outnumbered by
European, and therefore the descriptions were given in a language
' familiar to all, irrespective of their nationality. With this change I
adopt also the metric system of measurements.

In the appended list of new plants, all those credited to Minne-
apolis, Minn., were collected and forwarded by Miss Eloise Butler of
that place. Miss Butler, first a student under Prof. C. E. Bessey of
botanical fame, then a member of the Summer School of Science,
under Prof. J. C. Arthur of the Iowa Agricultural College, Charles
City, has, in her contributions sent me for microscopical investiga-
tion, furnished much more that is new than has any other collector
this year.

Mr. A. D. Balen, of Plainfield, N. J., has been particularly fortunate
in establishing beyond controversy the fact that the tropical alga
Pithophora, Witt., is not confined to the tropics. Hitherto I have
found it only in one small pond in this vicinity, where it was sup-
posed to occur adventitiously. Mr. Balen finds it in three distinct
localities within a circuit of about six miles around Plainfield.

Of new foreign literature upon the subject of fresh-water algae,
the following are the most important contributions :

Two volumes of the series Algae Exsiccatae have .been issued by
Prof. V. Wittrock and Dr. Otto Nordstedt of Sweden. The two
volumes are the 9th and 10th of the series. Each number contains
fifty specimens, European and American, finely mounted. No words

14

can convey so correct an idea of a form as a view of the plant
itself.

The third number of Cooke’s British Fresh-Water Algae has ap-
peared.

N. Wille, of Norway, has published a good paper (in Norwegian)
on the transitions and developing forms of the Confervaceae.

M. Ed. Bornet, of Paris, has published a valuable article (in
French) on Mazcea, a new genus of algae of the order Crytophycees.

Dr. J. Rostafinski, of Cracow, has published a monograph (in
Polish) on Hydrurus and its connections.

Prof. G. Lagerheim has made a contribution (in Swedish) to the
knowledge of several orders of algae in the vicinity of Stockholm.

Dr. Paul Richter, of Germany, has put forth a paper (in German)
on the question, “ Is Sphcerozyga Jacobi, Ag., a synonym for Mastigo-
cladus luminosns, Ktz.”

The latest from Prof. A. Borzi, of the University of Messina,
Sicily, is the third part of his valuable contributions (Italian) on the
Morphology and Biology of the Phycochromaceae.

For a work on the American fresh-water algae, I fear the time is
not yet ripe to heed the solicitations of friends. It is true, I have
added over seven hundred new names to the list of the flora of the
United States, but, so long as each returning summer brings an addi-
tion of fifty or more new varieties, it would seem well to defer it.

QHDOGONIUM, Link. — CEd. Boscii, Witt. Collected by R. Hitch-
cock in a pond at Weehawken, N. J. GEd. Tyrolicum, Witt. In a
pond, Pennsylvania. CEd. crassiusctilum, Witt. Pennsylvania and
New Jersey. CEd. obsoletum, Witt. Pennsylvania. (Ed. concatena-
tum (Hass.) Witt. Plainfield, N. J., collected by A. D. Balen; also
near Bethlehem, Pa. (Ed. Landsboroughi (Hass.) Witt. Elmira, N.
Y. Ed. princeps (Hass.) Witt. Minneapolis, Minn.

BULBOCHA^TE, Ag. — B. Monili, Witt. & Lund. Collected by
A. C. Stokes, Trenton, N. J.

GONATOZYGON, D. By. — G. asperum, Ralfs. Ponds, Eastern
Pennsylvania.

VAUCHERIA, DC. — V. tuberosa, A. Br. Collected by Prof. S.
A. Forbes, of the State Laboratory of Natural History, Normal, 111 .
The plant was dredged from Lake Michigan, four miles from
Chicago, from a depth of 36 feet. This form was first described by
the late A. Braun, of Berlin, from specimens found in deep waters,
and also in marshy places on the continent of Europe. I have an-
other form, collected by Capt. J. D. Smith in a marsh in Georgia in
1878. The filaments are less than half the size and devoid of the tuber-
like stolons; and it is three to five times as dichotomous as the typical
form. I will call this var. intermedia, n. var. A third form, var. deli-
CATissiMA, n. var., is found on wet planks here, and, during the past
summer, occurred in a small pool on the banks of the Susquehanna
River, Harrisburg, Pa. The filaments are very thin and measure only
io;i-i2/i. The branching is not so frequent, but the constrictions at
the base of the branches, and interstitially, are the same. Dr.
Rabenhorst questioned the propriety of classifying the typical form,
the only one known to him, as a Vaucheria. It is very unlike all other

15

forms in the dichotomous branching, in the constrictions, and in the
fruit.

OPHIOCYTIUM, Nseg— ( 9 . cuspidatum (Bailey) Rab. Pond,
Mt. Everett, Mass. This plant was discovered by Prof. Bailey more
than thirty years ago in a pond in Rhode Island; but it has probably
not been seen since. It never received a record in an American
publication, and hence this note. The proportions are very unusual
for a plant of this genus, the measurements being: diameter, 50/^ >
length, 150/^; length of aculei at ends of cell, 15/^.

PROTOCOCCUS, Ag.— (A questionable genus.) P. vestiius,
Reinsch. Ponds, New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

POLYEDRIUM, Naeg.— P. gigas, Wittr. Ponds, Pennsylvania
and New Jersey. .

SPIROGYRA, Link.— A. calospora, Cleve. Collected by J. Reig- .
hard, Ann Arbor, Mich. S. vcirians (Hass,) Ktz. Mountain
springs. S. laxa, Ktz. Ponds, Pennsylvania.

S. setiformis, var. inequalis, n. var . — A peculiar variety of this
species, consisting of two sizes of filaments, the one the other

Zo\x in diameter; the two in conjugation. The smaller form has the
thickness and the appearance of S. ntitda, but must be counted a

variety of setiformis. Sometimes two larger filaments are in conjm

gation, sometimes two smaller ones; but more frequently a arger an
a smaller one are united. The spores in both cases are of the same
size; a fruit-bearing cell of the larger filaments is not quite filled
with the spore, but a spore-cell of the smaller tiiaments is usua y

Rab., and S. fusccatra, Rab .he ja..er probably a
form of decimina. Mill., both from pools near Harrisburg, ^enn.

ZYGOGONIUM, Ktz.— Z. Ralfstt (Hass.) Ktz. Ponds and

marsh lands of Bucks County, Penn. «

PLAGIOSPERMUM, Cleve.— aP. tenue, Cleve, var. crassius, n,

var. Shallow water, Bethlehem, Penn., and Floricm.

MOUGEOTIA, D.By.—M. g/yptosperma, 1 ). By.

neapolis, Minn. .

GONATONEMA, Wittr.— fT. ventricosum, AVittr.
water on river shore. G. notabile (Hass.) Wittr. In a
species in the vicinity of Bethlehem, Pa.

These forms agree well, in size of filaments, length of ^rtic -
tions and dimensions of spores, with the plants . j^vpI-

neither has the geniculate character of the fruiting-ce s u X
oped; some are perfectly straight and others only shg ‘

CLOSTERIUM, Nitzsch.-C costatum, Corda. Ponds, New
Jersey and Pennsylvania. C. nasuium, C. ‘

C. decussatum, Ktz. The latter agrees wjth the ^^cription
except in size, having only about one-half the dimensi
form described. It is true to its name.

C. angustaiwn, Ktz., var. reticulatum, n. var. '^rimrlnrinp a
in having the striae more or less spirally elongated, o en p g

b.s., a.e from ponds, Mb EvereU, Mass.

CALOCYLINI 3 RUS, V. By.—C. diplospora, Lund. Pond, 1 ■
Everett, Mass.

Pond, Min-
in shallow
pond. Both

16

C. COSTATUS, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Fig. 26). — Cell ovaliform, with
central constriction, nearly twice as long as wide; front view a con-
stricted oval; end view circular. Constriction slight, forming an
obtuse angle; membrane longitudinally costate; costae distinct, 5-7,
converging at apices. Diameter of cell 5oyW ; length, 90/i.

In a pond, Mt. Everett, Mass,

According to some authors, this plant might be classed with
Docidium; but, lacking the usual inflations at the base of the serai-
cells, it is more properly placed as above.

DOCIDIUM, Breb. — D. verrucosum^ Ralfs. Frequent in ponds,
Mt. Everett, Mass.

COSMARIUM, Corda. — C. galeritum, Nord. Marshes, Penn-
sylvania. C. speciosum, Lund., and C. pulcherrimum, Nord.; both
rather rare, but they occur occasionally in ponds in New Jersey,
Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and no doubt in all States of the
Union. C. spectabile, DeNtris. Pennsylvania. C. reniforme^
(Ralfs.) Arch In Florida, and at Minneapolis, Minn. C. grande,
Lund. Minneapolis. C. tithophora, Nord., and C. DeBaryi, Arch.;
both from ponds, Mt. Everett, Mass. C. pyratnidaium, Breb., var.
stenonotum, Nord. Minneapolis, Minn,

C. TRiPLiCATUM, n. Sp. (Plate XXVII., Figs. 8 and Za, front and end
views). — Cell about one-fourth longer than wide, subrectangular;
angles obtuse; sinus between the semicells linear; margins irregu-
larly granulate, crenate; membrane rough with larger and smaller
granules; the larger ones arranged in series of three; three on the
margin of each of the superior rounded angles; three within the
margins and three near the margin, between the angles; at the mar-
gins of the inferior angles two larger granules, and, within the mar-
gins, a few smaller scattered granules; end view quadrangular-oval,
two series, usually of six longer granules, on each of the longer sides;
one series on the margin and one within. Diameter of cell, 40/1;
length about 50/^. Sporangium spherical, with long spines, acute at
the ends.

Ponds, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

The nearest approach to this plant is C. Ungerianum, Naeg. It
differs in its smaller size, the details of outline, and arrangement of
the longer granules.

C. Seelyanum, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs. 14 and 14a, front and
end views.) — Cell small, quadrangular, deeply constricted; sinus nar-
row, linear; semicells twice as wide as long, with a small rounded
notch in the middle of the sides; the superior angles slightly produced
laterally ; ends in middle about half the breadth, somewhat produced
and crenated; membrane at the superior and inferior angles, and
near the margin of the ends, with 3 or 4 granules. Diameter of
cell, 25 /i-3o>u.

Frequent in a pond at Elmira, N. Y.

C. Eloiseanum, «. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Figs. 7 and ya.) — Cell
rather large, one-third longer than wide; constriction forming a deep,
linear, outwardly widening sinus on each side; semi-cells semicircu-
lar, margins set with long pointed teeth or aculei; centre inflated
and granularly rough, intermediate area smooth or punctate; end

17

view oval; tumor in the centre granular; two distinct longitudinal,
nearly parallel rows of teeth or aculei. Diameter, 75/i; length,
looju.

Pond near Minneapolis, Minn.

C. ACULEATUM, fi. sp. (Plate xxviL, Fig. 12). — Medium size, subor-
bicular, length slightly less than the diameter ; constriction deep,
forming, by the incurving of the angles of the semicells, two ellipti-
cal sinuses ; membrane primarily more or less densely aculeated ;
later, the aculei drop off and leave short granule-like stumps.
Length of cell, joyw ; breadth, 33yu ; breadth of constriction, loyw.

Pond, Minneapolis, Minn.

The outline of this species bears a resemblance to that of C.
Smolandicum^ Lund., but it is aculeated and devoid of the papilla
at the angles of the semicells.

C. a 7 ncenum, Breb., var. tumidum, n. var. (Plate xxvii., Fig. 16). —
Usually somewhat larger than the typical form ; proportions the
same, but the sides of the semicells tumid, not “ rectis parallelis.”

Occasional in ponds in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

C. Everettense, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs. 25, 25a and 25^, eiid,
side and front views). — Cell as long as wide ; constriction deep
linear ; semicells broadly rounded at the ends, inferior angles obtuse
and close ; membrane granular, with large verrucae arranged in
concentric series ; apex usually nude, surrounded by short, acute,
conical teeth or aculei; end and transverse views showing a decided
central inflation. Length and breadth,

Ponds, Mount Everett, Mass.

C. Brebissonii, Menegh., comes nearest, but differs in the form of
the verrucae, their uniform shape, and their even distribution over
the cell ; it is also without the central inflation.

XA'NTHIDIUM, Ehrb. — X rectocornutum, «. j/. (Plate xxvii..
Figs. 6 and 6a). — Cell as long as wide ; constriction linear, some-
what gaping ; seraicells semicircular, finely punctate, or smooth ;
two rows of beads above the central protuberance, the one with 6-10
and the other under it with half the number ; another series of beads
on the base, forming a ring around the isthmus ; ends broadly
rounded, nude ; basal angles armed with two pairs of aculei, one
horizontal, subulate, the other vertical, straight, neither curved nor
divergent ; having the form of an hour-glass when viewed trans-
versely, truncate, crenate at the ends, with two vertical aculei in the
centre. Diameter of cell, without spine, ^^p-- 6 op.

Frequent in ponds. Mount Everett, Mass.

This form differs from X. antelopceum, Breb., its nearest of kin, in
having the end of the cells bare, the aculei not incurved or diver-
gent, but straight and erect, attached to the sides and springing from
the basal angle. It is also quite unlike that species in the three
series of beads and in its transverse view.

ARTHRODESMUS, Ehrb.— A. Rauii,«. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs.
17 and 17a, end and front views). — Cell slightly longer than wide,
aculeated or verrucose ; aculei short and stout, deciduous, leaving,
after falling off, large verrucae, usually six on the margin of. each
end, and two curved series of six each on the membrane within the

18

margin ; semicells broadly elliptical, with a single straight or diverg-
ing aculeus at each end. Diameter of cell, without aculei, 38/^ ;
with aculei, 63/^.

This plant was gathered vfith Sphagnum (bog-moss) by Mr. E. A.
Rau in a pond near Newfield, N. J., in the month of August last.
It bears some resemblance to A. divergens, Rab., but it is not
subtilissime verruculosus also to A. quadridens, Wood, but it is
twice the size of that plant, and is not quadridens.

A. ovALis, n. sp. — Cell small, smooth, about one-fourth longer
than wide ; semicells oval, armed at each end with a straight or
divergent aculeus. Diameter, without aculei, 20//.

Ponds, Mount Everett, Mass.

A. Incus, Breb., comes near this form in size, but is unlike it in
its truncate ends.

A. ORBICULARIS, n. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Figs. 22 and 22a, front and
end views). -Cells very small, smooth, orbicular ; semicells united
by a narrow isthmus ; aculei on opposite sides nearly parallel. Dia-
meter, without aculei, 12/1.

Pond, Mount Everett, Mass.

EUASPRUM, Ehrb. — E. mammillosum, «. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Fig.
21).— Cell large, in length twice the diameter ; semicells three-lobed ;
basal lobes wide and nearly half as high as the semicell, drawn out
in the centre into a narrow column about one-fourth the width of
the body, dilated at the end, sinuate, four-parted; base with six
mammiform protuberances ; membrane punctate ; end view oval,
with three diverging mammiform, prominences at each end. Dia-
meter of centre of cell, 68/^; of the ends, 28/4 ; length, iiSja.

Pond, Mount Everett, Mass.

A distinct species ; the protuberances a prominent feature.

E. cuspiDATUM, n. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Fig. 18). — Small ; diame-
ter slightly less than the length ; semicells distinctly three-
lobed, basal lobes extending laterally their own width; end lobe
subrectangular, twice the width of the other lobes, obtusely sinuate
in the centre ; ends of the rounded basal lobes, and of the two sec-
tions of the end lobe, surmounted each with three firm, diverging
aculei. Diameter of cell, without aculei, 25/r ; length, 33//.

Pond, Absecom, N. J. Contributed by H. D. Kitchel.

£. btnale, var. majus, n. var. — In all its details, except size, like
the typical form, the dimensions being double the ordinary measure-
ment. Diameter, ; length, 55^1/.

In a pond near Newfield, N. J. Collected by E. A. Rau.

E. inerme, Lund., var. depressum, n. mr.— The standard form is
nearly twice as long as wide, but the present form is only one-third
longer than wide, and this difference produces a depressed appear-
ance. Diameter, 36/1-40//; length, 5oyu-55/i.

Nevvfield, N. J. Collected by E. A. Rau.

MICRAS PERIAS, Ag. M. brachypiera, Lund., var. Americana
n. var. (Plate xxvii.. Fig. 19).— Distinguished from the form found
in Sweden and described by Lundell, the polar lobe not being
inwardly distended, but more or less tapering. The curved points
on the apices of the lateral lobules are usually in pairs, not in threes

19

The arrangement of the aculei on the membrane of the cell is also
distinct. The size is very nearly the same, the width being 150/r
and the length 190//.

Collected in a pond near Minneapolis, Minn.

M. conferta^ Lund., var. hamata, n. var. (Plate xxvii., Fig. i). —
The polar lobe is not conferta^ compact, close against the adjoining
lobes, as in the original form, but widely separated in the middle
by a deep notch or contraction below the apex, thus giving the lobe
a hamate form. Diameter, 88/^-ioo/r, slightly longer than wide.

Ponds, Mount Everett, Mass.

M. PSEUDOTORREYi, n. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Fig. 2). — Large, circular,
five-lobed ; basal and intermediate lobes bisected, sections more or
less conical, ends truncate and deeply furcate ; polar lobe broadly
cuneate, end truncate, slightly sinuate, angles cuspidate. Diameter
of cell, i8oyW.

Mount Everett, Mass.

Separated from M. Torreyi, Bailey, by its smaller size and the
less number of lobules, and their greater similarity of form.

M. pseudofurcata, Wolle, var. minor, n. var. (Plate xxvii., Fig. 4).

Only half the size of the typical form, and in structure firmer. Dia-
meter, 63/r-75;U.

Minneapolis, Minn.

STAURASTRUM, Mey. — St. striolatum, Nseg., and St. pygmaum.,
Breb., var. obtusum, Wille, in quiet waters, Pennsylvania. St, spinosum,
Breb., and St. aculeatwn.^ Ehrb., both from Minneapolis, Minn.

St. paniculosum, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs. 3 and 3«, front and
end views.) — Cell sexangular, as long as wide ; semicells truncated
triangles, angles rounded ; inferior angles bearing two short, straight
aculei ; end view triangular, one aculeus visible on each rounded
angle ; sides moderately convex ; membrane punctate, punctules in
radiating lines. Diameter, 40/1-5071.

Marsh pool near Bethlehem, Pa.

St. duplex, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs. 10 and \oa). — Of equal
length and breadth, subquadrangular ; constriction deep, enlarged
outwardly ; angles rounded, furnished with two short, stout pro-
cesses, ends truncate, granulate or spinous ; end view triangular,
sides straight or concave, angles divided and drawn out into two
short, somewhat divergent processes, ends furnished with three er
four very small teeth. Diameter, 2o/r-25^.

Pools on shore of river, Bethlehem, Pa.

The end view has a resemblance to Nordstedt’s St. gemelliparutn,
but the front view is distinct.

St. exiguum, n. sp. (Plate xxvii.,' Figs. 23, 2312 and 23<^.) — Very
small, smooth or punctate ; semicells subcuneate, sides slightly
rounded, ends truncate ; superior angle produced into straight,
divergent arms nearly as long as the diameter of the cell ; ends
forked ; viewed from the end, triradiate. Diameter, including
arms, 20/2-2541.

Frequent in ponds, Mount Everett, Mass.

Phis minute form is nearest St. gracile, Ralfs, but differs in its
smaller size and smoother membrane.

20

'Sf. leptocladum^ Nord., var. sinuatum, n. var. (Plate xxvii., Fig.
24). — Differs from the typical form in the arms being more diverg-
ent, and in the emarginate apex.

St. Eloiseanum, n. sp. (Plate xxvii., Figs. 9 and ga, front and end
view.) — Small, equal in length and breadth, smooth or finely punc-
tate ; sinus produced by the constriction an acute angle ; semicells
subhexagonal, basal and superior angles produced into two short
processes ; bifurcate at the ends ; end view circular, margin with
nine (usually) short processes, ends notched. Diameter, 2

Minneapolis, Minn.

This plant has some resemblance to S^. spinosum, Breb., but the
processes are less conspicuous and the apices less distended. The
end view is entirely distinct in being circular.

St. megacanthum, Lund., var. convergens, n. var. (Plate xxvii..
Figs. 13 and 13^, front and end views.) — Unlike those of the typical
form, the aculei are convergent and sometimes cross each other,
being set nearly at right angles with the long axis of the semicells.
The plant is also somewhat smaller. It reminds one of St. Dickiei,
Ralfs, but it is not so turgid, and the aculei are much longer and
stouter. Diameter, without the aculei, 38/1-45//.

Minneapolis, Minn.

St. trihedrale, n. sp. (Plate xxvii.. Figs. 20 and 20a, front and
oblique views). — Small, punctate granulate ; semicells, in front view
and in end view, triangular, angles rounded, sides concave, sinus
narrowly linear. Diameter, 30//.

Pond, Mount Everett, Mass.

This species, in its front view, partakes much of the appearance
of a Cosmarium, near retusum, Perty, and angustatum, Nord., but
the side and end views are distinct. The semicells are three-sided
pyramidal forms unlike those of a Cosmarium.

St. vestitum, Ralfs., var. distortum, n. var. (Plate xxvii., Figs.
15 and Separated from the typical plant by its unsyrametrical

form, irregularly arranged vesture, and deeply notched margins.

Collected in the vicinity of Minneapolis, Minn.

St. Sebaldi, Reinsch, var. spinosum, n. var. (Plate xxvii.. Fig. ii).
— The spine protruding near the margin of the sides of each semi-
cell is a peculiarity worthy of note.

Minneapolis, Minn.

St.furcigerum, Breb. (Plate xxvii.. Figs. 5 and 5^2, end and front
view). — This plant is figured as a specimen of a variety. It differs
from the many forms observed heretofore, in the triradiate arrange-
rnent and the long arms on the centre of the cells in the end view.
The arms are usually six in number, and much shorter.

Minneapolis, Minn.

TOLYPOTHRIX, Ktz. — T. tenuis, Ktz. Ann Arbor, Mich.,
collected by J. Reighard ; and Plainfield, N. J., collected by A. d!
Balen.

CALO I HRIX, -^g- C. ntirabtlis (Dillw.) Ag. Minneapolis,
Minn. Thuret claims this plant for his new genus Plectonema.
The present plant is a true Calothrix and answers to the diagnosis of
mirabilis.

21

HYPHEOTHRIX, YiXz—H. luminosa, Rab. Ponds, Pennsyl-
vania.

ANAB^NA, Bory. — A. circinalis, Rab. Floating on a pond,
Minneapolis, Minn. A distinct variety.

New Species of Grasses.

By George Vasey.

Agrostis tenuis. — Perennial, loosely tufted. Culms 6 to lo
inches high, slender, somewhat geniculate below; leaves i to 2 inches
long, narrow, about 2 on the culm; ligule short. Panicle pyramidal,
open, 2 to 3 inches long and i to wide; rays in threes or fives be-
low, above in twos or single, capillary, the longest an inch or more
in length, flowering above the middle, spreading or erectish. Spike-
lets very small (less than a line long); glumes acute, purplish, lower
one a little shorter and broader; flowering-glume thin, obtusish, 3-
nerved above, a little shorter than the outer glumes, unawned; palet
very minute or wanting.

Collected on the San Bernardino Mts., California, by the Parish
Brothers. . . ,

Agrostis humilis. — Perennial, tufted. Culms 4 to 6 inches high,'^
naked above, i to 2 leaves below the middle: leaves mostly at the
base, I to 2 inches long, narrow, not rigid, mostly erect; ligule short,
auricled. Panicle i to inches long, narrow and few-flowered,
branches short, mostly in threes below, above in twos or single, ap-
pressed, the larger branches subdivided and with two to five spikelets.
Spikelets purple, less than a line long, outer glumes ovate-lanceo-
late, acute, smooth; flowering-glumes nearly as long as the outer
ones, five-nerved, minutely toothed at the apex, unawned ; palet
hyaline, two-thirds as long as its flowering-glume.

Has the appearance of small forms of A. varians^hwX. that species
has no palet. Found by W. N. Suksdorf on Mt. Paddo, Washington
Territory, and by Mr. Howell on Mt. Adams. Grows in compact
tufts in moist places.

New Western Lichens.

By Edward Tuckerman.

Lecidea Brandegei, sp. nov . — Thallus rugose-plicate, straw-
colored; apothecia ample (i™“- ,5 to 3™“' in width), beneath
mostly free, flat, soon becoming wavy, the disk very black and
opake, the originally pale margin soon blackening and lobulate-
crenate, bright, and then demiss and disappearing, the hypothecium
colorless. Spores short-ellipsoid, simple, 0,06-1 1™™' long, and
0,004-6““' wide. Spermatia short-acicular, more or less bowed,
0,010-16’““' long, and less than o,ooi““' in thickness. Paraphyses
distinct at length, and bluish- then brown-capitulate.

Upon rocks, Rocky Mountains, near St. Elmo, Colorado, T. S.
Brandegee, in herb. Sprague. With the features, originally, of
Lecanoroy and the apothecia always showing, in section, the gonidial
layer; but the natural affinity of the lichen is none the less with the

22

next following; to which, indeed, it is as close, as it is well-marked
ih its differences from it.

Lecidea Pringlei, sp. nov. — Thallus pulvinate (reaching, in the
specimens, about half an inch in height), composed of crowded,
branched trunks, which are dilated above and densely plicate-rugose,
and pass at the base into root-like branchlets, from pale to dark
green, and finally black and shining; apothecia ample to very large
(2-6 mm. in width), a little elevated, fiat, soon wavy and lobed, and
at length variously irregular, the disk from rufous— fuscescent very
black, excluding the demiss, at first pale, but soon black and shining,
stout margin, the hypothecium colorless. Spores from broad- soon
oblong-ellipsoid, simple and pseudo-bilocular, 0,010-12““- long,
and 0,003-5““- wide. Spermatia filiform, now bowed, 0,018-24““-
long. Paraphyses conglutinate.

Rocks, Sierra Nevada, California, C. G. Pringle, in herb. Sprague.
On the eastern slope of the Cascade Mountains, Washington Terri-
tory, Prandegee, in the same herbarium. The lichen last-named is
strikingly differenced from that of the Sierra Nevada by the extension
of the trunks upward into slender, naked stems, only at the summits
expanding into the plicate state, with something of the habit and at
length color of AlcctoKici ochrolcucci., f. nigviccins. The hypothecium
in this species, as in L. Brandcgei, rests on the gonimous layer, and
the feature is much more pronounced and constant here than it seems
to be in Lecidea conglomerata of Europe. But I take the latter (in
which also the apothecium is originally lecanorine, though ultimately
quite lecideine) to be the key to the position of both these better
developed American lichens.

Acolium Sti. Jacobi, sp. nov. — Thallus of white granules soon
compacted into a chinky crust ; apothecia of middling size in this
genus fin the solitary specimen o““- ,5-8 in width, and about the
same m height), of the substance and color of the thallus, more or
less turbinate, the interior exciple yellow, the disk more or less pro-
truded, black, but yellowish-green at the surface. Spores (no thekes
observed ; r ounded and short-ellipsoid, bi-locular, 0,020-40““- long,
0.016-30““- wide. ' > >

her^Vra Te^^^ " mesas,” San Diego, California, C. G. Pringle, in

PYRENOTHAMNIA, Genus nov.

Apothecia immersed in the thallus, the perithecium fuscescent,
the araphithecium colorless, the paraphyses diffluent and obsolete.
Spores m saccate-clavate thekes, ellipsoid, solitary, or in twos, or
in fours, 0,030-56 - long, and 0,016-24““- wide. Hymenogonia

oblong, guttated, 0,010-24““- long, and 0,003-4““- wide Thal-
lus fruticulose, caespitose (about half an inch high, the width of the

bir Hifi 0,002-3““-), fragile, from a teretish

bast dilated above, and dichotomously much-branched, the obtuse
tips crenate-deritate ; the color from cinerascent fuscescent Hvnhse
forming a confused layer; the thalline gonidia 0,006-0012““ in
diameter. > . m

P. Spraguei.— On the earth, “ growing in masses on the eastern

23

slope of the Cascade Mountains, Washington Territory, alt. 3,500-
6,000 ft.;” T. S. Brandegee, in herb. Sprague. Spermogones do not
appear. The general aspect is distantly comparable with that of
Siphula torulosa, and the nearly akin 6". coriacea (Tayl.) Nyl. A fruti-
culose manner of growth is so very remarkable in the Verrucariacei
that the present lichen must be separated from all sections of Endo~
carpon, whether or not the generic rank be maintained. It is appro-
priately inscribed to the unwearied cryptogamist, my ever liberal
friend, C. J. Sprague, Esq., who has especially directed research
into the lichen-flora of the Pacific coast.

A New Species of Oxytheca.

By C. C. Parry.

Since the summer of i88r the writer has had under inspection,
from two successive years’ collections, in abundant specimens show-
ing all stages of development, an anomalous plant of the Eriogoneae
group, found in that district of curious vegetable forms, the Mojave
Desert of Southern California.

Unwilling to decide on its true relations with the other members
of this extensive and peculiar Western American family without a
careful examination of all the accessible allied genera, I was for some
time inclined to regard it as the type of a new genus, to which, at the
suggestion of Prof. Asa Gray, I applied the provisional name of
Gymnogonum spinescens, ined. Under this name, herbarium specimens
have been sparingly distributed.

Later, in correspondence with Mr. Sereno Watson on this sub-
ject, he suggested that by a very slight modification of the generic
character of Oxytheca, the plant might appropriately come into that
genus. In deference to his judgment, as well as in accordance with
my own more matured convictions, I have finally adopted this view,
and, suppressing the unpublished herbarium name of Gymnogonum
spinescens, I present herewith a description of the plant as follows:

Oxytheca luteola, n. sp. — Plant prostrate (3 to 10 inches
broad), dichotomously branched from the base, smooth, or with scat-
tered pubescence on the slender branches ; leaves orbicular to oblong-
obovate, to 2 lines in width, with slender petioles three or four
times as long, covered below with dense woolly pubescence, smoother
above, the cauline in one-sided pairs (the third at each node obsolete
or nearly so), one or both passing into linear-aciculate bracts; invo-
lucres sessile, 5-parted, the spreading unequal divisions resembling the
bracts, the longer 2 to 5 lines in length (including the slender awn)
and about equalling the bracts; flowers pubescent, crowded (7 to 15),
developing centripetally, the short pedicel jointed at the base of the
perianth and subtended by two bractlets, one linear, the other broader
and scarious; perianth 6-cleft nearly to the middle, greenish-yellow;
filaments short; anthers short-oval; styles short, with spreading capi-
tate stigmas; akenes smooth; cotyledons orbicular, accumbent to the

longer radicle.

Habitat. — Growing on moist, sandy soil near Lancaster Station,
on the Mojave Desert, June to August ; No. 259, C. C. Parry, Pacific

24

Coast Flora, i88i. Distinguished from other species by the more
rounded long-petiolate leaves, which, as well as the bracts, are mainly
in pairs instead of ternate (as occurs more or less frequently in some
other species), by the closely sessile and unequally parted involucres,
and by the yellowish flowers ; in all other respects according with the
the generic character, thus increasing the accepted species of the
genus to eight.

The Bulbs of Epilobium palustre.— Those who wish to see the
bulbs of Epilobiufn palustre^ L. (the E. squamatum of Nuttall) may
find them in moist low grounds when they first appear in spring.
Later, the fleshy scales of the bulbs decay and disappear. In autumn,
they are found at the ends of slender stolons attached to the parent
root. They are then about an inch long, of a dusky flesh-color, the
scales regularly overlapping each other along the axis of growth,
with the bud at the end. The roots spring from between the scales,
and, as the latter decay as soon as their nutriment is absorbed by the
growing plant, there are no bulbs to be seen by the time the flowers
appear. The same bulbs appear on E. molle, Torr., and possibly
on all the rest of the family.

Lucy A. Millington.

Distribution of Weeds.— Among the means whereby weeds are
distributed, their being generally objectionable to cattle should not
be overlooked. When in North Carolina, I noticed that wherever
Verbesina Siegesbeckia had to struggle unaided with other native vege-
tation there were only plants here and there among scores of other
species of vegetation. When it was growing in a pasture or along
the roadside where cattle ate, it soon took possession of the whole
surface, simply because cattle kept other species from seeding,
while avoiding this, and thus it had the whole ground to itself.
It is very often an argument that an introduced plant is better adap-
ted to the new location than the native, because it seems to spread so
rapidly ; but in most cases it may be because cattle will not touch
it, and there happen to be few other competitors of its class. It
gets the whole field to itself. The ox-eye daisy and the buttercup
spread so amazingly quite as much because cattle let them go to
seed as that the climate or soil is unusually favorable. Around
our large cities, Stramonuim, wild chamomile, Canada thistle, worm-
seed and other well-known weeds spread only because goats, sheep,
cows and geese avoid them, and they have thus nothing to interfere
with their rapid spread. These remarks are suggested by an idea
thrown out in a foreign periodical I have just been reading, that the
great spread of some European weeds in America is a proof that they
have found a soil and climate superior to those “ for which they were
specially created.”

Thomas Meehan.

New Species of Ferns.— in our next number, Prof. D. C. Eaton
will describe some new United States ferns, give new stations for a
number of old species, and notice Prof. Lemmon’s very interesting
discoveries made last August in Arizona.

Plate XXVIII.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club

Plate XXIX

(MCtCJC.drt

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate XXX.

:-v^;

'wv*-"-

^arx ii«l‘

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X-1 New York, March, 1883. [No. 3.

On Three Hybrid Oaks near Washington, D. C.

By George Vasey.

(Plates xxviii. — xxx.)

Hybrid No. i, or *‘Saui’s Hybrid." (Plate xxviii.) — This tree is
growing on the premises of Mr. John Saul, a nurseryman and florist,
about two miles north of the city. It is growing in a thicket mostly
composed of white and red oaks and chestnuts. The tree towers up
to the height of some fifty feet. The general appearance of the
trunk and branches suggested to me a young Quercus rubra., but a
glance at the leaves and fruit referred it at once to the white oak
group. But the bark does not have the usual whitish color and
scaly character of the white oak. The bark of Quercus stellata (post-
oak) is closer and less scaly than that of the white. The bark of the
true Quercus Prinus is still closer, harder and darker colored, and
on the branches is quite smooth. The bark of this hybrid appears
to combine the qualities of Quercus alba 2Sidi Q. Prinus. The leaves
are mostly five or six hiches long, with an average breadth of about
two inches, mostly acute and narrowed at the base, and with a pretty
uniform width of outline. There are six or seven lobes on each
side, pointing with a strong and uniform angle toward the apex.
The sinuses are mainly about an inch deep, reaching within half or
three-fourths of an inch of the midrib. The lobes are remarkably
uniform in size, breadth and direction. The upper surface is of a
dark, glossy green, the under surface of a bluish-white or glaucous
color, and smooth. The petiole is an inch to one and a half inches
long, flexible, and of a yellowish color, as in Q. rubra. In texture,
it is a little thicker than in Q. alba. The acorns are like those of Q.
Prinus, averaging nearly as large, and with the same tuberculated
cup. There is seldom more than one matured on a twig, and they
have a pretty stout pedicel of half an inch in length. Growing
under the tree there are two young trees or bushes about eight feet
high, which apparently are seedlings from it. In this, as in most
other oaks, the leaves on the lower branches and the leaves of the
sprouts differ considerably from those of the upper and fertile
branches, being broader and more irregular in lobation. It is diffi-
cult to fix the parentage of this tree, but the acorns point unmis-
takably to Quercus Prinus, and the leaves we may suppose to com-
bine the characters of Q. Prinus and Q. alba. Dr. Engelmann
thinks it may be a new variety of Q. Prinus.

Hybrid No. 2. (Plate xxix.) — This tree is growing about six
miles north of Washington, near Silver Spring Station, and close by
the roadside. In fact, there is a clump of three trees, evidently

26

sprouts from an original tree, which was cut down probably twenty-
five years ago. The three trunks are of about equal size — about
twenty feet high — and branch within six feet of the ground. The
bark is closer and darker colored than that of the white oak. The
leaves in outline, but not in lobation, are much like those of the
Saul’s hybrid, being six or seven inches long, and narrow, with about
four pairs of lobes; most of the sinuses reaching within half an inch
or less of the midrib. The base of the leaf is generally obtuse and
rounded, gradually widening for an inch or more to the first pair of
lobes, which are scarcely more than coarse teeth. The remaining
lobes are rather irregular, there being usually two or three pairs of
large ones of about an inch in length each, then a pair of small
short ones or teeth, ending in a narrow acutish point of about half
an inch. The middle pair of lobes is the longest and broadest,
making the greatest breadth of the leaf, which is about two inches.
The under surface of the leaf is of a light gray, with a minute and
sparse pubescence. The lobes generally point strongly forward, but
frequently one or two diverge nearly at right angles. The upper
surface is smooth, dark green, and the texture is considerably thicker
and firmer than in Q. alba. The petiole is about an inch long, nar-
row, but less flexible than in No. i, and destitute of the yellowish
color. The acorns mature mostly in twos, and the common peduncle is
about half an inch long, and thick. The acorns are about the size
and form of those of Q. alba, the cup covering about one-third,
with a thin edge, and with close sraoothish scales. This tree seems
to show a mixture of Q. alba and Q. stellata, 'n'vih a preponderance
of Q. alba.

Hybrid No. 3. (Plate xxx.) — This tree grows close by the road-
side about two miles north of the city, near what is called Piney
Branch. It is, perhaps, twenty-five feet in height, and the trunk a
foot in diameter. The bark and general habit of the tree is much
like that of Q. siellaia, the bark being close and dark in color. The
leaves, in length, are five or six inches, slightly shorter than in
hybrids numbers one and two, and broader. There are about five
pairs of lobes, of which the third and fourth are the largest and
broadest. They are coarser and wider, and have greater divergence
than in the others, and the central part of the leaf is broader. The
lower surface is grayish, rougher and more pubescent than in number
two. The upper surface is of a dark shining green. The leaf is
firmer in texture than in either of the others,; the petiole is stiffer; and
in outline, rigidity and roughness it shows an evident approach
toward Q. stellata. The same relationship is manifested in the
acorns, which are broader and more depressed than those of Q. alba,
evidently approaching those of Q. stellata, but much larger. In
other respects it is Q. alba.

New or Little-Known Ferns of the United States. No. 13.

By D. C. Eaton.

43. Polypodmm thysanolepis, Al. Braun. — Rootstock creeping,
densely scaly ; stalks two to six inches long ; fronds as long as the
stalks, ovate in outline, sub-coriaceous, slightly scaly above, clothed

27

beneath with ovate reticulated ciliate scales, pinnatifid into rather
few oblong or oblong-spatulate entire segments separated by broad
rounded sinuses ; veinlets anastomosing in a single series of large
areoles, each areole enclosing a* sorus, outer veinlets free. — Baker,
Syn. Fil., ed. 2, p. 512.

Collected on the Huachuca Mts., Arizona, by Prof, and Mrs.
Lemmon in August, 1882.

This is a well-known Mexican fern of the same group with P.
incanum, from which it dillFers by its usually larger size, its fewer,
broader and more distant segments, and especially by the heavier
covering of larger, laxer and beautifully ciliated scales,' It is No. 971
of Parry and Palmer’s collection of 1878, from San Luis Potosi, and
No. 210 of Ghiesbreght’s Chiapas distribution.

44. Nothol^na Californio a, n. sp, — Rootstock short ; stalks
clustered, two to four inches long, black, wiry, when young scaly with
lanceolate dark-brown rigid scales ; frond one to two inches long,
broadly deltoid-ovate or pentagonal-ovate, from a quadri-pinnatifid
base gradually simpler to the apex; ultimate segments oblong or
triangular-oblong, small (1-2 lines long) and very numerous and
crowded ; upper surface minutely glandular ; lower surface copiously
farinose with yellow or whitish powder, except on the strong black-
ened rachis and midribs ; margins more or less recurved, but not
covering the copious dark-brown sporangia.

San Diego Co., California, Miss Burbeck, Mr. Cleveland and Mr.
Stout. Colorado desert. Dr. Parry. Arizona, Prof. Lemmon.

This plant I have for a long time confused with N . Candida,
Hook., as at pp. 22 and 23 of the second volume of Ferns of North
America, where it is spoken of as the Californian form of that
species. It has smaller and more compound fronds than C. Candida,
and occupies in the genus a position about midway between that
species and A^. Chilensis. The powder is so abundant that it is some-
times difficult to glue a specimen to paper.

45. Notholmna Aschenborniana, Klot^h. — Rootstock short, creep-

ing ; stalks clustered, dark-chestnut, copiously beset at the base
with rigid blackish ciliated lanceolate-acuminate scales, which be-
come more delicate higher up the stalk, and pass into a dense whitish
or pale-ferruginous tomentose mass which covers the frond ; fronds
4-10 inches long, pinnate, the pinnae an inch long or less, rarely
more, pinnatifid into very numerous sessile, oblong, entire or crenately
lobed obtuse segments, upper surface at length becoming smoothish,
the lower indistinctly farinose beneath the heavy coating of ciliately
cleft scales; sporangia forming a dark line around the edges of the
segments. — Klotzsch, in xx., p. 417-

This was first gathered near Chepultepec, in Mexico, by Alwin
Aschenborn. Fournier (PI. Mex., Crypt., p. 124) gives among the
localities “Texas, Trecul, No, i,4S6> Drummond, No. 354- ^ Hr.
Fdward Palmer found it in the mountains east of Saltillo, Nuevo
Leon, Mexico, in 1880 ; and now it is found and identified by Mr.
Davenport among some unnamed ferns sent by Prof. IjCmmon from
the Huachuca Mts. It has a decidedly less comiiound frond than
TV. Newberryi, and may be easily recognized, by the beautilully

«

28

ciliated scales, soft and tomentose on the pinnules, but gradually
more and mo're rigid towards the rootstock, where they are hard and
nearly black.

46. Pellaa margfnaia, Baker. — Stalks tufted, slender, castaneous,
shining ; fronds four to six inches long and nearly as broad, deltoid
in outline, tri-quadri-pinnatifid, segments linear-oblong, chartaceous ;
smooth ; involucre broad, continuous, delicate, the margin slightly
erose. — Syn. Fib, p. 15 1. Cheilanthes marginata. Hooker.

Huachuca Mts., Arizona, Prof, and Mrs. Lemmon, August, 1882.
Common in Tropical America from Mexico and the West Indies to
Peru. It is often difficult to distinguish between this and P. angusti-
folia, though the latter has commonly a less decompound frond, and
longer and more distant ultimate segments.

47. Cheilanthes Alabamensis, Kunze. — Huachuca Mts., Arizona.
Prof, and Mrs. Lemmon, August, 1882. A more western station

^ than any before reported.

48. Cheilanthes lendigera, Swartz. — Rootstock cord-like, creeping,
covered with soft narrow scales ; stalks rather distant, 4-8 inches
long, at first loosely tomentose with ferruginous hairs, at length
castaneous and nearly smooth ; fronds as long as the stalks, ovate-
oblong, thrice to four times pinnate, ultimate pinnules cuneate-
obovate, less than a line long, the margin recurved and the white
involucre leaving but a small opening in the middle, making the
pinnules pouch-like; upper surface green and naked, the lower
hairy. — Hooker, Sp. Fib, ii., p. 95, t. civ., B.

Huachuca Mts., Prof, and Mrs. Lemmon.

This is another well-known species of Mexico and the Andes of
Colombia and Ecuador. It is much less woolly than C. tometitosa,
and the pouch-like ultimate pinnules are very noticeable.

49. Asplenium montanum^ Willd. — This must now be considered
a New England fern. One day last April three students of the
Academy at Norwich, Conn., started out for a day’s search for
“ trailing-arbutus, lichens and rocks. ’ Messrs. Fuller and Setchel
found this fern in clefts of rocks on Lantern Hill, which rises be-
tween the towns of Ledyard and North Stonington. Mr, Fuller first
saw the plant, Mr. Setchel identified it, and Mr. Collin has the
honor of being one of the party.

About Christmas, 1882, Mr. C. B. Graves, of New London, also
discovered the plant on the same mountain, and also on a smaller
hill distant a little way to the north-east. Mr. Graves says it is not
uncommon in holes and crevices of the rock. It is to be hoped that
the difficulty of getting to the place will long prevent the extirpation
of the fern.

50. Asplenium tnonanthemuni, L., was found among Prof. Lem-
mon’s Huachuca ferns by Mr. Davenport, who has sent me three
fronds. They are all rather smaller than common Mexican speci-
mens. One of them has uniformly monosorous pinnae, one shows
here and here a second sorus, and the third has regularly three or four
sori on most of the pinnae. Usually this fern has decidedly larger
and more erect fronds than A. Trichomanes, and the few large sori
are along the lower edge of the pinnule.

29

5 1- Asplenium Glenmei, Baker, described at p. 488 of the second
edition of Synopsis Filicum, was scantily collected on the Huachuca
Mts. by Prof. Lemmon. It is a small fern growing in little tufts like
A. montanum ; but the fronds are lanceolate, tapering both ways,
2-6 inches long, pinnate, with many pairs of oblong, toothed or
pinnately lobed deep-green pinnae. The sori are abundant, rather
large, slightly curved outwards, and placed mostly very near the
midrib of the pinnules. The fern comes near the old world A.
fontanum, but is not closely allied to any of our common species. I
am obliged to Mr. Baker for the identification.

52. Aspidium fuglandifolium,¥^\mze. — The free-veined form which
has been called Phanerophlebia nobilis, is in Prof. Lemmon’s
Huachuca collection. This was found in Western Texas many
years ago, but has never been distributed to herbaria from any station
within the borders of the United States. With this. Prof. Lemmon
secured a few fronds of Aspidium Filix-mas and a few of an
Aspidium with decompound fronds, the species not yet clearly
recognized.

A List of Grasses collected by Mr. C. G. Pringle in Arizona and
California, with descriptions of those species not already described
in American publications.*

62. Cottea\ pappophoroides, Kunth, Gram., i., 84.281. t. 52 ; Enum.
PI. i. 256 ; Steud, Syn. PI., i. 201.

Perennial. Culms erect, branched at the base, 2 feet high, smooth
below, pubescent above, especially at the joints and on the main
axis and branches of the panicle. Leaves flat, 2-3 lines wide, 5-8 in.
long, involute towards the tip ; sheaths loose, pubescent like the
leaves ; ligule a ciliate ring of short hairs. Panicle lanceolate in
outline, 6-8 in. long, the more or less spreading branches solitary, the
lower ones about 2 in. long, branched a little below the middle, the
branchlets 1-3-flowered. Spikelets about 4 lines long, exceeding their
pedicels ; outer glumes lanceolate, 2^ lines long. Flowering-glume
2 lines long, striate with 9 prominent nerves and several interme-
diate less prominent ones, the two lateral divisions more deeply cut
than the others and somewhat divergent ; the three longest awns a
little over a line in length. The edge of the flowering-glume, for a
short distance above the base, is densely pilose with hairs a line long.

Near Tucson, Arizona, Dec. 7th.

This is the same as No. 2,057 of Wright’s N. Mex. collection,
1851-2. Mr. Pringle found only a single specimen, which is an old
one, but sufficiently perfect to show the above-enumerated charac-

* Continued from page 145, Vol. ix.

fCoTTEA, Kunth.— Panicle open; spikelets 6-9-flowered, the upper imper-
1 glumes 2, membranaceous, concave, many-nerved, the lower one 3-

obed at the tip, lobes acute-mucronate, the upper one a little smaller, entire,
acute. Flowering-glume 5-cleft, the lateral lobes deeper than the others, concave,
^b-l i-awned, awns continuous, straight, unequal, three longer than the others,
ralea bicarinate, apex bifid, lobes acute-mucronate. Stamens three. Ovary
smooth. Styles 2, terminal. Stigmas plumose. Grain oblong, nearly terete,
smooth and freely enclosed within the palea.

.^0

I fers. I he genus has but the one species, which extends southward
into Peru.

63. * Trtodia 7nutica. Tricuspis niutica^ Torr., Bot. Whipple,
p. 156 ; Porter and Coulter, Syn. Flor. Colorado, p. i48.=No. 2,046,
C. Wright, N. Mex., 1851-2.

No locality given for Mr. Pringle’s specimens.

64. Trtodia pulchella, HBK., Nov. Gen. i., 155, t. 47; Tricuspis
pulchdla, Torr., Pac. R. R. Surv., iv., 156 ; Thurber, Bot. Cal., ii.,
p. 301.

I ^ 5 - Kiplachne viscid a, 71 . sp. — Similar in habit and inflores-
N cence \.o T>. fasctcularts, P.B., but smaller throughout and “covered
with acrid viscid glands.” Panicles from one to three inches long,
sessile in the axils of the leaves, and mostly enclosed by the inflated
sheaths, densely flowered, the erect or ascending branches rarely
exceeding an inch in length. Spikelets about 2 lines long, nearly
sessile, 4— 6-flowered. Outer glumes lanceolate, acute, the lower a
line long, the upper a little longer and larger. The first flowering-
glume about i:|- lin. long, shortly ciliate below on the central and
lateral nerves, scabrous above, two-lobed at the tip, lobes rounded-
obtuse, the central nerve produced between them into a scabrous
awn one-halt a line long. Spikelets often reddish or purplish, as
well as the culm and leaves.

Santa Cruz Valley, near Tucson, Arizona. June 28th, i88r.

This grass may have been introduced from Mexico or from re-
gions farther south, since, as Mr. Pringle states, it grows in valleys
which are inhabited. Mr. Pringle is inclined to the opinion, how-
ever, that it is indigenous to the region where he gathered it. It is
not itnprobable that it has already been described in works not
accessible, treating of more Southern plants.

66. DiplacJme dubia. Leptochloa dubia, Nees in Mart. Brazil, ii.,
p. 433 ; Chapman in Flor. So. States, p. 559.

Fuller’s Ranch, Arizona. July.

67. *Diplach7ie wibricata. Leptochloa i77ibricata, 'YhnrhQX Gram,
Mexican Bound, ined.; Bot. Calif., ii., p. 293.

Santa Cruz Valley, near Tucson. July.

This is the same as No. 404 of E. Palmer’s Coll., 1875.

68. Eato77ia obtusata, Gray, in Manual, 5th ed., p. 626.

Near Tucson, Arizona.

69. *Eragrostis Furshii, Bernh., var. delicatula, Munro. E dif-
fusa, Buckley, in Proc. Phil. Acad., 1862, p. 97.

Santa Cruz Valley, near Tucson.

This grass was distributed as var. diffusa of E. Purshii.

70. EragrosHs pilifera, Scheele. Steudel, Syn. Glum., p. 278.

Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona. April.

This grass has been proposed as a variety of E. pectmacea, Gray,
some forms of which it resembles in habit and inflorescence but the
spikelets are narrow and less flattened, and the lateral nerves of the
more obtuse flowering-glume are obsolete.

71. Thurber. in Bolander’s revision of the Mel-
iceae, in Proc. Calif. .\cad. Sci., iv., part 2, p. 102 ; Bot. Calif, ii ,
P- 305-

Mt. Shasta, Cal., alt. 6,000 feet. August.

31

72. Mehca fugax, Boland., Proc. Calif. Acad., iv., p. 104: Thur-
ber Bot. Calif., ii., p. 304.

Mt. Shasta, Calif., alt. 6, 000 feet. August.

A tall form with a racemose few-flowered panicle.

73. Distichis maritima, Raf. Thurber, Bot. Calif., ii., p. 306 ;
Brizopyrutn spicatuni, Hook.; Gray, Manual, p. 628.

Santa Cruz Valley, near Tucson.

74. Poa Calif ornica. Atropis Californica, Thurber, Bot. Calif.,
li., p. 309.

Santa Rita Mts., Arizona, alt. 4,500-6,000 feet. April.

Both the male and female plants are represented.

7S> 76. Poa — probably forms of P. teniiifolia^ Nutt. The first,
from the mountains about the head-waters of the Sacramento River,
has a stout culm with flat radical and cauline leaves, 2-4 in. long,
the outer glumes obtuse, the upper one over 2 lines long, equalling
the first floret ; the second, from Mt. Shasta, more nearly approaches
the typical form of the species.

11 - * Poa annua, L., var. stricta, Vasey. Panicle narrow, 3-5 in.
long with erect branches. Truly indigenous.

Banks of the Rillita.

78. Poa Pringlii, 71. sp. — Culms about 6 in. high, slender and
scape-like, with a single leaf below the middle, densely tufted from a
creeping root-stock, the base surrounded by the loose sheaths of the
radical tuft of short (1-2 inches) convolutely folded, smooth and nar-
row leaves. The cauline leaf about \ an inch long, narrow and
folded like those at the base, minutely scabrous at the somewhat
pungent tip. Panicle about an inch in length, narrow and few-
flowered ; lower branches in pairs, bearing one or two spikelets
which they about equal in length. Spikelets 3-4 lin.long, 3-5-flow-
ered. Outer glumes broadly lanceolate, three-nerved below, with
broad scarious margins, the upper one about as long as the spikelet,
the lower a Itttle shorter and smaller. Flowering glume about 3^
lines long, broadly lanceolate, with a broad scarious margin above,
S-nerved, minutely punctulate-scabrous all over and strongly scabrous
on the midnerve above, smooth below. Pale one-fourth shorter
than its glume. Scales broad and irregularly cut or toothed.

Mountains about the head-waters of the SaPramento River, Cal-
ifornia. September.

1 here is considerable variation in the size of the spikelets,
which, in most specimens, are purplish in color and have a membra-
neous appearance. It is apparently dioecious. The staminate plant
IS more slender, with more acute glumes.

The species is allied to Atropis Calif ornica, Munro, but appears
to be sufficiently well marked to be kept distinct.

79- Pestuca tenella, Willd., Sp., i., 419; Gray, Manual, p. 633.

By streams of the Santa Catalina Mts.

80. *Pestuca microstachys, Nuttall, Plant. Gambel, 187 ; Thur-
ber, Bot. Calif., ii., p. 317.

By streams of the Santa Catalina Mts.

81. Brotnus Hookeriatius, Thurber, Bot. Wilkes’s Exped., 493 ;
B. Virens, Buckley, in Proc. Phil. Acad., 1862,98; Ceratochloa grandi-

32

flora^ Hook. Flor. Bor. Am., ii., 253, t. 235 ; Thurber in Bot. Cal.,
ii., p. 321.

Mountains about the head-waters of the Sacramento River,
alt. 7,500 feet. August.

This seems to be the same as No. 648 of E. Hall’s Oregon col-
lection, ticketed Bromus (Ceraiochlod) carinatus, Hook., var.”

S2. Agropyrum cantnum,^t\ch.tnh., Icon. FI. Germ., t. 119; Triti-
cum caninum,!^.', Gray, Manual, p. 638.

Santa Rita Mts., Arizona. July.

This is the form “ differing from the type in its large and spread-
ing, usually much crowded spikelets, and its long, stout and diver-
gent awn,” referred to by Dr. Thurber in his remarks under Triti-
cu 7 ti canhium^ in Bot. Cal., p. 324. It is certainly very distinct from
the ordinary forms of the species, and should at least have a varietal
name — say var. majus.

83. Hordeum nodosum, L. Thurber Bot. Cal., ii., p. 325 ; H. pra-
tense, Huds.; Gray, Manual, p. 638.

Santa Cruz Valley, near Tucson.

84. Elymus Canadensis, L. Gray, Manual, p. 639.

By streams of the Santa Rita Mts.

85. * Elymus Sitanion, Schult. Thurber, Bot. Cal., ii., 327 ; Wat-
son Bot. King’s Exped., 391 ; Sitanion elymoides, Raf.; BEgilops
Hystrix, Nutt., Gen., i., 86.

Santa Rita Mts., Arizona. May.

Girard College, Philadelphia. F. Lamson Scribner.

Note on Cyperus refractus, Eng. — For several years past I
have frequently collected in this locality a Cyperus which I could
not make correspond with any species in Gray or Chapman. On
a recent visit to Cambridge I took occasion to look up the subject, and
found, in Dr. Gray’s herbarium, specimens of the same species with
the manuscript name of Cyperus refractus, Eng. On calling Mr.
Watson’s attention to it, he' recalled the fact of its publication under
that name in Ltnncea, Vol, xxvi., p. 369, in the description of the
Cyperaceae of the Berlin Herbarium, the type specimen having un-
doubtedly been furnished by Dr. Engelmann. It is probably the
same plant as is described in Steudel as Cyperus retrofractus, Eng., but
is not the C. retrofractus of Torrey. It is a tall, strong plant, 2 to 3
feet high, with from 5 to 10 unequal rays, the longest frequently 10
inches, naked except i or inches at the extremity. The spikelets
are 8 to 10 lines long, about 6-flowered, spreading horizontally and
becoming retrofracted. The nutlets are triangular, linear-oblong,
about lines long. It is undoubtedly pretty widely diffused in the
country.

Washington, D. C. Geo. Vasey.

Notes from Utah. In “Fern Notes, VI.,” Mr. Davenport speaks of
Asptdtum Eilix-mas. This plant was discovered by me in August,
1882, in quantity in the Wasatch Mts., Utah, and it undoubtedly
ranges through all the higher mountains of Colorado, Utah, Nevada,
etc.

33

In the same locality, I found in great abundance the rare Utah
ferns Asptdium Lonchttis, Polypodium vidgare (typical form and var.
ocadentale) axid Adiantum pedatum. The last has remained till this
year unseen since its discovery by Mr. Watson ten years ago. The
specimens are the same robust ones that are so familiar in the dells
of Iowa.

Cleome sparsif olta, Wats. — I have this in excellent specimens.
Mr. Watson’s specimens were evidently too old, as the figure in Bot.
King does not represent the species accurately. The bracts (so con-
spicuous in the figure), are inconspicuous ; they are seldom elliptical,
and are always acute. The leaves (which should appear all over
the figure, except at the very base) have petioles 6" to 9” long, and
three oblanceolate, acute leaflets. The petioles gradually lengthen
toward the base of the stem, where they are i' to 2' long. The
leaflets toward the base become shorter and less acute, till at the
root they are spatulate-linear, very obtuse and mucronate. The
siliques are often 18" long. The plant is 2° or more high.

Salt Lake City, Utah. Marcus E. Jones.

Notes on Michigan Plants.— At Adair, about eight miles west of
St. Clair, I spent several weeks last summer, and made a series of
notes relative to the flora of that region.

It is said to have been once covered with forests of the white
pine {Finns Slrobus), but these were thinned out by the lumberers,
and finally destroyed by a great fire which ravaged this section of
country. I found, however, a few trees, 20-30 feet high, which
niay have grown from seeds dropped after the fire.

Instead of the old forests, dense growths of Fopulus tremuloides,
grandidentata and monilifera have sprung up in many places and
become characteristic of the burnt regions. An occasional Betula
hnta and lutea is sometimes found. The result has been an irregular
growth of timber, allowing the passage of the sun’s rays and a con-
sequent growth of many sun-loving plants, offering a striking con-
trast to the ancient sombre forests which usually meet our eyes at
this lime of the year. In marshy places are found Ranunculics
olistncg/olius, Ludwigia polycarpa, Samolus Valerandt, var. Arneri-
canus, Myosotis laxa and Aspidium Noveboracense. In clearings,
Gnaphaliutn purpureum is not uncommon. Epilobium spicatum and
Erechthites hieracifolia are the first to occupy burnt grounds.
Hypericum Canadense, var. majus^ Rub us hisptdus, Lonicera parvi flora,
var. Douglasii, Pyrola elliptica, the crimson form of Monotropa
Hypopitys, Collinsonia Canadensis. Hedeonia pulegioides. Euphorbia
hypericifolia, Spiranthes Romanzoviana, Oakesia sessilifolia and
Osmunda regalis belong to the flora. Daucus Carota has become
naturalized in the country west of Adair. Only t\Vo trees of Lirioden~
dron Tulipifera were observed. I also found an Elodes which, I
think, explains the petiolata (?) in Wheeler and Smith’s catalogue.
It was sent at the time to Prof. Thos. C. Porter, and I think that
|he facts cannot be better stated than by copying the words he used:
It is the same thing which I collected years ago in Central Penn-
sylvania, and Garber on Lake Conneaut, Crawford Co., in 1868.

34

The broader and paler leaves give it an aspect different from E\
pdiolata of Maryland and further south ; but then the lower leaves
taper into a distinct petiole^ and the upper, though broader at base and
almost sessile, are not clasping. The calyx is only one-third the
length of the mature capsule, and the sepals are more obtuse. I
have no flowers to examine the union of the filaments. And yet,
with all the characters of E. petiolata, I agree with you in suspecting
it to be a variation of E. Virginica.”

Diligent search by our Michigan friends for the flowering plant
would soon settle the doubt.

Dayton, Ohio. Aug. F. Foerste.

Submersed Leaves in Limnanthemum.— The fact that thin
root-leaves occur . on Nuphar pumilum. Smith, and occasion-
ally on N. advena, Ait., has long been known and is on
record; but, that the floating heart {Limnanthemum lacunosum,
Griseb.) may bear similar leaves, has, I believe, been hitherto un-
noticed. However, in two specimens of this plant collected at
Wellington, Nova Scotia, in 1879, there are found four such leaves,
3 by 2\ in., of a delicate texture^diaphocnous, and of a light green
color with a tinge of red. They show a well-marked venation, have
a broader sinus than the floating leaves, and are borne on short
petioles.

Elizabeth G. Knight.

The Flora of the Franconia Mountains. — I have just read in the
September Bulletin Prof. Bailey’s notes concerning the flora of
the Franconia Mountains.

After preparing the list to which he refers — published by Mr.
Prime in the Journal of Commerce — I left the north country and
did not return until late in the summer. But I then made some in-
teresting additions to my catalogue.

On the borders of Lonesome Lake grows in great profusion the
Utricularia cornuta. On the edge of Echo Lake, near the boat-
house, I found the Subularia aquatica., mentioned in Gray as found
there by Tuckerman. In addition to the orchids named in my list,
and those mentioned by Prof. Bailey, I gathered Habenaria psycodes,
H. fimbriata, H. tridentata, Goodyera repens and Spiranthes cernua.
On the top of Bald Mountain, the bear-berry {Arctostaphylos Uva-
ursi) grows plentifully ; and I also found there the alpine variety of
Solidago Virga-aurea. On the Bethlehem road, quite near Franconia
village, I gathered the finest specimens of Solidago squarrosa I have
ever seen, the stems fully five feet in height, and the spike of flowers
more than a foot long. The prevalent Aster is the acuminatus, and
I found its “ depauperate, narrow-leaved variety on Bald Mountain,
and the macrophyllus near the base.

Between the Profile House and Echo Lake I saw two Nabali,
the albus and altissimus. Lobelia Dortmanna grows on the borders of
Profile Lake.

Hartford, Conn.

Annie Trumbull Slosson.

35

Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum.— Part 2 of Vol. iii.,
completing the work, is nearly ready for publication. Those who
wish to obtain this part, like the preceding, at trade price, through
us, will please to send a notification to that effect to “ The Curator
of the Harvard University Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass., without
delay,

Asa Gray.

(The trade price in London for the new part is ^i, 4, o. — Ed.)

Botanical Literature.

Supplement to Dr. Chapman s Southern Flora. University Press.
Cambridge: John Wilson & Son. 1883.

Since the publication of Dr. Chapman’s Southern Flora, in i860, a
large number of species has been discovered by various collectors
within the region it embraces, and botanists have long felt the need
of a work describing these additions. 7 'his Supplement is intended
to include these, as well as certain species which were omitted in
the Flora, and forms a most valuable contribution to North Ameri-
can botany. It contains 96 pages, with index, is printed in the
same form and type as the Flora, and is paged in continuation with
the latter, making a total of 698 pages. Seventy-eight genera are
added to the Flora, and about 450 species and varieties are de-
scribed. Some of these, however, must count as corrections to the
first edition. Scutia ferrea is Reynosia latifolia, Griseb., in the
Supplement ; Gallactia spiciformis, var., is G. fiUformis, Benth.;
^chcenolirion Michauxii is .S. Elliottii, Feay ; Panicum sanguinale,
'^ar., is P, serotinum, Mx., and Andropogon tetrastachys, var., is
raised to the rank of a species under the name of Andropogon
arctatus, Chapman.

The following are proposed as new species : Polygala Reynoldsez,
Chapm.; Petalostemon Feayi, Chapm.; Pinguicula Floridensis, Chapm.;
Euphorbia Garberi and deltoidea, Engel., ined.; Croton Alabamensis,
E. A. Smith, ined.; Tillandsia Houzeavi, Morren, ined-; Xyris
setacea, Chapm.; Paspalum reimarioides, Chapm., and Andropogon
^narihmus, Chapm.

Seven genera and fifty-five species of grasses are described.
Pharus latifolius, L. (?),” from the description, must be P. glaber,
Kth. (P, latifolius, Trin., non L.) ; ‘‘ Sporobolus Domingensis, Svv.,”
^^stributed in Mr. Curtiss’ sets as S. purpurascens, Hamilt.
Although synonyms are very generally cited, adding much to the
value of the work, they are omitted in the case of Thurberia Arkan-
sana, Benth., a grass long known under the names Greenia,yi\x\.U
3 -ud Selerachne, Torr. '‘‘‘Paspalum monostachyum., Vasey, ined.,”
was referred by General Munro to P. rectum, “ spicislongiore.”
Paspalum obtusifolium, Raddi,” No. 3,565 of A. H. Curtiss, is P.
piatycaule, Poir. No. 813 of E. Hall’s Texan collection is the same.

f n satisfactory attempt is made to separate the various forms
o Panicum that have been lumped together under P. dichotomum by
r. Gray and others, and the following are recognized as species :

36

Panicutn commuiaium, Schultes iP. nervosum, Ell.), P. spluero-
carpon, Ell., P, consanguineuni, Kth; {P. villosum and angusiifolium.
Ell.), P. laxiflorum, Lam., a.nd- P. ramulosum, Mx., in part.

In the first edition, Andropogon maritimus was included in A.
scoparius, with which it is closely allied. It is, however, a well-
marked species. Mr. Isaac Burk has collected this grass at Cape
May, New Jersey, and specimens of it are in hand.

The gentlemen who, from the frequent mention of their names,
seem to have been most active in the discovery of the plants enume-
rated in the Supplement are Dr. A. P. Garber (since deceased),
Messrs. A. H. Curtiss and Charles Mohr and Dr. Gattinger. Credit
IS due the two first named for the discovery of the greater part ot
the i8o species found only in Florida. — F. L. S.

Ortgine des Plantes Cultivdes. Par Alph. De Candolle. 8vo, pp
377. Pans : Germer Bailliere et Cie. 1883.

Michigan Agricultural College. Report of the Professor of Botany
and Horticulture for 1881 and 1882. By Dr W J Beal 8vo
pamph., pp. 57.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club. — The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College Tuesday evening, Tan. qth the
Vice-President presiding. ’

_ The Herbarium Committee reported contributions to the herba-
rium from Messrs. Day and Britton.

Librarian read the titles of the books and periodicals that
had been received since the last meeting.

This being the Annual Meeting, the Treasurer presented his re-
port tor the preceding year.

The New fersey Flora.— Mr. Britton exhibited specimens of
Kudbeckia speciosa and Senecio tomentosa; the former found in Cum-
County, N. J., by Mr. Commons, and new to the State, and
the latter found by the same gentleman at Cape May, and by Mr. C.
A. Gross at Landisville.

Habemria psycodes, Sisyrin-

chtum Bermudiana wc\d Ctrsium arvense were shown by Prof Dav
y,.fpZ Statiom.~lAr. Willis gave Mt. Kisco as'astiiion

fruticosa, a plant new to the Westchester County flora,
reported a locality near East Chester, on the Boston
1 iirngke, as a new station for Leontodon autumnale

officers were elected for the present
Record.^ S. Newberry; Vice-President, Addison Lown;

Hollick; Corresponding Secretary
Benjamin Braman; Treasurer, W. H. Rudkin; Editor, W. R Gerard-

P.Tfe'Roy ’

One corresponding member was elected.

Bulletin

Torrey Botanical Club.

, -V a

Plate XXXII.

/

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate XXXIII.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l New York, April, 1883, [No. 4.

Notes on the Haustoria of some N. A. Parasitic Phanerogams.

By Jos. SCHRENK.

(Plates xxxi-xxxiii.)

CoMANDRA UMBELLAXA, Nutt. — The following description of
the haustorium of Comandra is based on specimens that grew on the
roots of Aster Tradescanti, L. The figures on the accompanying
plates (except Fig. 5), were all drawn from such haustoria; those
from other dicotyledonous foster-plants, however, are not at all
esseiltially different. In Figs. 3, 6 and 8 the outlines of the various
tissues are magnified 80 times, while the individual cells are made to
represent the type of those tissues by employing higher powers. In
the figures of the other sections the cells appear magnified about 500
times, and the perspective illustrations of the entire haustorium with
its foster-root. Figs. \a, id, and 2a, 2b, 8 and 12 times respectively.
For the sake of brevity, I shall, with reference to the foster-root, call
the sections represented by Figs. 3, 6 and 8 respectively, the longi-
tudinal, the transverse, and the tangential (the last being a cross-
section of the haustorium itself).

'The haustoria (suction-organs) of Comandra grow on thin, short
branches of the root, and usually appear as if stalked. Sometimes
they seem to be terminal (Fig. 2a), but their internal structure, as
well as the common mode of their growth, illustrated by Fig. la,
show that they are lateral organs. The rootlet bearing the hausto-
rium may run parallel with the foster-root (Fig. \a), or in a different
direction (Fig. 2a'). The form of the haustoria is half-ellipsoidal or
bell-shaped, somewhat laterally flattened, the longer diameter of their
cross-section being parallel with the axis of the foster-root. Their size
varies according to age and other circumstances. The smallest are
quite minute ; the ones figured on the plates (a little over i*"™' high
and about 1.5™“- wide), I found to be of a common size, but there
are some that are twice as large, or even larger.

Viewed externally, the haustorium appears to grasp the root of
the foster-plant as a hand, deprived of its thumb, would grasp a large
cylindrical object; or, still better, as one’s lips would take hold of a
finger-joint to suck the blood from a wound (Figs, la, \b, 2a, 2b).

In describing the structure of the haustorium, we have to distin-
guish the interior tissues, which penetrate into the body of the foster-
root, from the external covering. The latter, which we might call
the bark of the haustorium {bk in all the figures), reaches from the
lop of the haustorium to the bark of the foster-root, which it partly
encircles, thus playing the part of the lips in the above comparison.
At its lower edge, we find a number of papillose cells, reaching, or

38

endeavoring to reach, the surface of the foster-root (Fig. 3). This
“ bark ” consists of large, rounded, parenchymatous cells, which are
usually distorted or torn at the outer surface, and in the vicinity of
certain cavities, which will be mentioned hereafter. It is often
formed df two or more shell-like layers, which grow successively
longer, overlap one another, and thus make the surface of the haus-
torium appear as in Fig. \a.

Under this outer covering there is a zone of oblong, prismatic
cells, that are radially arranged in several close rows {pc in Figs. 3
and 6). This tissue does not penetrate into the foster-plant ; we do
not notice it in a tangential section taken as deep as the one in Fig. 8,
but in sections higher up toward the top of the haustorium it is
always seen encircling the central portion. Its peculiar cambium-
like structure, and the manner in which the cells outside and inside
of it seem to proceed from it, induce me to consider it as a kind of
meristem from which, on one side, the bark (eventually with its
successive layers) may originate, while on the other it may contribute
to the development of the parenchymatous outer part of the central
portion.

Very often there are empty spaces, caused by the stretching
and tearing of the tissues, between the zone of prismatic cells and
the bark (Fig. 6, sp^, and also between the successive layers of the
bark. Besides, an empty space is usually to be found extending
along the curved surface of the foster-root, where the bark is attached
by a few rows of cells only (Figs. 6, sp and 8, sp).

The central portion of the haustorium, which lies within the two
zones described, and enters the body of the foster-root, consists of
several distinct kinds of cells. Most conspicuous among them by
their reticulated walls, their zigzag course and peculiar arrangement,
are the vascular cells {pvc in all the figures). They arise singly
(Fig. 8), or in groups (Figs. 8 and 3), either at the apex of the haus-
torium, closely attached to the vessels of the foster-root, often even
entering them, or at some distance from them. Continuing their
course in zigzag lines they meet other vessels of the same kind, and
unite with them in bundles, the butt ends of which form a rather
compact ring in the centre of the haustorium. From the different
groups of this ring, numerous single ducts proceed upward and con-
verge into a large bundle, raore or less distinctly divided longitudi-
nally into two halves, and finally join the plerome of the Comandm
rootlet (see Fig. 3, and for the upper half, Fig. 6). It usually hap-
pens that a zone around the lower part of the vertical axis of the
haustorium contains no vessels. (Figs. 6 and 8). In Fig 6, there-
fore, we see no vascular cells in the lower half, except a small por-
tion of an arc (joining two groups of vessels) which was sliced off by
the knife.

In the upper part of their course the vascular bundles are enclosed
by a few rows of elongated, narrow prismatic cells (see Fig. 6) which
are similar to the prismatic cells inside of the bark but are
much narrower and with thinner walls. There is little doubt that
they perform the functions of the cambium of stems and roots.

Another kind of elongated (but not prismatic) active cells accom-

39

panics and surrounds the vessels in their lower course, where, in fact,
they form the bulk of the haustorium (ac in all the figures). The
transformation of these cells into vessels by the deposition of the
reticulated thickening on the cell-wall, and the subsequent union of
several cells into one duct, can be plainly traced.

The space in the central portion not occupied by the tissues men-
tioned is filled with a ground tissue of parenchymatous cells, not
unlike those of the bark in form, but, for the greater part, of smaller
size in all the figures). In the lower half, especially in close
proximity to the foster-root, these ceils become also narrow and
elongated. But at the two lateral extremities, where they curve out-
ward to insert themselves longitudinally between and into the cells
of the foster-root, many of them assume an inflated, club-shaped
form (at x in Fig. 3, ^/in Figs. 4, 8 and 10).

In all the sections we notice peculiar, striate bands dividing the
parenchymatous tissue into shell-like layers (i'j-). Along these bands,
cavities like those between the bark and the zone of prismatic cells
are frequently met with, as in Figs. 3, 6, and 8. Similar structures
were called “ stripes of separation ” by Solms-Laubach in his excel-
lent description of the haustorium of Thesiut?i, the Old World near
relative of our Comandra* Solms-Laubach has shown that they con-
sist of parenchymatous cells, crowded together and crushed by the
multiplying neighboring cells into a compact mass, in which the com-
ponent individual cells are recognizable only with difficulty or not at
all. As these notes are to furnish merely an anatomical description,

I will reserve- my opinion in regard to the origin of these “stripes,”
and will simply state that in Comandra they seem to be of a more
complex nature than in Thesium ; for, in the former, we find them
not only in more or less concentric zones, as in Thesium, but every
larger group of vessels with meristem tissue appears partly surrounded
by such a shell of compressed cell-membranes.

The difference in the manner in which the cells of these two par-
asites are attached to those of their foster-plants deserves special
attention. Solms-Laubach says (/. c. p. 545) that the terminal cells
of the haustorium are separated from those of the foster-plant by an
irregularly developed layer of a homogeneous, yellow mass, possessing
high refractive power; and (p. 547) that this mass is evidently
intended to isolate the haustorium from its foster-root, and that
wherever this mass is but poorly developed or entirely wanting, the
foster-root endeavors to replace it by producing a more or less mas-
sive corky layer. In the haustorium of Comandra I could detect no
such mass nor any corky layer. Figs. 4, 5, 7, 9 and 10 show the
points of contact in sections carried out in the three principal dimen-
sions.

. .^jS- 4 is a longitudinal section, showing a group of cells from the
vicinity of the point jc in Fig. 3. Three cells, gt, belonging to what
I have called the ground-tissue of the haustorium, enter some phloem
of the Aster root ; the w'alls of all the cells can be plainly distin-

Bermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach, fiber den Bau und die Entwickelung par-
^itischer Phanerogamen, in Pringsheim’s Jahrb. fiir wissensch. Bot., Vol. vi.

40

guished without any intervening substance between them. The same
is the case in Fig. 5, taken from a longitudinal section of a Comandra
haustorium on a Vacciniiim root. The location of this group of cells
corresponds to the point y in Fig. 3. Here one cell of the parasite,
having struck a trache'id of the Vaccinium at right angles, has pene-
trated it, and within its cavity has formed a peculiar, capitate expan-
sion. The other Comandra cells are about to break through the wall,
while the adjoining cells of the foster-plant have already been partly
disintegrated.*

Fig. 7 represents a cross-section of some vessels that have been
entirely separated from the plerome of the Aster root by the rapidly
growing apex of the haustorium, which, like a wedge, exerts a down-
ward and sidewise pressure. Some of the cells (pitted vessels) are
very much indented or compressed laterally. The same group, less
magnified, wull be found in Fig. 6, and another similar one, on the
other side of the same haustorium. In this case, too, the cells of the
parasite are seen in close contipiity with those of the foster-root.

Fig. lo, from a point z in the tangential section. Fig. 8, shows
some cells of the parasite, that have descended vertically, and then
have curved outward, to the right (compare Fig. 3), as they meet a
large pitted vessel of the Aster and crowd into it, their walls closely
pressing against those of the vessel. Some other descending cells
are breaking the connection between this cell and the neighboring one.

A similar vascular cell of the Aster root, from a place corres-
ponding to the point w in Fig. 8, but somewhat nearer to the apex
of the haustorium, is shown in Fig. 9. It has been detached from
the other vessels and is now wedged in between the actively growing
peripheral and central cells of the interior haustorium. This figure,
at the same time, explains the structure of the “ stripe of separation,”
ss. We see the cells on both sides of it, but especially toward the
circumference, yielding to the expansive force of the haustorium, and
we can easily imagine that some of them will soon be totally crushed,
and that their membranes will help to increase the mass of the ** sep*
aration stripe. We also notice, at bk^ some layers of bark-cells.
4 hey appear very much reduced in width, the innermost exceedingly
so. Using a lens of lower power we might easily take this layer of
partly and totally collapsed cells for the “homogeneous, yellow
mass spoken of above, especially after treating the section with
alkalies for the purpose of making it transparent.

I think what I have said in explaining the five last figures will be
sufficient to show that, in Comandra, there exists a direct and unob-
structed communication between the cells of the haustorium and
those of its foster-root.

Hoboken, March, 1883.

Aspidium Lonchitis, Swz. — The range for this fine fern is now
extended to California, it having been collected by Mr. Pringle at
Castle Lake, Siskiyou Co., September 5, 1882.

Geo. E. Davenport.

By the shading it is simply intended to show the wall of the tracheid per-
spectively.

41

New Plants.

By Edward Lee Greene.

(Enothera Hilgardi. — Annual, canescently puberulent, 3-6
inches high, divaricately much branched ; leaves linear, spatulate,
entire, 1-2 inches long, including the petiole, the lamina deflexed ;
branches corymbose in flower, densely spicate in fruit, the spikes
leafy; petals 2^ lines long, obovate, entire ; capsule ^ inch long,
straight, sharply angled, attenuate from base to apex ; seeds strongly
clavate, pale, smooth and shining.

Collected on moist alkaline soil of the Klickitat Swale, Washing-
ton Territory, in July, 1882, by Prof. E. W. Hilgard.

It is nearly related to andina, Nutt., but is a larger plant,
with a depressed habit of growth, much larger flowers, .sharply angu-
lar capsules, and clavate seeds. The seeds of CE. andina are linear-
oblong, darker colored, and not so smooth.

Corethrogyne detonsa. — Suffrutescent (.?), branches very leafy
up to the base of the loose panicle ; leaves sub-coriaceous, oblong-
oblanceolate, 2-4 inches long, their whole margin coarsely serrate-
toothed, densely white tomentose beneath, less so above, the upper-
most linear-oblong and finely serrate ; involucres large, campanulate,
of numerous, rigid, densely woolly scales, in many ranks ; receptacle
without chaff ; style-tips without bristles, but coarsely short pubes-
cent under a lens.

The single rigid, leafy branch, apparently that of a more or less
shrubby plant, is in the herbarium of the California Academy, with-
out a note to indicate whence or through whom it was obtained.
Though unmistakably a Corethrogyne, it lacks the main technical char-
acter of the genus, i. e., the bristly style-tips ; or at least the long
bristly hairs of the other species are, in this, shorn down to a mere
pubescence, which is not apparent to the unaided eye. The specimen
has the appearance of being very old, and may have come from some
island of the Californian coast long ago.

Encelia stenophylla. — Shrubby, glabrous and apparently some-
what glutinous ; leaves two or three inches long, narrowly linear, en-
tire, crowded on the branches ; heads small, rather numerous, in a
rather close and mostly long-peduncled corymb ; involucre less than
half the length of the disk, its closely imbricated scales lanceolate,
with sparingly hispid-ciliate margins ; akenes cuneate-obovate, densely

villous throughout, each margin bearing a stout awn. _ ^

Collected many years since on the Cedros (wrongly written Cer-
ros ”) Islands, by Dr. Veatch, whose copious specimens have re-
mained in the herbarium of the California Academy of Science, hith-
erto unnoticed. ...

Hemizonia (Hartmannia) Kelloggii. — Diffusely pa.niculate,
i~3 [eet high, stout and somewhat hispid ; cauline leaves pinnatifid,
r~3 inches long ; those of the branchlets smaller and entire ;
numerous and scattered, of 5-6 ray- and only 3-4 disk-flowers; both
stipe and beak of ray-akenes very prominent and strongly bent ; pap-
pus nf disk-akenes mostly united at base, or even to the middle, form-
ing a tube.

42

Very abundant, according to the observation of Dr. Parry and
myself from the railroad cars, throughout the region of the lower San
Joaquin, yet not appearing to have been collected except by Dr. Kel-
logg, whose labels say “Near Antioch, on dry hills, April aad, 1870,”
and who referred the plant to H . fasciculata, the more branching
states of which it well resembles ; but the much larger size, and dif-
ferent habitat, and more especially the very prominent stipe of the
ray-akenes, and the united scales of those of the disk, show it easily
distinct.

J Artemisia (Abrotanum) franserioides. — Stems two or three
feet high, solitary, from a perennial root ; leaves bipinnatifid, broad
and very large, the lower and those of sterile offshoots often 6 to 10
inches long (including the petiole) and two-thirds as broad, the upper
gradually reduced and those of the long, narrowly racemose panicle
simple, lanceolate, all of very thin texture, green above and pale be-
neath with a very minute, appressed tomentum ; heads very large,
nodding; scales oblong, obtuse, with sparingly lacerate-ciliate, scari-
ous margins, and the greenish back dotted with roundish, white
glands; receptacle conical; corolla glabrous; style-tips truncate,
densely panicillate.

In deep shady woods of Pseudotsuga near the summits of the
Pinos Altos Mountains, New Mexico, flowering in the middle of Sep-
tember, 1880 ; pleasantly fragrant and rather handsome, with the
aspect of certain species of Franseria. Dr. Gray informs me that it
has been collected by Gunnison, in Colorado, and by Rothrock, in
Arizona, and that it was referred to A. discolor.

Two New Species of Grasses.

By George Vasey.

J Stipa STRICTA. — Culms I to feet high, erect, slender ; radical
leaves setaceous, more than half as long as the culm ; cauline leaves
3 or 4, the lower 5 to 6 inches long, the upper short, its sheath dilated
and enclosing the base of the panicle, ligule very short ; panicle 4 to 8
inches long, strict, erect, the lower rays in twos or threes, above
single, appressed, one an inch long, the other nearly sessile ; outer
glumes narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, 3-nerved, thin ; flowering-
glumes about 3 inches, including the stipe, pubescent all over, awn
10 to 14 inches long, tvvice bent, the lower half strongly pubescent,
but not plumose.

Oregon, VV. N. Suksdorf, and through the Sierra Nevada Moun-
tains.

It has been mistaken for Stipa occidentalis, which has longer
plumose awns, broader 5-nerved glumes, a conspicuous ligule, and a
shorter, looser panicle. It differs from small forms of Stipa viridula
in the shorter, more slender culms, shorter rays of the panicle, nar-
rower glumes and shorter awns.

^ Aristida Paemeri. — Culms erect, slender, li to 2 feet high,
smooth, simple or branched at the base ; radical leaves very short,
setaceous ; cauline leaves 4 or 5, somewhat equidistant, 2 to 4 inches
long, ligule a ring of short ciliate hairs ; panicle 6-10 inches long.

43

erect, the branches mostly in pairs, 2 to 3 inches long, becoming
divergent, below sheathed in the upper leaf, sparingly flower-bearing
above the middle, branches and pedicle slightly scabrous ; spikelets,
including the awns, 9-10 inches long ; glumes 4 to 5 lines long,
nearly equal, narrow, i-nerved, acuminate, slightly scabrous on the
keel, rather shorter than the flowering-glume, which is 5 to 6 lines
long, including the short pubescent stipe, narrow, smooth, the awns
nearly equal, 5 to 6 lines long, erect.

Collected in Southern Arizona in 1869 by Dr. E. Palmer.*

A New Ramalina.

By Edward Tuckerman.

Ramalina crinita, sp. nov. — Thallus cjespilose, rigid, compressed,
sub-dichotomous, linear-laciniate, at length much dilated, greenish-
glaucous, the divisions smooth, interruptedly white-striate, and
becoming lacunose, attenuate at the summits, and clothed at the
margins more or less thickly with strong, solitary or clustered, finally
branched, black fibrils ; apothecia middling-sized to large t3-io"*'"‘
in width), subterminal and lateral, subpodicellate, varying as to
smoothness as the thallus, the margins blackened ; spores oblong-
ellipsoid, mic.

On low shrubs of Euphorbia niisera, in company with Roccella
leiicophcea, Physcia erinacea^ etc., on the coast, San Diego, California,
C. R. Orcutt, in herb. Sprague ; found also by the same collector, at
Podos los Santos, Lower California; spermogones not observed. In
the only other known species comparable with this, inasmuch as the
slender divisions pass above into, and are beset with black fibrils
KR. tnelanothrix, Laur., known only from the Cape of Good Hope,
Dregel) the spermogones are described as black. The tufts of our
plant vary from one and a half to three inches in height in the speci-
mens seen as yet, and the width of the divisions from 2"'"*- to more
than an inch. The general aspect of the lichen suggests the stock of
R. calicaris.

Notes on the Adirondacks. — The recent action of the Legisla-
ture having brought the great North Wilderness into prominent no-
tice, some general notes made on a recent hurried journey through a
portion of that region may not be devoid of interest. Commencing at
North Creek, some sixty miles by rail from Saratoga, a stage Journey of
twenty miles, followed by a buck-board progression — one could hardly
call it a Journey — of ten miles further through a wooded and broken
country, brings us to Blue Mountain Lake. This sheet of water, with
its irregular and deeply indented shores and numerous islands, is per-
haps the most picturesque of the almost numberless lakes which con-
stitute so prominent a feature of the whole region. 1 he vegetation of

* I have a letter from Mr. Suksdorf, of Washington Territory, in which it is stated
that Mr. Howell is entitled to the credit of the discovery of Ag^ostts humilis (de-
scribed in the February number of the Boi.letin), although he (Mr. S.) also col-
lected on the .same mountain — being the Indian name for Mt. Adams. — G.V.

44

the locality is varied, apparently representing a large number of spe-
cies common to the Northern and Eastern States; but its whole as-
pect indicates a severe climate and sterile soil. A notable feature at
the time of our visist, August 15th, was the wonderful size and abun-
dance of the fruit of many species. Everywhere on lower ground
was Cornus Canadensis^ with bunches of bright red berries, making
the ground in places fairly brilliant. Many of the plants were also in
bloom, but the depauperate appearance of the flowers showed them
to be plainly out of season. Clinionia borealis, though less abun-
dant, was even more striking. Here and there it occupied the ground
in patches, to the exclusion of nearly all other plants, while every
scape bore several, often a half dozen, berries usually a half inch or more
in diameter. The color was of the intensest cobalt-blue, which to my
knowledge is not anywhere equalled in fruit or flower. Other spe-
cies also remarkably conspicuous for their fruitfulness were Strepto-
pus roseus, Medeola Virginica and Trilliutn erythrocarpiim. A num-
ber of species, which, further South are found only in swamps, were
seen flourishing here on steep and comparatively dry hill-sides.
Among undershrubs, Viburnu 7 n lanianoides was very abundant, and, on
lower ground was everywhere laden with great broad cymes of beau-
tiful coral fruits. Far up the mountain-side the plants were still
abundant, but bore no fruit.

The ascent of Blue Mountain, instructive in the opportunity it
affords for the study of mountain vegetation, offers a perhaps still
greater reward in the vvay of magnificent scenery. The mountain is
about 4,000 feet in height, and stands comparatively isolated in a vast
amphitheatre of hills and low mountains. A forest stretches in every
direction, apparently unbroken except by the lakes and ponds of vari-
ous sizes, of which about twenty are in sight. In general aspect the
forests appear to be made up largely of conifers, but a closer inspec-
tion shows that such is not the case. Indeed, nowhere in the Adi-
rondack region did I encounter any exclusively coniferous forests, or
any where the conifers were not equalled in number by broad-leaved
species. The grand feature of the view from the summit of Blue
Mountain, however, is the group of mountains of which Mt. Marcy is
the centre, lying some thirty miles to the east. Few mountain views,
I apprehend, are grander than this.

On the few acres of cleared land in the vicinity of Blue Mountain
Lake it was interesting to note the promptness with which nature sets
about clothing the open spaces with vegetation. Left to itself for a
single year, a clearing, especially if it has been burned over, yields a
luxuriant crop of the two fire-v\'eeds, Epilobium angusiifolium and
Erechthites hieracifolia, the former largely in excess. In clearings
two or three years old, as also along the sides of roads, Prunus
P ennsylvanica begins to appear in great abundance. Many of the
, plants were fairly vigorous, while a large number was seriously
affected by the black-knot. So far as these clearings are intended to
give space for cultivated fields, they appear altogether unpromising,
judging by the few efforts at gardening here and there visible. What-
ever else may be in store for the wilderness as a whole, it is safe to

45

predict that no considerable areas will ever be devoted to agricultural
purposes.

A canoe journey through Blue Mountain, Raquette and Long Lakes
and connecting streams and ponds, is an event of rare interest. The
vegetation of the shores is everywhere sufficiently attractive, but one’s
interest and admiration culminate at various points along Raquette
River. Nowhere have I ever seen more beautiful natural planting.
Very often the commingling of the vegetation is such as to produce
the most striking effects, which linger long afterwards as pleasant
pictures in the memory. At certain especially noteworthy spots the
principal species on the river banks appeared to be Acer dasycarpum,
Pyrus Americana, Abies balsamea and Lobelia cardinalis. The maples,
of rather small size and bushy form, were in greatest numbers.
Mingled with these were shrubby forms of mountain ash with branches
appearing like fronds, and producing an airy and graceful effect; and
the back-ground was filled in with rather sombre but beautiful speci-
mens of balsams, while in front of all and close to the water’s edge
were great masses of luxuriant cardinal flowers laden with a profu-
sion of bloom.

Of the numerous aquatic species encountered, none was more at-
tractive than the water-lilies. The patches met with here and there
presented marked differences in the size and color of the flowers, the
size and general appearance of the leaf, and in the whole aspect of
the plant. The forms in the Raquette .system of lakes and streams
answered best to the descriptions of JVympfhea odoraia, while after
crossing the divide at Stony Creek and entering the Saranac system
all the plants observed answered more nearly to N. tuberosa. The
whole appearance of the Nymphccas was such as to suggest the need
of a modification of the description of the species as now given, and
perhaps the recognition of several well marked varieties.

The wise action of the Legislature in refusing to sell any more of
the nine hundred square miles still owned by the State in the Adi-
rondacks ought to be supplemented by the purchase of perhaps an
equal area, or at least by the passage of a law securing its control, so
that the further removal of timber may be prohibited, or at all events
properly regulated. Perhaps the greatest damage to the natural
beauty of the region has thus far resulted from the damming up of
streams and the outlets of lakes. 4’he object is sometimes to facili-
tate the getting out of timber, at others to deepen the water so as to
permit the use of small passenger steamers, which are unhappily be-
coming quite numerous. In either case the result is the permanent
flooding of the banks and the death of all timber on the flooded areas.
Even some parts of the beautiful Raquette have been already doomed.
The devastation from this source ought also to receive legislative
attention, and be as far as possible prohibited. In general, it seems to
me that the vast importance of the Adirondack forests to the State,
and the irreparable injury, even from the utilitarian standpoint alone,
which their destruction would bring, has never been overstated, or
<^ven fully stated.

Cornell University, Ithaca. Puentiss.

46

Notes from Central New York. — Equisetum littorale, Kuhlewein,
discovered by Mr. Pringle on the shores of Lake Champlain, Vt.,
grows very abundantly at the foot of the high shady banks of the
Oswego river, just this side of the Oswego Water Works Company’s
pump-house. The locality, being saturated continually from the
Company’s reservoir above, is entirely covered with the light green,
branched stems of this long, tender Equisetum. I found good speci-
mens in fruit as late as the middle of October. I have no doubt
that the plant grows farther up the river, above Minetto, where the
low sliores are covered with Hydrocotyle umbellata, L., and where I
found, between the island and the canal, a beautiful specimen of
Lythrum alatum, Pursh.

Since the only locality for Eleocharis quadrangulata, R. Br., at the
outlet of Oneida Lake, is exhausted, it will prove of interest to bota-
nists in this State to learn of another station for it, this being six
miles east of this city, at Paddy’s Lake, near South Scriba P. O.
On the eastern shores of this lake, where the water is shallow, this
rare rush fills the water and forms a safeguard for Bidens Beckii,
which grows in the deeper water behind it. Here I found a mon-
strous form of Nymphcea tuberosa, Paine. There were 3-4 perfect
flowers, each with green sepals and white petals, upon one stem and
within the usual flower, on different plants.

Potentilla recta., L., dropped from the later editions of Gray’s
Manual, is perfectly naturalized east of the city, along roadsides and
in pastures, along with Hieracium aurantiacum, L. I have found
specimens of both these plants even as far as four miles out in the
country.

Coreopsis discoidea, T. & G., abounds on the borders of a pond
on Lake Ontario, three miles north-east of the city, where are also
found Cakile Americana, Eupiwrbia polygonifolia, Lathyrus maritimus,
L. palustris, Artemisia Canadensis and Sporobolus cryptandrus.

Scirpus lacustris, L., var. occidentalis, Watson, grows on the sandy
shore of Lake Ontario, west of Twelve-mile Bluff, on the border of a
small pond.

To the many rare plants found in Lodi Swamp, Syracuse, N. Y.,
I may add : Solidago linoides, Solander, S. ncglecta, Torn and Gray,
S. Ohioensis, Riddell, Viola renifolia, (jray, Valeriana sylvatica,
Richards, Tofieldia glutinosa, Willd., Arethusa bulbosa, L., and Mitella
Hilda, L. I think this is the most interesting small swamp, for bota-
nists, in Central New York, but, alas! the new West Shore Railroad
and the growth of the near city will soon destroy this little botanical
paradise.

The much talked of “ Cicero Swamp,” some six or seven miles
north-east of Syracuse, was visited by me in July last. This dismal
forest, visited only by berry-pickers in the fall, and lurqbermen in
winter, does not pay for the trouble and danger that it requires to
obtain access to it. Such plants as grow there ( W oodwardia Vir-
ginica, orchids, Dalibarda, etc.) can be found easier in more acces-
sible localities, and far from the numerous rattlesnakes of that green
desert, from out of which even an expert guide succeeded in finding
his way only by listening for the sound of a locomotive whistle on the

47

Central Railroad. Great Latin orator, what a disgrace to your
immortal name !

Oswego, N. Y. J. H. Wibbe.

Notes on the Coniferse of Washington Territory.— The follow-
ing observations are limited to the eastern slope of the Cascade
Mountains, between the parallels of 46° 30' and 47° 30' north lati-
tude. It is difficult to give any fixed altitudes for the range of a
species, as this is in a great measure regulated by the amount of moist-
ure, these two factors of altitude and moisture combined determining
the composition of the forests in the different localities. The damp
winds from Puget Sound, after passing over the crest of the moun-
tains, are gradually deprived of their moisture until, at a distance
varying from thirty to forty miles from the summit, the soil becomes
too dry to support a growth of timber. This line between the forest
and sage-brush areas varies in altitude from 1,500 feet, along river
valleys, to 3,000 feet. The lowest and perhaps the most extensive,
at least the most valuable forests, consist of an open growth of yel-
low pine {Pitms ponderosa, Dougl.) and Douglas spruce or yellow
fir {Pseudoisuga JDouglasii, Carr. ), the former extending to an alti-
tude of 4,500 feet, and in dry situations even to 5,000 feet, while the
latter ranges somewhat higher. The yellow pine is never found in
the denser and damper forests towards the summit, even at as low an
elevation as 3,000 feet. The whole timbered area can be well divi-
ded into the lower and dry or yellow pine forest, and the upper and
damp or fir {Abies) forest. The term upper in this sense means
proximity to the summit rather than altitude. Probably nine-tenths
of the upper area are composed of fir — Abies grandts, Lindl., (white
fir) first appearing, then becoming mixed with Abies amabilts, and
finally the first species disappearing and the latter forming the bulk
of the forest area at the summit. Another species of fir probably
occurs here, Abies concolor^ Lindl., or perhaps A. subaipina, Engelm.,
but its distribution was not well determined. A few trees of Abies
nobi/is, Lindl., (red fir) were seen near Natches Pass at an elevation
of 6,000 feet. Pinus contorta, Dougl., var. Murrayana, (black pine,
tamarac) grows throughout the upper yellow pine area. In this
situation it often forms dense thickets, the trees being small and with
trunks as straight as arrows. The black pine is also often seen on
high exposed summits with Pinus albicaulis, the latter ranging higher
than any other of the coniferne of the region, except J^uniperus

communis^ L., var. alpina^ (juniper) which carpets the alpine peaks.
The white pine {Pinus moniieola, Dougl.) is found scattered through-
otit the upper yellow pine and lower fir forests, and the beautiful
fight green foliage of the larch {Larix occidentalism Nutt.) is often a
Conspicuous object at low elevations. Picea Engelnianni, Engelm.,
(spruce) is often a companion of the fir at high elevations, but is
^^^^hcr local in its distribution. The two hemlocks of the region,
Pi>uga Pattoniana and Tsuga Mertensiana, Carr., the latter much re-
sembling the eastern species, T. Canadensis, Carr., grow through the
upper fir forests. The cylindrical, oblong cones of the former are,
^fiur falling, very conspicuous by their reflexed scales. The yellow
or Sitka cedar {Chamcecyparis PPutkaensis, Spach.) is a middle-sized

48

tree along streams and on lake shores, but on high exposed summits
at over 6,500 feet it is hardly more than a shrub, and forms dense
thickets. The arbor vitae, the red cedar of Oregon ( Thuya gigantea,
Nutt.) is the largest tree of the region, some specimens being over ten
feet in diameter. The yew {Taxus brevifolia, Nutt.) is frequently
seen in the dense damp forests, but rarely exceeds a height of 25
feet. Some few specimens of Juniperus Virginiana, L., (red cedar)
were seen at low elevations. The main summit of the Cascade Range,
in the region where the above observations were taken, has an alti-
tude varying from 6,000 to 6,800 feet, and is generally bare of timber.
Its immediate slopes are covered with grass and flowers of every hue
interspersed with bunches of willows and groves of fir.

Newport, R. I. Frank Tweedy.

Fasciation in Rubus, — A curious case of fasciation was brought
to my notice a short time since. The specimen was a cane of the
cultivated black-cap raspberry, which, at the extremity, had become
strongly flattened and coiled upon itself in the form of a flat spiral.
The width of the cane was seven-eighths of an inch, and the thick-
ness about one-third of an inch near the outer circumference of the
coil, while on the inner side it was much thinner. The four com-
plete coils were from one and one-half to three and one-half inches
across. From the beginning of the first coil the cane bore an un-
usual number of abortive foliar organs, which increased in number
toward the extremity until the entire tip was of a thickened and
foliaceous character.

A cross-section of the cane showed it to consist of two regions
of entirely different tissue. The thickened portion which followed
the periphery of the curve was of normal woody structure, while the
opposite side was composed almost entirely of parenchyma. This
differentiation of tissues, with their unequal rales of growth, doubt-
less explains the phenomenon of curving. The coil became more
distinct and its radius shorter as the difference between the two
regions became more marked, until, at the extremity, the paren-
chyma predominated and expanded into a sort of flattened mem-
brane. At the time of collection the woody region was still fresh
and active, but the parenchyma was dead and withered. This, no
doubt, assisted in the curvature, since several transverse fissures
across the parenchyma showed that it had been subjected to con-
siderable tension.

I believe the cultivated species of Rubus are especially liable to
oddities of growth, but I have never seen so striking a departure as
this before.

Houghton Farm, Mountainville, N. Y. W. E. Stone.

Genus Labels. — Mr. H. N. Patterson, of Oquawka, III., desires us
to state that the first box of his North American genus-labels, from
Ranunculacese to Compositae, 650 genera (3 of each), is now ready
for delivery. Price $1-30.

Note. — We send out with this number three plates, which are to
be substituted for the badly printed ones that accompanied our
March issue.

BULLETIN

OF I'HE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l

New York, May, 1883,

[No. 5.

New North American Fungi.

By G. Winter.

Pleonectria denigrata, Winter, rmh spec. — Perithecia csespit-
ulos, densissimos, errumpente-superficiales, pulvinato subhemisph^ri-
cos, usque 5"'“’ diam., metientes formantia, stromatis pulvinati, intus
rufescenti-lutei superficie insidentia, fere globosa, extus grisea, ele-
ganter nigro-papillata, demum vertice depressa et umbilicata, nigres-
centia, 360-470/1 diam. Asci cylindracei, breviter pedicellati, 8-spori,
ca. 70// longi, 8-io/i crassi, (in aqua demum usque iio/^ elongati).
Sporse plerumque monostichie, valde difformes, rotundato-angulatje,
3-5- plo transverse septatie et muriformes, ad septis plus minus con-
strictae, pallidissime flavidulae, io-i6/i longas, 7-10/^ crassie. Para-
pbyses filiformes, longissimae. . ^

In ramis corticatis Gleditschice triacanthi prope Lexington, y.,
June, 1882 ; legit W. A. Kellermann. (No. 9.) ,

Calloria rubrO'COCCInea, Rehm et Wint., nov. spec.-—^\>^ ecia
sparsa vel gregaria, sessilia, patellariformis, rubro-coccine^, sicca
urceolata varioque niodo plicata, humida explanata, 1-3
Asci clavati, apice incrassati, 8-spori, 40-45P longi, 5/i crass, bporae
clavatae, hyalinae, unicellulares, submonostichae, i2'-i5/< ongae, 3^
crassae, hyalinae. Hymenium dilute rubro-coccineum, in ame is
tenuissimis, fere hyalinum.

In ramis Gleditschice cum antecedente.

Diaporthe KELLERMANNiANA,Winter, nav. Stroma nullum,

Perithecia profunde immersa depresso-globosa, membranacea, a ra,
210-260/1 lata, errumpente praedita. Asci oblongo-fusoidei, spori,
35-40/i longi, 5-7 crassi, sporae oblongae, saepe in^qui atera es,
utrinque rotundatae vel parum acutiusculae, medio unisepta ae, non
constrictae, 4- guttulatae, 9-1 t>u longae, 3-3 5/^ crassae: ri W A

Ad Zec£ Maydis culmos putridos prope Lexington. r.
Kellermann, cui hanc speciem dedicavi. (No. 2).

Phyllosticta Podophylli (Curtis), Winter.— -(Synon..
spora Podophylli. Curtis, in 23 Rep. of the New York State cabinet
P. 65, sec. Cooke, in AV/.)— Maculae amphigenae, angulosae, saepe
irregulares, deierminatae, usque i2™“’ (et ultra) latae, inter um co
fluentes, fuscae, Perithecia amphigena, gregana,
nervos disposita, globosa, atra, ca. 100-120/^ diam. Spori la
globosa vel ellipsoidea, unicellularia, hyalina, guttulo o eoso mag
praedita, 8-9/1 longa, 5-6/2 crassa. . 0 / • P/,//

In foliis vivis Podophylli pdtati, saepe in consortione bepionce roa-
ophyllitue, Peck, in Bot. Gaz., Vol iv., p. i 7 °- I^^^pe Lexington, Ky.,
leg. Dr. W. A. Kellermann (No. 13.)

BOTAMICA'-

GARDEN.

50

Cercospora Seymouriana, Winter, nov. spec. — (Synon. : ? 'Hel-
minthosporium oltvaceum, B. & R., in Grevillea, iii., p. 102.) Caespites
hypophylli, maculas indeterminatas, vel effusas et totam fere foliorum
siiperficieni obducentes, fuligineas formantes. Hyphae fasciculatae,
breves, 40-55// longae, torulosae, parce septatae, simplices, brunneae.
Sporae obclavato-filiformes, sursum plerumque longissime attenuatae,
imiltum denseque septatae, amoene brunneae, interdum ad septa con-
strictae, usque loo/r longae, inferne 7// crassae.

In foliis vivis Gleditschice triacanthi \ Fulton Co., 111 .; leg. A. B.
Seymour. (No. 1,780.)

Hottingen bei Zurich, Switzerland.

Cucurbita Californica, Torn
By C. C. Parry.

In the Bulletin for March, 1882, the writer presented a notice
of certain diagnostic characters, heretofore overlooked, derived from
an examination of mature fruit of three of the peculiar perennial
species of Cucurbita indigenous to Western North America, with out-
line sketches of the same. The fourth remaining species, Cucurbita
Californica., Torn, then imperfectly known, has been lately brought
to my notice by Mr. S. B. Parish, of San Bernardino, and, from very
complete material kindly furnished by this enterprising collector, I
am now able to complete the account, including all the recognized
species of Western North America, viz.:

Cucurbita Californica, Torn — Fruit orbicular- pyriform, 3-3^ inches
in diameter, 2|— 3:^ inches in length, on peduncles inches long;
peduncles curved, thickening upwards, and marked by about ten
prominent ridges, which are prolonged in longitudinal lines to the
apex of the fruit, other intermediate, less prominent lines intervening
on the light green, rugose-hispid surface, irregularly spotted with
dark green blotches; external rind thin and flexible, becoming lobu-
lated and deeply wrinkled when dry, and losing its orbicular shape.

Internal cellular tissue fleshy (not fibrous); placentae in 5 pairs,
shortly curved, and bearing medium-sized, light brown seed on the
outer edge.

Plant with thick, fleshy, perennial root, annual branches 3-5 feet
long, spreading, hispid-scabrous; leaves quinate-lobed, margins more
or less uridulate, dull green, mottled, with conspicuous branching
veins, petioles 1-2^ inches long, blade about the same length, tendrils
divided to the base; flowers 2 inches long, similar to those of the
other species.

Habitat.— Collected by S. B. Parish, August, 1882, on the foot-
hill slojies of Red-lands adjoining San Bernardino. Readily dis-
tinguished from C. palmata, growing in the same district, by its
smaller size, diminutive foliage, and especially by its dull green, thin-
rinded fruit becoming lobulated when dry.

It agrees with the description of Cucurbita Californica, Torr., in
Botany of California, Vol. i., p. 240, from “ imperfect specimens.”

Description of the Figures. — Fig. i. Medium-sized leaf. Fig. 2. Section of
mature fruit. Both natural size. ’

51

5a

New Species of Grasses.

By George Vasey.

Sporobolus Wolfii. — This was published and figured in the
Botany of Wheeler’s Survey, Vol. vi., 1878, as Vi//a minima. As
Vilfa is now united with Sporobolus, and as the specific name is pre-
occupied, it therefore becomes necessary for our plant to have a
new name, as above, in honor of the discoverer, Mr John Wolf. It
was collected at Twin Lakes, Colorado, in 1873, It is much more
diminutive than Sporobolus gradllimus, Thurb., with the spikelets
only half as large.

4 Danthonia intermedia. — Culms i-i^ ft. high, leafy below, radi-
cal leaves 6-10 inches long, narrow, cauline leaves 2 to 6 inches,
pubescent, especially on the sheaths, ligule merely a narrow hairy
ring, with longer hairs at the margins; panicle narrow, 1-2^ inches
long, rays alternate, mostly short, the lower generally with 2 or 3
spikelets, the upper with single spikelets; spikelets 6-8 lines long,
about 5-flowered, empty glumes somewhat longer than the flowers,
about 5-nerved, acute; flowering-glumes 3-4 lines long, mostly smooth
on the back, hairy on the margins, nerves not prominent, teeth about
I line long, broad, awn stout, about 3 lines long, palet slightly shorter
than the flowering glume.

This may be readily distinguished from D. sericea, with which it
has been confounded, by its shorter and smoother culms and leaves,
closer and fewer flowered panicle, flowering-glume smooth or smooth-
ish on the back, by the much shorter and broader teeth, and shorter,
stouter awns.

California. Rocky Mountains, Plains of Br. America to Mt.
Albert, Lower Canada (O. D. Allen).

New North American Fungi.

By J. B, Eli.is.

The species of fungi here described were collected by Mr. S. J.
Harkness in Utah Territory, mostly at an elevation of 7,600 to 8,000
ft. It should also be stated that the species described on pp. 123—4,
Vol. viii. of this journal, were collected at this same altitude.

Alternaria hispidula. — Forming olivaceous tufts shaped like a
Helotium, with a thick stem composed of closely compacted, branch-
ing, minutely roughened threads, expanding at intervals of 15-20/r
into oval-elliptical, 3-4-septate, minutely roughened spores, 1 2-20 x
8-12 j.1.

' On sage-brush.

Peziza oleosa. — Scattered or gregarious, small, subglobose when
fresh, orbicular and concave, with a thick, obtuse margin when dry,
substance oily-gelatinous, color bright orange-red; asci sessile, sub-
lanceolate, broadest in the middle (75-90 x io-12/r); paraphyses none;
sporidia biseriate, fusiform-navicular, uniseptate, hyaline, 18-22x3-

Allied to P . fiisarioides. Berk. On dead herbaceous stems.

LopHtosTOMA pallidum.— P erithecia subhemispherical, 25"“™- in

53

diameter, collapsing above; ostiolum only slightly prominent and
not strongly compressed; asci sessile, subcyiindrical, 90-100 x 12-
i5yu; paraphyses filiform ; sporidia more or less biseriate, oblong-cylin-
drical, nearly hyaline, about 7-septate, ends obtuse, slightly curved
and one end broader, 18-24x5-6^/^.

On weather-beaten wood of service-tree.

SPHiERiA (melanomma) SULCATA. -Superficial, densely gregarious,
pcrithecia ovate black, not polished; ostiolum tuberculiform,

large, with a rather large and nearly circular opening; asci clavate-
cylindrical, 130 x 22/1; parapliyses abundant; sporidia biseriate, broad
navicular-fusiform, septate, straw-yellow, becoming brown, 35-45 x
11-15/1.

On dead sage-brush.

Cucurbit ARIA umbilicata. — S cattered, depressed-hemispheric,
black, rough (.33-5™"), Collapsing above when dry; asci cylindrical,
114x11/1; sporidia mostly imiseriate, elliptical, constricted in the
middle, 3-septate and straw-colored at first, becoming muriform and
^ brown, 22-28 X 91^-13/1.

On decorticated sage-brush.

Lep rospH^RiA olivacea. — Perithecia siibniembranaceous, about
.25’"'”- in diameter, buried in the substance of the stem and covered
by the cuticle, which is slightly elevated, stained olive-brown and
pierced by the broad, rough, obtuse ostiolum; asci clavate, 75~^5 ^
15-18/1; sporidia fasciculate yellow-brown, vermiform, 6-7-septate,
and, when mature, slightly constricted at the septa, third joint from
the tip slightly swollen, 75 x 3|— 4/^. . .

The spore is generally slightly bent just below the last-named joint. ^
On dead herbaceous stems. - 1 /

Pleospora aurea. — Perithecia gregarious, subcuticular (.25-
33111111. diameter), soon collapsing, of coarse cellular structure and
surrounded at the base with a coarse, fringe-like mycelium of brown,
septate, sparingly branched, creeping hyphie, which are plainly \isi-
ble through the transparent cuticle; asci broad, obtuse, sessile, about
114x3/1 (spore-bearing part); sporidia biseriate, elliptical, flattened,
4-septate, with all but the terminal cells divided by a longitudinal
septum, golden-yellow, 27-30x11—15/^.

On dead herbaceous stems. .

Pleospora planispora. — Perithecia gregarious, collapsing when
dry (.25- 33““-), covered by the scarcely discolored epidermis; asci
114—120x25-28/1; sporidia biseriate, oblong-elliptical, flattened, 5-
septate, with a longitudinal septum on each side running through all
but the terminal cells, yellow, becoming brown, 30-40 x 15-20 x ii/^,
paraphyses abundant. . c rrj

On dead culms of some grass, apparently a species ot Jilymus,
mostly on the sheaths. .

This is closely allied to the preceding species, but the mycelium
is less abundant, the sporidia larger and quite constantly 5-septate.

Plecispora baccata. — Perithecia subcuticular, hemispheric, col-
lapsing, rough (.33-5’"'”), fringed around the base with abundant,
brown, creeping hyphae; ostiolum papilliform; asci oblong-cylin ri-
^ 3 -l> 114X 23 /f; sporidia biseriate, oblong-elliptical, 3-septate, wit 1 a

54

partial longitudinal septum. The spore is often composed of only
six divisions or cells, loosely attached to each other, the four middle
ones placed in a subquadrate manner, with a single nearly globose
cell at each end. These different cells are so slightly attached to
each other that they easily separate and the sporidium breaks up
like a crumbling raspberry.

On the dead stems of some species of Cirsmni.

SPHiERiA ( Anthostomella ) PHOLiDiGENA. — Perithecia subcutic-
ular, erumpent, hemispheric, rough (.33-5'"’“); ostiolum slightly
prominent, with a rather large aperture; asci linear, 114x7/^; para-
physes abundant; sporidia uniseriate, narrow, elliptical, continuously
brown, 7-10x5-6//. Some of the perithecia contain stylospores,
which are much like the ascospores, but a little shorter. This
differs from Amphisphczria conorum, Fckl., only in its smaller
sporidia and differently' shaped stylospores, and may, perhaps, be
more properly considered as a mere variety of that species.

On cones of red pine. On the back of the scales and mostly
covered by the overlapping point of the next scale below.

Worphology in the Tuber of Jerusalem Artichoke. — Picking up,

in my garden, a tuber of Jerusalem artichoke which had been thrown
out on the surface by recent spading, I was attracted by the promi-
nence of the buds, and the distinct markings on the tuber, showing
the position of the buds, leaves and branches in the order of their
phyllotaxis. The accompanying sketch, which I made at the time,
will exhibit this arrangement.

On the growing stem, the artichoke [^Helianthus tuberosus) has the

leaves opposite during the early part
of its growth, the upper leaves grad-
ually becoming alternate. In this
tuber, or underground stem, the
opposite-leaved arrangement is plain-
ly visible. On the right side are
two arrested branches from the axils
of suppressed leaves, correspond-
ing to two others on the left side
which are not so fully developed.
The alternate buds, occupying the
front face (and to which the're are
others corresponding on the opposite
face) seem not to have developed
into branches, but remain only as
buds. The wavy lines of exfoliating
membrane or skin seem morpholo-
gically to belong to the leaf-system,
and mark the division of the nodes, corresponding in this with the ridge
formed by the expansion and adnation of the bases of the opposite
leaves as seen in the stem above ground. The internodal spaces are
very much contracted, and their wavy, undulating course is due to

Note. — Vaha diiiyinospom, ^csc.x\\}t:d 011 p. 98, Vol. ix., of the BULLETIN,
proves to be only an imperfectly developed state of l^aha subcuticularis, C. & E.

55

the irregular cell-growth in the different portions of the tuber. I
have not been able to trace the leaf-arrangement from positions of
the buds, either in the Irish or sweet potato (both underground stems)
so well marked, as in this of the artichoke, probably due to greater
irregularity in cell-growth of these tubers. This of the artichoke
offers a fine illustration of the underground tuber following the
character of the growth above ground.

Aiken, S. C. H. W. Ravenel.

Notes on New'England Marine Algae. II. — Calothrix parasitica^
Thuret. — This species, previously reported at Wood's Hall, Mass.,
was very abundant last September at Cottage City, completely cover-
ing the Nemalion muliijidum growing at low water-mark between the
Oak Bluffs and the Camp Meeting landings. The natural color of
the Nemalion was entirely lost, giving place to a very dark bronze-
green, turning almost black in drying. This species also occurs at
Marblehead, but quite sparingly; the plants are so scattered through
the Nemalion as to be observable only under the microscope, not
with the naked eye. I have also found what appears to be the same
species growing on plants of Bairachospermum vagum, collected in
fresh water at Billerica, Mass., by Mr. Edwin Faxon.

Codioluni longipes, Foslie. — In July, i88i, I found at Peak s
Island, Portland Harbor, Maine, a form of Codiolutn, differing con-
siderably from the typical C. gregariuni, A. Br., the only species
recorded in America. The unicellular fronds in the Portland plant
are longer and slenderer, the stipe longer in proportion to the
“clava.” Dr. F. R. Kjellman, of Upsala, Sweden, kindly examined
a specimen, and reported it identical with C. longipes^ a species
founded on a plant recently discovered in Norway, and described
and figured in Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, i88i,
No. 14. Several species of Codtolum have been described, but, as
the development is little known, some of them may be merely stages
of growth of others. My specimens appeared to be entirely m a
vegetative condition, showing no indication of the formation of
spores. The plant grew on boulders at about half tide, and was not
niixed with any other alga. Ulothrix isogona grew in the vicinity,
but in distinct patches, and generally not on the same rock. When
wet, the two were hardly distinguishable by the naked eye, but, when
dry, the Codioluni showed a curious mottled appearance, the
falling apart so that the transparent stipes showed in minute w ite
dots among the green of the upper parts of the cells.

Chorda tomeniosa, Aresch. — Though not recorded, this species h^
probably been collected in this country, but confounded with .
filum, the spring state of which it considerably resembles. ^
however, shorter and stouter, and has longer and denser hairs, w
continue till after the fruit is formed, in May and June. The hairs
of C. filum fall off in the spring, while the fruit is not formed ooti
August. The sporangia of C. tomentosa are about double the fcn§t
of those of C. filum, and are cylindrical rather than ovate. c
former are figured in Areschoug’s Observationes PhycologicDe, Bart
ui., Tab. ii., Fig. i; the latter in Farlow’s Manual of the New Eug-

56

land Marine Algje, PI. vi., Fig. i. My specimens were collected in-
June, at Nahant, Mass., where the plant seems not to be very rare.

Ralfsia deusfa, Ag., reported in America only from Eastport,
Maine, I found at Marblehead, Mass., near the Clifton House. It
grew just at and a little below low water-mark, in company with
Coralltna and Lithothammon. The growing plant is rather handsome,
and quite distinct from other species of the genus, but in drying it
loses much of its character.

Ralfsta verrucosa, Aresch., I found at East Chop, Martha’s Vine-
yard, last September; and also

Petrocelis cruenta, Ag. Neither species has been reported as
found south of Cape Cod. I found them after a severe gale, which
had washed up large quantities of algae. These two species were on
pebbles on which P hyllophora Brodicei was growing, and had appar-
ently come from deeper water. Both were without fruit, and were
smaller than the common northern forms.

Calhtha^nmon me 7 nbranaceuin, Magnus. — This curious species,
which is quite common in Massachusetts Bay, is much the smallest
of the genus, and its habitat is a very unusual one for one of the
Florideae. It grows in the interior of polyzoa, sponges, and some-
times of siphonaceous algae. In spring and summer. Laminarias and
Agarums will not uncommonly be found covered with a Sertular.ia,
which, instead of being white or yellowish, is bright red, being filled
with a dense mass of Callithatnnion. This species was discovered in
1872 in the German Ocean, by Dr. P. Magnus, and described and
figured by him in Die Botanischen Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt, Ber-
lin, 1874. What is probably the same plant was foundf on the Mas-
sachusetts coast by Dr. P. F. Reinsch, and described and figured in
the Botamsche Zeitimg for Jan. 10, 1879, but no name was given to
^ position of the tetraspores in Reinsch’s figure differs some-
w at frorn that in Magnus’s. All the fertile specimens I have found
agree with the latter, and h specimen which I sent to Dr. Magnus is
pronounced by him perfectly identical with the European plant. It
IS reported by Hauck as found in the Adriatic, and is probably quite
generally distributed, but has escaped 'notice from its minuteness and
place of growth.

Malden, Mass. Frank S. Collins.

Thalictrum anemonoides or Anemone thalictroides, which ?—

Manual, has placed the rue-anemone in the genus
and he has been generally followed in this country
places it, in his Botanist and Florist, in Anemone.
he is, 1 think, correct in doing so. It differs essentially from
Ihalictrum in having an involucre, and agrees in all respects with
“ makes the arbitrary distinction

n not ribbed. Omit the not. and let' it read

achenia pointed or tailed, flattened ribbed,”' and the generic

anemo^T? Dr. Gray will fit admirably the rue-

arnlT?-!;* the Anemone nenwrosa,

related in every respect than Anemone
Hepatua is. Since making my note to this effect, I find that Bentham

57

.and Hooker have placed Syndes?/ion, Hoffni., under Anevione, though
I)r. Gray considered it a subgenus under Thalictrum. Taking all
circumstances into account, it would seem a wise policy to go back to
the old Linnean name of Anemo?ie thalictroides and settle our rue
anemone in the place where it gan find its closest connections.

Cincinnati, Ohio. jos. F. James.

Abnormal Trillium. — A specimen of Trillium sessile was lately
brought to me which was quite interesting because of its departure
from the normal type. Instead of having the parts all in threes, they
were mostly in fives. There were five leaves, five sepals, five petals,
eight stamens, four stigmas and a four-celled ovary. One of the
petals had partly developed an anther on one side. The plant is very
common here, bub I have never seen a specimen like this before.

Cincinnati, Ohio. Jos. F. James.

Violet with Runners. — Does any one know whether it is com-
mon to find V tola striata producing long runners 1 I have found, in
a locality near here, many specimens which have runners from 12 to
t 8 inches long, and I should like to know whether this is a common
thing with white violets.

Cincinnati, Ohio. Jos. F. James.

Alfred Robson Young died in Brooklyn ,N. Y., April 12th, 1883,
aged 54 years.

Mr. Young was born in York, England, January 14th, 1829,
received his ♦early education in Scarborough, and, at the age of
fourteen, came to this country with his uncle, Mr. John Johnson, of
Brooklyn. For more than forty years he was a collector and student
of marine algae, and made large collections in Europe, America and
Australia, having resided in the latter country for a considerable
time some thirty years ago.

Perhaps no man of the present generation was so intimately
acquainted with the marine flora of New York Bay and adjacent
waters as Mr. Young. An acute and accomplished botanist in this
department, he was a gentleman of many graces and virtues of mind
and character, and will be long and pleasantly remembered by all
who shared his friendship. Though suffering from painful diseases,
through many months and years, and which first deprived him of
sight and at last of life itself, he was remarkably cheerful to the end,
and never ceased to take a lively interest in his favorite plants.

Taunton, Mass. A. B. Hervey.

Carices Wanted. — Mr. Sereno Watson writes us that Dr. H.
Christ, Rue de I’Arbre, 5, Basel, Switzerland, is engaged upon a revis-
ion of the European Carices, and desires to procure, by exchange or
purchase, American specimens for comparison.

Austin’s Musci Exsiccati. — Mrs. C. F. Austin, of Closter, N. J.,
'vrites us that she still has remaining two sets of Musci Appallachi-

and five of the Supplemeut, which she will dispose of at a low
price to any one who desires to purchase them.

58

Plants Growing in Trees. — ‘A long list might be made of the
plants that domesticate themselves in trees. The elms of New Haven,
Connecticut, furnish some interesting examples : currant bushes bear-
ing fruit occur in many places, as on Hillhouse Avenue and the Col-
lege grounds. A matrimony-vine {Lycium vulgare), flourishes in one
of the huge trees in front of the Scientific School. I have seen goose-
berry bushes in similar situations.. Grass often figures as an air-
plant, and a hollow in a trunk, some fifteen feet from the ground, is
filled with a beautiful growth of ferns. I refrain from giving the
specific locality for fear the progressive aldermen may cut the tree
down.

Brick Church, N. J. Henry Baldwin.

Botanical Notes.

The Distribution of Ferns in the United States. In a paper upon
this subject in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society
(Feb. 2, 1883, p. 610), Mr. George E. Davenport says ;

So far as now known. New York, Michigan, Florida, Vermont and
California, in the order named, have the greatest number of species
of ferns within their respective limits.

In the first, second and fourth of these States, the number has,
in all probability, reached, or very nearly reached, its maximum,
while in the third and fifth it is likely to be largely increased, and those
States, from their favorable situations, climate, and comparatively
extensive, unexplored territory, will undoubtedly lead all other
States in the future, Arizona and Texas alone being at all likely to
compete with them for the highest place.

If, however, we distribute our ferns according to the number of
s([uare miles of territory which each of the five first-named States
contains, then Vermont will lead the others, her ratio being as i to
every 226f square miles, that for New York as i to 814, Michigan i
to i,i9i|, Florida, i to 1,289, California i to 4,295-^ square ipiles
of territory.

Taking the extremes of the territorial limits, excluding the District
of Columbia, which has i species to each 2^ miles of territory, Rhode
Island gives us i species for each 38^, and Delaware i to 75, as com-
pared with Pensylvania’s i to 109^, Colorado’s i to 4,2ao and Texas’s
I to 7,878!, square miles.

If we take an average of the fern-flora for the different geograph-
ical sections of the United States, on the basis of the present list.
New England gives us an average of 40 species for each State, the
Middle Atlantic States 40, the South Atlantic 27, the Gulf States 27,
the Central States 25, the Pacific States 23, and the Territories
an average of 19.

The returns from most of the Territories are altogether too mea-
gre at present to permit of any comparisons, and those already
made will necessarily undergo considerable modification as the gaps
in the lists for other States fill up.

But, while no absolutely reliable comparison scan be made, nor the
precise limits of each species be determined from the present incom-
plete tables, we may ascertain from them with a tolerable degree of

59

certainty the range of certain species, and find material for some in-
teresting observations.

Thus, we find the cosmopolitan Asplcniiim trichomanes and Pteris
aqmhna in thirty-five and thirty-nine out of the forty-eight States
and 1 erritories respectively, while their actual presence in a greater
number may be safely assumed. Pofypodium vulgar e in thir-

ty-three, with the same, or an even greater probability of its occur-
ing in others in its favor, while its near congeners, P. Califortiiawi,
and P . falcatum, as well as P. Scouleri,a.re. restricted to two or three
States. Of the remaining Polypodiums, all but incanum, which ap-
pears in twelve States, are restricted to the single State of Florida,
which furthermore monopolizes all the species we have in six genera,
the tropical character of these being at once indicated by this fact.

The only other State (since the discovery of Scolopendrium in
’lennessee has divided with New York the honor of that fern’s pres-
ence) which may now claim a monopoly of a genus is New Jersey,
the very local Schizcea being restricted to a portion of its limits, and
again restricted to a single species.

Adiantu 7 Hpedatu}n occurs in thirty-five States or Territories, while
Its congener, A. Capi/lus- Veneris, is restncted to thirteen, and the
tropical A. tenerum to a. single State.

The Osmundas are represented by one or more species in twenty-
nine, Onoclea in twenty-eight States or Territories, and these prob-
ably occur in more, although not reported west of the Rocky .Vioun-
tains. O. sensibilis extends as far west as Dakota and Montana, and,
in the last-mentioned Territory, is said to have been discovered in a
fossil state.

Cystopteris fragilis extends from Maine to California, through
thirty-three States and "J’erritories, apparently avoiding the South
Atlantic and Gulf States, with the exception of North Carolina, while
C. bulbifera occurs in twenty-five, covering a more uneiiual, but
broader range south and west, the limits of which terminate in Lou-
isiana and Dakota. C. montana, so recently discovered in Colorado
by Brandegee, is reported elsewhere in the United States only from
Alaska. The Aspidia are represented in lorty-four. the Asplenia and
Bortrychia in forty-one States orTerritories each, while the drought-
resisting Gymnogrammes, Notholtenas, Cheilanthes and Pellaeas are
almost wholly restricted to the arid regions west of the Rocky Moun-
tains, a few scattering species only coming east, north, or south.

It is interesting to note the changes which have taken place in
the number and distribution of our ferns since Redfield published
his valuable paper on the “ Geograhhical Distribution of the Ferns
of North America,” in the Torrey Club Bulletin for January,
.^^ 75 * and Mr. Watt his admirable review of Mrs. Lyell s Hand-Book
in the Canadian JVaturalist for 1870. Mr. Redfield enumerated 125
species, which have been increased up to the present time to 153
15b, according as we may consider the claims of certain ferns to
specific rank, or their right to a place in our fern-flora, while the
range of the older species has been more or less extended.

_ 1 aking the number in the list accompanying this paper for a base,

^ 55 j we have since 1875 an increase of 30 species.

60

Procsedings of tho Torrey Club. — The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, February
13^^^ tbe President in the chair and forty-two persons present.

The following Committees were appointed for the present year :

Finance Committee. — Addison Brown, John L. Wall and Lawrence
Johnson.

Committee on Admission of Members. — W. R. Gerard and Ben-
jamin Braman.

Herbarium and Library Committee. — N. L. Britton, Elizabeth G.
Knight, Arthur Hollick and P. V. Le Roy.

Miss Knight exhibited specimens of Limnanthemum lacunosum,
Gnseb., having large, pellucid, submerged leaves.

A communication was read from Dr. R. J. Southworth, of
Yonkers, in which the writer offered his herbarium to the Club. On
motion, the gift was accepted, and the Secretary instructed to return
the Club’s thanks therefor.

Dr.» J. S. Newberry delivered an interesting and instructive ad-
dress upon the Botany of the Arid Regions of Northern Mexico
and Southern United States,’’ which was illustrated by lantern slide
views of the localities arid objects nlentioned in the course of his
remarks.

At the regular meeting of the Club on Tuesday evening, March
13th, the chair, in the absence of the ]>residing officers, was occupied
by Mr. Braman. There were thirty persons present.

Dr. Kunze showed a specimen of Casteria pulchra, exhibiting
an abnormal mode of growth ; Afamillaria stellaris, in flower and
fruit ; and fruit of Cereus serpentinus, a cactus which is not known to
have hitherto perfected its fruit in the United States. The flower was
^rtihzed with irollen a year old taken from Cereus Macdbnaldia.
Dr. Kunze stated that some of these night-blooming Cerei sometimes
flower in the day-time, an occurrence probably due to a fall in the
temperature.

Mr. Chamberlain read a paper on the alga of New York Harbor
and vicimty, illustrating it with a collection of mounted specimens.

Mr. Schrenk, referring to a note on tuckahoe in the Bulletin
^tober, 1882, remarked that he had, contrary to a statement
made therein, discovered cellular structure in the object, and
showed thi^^^'"^^^ sections under the microscope which plainly

Mr. Britton, referring to an article in the Bulletin for May,
1873, on the movement of pollen-grains in the calla, exhibited mounted
specimens of the pollen under the microscope.

Four persons were elected active members, one person was
elected a corresponding member, and four names were proposed for
membership. ^ ^

The Syracuse Botanical Club.— At the Annual Meeting of the
Syracuse Botanical Club, March 19th, the following officers were
elected for the ensuing year;

• I-idie Barnes; Vice-President, Mrs. Nellie Good-

rich; Recording Secretary, Miss Mary Hotchkiss; Corresponding
Secretary, Mrs H. S. Gifford; Treasurer, Miss Hattie Leach.

BullTorr.Bot.Glub

PIOT.;

8 .

CHEllANTHES PRINGLEJ , n.sp.

C-Ejf&xon del.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X-1 New York, June, 1883, [No. 6.

A New Fern.

By George E. Davenport.

(Plate XXXIV.)

Cheii.anthes Pringlei, n. sp . — Rootstock slender, creeping,
clothed with linear-lanceolate, acuminated brown scales with darker
midnerves ; stipites to 4^' long, reddish or chestnut-brown, fur-
rowed along the face, clothed at the base with scales similar to those
on the rhizoma, but lighter, less acuminate and oftener without mid-
nerve, above sparingly with paler deciduous scales and chaff ; lam-
inae i' to 2T long, nearly as broad, triangular or irregularly deltoid
or ovate-deltoid, bi- to tripinnately divided into 5 to 7 pairs of oppo-
site and spreading — in the smaller and sterile fronds — or, in the
larger and fertile ones, alternate erecto patent pinnae, lovvest pair
distant, sometimes shorter than the next, apex deeply pinnatifid,
obtuse, both surfaces naked, dark green, rachises beneath clothed
with light, nearly transparent — whitish brown becoming darker
with age — ovate or linear-lanceolate scales with entire or sparingly
toothed margins, those of the main rachis the narrowest ; pinnae ^ to
long, lower unecpially deltoid or ovate, obtuse, bipinnate, ob-
liquely and pinnatifidly cleft toward the apex, uppermost oblong,
pinnate or deeply pinnatifid ; pinnules ^ to long, the lower series
usually the longest, ovate or oblong, obtuse, pinnately divided, or
deeply cleft into cuneate-ovate or obovate, oblique segments which
are again deeply cleft into cuneate, strap-shaped divisions, those of
the largest segments again deeply cut into narrow, obtuse or blunt,
cuneate lobes, the recurved tips in the fertile fronds forming distinct
herbaceous involucres with entire or slightly crenulate margins ; son
one to each ultimate lobe on the apex of a free veinlet ; sporangia
few, light brown, with about 18 rings. Spores light colored.

Habitat. Base of rocks, mountains of South-eastern Arizona.
Collected by Mr. C. G. Pringle, May 2d, 1883.

I take pleasure in dedicating this beautiful fern to my friend
Pringle, to whom I am under many obligations. Its delicatel> cut
fronds, exquisite grace and loveliness suggest to rny mind something
of the refined tone and delicacy of its discoverer s own nature, and
this dedication therefore seems to me doubly appropriate.
species is one of the most distinct and satisfactory that has been dis-
covered for a long time, and is wholly unlike any known to our flora
or heretofore described. The true form of the frond appears to be
triangular, or at least the tendency is toward that form, although in
some fronds the greatest breadth is across the second pair of pinnae,
3.S seen in those drawn by the artist, and, while the lower series of

62

pinnules are generally the longest, sometimes the upper series vary
alternately with one or two as long as or longer than the lower, mak-
ing an irregular outline. The shape of the segments and ultimate
divisions varies considerably, but, in holding a fertile frond to the
light, the general appearance is that of being finely cut into numerous
ligulate divisions with cuneate bases. The young fronds before
being unrolled (crosiers) are completely enveloped in a dense cov-
ering of whitish scales. The dimensions given for this species will
no doubt be found to vary as more of it is collected. My thanks are
due to Mr. Faxon for the pains he has taken with the drawing. The
excellence and accuracy of his work is now too well known to need
any special commendation, and the present drawing speaks for itself.

By a happy coincidence I am able to announce a double dis-
covery by Mr. Pringle, and to accompany my descriijtion of his
charming fern with a description by Mr. Peck of a nevv species of
fungus found growing on the epidermis of the lamina in the form of
pretty orange-colored dots, which, under the glass, resemble little cups
filled with bright yellow spores. Mr. Peck has very kindly sent me
his manuscript description, and expressed a wish to have it accom-
pany my own description of the fern upon which the fungus grew,
and it is accordingly given hereafter.

Explanation of Plate xxxiv. — i. Plant, natural size. 2, Enlarged pin-
nule (second lower pinnule on .second pinna . 3. Segment enlarged. 4 - Lobe

with one indusium turned back. 5. Scale from back of frond. 6. Scale from
rhizoma. 7. Sporangium. 8. Spore.

A New Fern Rust.

By Chas. H. Peck.

C^OMA Cheilanthis, n. sp. — Spots indefinite, pallid or pale yel-
low ; sori minute, rotund, slightly prominent, hypophyllous or occa-
sionally amphigenous ; spores globose or broadly obovate, regular,
bright luteous or orange- colored, .00065 to .0009 of an inch long.

Living fronds of Cheilanthes Prtnglei, Davenport, Arizona. May.
Collected by C. G. Pringle ; communicated by G. E. Davenport.

This fungus, though closely resembling CcBOfna filicum Lk.,
i^Uredo filicu 7 n, auct.), in external appearance, is readily distin-
guished from that species by its smaller, more regular and mostly
globose spores. In C. filicum the spores are more or less angular
and .0008 to .00 [I of an inch long. In C. Aspidiotus {Uredo Aspidi-
otus, olim) which is regarded by some mycologists as a form of C.
filicum^ not only is the external habit different from that of both
the preceding species, but also the prevailing form of the spores is
more elongated and their length ranges from .0012 to .0017 of an
inch.

Arceuthobium in New Hampshire. — I recently found near this
place, in a swamp, on spruce trees, Arceuthobium pusillum, Peck {A.
minutum^ Engl.). The plants were in fruit (last season’s plants), and
the trees to which they were attached were in a dying condition. I
have looked for Arceuthobium here before, but must have overlooked
it, or it may be that it is of recent introduction here, which I doubt.

Hanover, N. H. Henry G. Jesup.

G 3

A List of Grasses from Washington Territory.

By F. Lamson Scribner.

(By the wise liberality of Mr. Villard and his associates, who now
control the Northern Pacific Railroad system, a very extended and
complete economic survey of the territory tributary to these enter-
prises has for the past two years been prosecuted under the able
direction of Professor Raphael Pumpelly. A year since a Division of
Forage Plants and Statistics was organized, and Mr. T. S. Brandegee,
who has for years done excellent botanical service, was appointed as
observer and collector with the party operating in the Yakima River
region and the adjacent parts of the Cascade Mountains in Washing-
ton Territory. Mr. Frank Tweedy was also with the party as to-
pographer, and found time to make a fine collection of excellent
specimens. The grasses obtained by these gentlemen have been
critically studied by Mr. Scribner, and the result as given below
shows the excellent outcome of their united labors. — W. M. Canbv.)

Paspalum distichum, Lin.

Beckmannia eruccBformis^ Host.

Banicum capillare, Lin.

Panicum Crus-gallt, Lin.

Panicum scopariutn, Lam. Thurber, in Bot. Cal. ii., p. 259.

Spartina gracilis, Trin.

Alopecurus aristulatiis, Michx.

Hierochloa borealis, R. & S.

Stipa comata, Trin. & Rupr.

Stipa viridula, Trin. Montana; Wm. M. Canby.

Oryzopsis cuspidaia, Benth. {JSriocoma, Nutt.)

Phleutn alpinum, Lin.

Sporobolus asperifolius, Thurber. Montana ; Wm. M. Canby.

Sporobolus cryptandrus, Gray.

Sporobolus cuspidatus {Vil/a, Torr.) Montana ; Wm. M. Canby.

Sporobolus depauperaius {Vilfa, Torr.)

Agrostis alba, L. ? There is no palea manifest, but the general
characters of the plant point rather to A. alba than to A. data.

Agrostis tenuifolia, Bieb., Trin. Icon., 3. t .65. This appears like
a slender, narrow-leaved, awnless form of Agrostis exarata, and
has been so referred (No. 1,127, Kellogg &: Hartford). It seerns to
be a well marked species, however, and so well accords with Irinius s
figure of A. tenuifolia that I have little hesitation in referring it to
that species. As I understand A. exarata, I am not prepared to
unite this species with it.

Agrostis geminata, Trin., Uniflor. 207 ; Icon. 3. t. 28. A very
delicate and pretty alpine species about a foot in height, the hair-
like, spreading branches of the panicle few-flowered at the ends,
and the flowering-glume slender awned.

Agrostis varians, Trin.

Agrostis foliosa, Vasey, ined. Equals Nos. i and 47 of Howell s
Oregon coll.

Agrostis exarata, Trin. The same form as represented by No.
619 E. of Hall’s Oregon collection. There is also a larger, more
densely flowered and awned form, with strongly scabrous leaves.

64

Polypogon Monspeliensis, Desf.

Cinna Idtifolia, Griseb. (C. arundinacea, var. pendula. Gray.) A
large form, with the rather small spikelets crowded at the ends of the
branches, and having a rudiment a fourth of a line long.

Deyeuxia cequivalvis, Benth. i^Agrostis, Trin.)

Deyeuxia Canade?isis {Calamagrostis, Beauv.)

Deyeuxia Langsdorjii, Kth. {Calamagrostis, Trin.)

Deyeuxia neglecta, Kth. {Calamagrostis, Gaertn.; C. stricta, Trin.)

D^'Euxta Tweedyi, n. sp. Culms stout, 2 — 4 ft. high, smooth ;
leaves flat, | an inch wide or less, 2 — 4 in. long, with acute, rigid
tips, minutely scabrous above, smooth beneath ; ligule elongated,
lacerated ; panicle narrow, dense, 3 — 4 in. long, often interrupted
below ; spikelets crowded on the short (i in. or less), more or less
spreading, very compound branches ; outer glumes 2^ — 3 lin. long,

fil lanceolate, acute or sub-acuminate, membraneous

ll« finely scabrous on the back, the upper 3-

'■ nerved below; flowering-glume a little shorter

than the outer ones, of similar texture, and, like
.them, minutely scabrous (becoming firmer and sub-
rugose in fruit), 5-nerved, two-cleft at the tip,
with the lateral nerves sometimes projecting into
four unequal teeth ; awn stout, attached a little be-
low the middle of the glume, about 3 lines long,
twisted below, bent near the middle, and projecting
beyond the glumes ; palea broad and equalling its
glume ; hairs few, those at the side, which are long-
est, scarcely ^ line long ; rudiment, with its hairs,
about one-half the length of the floret ; anthers large,
i-|- line long.

(Fig. I. Outer glumes. Fig. 2. Floret, with rudi-
ment. Fig. 3. A stamen. All enlarged.)

Cascade Mountains, Washington Territory. Col-
lected by Mr. Frank Tweedy of the Corps of Topo-
graphical Engineers in the service of the Transcon-
tinental Survey. Mr. Tweedy has been a careful
and zealous collector of the plants of the various sections of our
country which he has visited, and it is with pleasure that I dedicate
this species to him.

Deschampsia elongata, Munro. {Aira, Hook.)

Deschampsia calyctna, Presl. {Aira danthonioides, Trin.)

Deschampsia ccespitosa, Beauv. {Aira, Lin.)

Deschampsia latifolia {Aira, Hook.)

Trisetum cernuum, Trin.

T risetum cancscens, Buckley. A slender, few-flowered form.

Trisetum subspicatum, var. molle. Gray.

Trisetum Wolfii, Vasey. {T. subspicatum, var. muticum, Bolander.)

I RISETUM Brandegei, ti. Sp. Culms rather stout, erect or genic-
ulate at the base, 1—2 ft. high, smooth, leafy ; sheaths loose, longer
than their internodes, smooth below, scabrous near the throat ;
leaves flat, about 6 inches long (the upper one 3 — 4 inches long and
from 3 4 lines wide), scabrous on both sides with a few scattered hairs;

65

margin very rough and occa-
sionally ciliate near the base ;
ligule about a line long, ciliate ;
panicle, 4 — 6 inches long and less
than an inch wide, densely flow-
ered, more or less interrupted
at the base, the erect and strongly
scabrous branches in fascicles or
half-whorls of five or more, 2
inches long, or less ; spikelets
flattened, about 3 lines long, 3 — 4-
flowered, the flexuose and hairy
rhachis prolonged into a slender
pedicel above the upper floret ;
outer glumes broadly lanceolate, nearly equal in length, the lower
frequently, the upper always, 3-nerved, scabrous on the keel from
near the middle ; flowering-glume 2^ lin. long, surrounded by a
tuft of short hairs, minutely rough-tuberculate and rounded on the
back, firm in texture, indistinctly 5-nerved, bearing just below the
scarious and obtusely 2-lobed apex a short, scabrous and straight
awn equaljing or shorter than the lobes ; grain smooth, linear, a
line long.

(Fig. 4. Spikelet. Fig. 5. Floret, with portion of rachis. Fig. 6 .
Grain. Fig. 7. Apex of flowering-glume.)

Cascade Mountains, T. S. Brandegee and Frank 'Tweedy, August,
1882.

Allied to Trisetiim Wolfii, Vasey, (IT. siihspicatuni, var. viuhciim,
Bolander), but much more robust in habit, outer glumes more nearly
equal in size, flowering-glume less flattened, of firmer texture,
rougher and constantly awned.

Danthonia Calif ornica, Bolander.

Datithonia Calif ornica, var. unispicaia, 'I'hurber.

Danthonia intermedia. Vasey. (D. serieea, Thurber, in Bot. Cal.,

Vol. ii., p. 294.).

Bouteloua oligostachya, 'Torr. Montana ; Wm. M. Canby.
Phragmites communis, 'Trin.

Munroa squarrosa, 'I'orr. Montana ; Wm. M. Canby.

Kxleria cristata, Pers. Both the smooth and pubescent forms.
Eatonia obtusata. Gray.

Meltca bulbosa, Geyer.

Melica fugax, Bolander (?)

Meltca Hallii, Vasey {teste Vasey.)

Pleuropogon refracta, Benth. {Lophochlcena, Gray.)

Distichlis maritima, Raf. {Bryzopyrum spicatum, Hook & Arn.)
Boa purpurascens, Vasey, in Bot. Gazette, 1881-82, p. 297. Prob-
ably only a form or variety of P. alpina, L., and now so considered
by Dr. Vasey himself,

Poa pulchella, Vasey. (A large form of the species, Vasey.)
A slender grass, scarcely a foot in height, with narrow leaves and an
open, rather few-flowered panicle. Spikelets 3 — 4 lines long, 3 4-

owered, outer glumes ovate, obtuse, the upper 2 lines, a little longer

66

than the lower and distinctly 3-nerved below ; first flowering-glume
2 lines long, hairy near the base, scabrous above and scarious mar-
gined near the obtuse summit.

Poa ccBsia, Sm., var. strictior, Gray.

\ ^ Poa Nevadensis, Vasey, ined. {P. tenuifolia, vsiX. scabra^Y Si?,ey,
in herb.) Equals No. 474 of E. Palmer’s collection of 1877.

Culms 2 feet or more high, scabrous below the panicle ; sheaths
and leaves scabrous, very narrow, and carinately folded when dry,
those of the radical tuft 6 — 12 inches long, the upper leaf i — 3 inches
long, ligule about 2 lines long, scabrous ; panicle narrow, rather
densely flowered, about 6 inches long, branches 2 or more at each
joint, the lower about 2 inches long, the longer ones branched and
flower-bearing above, naked below ; spikelets 3 — 5 lines long, 3 — 8-
flowered ; glumes scabrous, the outer ones — 2 lines long, nearly
equal or the lower a little shorter, obtuse or subacute, 3-nerved ;
first flowering-glume 2 lines long, a line broad, obtuse, nerves ob-
scure, scarious margined above, and with a few very short hairs at
the base ; palea ciliate on the keels and scabrous between them.

1 he characters of this grass agree in many points with those of
Atropis scabrel/a, Ihurber, in Bot. Cal. ii., p. 310, but whether it be
the same I am unable to say, having never seen any authentic speci-
mens of that species.

A propos of Cicoro Swamp. — By my last Bulletin I learn that
the Rev. Mr. Wibbe thinks poorly of this swamp. We of the Syra-
cuse Botanical Club entertain different sentiments regarding it.

During the past two years we have visited it six times — once in
May, twice in June, once in July, once in August, and once in Sep-
tember. We have encountered only one rattlesnake, and he gave us
long and timely warning of his presence, so that several of us felt
safe m watching him coil twice, in counting five of his rattles, and in
listening till he began his third rattle (which, by the way, sounds like
a bumble-bee under a glass, and no louder), then we walked away,
he making no attempt to pursue us.

From the accounts of the dwellers in that vicinity, these snakes
never attack one unless they are injured, and always give three warn-
ing rattles.

In our six visits we have seen but one other snake, and this
neither troubled us nor we it.

commonly called Tamarack Swamp, has been a rich
held for botanists, yet not a very pleasant one for ladies to visit, as
It borders on the Erie Canal, and one can never go there without meet-
ing trainps or rough boys, who, to do them credit, have proved, like
the rattlesnakes, not at all troublesome to us. But in “ Tamarack ”
we always see many and large snakes. We have collected there, for
years, all the plants Mr. Wibbe mentions, excepting, perhaps, Soli-
dago Itnotdes and Viola renifolia. I can find no description of the
latter, so am riot sure about it.

Mitella nudn is very common in Onondaga County. We first
found It on a rocky hillside near Marcellus Station ; since then we
have found it in swamps and on hills. It can be collected in the

G 7

woods nearly the whole length (some six miles) of the Jamesville
road.

In Cicero Swamp we have collected the following plants, which
seemed rare to us, not finding most of them elsewhere in the County:
Drosera lotif!;ifolia, L., Pyrus arhutifolia, L., Nyssa muUiflora^ Wang.,
Lonicera oblongifolia, Muhl. (with pure white flowers),’ Viburnum
ttudum, L , Solidago neglecta, Torrey, Vaccinium niacrocarpon, Ait.,
Chiogenes htspidula, Torr. and Gr., Andromeda polifolia, L., Kalmia
glauca, Ait., Lysimachia longifolia, Pursh, Menyanthes trifobata^ L.,
Abies nigra, Poir, Lemna trisulca, L. , Scheuchzeria palustris, L., Cal-
opogon pulchellus, R. Br. (with pure white flowers), several other
orchids rare here, SmHacina trifolia, Desf., Juncus nodosus, L., Erio-
phorum vaginatum, L., E. Virginicum, I.,., E. P olystachyon, L., and
E. gracile, Koch (with their varieties), Rhynchospora alba, Vahl.,
Carex trisperma, Desv., C. limosa, L., C. irrigua. Smith, C, folhculata,
L., Botrychiurn simplex. Hitch., and Lycopodium inundaium, L. Then,
in the Clay Swamps, which are merely a continuation of Cicero
Swamp, containing many more rattlesnakes if the reports we heard of
them be true, we gathered Geranium maculatum, L. (with pure white
flowers), Trifolium hybridum (which will probably be common soon),
Mikania scandens, L., Dalibarda fepens, L., Chrysosplemum Arnert-
canum, Schwein., Epigcea repens, L., Ilex monticola. Gray, I. verticil-
lata, Gr., /. Icevigata, Gr., PJemopanthes Canadensis, D. C., Bartonta
tenella, ^LwhX., Pogonia pendula, Lindl., Cypripedium arietinum, R. Br.,
C. acaule. Ait., Trillium erythrocarpum, Mich., Ltltum Canadense, L.,
and var. aureurn, L. superbum, L., Ophioglossum vulgatum , L., Botry-
chtum ternatum, varieties.

If the manes of the ancient Romans return to visit the localities
in Central New York that have been named for them they must
suffer. Still, I think were I even Cicero I could endure to have the
most miserable parts of that swamp named for me, could I return to
see what we saw there one lovely day in June — a large mat of pale
citrine Sphagnum, over which swayed a hundred or more maroon
flowers of the pitcher-plant, while clustered at their feet were their
quaint leaves of a deeper citrine, veined with maroon. If one were
fond of fine coloring it was a sight to rejoice in, and one never to be
forgotten.

Syracuse, N. Y. Mary Olivia Rust.

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States. i

IV. THE SOUTHERN STATES.

List of foreign Plants introduced into the Gulf States. By Charles
Mohr. (B.)

In Bot. Gazette, Vol. iii. Logansport, 1878.

Kentucky.

Catalogue of the native phaenogainous Plants and the Ferns of Ken-
tucky. By C. W. Short, M.D. (A.)

In Transylv. Journ. Med.. Vol. vi. Louisville, 1833.

(Supplementary catalogues by Profs. Short and Peters in t e
same journal, Vols. vii. and viii. 1834-1836.)

68

The Ferns of Kentucky. By John Williamson, (D.)
i2mo, pp. 154. Louisville, 1878.

List of Timber Trees found along the south-central part of the State,
from Columbus to Pound Gap. By L. H. De Friese. (A.)

In Geol. Surv. Ky., Part x., Vol. v., 2d ser. Frankfort, 1876.
Jefferson County.

Florula Louisvillensis. By H. D. McMurtrie, M.D. (A.)

In McMurtrie’s History of Louisville, 8vo. Louisville, 1819.
Fayette County.

Florula Lexingtoniensis ; or, a descriptive Catalogue of the phseno-
gamous Plants indigenous to this portion of Kentucky. By C.
W. Short, M.D. (D.)

In Transylv. Journ. Med., Vols. i. and ii. Lexington, 1828.
Barren and Edmonson Counties.

Report on the Botany of Barren and Edmonson Counties. By John
Hussey. (A.)

In Geol. Surv. Ky., Part ii., Vol. i., 2d ser., pp. 3?. Frankfort,
1876.

Greefiup., Carter., Boyd and Laivrence Counties.

Report on the Forest Timber of Greenup, Carter, Boyd and Law-
rence Counties. By N. S. Shaler and A. R. Crandall. (B.)

In Geol. Surv. Ky., Vol. i., new series. Frankfort, 1876.

Grayson, Breckenridge, Ohio and Hancock Counties.

Report on the Timber Trees of Grayson, Breckenridge, Ohio and
Hancock Counties. By L. H. De Friese. (A.)

In Geol. Surv. Ky., Part ix., Vol. ii., 2d ser. Frankfort, 1876.
Boyle and M ercer Counties.

List of the flowering Plants and of the Ferns of Boyle and Mercer
Counties. By W, M. Linney. (A.)

In Geol. Surv. Ky., Part xi., Vol. v., 2d ser. Frankfort, 1876.
North Cumberland, Bell and Harlan Counties.

List of Timber Trees of North Cumberland, Bell and Harlan Coun-
ties. By L. H. De Friese. (A.)

In Geol Surv. Ky., Part ix., Vol. iv., 2d ser. Frankfort, 1876.
Tennessee.

List of Timber Trees of Tennessee. By J. B. Killebrew and Prof. J.
M. Safford. (B.)

In Report on Resources of Tennessee.

Alabama.

Preliminary List of the Plants growing without cultivation in Ala-
bama, By Charles Mohr. (A.)

24mo, pamphlet, pp. 56. Tuscaloosa, 1880.

Mississippi.

Flora of Mississippi. By C. L. Wailes. (A.)

In ist Rep. x\gric. and Geol. Miss. 1854.

Louisiana.

Catalogus Florae laidovicianae. By J. L. Riddell, M.D. (A.)

In N. O. Med. and Surg. Journ., Vol. viii. New Orleans, 1852.
Flora Ludovicianae. By A. Featherman. (B.)

69

In Rep. of Bot. Surv. South, and Cent. La. New Orleans, 1871.
Plaquemines County.

List of Plants, native and introduced, of Plaquemines County, La.
Collected by A. B. Langlois. (A.)

8vo., pp. 4. No date.

Arkansas.

Collections towards a Flora of the Territory of Arkansas. By
Thomas Nuttall. (C.)

In Trans. Am. Philosoph. Soc., Vol. v. Philadelphia, 1837.

A Catalogue of the Plants of Arkansas. By Leo Lesquereux.

In 2d Rep. of a Geol. Recon. of Midd. and South. Counties of
Ark. Philadelphia, i860.

Texas. ,

Plantse Lindheimerianae ; an enumeration of the Plants collected in
Texas, with remarks and descriptions of new Species. By
George Engelmann, M.D., and Asa Gray, M.D. (C.)

In Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vols. v. and vi.

Plantse Wrightianae Texano-Mexicanae. An account of a Collection
of Plants made by Chas. Wright, A.M., in an Expedition from
Texas to El Paso in the summer and autumn of 1849. By Asa
Gray. (C.) ^

In Smithson. Contrib. to Knowledge, Vols. 111 and v.

Beitrage ziir Flora von Texas. Von Adolf Scheele. (E-)

In Linnaea, Vols. xxi., xxii. xxiii., and xxv. . , j r» •
Plants collected during Capt. Marcy’s Exploration or Red River
of Louisiana in 1852. By John Torrey, M.D. (C.) as ing-

tOn, 1852. XT A A

List of the Fungi of Texas. By M. C. Cooke. In Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., .878. ^ ^ ^

N. L. B.

Notes from Nevada and Utah.— Mr. Watson identifies as Podos-
ciadium Bolanderi a plant which has obcordate petals, and bracts tip-
ped with an awn 4" long.

I was fortunate in getting good specimens of the extremely rare
Mentzelia congesta at Hawthorn and Empire City, Nevada.

Antennaria Geyeri occurs in the mountains south of eno,
Nevada. .

Pectocarya setosa occurs rather abundantly at Empire City, e
vada, and has geminate nutlets. . . ,

The Idaho plant, Gentiana simplex, occurs in the mountains o
Southern Utah, as do also Philadelphus microphyllus, Zygadenus
glaucus and Iris Missouriensis. . .

Sometime since. Dr. Gray directed the attention of botanis s o
the species of Mentzelia as fly catchers. Soon after, I had occasion
to examine the leaves of M. Icevicaulis late in the fall. eaves

are thickly beset with coarse hairs, which are furnished sevwa
pairs of barbs pointing downward along them, while the t(^ as
an anchor-shaped summit twice as large as the other barbs. 1 ese

70

hairs stand so close together that the barbs almost touch. Thickly
studding the leaf were many dead and dying mosquitoes, specimens
o aphis, and other small insects. Some of these were caught by
t e head, but most of them were held by the legs or proboscis, as
their heads were too large to slip between the barbs. All were more
or less mutilated, probably by other insects. A sweet fluid was
secreted by the leaf, and this attracted the insects. There was no
evidence of any digestion going on, as none of the victims could
get close enough to the surface of the leaf to be touched by the
fluid.

A good character lies in the seed of Acer grandidentatum. The
cavity in which the embryo lies is spherical, and always remains so,
while the cotyledons are simply folded. In Acer glabrum the seed-
cavity is compressed and deeply reticulated, so that the seed is
crumpled. The cotyledons are strongly coiled.

Salt Lake City. Marcus E. Jones.

Notes from Chemung County, N. Y.—In May, 1880, I collected
an Umbeltifer, which for some time I could not satisfactorily iden-
tify. The Rev. J. H. Wibbe, of Oswego, has now identified it for
Ckcerophyllu//i procu/nbens, Lam. The only station known to
me is in the town of Ashland, along the Chemung River, and it now
IS spreading along the south-west bank of the D. I>. & W. Railroad
track. This is its northernmost station, since Prof. Gray gives its
geographical range as New Jersey, Illinois, and southward. I also
found, last season, Koeleria cristaia, Pers., on Sullivan Hill in this
County. Correspondence and exchange are desired. I wish a speci-
men each oi Lygodtum pabnatum, Swz., and Asclepias rubra, L.

A large Amelanchier.— I have recently discovered a shad-tree
KAmelanchier Canadensis) standing in a meadow in the town of Glas-
on ury in 1 11s State, of the size, proportions and general appearance
an uncommonly fine old sugar-maple. 'I’he tree was subsequently

iWtht hTf^f-^ this city, who found

Its girth to be 8 ft. 8 inches, at 3 ft. 6 inches from the ground, and

the spread of its branches to be 48 feet in diameter. The tree was in
full bloom on the 19th inst.

Hartford, Conn., May 30th. q p Davis.

.enJ f P tn Trifolium.-Miss Grace S. Hadley

whJnh ° Middlesex, Mass., specimens of Trifolium pratense

wh ch are provided, between the leaflets, with petioles that bear one
or two smaller leaflets whose margins have cohered so as to form a
conical cup or funnel.

Teratology) states that he has frequently met

hai of fh ? in which, on each side of the

base of the petiole, the stipules had the form just indicated.

71

Abnormal Flowers. — Mrs. C. T. Tracy sends to us from Ripon,
Wis., a sketch and description of a flower of Trilliuin cernuum, L.,
which has one petal and two sepals of the ordinary form and color,
while the third sepal has been replaced by a perfect leaf, and the
other two petals have a green stripe through the centre. Mrs. Tracy
says : ‘ A member of my botany class found a flower of Sanguinaria
Catiadensis with twenty-five petals, and a corresponding diminution
of stamens. It was found among others that were in normal con-
dition.”

Botanical Notes.

On the Relation of Heat to the Sexes of Flowers.-— hi a meeting
of the Botanical Section of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Science, on April 9, Mr. Thomas Meehan referred to his past com-
munications to the Academy, showing that in monoecious plants
female flowers would remain at rest under a temperature which was
sufficient to excite the male flowers to active development. Hence a
few comparatively warm days in winter or early spring would bring
the male flowers to maturity, while the female flowers remained to
advance only under a higher and more constant temperature. In
this manner the explanation was offered why such trees were often
barren. The male flowers disappeared before the females opened,
and the latter were unfertilized. He referred especially to some
branches of Cqrylus Avellana., the English hazle-nut, which he exhib-
ited before the Section last spring, in which the male flowers (cat-
kins) were past maturity, the anthers having opened and discharged
their pollen, and the catkins crumbling under a light touch, but
there were no appearances of action in the female flower-buds.
There were no nuts on this tree last season. The present season
was one of unusually low temperature. There had not been spas-
modic warmth enough to bring forward the particularly excitable
maple-tree blossoms. The hazle-nut had not, therefore, had its male
blossoms brought prematurely forward. He exhibited specimens
from the same tree as last season, showing the catkins in a young
condition of development, only half the flowers showing their an-
thers, while the female flower-buds had their pretty purple stigmas
protruding from nearly all of them.

Mr. Meehan remarked that his observations the past few seasons
had been so carefully made that he hardly regarded confirmation
necessary, but believed the further exhibition of these specimens
might at least serve to draw renewed attention to his former com-
munications.

Cooke's Illustrations of British Fungi. — American subscribers to
this work will regret to be informed that the premises of the plate-
printers were recently destroyed by fire, and, with them, all the work
in progress, including Part xviii. of the ** Illustrations, which had
jnst been completed. This will cause uncertain and unavoidable
*^ciay, but, as soon as possible, some arrangement will be made to
continue the works on fungi and fresh-water algae.

72

Botanical Literature.

We acknowledge, with thanks, receipt of the following papers
from their authors :

The Bacteria : An Account of their Nature and Effects, together
with a Systematic Description of the Species. By T. J. Burrill,
Ph. D. 8vo, pamph., pp. 65. (From the iith Rep. of Illinois
Indust. University.)

The Mycoiogic Flora of the Miami Valley, Ohio. By A. P. Morgan.
Svo, pamph., pp. 30. (Reprint from the Journal of the Cincin-
nati Society of Natl. History.)

The Physiology of Protoplasmic Motion. By F. H. Engelmann, M.D.
1 ranslated by C. S. Dolley, M.D. Svo, pamph., pp. 40.
Rochester : Davis & Leyden.

Comparatwe Tables showing the Distribution of Ferns in the United
States. By Geo. E. Davenport. Svo, pamph., pp. S. (F'rom
the Proceedings of the Amer. Philosoph. Society.)

The Growth and Structure of a Tree. By Prof. W. J. Beal. Svo,
pamph., pp. S.

Cases of Mushroom Poisoning. By James D. Trask, M.D. Svo,
pamph., pp. 8. (Reprint from the American Journal of the
Medical Sciences. )

Some M icroscopic Distinctions between Good and Bad Timber of the
same Species. By Dr. J. T. Rothrock. Svo, pamph., pp. 6.
(From the Proceedings of the Amer. Philosoph. Society.)

On the Structures which favor Cross- Fertilization in several Plants.
By William Trelease. Svo, pamph., ])p. 31. (From the Pro-
ceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.)

Catalogue of the Davenport Herbarium. — Supplement. March, 1883.

By George E. Davenport. Svo, pamph., pp. 8.

A Revision of the Genus Clematis of the United States, embracing
Descriptions of all the Species, their Systematic Arrangement,
Geographical Distribution and Synonymy. By Joseph F. James.
Svo, pamph., pp. ig. (From the Journal of the Cincinnati
Soc. Nat. Hist.)

Some Algee of Minnesota supposed to be poisonous. By J. C. Arthur.
Svo, pamph., pp. 12. (From the Bulletin of the Minnesota
.'Vcad. Nat. Sci., Voi. xi.)

Descriptions of Iowa Uromyces. By J. C. Arthur. Svo, pamph.,

PP‘ 37 - (From the Bulletin of the Minnesota Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Vol. xi.)

Correction. Mr. Ravenel wishes to correct an error which he
inadvertently committed in his note on the Jerusalem artichoke
(p- 55). and which we carelessly allowed to pass unobserved, and
that was the classing of the sweet with the Irish potato as an under-
ground stem. All reference to the sweet potato should, of course, be,
erased from the article.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate XXXV.

BOLETUS MORGANI, Pk.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l New York, July, 1883, [No. 7.

New Species of Fungi.

By Chas. H. Peck.

Boletus Morgani (Plate xxxv.) — Pileus pulvinate, soft, glab-
rous, viscid, red or yellow, or red fading to yellow on the margin ;
tubes convex, depressed about the stem, rather long and large,
unequal, subrotund, bright yellow becoming greenish yellow ; stem
elongated, tapering upward, adorned with long, narrow reticulations,
yellow, the depressions red ; the flesh of stem and pileus whitish
tinged with red and yellow ; not changing color when cut or bruised;
spores olive-brown, .0007 to .0009 of an inch long, about half as
broad.

Plant 4 to 6 inches high, pileus 1.5 to 2.5 inches broad, stem 3 to
6 lines thick.

Rocky hillsides, in woods of chestnut, oak and tulip-trees. Nor-
wood, Kentucky. August. A. P. Morgan.

'I’he color of the pileus is usually red on a yellow ground, and
that of the stem is yellow on the elevations or ridges, and red in the
depressions. The red disk of the pileus sometimes fades into yellow
on the margin. In wet weather the anastomosing ridges of the stem
swell out and become broadly winged, thereby giving the stem a pe-
culiar shaggy or lacerated appearance. The species is related to B.
Russellii, Frost, from which it is readily separated by its glabrous,
viscid pileus and its longer spores. The two species constitute a
natural section or subgenus, which is, so far as now known, peculiar
to this country, and to which may be ascribed the following name
and diagnosis :

§ LACERIPEDES. Stem elongated, strongly venose-reticulated,
the veins intumeseent in wet weather.

Pileus dry, hairy or tomentose-hairy, - - - B. Russellit, Frost.

Pileus viscid, glabrous, ------- B. Morgani, Peck.

Hexagona favoloides. — Pileus thin, coriaceous, sessile, nar-
rowly and concentrically zonate, slightly silicate, glabrous, somewhat
shining, brown ; pores pallid, then brownish, shallow, hexagonal,
.028 to .042 of an inch across.

Decaying wood. Roatan Island. J. J. Brown, M.D.

Allied to H . polygramma, Mont., and H. tenuis. Hook., but unlike
cither in color and in the character of the margin of the pileus. In
its color, and in the character of^the zones of the pileus, our species
very much resembles fresh specimens of Dcedalea confragosa, Pers.,
from which it is separated by its thin pileus and the character of the
hymenium. The jiores are scarcely half a line in diameter and are

74

so regularly hexagonal as to be suggestive of the cells of a honey-comb.
1 he zones of the pileiis are narrow and subconcolorous.

ELANCONiUiM POPULiNUM. — Pustules prominent, erumpent
rough a longitudinal chink; stroma whitish, minute or obsolete;
spores o ong, black, .0006 to .0007 of an inch long, oozing out and
staimng the matrix black or forming a black globule.

Dead branches of poplar-trees. Iowa. J. B. Ellis. (No. 3,637).
ELANcoNiuM COLORATUM. — Pustules small, scarcely prominent;
minute, greenish-yellow; spores oblong or oblong-ovate, often
s ig 1 y curved, nearly colorless, .0005 to .0006 of an inch long, .00025

o .0003 o an inch broad, oozing out and formimg a dull-reddish
mass. °

n ° tulip-tree, Lirtodendron Tulipifera, Pennsylvania. J.

ti. Jillis 1 his species is related to Af. pallidum, Pk., but the spores
are smaller and the spore-masses of a different color.

Uromyces vtiiTvs.—Hymeni/erous form : Spots suborbicular,

sometimes confluent, varying in color from yellow to sanguineous;
pendia amphigenous, short, sometimes crowded and occupying the
entire spot sometimes concentrically arranged near the margin;
mchT subelliptical, orange-yellow, .0008 to .001 of an

1^1 for 7 n: Sori amphigenous, on the same spots as

Radium and intermingled with its? peridia, slightly prominent,
orbicular, blackisli-brown; spores globose, minutely granular, .001 to
.001 1 of an inch in diameter; pedicel very short, hyaline.

Living leaves of Calandrinia Leaua, Porter. Washington Terri-
tory. 1 . S. Brandegee.

Rcestelia interventens. — Spots suborbicular, pallid or yellowish;
“ypophyllous, short or moderately elongated, whitish or pale
wfth siH-fdon splitting to the base, the cells thick and rough

0008 tn nr.TJ'’ (when dry) very pale or whitish, subglobose,

thirk r>n A f ° diameter, minutely rough, the epispore

ep^pMous^ spermogonia on the same spots,

C r Malvastrum Thurberi, Lower California. April.
May M *E JoneT Erodium (.?) in Southern California.

fresh sLtJThJ ^Pe^'^'^ens, are nearly white, but in the

siJht mllht ^bJ Tl orange. The fungus at first

snores and cb ^ctdimn, a genus with which its pale

Kse asTn^.f connect it, but the latter split to the very

onlv ihf* b ^ semis Rcesteha. Ihe species, however is probably

las remark-'""? teleutosporous fungus. This

last remark is also applicable to the following ^cidia. ^

/hciDiUM AURIELLUM. — Peridia numerous, short, crowded eener-

^old^r v.l.r spores subglobose or subelliptical,

gold^en.jellow, .0008 to .00.1 of an inch long, usually containing one
to three large, sh.nmg yellow oibglobules, epispore thin, ®

June,’' ' hi E.lones B- & H. Carson. Nevada,

75

This is a pretty fungus and very showy, even in the the dried
state, by reason of the clear golden-yellow color of its spores.

jdi,ciDiuM IsoMERiNUM. — Spots pallid, thickened; peridia aniphi-
genous, short, scattered or crowded; spores subglobose, ovate or
elliptical, whitish (when dry) .0008 to .0011 of an inch long, epispore
thin.

Living leaves of Isonierts arborea, Nutt. San Diego, California.
March. M. E. Jones.

Sometimes the fungus occupies nearly the whole leaf, which, in
such a case, is considerably thickened and distorted.

/Ecidium Anisacanthi. — Spots none or indistinct ; peridia
amphigenous, elongated, pinkish-gray, crenafely lacerated at the apex;
spores very variable in shape, subglobose, ovate, elliptical, oblong or
oblong-pyriform, sometimes pointed at one end, yellowish or brown-
ish yellow (in the dried state) .0009 to .0018 of an inch long, .0008
to 00095 broad.

Living leaves of Anisacanthus Thurberi. Arizona. Tune. C. G.
Pringle.

Sph^erella Arbuticola. — Maculicolous, spots siiborbicular, un-
equal, blackish or subcinereous, brown on the lower surface of the
leaf; perithecia minute, black, epiphyllous, scattered or collected in
small groups, piercing the whitened epidermis; asci oblong, some-
times narrowed above, .0016 to .005 of an inch long; spores crowded,
narrow, colorless, uniseptate, .00045 .0006 of an inch long, .00016

broad.

Dead leaves of Arbutus Menziesii, Pursh. Santa Cruz, California.
July. C. G. Pringle.

The septation of the spores is rather obscure, but this is probably
due to their being immature, d'he epidermis is slightly elevated
around the perithecia and has there a whitish appearance.

MiCROSPHiERiA erineophila. — Mycelium arachnoid, subpersis-
tent; perithecia .003 to .004 of an inch broad, sometimes collapsed
or pezizaeform; appendages 6 to 12, shorter than or about eipial to
the diameter of the perithecia, colored, the tips paler and two to three
times dichotomous; asci 4, sometimes 3 or 5, eight-spored; spores
.0008 to .0009 of an inch long, .00045 .0005 broad, usually con-

taining one or two large nuclei.

On the Erineum of beech-leaves. Illinois. F. S. Earle and Prof.
A. B. Seymour.

This fungus is closely related to M. penicillata, of which perhaps
It may be a mere variety, but it is readily distinguished by its colored
appendages and nucleated spores. Its habitat is very peculiar. In
all the specimens seen it occurs only on the Erineum.

Proterogyny in Spartina juncea. — Has this been noticed ? My
attention was attracted to it this morning on the beach here, dhe
plumose stigmas of all the spikes on a particular plant are protruded,
while the stamens are still full and retained in the palets. In other
plants where the purple anthers are prominent, I find the stigmas
withered.

Buttonwoods, R. I.

W. \V. Bau.ey.

76

New Species of Fungi.

J« B. Ellis and Benjamin M. Everhart.

formosum. — The receptacles enclosing the
p s im edded in the inner bark and resembling true perithecia,

tlie^reTprf ^ epidermis, which is

at matiirit^*^*^ 1 for Bie spores, which are expelled

inVni.Hri^’ hairs, or collected in an

60-10^x20-^^^^^ t hroad, oblong-fusiform,

rnuriform tho^’ first, soon becoming dark brown and
aoices of ’h H' ° '’ ^ subdiaphanous, borne on the

facTof fhe^ > jointed basidia, which spring from the inner sur-

?rst w tb . brr '^".'^hole involved in mucus, and the spores at
nrst with a broad, gelatinous envelope. ^

On dead branches of Magnolia acuminata, West Chester Pa On

tate'",r,^;;?n (?) with elliptical, Snisep-

tate^ IO-I2X4J/. spores. E. H. S. & G., No. 411.

ticar '^^'r^”"^ membranaceous, cup-shaped, ellip-

curveH^ t 1 brown, nearly closed at first by the in-

1 u ^hnally deciduous; asci oblong,

’ P^mpfiysesbranched (.?) and matted above, and bearing

niirlpolatJ^^^ niinu e globose conidia; sporidia biseriate, fusiform,
nucleolate, nearly straight, hyaline, 6-10 x i-icyu

NewfiellTjrMtchlst^""^ S™™**'

difi'er^^nriia1^*tii^ri^^L*^' Rehm, but distinguished by its

diHerent habitat, darker disk and deciduous habit. ^

X .,-.7?-- ^hlong, ends obtuse, 1-2““-

or less oermanemlv^^*^'^^ ’ smooth, distant, leaving the sooty disk more
Q-I2W overtonned^h^^L^^^’ clavate-cylmdrical, sessile, 80-90X

^oniMcted dark "densely matted paraphyses, whose closely

Tni eriate f 'he disk; sporidk

uniseriate or partly biseriate above, ovate, uniseptate hyaline i2-i6x

On old enceTads ""V hidL the margin.

• ^^ashington Territory. W. N. Suksdorf

form clusters 2—2™”*’ in T ^^dM Erumpent, forming tuberculi-
cloSly crowded tocc L composed of 6-.o individuals

mutual pressure* dfsb c become angular and distorted from

(.s-t®“ ) dirtv white . Pinne, black, smooth, immarginate,

physes h sSoHd a Ob ““fr 9“b«lobose, jj/t in diameter,* para^
granular constricted ' subpyriform, subhyaline,

muritorm, ,5-arx 6-8^ ' 3-eptate and sub:

field°N''r'”fhro?,Th of f'accinium corymbosum. New-

thei’nneVte ^atl d " ‘t’'" Tho olusters are erumpent from

Pez" A cn.nt?, . *“'^'‘=‘ ‘ho “-“od beneath,

very delicate; disk ' 25“,™. P™‘"Osc, white, thin and

short hairs, stipe scarcely enual in

asci oblong.cylindrical ,8-io , f* 1 ^c diameter of the disk;

biseriate, clavate- fusifortn, hyalin;®,:,, *'1^;

77

The tips of the fibres which form the cup project and form the
marginal fringe. From P. carkinnella, Karst,, to which this is closely
it differs in its narrower asci and smaller, simple, clavate
sporidia. P. Caricis, Desm., has sporidia cylindrical, straight or
curved, 6xi;U.

On dead leaves of Carex crinita lying partly in water, on tlie
banks of a rivulet in shady woods. West Chester, Pa., June, 1882.
E. H. J. & G., No. 381.

Nectria conigena. — Minute, membranaceous, smooth, orange-
yellow, lighter and collapsing when dry; asci about 50X 7//; sporidia
uniseriate or partially biseriate above, acutely elliptical, 2-nucleate,
becoming uniseptate (?) 7— 8x3-35/^; ostiolum papilliform, minute.
Perithecia with a few weak, white, radiating hairs at base.

Differs from N. vnlpina, Cke., in its habitat, smaller and paler
perithecia and rather narrower and more acute sporidia.

On old decaying cone of Magnolia ^lauca. Newfield, N. T., Oct.,
1882.

A List of Grasses from Washington Territory.*

By F. Lamson Scriuner.

Gj^yceria Canbyi, n. sp. — Perennial ; culm 2 — 3 ft. high, stout,
erect, simple, smooth ; sheaths shorter than their internodes, smooth ;
leaves of the culm 3, flat, between 2 and 3 lines wide, the upper
about 6 in. long, scabrous on both sides and especially rough on the
back near the briefly involute, pungent tip ; ligule broad, obtuste,

2 — 3 lin. long ; panicle narrow, about 6 in. long,
densely flowered, usually interrupted below,
branches from 3 — 5 in a half-whorl, short (i — 2
in.) and erect or ascending ; spikelets 3 lines
long, 3 — 5-flowered, the rhachis readily breaking
up ; outer glumes unequal, obtuse or acute,

3- nerved, the upper and larger one between

1 and 2 lines in length ; flowering-glume about

2 lines long, strongly scabrous and rounded,
5-nerved, nerves terminating below the scarious
and obtuse summit ; palea a little shorter than
its glume, shortly ciliate on the nerves.

(Figs. I and 2. Spikelets. Fig. 3. Outer
glumes. Fig. 4. Anterior view of floret.)

Cascade Mts., Washington Terr., Frank
Tweedv and T. S. Brandegee, August, 1882.

Allied to Airopis teniiifolia, Thurber, and
closely resembling some forms that have been
referred to that species, as No. 634 of E. Hall s
Oregon collection, but differing essentially from
descriptions of that species and very unlike the
specimens in the herbarium of the I'hilad. Acad.
Nat. Sci. ticketed Poa icnuifoUa by Nuttall him-
self.

Conlitmed from page 66.

'8

Glyccria 7 iervataj Trin.

Glyceria pauciflo 7 a^ Presl.

Glycerin pallida, Trin.

Festuca 7 nicrosiachys, Nutt.

Festuca ovma, Lin.

Festuca rubra, Lin.

Bro 77 ius race 77 iosus, Lin.

Brof/ms secalmus, Lin.

Bro 77 ius breviaristatus, Thurber, Bot. Wilkes’s Exped., 493; Cera-
tochloa, Hook.; Thurber, Bot. Cal. ii., p. 321.

Bro 7 )ius Hooker iaTuis, Thurber, Bot. Wilkes’s Exped., 493 ; Cera-
tochloa gra 7 idiflora, Hook.; Thurber, Bot. Cal. ii., p. 321.

Ag 7 -opyru 77 i repe 7 is, Beauv. ( Triticimi, Lin.) Represented in the
collection by several forms, one of which has the sheaths and leaves,
as well as the lower portion of the culm, clothed with a soft pubes-
cence.

Agropyru 77 i dasystachytmi ( Triiictwt, Gray ; Triticum
repe 7 ts, var. dasystachyu/n, Hook.) The specimens accord
well with the description of A. dasyanthuftt, Schultes,
and, if kept distinct from A. repe 7 is, perhaps should be
referred to that species. The spikelets are sometimes de-
veloped abnormally, and one of these is shown in the
annexed figure.

Agropyru 7 fi canimi 77 i, Reichenb. ( Triticiwi, Lin.) Both
the ordinary or typical form and the mountain form re-
ferred to by Dr. 'Thurber, in Bot. Cal., ii., p. 324, charac-
terized as having large and spreading, usually much
crowded spikelets with long, stout divergent awns. E(juals
No. 656 of Hall N: Harbour’s coll., 1862.

Agropyru 77 i diverge 7 is, Nees. {Trilic 7 i 77 i strigos7i77i,
ing.) Equals 657 of Hall & Harbour’s coll., 1862.

HordeuiJi ttodosiwi, Lin. Thurber, Bot. (hal., ii., p. 325,
{H. pratense, Huds. )

Hordeimi /nurinum, Lin.

Elyt 7 ius Ca 7 iade)isis, Tun.

Ely 7 )ius Sibiricus, T^in.; equals No. her of E. Hall’s Ore-
gon coll.

Ely’ 777 us coTidensatus, Presl.

Ely 77 ius Sitamon, Schult. {Sita7iio7i elyf/ioides, Raf.)

The Forms of Leaves. — Mr. Grant Allen’s interesting papers on
this subject mhst have engaged the attention of all evolutionary
botanists, and very many serious doubts must be felt as to the alleged
adequacy of his theory to explain the multiform and composite vari-
ations in leaf-forms. Having been attracted lately by the modifications
of form to be found in the leaves of Rhus toxicodend7'on, it appeared
to me possible to find in this common plant a point of exception to
Mr. Allen’s hypothesis. Mr. Allen assumes, putting the supply of
atmos])heric moisture out of the question, or assuming it to be uni-
form and sufficient, that a competition between neighboring leaves
for the possession of carbon molecules, represented in the air ly'

79

carbonic anhydride gas, causes unequal growth along their mutual
limits and their outlines become broken and assume irregular shapes;
segments growing faster than others produce the diversified serra-
tions, elongations, partings and fimbriations which characterize the
leaves of different plants, all this however taking place in subordina-
tion to the ancestral peculiarities of the plant by which a general
ground form or architectural type is preserved. Looking at the
leaves of R. toxicodendron, we find them arranged in pedunculated,
terminal sets of three, one distal and two lateral leaflets. The distal
or central leaflet normally, and putting aside the divergent shapes
found in this plant, is rhombic-ovate, equilateral, and symmetrically
toothed on each side, the two side and proximal leaflets aresubrhora-
bic-ovate, inequilateral, and toothed conspicuously on only one side
of the free margin. In other words, along the edges of the two
lateral leaves where they come in conflict, especially with the edges
of the terminal leaf, a restriction of growth takes place, and the usual
lobation seen in the end leaf, and which may be considered typical,
is suppressed* and on the margin, which is relieved from any compe-
tition, this lobation appears. Does not this contradict Mr. Allen's
assumption ? That there is a struggle for nourishment and that the
terminal leaf, in the direct line of the sap’s flow, is favorably placed,
is seen by the slight growth of the halves of the side-leaflets facing
the former, and the natural character of the halves away from it.
IBut the tendency is to obliterate serration at the parts mentioned,
and might, we should suppose, under persistent repetition, form an
entire edge. A very similar condition of things, with some interest-
ing details, is seen in the leaf-clusters of Negundo acerotdes. An
interesting change of form in the leaves of the poison ivy takes place
when they have been stung by a species of gall-insect (?) at the apex
of a leaf. In the terminal leaf it produces an arrest of growth, a
deep cleft, and lateral enlargement, which destroys the notched out-
line, enveloping the lobes in a rounded full blade.

Of course it is not difficult to e.xplain the abortive character of
the one side of the leaflets mentioned above. It is due to the pre-
dominant shade caused by the expanded sides of the terminal leaflet,
which owes its vigour to its favorable position. The conditions pre-
sented here are apparently what Mr. Allen would wish, two neighbo^
ing leaves contending for the molecules of carbonic anhydride and
evidently unequally matched, as appears from the result ; but the re-
sult does not seem desirable for his theory, as the characteristic
toothing is suppressed, not exaggerated in the weaker, and this
notching, which he seems to regard as due to impeded growth, is
best show'n in the stronger competitor.

L. P. Gratacap.

The Fertilization of Opuntia. — For the purpose of adding bril-
liancy of color to the window-garden in front of my house, I planted
in two separate boxes a large number of plants of O^untia vulgaris,
which I obtained from near Hartsdale, Westchester County, N. Y.,

* Mr. A. Hollick gave me the name of this tree, which I had previously ob-
'*yved in connection with this subject.

80

on the 15th of June last. All the plants when taken up were well set
with large flower-buds, which opened a week later and lasted until
the middle of July. During that time I watched about one hundred
and thirty flowers out of a total of two hundred and ten during their
period of flowering, and noticed with much interest the great sensi-
tiveness of the stamens, which are very numerous in this prickly-
pear.

Ihe window-boxes have an eastern exposure, and consequently
the sun passes out of view about one o’clock in the afternoon. 'J’he
flowers opened about seven in the morning and closed shortly after
two, or about an hour after the sun passed away, although they would
have remained open two hours longer under its direct influence.
During sunshine each flower would open for two consecuive
days, but in cloudy weather for only one day. On the first day of
the opening of a flower the pointed stigmas were hardly separated
sufficiently to admit of the passage of a small-sized straw. But on
the following day, under the influence of the sun’s rays, the stigmas
expanded to their fullest capacity.

Less pollen was observable on the anthers during the first than on
the second day of flowering. Or, in other words, the longer a flower
remained open the greater the number of pollen grains that were
discharged from the anthers. And yet fructification seems to have
been effected in nearly every case in which a flower opened for either
one, or two days in succession. I now count about one hundred and
ninety promising fruits.

The beautiful lemon-colored flowers of this Opuntia attracted
many honey-bees, and their movements I carefully watched with a
pocket-lens in hand on every fair or sunny day. A bee would alight
on the mass of anthers, then push its forelegs down among the fila-
rnents, which were sufficiently compressed to admit of the body of
the insect passing more readily down to the nectaries of the flower.

As soon as the filaments were released from the grasp of the in-
sect, the stamens were suddenly thrown against the pistil, from which
they slowly receded to their former position. I should iudge that
sometimes more than a dozen stamens were thus rudely seized by a
honey-bee in its endeavor to reach the nectaries, the insect frequently
making the circuit of the whole arrangement of stamens, and always
coming up again to the surface of the anthers before taking a second
plunge to the base of the corolla. Although the feet (legs) of the
insect were covered with masses of pollen after visiting a flower, yet
at no time do I remember seeing one crawl over the siienias,
whereby fertilization might have been insured. It seems to me
a the pollen grains are thrown between the stigmas after the
sudden movement of the stamens following the retreat of an insect.

1 have also noticed flies of several species visit these flowers on a
apparently being followed by the same movements
^•11 1 2th of July, I was collecting in Pelham-

yi e, estchester County, and there also observed a few late-flower-
ing specimens of Opuntia^ vulgaris^ on one of which I observed a
arge umble-bee going for his nectar ; and how he did make the
dust (pollen) fly!

81

From one of the joints of my plants there has exuded a straw-
colored gum. The gum found on OputUice is ‘edible like that secreted
by Acacia vera and Prunus cerasus.

New York, July i8th. ” Richard E. Kunzk.

Among the Palms and the Pines.— On the 28th of May, 1883,
my father, H. C. Orcutt, and myself left San Diego City, Cal., on
what proved a short trip into Lower California.-

The first day rewarded us with two beautiful Abutilons with
orange-colored blossoms and velvety leaves {A. Berlandieri, Gray,
var., and another) and a new species of Cordylanthus found at the
head of Tia Juana Valley near the boundary.

A little beyond, among the hills, was Lupinus gracilis among the
rocks in company with Phacelia Parryi, both struggling for existence
in so dry a year,” while further along we found Acanthomintha ilici-
foha, the beautiful Chorizanthe procumbens, Breweria mitiima, and
others, thriving on the adobe hills (the whole surface of the latter
cracked like the bottom of a dry mud-puddle), and, on similar ground,
acres were covered with the red-flowered Chorizanthe fimbriata, form-
ing a beautiful feature in the landscape as we entered Valle de los
Palmas where we made our next camp among the mesquite, screw-
hean and other trees — but no palms ! . _

The next morning we proceeded through the v alley till we noticed
at our right, in a large canon, two novel trees which proved to be
palms, Washingtonia jilifera, and on further exploration we found
twenty still standing, but over fifty lying dead — cut down by the
enterprising ex-governor that he might covei his house with their
leaves !

Beneath the few remaining palms flowed a cool stream of water,
enabling Ppipactis gigantea and J uncus xiphioides to exist, while near
by we found the last flower of Lathyrus splendens, Lupinus albicaulis
as a small shrub, Baerhavia viscosa, Galium pubens, Gray, and others.
Mentzelia micrantha, Torr. & Gray, with Physalis crassifolia were
growing on the side of the canon, the Mentzelia covering my clothes
with its very tenacious brittle leaves which it was impossible to
wholly remove.

May 31st found us in the evening at rancho Guadaloiipe, 75 miles
from San Diego by road, where we made our headquarters for a day,
till our return. Here, in the evening, we found a new (?) Phacelia
with white flowers and yellow centre which had strayed to the dry
bed of the San Antonio Creek, where in the morning I also found an
abundance of Astragalus Sonorce, Gray, in fruit, and Lupinus gracilis.

Late in the morning of June ist we left the camp and proceeded
up the valley till we came to a canon which led to Guadaloupe
Mountains, credited with an altitude of 4,000 feet. Here we found
many interesting plants at different altitudes. Among them were
L'richostema Parishii, Vasey, Mimulus Palnieri (?), Helianthus graci-
Gray, Actinolepis Wallacei, Gray, at a low altitude, Calochortus
^eedii, C. venustus above it, and, higher still, C. Palmeri^ an Allium^
■Dendromecon rigidum, and many species of Gilia, one (a new species)
being particularly conspicuous for its delicate, variegated blossoms.

82

After securing, near the top, specimens of the pine {J^mus Coulteri)
which had attracted our attention we returned to the ranch, having
walked about twenty miles in ten hours in the hot sun — repaid by
over twenty interesting plants. During our return we found Poly-
carpon depressum,, Nutt., Monardella linoides, Gray, and others, near
Palm Valley, over one hundred species, two or more new, on the
whole trip of eight days.

San Diego, Cal. ■ C. R. Orcutt.

Pinus Banksiana, Lamb. — This tree appears to considerably ex-
ceed the size given for it in our manuals of botany. Dr. Gray gives
It as “a straggling shrub, or low tree, 5 to 20 feet high Dr. Wood
as a small tree ; Prof. Sargent, in his Catalogue of the Forest
^ I rees of North America, says: “a low shrub or tree, rarely exceed-
ing 20 feet in height. I he Abbe Provancher’s Essences Ligneuses
de la Province de Quebec gives 30 to 40 feet as its maximum size.

I noticed, in July, many trees in the vicinity of Marquette, Mich ,
which were at least 70 feet high, rising straight up from a base over
one foot in diameter.

N. L. Britton.

Cismstis Viorna, var. COCCinca, — Some time early in June of this
year, on a trip to Chattanooga, I was fortunate enough to find on the
side of Lookout Mountain, above the line of the Chatt. & Nash. R.R-,
two plants of Clematis Vior/ta, var. coccinea. They were strong and
healthy and growing and blooming freely. It was a matter of aston-
ishment to find here a species which has not, I believe, been before
The two known localities there are Austin
and New Braunfels ; and it is interesting to now find the form so far
away from the only place where it has hitherto been found.

Cincinnati, O., July, 1883. Jos. F. James.

r Abnormal Cotyledons in Ipomaea.-i find in my garden a seed-
ling of the morning-glory, Ipovicea purpurea, with what
appears to be a supplemenTary cotyledon. The con-
dition is better described by saying that one cotyledon
is perfect, but that the other consists of two which are
connate to near the middle. This is as if the plantlet
had started with three cotyledons. The abnormal one
has, in consequence, a triply retuse apex. The acconi*
panying figure shows the condition.

Masters says, that “ fusion frequently accompanies
an increase in the number of cotyledons,” and attributes
the phenomenon, at least in some cases, to chorisis or
to a cleavage of the original cotyledon. The venation
in my own example would indicate the fusion of the
two originally distinct leaves.

Providence, R. I. W. w. Bailey.

83

Botanical Notes.

Fertilization of the Borraginacece . — The change of color in various
borraginaceous flowers would seem to bear relation to their fertiliza-
tion. Hermann Muller remarks in Nature (May 24, p. 81), that he
has observed that insects visit exclusively those which are red or just
beginning to change to blue. All the blue flowers which he exam-
ined in a locality about 2 yards broad and 20 long, where many
hundred flowers of Pulmonaxia were in all stages of development,
proved to be empty of honey, and all which he observed with the
aid of a lens, had the stigma already supplied with pollen ; so that it
would appear that, as in Lantana and Ribes aureum, the change of
tint serves as a guide to insects visiting the flower.

Contraction of Vegetable lissues under Frost . — At a recent meet-
ing of the Botanical Section of the Philada. Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Mr. Meehan referred to a prevalent opinion that the liquid in vege-
table tissues congealed as ordinary liquid does, and expanding, often
caused trees to burst with an explosive sound. Mr. Meehan made
experiments with young and vigorous trees, varying from one foot to
three feet in circumference. They were carefully measured in early
winter when the thermometer was at about 40°, and again after they
had been exposed for many days to a temperature below freezing
point, and, at the time of measurement, to 10° above zero.

In no case was there the slightest evidence of expansion, while
in the case of a large maple {Acer dasycarpunt), 3 ii^ inches
around, there appeared to be a contraction of ^ inch. I his was the
largest tree experimented with. In dead wood soaked with water,
there was an evident expansion ; and the cleavage with explosion
noted in the case of forest trees in high northern regions may result
from the freezing of litjuid in the central or less vital parts of the
trunks of trees.

In some hardy succulents, however, instead of expansion under
frost, there was a marked contraction. 1 he joints or sections of
stem in Opuntia Rafinesquii and O. Missouriensis, shrink remarkably
with the lowering of the temperature. As soon as the thermometer
passes the freezing point, the shrinkage is so great that the whole
surface has the wrinkled appearance presented by the face of some
very aged person. A piece of Opuntia Rafinesquii, which,- in Novem-
ber measured 4 inches in length, is but now, and is not half the
thickness it was in the autumn. In the winter when the thermom-
eter was down to 10° above zero, the penknife penetrated the tissue
just as easily as in summer, and no trace could be discovered of
congelation in the juices of the plant. Other succulents exhibited
tnore or less signs of shrinkage under extreme cold. Mamillaria
N uttallii and M". vivipara, with Bchinocactus Stnipsoni, a mamillose
form, drew the mammae upwards, and had them appressed as closely
as the spines would allow; and some species of Seinpervtvum did
the same. This could only be accomplished by the contraction of
the main axis from the apex downwards. Sedum Hispantcum, which
has not a succulent axis, contracts its leaves into longitudinal
wrinkles, presenting the appearance of being withered or dead.
They expand again in a few days of temperature above the freezing

84

point. Specimens of this Sedum and of Opuntia Missourtensis, pre-
served just above freezing point under glass, did not shrivel; and a
plant of Echinocactus Simpsoni, taken under cover, after the mammae
had been appressed by frost, expanded them to the summer condition
in a short time afterwards.

Assuming from these facts that the liquids in plants which are
known to endure frost without injury, did not congeal, it might be
a question as to what power they osved this successful resistance.
It was probably a vital power, for the* sap of plants, after it was
drawn from the tree, congealed easily. In the large maple-tree
already referred to, the juice not solidified in the tree exuded from
the wounded portions of branches and then froze, hanging from
the trees as icicles often six inches long.

P hotepinasty of Leaves. — W. Detmer proposes the term “ phote-
pinasty ” for the epinastic position of leaves induced by light. The
normal unfolding of the leaves is due to paratonic nutation. The
light first induces stronger growth in the upper side of the leaf; and
it is to this phenomenon that he proposes to apply the term. {^Jour-
nal Roy. Micros. Soc.)

Reproductive Organs of Lichens. — The most recently published
part of Minks’s Symbolae Licheno-Mycologicae treats of the Hys-
teriacem, Acrospermeae and Stictideae. On the asci and paraphyses
together the author bestows the term “ thalamium,” the “ theciuni
being that portion of the apothecium which includes lliese organs.
The structure of this portion of the lichen may be referred to three
different types: (i) The asci and paraphyses are both fertile hyphae,
which, in the latter case, have undergone arrest of development;
and there are all intermediate stages between the two. (2) The para-
physes are formed a shorter or longer time before the fertile hyphae.
They are at a certain period indistinguishable from the hyphae of the
fundamental tissues of the fructification, and there is here no true
thalamium. To this class belong the true Stictideae and the greater
part of the Hysteriaceae. (3) Certain genera exhibit an intermediate
structure between the first and second.

The structure and mode of formation of the spores are described
in detail; and it is shown that in the anthonimorphous type {^Hyster-
tum Sfnilacis, Sticits versicolor, etc.) the mother-membrane takes
no part in the abstriction of the spores, but that a new membrane is
formed, the old one becoming gelatinized.

1 he germination of Lophium leeviusculum is described. After the
destruction of the asci, the spores remain for a shorter or longer time
in the fructification, where they germinate; passing over ultimately
into a chroolepis-like gonidema, and not as would be the case if
Schwendener’s hypothesis were true, developing into a fungus.

The two different forms of ascus correspond to the two different
forms of spores. When the ascus has a double wall, the inner layer
of which ultimately gelatinizes, then the spore has only a single
membrane; while when the ascus has only a single wall the spores
have a double membrane, the outer layer of which gelatinizes.
{^Journal Roy. Micros. Soc.)

BULLETIN

OF THE *

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X,1 New York, August, 1883. [No. 8.

Notes on Spartina,

By F. Lamsox Scribner.

(Plate XXXVI.)

Mr. Bentham, in his revision of the genera of Graniineie, has re-
moved Spartina from Chloridem and placed it in the Chamaeraphis
group of Panicem, associating it with the foreign genera Chamczraphis
and Xerochloa of Brown and with Sienotaphrum, Trin., represented in
the Southern States by S. Aniericanum, Schrank. The student whose
observations are confined to American grasses will see little in com-
mon between Spartina and Penesetum or Stenotaphrum, the former
immediately preceeding and the latter followingjt; and he will be
little inclined to accej^t this new arrangement as one that is at all
natural. He will continue to feel that the relations of Spartina are
with the Chlorideae, a tribe in which it has heretofore been placed, and
allow the fact of the articulation of the pedicels below the outer
glumes as an exceptional character in this genus, as it is allowed in
some others which are included in Poacete.

In defining the Chainceraphis group Mr. Bentham states that the
spikelets are nearly those of Fanicum, but with the fruiting-glume
usually less hardened; the inflorescence is nearly that of the paspa-
loid Fanicaox of Chlorideae, but distinguished from the former by the
rhachis of the partial spikes or fascicles or branches of the panicle
being produced beyond the spikelets into a more or less rigid point.
From the Chlorideae they are separated by the articulation of the
pedicel below the spikelet.

Exceptional cases presenting this leading character of the Pani-
ceas, i. e., the articulation of the pedicel below the outer glumes,
occur in Poacese and in other tribes besides Chlorideas, and may
not Spartina form an exception here ? There are exceptions also to
the character cited by Mr. Bentham as separating the Chamaerapheae
from the paspaloid Panica. In Fanicum tenutculmum. Chapman,
(non Meyer) from Florida, and in the East Indian F. mucronatum,
Roth, (two species which may prove to be identical) the rhachis of
the lateral spikes or racemes is prolonged beyond the spikelets into a
’^igid, subulate mucro or point.

Without entering further into the question respecting the proper
position of Spartina, which I feel in no wise competent to discuss, I
would like to record here a few cases of abnormally developed spike-
lets of one species of this genus that have come under iny notice,
drawing no conclasions more than to state that my observations have
led me to regard Spartina polystachya, Willd., rather as a variety ol

86

6'. cynosuroides, Willd., than as a distinct species. The characters
based upon the spikelets alone are not sufficient to separate them.

The spikelets represented in Figures i and 2 of Plate xxxvi. were
taken from a specimen of S. cynosuroides collected at the outlet of
Moosehead Lake, Maine, by Messrs A. H. and C. E. Smith in 1868.
I'he spikes of the plant are unusually long peduncled and very loosely
flowered, but that it is an abnormal growth is well shown by the
spikelets represented.

Figures 3, 4 and 5 were drawn from spikelets of a specimen in
the herbarium of Mr. Wm. M. Canby, collected at Atlantic City, New
Jersey. In habit the plant was like .S. polystachya. Figure 5 repre-
sents a double spikelet which has two upper outer glumes with but a
single lower one. Nearly all degrees of cohesion were to be found in
different spikelets on the plant.

Figures 6, 7, 8 and 9 illustrate in detail a two-flowered spikelet
taken from a specimen of S. cymsuroides collected in Oregon by E.
Hall. Most of the spikelets were normal, but all degrees in the
development of a second floret were exhibited by others, the one
here illustrated being the most complete. In some the opposing
edges of the pales of the two flowers were united for nearly their
entire length. Fig. 6 shows the 2-flowered spikelet complete. Fig. 7
exhibits the outer glumes. Fig. 8 shows the two florets removed from
the outer glumes. Fig. 9 shows the florets separated.

New Western Compositae.

By Edward Lee Greene.

Brickellia Cedrosensis. — A low shrub, with ascending, leafy
branchlets bearing usually a solitary head; larger leaves a half-inch
long, triangular ovate, coarsely and sharply toothed, on short petioles:
those of the branchlets narrower and mostly entire, all roughish
pubescent; heads 12-18-flowered; involucral scales acute; akenes
smooth; pappus finely barbellate.

Collected on the Cedros Islands many years since by Dr. Veitch,
and preserved in the herbarium of the California Academy. The
species is allied to B. frutescenSy Gray, of the main land, north-east of
the islands, which has entire, veinless leaves, and heads with more
numerous flowers.

B.(Eria carnosa. — Simple, or more or less branched from the
base; the root somewhat fusiform-thickened, but strictly annual;
stems a span high, slender but wiry, purple, and sparsely clothed
^yith rather webby, white hairs; leaves wholly glabrous, narrowly
linear, subterete and, with the involucres, thick and succulent; in-
volucres campanulate, their large fleshy scales marked with a promi-
nent, keel-like midrib; akenes roughish; pappus of 5 ovate, acumi-
nate, chaffy scales which taper into a long slender awn.

Collected by the writer on the border of a salt marsh at Vallejo,
April 15th, 1883. A most remarkable species, as to its succulent
herbage, recalling certain similarly fleshy, maritime species in other
genera of compositae, as, for example, Layia carnola, H. & A,

Lagophylla congesta. — Near L. ramosissimay but the stouter

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate XXXVI.

Tig.6

Fi£.8.

Spikelets of Spartina.

Fig. 9.

87

stem usually simple; heads larger and numerous, in dense, glomerate
clusters; floral leaves and involucral scales very villous, and beset
with short-stipitate, or more commonly, quite sessile glands; akenes
twice the size of those of other known species, and of a light grey;
chaff of the receptacle united to the middle, thus forming a cup.

This interesting plant was collected by Dr. Kellogg in Mendocino
County, Cal., as long ago as August, 1867, and is now in July, 1883,
brought in from Mt. Yamiilpais, near San Francisco, by that most
diligent gatherer of rare Californian plants, Mrs. Kate Curran.
Resembling Z. glandulosa in being a glandular species, if these
glands were overlooked; and, if it had a branching mode of growth, it
would pass for a ranker Z. ramosissima.

Senecio Clevelandi. — Glabrous and glaucous ; stem rather
stout, 1^-2 feet high, few-leaved above and bearing numerous middle-
sized, paniculate-corymbose heads; lower leaves numerous, rather
succulent, ovate-oblong, entire, 2-3 inches long, tapering to long
petioles; involucre broad, sparingly calyculate, its scales with lanceo-
late, acuminate, green tips; rays deep yellow; akenes short and small,
prominently 4- or 5- angled.

Indian Valley, Lake County, Cal., D. Cleveland.

The following species, from another district, resembles this in
foliage, but not otherwise, namely :

Senecio LAVNEiE. — Two feet high, glabrous throughout, strict
and simple leaves mostly radical,, linear lanceolate, entire, 3-4 lines
wide, an inch or two long, on petioles of nearly equal length; the
few cauline ones similar, though less obviously petiolate heads 5-7,
corymbose, all but the central one on peduncles 2—3 inches long,
large and showy; involucre campanulate, many-flowered, more than
i inch high, naked at base; rays 7-10, oblong-linear, f inch long,
orange-yellow; the merely convex style-tips bearing 3 or 4 conspicu-
ous central bristles, and numerous shorter ones toward the circum-
ference.

El Dorado County, Cal., on Sweetwater Creek, not far from
Folsom; collected in .May, 1883, by the very zealous and efficient
Mrs. Kate Layne-Curran, to whom I gladly dedicate it. It is a near
relative of the rare S. Greenei, Gray, thus far collected only by the
writer, and that seven years ago, in the neighborhood of the geysers,
in Sonoma County. . ,,

Senecio Actinella. — Acaulescent, at first arachnoid-woolly,
leaves all radical, obovate to oblanceolate, spatulate, their margins
strongly crenate-dentate, an inch or two long, including the
petiole, and ^ inch or more in breadth, coriaceous, veinless, at lengt
glabrate, and persistent through the winter; scape solitary, 6-10
inches high, bearing a single large head ; involucre campanulate, 2
inch high, the calyculate scales few and wrapped in wool, rays
9~i2, narrow, pale yellow; style-tips bristly -fringed.

Rocky woods in the northern part of x\rizona, near Flagstatt,
collected by H. H. Rusby, June, 1883. A fine new species, nearest
|o 6'. canus, from which it is distinguished by its crenate-toothed
leaves, strictly monocephalous scapes, and large heads.

Senecio Arizonicus. — Slightly webby-woolly at first, at length

88

glabrate; leaves mostly radical, numerous, and of a fleshy texture,
ovate-oblong, obtuse, often a little cordate at base, strongly cuspidate-
toothed, i-|- inches broad, 3 inches long, on petioles of almost equal
length; stem feet high, slender, leafless, or with a few large and
small bracts; corymb lax; heads middle-sized, on slender peduncles;
involucres with a few almost filiform calyculate scales or bracts at
base; rays 9-12, yellow.

Lynx Creek, in Northern Arizona, May 31st, 1883; collected by
H. H. Rusoy.

Microseris acuminata. — Near M. Bigelovii, but larger, the
scapes more than a foot high, and rather stout; leaves pinnately
parted into numerous, narrowly linear division; akenes only slightly
contracted at summit, ^ inch long; pappus f inch long, consisting of
5 linear-lanceolate scales, each tapering very gradually into a short,
slender awn.

Collected, in a few depauperate specimens, near Vallejo, in April
1883; and also, at about the same date, in the Sacramento Valley, by
Mrs. Kate Curran, her specimens being of a strong, luxuriant growth.
Dr. Gray informs me that it was even long ago collected sparingly
by Bigelow, on Mark West’s Creek, and that it has been referred,
first to M. Douglassii and later to M. Bigelmni.

Troximon heterophyllum, — This will apparently have to be
the name of the North American plant which has been for some
years past called T. Chilense, Gray. (Proc. Am. Acad., ix., 216, and
Bot. Cal., i., 439.) The Chilian plant, for which Dr, Gray’s specific
name will be retained, differs in having considerably larger akenes,
which are always all alike in the same head, and a shorter stipe to
the pappus.

The North American plant runs into varieties so remarkable that,
on two of them, so acute and able a botanist as Nuttall founded
genera; and I even now doubt if they do not merit the rank of
species. However, since my venerated friend Dr. Gray (who, by
the way, has lately, and independently of my fresh specimens and
notes, reached also the conclusion that our species is distinct from
the Chilian) regards them as mere varieties, I here so place them;
namely:

var. CRYPTOPLEURA. — Outer akenes nearly globose inflated and
hardly striate, the inner of normal thickness and also barely striate,
not at all winged. This is the Cryptopleura Calif oriiica, Nutt., and
Macrorhyncus Calif ornicus, Torr. & Gray. Although hitherto ac-
counted very rare, and thought to be perhaps a merely abnormal
state not likely to recur, I have this year found plenty of it in two
patches a quarter of a mile distant from each other, though both
within the limits of the town of Berkeley.

var. KYMAPLEURA. — Outer akenes with broad and strongly and
beautifully undulated wings, the inner merely striate. ’Phis is Kyma-
pleura heterophyllayfswXX., and z\%o Macror/iyneus heterophyllus, of the
same author. It is the most common form of the species in the
central part of California.

Besides these striking varieties, which do not show any signs of
running together, there are other forms, namely, one with akenes all

89

alike, and none of them much ribbed, another with the outer akenes
ribbed (not corky-winged) and very hirsute.

The species should be collected abundantly in all localities where
it occurs, and the specimens diligently compared. I regard it as an
interesting subject of future investigation.

New Species of Fungi.

By J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart.

Diaporthe (Valsa) Ellisii, Rehm {in lit). — Stroma cortical,
without any circumscribing line; perithecia numerous (15-20),
in diameter, crowded, subcircinate, raising the bark into small pus-
tules, through the centre of which bursts the brown convex disk pierced
around its margin by the black, obtuse, dot-like ostiola; asci-subcla-
vate, 57x8//; sporidia biseriate or overlapping, narrowly elliptical, 4-
nucleate, and often slightly constricted in the middle, 1 1-15x3. 5-5.5/^

With a Cytispora, the spores of which are oblong, hyaline, 4-nucle-
ate, 8-11x2-2.5/.! and issue in an orange-colored mass.

Closely allied to Diaporthe carpinicola, Fkl., and V alsa Carpini, h r.

On dead branches of Carpinus Americana. West Chester, Pa.
June, 1882. E, H. J. & G. No. 372.

Valsa lasiostoma. — Perithecia circinating, .33-5™'"' diarneter,
globose, and tuberculose-roughened, lying on the suface of the inner
bark, or slightly bedded in it, their long tioo-150/!), slender, cylin-
drical, decumbent necks converging and piercing the epidermis in a
group, but not united in a disk; asci (spore-bearing part) 35-40x4-
5/^; sporidia cylindrical, hyaline, nearly straight, 5-6 x 1.5-2/!.

The ostiola are slightly swollen above, and, with the exception o
the bare, black, obtuse tips, are covered with an olive-brown pubes-
cence as in Spharia barbirostris, Dufour, frorn which this scarcely
differs in any respect except in its circinate perithecia.

On decaying white oak limbs lying on the ground. Newfield, N.
J. March, 1883. • , 1

CucuRBiTARiA C0REM.E. — Perithecia at first subcuticular^ J)ut
finally throwing off the epidermis, ovate, black, rough, •i 6 -- 33 "' ' 1 ^

diameter, ostiola broadly papilliform on obtuse conic; asci cylindri-
cal, 150x15/!; sporidia uniseriate and oblique or partly bisenate,
elliptical or oblong-elliptical, yellow at first, becoming finally deep
brown, about 7-septate, with some partial longitudinal septa, and
mostly constricted in the middle, 20-25x7-9/!.

On dead branches of Corema Conradti. Willow Grove, N. J.,
November, 1883. „„„

Eophiostoma stenostomum. — P erithecia scattered, globose^, .25
in diameter, covered by the fibres of the bark, which is pierced by
the narrow, slightly compressed ostiolum; asci clavate-cylindrica ,
75-90x6-7/!; paraphyses filiform, abundant; sporidia biseriate, fusi-
form, slightly curved, yellowish, nucleate and uniseptate at rs ,
becoming 3-septate and more or less constricted at the septa, 1 — 22X
3 - 3 - 5 /^.

Accompanied by a Phoma with small, subglobose spores m peri-
thecia scarcely different from the ascigerous ones except m wanting

90

the prominent ostiolum. Differs from L. subcorticale^ Fckl., in its
narrow ostiolum and smaller sporidia.

On the inner surface of loosely hanging bark of grape-vines,
Newfield, N. J. May, 1883.

Sph^ria (Didymella) Rauii. — Perithecia scattered or 2-3 to-
gether on the surface of the inner bark, and covered by the thin,
loosened epidermis, which is pierced by the papilliform ostioluni;
asci 35-30x6-7/^; paraphyses slender; sporidia biseriate, oblong-fusi-
form, uniseptate, constricted and slightly curved, with a faint, bristle-
like appendage at each end, yellowish, with a nucleus in each cell,
7-8x15-2/^.

On dead branches of cultivated roses. Bethlehem, Pa, May,
1883. E. A. Rau.

SpHAiRiA (Didymosph^ria) CUPULA. — Perithecia scattered,
innate, covered, except the papilliform ostiolum, by the blackened
epidermis, convex-hemispheric when fresh, collapsed when dry; asci
75x7//; sporidia elliptical, brown, uniseptate, uniseriate, 9.5-1 1.5^

4 - 5 - 5 /^.- . . . ...

Sphceria diplospora, Cke., has sporidia 13-16x5-7/^, and perithecia
not collapsing.

On dry oak-leaves still hanging on the limbs. Newfield, N. J.
May, 1882. Found also on Phytolacca and Desmodiiim.

SpHAiRiA (Thyridium) ANTiQUA. — Perithecia mostly solitary,
globose, .2S-.33™™' in diameter, buried in the substance of the bark,
sometimes two or three together, their thick walls united and covered
by the fibres of the bark, which is blackened above them and raised
into little tuberculiform pustules; ostiola papilliform, at length per-
forated; asci cylindrical, 75-80x10//; paraphyses filiform, abundant;
sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, at length 3-septate and sub-
muriform, 17-19x7//, brown.

On the inner surface of loosely hanging bark of grape-vines.
Newfield, N. J. May, 1883.

Some New Texan Plants,

By S. B. Buckley.

Zanthoxylum Texanum. — Unarmed, leaves trifoliate, leaflets
ovate, obtuse, repandly crenate, subrevolute, smooth on both sides,
punctate, petioles 4"-6" long, lateral leaflets serrate, petiole of term-
inal one " long; racemes terminal, compound, pedicels short,
with minute, acute, bracts and bractlets; divisions of calyx broadly
ovate, acute, ovules 1-2, seeds not seen.

A large shrub 4-6 feet high, thickly branched; younger branches
greyish brown, much punctated. The branches when broken have
the aromatic odor peculiar to many species of the genus.

Differs from Z. ternatum of the West Indies in its terminal racemes
and crenate leaflets. Near Corpus Christi, Texas.

Bumelia Texana. — Leaves ovate or subcuneate, smooth on both
sides, and of the same pale green color, I'-iU long and about
wide, petioles longer than the pedicels, being about 4" long, smooth;
calyx broadly ovate, subobtuse; corolla yellowish ’ white, but little

91

longer than the calyx; petioles and midrib of the under sides of some
of the leaves showing a slight pubescence under the microscope;
fruit ovoid-ovate or elliptic in outline, lo^^g about 3"

broad.

A shrub or small tree. Smaller branches with dark reddish
brown bark, rigid and sub-spinose, the leafy and fruit-bearing spines
1-3' long.

Mountains near the lower crossing of the Pecos River on the road
from Fort Stockton to old Fort Lancaster and the head of Devil’s
River.

Bumelia monticola. — Very spinose; leaves smooth on both
sides, a little paler beneath, oblong-ovate, cuneate at the base, peti-
olate, long and wide, their under surface reticulately

veined; petioles long, about equal in length to the pedicels;

calyx broad ovate, acute or sub-acute, smooth; fruit globose, the
longitudinal diameter a little the greater, being about 3" long;
spines \—2 long, often bearing leaves and fruit; smaller branches
smooth, greyish brown, forming obtuse angles opposite their junction
with the spines, with generally a warty protuberance at the base of
each spine; flowers not seen.

A straggling shrub 3-9 feet high, with smooth reddish brown
bark. Moutains of El Paso County, N. W. Texas.

' Quercus Durandii, var. San Sabia. — This is a small oak seldom
more than ten feet high, generally only from four to six feet, growing
in dense thickets on some of the limestone hills of San Saba and its
adjacent counties, Texas.

It has small, obtusely lobed leaves, which, when old, are nearly of
the same color and smooth on both sides; when young, glaucous and
sub-pubescent beneath; acorn oblong-ovoid, cup shallow, one-third
the length of the acorn. Bark of trunk and branches light grey and
scaly. Called “ shin oak.” Bark, acorns and cups very much like
those of Q. Durandii, and so much so that it can only be considered
as a well marked variety of it.

It has been called by Engelmann a variety of Q,- undulata, and is
placed thereunder in Prof. Sargent’s Synopsis of the Trees of North
America, and, in the same work, on the same authority, Q. Durand.it is
called a variety of Q. siellata-, but these authorities now admit Q.
Durandii to be a good species.

Quercus Vaseyana. — Leaves apparently deciduous, with shal-
. low, repand, acutely toothed lobes and sub-mucronate teeth, smooth
on both sides, or slightly downy and paler beneath, mostly cuneate
at the base, rarely rounded, lanceolate or lance-ovate, petiolate,
I -2 long and i, wide; petioles i”— 2” long; acorns oblong-ovoid,
smooth, shining and of a pale chestnut color, 6”— 7 long and about
4 wide; cups sessile, their greyish-brown scales tumid, triangular
ovate, acute.

A shrub or small tree of the class of black oaks. On the mesas
of the cretaceous limestone mountains near the lower crossing of the
1 ecos, and also in the valley of the Devil’s River of Western I exas.

Named in honor of Dr. Vasey, botanist of the Agricultural De-
partment at Washington, D. C.

92

Potamoqetons in Western New York. — While spending a few
days of the summer of 1882 in Western New York, I examined some
of the lakes and streams of Wyoming, Genesee and Livingston
Counties for species of Foiamogeton. The results are given below,
with the reservation, however, that they do not profess to be ex-
haustive, since time enough was not at ray command at every locality
to attain this end. The examination was carried far enough to see
that the waters of that region still need to be searched more care-
fully than has yet been done to obtain a complete knowledge of the
geographical distribution of these difficult and somewhat neglected
plants.

The localities chiefly noticed were Silver Lake and its outlet at
Perry, Wyoming County, Hemlock and Conesus Lakes, Iflvingston
County, and Oatka Creek and several smaller streams of Genesee
and Wyoming Counties. Fourteen species were found with consid-
erable variation on the part of some, and are as .follows:

P. natans, L., Silver Lake and Oatka Creek.

P. Claytonii, Tuckerman. Same localities, and Hemlock Lake
and its outlet.

P. spirillus, Tuckerman. Hemlock and Conesus Lakes.

P. lonchites, Tuckerman. Hemlock and Conesus Lakes.

P. amplifoliuSj Tuckerman. Oatka Creek and the three lakes.

P. graminius, L. Some forms belonging to the variety hetero-
phyllus, Fries, and others that are difficult to bring under the head of
any varieties given in the books, the species being so polymorphic.
Conesus Lake and Oatka Creek.

P. lucens, L. Oatka Creek.

P. perfoliatus, L. Either the variety lanceolatus, Robbins, or in-
clining to this, though some forms have very short leaves. The
three lakes and Oatka Creek.

P. zoster (sfolius, Schumacher (/*. compressus, L. [ex Fries.])
Silver and Hemlock Lakes.

P. pauciflorus,Y\xx€t\.. Silver Lake and Oatka Creek; also abun-
dant in brooks and pools.

P. lateralis, Morong. {Bot. Gaz., May, 1880.) Hemlock Lake.

P. pusillus, L. Principally the variety vulgaris. Fries. Silver,
Hemlock and Conesus Lakes.

P . pectinatus, L. Silver, Hemlock and Conesus Lakes.

P . marinus, L. Hemlock and Conesus Lakes.

Notes. — P. Claytonii. Those taken from Oatka Creek, near the
village of Wyoming, had remarkably long floating leaves like some I
had found at Ludington, Mich. They were in some cases 4-4^
inches long, and the petioles of these and of specimens from Silver
Lake were usually from 1—2 inches long.

P. amplifoltus was one of the most common species, being found
quite generally in all mill-ponds and lakes, and streams whose depth
was sufficient for its growth.

P. pauciflorus. This was the only species seen in brooks and in
Oatka Creek, between Warsaw and Wyoming, with one exception
(Y*. Claytonii^. It commonly occurred in nearly all pools and
brooks where the water, supplied by springs, or oozing out from

93

neighboring hills, did not fail on account of the summer heat. All
the forms were of the coarsed-leaved kinds, the leaves frequently
having a length of 2-34- inches, and a corresponding width, being
3-5-nerved. The fruit, in capitate clusters, and with the keel more
or less crested and notched, was very abundant. In these characters
it approaches P. Niagarensis, Tuckerman; but, according to Mr.
Morong, to whom some of the most marked specimens were sub-
mitted for comparison with type specimens in Robbins’s herbarium,
they are not quite identical. This great variability of leaves, and to
some extent of fruit, both of which were carefully studied in speci-
mens gathered in many localities, and under diverse conditions of
growth, seems to lead conclusively to the opinion that no well marked
line of separation can be drawn between P. Niagarensis, Tucker-
man, and P. paucijlorus^ Pursh ; and that the former should be re-
garded as a variety of the latter. The same is true if based on a
comparison of specimens collected in several quite widely separated
localities in the West and North-west.

P. pusillus. Specimens of this would have to be classed with
the variety vulgaris, Fries, sometimes approaching var. f/iajor. Fries,
but more often var. tenuissimiis, Mertens & Koch. In Silver Lake
three forms were noticed, a common one with stems often 4^^ feet
long, but with fruit immature; a second with stems also long, of a
reddish or pink color, and spikes of fruit emersed; a third with fruit
larger and longer than usual, somewhat oblong, with a rather long,
recurved style, the sides of the fruit impressed; spikes interrupted;
stems 3-5 feet long.

P. marinus. This was very abundant in Hemlock Lake, in water
feet deep, frequently in beds completely covering the bottom.
The stems were usually long for the species, being about one foot in
length, and the fruit copious. It was detected now’here in the shal-
lowest water nearest the shore, this ground being occupied almost in-
variably by P. spirillus, equally common but not in so dense beds.
That found in Conesus Lake was not so tall, nor very common, as far
as examination was made. _ . .

It may be of interest to state in connection w'ith this as an evidence
of the purity of the water of Hemlock Lake, from which the city o
Rochester takes its water supply, that Potamogetons gathered there
were almost wholly free from the earthy sediment which usual y
clings to these plants and is very troublesome to the collector, oiar-
ring the looks and cleanness of his specimens. Chemical analysis
has shown that the ivater of this lake ranks with the purest in the
State. Species of Poiatnogeion, found in the neighboring Conesus
Lake, whose water looks equally pure to the eye, were, however, quite
thickly coated with an earthy deposit.

The time of these examinations was between July 22d and Aug,
9th, and the greater part of the species found showed some mature
fruit, generally essential for complete identification.

Englewood, 111. J*

Pinus Banksiana. — In the July number of the Bulletin (p. 82),
N. L. Britton calls attention to the fact that our botanical writers

94

have commonly understated the size of Banks’s Pine {Pinus Banksiana,^
T^ambert), Gray describing it as “ a straggling shrub or low tree,
and other authors giving its maximum height at from twenty to forty
feet. Mr. Britton then states that he has found trees, in the vicinity
of Marquette on Lake Superior, that measured seventy feet in height;
but he overlooks the detailed observations of Mr. Bell, who tells us
that on the southern branches of Albany River, south-west of Hud-
son’s Bay, he saw “ large groves of these trees about seventy feet m
height, and two feet in diameter at butt, with straight trunks nearly
free from branches for the first twenty or thirty feet.”

I have myself seen Banks’s pine growing in abundance at various
places along the lower River and Gulf of St. Lawrence, and at
Newfoundland; and have found many trees at Godbout and Seven
Islands that were upwards of fifty feet in height, and some that ex-
ceeded sixty feet. In the Province of Quebec it is largely used as a
fire-wood, and along the north shore of the river it has become an
article of commerce of no inconsiderable value, thousands of cords
being shipped annually to Quebec. It is here called “ cypress ” !

In our manuals the species is commonly, though very improperly
termed the northern scrub pine.” Its habitat is in the far north,
where it attains its maximum development, constituting one of the
larger forest trees. Only beyond the limits of its proper range does
it occur as a “straggling shrub,” or merit the apjrellation of
“ scrubby.”

Mr, J. A. Allen, in treating of the correlation of size with geo-
graphical distribution in mammals, has tersely formulated the follow-
ing law, which is as strikingly applicable in the present case as in any
member of the group for which it was particularly framed: “

maximum physical development of the individual is attained where the
conditions of environment are most favorable to the life of the species.
Species being primarily limited in their distribution by climatic con-
ditions, their representatives living at or near either of their respec-
tive latitudinal boundaries are more or less unfavorably affected by
the influences that finally limit t’ne range of the species.”

Locust Grove, N. Y. C. Hart Merriam.

Loniccra QratE. — Does any New York or New Jersey botanist
know aught of the station for this plant, “in the cedar swamps of
New Durham, about three miles from Hoboken, New Jersey,” cited by
Torrey in his Flora of the Northern and Middle States, or, if the plant
and the swamp are now extinct, is any other locality known ? There
is no specimen from New Jersey or New York in the Torrey Herba-
riurn. This herbarium has a specimen from Dr. Darlington, and his
stations, as given in the second edition of the Flora Cestrica (it is not
in the first edition), ar j “ on Ridley Creek, by Mr. George W. Hall,
in 1831, also along the Brandywine, above the Forks, in 1835, by
John Rutter.” Now there is nothing in the character, nor in Darling-
ton’s specimens, to distinguish the species from the L. Caprifolium
excepting that the leaves are perhaps more glaucous beneath and
that the flowers are said to “ have almost too strong an odor to be
agreeable. I am not aware that this has ever been said of the

95

European honeysuckle. Dr. Hale’s Louisiana specimen, in Herb.
Torr., I must suppose to be the European species. No other specimens
purporting to be indigenous are known to me. Is there really an in-
digenous species of this sort ? As Darlington cites Lonicera Vir-
gintana, Marshall, Arbust., as a synonym of L. grata, and as Mar-
shall, who lived in Darlington’s district, assigns no particular habitat
for his species, one may suppose that he had in view a wild species
of his own region. But if so he would hardly have named it L. Vir-
gtmana ; and his description answers rather to L. sempervirens, the
flowers “ having long scarlet tubes with short borders.” We get no
more satisfaction by referring to the original sources of the species.
It was founded, in the Hortus Kewensis, on Fericlymenum Americanum
of Miller’s Dictionary. Miller merely says it is from America.
Pursh would seem to have known all about it. He says : “ On
the mountains, rambling among rocks, in shady, moist situations.
New York to Carolina ; rare.” But in such matters Pursh is not to
be trusted. Can any American botanist throw further light upon
the matter ?

Asa Gray.

Magnolia glauca, L., on Long Island. — This tree, reported in
the N. Y. State Flora as occurring on Long Island, and which has
hitherto eluded the search of recent explorers, including the authors
of the Catalogue of the Plants of Suffolk Co., has been found by Mr.
Robert W. Newbery, of this city, growing spontaneously on both
sides of the L. I. Railroad culvert at Tuttle’s Pond, a short distance
east of Speonk Station, Suffolk Co.

Brooklyn, N. Y. W. H. Rudkin.

Botanical Notes.

Diospyros Kaki. — According to J. Ishikana, in a paper on the
materials containing tannin used in Japan, ,a remarkable liquid,
called “ kaki-no-shibu,” prepared from the astringent fruits of the
persimmon {Diospyros Kaki), is used for giving strength and durabil-
ity to paper, which is applied to many more uses in Japan than in
other countries. This property appears to be due to the deposit from
the film of liquid, with which the paper is covered, possessing some-
what of the character of lacquer, while the tannin acts as an antisep-
tic. The film formed by this liquid on materials coated with or
immersed in it is almost insoluble in water or alcohol and is not per-
ceptibly attacked by boiling with dilute sulphuric acid. The kaki-
no-shibu is prepared from the fruits gathered early in the summer
and beaten in stone mortars. The mass, transferred to wooden tubs,
is covered with water for half a day, and then filtered through a straw
tiag. The liquid so prepared is a milky fluid of a light or dark grey
color and evidently holds minute particles of solid matter in suspen-
sion.

Fhe Development of Chlorophyll. — In recent works published by
Messrs. Schimper and A. Meyer on the development of chlorophyll
and color-bearing granules of plants, it is stated that instead of these
bodies being formed free in the protoplasm of the cell, as hitherto

96

supposed, they arise from distinct structures or “ plastidia ” present
in the young cell from its earliest existence, and that any pigment,
starch grains, etc., found in connection with the structure named
arise by later changes produced by continuous growth and division
of the few minute plastidia foun in the young cells. Those which are
deeply seated and not as yet colored are called by Schimper “ leuco-
plastidia”; those which are nearer the light and in which a green
coloring matter is developed, “ chloroplastidia; ” and those which in
dividing give rise to needle- or spindle-shaped bodies or triangular
ones with sharply pointed corners, and pass through various shades
from green to carmine-red, he calls ‘‘ chromoplastidia.” These forms
appear to be due to the crystallization of certain of the proteid con-
tents of the plastidia. All the plastidia of the stem and leaves appear
to rise by division of the plastidia in the punctum vegetationis of the
young stem, and those of the root from the division and differentia-
tion of those of the punctum vegetationis of the radicle. As they are
found at a very early age of the embryo, even when only eight cells
old, as in Limcm Austriacum, Schimper thinks it probable that they
arise from primitive plastidia in the oosphere. Starch grains may
arise from the leucoplastidia, also, at a very early stage, as they may
be observed in the oosphere. The Characese would seem to be the
earliest plants in which all three forms of these bodies occur, the
apical cells containing leucoplastidia, and the antheridia owing
their color to chromoplastidia.

Botanical Literature.

Sylloge Fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum. By P. A. Saccardo.

'Fhe second volume of this work is now issued. It contains 813
pages, besides 69 pages of Addenda, carrying the number of species
up to 6,180, which is supposed to include all the Pyrenomycetes thus
fai known. At the end this volume there is an alphabetical index of
all the specific names in the two volumes; the generic name being
added in parenthesis after each specific name.

Whatever may be thought of the many new genera into which the
old genus Sphceria is here divided, there can be but one opinion as
to the practical value of the work, which should be in the hands of
every thorough student of mycology. Vol. iii., describing the “ im-
l>erfect ” fungi, will appear next year. — J. B. E.

Contributions to American Botany. XI. By Sereno Watson. 8vo,
pp. 100. (From the Proceedings of Amer. Acad, of Arts and
Sciences. Vol. xviii).

This instalment of Mr. Watson’s Contributions to American
Botany, issued on the 15th inst., contains: (i) List of Plants from
South-western Texas and Northern Mexico, collected chiefly by
Dr. E. Palmer in 1879-80 ; Gamopetalalm to Acotyledones ; and (2)
Descriptions of some new Western species {Greggia linearifolta,
Sagina crassicautis, Montia Howellii., Astragalus Matthewsii, A. IVin-
gatanus, A. hypoxylus, Spircea occidentalism Kibes ambiguum, Seduni
radiatum, Gayophytum pumilunim Fryngium discolor^ Suceda minuti-
fiora, Eriogonum Shockleyi, £. Havardi, Euphorbia Plumtneram
Microstylis purpurea, AI. corymbosa. Allium Plummer oe and Bouteloua
Texana.)

BULLETIN

OF THF.

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l New York, September, 1883. [No. 9.

New Species of Fungi.

By J. B. Ellis and Benjamin M. Everhart.

Haplaria chlorina. — Forming thin, greenish-yellow patches,
5_jcni. diameter, hyphae erect caespitose, 3-4 together, brownish
under the microscope, slender, 4-5-septate, tips minutely roughened
and bearing numerous subglobse or slightly elliptical, i.5-2xi-i,5.A^
hyaline conidia.

On rotten wood of Magnolia, Newfield, N. J. July, 1883.

ViRGARiA OLiVACEA. — Hyphae erect, simple, olive-brown, faintly
septate below, slightly enlarged and paler, with a wavy outline, above,
125x2. 5/i ; conidia solitary, obovate, brown, terminal, 4x3. 5/^.
Forming an olive-brown, velvet-like coating extending for 1-3'’"“' along
the surface of a dry dead oak-limb.

Newfield, N. J., Aug. 1883.

Differs from V. globigera, S. & E., in its olivaceous color and
smaller conidia, without any granular contents.

Spicaria fumosa. — Hyphae erect, solitary, smoky-brown, obscure-
ly septate and mostly swollen at intervals, attached by a small, disk-
jike expansion at base, 70-80x3//, subverticillately divided above
into 2-5, short (7-8/1) hyaline branches, swollen at base and bearing
ut their tips a series of oblong, hyaline, continuous, 2 . 5 “- 75 /^
placed end to end so as to form a continuous chain or necklace,
20-40/t long and appearing, when examined in the dry state, as a
faintly septate continuation of the terminal branches of the hyphae,
[>ut quickly separating into its component conidia on the application
of water.

On the spines of old chestnut-burs. Fairmount Park, Philadel-
phia, Pa. July, 1883. Hugo Bilgram.

Septoria flagellapis. — On orbicular, reddish-brown spots
definitely limited and often concentrically wrinkled, some-
times w'hitening out on the upper surface, apparently by the peeling
off of the cuticle; perithecia either solitary in the centre of the spots
or 2-3 together, sublenticular, 80— 120/t in diameter ; spores 35—114^
nucleate, or oftener 4— 8-septate, broader at one end and gradu-
ally attenuated to the other.

On living leaves of Calystegia Sepium. Newfield, N. J., Aug. 18 3.
Convolvuli, Desm., hsCS" spores only 35'“5o^* long, and larger j^ri-
. ecia on less definitely limited spots. .S'. Sepium, Desm., also differs
*0 Its spores being twice as broad, and in the different appearance o
the spots.

Phyllosticta sph^ropsoidea. — Spots reddish brown, w^kh a
fight yellow border, varying in size and shape, or, by connu-

larger; perithecia scattered, punctiform, immersed, opening
^ ove, but also projecting on the lower surface of the leaf, though

98

cuticle; spores globose or short elliptical, hyaline,
filled with small nuclei, or with one or two large nuclei and many
smaU ones, 1 2-15.5 ^ 8-10//, on stout basidia like a Sphceropsis.

On living leaves of ^sculus Hippocastani . Vineland, N. J.,
August, 1883. Dr. E. C. Bidwell. '

This appears to be quite injurious, many of the trees appearing
at a little distance as if they had had their leaves scorched by fire.

Peziza (Sarcoscypha) chlamydospora. — Caespitose, 1—2'“'
across, sessile, dark brown, minutely granular outside, margin obso-
letely toothed, involute when dry ; asci cylindrical, 170-200x10-11/^;
paraphyses linear, stout, scarcely thickened above ; sporidia uniseri-
ate, elliptical, with a rough epispore, i— 2-nucleate, 11-12x7//.

On the ground. West Chester, Pa., June, 1882-3,

Everhart, Haines, Jefferies and Gray.

Allied to P. badta, Pers., but differing in its rougher sporidia and
the very large cells of the intermediate layer of the cups.

Helotium sulfurellum. — Light lemon-colored or very nearly
sulphur-colored with a slight tinge of green, farinose; stem firm,
brownish at the base, gradually enlarged above, 3-7“'"- high; disk
darker, pale cinnamon-brown when dry, concave or nearly plane,
sometimes distinctly umbilicate, 2—4™“’ broad, margin subacute and
even; asci cylindrical, 75x7-8//; paraphyses filiform, slightly en-
larged and yellowish above; sporidia uniseriate, partly overlapping,
navicular, elliptical, 2-nucleate, nearly hyaline or with a faint tinge
of yellow, 10-12x3.5-5//.

On fallen petioles of Fraxinus Atnericana,

West Chester, Pa., August, 1883. Everhart and Haines.

Helotium Limonium, C. & P., and H. gracile, C. & P., which
this somewhat resembles, have quite different sporidia.

Diaporthe Asclepiadis. — Stroma forming black patches on the
surface of the stem, .5*^™' long, or, by confluence, much longer,
limited within by a deeply penetrating, black, circumscribing line;
penthecia scattered globose (.25“*™), buried in the substance of the
deeply; ostiola rather stout, cylindrical, subobtuse, .25"
•33 long; asci (spore-bearing part) 35-40x9//; sporidia biseriate,
elliptical, constricted in the middle, 3— 4-nucleate, subobtuse, 10— i2X
3-4>M-

On dead stems of Asdepias tuberosa. Newfield, N. J.

Gnomonia Sassafras. — Perithecia erumpent, hemispherical,
about 200// in diameter, scattered over the lower surface of the leaves
and along the midrib; ostiola filiform, 200-250// long, of fibrous
texture, subhylaline above, mostly a little bent; asci lanceolate,
curved; paraphyses none; sporidia spiculiform or filiform, with a
faint yellowish tinge, indistinctly multinucleate, 35-40X.75//.

On fallen leaves of Sassafras offidfiale.

Fairfield Co., Ohio, June, 1883. W. A. Kellermann.

SPHiERELLA SASSAFRAS. Perithecia minute, semi-immersed,
scattered over the lower surface of the leaf, or collected in groups,
but not on any discolored spots; asci 35^5/^, sporidia biseriate,
oblong-elliptical, uniseptate, 4x1.75//, hyaline.

With the preceding.

99

On the Fruit of Eustichiuni Norvegicum, Br. Eu.

By Elizabeth G. Knight.

The rare moss, Eustichium Norvegicum^ has long been known to
bryologists, but, up to the present time, no description of its fruit
has been published. It has been my good fortune to find the plant
in fructification, and a description of the fruit, illustrated by figures
showing the details of its structure, is here appended.

The moss was found in great abundance on the Potsdam sand-
stone in the dells of the Wisconsin River, near Kilbourn City, Wis.,
on July 8th of the present year, and, after careful search, seventeen
fertile specimens were obtained. It grew on moist, vertical faces of
rock forming large patches.

Description of the Fruit . — Capsule terminal, pendent, pyriform,
1™“’ long and about half as broad when moist, noticeable by its
yellow color, supported on a curved pedicel which slightly exceeds
the length of the capsule; teeth none in the specimens collected,
their place being occupied by a thin, transparent membrane; colum-
ella a straight rod persistently attached to the operculum; operculum
long-rostrate, conic when moist, flattening in drying by the contrac-
tion of the elastic annulus, leaving the oblique rostrum prominently
projecting, itself parting from the expanding mouth of the capsule
and carrying with it shreds of the ruptured membrane; calyptra cu-
culliform, .75™“- in length, tipped with a long whip-like awn, which
equals or exceeds in length the rest of the calyptra.

The other characters agree with the description given in Sulli-
vant’s Mosses in Gray’s Manual (4th ed., 1863, p. 629), as follows:
“Stems frond-like, flat, mostly simple (about 1 long and i"
broad), rooting only at the bulb-like base ; leaves 2-ranked, compli-
cate, closely imbricating, erect ; those on the middle of the stem
elongated-oblong, obliquely truncate, shortly acuminate, increasing
in size as they ascend, the perichsetial leaves attenuated into a long
and linear, flexuous, pellucid, flat, equitant and slightly serrulate
point, longer than the lamina; areolation above sub-rotund, below
oblong, that of the point of the perichaetial leaves linear ; costa per-
current, its upper part narrowly winged: dioecious ; flowers of both

kinds terminal.” ’

In the Memoirs of the American Academy (n. ser., p. 57. t. i.) Sulli-
vant says: “ The genus of our moss must remain uncertain until the

iscoyery of its fruit, which we may now expect,” etc. If further
^^^™^ation of more mature specimens proves the lack of teeth, then
|ne South American Eustichia longirostris, Brid., should be transferred
o another genus. For description of E. longirostris, see G. Mitten,
f ^oc., xii., p. 603 and Brid. Bry. Univ. For descriptions

o Eustichium Norvegicum, see Br. Eu., fas. xlii.; Brid., Vol. ii., p.

74 , and C. Miiller, Syn. Muse. Frond, i., p. 42.

Fic OF THE Figures. — Fig. i. Calyptra magnified 50 diameters.

3- Th ^ capsule, with conical operculum, magnified 50 diameters. Fig.

and detached and contracted operculum. Fig. 4. Calyptra

Anothe through a natural rupture in the wall of the capsule. Hg. 5.

r view of the same. Fig. 6. An entire plant magnified 5 diameters.

100

Fii^ 4-

101

A New Eleocharis.

By Charles Wright.

Eleocharis diandra. — Culms nearly terete (8'-io' high) from
tufted, fibrous roots, rather slender ; spike ovoid, very obtuse (2"~4"
long); scales numerous (80-120) ovate, rounded at the tip, one-third
longer than the achenium, imbricated in many rows ; stamens two ;
achenium cuneate-obovate, pale stramineous becoming castaneous,
shining, scarcely half a line long; bristles few and short, or mostly
wanting; tubercle depressed, tranversely oblong, the ends rounded
and slightly elevated, the top shortly apiculate; style usually bifid.

On high sand-bars of the Connecticut River, between Hartford
and Wethersfield, growing in company with o^/usa, which it closely
resembles in appearance. A tabular statement of the differences is
appended.

Eleocharis obtusa, Shultes. Eleocharis diandra, n. sp.

Tufts mostly

Spike

Scales

larger, annual,
very blunt.

rounded at top; one-
third longer than the
achenium.

smaller, annual,
bluntish or acutish.
narrowed towards the blunt
apex; twice as long as the
achenium.

Stamens three.

Bristles exceeding the tubercle.

Achenium larger, tapering evenly

to the base.

Tubercle crest-like and thin,

curved on the lower
edge, which rests its
whole length on the
achenium, and is almost
as broad, the two other
sides forming about a
right angle.

Style 3-cleft, rarely bifid.

The main differences are: 'first, two stamens, for which in our
floras there is no generic allowance; secondly, the usually bifid style ,
thirdly, the tubercle wanting the cusps which run down the top of the
achenium of E. obtusa\ and, fourthly, the few small bristles, or mostly
none at alL •

two.

few and short or mostly O.
^mailer, tapering more ab-
ruptly into a narrower base,
transversely oblong, its end
rounded and raised above the
achenium, and little more
than half as broad, shortly
apiculate.

bifid, rarely 3-cleft.

New or Little-known Ferns of the United States, No. 14.

By U. C. Eaton.

53 - Ehegopteris reptans, {Polypodtutn reptans, Swz.; Aspidtutn rep~
tans, Mett.), — Rootstock short, creeping ; stalks clustered, gray-
stramineous, slender, naked, a few inches to a foot long ; frond as
long as the stalk, membranaceous, softly hairy with branched or
stellate hairs, oblong lanceolate, pinnate with nearly or quite sessile
oblong or sometimes rounded obtuse crenately pinnatifid pinnae, the
apex pinnatifid and often elongated and rooting; veins pinnate, sim-
ple, the basal veinlets often anastomosing; sori rather small, seated
on the middle of the veinlets, naked or with a minute rudiment of
an indusium.

102

Pendent on the face of cavernous calcareous rocks in a hammock
on the left bank of the Withlacoochee River, 15 miles N. E. from
Brookesville, Hernando Co., Florida; Captain John Donnell Smith,
March 22, 1883.

This is another common West Indian fern, now known to in-
habit Florida. Mettenius, whq referred it to Aspidium on account
of a barely perceptible rudiment of an indusium, recognized four
varieties: cor data, hastcefolia, radicans and asplenioides. Captain
Smith s specimens represent the first and third of these forms, which
are often found on the same plant, and cannot properly be separated
even as varieties.

54. Adiantum tenerum, Swz. — Fine specimens from the same
station, a new locality.

55 * Asplemum firnmm, Kze. — The same station.

56. Asplenium rhizophyllum, Kze.— The same station. These fronds
are over a foot long, and have much coarser segments than the
plants heretofore separated under the name of A. myriophylluni. The
intermediate forms now sent in by several collectors show that the
latter can not be kept distinct, and that, with Mr. Davenport
(Catalogue, Supplement, March, 1883, P- 4^), we must be content with
the older name for both.

57. Aspidium trifoliatum, Swz. — The same station. Several
other well known Florida ferns are in Captain Smith’s collection of
the present year, and are represented by fine specimens, as usual.

Plants New to the Connecticut Flora.— Mr. Charles Wright,
the veteran botanist, has found the following plants additional to
the Berzelius catalogue :

Ludwigia polycarpa, Short & Peter. — Abundant in wet places in
Hartford.

Crantzia lineata, Nutt. — Salt marshes at Fenwick, near the railway
station.

Alopecurus geniculaius, L. — Common in wet places about Wethers-
field.

Mrs. Emily J. Leonard, of Meriden, has noticed a few newly in-
troduced plants : *

Sarothamnus scoparius, Wimmer. — Near Meriden, some ten square
rods of it by the roadside.

Phacelia Purshii, Buckley.— At Short Beach, Branford.

Phaceba znsctda, Torrey. — Spontaneous with Impatiens fulva and
other brook-plants, in a spot on which muck had been deposited.

To these I add :

Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt. — Established and spreading on a
roadside in New Haven.

Cydoloma platyphyllum, Moquin. — Hamden, Miss Edwards.

ChcBtomorpha melagonium, Kutzing. — On rocks at low water mark
on Black Point, East Lyme ; an alga not before noticed south of
Cape Cod.

Daniel C. Eaton,

103

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States C*>

V. THE WESTERN STATES.

Synopsis of the Flora of the Western States. By J. L. Riddell,
M.D. (B.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp. xi6. Cincinnati, 1835; also in Western Journ.
Med. and Phys. Sci., January and April, 1835.

Flora of the Lake Superior region. By W. D. Whitney. (B.)

In Foster and Whitney’s Report, Part ii., Washington, 1851.
Notice of the Plants collected by Prof. D. B. Douglass, of West Point,
in the expedition under Governor Cass during the summer of
1820, around the great lakes and upper waters of the Mississippi.
By John Torrey, M.D. (C.)

In Sillimans Journal, i series, Vol. iv., 1822.

Catalogue of Plants collected by Mr. Charles Geyer, under the direc-
tion of I. N. Nicollet, during the exploration of the region
between the Mississippi and the Missouri Rivers. By John
Torrey, M.D. (C.)

Appendix B, Senate Doc. 237, 26th Congress, Washington, 1843.
(The list embraces plants collected in portions of Minnesota, Iowa,
Nebraska and Dakota.)

Plants collected during the exploration of the Upper Missouri by F.
V. Hayden. By George Englemann, M.D. (B.)

In Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. xii., Philadelphia. 1863.

(The plants enumerated are mostly from Nebraska, with some from
Iowa, Dakota and Montana.)

Notice concernig the late Mr. Drummond’s Journeys and his collec-
tions made chiefly in the Southern and Western parts of the
United States. By W. J. Hooker. (D.)

In Comp, to Bot. Mag., i., p. 39, et seq.

Systematic Catalogue of the Plants of Wisconsin and Minnesota,
made in connexion with the Geological Survey of the North-west,
during the season of 1848. By C. C. Parry, M.D. (C.)

In Rep. Geol. Surv. Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota by David
Dale Owen, p. 606, Philadelphia, 1852.

(Includes localities for some Iowa Plants.)

The Grasses of Wisconsin and the adjacent States of Iowa, Illinois,
Indiana, Ohio and Michigan, the Territory of Minnesota and
the regions about Lake Superior (D.) By j. A. Lapham.

In some state publication of Wisconsin, the title of which we have
been unable to ascertain.

OHIO.

Supplementary Catalogue of Ohio plants, embracing the species dis-
covered within the State in 1835. By J. L. Riddell, M.D. (D.)
In Western Journ. Med. and Phys. Sci. Vol. ix. 1836.

List of the Medicinal Plants of Ohio (with brief accounts ot their
properties.) By J. M. Bigelow.

8vo, pp. 4y, Columbus, 1849.

List of Grasses found in Ohio. By J. H. Klippart. (B.)

In Ohio Agricultural Report for 1859.

104

List of the native Forest Trees of Ohio. By J. H. Klippart. (A.)

In Ohio Agricultural Report for i860.

Catalogue of the flowering Plants and Ferns of Ohio. By J. S. New-
berry, M.D. (B.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp. 41. Columbus, i860.

List of Forest Trees found growing indigenously in Ohio. By John
Hussey. (B.)

In Ohio Agricultural Report for 1872, pp. 32-40.

Catalogue of the Plants of Ohio, including flowering Plants, Ferns,
Mosses and Liverworts. By H. C. Beaidslee, M.D. (B.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp. 19. Painesville, 1874; also in Ohio Agricul-
tural Report for 1877.

List of Hepaticie growing in Ohio. By H. C. Eeardslee. (A.)

In Botanical Gazette, Vol. i., p. 22. 1876.

Woody Plants of Ohio. By John A. Warder, M.D., assisted by D.
L. James and Jos. F. James. (D.) Presented at the meeting of the
Agricultural Convention of Ohio in Columbus, January, 1882.

8vo, pamphlet, pp. 40.

Darke County.

Common forest Trees noticed in Darke County. By A, C. Linde-
muth. (A.)

In Rep. Geol. Surv, Ohio, Vol. iii., p. 511. 1878.

Defiance County.

List of Trees of Defiance County. By N. H. Winchell. (A.)

In Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Vol. ii., p. 424. 1874.

Delaware County.

Trees, Shrubs and woody Vines found growing in Delaware County.
By Rev. J. H. Creighton. (A.)

In Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Vol. ii., p. 274. 1874.

Fairfield County.

Florula Lancastriensis, or a Catalogue comprising nearly all the
flowering and filicoid Plants growing naturally within the limits
of Fairfield County, with notes of such as are of medicinal value.
By John M. Bigelow, M.D. (A.)

In Proc. Med. Convent, of Ohio at Columbus, May, 1841. Col-
umbus, 1841.

F'lorula Lancastriensis; a Catalogue of the Plants of Fairfield
County. By John M. Bigelow and Asa Hor. (A.)

8 VO, pp. 22, Lancaster. 1841.

Franklin County.

Catalogue of the Plants growing spontaneously in Franklin County,
Central Ohio. By John L' Riddell, M.D. (A.)

In Western Med. Gaz., Vol. ii., 1834.

Catalogue of the Plants, native or naturalized, in the vicinity of
Columbus. By W. S. Sullivant. (A.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp 63. Culumbus, 1840.

Ha7nilton County.

Catalogue of the Plants of Cincinnati. By Thomas G. Lea. (C.)

8vo, pp. 77. Philadelphia, 1849.

Catalogue of the flowering Plants and Ferns observed in the vicinity
of Cincinnati. By Joseph Clark. (A.)

i6mo, pamphlet, pp. 40. Cincinnati, 1852.

105

Catalogue of the flowering Plants, Ferns and Fungi growing in the
vicinity of Cincinnati. By Joseph F, James. (A.)

In Jour. Cincin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. ii., 1878. (Additions and
corrections by Davis L. James. (B.) Vol. iv., 1881.

Henry Coutity.

^Crees characteristic of Henry County. By N. H. Winchell.

In Rep. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Vol. ii., p. 416. 1874.

Miami, Monigomery, Butler, Warren and Hamilton Counties.

Flora of the Miami Valley. By A. P. Morgan. (A.)

Published by the Literary Union, Dayton, Ohio.

i6mo, pamphlet, pp. 68. Dayton, 1878.

(List includes Phaenogams, Ferns, Mosses, Liverworts, Lichens and
Fungi.)

W. R. G.

. N. L. B.

Notes on a Botanical Excursion to Sam’s Point, Ulster Co., N. Y.

Sam’s Point is a rocky promontory of the Shawangunk Mountains,
about five miles east of Ellenville, New York, overlooking the Wall-
kill Valley between the Shawangunk and Highland ranges, at a
height, as marked on a ledge at its summit, of 2,340 feet above the
sea. This promontory is composed of a very close conglomerate
rock, made up of white quartz pebbles, nearly horizontally bedded,
the top being a flat table-land. Geologically, this rock is known as
the Shawangunk Grit, the equivalent of the Oneida Conglomerate of
the Upper Silurian strata. Thinly bedded, Lower Silurian shales of
the Hudson River Group, underlie this conglomerate rock, forming
the base of the hill on which it rests.

1 he woods surrounding this table-land are made up of the pitch
pine, with some few common deciduous trees, and an occasional
white pine and hemlock. The undergrowth of these woods consists
of Quercus ilicifolia, Wang., N emopanthes Canadensis^ D. C., Sambu-
cus pubens, Michx., Rhodora Canadensis, L., Viburnum pubescens,
Pursh, V. nudum, L., Cotnus circinata, L’Her., and C. sericea, L.,
Acer spicatum, Lam., and A. Pennsylvanicum, V., Arabia hisptda,
Michx., Viburnum lantanoides, Michx., and great quantities of Gay-
lussacia resinosa, T. & G., and of Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam.

My visit was made in the latter part of August when little else
than Compositae was in bloom. Besides the commoner plants of this
order, Solidago squarrosa, Muhl., and S. latifolia, L., were plenty. A
ow specimens of Gentiana quinquejlora, Lam., were found towards the
sse of the hill. Spiranthes gracilis, Bigelow, grows abundantly
among the bushes, both on the table-land and at its base, often with
^tit a single tuber, instead of “ roots clustered ” as in its specific
ascription. Two specimens of Botrychium lanceolatum, Angst.,
"ere found in woods near the Point.

The flora of the top of this elevated ridge is characterized by an
abundant growth of Pinus rigida. Miller, very much stunted in
growth, fruiting indeed at two feet from the ground and forming low,
stfagghng bushes, few of them more than five feet high, the leaves

106

also shortened to half the length of those borne by ordinary trees of
this species. Arenaria Groenlandica, Spreng., grows on all the ex-
posed rocky ledges, and Chnionia borealis, Raf., in a sphagnous swamp
and also in the woods at the base of the hill. The shrubs mentioned
above are also found on the summit.

broad, shallow pond, a mile or so north-east of the Point, on the
table-land, well repaid exploration. Here the small form of the
water-lily, {^Nymphaa odoraia, Ait,, var. minor, Sims) grows
plentifully. Eriocaulon septangulare. With., Lobelia Dortmanna, L.,
, isoetes echtnospora, Diirieu, var. Braunii, Engl., were found in
shallow water near the shore, and Drosera rotundifolia, L., with D.
tniepnedia, Hayne, var. Americana, D. C., in fine condition in the
Ispliagnum along the margin.

N. L. Britton.

Arthrocladia villosa, Duby. — This beautiful species, which is
nowhere very abundant, has been considered especially rare in
Amenca. A specimen found many years ago gave it a place in the
Nereis Boreali Americana of Dr. Harvey. It was not reported again
until a single specimen was found by Mr. Collins a few years since
at Falmouth Heights, Mass. In i88i I found another solitary speci-
men near the same place at Menanhant, a summer settlement in Fal-
mouth. In 1882 I looked in vain for it all summer long, but a single
plant was found that year by Mrs. Chambre. But the latter part of
July this season, after a severe south-west wind which lasted several
days, this rare plant was washed up quite abundantly, I secured
and mounted over eighty specimens, and might have collected many
more. Some of these are about fifteen inches in length and several
complete, haying the holdfast. It seems probable that it grows in
t e deep water in the narrow part of Vineyard Sound, and is torn
up only when there is an unusual disburbance of the water
Springfield, Mass.

George W. Perry.

Notes from N. Lower California.— On a recent trip into the
mount^ns of Lower California, my father, H. C, Orcutt, and myself
tound Quercus Pahnert, pungens and Etnoryi abundant at an elevation
of 4,000 to 6,000 feet, and as far south as San Rafael Valley, near
where we found Pholisma arenariidm, Nutt., on the roots of Q.
Pcilmem. From north of the boundary, and south over a hundred
miles by road, we found Adenostoma fasciculatum and sparsifolium
abundant, and, with them, Arctostaphylos pungens and Garrya
flavescens, var. Palmeri, Watson. The lattfer we found from 2 to lo
teet high. In general appearance of leaves and stalk (although the
bark does not exfoliate, and is grayish) it closely resembles the man-
zanitas, and we found it to have a similar large root, which only differed
irom that of our Arciostapliylos in being black instead of reddish
colored.^^ Among the graceful pinons {Pinus Parryana), we found the
sotole {Mina Palmcrt) abundant and presenting the appearance
of coarse grass growing near water, but in reality growing in the

107

dryest places. Its root is used by the Spaniards as a substitute for
soap in washing their garments. Among the rocks on dry hills, to
the south of the pinons, we detected Agave Pringlet^ Engelm. (ined.),
in bloom July 28, 1883, and found the fibre of its long and slender
leaves to be preferred by the Indians, for making ropes and other
articles, to that of the more abundant A. deserti. The root, leaves
and flower-stalk of both species are, after being roasted, eaten by the
Indians, who also asserted that they ate the golden lichen, Everma
vulpina, which grows in small quantities, especially on dead manzani-
tas, among these mountains.

Among the large pines or pinons {Ftnus Jeffreyif), to the_ south
of the pinons, we found the pretty Ivesia Baileyi, Watson, in the
crevices of the granite boulders that form the immense rocky ridges
through this district ; and, at the base of these rocks, were many
pretty plants, among them the familiar Aquilegia truncata and Pteris
aquilina, and also Geranium c^spiiosum, Arenaria alstnoides, Willd.,
Eriogonum Parishii, Gahum pubens and angusiifoltutn, etc., and on
the grassy plains or meadows, between the stretches of pine forest,
were Verbena littoralis, HBK., Cnicus Drumtnondit, var. acaulescens,
Eriogonum foliolosum, Wats., n. sp., and a variety of Horkelia Calif ot-
nica. On little pools or lagoons we found Poiamogeton natans, L.,
and Polygonum Hartwrightii, Gray.

San Diego, Cal. Drcutt.

Autumn FoIiagG.— A comparison of notes on the local condition
of foliage, made on October 5th, with similar notes of October ist,
1882, shows an interesting difference. This is so rnarked in inany
cases that it is worthy of note, especially since the opinion has gained
some ground among botanists that the appearance and fall of the
leaves occur at nearly the same dates each year. From my notes 1
appears that the season, as regards foliage, is at least ten days later
this year than last. A few species, the black and red cherries, the
apple, pear, peach and plum are at about the same stage. I he differ-
ence appears slightly in the golden willow, sugar-maple and silky
cornel ; to a marked degree in the ash, chestnut, shagbark, American
and slippery elms, all the oaks (eight species), and the fox-grape,
while it is very decided iu the flowering dogwood, beech and pignut.
The three last were perfectly fresh and green on the above date,
while my notes for 1882 describe them as largelv brown and dead at
that time. , .

Of course the explanation of this difference is to be found in
meteorological conditions,- which I am able to give for both years as
follows :

AUGUST.

SEPTEMBER.

Temp.

Rel.

Humidity.

Rain.

Temp.

Rel.

Humidity.

Rain.

>882 . . . .

67.3^^

66. 1

0.99

63-7“

77.2

16.56

1883....

66.3°

69. 2

2.91

59 * 9 °

7 1 .O

2.27

108

I he ash and sugar-maple have borne an unusual abundance of
fruit this season throughout all this region (Orange County, N. Y.)
Has anyone noticed a similar fertility elsewhere?

Mountainville, N, V. ' W. E. Stone.

Botanical Notes.

A'l otion of Stamens in Centaiirea. — At a recent meeting of the
1 hiladelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Mr. Meehan called atten-
tention to fresh sjiecimens of the flowers of Centaurea Americana, a
luitiye of I exas, which had been sent to him from" Newport, accom-
panied by a letter from Miss Mary Powell, in which she describes a
peculiar motion of the stamens. After describing and illustrating
tile structure of the flower in detail, the speaker remarked that if the
point of the united stamens be touched, the pollen will begin to over-
flow ,>nd the pistil ' appear above the mass. If the pistil be now
touched, the entire floret bends from side to side or makes a circular
motion. Sometimes the motion will be communicated to other
florets, which may bend in different directions. The Centaurea is
closely allied to the thistles, and Mr. Meehan had found in all the
species of the latter which he had examined the same kind of motion,
although in our common field thistle it is (juite feeble.

I he irritability of the anthers had been partially described by
Sachs and other German botanists, although none of them alludes to
a movement of the entire floret. 'I'hey believe the movement to be
due to contractility, but the sjieaker suggested that some other
mechanism is probably involved, as the motion is only to be observed
when the |)ollen is present. If the latter be all brushed off the
motion ceases.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club— rhe regular meeting of the
( lub was held at (.olumbia College, Tuesday evening, April loth.
In the absence of the presiding officers, Mr. H. F. Braman occupied
the chair. I here w'ere twenty-six persons present.

Pteld Committee.— (.j^airman appointed .Messrs. Day. Rudkin
^ committee on field excursions for the current year,
he Rev A. B. Hervey, on invitation of the chair, made some
remarks on the study of alga;.

Four persons were elected active members.

•At the regular meeting held 'I'uesday evening, May 8th, the Prcsi-
t ent t K cupicd the chair and tiventy-one persons were present.

.•i . exhibited specimens of Pistia spathulata, .Mx., from

omla. he President remarked that fossil specimens of this genus
were found m the cretaceous rocks of Wyoming.

Mr. Britton showed specimens Veronica hedene folia, L., and
Uthospermum arr'ense, L., from a new locality, Kipgsbridge, N. Y.

.Mr. Bii knell sh..wed specimens of Carex Pennsylvanica, Earn.,
and of C. ?-.//7.7,Muhl., which closely resembles it, and pointed out
an important difference by which they may be distinguished, this
ing the presence in C. Pensylvanica of long, spreading root.stocks
by means of which plants covering considerable area are connected.
In C. varta these are not to be found.

One i>erson was elected an active member.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club. Plate. XXXVH.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, Plate. XXXVIII.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, Plate. JCXXDC.

Tolypella fimbriata, Allen

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, Plate. XL.

4X50

2xx5

'^lypella Californica, A.Br.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, Plate. XLII.

6x200

^X2O0

Tol3rpella intertexta, Allen. ,

5X25

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. x,1 New Yo rk, Oct & Nov.. 1883. [Nos. IO& il.

Notes on the American Species of Tolypella.

By T. F. Allen.

(Plates xxxvii.-xLii.)

In this paper some new species of the genus Tolypella will be de-
scribed and an account given of those already known to inhabit
America, which promises to yield an unusual number of these inter-
esting plants.

The two families into which the Characese may be divided are
characterized mainly by the structure of the coronula of the sporan-
gium, this being formed by a division of the cells, which, like spiral
tubes, envelop the nucleus. In the CliarecB a single septum in each
tube, near its extremity, gives rise to a circle of five cells on the top
.of the sporangium. In the Nitellea, two septa form, and a double
series, of five cells each, produces a coronula of ten cells; this, in
some species, is detached as the fruit matures (not increasing in size,
pari passu, with the enveloping cells) and is evanescent, while in others
it \% persistent. The Nitellece consist of two genera mainly differen-
tiated by the position of the antheridium, which in Nitella is apical,
on the primary ray of the leaf, while the sporangia are lateral on the
node below the antheridium. The leaves also possess but one leaf-
bearing node, though they may divide repeatedly. In Tolypella (A.Br.)
Leonh., the leaves have 1-3 nodes, bearing leaflets and many-celled
terminals; the leaflets do not equal in size the primary ray, are many-
celled and often themselves have nodes Avhich bear leaflets. Anther-
tdia are one or several, lateral on the nodes of the leaf and leaflet, and
also at the fundus of the verticil within the leaves (when, like the spor-
^itgia, they seem to arise from the cells surrounding the base of the
leaf [the basilar node] T. F. A.), mostly with an elongated stipe.*
In most species, the leaf-node seems to possess six principal nodal
cells which encircle the leaf, three of these giving rise to fruit, and
three to leaflets. Sometimes we find four fruiting cells and two leaf-
lets, and sometimes the reverse. In a few instances the nodal cells
are sub-divided, and an increased number of fruits and leaves is found,
bhis is now and then observed in T. intertexta in the sub-division
of a nodal cell, so that double sporangia are produced, one above the
other. At first sight this looks like a circle of four sporangia with a
central antheridium. The fruiting cells are always on the ventral
(looking inward toward the axis of the plant) aspect of leaf,
and the leaflets are always dorsal. The antheridium seems to occupy

Prof. Braun says; “ Sporangia the antheridiutn in large numbers

un the nodes of the leaf” etc. Numerous preparations of fresh specimens with
careful staining of the protoplasm, and good sections of the node.s, have failed to
American species, that the sporangia arise from cells surrounding
the base of the antheridium.

110

the first or central, the sporangia the lateral cells. This rule seems
also to be observed in the fundus of the verticil, in which we find the
antheridium on the inner aspect of the basal node, while the spor-
angia are lateral or even external, and, in other cases, these basal
cells produce adventitious leaflets instead of sporangia, carrying out
the same plan found on the leaf-node. The coronula is persistent or
evanescent.* The leaves which bear fruit become compacted into
more or less dense heads (or “nests ’’), owing, apparently, to a dimin-
ished growth of stem and leaf ; the verticils are approximate, often
closely so, and the leaves are incurved, forming a tangled mass.

The following key has been arranged to include the species known
at this time.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF TOLYPELLA.

I. Obtusifolia. — Coronula evanescent. Sterile leaves undivided.

A. Ultimate cell of the primary ray of the leaf longer than

the other cells. T. longicoma^ A.Br.

B. Ultimate cell not longer.

t Leaflets attenuate.

2. Marine. Nucleus 370-500/1 long. T, nidijica, Leonh.

(Europe.)

3. Submarine. Nucleus 300-340/1 long. T, Normaniana,

Ndst. (Europe.)

X Leaflets not attenuate.

4. Saline. Nucleus 300-360/1 long, T. glomerata, Leonh.

5. Fresh water. Nucleus 425-475/1 long, maturing in fall.

T. coniosa, Allen.

II. Acutifolia. — Coronula persistent.^

A. Indivisa. Sterile leaves undivided.

6. Nucleus 35 °‘ 375 /^ lorigj leiopyrena. T. prolifera, Leonh.
7 - Nucleus 425-450// long, oxygyra. T. fimbriata^ Allen.

B. Divtsa. Sterile leaves divided (usually into four terminal

leaflets.)

f Attenuata. Leaflets attenuate.

§ Secondary ray undivided, sterile.

8. Nucleus 285-355//^ rays 4-7 -celled. T. Calif or nica, A.Br.

9. Nucleus 330-340//, rays 3-4-celled. T. stipitata, Allen.

§§ Secondary rays divided, fertile.

10. Nucleus 360—425// long. T. intricata, Leonh.

11. Nucleus 450-500// long. T. intertexta,

tf Non attenuata.

12. Ultimate cell mucroniform; nucleus 480-500//. T.apic-

ulata, A.Br. (S.Am.)

T. longicoma, A.Br. (MS., 1855). — The following account of this
species is taken from “ Braun’s Fragmente, by Nordstedt.”

“ longicoma is related to T. nidifica and glomerata from which it

* It seems persistent in all the species having acute leaves and evanescent in all
the species with obtuse ones.

f In number ii the coronula is sub-persistent only.

Ill

differs in its compact, tufted growth, thin, delicate stem and leaves,
want of all incrustation and flexibility. The sterile leaves are simple
and very long, the ultimate segment (in the fertile leaves likewise)
always elongated, but little attenuated. The fertile heads are small,
compact, long tufted. The first segment of the fertile leaf is extremely
snort, and here only are very short lateral rays, which are quite want-
ing on the the innermost, smallest fertile verticils, or are so dwarfed as
to be indistinguishable. Since the delicate cell-membrane tears easily
on preparing the plant, it is difficult to spread it out and examine it.

dark green, thick tufts a hand high. Stem not over 48oyw
thick; leaves in the sterile verticil 6, simple, apparently 3-celled, and
^out 40““- long. I saw, however, only two cells, often only one.
The first cell is 20-25’"”*' long, 30-38// thick, also the second cell
seemed very long and but little attenuated. Fertile verticils bunched ;
bunches complicated by axiliary shoots; the first segment of the fer-
tile leaf is very short, bearing seeds and some (2) small, 3-celled,
lateral leaflets (rays); the terminal leaflet larger, 3-celled, the middle
even the lowest cell the longest. (Italics mine. ' 1 \ F. A.) Terminal
cell always long, curved, attenuated, rounded at the point. The in-
nermost fertile leaves are very short and apparently (to me) without
lateral leaflets, only with seeds on the first node, and raoncEcious,
though I saw the antheridia fallen from the plant only. Spor-
angia with a short, blunt, rounded coronula, often with the base of
the latter much swollen, several together, seldom with short stipes.
Mucleus brown, with 9 striae and slight angles. Sporangia 580-600//
long,

420-430// broad, nucleus 360-400// long, 300-320// broad; an-
theridia 360// in diameter.

Swamps near Columbus, Ohio (com. Lesquereux, 1855). The
specimens are mixed with another species, apparently N. flexilis."

I have been unable to obtain specimens of this species, nor does
rrofessor Lesquereux know the locality in which it was collected.

I await its rediscovery.

Tolypella glomerata, Leonh., — This is characterized as follows, by
in his Characeaj of Africa :

Statura mediocris, color incrustatione glaucus vel cinerascens.
folia verticillorum sterilium indivisa, fertilia capitulorum (et non-
nunquarn transitoria) simpliciter divisa, radiis 3-4- cellularibus parum
attenuatis obtusis. Sporangia in divisura foliorum et in fundo ver-
ticilli aggregata, nucleo ovali, 0.30-0. 36"”"' longo, fusco, 8-9-gyrato.'’

Var. ABBREViATA, nov. var., differs as follows ;

Statura variabilis, color incrustratione cinerascens vel munda.
Folia et stcrilia et fertilia abbreviata, radiis 3-cellularibus vix attenu-
^tis obtusis. Sporangia aggregata, coronula evanescente, nucleo
fusco 300-335/^ longo, striis 6-8, acutis vix prominulis. Antheridia
onge stipitata 230— 380// diam.

I have thus far discovered two forms: one, forma incrustata, large,
to o.i5">- high^ densely incrusted, with smaller antheridia (230// in
o>am.) and larger nuclei (335// long), striae 7 to 8. Collected by Mr.

in alkaline pools in Arizona, April, 1881, and again in 1882.
r Py^nieeo munda, small, 0.02—0.03"’' high, without the

^ *ghtest incrustation, with very short leaves (as above), larger anther-

112

idia (380// in diani.) and smaller nuclei (3ooyw long) with only six striae,
collected by Prof. Macoun, Canada, Pacific R.R. survey, west of the
Saskatchewan, August, 1881. With all these differences I do
not, however, feel warranted in giving either form a distinct name,
since the general habit of the plants seems the same, namely, the
short leaves and rays, the persistently three-celled and not attenuated
terminals, the equally stipitate antheridia, similar sporangia and
nuclei with varying striae, in both sharp and slightly prominent.
Other forms will doubtless be discovered which will enable us to
group them with greater certainty.

In my plants the sporangia are numerous in the fundus of the
verticil, both without and within the base of the leaves ; but, on the
fertile node of the leaf, they are regularly disposed on the ventral as-
pect, two, with the intermediate, rather long-stalked antheridium,
while there are regularly three leaflets or rays on the dorsal aspect.
The coronula is evanescent, and the ends of the enveloping cells of
the sporangium are swollen (Plate Fig. 4). Mr. Pringle’s plants
have mature fruit in April (the usual time for T. glomerata), and
Prof. Macoun’s are in their prime in August. This fact, together with
the much larger antheridia and rather smaller nuclei of the latter,
with only six striae, may prove sufficient to distinguish the forms as
distinct sub-species. Further collections are needed.

Tolypella comosa, nov. sp. — Minor, monoica, statura 0.05-
o. lo™-, color incrustatione cinerascens. Folia verticillorum ster-
ilium indivisa, 3- articulata, fertilia in capitula congesta, simphc-
iter divisa, radiis 3- cellularibus, obtusis, non attenuatis. Sporangia
in divisura foliorum et in fundo verticilli aggregata ; coronula evan-
escente; nucleo atro, ovali 425-475 fJ. long., 320-360 lat., 7-8- gyrato,
striis prominulis, obtusis. Antheridia sessilia, 400-425 diam.

This plant is allied to the European T. nidifica, Leonh., from
which it differs in its fresh water habit, smaller size, smaller anther-
idia and persistent coronula. It is thickly incrusted, having a grey-
ish color even when first taken from the water, and is quite fragile.
The fertile whorls are compact and compound, from numerous short
axillary shoots. The leaves of the sterile verticils are simple, long,
and have three segments. The fertile leaves have a short basal seg-
ment, then a fertile node consisting usually of three leaflets of un-
equal length, and three fruiting cells on the ventral aspect ; these
produce, usually, two sporangia and one intermediate antheridium,
but occasionally we find two antheridia and one sporangium. The
central cell is, however, always an antheridium, and the latter is sessile
or nearly so. The lateral leaflets are longer than the dorsal leaflet ;
the terminal division of the leaf, above the fertile node, is elongated,
2-8“"^, and three-celled. These numerous elongated leaflets clothe
the plant as with hairs, hence the specific name comosa. The first
segment of the leaflets is the longest, and the terminal segment usually
the shortest. The diameter of the leaf, below the fertile node, aver-
ages 3ooyU (in T. nidifica, 400//), of the terminal segment near the
tip looju, (in ttidijica, i90/<.) The main stem, below the first fertile
verticil, averages 360/^ in diameter. The primary verticil consists
of seven leaves with some adventitious leaflets and sporangia, which

113

are usually developed from the cells of the basal leaf-node external
to the verticil, though a few are seen within the whorl, The sporan-
gia at the fundus of the verticil are comparatively few in this species.

This plant was gathered in company with T. intertexta, Allen, in
Seneca Lake, N. Y., near Geneva, at a depth of about ten feet of
water, in August, 1882.

Tolypella prolifera* Leonh. — Plant large, clothed with broad
and elongated green leaves, rarely incrusted. Sterile leaves simple,
three to four-celled, elongated, acute. Fertile leaves with two (rarely
three) fertile nodes and a three- to four-celled terminal, acute; rays
of the leaf two to three at each node, 3-4-celled, mostly simple (fer-
tile nodes have rarely been seen on the rays of the leaf in American
plants), acute. The mucronate tip of the leaves and rays is some-
what elongated, never short and abrupt, from 100 to i20yu long, and
45 ~ 5 °M broad at base; the leaf just below this tip is about looyw in
diameter. Sporangia numerous in the fundus of the verticil and on
the ventral aspect of the leaf-nodes; coronula persistent, superior
cells longer than the inferior; nucleus chestnut-colored, round-oval,
345 ~ 375 /^ (the largest fully mature) long, 300/1 broad; stride 8-9,
inconspicuous. Antheridia short-stipitate, 300/1 in diameter.

I am fortunate in possessing some of E. Hall’s original specimens,
determined by the late Prof. Braun, and have been able to compare
other plants with this. Braun, in Nordstedt’s “ Fragmente,” gives
as localities: from Engelmann’s herbarium, “Upper Missouri, Pinois
Springs, Hayden’s survey, Forma niunda cinerascens, 1858,’’ and
Athens, Illinois, E. Hall.’’ It has been sent to me by Prof. Macoun,
Flora of the great Plains, railway survey, Canada, near Bottsford,
Aug. 6th, 1879 1” I have also received very young plants, having
numerous, long, sterile leaves from the base, overtopping the whole
plant, from Mr. Horsford of Vergennes, Vt., though there is some
doubt as to their determination.

Doubtless the species will be found to be not uncommon in the
northern portions of the country and in Canada.

Tqlypella fimbriata, nov. sp. — Statura mediocris, 0.15-
0.2O™- alt., viridis. Folia verticillorum sterilium indiyisa rarissime
divisa, 2-3-articulata, acuta. Folia fertilia duplicato divisa, radiis
fertilis 3-4-cellularibus. Sporangia in divisura foliorum et in fundo
verticilli aggregata, coronula persistente, cellulis superiorbus longiori-
busquam inferioribus ; nucleo fusco, ovali, 425-45o/< long, 33o-35o/<
lat., oxygyro ; striis 9-10, prominulis, acutis ; antheridio stipitato,
3 °°~ 335 /^ diametro.

. From T. prolifera, to which this species is most nearly allied, it
niners in its smaller size, larger fruit, oval nuclei, with more numer-
ous and prominent sharp angles.

The plant has a long, simple stem, naked (with perhaps one
small verticil near the base) nearly to the compact head of fertile
caves. Just below this is usually the sterile verticil of 7—9 leaves,
o-05~o.o8'"- long, which extend far beyond the fertile head, forming a
coarse fringe or involucre of leaves. Very rarely, the sterile leaves
are^ivide^j j have seen but one specimen divided:

,, ^description taken from American si>ecimens. No satisfactory description ol

sjJecies has as yet been given.

114

T_ . Calif ornica, A. Br. — The following is taken from Braun’s
“Fragmente,” edited by Norstedt, 1883.

“ Color, a fine dark green, without incrustation. Habit somewhat
similar to T. nidifica, but with more numerous verticils and heads,
one above another; nothing of the long lower leaves could be seen in
in the fragments. The number of leaves, whether the lower were
simple and whether there were sporangia in the fundus of the verticils,
must be determined by better specimens. Terminal cell 0.10-12”""'
long, about 0.05™”"' broad. An antheridium which had fallen off
measured o.44"“"' in diameter, but further measurements are needed.
Sporangia almost globular; nucleus dark brown, but transparent, with
8-9 visible “windings” (on one side), smooth, 0.38"''"' long, 032™'"'
broad. Very nearly related to T. nidifica, but distinguished by its
sharp tips; from T. apiculata, separated by its smaller sporangia with
fewer windings, and by its general appearance; also distinct from T.
longicoma by its many-celled segments and sharp tips, as well as by
the shortness of the ultimate cells. — North America, Maria County,
California, under willows, in slow-flowing streams. H. Bolander, Mar.
27th, 1865, comm. Dr. Engelmann, Aug. 1869.”

I have received specimens from Dr. Engelmann from “ Marion
Co., Cal., H. Bolander, April, 1863,” and have also examined very
fine and perfect specimens in Prof. Gray’s Herbarium at Cambridge,
from “ Swamps near San Rafael, Marion Co., Cal.,” and am able to
supplement Prof. Braun’s description as follows :

Plant o.io™-, becoming much branched (bushy): the fertile verti-
cils on elongated peduncles, not crowded into dense masses; stems
grass-green, conferva-like, about 6 oop in diameter. Sterile nodes
two to four, of 12-15 leaves ; of these, 6-8 seem to be normal and the
others shorter and adventitious. Leaves about 360/1 in diameter, once
divided into four leaflets, which are 4— 6- or 7-celled; the adventitious
leaves (intermediate in the verticil and not in the normal series), are
usually shorter and not divided. The measurements of the leaflets gave
the following diameters: first segment 285, second 240, third 210,
fourth 150, fifth 135, sixth (or mucro) 50 broad and 170/1 long. The ar-
ticulations are some what constricted and the walls thin and diaphanous.
1 he fertile verticils are densely crowded with leaves and fruit, the
internodes being very short (as in other Tollypellce) . The fertile leaf
has usually two fertile nodes, each bearing three fruiting-cells (one
antheridium and two sporangia) on its ventral aspect and three leaf-
lets or rays on its dorsal. 'I'he rays and longer terminal leaflet are
4'~6-celled. Sporangia nearly globular, coronula persistent, the ulti-
mate cells somewhat elongated. Nucleus brown, with 8-9 striae, which
are not prominent, varying from 285-335/Gong and 300-320/* broad.
Antheridium rather long-stalked, 240-265/1 in diameter (I saw none
so large as those Prof. Braun speaks of). .Sporangia in the fundus of
the verticil, but not as numerous as in some other species.

STipiTATA, nov. sp. — Statura o. 10— o. i5"'' alt. Color viridis.
Folia verticillorum sterilium divisa, ter-articidata, acuta. Folia fer-
lilia divisa, nodis fructificationem gerentibus duobus, radiis indivisis
3-cellularibus acutis. Capitula fertilia laxa. Sporangia in divisura
foliorum et in fundn verticilli aggregata numerosissima, longe stipi-

115

tata; coronula persistente, cellulis non elongatis ; nucleo fusco, 335/^
longo and 260// lat., 7-8-striato, striis acutis, ^ub-prominulis. An-
theridio 275-300/^ diametro, longe stipitato.

1 his interesting species appears to be intermediate between T. Cali-
fornica and T. intricaia. From the former it differs in the fewer seg-
ments of the terminals, and froin the latter in the simple rays and
smaller sporangia and antheridia. It has a loose habit of growth, the
fertile verticils having comparatively long peduncles, not crowded in-
to so dense heads as in other species. The fundus of the verticils is
crowded with sporangia and antheridia on long stipes, which seem to
take the place of leaves. There *are but few leaves, generally four,
to each verticil, with two shoots of new verticils (as shown in Plate).
1 he peduncle of the fertile head measures 2.40™™' from the verticil
to the first fertile whorl, 2.4o"*'"- to second whorl, i. 50”*”’' to third
1. 20™“- to fourth, showing the looseness of the compound fertile head,
fn Tolypella generally, the separation of the verticils of the fertile
heads is very slight, so that a compact mass is formed.

I have received but one specimen of this species, collected by Mr.
f- S. Brandegee, in a pond near Mt. Carbon, Elk Range, and for-
warded to me by Mr. John H. Redfield of Philadelphia.

T. tniricata, Leonh. — Monoecious. Robust, 0.20 — 0.40™- high;
growing in mossy bunches; light green, in Age becoming greyish or
brown with incrustation, and brittle. Stem much branched from the
base up. Lower verticils long-leaved, spreading; the upper shorter,
compacted into a thick head (nest-like). Verticils composed of 6-7
large leaves, with as many more small (accessory) ones. Sterile
leaves once divided, the fertile ones mostly twice divided. Fertile
leaves with 2-3 nodes producing leaflets; leaflets of unequal length,
4-5-celled, those of the first leaf-node divided, fertile, attenuated to
me tip, the terminal cell short and acute. Sporangia on the nodes
of the leaves and rays, and very numerous in the fundus of the ver-
dcil. Coronula persistent; nucleus light brown, oval, with lo-ii,
prominent angles. Antheridia 320-350^ in diameter.

This species germinates in the fall and fruits in the following
spring, ripening by the end of April or in May, and quite dying
down and disappearing by the beginning of June (in Europe).

I have received one specimen of this species from Canada (a
typical form), and it is to be expected from various parts of the
country.

. T. INTERTEXTA, nov. sp . — Statura robustior, o.4-o.5™- alt., color
incrustatione demum cinerascens. Verticillis inferioribus remotis,
loliis sterilibus 8, 6o-8o™“- long,, divisis; terminalibus 4-cellularibus,
acutis. Folia fertilia duplicato (vel rarius triplicato) divisa, nodis
, uctificationem gerentibus duobus; radiis divisis, fertilibus 4-cellu-
aribus (rarius 3-5), acutis, mucrone 85/1 long., 55“bs/r lat. Spor-
angia in fundo verticilli et in divisura folioruin aggregata, coronula
c ongata, sub-persisente; nucleo ovali, 45°”475A* long., fusco, 10-
gyrato, striis acutis, sub-prominulis. Antheridia brevi-stipitata, 320-
350/^ diametro.

This large and handsome Tolypdla differs from its allied species,

tntricaia, by its habit, its large sporangia, its peculiar coronula and

116

the time of fruiting (fall). The leaves are abruptly pointed with a
short and stout mucro. The sporangia are numerous, often double
from a single cell (as in Plate xlii., Fig. 3). The coronula is peculiar
in its oblique direction and sub-persistent character, and becomes de-
tached when the sporangium is quite old. The dense interweaving
of the divisions 'of the leaves surrounding the fertile heads suggests
the specific name.

Gathered from deep water (10-15 Cayuga Lake, N. Y.,

August, 1882. I have also received a fragment from Canada, col-
lected by Miss Cary, and sent by A. L. Kemp, LL.D.

Explanation of Plate xxxvii. — Fig. i. Plant, natural size from Arizona.
Fig. 2. Sketch of the base of a verticil showing the simple, sterile leaves, not longer
than the compact fruiting verticils, which are incompletely outlined. Fig. 3. A
portion of the stem, showing two crowded fertile whorls wdth numero.is sporangia
at the base of the leaves. Fig. 4. A matvire sporangium. Fig. 5. A mature
nucleus. Fig. 6. A tip of a leaf. (Figures 2 to 5 are from the Arizona plant, and
Figures 7 and 8 from the dwarf Canada plants). Fig. 7. A node of a leaf, the
antheridium having fallen. Fig. 8. A sporangium prior to the falling of the
coronula.

Explanation OF Plate XXXVIII. — Fig. i. Plant, natural size. Fig. 2. A fer-
tile node magnified 23 diameters, showing the fertile cells all on the ventral aspect,
usually with two sporangia and one antheridium. In some places the fruit has been
rubbed off in preparing the specimen for the camera. Fig. 3. A fertile node of
a leaf, ventral aspect, showitjg two autheridia and one sporangium. Fig. 4. Dorsal
aspect of a fertile node, showing three unequal, 3-celled leaflets. In all these fig-
ures space does not permit the delineation of the long terminals of the leaves. Fig.

5. The apex of a sporangium, showing the evanescent coronula, magnified 2cO
diameters. Fig. 6. A mature nucleus with eight jirominent, blunt angles, mag-
nified 50 diameters.

Explanation OF Plate XXXIX. — Fig, i. Plant natural size. Fig. 2. A portion
of a fertile verticil, with two nodes of a leaf and two fertile rays on the lower node,
magnified^5 diameters. Fig. 3. A fertile leaf-node showing the stipes of two an-
theridia, which have fallen, magnified fifty diameters. In this species we frequently
find two antheridia (central) and two sporangia (lateral on the ventral aspect of a
leaf; in which case there are usually but two rays on the dorsum of the leaf. Fig. 4 -
The coronula magnified 200 diameter.s. Fig. 5. A mature nucleus magnified 200
diameters. Fig. 7. Tip of leaf.

Explanation of Plate xl. — Fig. i. Plant, natural size (fresh specimens will _
modify this sketch). Fig. 2, A leaf magnified 25 diameters, showing the undi-
vided sterile rays. Fig. 3. The tip of a sporangium, showing the persistent cor-
onula x 200 diameters. Fig. 4. A mature nucleus, magnified 50 diameters. Fig. 5 -
The node of a sterile leaf, showing its division into 4 leaflets x 25 diameters. Fig-

6. The tip of a leaflet magnified 50 diameters.

Explanation of Plate xli, — Plant, natural size, Avith the fertile heads on one
branch at A, the other heads having been removed (as at B) to show the arrange-
ment of the sterile leaves. Near the bottom of the stem there is a small verticil
of sterile leaves. Fig. 2. A fertile .shoot, taken at A in Fig. i, magnified
5 times to show the general form. All the sterile leaves have been removed, ex-
cept from the lowest fertile veriicil. Usually there are four sterile leaves, each di-
vided into four leaflets, and two shoots bearing new fertile verticils from each ver-
ticil. Some of the normally sterile leaves of the upper verticils become fertile.
There are usually 5-6 successive series of fertile verticils, the uppermost bearing
fruit in the verticil, and about six fertile leaves (magnified 5 diameters). Fig. 3- A
fertile verticil with numerous, long-stipitate fruits, showing at B, the basal node of
a leaf that has been removed; magnified 40 diameters. Fig. 4. The dorsal
aspect of a fertile ray x 40. Fig 5. The ventral aspect of a node of a fertile ray
(the antheridium removed), magnified 25 diameters. Fig. 6. The apex of a rayi
showing the long slender point, nia piified 200 diameters. F’ig. 7. The coronula
of a sporangium magnified 200 diameters. Fig 8. A maiure nucleus magnifieil 50
diameters.

117

Explanation of Plate xlii. — Fig. i. Plant natural size, showing only the
upper portion. Fig. 2. A portion of a leaf, showing two fertile nodes, and fertile
rays from the lower node, magnified 25 diameters. Fig. 3. Another leaf, showing
two twin sporangia, each pair from one cell (divided horizontally!. Figs. 4 and 5.
Tips of leaves, magnified 200 diameters. Fig. 6. The elongated oblique coronula.

7 - Top of an old sporangium after the coronula has become detached. Fig.
8. 1 he nucleus magnified 50 diameters.

New Species of Fungi.

By J. B. Ellis and Benjamin M. Everhart.

Sphatrella (La£STadia) polystigma. — Perithecia large, scat-
tered thickly over the lower surface of the leaf, covered by the
blackened cuticle, subhemispherical, collapsing; ostiolum papilliform,
at length perforated; asci 35-40x8//, oblong, sessile; sporidia biseri-
ate, ovate-elliptical, continuous, subhyaline, 10-12x3-4//, in shape
very much like apple-seeds.

Allied to S. carpinea. On fallen oak-leaves. Ohio. Kellermann.

SPHAiRELLA PANDURATA. — Hypophyllous ; perithecia globose
buried in the substance of the leaf, and, except the
slightly projecting, rounded apex, covered by the blackened cuticle;
ostiolum papilliform, minute; asci oblong-cylindrical, 50x7//; sporidia
biseriate, fusiform, 4-nucleate, yellowish, constricted in the middle
and bulging out each side of the constriction, 10-12x3//.

On fallen oak-leaves. Plainfield, N. J., September, 1883. G. F.
Meschutt.

Melanconis Everhartii, Ellis. — Perithecia globose (.25™"' ) in
compact clusters of 4-18, just under the outer layer of the inner
bark, which is raised into little tubercles about i"*“- in diameter, from
which arise, in a compact fascicle, piercing the epidermis, the short-
cylindrical, obtuse ostiola, their tips perforated with a rather large
circular opening; asci clavate-cylindrical, 114-120x19//; paraphyses
stout, sparingly septate and granular; sporidia biseriate, oblong-ellip-
tical, uniseptate, nearly hyaline 34-38x11//.

On a fallen sapling of maple. West Chester, Pa., June, 1882.

The ostiola throw off the epidermis, and the perithecia themselves
soon after fall out, leaving light colored, circular spots which mark
the place of their attachment. The fruit is almost exactly that of
Af. M odonia. Tub, but the more elongated ostiola, the smaller peri-
thecia and deciduous habit distinguish it.

Melanconis (Melai^coniella) Meschuttii. — Perithecia 10-20
^;^5 x- 33““ ), circinating in a thin, lenticular, black, orbicular or ellip-
tical stroma seated on the surface of the inner bark; ostiola short
cylindrical, united in a dirty brown disk bursting through transverse
cracks in the epidermis, their tips, in well developed specimens, dis-
tinctly 4-cleft; asci (spore-bearing part) about 75.X10//; sporidia
biseriate, elliptical, very slightly curved, uniseptate and slightly con-
stricted, subhyaline at first, with a faint, transparent, horn-shaped ap-
pendage at each end, but these soon becoming ab.sorbed and the
spore becoming brown, 14-16x6-8// (mostly 15-16x6//.)

On dead limbs of birch. Plainfield, N. J., June, 1883. George
• Meschutt. Gelatinosporium betulmutn, Pk., occurs on the same
ranches, and where the epidermis is weaker, the appearance of the

118

stroma is different, it being more prominent, and the epidermis being
irregularly laciniate-cleft around it. The perithecia soon collapse, so
that, on stripping off the epidermis, their position is indicate'd by little
circular concavities around the margin of the stroma. This is closely
allied to M. Decoraensis, Ell., but differs in its smaller perithecia and
narrower appendiculaie sporidia.

Mklanconis (Melanconiella) eiansata. — Perithecia circinat-
ing in a stroma scarcely different from that of the preceding species,
globose, .75™*"’ in diameter, soon collapsing, 6-io, their short, cylin-
drical ostiola with 4-angled or imperfectly cleft tips, united in a
dirty brown, narrowly elliptical or suborbicular disk, which slightly
rises and bursts through the epidermis by which it is closely girt; asci
190-200x300//, evanescent, (8 spored.?); sporidia oblong-elliptical,
uniseptate, soon becoming brown, and generally with a short, stout,
tuberculiform projection at eadh end, length, without appendage, 35-
45xi5-i9>^-

Found on the same limbs with the preceding species.

Valsa fagicola. — Stroma formed of the scarcely altered sub-
stance of the bark; perithecia circinating, 10-15, subglobose, mem-
branaceous, collapsing (•33*"”*’), abruptly contracted into a slender,
cylindrical neck about .33™™’ long, the necks all converging and pierc-
ing the epidermis in a small, papilliform, black disk; tips obtuse, with a
rather broad opening; asci (spore-bearing part) 18-20x3//, at first
with a convex, hyaline tip which soon disappears, leaving them trun-
cate above ; (paraphyses ?); sporidia biseriate, cylindrical, hyaline,

curved, 2.5-3.5X.5-.75//. . ir 1 n

The asci are arranged in a racemose manner, like those ot Vaisa
ciliatula, Fr., of which this might perhaps be considered a small
form.

On dead limbs of Fagus fertuginea. West Chester, Pa., June,
1882. E. H. J. and G.

Pinus Banksiana. — The Gardener' s Monthly for 1873 gives an
account of the large size of Pinus Banksiana at Marquette and other
places in the Lake Superior region. Coming across the continent
from the Pacific coast over the Northern Pacific R. R., the first tree
of the distinctively Atlantic group to meet us is Pinus Banksiana.
At Motley, in Morrison County, Minnesota, the trees seemed to be
about 40 feet high, and some were 4 feet in circumference. Soon after
meeting these we came to Pinus rigida, black spruce, white pine and
tamarack. The forests — if scattered groups of trees might be so
called — had a comparatively young look, and seemed to tell of a
natural march of forest growth westward.

Thos. Meehan.

Fern Notes. — Last spring I examined with considerable care the
development of the prothallia of Struthiopteris Gertnanica, and
found that they were very distinctly dioecious. In about five w-eeks
from the time the spores were started the first antheridia >vere
mature; but it \vas more than six weeks later before mature arche-
gonia were noticed, and these were on diffeient prothallia. 1

119

prothallia bearing the archegonia were like those in most ferns, and
had the heart shape characteristic of the fern-prothallium. In no
cases were perfect antheridia found up<m these, while, on the other
hand, none of the male prothallia was found to subsequently develop
archegonia, although carefully watched.

The male prothallia were much smaller, and, though sometimes
heart-shaped, were generally more or
less irregular. In a few cases, there was
observed on the prothallia an antheri-
dium, which consisted simply of a row
of four or five cells, as shown in the an-
nexed figure.

The conditions under which they
were grown may have affected their
development. The spores were sown
rather thickly under a small glass in an
ordinary room, d'hese gave rise princi-
pally to the male prothallia, though a
few developed into the female form. A
number of them was transferred, when
a few weeks old, to a hot-bed, and^ these
produced a much larger proportion of
the female prothallia.

The spores were gathered the last of March, having therefore re-
mained on the plants through the winter. They began to germinate
in five days from the time they were sown.

It was found that the spores of Onoclea sensibilis germinated with
equal promptness.

On examining a number of prothallia of Aspidtum spinulosu?n,
gathered on the 17th inst., one was found with a well-marked fibro-
vascular bundle, although the vessels were not perfect.

Oetroit, Mich. Douglass H. Campbell,

Cleistogene flowers, — Nemophila maailata, Benth. At Clark s
Ranch, on the Merced River Tn California, I found this species wholly
eleistogene in June last, in the cultivated spots near the stream. As
•n all cleistogamous plants, every flower was fertile, and the weight
a small plant covered with-seed vessels was remarkable. Out of
'vhat must have been many hundreds of plants which came under
eye, I saw but one flower with a perfect corolla.

. Jmpatiens pallida, Nutt. — Along the coast of Alaska, in lat. 56 ,
m the early part of July I found Impatiens pallida with all the flowers
''•hich had so far appeared, evidently cleistogene. 1 could find none
W'lh petals. Two weeks later, farther north, m lat. 59 , found the
same plant in apparently the same stage of flowering, wit ^ ^

flowers having, or having had, corollas. I could see nothing which
"ould suggest any satisfactory reason for the different e aviors\
Opunjia lepiocaulis, D. C.— In my garden I have a large bush o
the long-spined form of this species. Though several U

has never borne a flower. Over a year ago a number of small bud
appeared, but not one opened, or, indeed, advanced beyond a com-

120

paratively microscopic stage. But fruit resulted which has taken a
full year to mature, and which the past month was of a pretty rosy
red. Not a seed was found in any one. This is evidently not a
case of cleistogamy, for it is probable that there were no perfect
stamens in the buds, or else there would have been seeds. Still, the
circumstance is interesting,

Vida sarmentosa, Dougl. — It seems scarcely necessary to put
upon record that a violet is cleistogene, for any of them may be ex-
pected to be; but perhaps it is as well to note the actual fact. In
the \^oods around Departure Bay, in British Columbia, Viola sarmen-
fosa was very abundant, and, at the time of my visit in July last, all
the flowers were cleistogamous.

Thomas Meehan.

A Few Additions to the Berzelius Catalogue. — Upon seeing a
list of plants reported by Prof. Eaton as new to the “ Berzelius Cat-
alogue ” of plants growing within thirty miles of Yale College, I was
reminded that I might give a similar list of those that I have found
in this section of the circle.

Reseda Luteola, L., is given in the Catalogue as lost. I have
since observed it in its old habitat, and also in another locality.

I am credited with finding Viola pedata, L., var. bicolor. Gray, but
this is a mistake, it was var. alba. I have never seen the var. bicolor
growing wild.

Erodium cicutarium, L’ Her., grows at Stony Brook.

Polygala fastigiafa, Nutt., grows at Atlanticville, beyond the
limits of the Catalogue.

Amorpha fruticosa, L. Of this, reported as lost, I have found
several specimens again.

Ammania Immilis, Mx., is common on Long Island.

Hydrocotyle umbellata, L., is common on Long Island.

Galium boreale, L., I observed on the shore of the Housatonic, be-
low Cornwall Bridge, Ct., in 1875, but probably not within the limits
of the Catalogue.

Eupatorium hyssopifoliiim, L., is very common on Long Island.

Aster nemoralis. Ait., I have found in a sandy swamp near River
Head.

Xanthium spinosum, L., formerly grew at Mt. Sinai, but I have
not seen it for some years.

Achillea Millefoliufu., L., var. roseum, is common on Long Island.

Matricaria inodora, L., was formerly plentiful, but I have not
seen it for several years,

Cirsium horridulum., Mx., is common on Long Island.

Vaccinitim Oxycoccus, L., grows at one locality in Wading River.

Mentha aquatica, L., var. crispa, is found at Mt. Sinai.

Echiitm vulgare, L., is found at Port Jefferson.

Asclepias incarnata, L., (typical form) grows at Wading River.

Rumex maritimus, L., was found in abundance at Montauk Point
in 1879. 'I'his is far beyond the limits of the Catalogue, but is inter-
esting because it is new to the State of New York

Amarantus viridis, I.., is plentiful at East Hampton, though be*
yond the limits of the Catalogue.

121

Callitriche heterophylla, Ph., is common on Long Island.

Quercus palustris, Du Roi., is found at Manor, Long Island.

Cupressus thyoides, L., is common around River Head, where it
takes the place of the red cedar.

Potamogeton hybridus, Mx. Wading River.

Potamoge.ton pusillus, L., var. tenuissimus. River Head.

Potamogeton perfoHatus, L. Northville and River Head.

Potamogeton gramineus, ya.x. graminie/olius. River Head.

Spiranthes graminea^ Lindl., var. Walteri. Wading River.

Liparis Loeselii, Richard. Wading River.

Lachnanthes tinetoria, Ell., was found at Manorville this year by
Hon. Isaac Coles, of Glen Cove.

Sporobolus serotinnSy Gray. River Head.

Muhlenbergia sylvatica, T. & G. River Head.

Elymus Canadensis, L., is common on Long Island.

Pantcum amariim, Ell., is common at Wading River, on the
sound, and at River Head, on the bay.

Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh. In an old well at Rocky Point, and
•n a deep ravine at Wading River ; not a dozen plants in both local-

E. S. Miller.

Additions to the Flora of Onondaga County- N. Y.— In spite of
'^^*ry adverse weather the Syracuse Botanical Club has made
some botanical excursions during the past season, and very satisfac-
tory ones too. We have found the following plants, which were en-
tirely new to us;

Viola striata. Ait. (with cream-colored flowers); Corydalis
flaviila, Raf ; Atriplx hortensis, V., found by Mrs. Charles Barnes by
the road near High Bridge ; Aplectrum hyemale, Nutt, (with bright
emon-colored flowers) ; sterile plants of Hamulus Lupulus, L. ;
olygonum Virginianum, L. ; Quercus macrocarpa, Mx. ; Lappa offic-
inalis, Allioni, (with white flowers); Erythrcea Centaurium, Pers.; a
sedge not idetitified ; Aster linifolius, L. ; Aster pumceus, L. (with
rose-colored flowers); Aster simplex, Willd.; Aster puniceus, L., var.
i^imineus. Gray; Helianthus decape talus, L. ; Asclepias phytolaccoides,
ursh ; and Cladium mariscoides, Torr. Mr. Beauchamp sent to us
rorn Baldwinsville, Spergularia rubra, Presl., var. campestris, (iray.
asides the abov^e we have collected many species not represented
III our county herbarium.

Syracuse, N. Y. ‘ Mary Olivia Rust.

Flora of Sam’s Point.— The note by Mr. Britton in the last nuni-
her of this journal, describing the botanical characteristics of Sam’s
i>int, omits mention of some peculiarities which I noticed during a
^isit to this lovely spot in a most beautiful country; about the mid e
of September of the present year. I there saw, for the first time, the
•'niencan mountain-ash ( Pyrus arbutifolia), and was impressed

splendid appearance. The European species f .

s cultivated in Washington and vicinity, and I have often admired
fhe beautiful orange-colored berries; but our native species tar sur-

122

passes it. In fact, I have never seen anything outside the tropics
which, in my opinion, would compare with the large masses of deep
scarlet berries displayed by F. arbutifolia. The species was not
abundant, but was noticed in several places, growing usually in clefts
of rocks, and forming a tall shrub of 5-10 feet in height. It was
observed in cultivation at two places along the road leading to the
Point, in one instance forming a tree some 20 feet high. Another
peculiarity of the vegetation of the Point which Mr. Britton omits to
mention is the remarkable form assumed by the few hemlock-trees
which grow there. One was noticed which had an elevation of not
more than six feet, but which expanded a rod or more (I write from
memory, no measurements having been taken), the dense flat top sup-
ported on a comparatively massive straight trunk a foot or more in
diameter and several feet in height. I was told of a tree (said to be a
pine), of similar shape, growing at the mouth of the “ice cave” which
expanded more than 30 feet, although no taller than the one just
described.

Robert Ridgway.

Teratological Notes. — In the Bui.letin of July, last year, I re-
corded the fruiting in my garden of an A n's^ema triphyllum with
twin spadices. I have this last summer received from my brother,
Professor L. W. Bailey of Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada,
who was ignorant of my previous observation, a specimen in the
same condition. The flowering portion is simple, and so is the con-
stricted neck, but above, the club-shaped appendages are distinct.
Of these, one is taller than the other. The discoverer does not indi-
cate any change in the surrounding spathe.

I have an English walnut with three cotyledons. This reminds
me to say that after sending my note on Ipomcea (present volume,
page 82), I found one in my yard with three perfect cotyledons.

W. W. Bailey.

Botanical Notes.

The Flora of the Country Bordering the Rio Grande, in Chihuahua
and Texas . — In a paper read before the New York Academy of
of Sciences. Dr. Newberry says;

The country bordering the Rio Grande, in Chihuahua and Texas,
is nearly destitute of trees, a feature which marks the aridity of the
climate; yet, in certain localities, as on the bottom lands of the Rio
Grande and Rio Concho, a vigorous and someivhat varied forest-
growth was found at the advent of the whites. No better illustra-
tion of the relation between the kind of vegetation and the water
supply in a country can be found than that afforded by the luxuri-
ant growth of trees of several kinds along the Cibola in the Chinati
Mountains, Texas; while on all sides this oasis is surrounded by an
apparently boundless grass-covered prairie, where the rain-fall is in*
adequate for trees. On the mountain-summits, south of the Rio
Grande is a sparse growth of pihcn {Pinus edulis) and evergreen oak
{Quercus Emoryii) The lowlands in certain localities, over thousands
of acres, are thickly set with mesquite {Prosopis glandulosa), here a

123

strong, spreading shrub, never a tree, but with roots (disproportion-
ately large, composed of very dense tissue and furnishing a large
amount of excellent fuel. Along the arroyos, cottonwood may occa-
sionally be seen, either the narrow- or the broad-leaved form {Popu-
lus monilifera or P. angustifolia), and more commonly the hack-
berry {Celfis occidentalis), and the nopal, the little black walnut
{J^glans rupestris), i\\Q Mexican hwckty & {Ungnadia speciosa), Q.x\di
the guayacan {Guaiacum Coulteri). The drier portions, especially
the gravel terraces bordering the Rio Grande, are frequently covered
with the creosote-plant {Larrea Mexicana) BXidi Fouquiera splendens.
The latter forms a cluster of fifteen or twenty canes, ten or twelve
feet high, springing from the same root and bristling with spines an
inch or more in length, of wdiich the bases are in contact. Usually
it is without leaves, and seems as though dead; but, for a brief inter-
val in the rainy season, it is covered with small, crowded, obovate
leaves, and from the summits of each stem springs one or more
spikes of brilliant crimson flowers.

Among the shrubs which form the “chaparral” or thickets, the
Holacantha is the most conspicuous, and Salazaria the most interest-
ing. The former, as its name implies, is a mass of thorns, which are
often as large and strong as those of the honey -locust. The branches

^nd spines are covered with a green epidermis, which performs the
functions of leaves, and, in the spring, these bear bunches of yellow
flowers similar to those of Berberis. The Salazaria is a labiate allied
to Scutellaria^ and the seed is inclosed in a balloon-like capsule,
similar to that of the balloon-vine {Cardiospermum) , also found here,
und having the same function, namely, dissemination by the wind.
Two species of Acacia and one of Berberis {^B. trifoliata), all spiny,
help to make the chaparral as nearly impenetrable as the thickets of
cactus further west. We are here fairly within the confines of the
cactus country, but not in its heart. Many species differing much
in habit are constantly in sight — the “ nopal,” an Opuntia, being the
nu)st common, one species growing in a mass ten feet or more in
height, with each leaf-like subdivision of the stem a foot in diameter.
Though covered with spines, this plant is largely eaten by cattle, and
nothing is more common than to see a patch of it trampled down,
half eaten, and the flattened stems notched by semicircular
intes. One species or variety of Opuntia^ growing abundantly in
Chihuahua, is of a deep purple color, which makes it conspicuous and
often ornamental.

The most striking feature in the botany of this region is formed
by the cehtury-plant and its allies, other species of Agave, Jdabran-
thus and Dasylirion, and the yuccas. In many places these are the
only plants attaining any large size, and are very numerous, scattered
Over the plains and slopes of the mountains; the plants not crowded,
j^nt separated by intervals of a few feet, which are occupied with a
oxuriant growth of gramma grass. The yuccas belong to jour
species, or three species and two varieties. Yucca angustifolia and Y.
bpiccata. Of these, two rise to the height of five to fifteen feet, with
trunks from six to twelve inches in diameter, the crowded, radiating
‘eaves crowning the summit in a round or oval mass, six feet or more

124

in diameter, the old leaves hanging, perpendicularly and forming a
peculiar thatch around the trunk and extending to the ground.

The century-plant is in Chihuahua represented by a variety
with shorter and broader leaves than that commonly cultivated.
From the centre of the tuft, the flower-stalk- rises from lo to 25 feet
in height, composed of woody tissue and standing some years after
bearing flowers. These persistent flower-stalks, crowning the ridges
and visible for miles, give a peculiar aspect to the scenery. The
century-plants are, however, nowhere as numerous as the species of
Dasylirio)}, with which they are associated, and which do not die
with the effort of florescence. Further south, the agave supplies
from its sweet juice the material from which an intoxicating drink is
produced. In this region, however, an alcoholic beverage is obtained
from the “sotol” {Dasylirion Texanutti), which, from its abundance
and the use made of it, deserves a prominent place among the econ-
omical plants of the country. Hundreds of thousands of acres are
covered with this sotal, and it would seem that it might be much
more largely utilized than it is for the manufacture of alcohol.
The leaves are three to three and a half feet long by one a half
inches wide at the base, straight, flat, and garnished on either side
with strong recurved hooks. The color is yellow-green, and the
leaves are very numerous. From the centre rises, at a certain
stage of growth, a woody flower-stalk, ten feet high and at the base
as large as one’s arm. The trunk rises but a fevv inches above the
ground and is completely concealed. The top of this trunk, com-
posed of the closely imbricated leaf-bases, which are broad, yellow,
shining, succulent and sweet, with a pulpy mass at the centre, con-
taining much saccharine matter, raw, or better roasted, is palatable
and nutritious; so much so, that in the country where it grows it is
said the Indians never really suffer for want of food, as this affords
them an abundant if not varied aliment.

In the preparation of sotol whisky — a liquid called mescal, as is
also that made further west from other plants — the portion of the
plant which has been described is trimmed so as to resemble a head
of cabbage, then roasted and fermented, the product of the vinous
fermentation being distilled in the ordinary way. For roasting the
sotol, a pit is dug, some ten feet in diameter and four feet deep, lined
with rude masonry. In this a fire is built, and when it has been
burned down, the pit is filled with several hundred sotol heads.
When roasted, they are chopped in pieces and fermented in vats.

Another interesting plant, the companion of the sotol, is the
“ lech ugu ilia ” heterocantha), oi which the leaves furnish a

strong fibre, universally employed for ropes, sacks, etc., in Northern
Mexico. This grows on the mountain slopes, generally at an eleva-
tion of about 4,000 to 5,000 feet, is common in alt Northern Chihua-
hua, and especially abundant on the Chinati Mountains in Texas.

The Syracuse Botanical Club. — We are informed that, owing to
ill health, Mrs. Grifford has been obliged to resign the position of
Corresponding Secretary of the Syracuse Botanical Club, and that
Mrs. S. M. Rush has been elected to fill the vacancy.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. X.l

New York, December, 1883.

[No. 12.

New Western Plants

By Edward Lee Greene.

Dr ABA ASPRELLA. — Roughish-pubescent with short stiff hairs, *
which are either simple, or parted above the middle into from two
to four divaricate branches; stems a span high, from a biennial or
perennial root, leafless except at base ; petals showy, yellow; pedicels
■5 inch long, divaricate, bearing silicles of one-third their length, which
are ovate-oblong, scarcely compressed, and tipped with a long style.

Lynx Creek, Northern Arizona, May 31, 1883. H. H. Rusby.
vith the habir of D. M ogollonica, Greene {Bot. Gaz., v., 157), but
very different. The peculiar pubescence covers the leaves, stem and
pedicels throughout, extending in shorter and simple hairs to the
long-oval pods. I ani informed by Dr. Gray that this was collected
near Prescott by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1876, and is his No. 565;
though his specimens were in flower only, and therefore the species
was left unnamed and undescribed.

Polygala Rusbyi. — Hoary-pubescent, 2-6 inches high; stems
numerous, much branched, spineless; leaves ovate to ovate-oblong,
acute or obtuse, one-half inch long, sessile, or nearly so ; bracts scari-
^ns; pedicels 2-4 lines long; sepals pubescent and ciliate, the outer
slightly saccate at the base; wings oblong, flesh-colored, 4-5 lines
ong; lateral petals linear, a little longer than the yellow keel, which
las a long, nearly straight beak, a little widened at the apex; young
capsules broadly obovate, emargin ate, nearly smooth; seed not seen.

Collected near Prescott, Arizona, April 1883, by H. H. Rusby.

Near P. subspinosa, Wats., but more pubescent, wholly spineless,
and with a different beak. Mr. Watson informs me that it was col-
ected by Dr. Palmer in 1870 and in 1876, and that it is referred to
•n the original description of P. subspmosa as a more pubescent form
of that plant. v/

Cotyledon Rusbyi. — Acaulescent, glabrous ; rosulate leaves
obovate-oblong, sharply acuminate, i inch long; flowering-branches
scape-like, 3-6 inches high, leafless, but with some scattered, subulate
bracts; pedicels slender, 3 lines long; sepals oblong, less than half
the length of the petals; petals lanceolate, acuminate, 3-4 lines long,
hnited only near the base, nearly coral-red.

San Francisco Mountains in South-eastern Arizona; collected by
the writer in 1880, and also by Mr. H. H. Rusby in 1881. A small
species. ^

®nothera (chylismia) DivARiCATA. — Rather short and appa-
rently 2—3 feet high, the stem and branches hirsute; lyrate leaves
hoary; calvv-fiiLc „ i;_„ Innir* tips of the lobes

ry; calyx-tube funnelform, a line or two long; tips of
ce, petals white or rose-color, 4—6 lines long; capsules li

linear, 2-3

126

inches long, divaricately spreading on bracted pedicels 1-3 lines long,
surrounded by a narrow, minutely crenulate margin.

A California plant, but the exact locality unknown. The only
specimen was detected in a bundle of “ Cruciferm " in that portion
of the Geological Survey collection which was deposited in the Uni-
versity. The species is particularly well marked; and, by its narrowly
winged seeds, is related to CE. pterosperma, Watson, but in size and
habit it is more like CE. brevipes, Gray. The horizontally spreading,
or a little deflexed capsules are peculiar, and suggest the specific
name.

Bigelovia tridentata. — Shrubby, glabrous and glutinous; foliage
densely fascicled and clothing thickly the rigid branches; leaves an inch
long, coriaceous, narrowly cuneate, 3-toothed, or 3-cleft at the apex,
the teeth or short lobes acute; heads short-peduncled, three-fourths
of an inch long, racemosely or thyrsoidly arranged toward the ends
of the branches; involucral scales in many ranks, with short, acute,
more or less hispid-ciliolate and squarrose-spreading tips; akenes
pubescent.

Mixed with Bigelovia Menziesii in the Cedros Island collec-
tion of Dr. Veitch. But it is so distinct from that species, both in
general aspect as well as in technical character, that it is strange
they should have been confounded. It is remarkable among Bige-
lovuz for its densely fascicled foliage, its hard, woody stems being
hidden by the abundance of leaves. Its inflorescence is nearly that
of Applopappus squarrosus, to which it has a stronger likeness, than to
any Bigelovia.

Bigelovia acradenia. — S hrubby and much branched, a foot or
rnore hign, glabrous and very glutinous; leaves narrowly oblanceolate,
rigid, entire, an inch or more long; heads corymbose clustered, 3-4
lines long, 6-io-flowered; involucre narrowly campanulate, its scales
regularly imbricated, their tips obtuse and bearing a conspicuous
resmiferous gland beneath the epidermis; akenes turbinate, very silky.

On the Mojave Desert, collected by Dr. Parry and the writer,
September, 1881. Closely related to B. Menziesii, but of very
different habit, being diffusely branched, and forming compact,
rounded, broomy tufts. The heads are only half as high as those of
that species, and have but half as many flowers, and the tips of the
involucral scales, distended and filled with resin, are peculiar.

Antirrhinum Kelloggii. — A foot or two high, glabrous and
slightly glaucous, not at all glandular or viscid; leaves broadly
lanceolate, 1-1.5 inch long, tapering to a short petiole; peduncles
axillary, slender, twice the length of the leaves, but not prehensile;
sepals lanceolate, 2 lines long; corolla .5 inch long, merely gibbous
at base.

Summit of the Sierra Nevada; Dr. H. Kellogg, July 20, 1870.
An alpine species, to come between A. Kingii and A. strictum.
Though simple and slender, with very long peduncles, it does not
appear to be a climbing species, and Dr. Kellogg notes that it grows
near snow, in patches by itself. The single specimen collected is
young and without fruit; but it indicates a very distinct and in-
teresting species.

127

Pentstemon Kleei. — Near P. Rattani, 1.5-2. 5 feet high, ill-
scented, light green, and not glaucous, glabrous up to the glandular
pubescent, narrow thyrsus; leaves sub-coriaceous, rather remotely
and sharply serrulate or denticulate, the radical ones lanceolate, the
cauline ovate-lanceolate, cordate and even the lowest more or less
connate-perfoliate; sepals oblong and obtuse; corolla lilac-purple
barely .75 inch long, the tube equalling the calyx, the lobes short-
oblong, very obtuse; sterile filament long-bearded on the upper side
nearly half way down.

On the surnmit of Ben Lomond, the highest peak of the Santa
Lruz Mountains, California. Collected by Mr. W. C. Klee in the
month of June, 1883.

A New Genus of Sphaeriaceous Fungi.

By Chas. H. Peck.

NEOPECKIA, Saccardo.

Perithecia carbonacea, subfragilia, superfcialia sed subiculo
copioso effuso semiimmersa, globosa, papillata, denique latiuscule
pertusa. Asci octospori, elongati, copiose paraphysati. Sporidia
didyma, fuliginea.

A genere AmphispJueria subiculi copiosi presen tia differ t, ab
^tichnospJmria et EriosphcBria sporidiis perfecte didymis, fuligineis
recedit. Genus inter Pyrenomycetes phaeodidymos locandum,
clarissimo mycologo C. H. Peck, speciei typicae illustratori jure
meritoque dicatum.

Neopeckia Coulteri (Peck) Sacc. — Sphcsria Coulteri, Peck in
ajden’s U. S. Geol. Survey, 1872, p. 792; Enchnosphczria (?)
oulteri (Peck) Sacc., Syll., Vol. ii., p. 207; Lasiosphceria acicola,
^oke, Grevillea, Vol. viii., p. 87, r88o. Amphisphceria (?) acicola
^Cooke) Sacc. Syll., Vol. i., p. 727.

Perithecia diara., demum papilla amissa, perforata; asci,

P^trs sporidifera 130-140=14-15 ; paraphyses copiosae, filiformes ;
sporidia utrinque obtusiuscula, 20-28=9-10, intense fuliginea.

Habitu externo Enchnospharice. Pinetorum peraffinis, sed fructifi-
catio prorsus aliena. — P. A Saccardo.

1 he specimens on which this species was founded were collected
near Yellowstone Lake, Wyoming Territory, by Prof. J. M. Coulter,
Jo whom the species is dedicated. The fungus has since been col-
p on the Sierra Nevada Mountains, California, by Mr. C. G.

1 ringle- I’he type specimens of LasiosphcBria acicola, Cke., are
recorded: “ On pine-leaves. Rocky Mountains.” They are credited to

Lyall.

'f he genus, as already stated by Professor Saccardo, is distinguished
trom Amphisphceria by its subiculum, and from EnchnosphcBria and
l^-nospharia by its colored spores ; from Rosellinia by the unisep-
late spores.

, ^ subiculum creeps over the dead leaves and twigs, binding

them together and forming a soft, tomentose, brown or reddish-
rown stratum, in which the numerous perithecia are involved.

128

These are more or less closely gregarious, rather fragile and at first
furnished with a distinct and usually naked apical papilla or
ostiolum, which at length disappears, leaving the perithecium rather
widely perforate. Sometimes the subiculum has a smooth or sub-
membranous appearance as if collapsed from excessive moisture, and
then the perithecia are more prominent, but still they retain their
unpolished tomentose surface. The asci are cylindrical and obtuse
at the apex. The spores are oblong or oblong-elliptical, uniseriate,
uniseptate, colored, constricted at the septum, .0009 to .0011 inch
long, .00035 to -00045 ioch broad. In some conditions they appear
as if involved in a thin colorless mucus.

New Species of Grasses.

By Geo. Vasey.
j

Agropyrum scribneri. — Culms densely tufted, geniculate and
decumbent near the base, one to one and a half foot high, rather
slender. LeaYes Yery short, two or three on each culm, the upper
sheath twice or thrice as long as the blade, ligule obsolete, blade i-
1.5 inch long, 1-2 lines wide, rigid, attenuate-pointed. Spike 2-3

inches long, closely or sometimes
lax-flowered, but the spikelets al-
ways longer than the internodes
of the spike. Spikelets 3-6-flow-
ered, outer glumes linear-lance-
olate, 3-5-nerved, extended above
into a long point (.5-1 inch),
smooth except the hispid point.
Flowering-glumes oblong-lanceol-
ate, the base 4-5 lines long,
smooth, about 5 -nerved, some-
times slightly bidentate at the
apex, the midnerve extended into a strong, spreading or recurved
hispid awn. Palet equalling the flowering-glume, acute, except on
the hispid marginal nerves.

• T his plant, although in the spike resembling Agropyrum aininuui,
differs notably in its tufted habit, its low size and smooth, rigid,
sometirnes glaucous leaves. It is perhaps the A. caninum, var.
Gmelzm, Ld. Mr. Scribner remarks that it is found only high
up on the mountains near the timber-line, growing in scattered tufts
in crevices and among the loose rocks, recognized by its low, usually
prostrate stems, short leaves, with somewhat inflated sheaths, and
long, divergent, awned spikes. It was collected by Mr. C- G. Pringle
in the Sierras in 1882, altitude 9,500 ft., and distributed as Triticutn
caninum, L.? It was collected the past season in Montana by Mr.
F. L. Scribner, to whom I take pleasure in dedicating it.

4 Sporobolus Buckleyi. — Culms 2 ft. high, compressed below, as
are the smooth, striate sheaths; ligule a short, ciliate fringe, also a
ring of short hairs externally at the top of the sheath.

Panicle 9-10 inches long, oblong, very open, lax and graceful,
branches erect, mostly single, occasionally in twos, capillary, the lower

139

ones about 4 inches long, gradually shorter above, the lower third
naked, the branchlets short (mostly less than one-half inch), numer-
ous, loosely few-flowered, somewhat recurved.

Spikelets purplish, less than a line long; the outer glumes un-
equal, acute, the lower one one-third shorter than the upper, which is
a little shorter than the flower and scabrous on the keel; flowering-
glume lanceolate, acute, smooth, except on the keel near the apex;
palet nearly equalling its glume.

This is a well marked species, having somewhat the general ap-
pearance of Leptochloa 7 nucronata, with a more graceful panicle. It
grows in Texas, and was discovered by Dr. S. B. Buckley, after whom
it is named.

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States

THE WESTERN STATES.*

INDIANA.

The Trees of Indiana. By Thomas B. Elliott. (D.)

In Trans. Indianapolis Acad. Sci. 1872.

Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants
of Indiana. By J. M. and M. S. Coulter and C. R. Barnes. (B).
8vo, pamph., pp. 38. Crawfordsville, 1881.

Catalogue of the Flora of Central-Eastern Indiana (alpine or ele-
vated district of the State). By A. J. Phinney, M.D. (B.)

In i2th Report of the State Geologist. Indianapolis, 1883.
(Embraces the Counties of Delaware, Randolph, Jay and Wayne).
Jefferson County.

Manual of the Botany of Jefferson County. By A. H. Young. (B.)

In 2nd Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey. Indianapolis, 1871.

Partial List of the Flora of Jefferson County. By John M. Coulter.

In 6th Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey. Indianapolis, 1875.

Catalogue of phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants found
growing wild in Jefferson County. By Charles R. Barnes. (x\,)
To which is added :

Clark County,

A List of Plants growing in Clark County, but not found in Jeffer-
son. By John T. Baird. (A.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp. 9. Madison, 1878.

Ctbson and Posey Counties.

vlora of the Lower Wabash Valley, below the mouth of the White
River. By J. Schneck, M.D. (B.)f
7th Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey. Indianapolis, 1876.

(Additions by the author in Botanical Gazette, Vol. ii., 1877.)
^nyne County.

List of Ferns, Mosses, Hepaticm and Lichens collected in Wayne
County. By Mrs. Mary P. Haines. (A.)

* Continued from page 105.

tAlso gives localities in one or two Illinois counties.

lao

In 8th, 9th and loth Ann. Reps. Geol. Survey, p. 2^=;. Indian-
apolis, 1879.

ILLINOIS.

Contributions towards the Botany of the States of Illinois and Mis-
souri. By L. C. Beck, M. D. (D.)

In Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, i series, Vols. x., xi. and xv., 1826
and 1828.

Catalogue of a Collection of Plants made in Illinois and Missouri
by C. A.'Geyer. By George Engelmann, M. D. (C.)

^*^cr. Journ. Sci. and Arts, i series, Vol. xlvi., 1844.

A Catalogue of Illinois Plants. By I. A. Lapham.

8yo, pamphlet, pp. 60. 1857.

The Trees and Shrubs of Illinois. By Fred. Brendel M. D. (D.)

In Trans. 111 . z^gric. Soc., Vol. iii.,,1858-1859.

Catalogue of the phienogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants
of Illinois, native and introduced. By. H. N. Patterson. (B.)
8vo, pamphlet, pp, 54. Oquawka, 1876.

List of Illinois Lichens. By H. Willey. (B )

In Botan. Gazette, Vol. ii. Logansport, 1877.

Lichens of Illinois. By E. Hall and J. Wolf.

In Bull. No. 2, 111 . State Lab. Nat. Hist., 1878.

Lichens of Southern Illinois. By H. Willey. (A.)

In Botan. Gazette, Vol. iii., Logansport, 1878.

Notes on the native Trees of the Lower Wabash and White River
Valleys, in Illinois and Indiana. By Robert Ridgway. (C.)

In Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, June 12, 1882.

Cook County.

Flora of Chicago and vicinity. By H. H. Babcock. (B.)

In the Lens, Vols. i. and ii., Chicago, 1872-187?.

Henderson County. & ’ / /j

A List of Plants collected in the vicinity of Oquawka, Henderson
County, Ills. By Harry N. Patterson, (A.)

8yo, pamphlet, pp. 18. Oquawka, 1874.

P eoria County.

hlora Peoriana: A Catalogue of Plants observed and collected in

the vicinity of Peoria, 111 ., 1852-1877. By Fred. Brendel. (A.)

In the Pharmacist, Vol. xv.. Nos. 7 and 8, Chicago, 1882.

MICHIGAN.

Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid Plants collected on the
Geological Survey of Michigan. By John Wright, U. D. (A.)
In Legislat. Rep. No. 23. Detroit, 1859.

Catalogue of the Plants collected by Wm. A. Burt in the primitive
Region south of Lake Superior, in 1846. By Dennis Cooley. (B.)

^ In Jackson’s “Lake Superior.” Washington, 1849.

Catalogue of phsenogamous and acrogenous Plants found growing
wild in the lower Peninsula of Michigan, and the Islands at the
head of I^ake Huron. By N. H. Winchell. (B.)

In I St Bienn. Rep. Progr. Geol. Survey. Lansing, 1861.

Catalogue of the flowering Plants of the southern peninsula of Michi-
gan, with a few of the Cryptogam ia. By N. Coleman.

Publ. by Kent Scientif. Inst. Grand Rajiids, 1873.

131

Catalogue of Ph^nogamous and Acrogenous Plants found growing
wild in Michigan. By Elmore Palmer, M. D. (A.)

8vo, pamph., pp. i6. Dexter, 1877.

Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants
of Michigan, indigenous, naturalized and adventive. By C. F.
Wheeler and E. F. Smith. (B.)

8vo, pamph., pp. 105. Lansing, 1881.

Washtinaw County.

Flora of Ann Arbor and vicinity. By Miss E. C. Almendinger.

In Proc. Ann Arbor Scientif. Assoc. 1876.

WISCONSIN.

Trees of Wisconsin. By P. H. Hoy.

Agricult. Rep. 1852.

bocalities of Plants collected in the North-western Expeditions of
1831 and 1832. By Douglass Houghton, M. D. (B.)

In Schoolcraft’s ‘‘ Narrative of an Expedition through the Upper
Mississippi to Itasca Lake, the actual source of that River, in
1832.

Appendix. (Some of the localities given are in Minnesota.)
Hants of Wisconsin. By. I. A. Lapham. (A.)

In Trans. Wis. State Agric. Soc. 1852.

(Additions by I. A. Lapham in Trans. Wis. State Agric. Soc. i860.)
Additions to the Flora of Wisconsin. By T. J. Hall.

Pamphlet. i860.

Systematic Catalogue of the Plants of Wisconsin and Minnesota.*
By C. C. Parry, M. D. (C.)

In Owen.’s Geol. Surv. Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota. Phila-
delphia, 1852.

Catalogue of exogenous, endogenous and acrogenous Plants of Wis-
consin. By G. D. Swezey. (A.)

32mo, pamphlet. Beloit, 1877.

Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants
of Wisconsin. By Goodwin D. Swezey. (B.)

In Geology of Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-1879, Vol. i.
partial List of the Fungi of Wisconsin, with Descriptions of new
Species. By W. F. Bundy. (D.)

, In Geology of Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-1879, Vol. i,

•St of cryptogamous Plants from the region of Lake Superior. By
Charles J. Sprague. (A.)

»>r-, Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., Vol. vi.

thvaukee County.

Catalogue of the Plants found in the vicinity of Milwaukee. By I.
A. Lapham. (A.)

24 mo, pamphlet, pp. 12, Milwaukee, 1836; and 24 mo, pamphlet,

pp. 24, Milwaukee, 1^38.

’ W. R. G.

N. L. B.

See Bui.letin x., 103.

132

A New Species of Fryllania. — Frullania Femsylvanica, n. sp.*—
Dioica. Caulis e basi amphigastriorum repens, dichotomo-ramosus;
folia imbricata, plana, ovata, mucronata, rarius obtusa, integerrima,
cellulis valde chlorophyllosis, raarginem versus minoribus basi valde
dilatatis, plus minusve regulariter hexagonis, parietibus validis ; in-
crassatio angulosa subnulla. Auricula denudata, e margine folii ori-
unda, oblique a caule distantia, majuscula, cucullato-rotunda, sub
orificio leniter contracta, ultra folii marginem demissa ; amph. sub-
inibricata, plana, late ovata, caulem excedentia, profunde partita,
sinu angusto obtuso, laciniis ovatis, longe acuminatis, conniventibus;
amenta mascula elongata, laxe foliosa, in ramulis parvis lateralibus,
bracteis complicatis, lobis subaequalibus ovatis obtusis; perich®tia
in ramulis longioribus apicalia, saepe ad basin dichotomiae, fob iny.
complicata, integerrima, lobulis (ventrale minori) ovatis, acuminatis,
basi valde angustatis; amph. invol. magna, carinato-concava, pro-
funde partita, laciniis ovatis, longe apiculatis, integerrimis vel uno
alterove dente munitis. Perianthia desunt.

Hab. in rupibus umbrosis, Stony Creek, Carbon County, Penn-
sylvania. Leg. E. A. Rau.

The plant is of about the size of Frullania dilatata, but the color
is a dull olive-green. The tufts are depressed, and creep over rocks
or over other Hepaticae. According to the diagnosis of Mr. Austin s
F. LeanUy our plant must stand near it. I am not, however, in pos-
session of the latter plant, though I do not doubt that they are two
distinct species.

Leipzig, Germany. F. Stephani.

Gerardia tenuifolia, Vahl, parasitic. — To my knowledge, only
those species of Gerardia that belong to the section Dasystoma (such
as G. flava and quercifolia) have thus far been proved to be parasitic
(cf. Gray, Struct. Bot., p. 38, and Flora of N. A., p. 291). I have
recently found that Gerardia tenuifolia, Vahl, section Eugerardia, has
its roots amply provided with haustoria, the structure of which I
hope to be able to describe at some future time.

Hoboken, December, 1883. Jos. Schrenk.,

Note on Abutilon. — The involucre, so common in Malvacete, is, as
every one knows, omitted in Abutilon, which, however, retains an in-
teresting reminiscence of it in the joint seen in the peduncle some
little distance below the flower. To-day one of my students shoiyed
me a specimen bearing one minute bract at this joint in the Abutilon
striatum of the conservatories.

Providence, R. I. W. W. Bailey,

Pinus rigida in Minnesota. — In my note on Pinus Banksiana, in-
cidental reference was made to Pinus rigida. I saw but young trees
without cones in these outskirts of the forests’ westward march.
Prof. Sargent, who is very familiar with the forestry of that region,
kindly suggests that the trees were of Pinus resinosa — the former
species not extending so far. Thomas Meehan.

* Reproduced, at the request of the author, from Hedwigia^ No. ro, 1883.

133

Melanthium latifolium, Desrouss, has been found in New Jersey.
It was collected on a field excursion of the Club at Swartswood, Sus -
sex Co., and first noticed by Mr. Wm. Bower, growing on a dry lime-
stone ledge in open woods. A single flowering specimen was seen
among numerous sterile plants, and this was fully four feet high, the
panicle of greenish-brown flowers and half-ripened pods being two
feet long and one foot in width. The leaves were all borne on the
lower part of the stem and were eight inches long by two wide.

N. L. Britton.

Dioclea Boykinii. — I found this plant while collecting in S. Ar
kansasin i88i, but, unaware of its rarity, I put two or three speci-
mens only in my hand-press, and sent those to Cambridge to Dr.
Gray, from whom I learn that the species is so rare that a very few
specimens only are known in the herbaria of the country. I propose
to visit the locality next summer and collect enough for everybody,
providing I get enough subscribers for the species to pay my expenses
my time being thrown in for the good of science.

Those who desire specimens should send their subscriptions to
me as early as possible.

Fayetteville, Ark. F. L. Harvey.

The Notholsena Lemmoni has been successfully grown during
_ the past year in the conservatory of the Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
cisco, and in several other conservatories in the same city, and also
in Oakland. It proves to be quite hardy and makes much larger
fronds than in its habitat on the Santa Catalina Mountains. The
fronds are 12-15 inches high and 2 inches broad, and the broad, dark
border of fruit contrasts very finely with the silvery whiteness of the
powder beneath. It is becoming a very popular fern.

Oakland, Cal. J. G. Lemmon.

Botanical Notes.

The Continuity of Protoplasm . — The subject of the continuity of
protoplasm by means of delicate threads through the walls of vege-
table cells attracted considerable attention at the meeting of the
Biological Section of the British Association at Southport. Mr. W.
Gardiner, who has examined fifty species of plants and found this
continuity of protoplasm in all of them, pointed out that this fact
places us in a position to obtain a clearer insight into such phenom-
ena as the downward movement of a sensitive leaf upon stimulation,
the influence of a germinating embryo upon the endosperm cells, and
of the action of a tendril towards its support. Professor Hillhouse
suggested that the protoplasmic threads may serve to transmit im-
pulses from one cell to another and thus act somewhat like a nervous
system. Dr. Carpenter remarked that there are forms in the animal
kingdom in which the cell is never arrived at, but in which there is
simply a continuity of protoplasm, so that the lower forms of the
unimal and vegetable kingdoms are here closely approximated to
one another.

134

A Large Apple-tree. In a note in the Scientific American., Rev. H.
C. Hovey says:

While visiting an orchard near New Haven not long ago, the
farmer, perceiving me to be taking notes as to the dimensions of his
trees, told me that probably the largest apple-tree in the world was
to be seen on the farm of Delos Hotchkiss, in Marion, Conn. I need
not give the size as originally stated by my informant, which was,
like most such matters, much exaggerated, for I have just had exact

measurements taken, as follows:

Circumference of the trunk, near the ground 15 ft. 3 in.

three feet from ground 13 ft. 9 in.

“ at the forks 16 ft. 2 in.

2 main branches, from. .10 ft. 4 in., and 8 ft. 8 in.

of nine smaller branches, from 4 to 6 ft. each.

Height of tree 60 feet.

Diameter of tree top 104 feet.

A peculiarity of this tree is that it is what is termed “ an alternate
bearer,” five limbs bearing one year and four the next. The usual
yield from the five limbs is about 85 bushels, although in a single
instance it reached no bushels; and the four limbs vary from 35 to
40 bushels. The fruit is said to be excellent for winter use, though
on this point I can only speak from hearsay.

The age of this venerable apple-tree is estimated at about 175 to
180 years. Curiously enough the patriotic old tree marked the cen-
tennial year by bearing frait on all its branches, the first time it has
been known to do so in its life, and it has continued to do so down
to the present time. Some of the limbs are now dying, others arc
broken down, signs of decay appear in many places, and it is thought
that this noble specimen of Pyrus mains will soon be numbered
among the things of the past.

Botanical Literature.

Catalogue of plnsnogamous and vascular cryptogamous Plants of
W orcester County, Mass. By Joseph Jackson. 8vo, pamph.,
pp. 48. Published by the Worcester Natural History Society.
Mr. Joseph Jackson has for some years given assiduous attention
to the collection and study of the plants of Worcester County, Mass.,
and has now embodied the results in the form of this neatly-printed
llora. Among the cryptogams it includes only the ferns, equise-
taceae,. and lycopods. The mosses, lichens and fungi would of
course greatly extend it, and we hope the enterprising author will
now give his attention to these.

The Worcester County Natural History Society, under whose
auspices the publication is issued, appears to be doing excellent work
in many directions. — W. W. B.

The Grasses of the United States: Being a synopsis of the Tribes and
Genera, ivith a Description of the Genera, and a List of the Species.
By Dr. Geo. Vasey. 8vo, pamph., pp. 47. Washington: Govern-
ment Printing Office, r883.

In the words of the author this “ paper is an attempt to give a
systematic synopsis of our grasses so far as known to the present
time, with a description of the genera and a list of the species. Our

135

knowledge of some species is yet imperfect, and one object of this
paper is to awaken such interest in the subject as may lead to further
study and investigation of the same.

The synopsis of the tribes and genera is chiefly a translation
from the recently published Genera Plantarum of Messrs. Bentham
& Hooker. The characters have been drawn up very briefly, but,
it is hoped, with sufficient fulness to lead to the intended result. In
drawing the characters of the genera the best authors have been con-
sulted, a careful examination of specimens has been made, and the
nomenclature conformed to the most recent views of floral structure.”
Catalogue of the Flora of Oak Island, Revere, Mass.: with Notes.
By Herbert A. Young. 8vo, pamph., pp. 19. From the Bulle-
tinoi the Essex Institute). Salem; Peabody Acad, of Science,

Oak Island, whose flora is here catalogued, is a slight, tree-cover-
ed elevation of land hardly reaching more than three or four feet
above the surrounding salt-marsh, within the limits of the town of
Revere, Mass., and just a few rods beyond the inlet that separates
that town from the town of S.augus in Essex County. The entire
number of plant embraced in Mr. Young’s list, which includes phae-
nogams, ferns and mosses, is three hundred and sixty-two.

Early Botanical Explorers of the Pacific Coast. By C. C. Parry.
8vo, pamph., pp. 8. Reprint from the Overland Monthly for
October, 1883, (From the author.)

Deutsche botanische M'onatsschrift, Organ f ilr Floristen, Systematiker
und alle Freunde der heimischen Flora. Herausgegeben von
Or. G. Leimbach.

This is a new monthly botanical journal published by the well-
known botanist, Prof. Leimbach of Sondershausen. It accords the
first place to systematic botany and the physiology of plants, and then
to biology, morphology, teratology, etc. It is to give elaborate, and,
II necessary, well illustrated articles from the pens of the most emi-
fient riiembers of the botanical fraternity in all parts of the world,
and will contain elaborate reviews of new works, as well as of the
important articles that appear in the chief botanical journals of the
world. The subscription price, $1.50, is very low. — G. E.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club, — At a regular meeting of the
^‘ub 'I'uesday evening, Sept, ii, the chair was occupied by Prof. E.

. Day, and eighteen persons were present.

Neiv Stations discovered on Field Days. — Prof. Hyatt reported
j^orth Yonkers as a station for Cypripedium pubescens, Swartz., and
Tottenville, S. I., for Asclepias variegata, L., a plant new to the
island. Prof. Day stated that he had found Senecio candidissima,
commonly known as dusty miller, spontaneous at Highlands, N. J.

During the excursion to Swartzwood, N. J., on Aug., 4th, Melan-
thtum latifohum, Desrouss, a plant new to the local flora, was
detected. The Nelunibium was found in flower. Prof, pay re-
ported Waretown, N. J., as a new station for Kosteletzkya Virginica,
Presl., and stated that Althcea officinalis, L., had been found in abun-
dance by him at Sand’s Point, L. I.,

136

Miss Knight remarked upon the mosses found in the dells of
Wisconsin and announced the discovery by her of Eustichium
Norvegicum, Br. Eu., in fruit,

Prof. Martin exhibited a pink variety of Impatiens fulva, Nutt.,
and an example of heterogamy in Indian corn.

At the regular meeting held Tuesday evening, Oct. 9th, the
President occupied the chair and twenty persons were present.

Plants noted on Field Days. — Messrs. Wilber and Bicknell re-
ported that they had found a white-rayed variety of Aster Novce-
Anglue, L., at Van Cortlandt, N. Y. Mr. Hollick stated that he
had found the var. roseus of the same species on Staten Island.

Dr. Britton gave Tottenville, S. I., as a station for Trichostema
lineare, Nutt., a plant new to the Island.

Prof Hyatt remarked upon some of the more notable plants that
had been observed by him during a trip between Cincinnati and
Chattanooga.

Adventitious Leaves in Rhus. — Mr. Schrenk exhibited a specimen
of Rhus Toxicodendron, L., in which the inflorescence was replaced by
tufts of leaves. (The same change has heretofore been noted in the
Bulletin as occurring in three other species of the genus — R. glabra
typhina and copallina.')

At the meeting of Tuesday evening, Nov. 13th, the chair, in the
absence of the presiding officers, was occupied by Prof. Day. There
were twenty-six persons present.

Teratological. — Mr. Brower exhibited a specimen of Amorpha
fruticosa, L., with fasciated stem, and one of Cocculus Carolinus, D C.,
with polymorphous leaves.

Mr. Schrenk remarked upon the structure of tuckahoe and upon
the parasitism of Gerardia tenuifolia, Vahl (see page 132.)

Late-floivermg Plants . — The following plants were reported by
various members as being in flower for the second time this season:
Lonicera semipervirens. Ait. (Miss Knight); Viola sagittata, Ait., V.
pedata, L., and V. primulcefolia, L. (Mr. Hollick); V. cucullata, Ait.
(Mr. Bicknell); and V. lanceolata, L. (Mr. Bisky). Dr. Britton re-
marked upon and exhibited under the microscope, specimens of
Protococcus {yulgarisT) taken from the bark of trees in Brooklyn.

On motion the chairman appointed a committee of three (Messrs,
Britton and Hyatt and Miss Knight) to consider a plan for forming
a subsection of the Club for the study of physiological botany.

One person was elected an active member.

Correction. — Pyrus arbutifoUa in Mr. Ridgway’s note on pages
121 and 122 should of course read P. Americana. The error is so
apparent that every reader of the Bulletin 'has doubtless noticed
and corrected it.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

VOL. XL

NEW YORK.:
1884.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk* before the page number.)

Abutilon, concerning, 19.

.®cidium, n. sp., 50, 73, 114.

.^cidiurn Bellidis, 33, 64.

,®cidium Jacobeae, 93.

Albinism, 67.

Algae, fresh-water, *13.

Algae. New England, notes on, 39, 130.
American Association Adv. Sci., 71.
Ammophila, n. sp., 7.

Authostomella, n. sp„ 43.

Apios, nectar-glands of, *131.

Bank notes, micro-vegetation of, 101.
Banyan-tree, 71.

Bean, tricotyledonous, 119.

Bees and colored flowers, 50.

Berteroa incana, 94.

Botanical Club, Syracuse, 47.

“ “ Torrey, 21, 36, 48, 59, 83, 139,

“ Literature, 11, 58, 72, 95, 137.

“ Notes, 10, 21, 33, 46, 56, 69, 80, 94,
105.

Botrychia, notes on, 75.

Bouteloua gracilis, 133.

Bouteloua, n. sp.. 5.

Branches, severed, absorption in, 68.
Buckley, S. B., death of 46.

Butterflies as botanists, 82.

Caeoma, n. sp., 50.

Calendula omcinalis, 136.

Carex Pennsylvanica and C. varia, 52.
Carices, untenable names of, 18.

Carya, husk of, morphology, 69.

Carya porcina, abnormal, *33.

Celtis occidentalls, a large, 93.

Cement for mounting plants, 30.
^rcospora, n. sp., 115, 116, 121, 122.

Cereus nycticalus, fruit of, 136.

Contributors :

Bailey, L. H., Jr., 17.

Bailey, W. W., 9, 19, 55, 94, 119.

Bicknell, E. P., 52.

Britton, N. L., 9, 20, 29, 42, 45, 66, 76, 85,
117, 126.

Chickering, J. W., 116.

Collins, F. S., 29, 130.

Day, D. P., 46.

Eaton, D. C., 67.

Ellis, J. B , 18, 41, 73, 114. 120, 121.
Everhart, B. M., 18, 41, 73.

Foerste, A. F., *31, *63, 102, 119, *133.
Gerard, W. R., 9, 42.

Gjlbert, B. D., 75.

Gillett. Edward, 9.

Gratacap, L. P., 68.

Gray, Asa, 76.

Gross, C. A., 32.

Hapgood, Bell F., 117.

Harvey, F. L., 33.

Homer, Mrs. C. N. S., 8.

Kellerman, W. A., 114, 121.

Knight, Elizabeth G., 116, 134.

I Kunz^, R. E., 135.

i Lawson, George, 133.

; Lockwood, Samuel, 45, 87, 136.
Macloskie, G., 8.

’ Meehan, Thomas, 50. 53, 94, 119.
Merrlam, C. Hart, 66.

Miller, E. S., 136.

Millspaugh, C. F., 55, 133.

Orcutt, C. R., 67.

Owen, Maria L., 117.

Oyster, J. H., 30, 104.

Peck, C. H., 26, 49.

Perry, G. W.,93.

Plowright, C. B., 32, 64, 93.

Porter, T. C., 90.

Ravenel, H. W., 132.

Redfleld, J. H., 97, 104.

Rusby, H. H.. 88. 128.

Schaarschmidt, Jules, 101.

Schrenk, Joseph. *1, *93, *109.

Scribner, F. L., 5, 45, 133.

I Slosson, Annie T., 118, 120.

I Stone, W. E., 65.

Tuckerman, Edward, 25.

I Underwood, L. M., 7.

Vasey, George, 7, *37, 61, 125.

I Vroom, J., 116.

i Ward, L. F., 92.

! Wolte, Francis, *13.

Wright, S. H., 46.
j Corema Conradii. 132.

Corema Conradii, notes on, 97, 116.

I Cyperaceie, a list of, 85.
j Cyperus, n. sp., 29, 86.

' Daisy, ox-eye, abnormal, 67.
Dendrodochium, n. sp., 50.

Dicentra, note on, 55.

Dicentra punctured by bees, 66.
Dodecatheon, development of, *31.

, Droseracese of Spruce Pond, 133.

1 Elymus, n. sp., 126.

Engeimann, George, 20, *38.

Engelmann, Dr., tribute to, 55.

Excipula, n. sp.. 73.

Fem, Florida, another, 67.

Festuca, n. sp., 1, 126.

Fishberries, 11.

Fish killed by Utricularla, 82.

Floras, local, of the U. S., 9, 43.

Flora of Kittatinny Mts., 126.

Flowers, coloring matter of, 21.

Flowers, mutilation of by bees, 6.5.

Fruits and seeds, influence of crossing on.
119.

Fungi, North American, new, 17, 26, 41, 49.
73, 114. 121.

Garden, Michaux’s, 88.

Gerardia, hau.«toria of, *109.

Grape-vines, big, 132.

Grasses, new, 5, 7, *37, 61, 125.

“ “ notes on, 45.

Gum, formation of, 33.

Haustoria of Gerardia, *109.
Heleocharis, n. sp , 87.

Helonias bullata in cultivation, 9.
Hendersonia. n. sp., 78.

Hepaticas, abnormal, 55.
Horsechestnut, s.vnspermy in, 119.
Hypomyces, n. sp., 28.

Ilex Danoon, yellow-berried var., 136.
Insects attracted by Phallus, 70.
Involucre in Malvaceae, 8.

Isaria. n. sp., 115.

Juncus trifldus. notes on, 20.

Kansas, notes from, 104.

Kansas fungi, 114, 121.

Leaves, aromatic, in Quercus, 117,
Leptosphaeria n. sp., 42.

Lichens, two, of Pacific coast, 25.
Literature, botanical, 11, 58, 72, 95, 137.
Lonicera grata, 76.

May-apple, notes on, *62. 119.

Ma.v -flower, the, 105.

Malvaceae, Involucre in, 8.
Massachusetts, notes from, 8.
Mertensia, notes on, 45.

Michaux’s N. Jersey garden, 88.
Mistletoe, 77.

Money, parasites of, 71, 101.

Mummy garlands, 35.

Myriadoporus, n. gen., 27.

Names, varietal, gender of, 47, 56.
Nectiir-glands of Apios, *123.

Nectria, n. sp. , 74.

New Jersey, botanical trip into, 90.
New Jersey, notes from, 32.

New York stations, new, 46.

Nidularia, n. sp., 18.

Nummularia, n. sp., 74.

Onagraeeae, stipules in, 9.

Orcbidaceae of Spruce Pond, 133,
Osmorrhiza as a bur, 92.

Palms of the XJ. S., 68.

Panicum, n. sp., 61.

Parasites of money, 71 .

Pardanthus, germination of, *93.
Parkinson’s Paradisus, 46.

Pentstemon Digitalis, range of, 140.
Periconia, n. sp., 50.

PezizB, n. sp., 18, 41, 74.

Philadelphia, Acad. Nat. Sciences, 138.
Phoradendron, 87.

Phoradendron, range of, 76.
Pbyllosticta, n. sp., 115.

Physarum, n. sp., M.

Pigments in cell-sap, 35.

Plane-tree, gigantic, 58.
Plant-nomenclature, changes In. 102.
Plants, absorption of water by, 71.

Plants, carnivorous, 81.

Plants, chemical constituents of, lO*.
Plants, histo chemistry of, 94.

Plants, sex m, 58.

Plants, South-western, notes on, 12S.
Pleospora, n. sp,, 75.

Polyporus, n. sp . 26.

Proliflcation in Phleum, 120.

Protoplasm, continuity of, 107.

Ptelea, wingless-fruited, 10,

Pteridophyta of Litchfield, 7.

Puccinia, n. sp., 49.

Pyrenophora, n. sp., 28.

Quercus rubra, aromatic leaves, 117.
Ramularia, n. sp., 122.

Rhinotrichum, n. sp.. 18.

Rhizoctonia, n. sp., 17.

Rhododendron of Pontus, 10.

Rosellinia, n. sp., 74.

Rudbeckia Missouriensis. 94.

Salisburia adiantifolia, 131.

Schizoxylon, n. sp., 42.

Septoria, n. sp., 73, 115.

Sex in plants, 58.

Shortia, note on, 136.

Sisyrinchium, 80.

Solana, tuberous, 34.

Sphserella, n. sp., 75. 122, 123.

Sphserella polystigma, note on, 12J.
Sphaeria, n. sp., 42.

Staurothele, n. sp., 26.

Stilbospora, n. sp., 18.

Stipa, n. sp., 125.

Stipules in Onagraeeae. 9.

Subularla aquatlca, 118.

Survival of the fittest, 53.

Sweet cicely as a bur, 92.

Synsperniy in horsechestnut, 119.

Syracuse Botanical Club, 47.

Tamarinds, 70.

Teratology, 67, 119.

Timber in Texas, 81.

Timber, strength of, 47.

Torrey Club, proceedings of, 21, 3o, 48, o»,
83, 139.

Trees, forest, along N. Pacific R. R-, 21.
Trisetum, n. sp., 6.

Tuckahoe, notes on. *1.

Utricularia, fish killed by, 82.

Valsa, n. sp., 27, 28.

Valsaria, n. sp., 28.

Varietal names, gender of, 47, 56.
Vegetation, effect of climate on, 81.
Vegetation, micro-, of bank notes, 101.
Viola, the genus, 59.

Volvox globator, 10.

Williamson, John, death of, 104.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate xliii,

i&f:, .

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XI.1 New York, January, 1884- [No. I.

Notes on Tuckahoe.

By Joseph Schrenk.

(Plate XLiii.)

For the bibliography, habitat, general appearance and chemical
composition of tuckahoe I refer the reader to some editorial remarks
appended to a note in Vol, ix., page 125, of the Bulletin, and to an
elaborate paper on “ Tuckahoe, or Indian Bread,” by Professor J.
Howard Gore, in the last Smithsonian Report (for 1881). In regard
to the structure of this substance, however, I desire to discuss some
important points that have not, as yet, received due attention.

The Bulletin (/. r.) says of tuckahoe: “ * * * none, large

or small, presents any trace of plant structure.” (Italics mine.) In
the Smithsonian Report, page 695, we find the following passage:
There is not noticeable any membranous division between this
bark [/. e., of tuckahoe] and the substance within, neither does the one
merge into the other, but there is a marked distinction between them.
Within we find a compact white mass without any apparent structure,
either vascular or granular.” (Italics mine.)

A piece of tuckahoe about S'"™- in diameter, which I have closely
examined, and which, in most particulars, answers the general de-
scription of the authors, has, on its rather smooth surface, numerous
woody, fibrous, narrow shreds (from 2 to 5™“- wide), which run
longitudinally along the surface, somewhat like the strips on the
trunk of the shag-bark hickory. 7'hey are firmly attached to the
surface of the tuckahoe, above which they project only about 5™”' or
oven less. A very thin cross-section through one of these shreds,
together with a small portion of the adjoining surface, shows that
the shred consists of coniferous wood-tissue, which is continued for
u short distance into the body of the tuckahoe, below the general
level of its surface. Fig. i of the accompanying plate, which repre-
sents such a cross-section, shows that there is no distinct boundary
line between the woody tissue and the inner, white substance, but
that the one merges into the other. The cells on the inner, centri-
petal side, are found in all stages of disintegration ; some have small
openings in one or several of their side walls, others have lost one or
several of their walls entirely, while still others have left no other
traces of their existence than isolated, triangular columns, each
marking the spot at which three contiguous cells have formerly met.

1 hese characteristic cell-remains (in Fig. i near the lower margin)
are sometimes found quite a distance from the circumference, im-
bedded in the mass of tuckahoe. I detected theni by using indol
and sulphuric acid, that most beautiful reagent for lignin.*

j. * ^iggl. Das Indol ein Reagenz auf verholzle Zellniembranen. J’lora,

rssr, p. 545 and p. 561.

2

Another specimen, about 6*^"’' in diameter, has no shreds on its
rough, much wrinkled surface, but has a cylindrical stick, y™"*' in
diameter, running centrally through its white mass, in the manner
described by the above-mentioned authors, who consider such sticks
as the remaining portions of the roots from which the tuckahoe is
formed. No cellular tissue could be detected on or near the surface
of this specimen ; but sections from superficial portions of the cen-
tral, cylindrical root and the contiguous white mass of tuckahoe dis-
played the very same gradual merging of the cellular tissue of the
woody root into the mass of tuckahoe as described above, this time,
of course, in reversed, centrifugal order.

The various stages of disintegration can also be seen in the in-
terior portions of the root itself, for there are many places at which
groups of cells, greatly varying in extent, have been partly or en-
tirely destroyed, and replaced by the mass of tuckahoe. (Fig. 6,
especially in the lower right-hand corner; also Fig. 7, three cells from
r. Fig. 6, greatly enlarged.)

These observations seem to prove that tuckahoe does present
traces of plant-structure, and also that there is a merging of the cell-
ular tissue of the coniferous root into the mass of tuckahoe ; and it
is the structure of this latter substance itself that next attracts our
attention.

From the above quotations it appears that this mass is thought to
be compact and without any structure, either vascular or granular.
The microscopical examinations recorded in the Smithsonian Re-
port (pages 698 and 699) do not throw any light on this question ;
they seem to have been made with the one end in view of proving
the fungoid nature of tuckahoe. I find that any section of this mass
demonstrates that it consists of countless, minute, white, granular
bodies of varying size and most irregular shape. All these granules
have rounded outlines, but some are globular, others oblong, either
stout or slender, and most of them have short branches, rounded ex-
crescences or tubercles, which give them a very odd appearance.
Not only the mass of tuckahoe proper is formed of these grains, but
they are found crowding the cavities of the wood-cells described
above and figured in the plate. (See Figs, r, 5, 7 and 8.)

Perhaps it was these bodies on which the following description
was based (Smithsonian Report, page 698); “The body of the fungus
[/. (?., tuckahoe] is composed of short irregularly-jointed threads of
mycelium, somewhat tuberculated, w'hich swell considerably on heat-
ing with water.” That these grains are not mycelium is evident from
their very appearance, and still more so from their chemical compo-
sition. Potassium hydrate easily dissolves them, while the real my-
celium, to be spoken of hereafter, remains nearly unchanged. They
are also soluble in cuprammonia, causing a very copious precipitate
of what 1 suppose to be pectate of copper. These characteristic
pectin reactions* seem to leave no doubt that these granules consti-
tute the bulk of peclose of which, according to all chemical autiion-

* Kabsch, in Poiilsen’s Bot. Micro-Chemistry, translated by Prof.
Trelease (S. E. Cassino, 1883), a book that cannot be too highly recommended to
all students of histology.

3

ties, tuckahoe contains so large a percentage (from 64 per cent., R.
T. Brown, to 78.4 per cent., Department of Agriculture.)

Quite distinct from these pectin bodies or grains — as I shall call
them hereafter — are the hyphce of some species of fungus that are
found in tuckahoe. In the specimens examined, the hyphae form a
dense mycelium at and near the surface (Figs, i, 2, 3 and 4), and
also at all places where the white mass of tuckahoe shows the small-
est fissures or cracks. Wherever the mass of pectin granules is
compact and uninterrupted the hyphae are either not seen at all or
only very sparingly; nor could I detect any within the tissue of the
central root (Figs. 6, 7 and 8). The wood- cells of the outer “bark,”
however, contain the hyphae in great abundance, some, especially
those nearest the surface (Figs, i and 4), to the exclusion of the
pectose grains. The farther we proceed toward the centre, the more
we find the pectin grains preponderate, until the hyphae disappear
nearly altogether. The same conditions can be observed in the in-
terior, where each of the numerous cracks forms a sort of bed or
channel for the mycelium, which sends its hyphae right and left into
the mass of granules.

Sometimes we detect the end of a hypha attached to one of the
pains, either superficially (Fig. 9^), or entering it (Fig. 9/^), but I
have not been able to find any spores or organs of fructification.

It seems to me that too much stress has been laid on the occur-
rence of a fungus in tuckahoe, and that no attention has been paid
to the essential difference in the substance of the fungus (fungus
pllulose), and of the granular bodies (pectose). This neglect accounts

the inconsistencies contained in the latest hypothesis (Smithsonian
Report pp. 695 and 697) attempting to explain the formation of
tuckahoe; “ These spores [found in tuckahoe] have the property of
converting the woody fibre of the root into their own substance;”
and, “It \i.e., tuckahoe] gradually grows in this manner, appropriat-
ing the bark of the root for its own covering, until it becomes too
ipgc, during which process it forms a bark of its own, as already
described.” If the “ spores ” {pars pro toto, I presume) did trans-
form the root into their own substance, we should not find pectose in
so large a proportion, and the “ bark ” of the tuckahoe is nothing
distinct in itself, but simply a very dense layer of mycelium either
With or without a zone of peripheral cells of the tree-root within
"'^hich the tuckahoe has been formed.

^Vhile studying this subject I could not help comparing the for-
mation of tuckahoe with that secretion of the various resins and gums
''^hich is known as resinosis and gummosis.* The gums in particular
present many chemical and structural similarities to tuckahoe. They
contain great quantities of pectose, f and many chemists think
that pectose is, in fact, nothing but metaarabin.J Mohl,§ Wigand,||

*A. B. Frank, Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 75 and p. 85.
■fllusemann, Pflanzenstoffe, Vol. i. (1S82), p. 168.

D' . Behrens, Hilfsbuch mikrosk. Untersuchungen (1883), p. 3 * 5 .

'^«r“«?-(i857), p- 33 -
I Pringsheim’s Jahrb., Vol. iii., p. 115.

4

Karsten,* Frank J and Hofmeister§ have shown that the cell- walls
within which gum is deposited disintegrate during the process of
secretion, thus furnishing material for the latter. But both Hof-
meister and Frank think that the gum begins to be formed in the
cells before their disintegration commences, otherwise the large
amount of the product could not be explained. Frank | gives a
figure of a transverse section through a branch of a cherry-tree
affected with gummosis, which in several respects very much re-
sembles Fig. 6 of our plate. The same author has another figure^
of a whole branch, a considerable portion of which has been changed
into the gummous substance, and which could very well be compared
to Fig. 1 of the plates in the Smithsonian Report representing a root
encircled with a mass of tuckahoe.

Gummosis (and, to a certain extent, resinosis) is thought to be
a process of degeneration accompanying the gradual cessation of the
vital functions of some portion of a plant. An accumulation of
plastic material takes place in the affected parts, and these are
gradually absorbed and finally entirely destroyed. The causes of
this process are chiefly mechanical injuries, e.g.^ the breaking off of
branches, the tearing off or bruising of the bark, etc.; but various
other causes that tend to diminish or destroy the vital energy of
some organ or of the entire plant may produce the same effect.

I have somewhat digressed from ray subject, because it is my
opinion that a close comparison of the nature and origin of the gums
with those of tuckahoe will reveal many analogies which might en-
title us to call the pathological process of which tuckahoe most likely
is the result, pectosis. In that case the views of Rev. M. J. Berkeley
and other mycologists (see Bulletin,/. <:.) would no longer be
conjectures. It is not even necessary to assume with Currey and
Keller (/.<r.) that the fungus found in tuckahoe is the cause of its for-
mation. As this fungus has not yet been proved to be parasitic on or
in the living root-cells, while we have seen that it grows on the pectin
granules, we might, with good reason, consider it a saprophyte,
hosts of its kind that thrive on disorganizing vegetable or animal
substances. However, it remains very much to be desired that some
competent mycologist should take this fungus in hand and throw full
light upon its life-history, thereby at the same time solving the
“ puzzle ” called tuckahoe.

Explanation of Plate xliil — Eig. i- Transverse section from the surfaceor
“ bark ” of tuckahoe, magnified x 140. The large cells and cell-fragments belong
to the projecting shreds of woody fibres, the small circles and corresponding p^
allel lines represent the hyphse (transversely and longitudinally); the larger round
bodies are pectin granules. Fig.' 2. Radial section from the same part as hig- L
X 140. The cells show the characteristic bordered pits of coniferous wood, also e
striation of the disintegrating walls; the edges are not so sharply defined as repre-

* Bot. Zeitung, 1857, p. 3I9.

J Pringsheim’s yahrb. ,Yo\. v., p. 25.
^ Pflanzenzelle, p. 234.

I Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 86.
Ibid,, p. 90.

f ti Some New Species of Grasses. — In the January number
0 the Bulletin (1884), under the article New North American
rasses, three species of Bouteloua are described, viz : B. trijida,

iiirb., B. Burktt, Scribn., and B. Havardi, Vasey — which were
c aractenzed and published by Mr. Sereno Watson in his list of
a mer s plants in Vol. xviii. of the Proceedings of the American
Acadeniy of Arts and Sciences, issued August 15th, 1883.

In justice to myself I wish to state that my article in the Bul-
letin was written in April, 1883. and was placed in the hands of the
editor May 2 2d following.

Bouteloua pustlla, Vasey, ined., published by myself in the Janu-
ary Bulletin, is certainly the same as No. 751 Bourgeau and No.
boio bchaffner, referred by Mr. Watson in his list of Palmer’s i)lants
to B. prostraia, Lag. {B. humile, HBK.)
it-'- % V.

F. Lamson Scribner.

A Catalogue of North American Car ices has been compiieu anu -
recently published by Mr. L. H. Bailey, Jr., of Cambridge, Mass.
It includes the names of two hundred and ninety-three species and
eighty-foul: varieties, and is intended as an exchange-list, a chec
list for herbaria and as a contribution to American caricography.
Copies of the catalogue will be given for desiderata.

Parkinsons “ Paradisjcs.''—^ good many people, we suspect,
have experienced difficulty in construing “ Paradisi in Sole Paradisus
terrestris.” The editor of Aunt Judy's Magazine and the venerable
Rev. H. T. Ellacombe are confessedly among the number, but they
have been the means of eliciting from correspondents oi Notes and
Queries the explanation that the title is a wretched pun. ^Paradisus
is a park; “ Paradisi ” is, of course, the genitive of this; m sole is
in (the) sun (son^ Hence the title would run, The Terrestrial
Paradise of Park-in-son.” Such punning titles were not uncommon
T»-^rlringr>n's time, — Gardcncrs' Chronicle.

0

sented in the figure, but eroded and of unequal thickness, especially those on the
right, toward the centre. Mycelium and pectin bodies as in Fig. i. Fig. 3. Tan-
gential section corresponding to Figs, i and 2, x 140. The ellipses indicate the
former position of the absorbed medullary rays. Fig. 4. Tangential section of
one of the outermost cells of Fig. i., x 500, showing mycelium and bordered pits in
cellwall. Fig. 5. One of the cells of Fig., I magnified x 300. Fig. 6. Cross-
section from central root x 140. The large, irregular, empty space on the right, as
well as all the cells, were filled with pectin granules, as shown in Fig 7, w'hich rep-
resents the group of three cells at c in Fig. 6 magnified x 700. Fig. 8. Radial
section of a similar cell x 700. — Somewhat higher powders than those given were used
in drawing the hyphae and pectin bodies of Figs, i to 5.

New North American Grasses.

By F. Lamson Scribner.

Bouteloua trif^ida, Thurber, Gram, Mex. Bound. Survey, ined.^/
—Perennial, 6-15 in. high, tufted and geniculate at the base; leaves
2 in. or less long, very narrow and usually involute, strigose-scabrous
above and more or less rigid; spikes 3 to 6, pectinately many-flow-
ered .5-1 in. long, erect or slightly spreading on short hairy pedi-
cels; spikelets (including setm) 3-4 lines long; outer glumes unequal,
the upper and larger one about 2 lines long, both smooth, unequally
2-toothed and short awned; flowering-glume, exclusive of awns,
about I line long, smooth or sparsely pilose, especially near the mar-
gins above; pedicel of the sterile floret smooth, bearing three awns,
which equal those of the flowering-glume.

Texas and New Mexico; G. R. Vasey. Mexico; Dr. E. Palmer,
b 355 » 1880. Dr. Palmer’s specimens are taller, slenderer and
more leafy than those from Texas and New Mexico. The latter
have the base of the culms densely clothed with inflated sheaths that
are tipped with short mucro-like leaves; the upper leaf also is much
reduced, frequently not over a line in length.

.This species is closely allied to the next, but is readily distin-
guished by its nearly smooth flowering-glume and longer and more
slender awns. . 1/

Bouteloua Burkii, n. j/.— Culms slender, tufted, 4-6 in. high,
erect or geniculate below, smooth or finely glandular-pubescent;
leaves divergent, short, the upper .5 in. or less long, narrow and in-
volute, smooth or, with the sheaths, glandular-pubescent, often with a
ew scattered longer hairs; spikes 3-5, about .5 in. long, pectinately
many.flowered, erect or ascending ; spikelets, including setae, a little
^ lines long; outer glumes ovate, smooth, nearly equal, the upper
^bout a line in length, both usually very short awned just below the
unequally bifid tip; flowering-glume, exclusive of the three continu-
ous and equal awns, less than a line long, pilose with stiff hairs on
0 back and margins below; pedicel of rudiment .5 line long,
smooth, bearing three equal and minutely scabrous awns 2.5 lines
oug, which are more or less enlarged and flattened near the ou.se.

Laredo, Texas; Mrs. Anna B. Nickles; communicated to me by Mr.

Isaac Burk of Philadelphia, for whom the species is named. S.'mdy
plains Upper Concho, West Texas; J. Reverchon; =No. 3,44° Cur-
sss Distribution North American Plants.

6

Bouteloua Havardi, Vasey, in lit . — “ (Section Atheropogon).
Culms 10-15 in. high; lower leaves numerous, flat, rigid, 3-6 in.
long, 1-2 lines wide, more or less pubescent on the margins below
and on the sheaths, upper leaves short (1-2 in.); ligule a ciliate line;
panicle 2-3 in. long, erect, composed of 5 or 6 approximate short
spikes of about 10, crowded, erect i-flowered spikelets; outer
glumes lanceolate, the lower nearly as long as the flower, the upper,
half as long; flowering-glume 2.5 lines long, broad-oval, 3-lobed, the
lobes extending nearly half way down, the lateral ones becoming
somewhat recurved; palet as long as its glume, narrow, with two
stout recurved teeth at the apex; sterile flower longer than the perfect
one, the pedicel i line long, the three awns each 4 lines, the middle
one membraneous-margined nearly to the apex. The crowded rha-
chis and outer glumes, as also the back of the flowering-glume and
palet, clothed with long villous hairs.

Discovered in the Limpia Mts. of Western Texas by Dr. V.
Havard, U. S. A., for whom it is named.” (Geo. Vasey.)

Bouteloua pusilla, Vasey, ined. — Perennial(.=), 2 to 3 inches
high ; leaves smooth, very narrow and involute, the upper an inch
long; spikes solitary, pectinately io-15-flowered, about .5 inch in
length; rhachis smooth; spikelets (including setm) about 2 lines long,
outer glumes smooth, the upper broadly lanceolate, 1.5 line long;
twice the length of the unequally i-nerved lower one; flowering-
glume very hairy at the base and on the lateral and middle nerves
below, the long middle lobe 2-cleft, the stout central seta a line long,
exceeding the two lateral ones; palet very broad, and longer than its
glume; pedicel of sterile floret .5 line long, with a tuft of hairs at the
top, and bearing two or three rudimentary, hooded glumes or scales
and three equal awns exceeding a line in length.

New Mexico; G. R. Vasey, 1881.

1 RisETUM Hallii, n. sp. — Culms slender, 6—18 in. high, smooth;
y leaves flat, a line or less wide; minutely scabrous, involute near the
tip, panicle contracted, 2-4 in. long, the erect and densely flowered
branches an inch or less long; spikelet about 2,5 lines long, 2-3-flow-
erM, the nearly smooth rhachis prolonged above the upper floret,
and often bearing a slender hair-like awn; outer glumes about 1.5
line long, equal in length, obtuse, the lower narrowly oblong, 3-nerved,
the upper much broader and 5-nerved, nerves prominent, aculeate-
scabrous, the lateral ones terminating below the scarious margin,
which IS finely ciliate on the edge; the first flowering-glume
lines long, tuberculate-roughened on the back and scabrous near the
tip, terriiinating in two acute teeth and bearing a scabrous, straight
awn a line long, teeth of the second and third florets prolonged into
slender set£B less than a line in length, awn longer, twisted below
and bent near the middle; palca about two-thirds as long as its
glume; grain smooth, about i line long.

Named for the late Elihu Hall, in whose Texan collection (187-)
it was^ distributed under No. 799, mi.xed with Trisetum donpatuni,
Kth. ( 7 ’ interruptum, Huckioy; No. 3,546* of Curtiss’s Distribution
of 1883) to which it is closely allied and which it much resembles in
habit, but from which it differs essentially in its broader and obtuse

7

outer glumes, and in having the lowest awn straight and shorter than
tlie others. Brazos County, Texas; G. C. Nealley, 1883.

A New Grass.

By Geo. Vasev.

Ammophila Curtissii. — Culms 3 to 6 feet high, from a strong,
perennial rhizoma, growing singly or in small tufts; base of the culm
clothed with the rigid, imbricated, 2-ranked sheaths, above the base
3 or 4 distant leaves, the sheaths shorter than the internodes, very
smooth, firm, the ligule an obscure, ciliate ring, the blade becoming
involute and setaceous, 4 to 12 inches long.

Panicle 8 to 10 inches long, narrow and strict, the rhachis roughish,
die branches very numerous, single, or in pairs below; erect, loosely
flowered, sub-divided nearly to the base, the lower ones two to three
inches long. Spikelets short-pedicelled, 2 to 2.25 lines long; the
outer glumes unequal, keeled, nerveless, the lower one ovate, obtuse,
half to two-thirds as long as the upper, which is two lines long, barely
acute; the flowering-glume and its palet of similar texture and equal
length, slightly longer than the larger outer glume, obtuse or acutish,
strongly ciliate on the keel of the flowering-glume and on the two
keels of the palet, the basal hairs scant and about one-third as long
as the flower.

This was distributed in 1879 by Mr. A, H. Curtiss as Calamagros-
tis brevipilis (now Ammophila brevipilis), from which it differs in its
greater size, its longer involute leaves, and its much longer and nar-
rower panicle, with the branches sub-divided and flowering nearly to
the base; the flowers are very similar, but differ notably in the latter
having a ring of very short hairs at the base of the outer glumes be-
side those at the base of the flowers.

Collected by Mr. A. H. Curtiss on the Indian River, Florida, and
to him I take pleasure in dedicating the species.

4 -

The Pteridophyta of Litchfield Co., Ct. — During the past three
summers I have spent a portion of my vacation in Litchfield County,
Ct., and am able to report a considerable fern list, with a few new
stations for some species. Most of my collecting has been confined
to the towns of Cornwall and Goshen, extending once to Bantam
-ake, where the extremely local Marsilia quadrifolia is found, and
once to Salisbury and northward along the mountains of S. W. Mas-
sachusetts. In the list, C stands for Cornwall for species not found
in Goshen, and S for Salisbury.

EguiSETACEyE. — Equisctum arvense, L., E. sylvaticum, L., E. ht-

f>nale, L. (3),

Ophioglossacea;. — Ophioglossum vulgatum, L., Botrychium sim-
plex, Hitch., B. ternaium, Swz., B. lauceolatum, Angs., B. Virginia-
fium, Swz. (5).

I have never found B. lanceolatum elsewhere except with its con-
^•ner B. matncaricefolium. Diligent search here failed to reveal it.

• simplex is probably new to the State.

fn.iCES . — Polypodium znilgarey L., Adiurilum p€dnium^ I Ufts
^•/uilina, L., Asplenium ebeneum, Ait., A. Trichomanes, L. (S), A.

8

thelypteroides, Michx., A. filixfoetnina, Bernh., Camptosorus rhizophyl-
lus, Link., PJiegopteris polypodioides, Fee (C), P. hexagonoptera, Fee,
P. Dryopteris, Fee, Aspidium acrostichoides, Swz., A. Noveboracense,
Swz., A. Thelypieris, Swz., A. cristatu?n, Swz,, A. marginale, Swz.,
A. spinulosiwty Swz., Cystopteris bulbiferay Bernh. (S), C. fragilis,
Bernh., Onoclea sensibilis, L., O. Struthiopteris, Hoffm., Woodsia II-
vensis, R. Br.,* W. obtusa^ Torr., Dicksonia pilosiuscula, Willd., Os-
munda regalis, L., O. Claytoniana, L., O. cinnamomea, L. (27).

MarsiliacEvE. — Marsilia quadrifolia, L. Bantam Lake and
Tyler Pond, where it was transplanted by Dr. T. F. Allen and myself
in i88i. (r),

Lycopodiace^. — Lycopodium lucidulum, Michx., L. dendrotdeuni,
Michx., Z. clavatum, L., Z. complattatiwi, L. (4).

Selaginellace.<e. — Selaginella rupestris, Spring., S. apus,
Spring. (2).

Isoetace^. — Tsoetes echi/iospora, Durieu, var. Braunii, Engehn.
Tyler Pond, common. I believe this species has never before been
reported from Connecticut, (i). — Total, 43.

During each of the three years I have found the so-called var.
obtusilobata of Onoclea sensibilis growing in the same locality under
conditions identical with those noted by me in this journal for Sep-
tember, i88r. I am more fully convinced that the explanation there
given was sufficient to account for the variation in this locality.

I have also the pleasure of recording “Tamarack Swamp,” near
Syracuse, N. Y., as a new locality for Botrychuim simplex, Hitch.

Syracuse University, Jan., 1884. Lucien M. Underwood.

The Involucre in Malvaceae. — Referring to Prof. W. W. Bailey’s
statement in the Bulletin for December, 1883, that a .greenhouse
specimen of Abutilon had been found with traces of an involucre, I
am happy to be able to say that a 3-leaved involucre is normally
present in the young flowers of the common velvet-leaf {A. Avicenna)
and also in the greenhouse species, A. vexillarium (one of the bract-
lets long, the others short.) These facts, taken along with the pres-
ence generally of a hypocalycine node in the ‘ non-involucrate ’ Mal-
vacese, suggest that the distinction between them and their involu-
crate allies is unwarranted, the real distinction being that in some the
involucre is fugacious. In some of the genera there are difficulties
in the way of verifying this view, arising chiefly from the bristly
character of the young flower-buds.

Princeton, N. J. G. Macloskie.

Notes from Massachusetts. — At one of the field meetings of the
Essex Institute, held at Groveland, Mass., several plants were re-
ported as having appeared there, the seeds doubtless having been in-
troduced from the West in wool or in grain and other seeds. Of
those mentioned there were Lintim usitatissimum, Pentsiemon Digitalis,
Ly thrum alatum and Verbascum Blattaria. The same Pentstemor^

* W. llvensis can hardly be ranked here, as I found it near Sage’s Ravine not
more than one-eighth of a mile over the Massachu.setts line. It is doubtless found
on the brow.s of the same range of hills extending southward into Litchfield Co.

9

!xnd Houstonia purpurea have been found at '^Q'&iox^pCynoglossum
officinale at Topsfield, and Verbascuni Blattaria, Echium vulgare dLXxd
Trifohum stolonif erum at Georgetown.

We found on the field day above mentioned Campanula rotundi-
folia with double flowers.

Georgetown, Mass. C. N. S. Horner.

Helonias bullata in Cultivation. — It has been claimed that
Hclomas bullata would not thrive under cultivation, but I have suc-
ceeded in growing it to perfection here in Massachusetts. After
trying it in different soils and situations and meeting with no success.
It was at last planted in mud saturated with water the whole year,
the water being allowed to stand around the plants. They have been
planted three years, and last year I counted over sixty rank flower-
stalks, some of them two and a half feet high.

Southwick, Mass. Edward Gillett.

Stipules in Onagracese. — it is stated in all the books that the Or-
der Onagracese is ex-stipulate. I have a Fuchsia, the young and vig-
orous shoots of which show small, but very decided stipules. If one
were describing the plant, unbiased by previous conceptions, he
would most certainly report it stipular. In connection with this, see
Ebature, Vol. xxii., page 521, where, quoting Baillon, it is stated that
many Onagracem show small stipules.

Providence, R. I. W. W. Bailev,

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States

THE WESTERN STATES.

ILLINOIS (continued).*

Phe native naturalized and cultivated Grasses of the State of
Illinois. By I. A. Lapham. (D.)

In T rans. Agric. Soc., Vol. ii., 1855-7.

Additions and Annotations to Mr. Lapham’s Catalogue of Illinois
Plants. By F. Brendel. (C.)

. Trans. Agric. Soc., Vol. iii., 1857-8.

List of Plants in Northern Counties of Illinois not in Lapham’s
Catalogue by M. S. Bebb.

In Trans. Agric. Soc., Vol. iii., 1857-8.

Mosses of Illinois. By George Vasey.

. Agric. Trans., Vol. iii.

List of Trees found in Fulton Co. By John Wolf.

In Vol. iii., Geol. of 111 .

W. R. G.

N. L. B.

. „ *We are indebted to Prof. I.. M. Underwood for this additional list. The
i<o) catalogue by John Wolf and Elihu Hal! (Buu.etin, Vol. x., p.

c, , * ^ List of Mosses, Liverworts and Lichens of Illinois. (Bull. No. 2, HI.
State Lab. Nat. Hist.) The continuation of Brendel’s Trees and Shrubs of Illinois
was concluded in Vol. iv., Agricult. Trans., 1859-60.

10

Botanical Notes.

Volvox globator. — Mr. J. Levick maintains* that while the idea
that the pretty little microscopic alga, Volvox globator, is hollow has
passed as so self-evident as scarcely to have been challenged, “ it is
easy for microscopical students to demonstrate for themselves the
certainty that those charming little globes are not hollow, but solid.”
* * * “ A little experiment, which it is easy for every one

to try, shows that Volvox is without any cavity whatever, and that
the perfectly transparent contents of the globe appear to possess
little, if any, less firmness than the pellicle or membrane which forms
its periphery. This may be shown by taking Volvox in good quan-
tity and straining the water from them ; by this means a little mass
may be obtained. Let the Volvoces thus collected be taken up rather
roughly by means of a syringe and placed in water containing car-
mine or any fine solid matter. It will probably be found that some
of the Volvoces have been broken, some perhaps even into fragments
which still display rolling motion. Now, if a little care is used in ex-
amining the ruptured specimens, it will be seen that the carmine
adheres to any surface thus exposed, at once displaying the fact of
their solid consistency.” * * * “ Solid too strong a word, perhaps,
to apply to matter which cannot be more than gelatinous, and is
here used only in antagonism to the word hollo^v; but, if the spheres
be stripped of their outer green covering, this envelope collapses,
while the contents retain their spherical form, as is readily seen by
the displacement of the carmine.”

Mr. Levick also cut sections from the frozen plant and found that
the internal matter, whatever it was, had sufficient density to sup-
port particles of carmine, dirt, or any other solid matter which lodged
upon it.

A tvingless-fruited Ptelea. — In a recent winter trip into Lower Cali-
fornia, as far as Todos-Santos Bay, Dr. Parry discovered a new species
of Ptelea, which was quite similar in habit and general appearance to
the common northern P. angusti/olia, but remarkably distinct in
possessing wingless fruit, thus making a slight modification of the
characters of the genus necessary. Dr. Parry has named the plant
P. aptera.

The Rhododendron and Poisonous Honey of Pontus. — Mr. A. Nes-
bitt doubts in the Gardeners' Chronicle the oft-repeated assertion that
honey made from the flowers of Rhododendron Ponticum is poisonous,
and even that the plant itself is so. says that he has observed

lambs eating a small quantity of the leaves either of T. Ponticum or
hybrids of that plant and no bad results followed. He suggests that
it is possible that as the flower of the oleander is more like a rose
than the rhododendron, it is probable that the former was the plant
from which the honey was obtained that poisoned Xenophon’s soldi-
ers, the oleander being w’ell known to be poisonous.

The Rev. C. VVolley Dod contributes to the same journal an in-
teresting note which throws some light upon this point. He remarks

ami Trans. Birm. Nat. Hist, and Micr. Soc., 1882, after Joumal
Roy. Micro. Soc., Dec., 18S3.

11

that there were apparently two kinds of poisonous honey met with in
Pontus, one found near Heracles and the other near Trebizond, the
former being attributed by Pliny to a plant called “ segolethon ” or
goat s-bane, the other to a plant which both he and Dioscorides called
rhododendron but they also used the name “ nerium ” for it.
Sibthorp has identified the latter as Netjum Oleander. Mr. Dod can
find no direct evidence that Rhododendron Ponticum is poisonous; but
Azalea Ponttca, which occurs in profusion near Trebizond, about ten
miles from the coast, he believes to possess poisonous properties sim-
ilar to those attributed to Kalmia latifolia. It is a noteworthy fact,
if correct, that no species of Rhododendron is known to be poisonous,
v^ile members of certain of the other Ericaceous genera. Azalea,
Ralmia, Androtneda and Ledtwi, possess either poisonous or narcotic
properties. ■"

The Name Fishberries, which has long been applied to the fruit
of Coccukjs Indicus {MenisJ>ermum Cocculus, L.) because of its use
m stupefying and capturing fish, is, according to Prof. James
Hyatt, given to the drupes of Prunjis Caroliniana in Tennessee,
'vhere they are locally used as a fish poison. It appears that the
amount of hydrocyanic acid that this fruit contains is sufficient to
poison the fish which swallow it, without rendering their flesh un-
safe for food.

Botanical Literature,

Genera Pyrenomycetum schematice delineata. By P. A. Saccardo.

This latest work of the well known Italian mycologist consists of
14 lithographic plates, large 8vo, on which are delineated the 280
genera into which the Pyrenomycetes are divided in the system of
classification adopted in the two volumes of the Sylloge by the same
author. The figures, though not claiming artistic perfection, are
good and answer well the end for which they were intended. They
pve, in fact, “a bird’s eye view ” of this vast family of fungi and may
be considered as indispensable both to the amateur and the critical
student of mycology. The low price of the work (6 francs) places it
within the reach of all.— J. B. E.

otanical Micro-Chemistry : an Introduction to the Study of Vegetable
Histology.^ prepared for the use of students by V. A. Poulsen,
translated with the assistance of the author and considerably
enlarged by William Trelease, Professor in the University of
Wisconsin. lamo. Boston: S. E. Cassino & Co., 1884.

There has been considerable interest taken in this country for a
‘cw years past in the microscopic examination of plants, and the
‘number of botanists who are turning their attention to the study of
'vegetable histology is gradually increasing. Although all the neccs-
^^ry apparatus for prosecuting this fascinating study has been easily
procurable at moderate prices, there has hitherto been sadly needed
some sort of a manual which should give the beginner directions how
.proceed in the examination of the minute anatomy of tissues,

^ ’*e it should at the same time contain everything of importance
that more advanced students might desire to be informed upon. I’his
has at length been supplied in the work before us, which, first

12

published in Danish, then in French, German and Italian, has finally
been translated into English by Prof. Trelease with the sanction of
the author.

The work is divided into two parts; the first treats of micro-
chemical agents and their application, with an appendix on cements
and media for mounting purposes ; and the second gives descrip-
tions of the vegetable substances and the modes of recognizing them.

The work is rendered the more valuable by the additions that
have been made by the translator, and by the numerous references
to other works that give more detailed information than could be
crowded into the compass of tliis. No student of vegetable histology
can well afford to dispense with this work, and for this reason, and
on account of its moderate price (one dollar), we predict for it a
large sale.

Thirty -third Annual Report of the State Museum of Natural History.

(Botany.) Albany : Weed, Parsons & Co., 1880.

Thirty-fourth Annual Report of the State Museum of Natural History.
(Botany.) Albany : Weed, Parsons & Co., 1881.

From these interesting, but much belated reports of Mr. Peck
the State Botanist, we learn that during the year 1879 specimens of,
183 species of plants were mounted and placed in the herbarium,
none of which was before represented therein. Of plants new to
the herbarium, collected by the botanist in person and contributed
by correspondents, the number was 170. Sixty-eight of the latter
(all fungi) were deemed new to science, and have therefore been
named and described, and, in some cases, illustrated in the plates
accompanying the pamphlet. During the year 1880 the number of
plants new to the herbarium that were mounted and placed therein
was 167. The number of plants new to the herbarium collected by
Mr. Peck and contributed by correspondents was 98. Among
these there were 38 species of fungi that were new to science. '1 0
his Thirty-third Report Mr. Peck appends an account of the New
York species of Amanita, in which he has rewritten the descriptions
and supplemented them with remarks upon the variations of the
species, their peculiar characteristics and their distinguishing specific
features. For the benefit of students of fungi, the synonyms
have to some extent been given and the spore-characters of each
species added.

It is to be regretted that the scientific names of the plants (es-
pecially the new species) enumerated in these Reports were not
printed in italics in order to make them more easily distinguishable
from the accompanying text.

Arctostaphylos : Notes on the United States Pacific Coast Species,
from recent Observations of living Plants, including a new
Species i^A. oppositifolid) from Lower California . — New
Plants from Southern and Lower California {Phacelia suffruies-
cens, Ptelea aptera. Polygala Fishiee and Gilia Orcutii ). Py C.
C. Parry. 8vo, pamph., pp. 10. (From the Proceedings of Da-
venport Acad. Nat. Sciences.)

Notes on the Cryptogamic Flora of the White Mountains. By W. G.

Taylor. 8vo. pamph., pp. 20. {From Appalachia for December,
1883.)

Plate XLIV,

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Desmlds of tine United States

BULLETIN

Vol. XI.1

T 0 R R E Y BO TANICAL CL UB.

^.=3:^ [No. 2.

New York, February, 1884.

Fresh-Water Algae. VIII.

By Francis Wolle.

(Plate xLiv.)

In the summer of 1883 I made my tenth annual visit to the
haunts of fresh-water Algie, choosing those in our neighboring State
of New Jersey where the ponds are more numerous as well as more
accessible than in Pennsylvania. In the vicinity of Ocean Beach,
Monmouth Co., there is a number of what may be termed small lakes,
the waters of which, though separated from the ocean by only a nai-
row strip of land, are very clear and tresh. Tlierein are to he found
many interesting plants; among others I saw, for the first tinie, Utnc-
ularia inflata, a very distinct and beautiful species of bladderwort,
swimming free by means of the inflated petioles, arranged m aw lor ,
bearing in the centre a perpendicular scape with large yellow flowers.

From among the aquatic plants 1 gathered many algm, an , amon,^
these, the following desmids new to our flora: . /

Cosmarium depressum, Naeg,, and C. obsoleimn, Reinsc 1 , au' as
rum pacJiyrynchium, Nord. (Plate xLiv., Figs. 32-36); .8. moniicoliim,

Lund. (Figs. 24-26; and . . ,

S. lOTOMUM, n. sp. (F^igs. 5-7) — Very minute; semice s (jua -
rangular, angles drawn out into thin, diverging, granular rays^^ eac 1
about as long as the diameter of the body, apices obtuse, en view
triradiate. Diameter, including the rays, 15-20/C

A small species, quite plentiful at Ocean Beach and at Malaga,

Tw'o other desmids, not new, but rare, were also found here, viz.
Cosmarium sportella and Euastrum attenuatum .

From the ponds in the vicinity of Malaga, Gloucester County,
was fortunate enough to secure five new' desmids, viz..

Staurastrum leptacanthum, var. tetroctocerum, n. vur. ( igS’.
29-30)— Semicells suborbicular furnished with eight, long, thin rays,
deeply forked, or claw'ed at the ends; this whorl rather >e ow e
middle, and another above it with four similar rays; end view
octangular, each angle iiroduced into a long thin ray, e ween ie
margin and the centre are four more rays. Membrane smooth.
Diameter of body 25/^.; including the rays 75-80//.

The only essential distinction betw'een this orm an -

Brazilian plant is that ours has and four rays in c n

and the Brazilian plant has six and four rays.

Collected in pond near Malaga, N. J. i.,r in front

. S. quaternIum, «. ./.-Snmll, smooth, ^

view, deeply constricted; sinus acute angled, muc | ,Ln[ild with
cells oblong, sides rounded, end truncate, each angle

u

four firm aculei; end view triangular, sides concave, angles broadly
rounded and furnished with four aculei. Diameter 25/i; with aculei
40-50//.

Ponds, Malaga, N. J , and Wilkesbarre, Penn.

S. ANKYROiDES, u. sp. (Fig. 4-) — About as long as wide, granii-
larly rough; semicells cylindrical, with enlargement towards the con-
vex ends; sides produced into narrow, elongate, slightly tapering,
incurved arms; margins granulate crenate, apices bifurcate; end view
quadrangular, with angles drawn out into long arras. Diameter 82//.
Length 75//.

The only water which hitherto furnished this new species was a
pond near Malaga, N. J. Var. hexacerum, n. var. Somewhat
stouter than the typical form and furnished with six^ instead oi four
arms.

This variety I find in northern counties of New Jersey. In the
possession of six arms it bears ft resemblance to St. coromilatum, but,
being nearly twice the length, and without the crown, it appears more
nearly related to St. ankyroides.

CosMARiuJM SEjUNCTUM, ti. Sp. — Membrane smooth, slightly longer
than broad; semicells semicircular, with angles rounded, separated by
a wide, nearly linear sinus; isthmus narrow, less than one-fourth the
diameter of the cells. Diameter 20-25//.

Ocean Beach, etc., N. J.

Micrasterias dichotoma, «. — Semicells three-lobed; lateral

lobes twice bifid ; the ultimate lobules (four resulting from one),
deeply furcate or clawed at their apices; the polar, or end lobe,
exserted, on a cylindrical neck, with two diverging arms, clawed at
the ends. Diameter 175-200//.

Ponds, Malaga, N. j., Harvey Lake, Penn.

A visit to Brown’s Mills, Burlington County, demonstrated how
the most unpromising fields will sometimes at last reward the perse-
verance of the patient explorer, for at this place I have hitherto met
with very poor success. But last August I was rewarded by the discov-
ery of twelve. new plants, viz.:

Costnarium pseudotoxichondrum, Nord.

Staurastrum elongatum, Barker, var. tetragonum, n. var. (Fig-
31.)

S. forficulatum, Lund., forma tetragona (Figs. 16 and 17), and
forma trigona (Figs. 18 and 19.)

S. ASPiNOSUM, n. sp. (Figs. 22 and 23) — Semicells smooth, in front
view oval with end protracted into a colorless arm, about three times
as long as the breadth of the body, diverging; apices tricuspidate,
margins rough with minute, firm perpendicular, irregularly placed,
aculei. End view triradiate. Spread of arms 58-63//.

Brown’s Mills, New Jersey.

The vertical spines, like the thorns of a rose, give this plant a
distinctive character.

A. inconspicuutn, Nord.

Docidium dilatatum, Cleve.

D. TRiDENTULUM, n. Sp. — Cells slender, elongated, linear or
slightly tapering, smooth ; semicell with a prominently inflated base;

15

apex crowned with a few large teeth, usually three in view. Diameter
12-13//.

Ponds, Pleasant Mills, and Browns Mills, N. J.

Phymatodocis Nordstetianum, n. sp. — (This genus is based on
a plant found in Brazil, in character near the genus Desmiciiiim).
Cells closely united in sheathless filaments; deeply constricted in the
middle; filaments quadrangular with sides longitudinally excavated.

The new species, hitherto found only in a pond at Brown’s Mills,
New Jersey, differs from the Brazilian plant in being one-fourth
smaller, in having the lobes in end vievv straight, not curved to one
side, and in having the sinuses of the cells not narrow linear, but
somewhat enlarged inwardly and rounded at the base.

Desmtdium {^Didymopriuni) quadratum, Nord.

D. ELONGATUM, «. Sp. — Filaments thin; cells in front view nearly
twice as long as wide; in side view nearly 2.5 times longer than broad;
closely united, without a thickened border at their junction; end view
broadly elliptic. Diameter at widest part, 28//, thickness, i6-i8h.

This interesting new species from a pond at Brown’s Mills, New
Jersey, was found late in September last. No gelatinous sheath was
observable.

Hyaloiheca uiidulata, Nord., and Penium Clevei, Lund.

further north, in Passaic County, the ponds known there as
Wood, Longwood, Green and Buckaberry, furnished many algge. in-
cluding a number of desmids. A very interesting plant was Pleuro-
carpus mirabilis. Through nine consecutive seasons I had carefully
sought for this in fruit, and only came across it, in this my tenth an-
nual search, in Buckaberry Pond; and, oddly enough, U was found
about the same time by my friend Miss Butler, of Minneapolis, then
on a visit at Malden, Mass. These are, I believe, the only two places
where it has been detected, although Mr. E. L. Cheeseraan, of
Knowlesville, N. Y., discovered it in his aquarium a year earlier.

The new desmids from these waters are:

Euastrum abr upturn, Nord.

E. URNyEFORME, «. Sp. — Semicells urn-shaped, three-lobed; term-
inal lobe dilated, centrally sinuate; lateral lobes horizontal with sides
converging, sinuate; basal portion protruding, emarginate; upper part
broadly rounded; a rounded sinus between it and the end lobe; pro-
tuberances, one at each angle of the terminal lobe, one at each of
the basal angles, two intermediate and one between the end and the
lateral lobes. Diameter 55-60//.

Wood Lake, Passaic Co., N. J.

E. COMPACTUM, n. sp. — Very small, suborbicular, slightly longer
than broad; semicells broad, transversely oval ; apex a slight pro-
tuberance with a linear incision ; two small prominences, one on each
Side below the apical protuberance. Diameter 20-22//. Length 22^.

E. OBTUSUM, n. X/.— Minute, twice as long as wide; semicells
.ovate; base flattened, sides roundly diverging; end broadly rounded,
With a linear central incision. Diameter Length 25//.

Ponds, Pennsylvania. , 1 ,1 a

^Lcrasterias Nordstetiana, n. sp. Of ^Qoal eng 1 an
breadth; semicells three-lobed; the lateral lobes divided into two sub-

10

cylindrical segments with a wide notch between, ends obtuse smooth,
or provided with three or four small teeth, polar lobe exserted,
neck long, with a short, conical prominence about the middle of each
side; the ends broad, sinuate, with two horizontal arms on each
side, one of which is long and the other short, both in the same
direction, slightly diverging.

Longwood Pond, Passaic Co., New Jersey.

Cosmarium excavatum, Nord. ; C. Kjebnanni, Wille; C. Beckii,
Wille; C. Ncegeleanum, Breb. ; and

C. PSEUDOBRooMii, ti. sp. (Figs. 36 and 37). — This species is sep-
arated from C. Broomei, Thw., by the total absence of a central infla-
tion.

Frequent in ponds, Sussex Co , N. J.

In a small vial of specimens gathered by Mr. E. Potts, of Phila-
delphia, while exploring Harvey J^ake, Luzerne County, for fresh-
water sponges, I found the same new Micrasterias Nordstetuina men-
tioned above and one new Staurasinim, which I have named

S. PoTTSii, tt. sp. (Figs. 8 and 9) — Small, smooth; semicells in front
view broadly elliptic, furnished on each side with three divergent pro-
cesses, apices rounded, bearing t\vo aculei; end view triangular, sides
concave, angles broadly truncate and produced into two processes
with a wide rounded sinus between; a third process from a position
somewhat back of the sinus rises at an angle of about 40,*^ thus consti-
tuting three diverging aculei-tipped processes at each of the three
angles.

To the collections heretofore made by Miss Butler, at Minneapo-
lis, I have to add three new names, as follows:

Micrasterias Babenhorsiii, Kirch.

Cosinarium proiuberans, var. granulatum, n.var. (Figs. 13-iS)""
Cells about one-fifth longer than broad; semicells with straight base,
sides somewhat diverging from the basal line; superior angles nearly
right, inferior angles obtuse; centrally inflated; seen from the vertex,
elliptic with a swelling on each side; membrane granular. Diameter
25-28/r.

Separated from the typical form mainly by the rather coarsely
granular membrane; the centra linflation is also less prominent.

From pond a near Minneapolis, Minn.

Euastrum Nordsteteanum, n. sp. — Cells quadrangular, oblong,
nearly twice as long as broad; semicells obscurely three-lobed; basal
lobes broad, divided in the middle by a rounded notch into too
lobules with tridentate or spinous ends; end lobe short, pouting,
more or less emarginate; the two sides of apex usually inclining
backward, with a subacute or rounded notch between ; lateral mar-
gins furnished with two or three horizontal spines. End, transverse
and side views rectangular, with broad, square, more or less sinuate
ends, angles dentate.

Frequent near Minneapolis, Minn. Seen occasionally in New
Jersey also.

Xanthidium antelopceum, var. Minneapoliense, n. var. — A new
form possessing the peculiarity of a fifth pair of aculei immediately
over the central protuberance and bead-like series of granules.

17

My experience in the search of fresh-water alg» during the past
ten years demonstrates that in New Jersey alone, hardly more than a
third of the territory has been explored, and even that which has
been gleaned over and over again usually presents something new and
interesting wherewith to gratify the student every recurring season.

The plate which accompanies this is a copy of one of 53 (all colored)
that I have prepared for a monograph on the Desmids of the United
States which is now about to go through the press, and to be shortly
issued to the public. It is the only work of the kind that has been
published in this country, and will contain all that is known up to
this period concerning our desmids, the number of which, from
Wood’s i6o described species, I have increased to nearly
500, and illustrated with more than 1,100 drawings sketched
by myself, with very few exceptions, from living plants as they pre-
sented themselves to me in the field of the microscope. The price
of the work (five dollars) will be about a third, only, of that of sim-
ilar vyorks published abroad; but, as I am desirous of exciting interest
in this fascinating study, it is to be offered at a price that will reim-
burse me for the actual cost incurred, without reference to the time
and labor that I have bestowed upon it.

Explanation of Plate .xliv. — In addition to the species designated in the
foregoing article, the following desmids are illustrated in the Plate. They are not
new species but are mostly new to our flora: Figs, i and 2. Staurastrum anahnum.
Cooke.^ Figs. 10 and 12. St. meg>.uanthum, Lund. Pigs. 20 and 21. St.
Dickiei., Rails. Pigs. 24 to 26. St. inontifulosuiu, Biel). Figs. 27 and 28. St.
stnolatum, Figs. 32 to 35. St. pacfiyrhynckitwi, ^ or A.

New Species of North American Fungi.

By J. B. Elms and B. M. Everhart.

Rhizoctonia moniliformis. — Yellowish-white inside and out,
cylindrical, .33-.5“"’’ in diameter and constricted at intervals, form-
ing a loose net-work extending for several inches along the surface
of the wood, the different parts either directly connate or attenuated
at one or both ends into white, creeping fibres. Substance carnose
and firm, but not as tough as in the next species.

Found under the bark of a rotten Nyssa log. November 1883.

Rhizoctonia aurantiaca. — Suborbicular, flattened, in di-
ameter, or, by confluence, or more, loosely attached by a few pale
creeping fibres, dull liver- color outside, orange-red within, in which
^spect, as well as in its more regular shape, it differs from R/i. tricolor,
Fll., which is black outside and red within.

Found under the bark of a rotten maple- limb at Newfield, N. J.,
at the same lime as the preceding species.

Zygodesmus muricatus. — Purplish rose-color, becoming light
buff, forming orbicular patches of a loose cottony texture, 2-4'"'-
across, or, by confluence, more ; hyphoe 5-7/^ in diameter, strongly
muncate roughened, much branched, with a strong zygodesmoid
joint just above each branch, the extremities of the branches divided
‘oto numerous oblong, cylindrical basidia with four strongly devel-
oped spicules at their obtuse apices, bearing the subglobose, strongly
echinulate, 5-6// conidia.

18

On rotten pine. Newfield, N. J., September 1883.

Rhinotrichum sulfureum. — Forming a thin, sulphur-colored
(nearly white at first) stratum on the surface of the matrix. Prostrate
hyphge branched and septate, fertile hyphse erect, simple, 4-6-sep'
tate, 200-250/^ high by 7-8// thick, gradually attenuated above and
bearing the elliptical, 11-15x9-10/.^ conidia on little tubercular,
lateral processes.

On rotten wood. Decorah, Iowa, October, 1882. E.W. Holvvay.

Stilbospora fenestrata. — Stroma subcuticular and imper-
fectly developed; spores elliptical, fenestrate, brown, 35-40x15-20/^
on strong basidia, and, by their growth, elevating the cuticle in a
pustuliform manner and finally rupturing it and oozing out so as to
form little black patches on the surface.

On dead twigs of Clethra alnifolia Newfield, N. J., throughout the
year.

Nidularia rubella. — Peridia irregularly globose, 1-2““- in dia-
meter, often confluent, two or three together, dirty white, of a loose,
thin texture and soon disappearing; sporangia of a dull, dark red-
dish color, orbicular or sub-elongated, about .33“’"' in diameter, not
umbilicate, under the lens the surface appearing slightly uneven, but
smooth and shining as if varnished.

After the disappearance of the peridium the mass of sporangia
becomes flattened out and remains attached to the surface of the
wood.

Nearly allied to N. denudata, Fr., from which it differs in the
color of its sporangia.

On decaying pine. Newfield, N. J.; autumn.

Peziza (Mollisia) glenospora. — Sessile, orbicular, .25-5““'
diameter, dull white, becoming darker; substance of the cup coarsely
cellular, but fringed above with a row of erect, sub-cylindrical, con-
tinuous, hair-like cells, S-iox2/r, rather narrower below, and their
apices obtuse. (This structure is only visible with a considerable
magnifying power, the margin with a pocket lens being scarcely visi-
ble.) Asci clavate-cylindrical, 75-8 ox9-io/<; paraphyses curved and
swollen at their tips; sporidia elliptical, or rather more acute at one
end, with a single large nucleus, 12-15x7-8//.

The young sporidia are filled with numerous globose nuclei, but
these soon unite into one and often cause the sporidia lying in the
asci to appear globose, since the two ends, because of the thin epis-
pore, are so transparent as to be almost invisible.

On rotten Magnolia. Newfield, N. J., November, 1883.

Untenable Names of Carices.— A number of old and doubtful
names was resuscitated by Olney and made to replace familiar
ones in his published fasciculi. 'I’hese names have in some instances
been adopted in local floras, and should be arrested before coming
into more general use. The doing away with generally adopted
names results at best in more or less confusion, and it should not be
tolerated when any doubt exists as to the application of the revived
names. The following names introduced by Mr. Olney are uncertain
as to application, and deserve not to be regarded as synonyms even:

19

Carex Nuttal/ii, 5 ch\v., for C. crus-corvi, Shuttlevvorth. This
name was first published in 1824, by Schweinitz, in his preliminary
Analytical Table, a list containing no descriptions, and intended as a
temporary affair to precede his monograph. The plant was credited
to Arkansas. It had spikes “corymbosely ramose,” with a habit
“near C. Indica." d'he name may have referred to the plant now
called crus-corvi, but it is entirely uncertain, and Schweinitz did not
again use it.

C. albo-lutescens, Schw., for C. adusta, Boott. This name was
also published in the Analytical Table, and was probably founded
upon an immature specimen. So uncertain was the species that in
the subsequent monograph of Schweinitz and Torrey the name was not
mentioned. Dr. Boott, 111 ., iii., 120, makes it a synonym for C.
straminea, var. festucacea.

C. AI uskingumensis, Schw., for C. arida, Schw. and 1 orr. Under
rigid rides of priority this name will hold. It was made by
Schweinitz in his Table, but, disliking it, he and Torrey substituted
arida in their Monograph, under which name it was first described.
Rules of nomenclature in those days of comparatively few narnes
were less rigid than now, and no breach was made in suppressing
3 - little-known and unwieldy name. It is no service to science to
unearth a rjame buried by common consent in its infancy, when its
unearthing but increases confusion.

C. fnicrodonta, Torr., for C. Crawei, Dew. — This name was rnade
hy Torrey and Hooker and published in 'I’orrey’s Monograph of the
Cyperaceae in 1836. It was given to a Texas plant. No. 439 of
Drummond’s collection, It refers to a plant differing from Cm ex
Crawei in its toothed perigynium and laxer habit. It may prove to
be an older name for C. alveata, Boott. Texas specimens referred to
C. microdonta in the Gray Herbarium approach C. granulans m ap-
pearance. When sufficient material accumulates, C. Crawei C.
^licrodonta may be found to be the extremes of the same species, but
3t present they must be kept distinct.

L. H. Bailey, Jr.

Concerning Abutilon. — On further consideration, I am convinced
that Professor Macloskie and myself are wrong in our morphology
■ 3 little confused as to facts. In Abutilon Avicennce there sometimes
occurs a bract like that which I noticed in another species, and also one
or two smaller ones; but they are below the joint in the peduncle or
pedicel, and I think that the small bracts are axillary to the larger
one. However that may be, it seems plain that this is an attempt
toward the two-flowered peduncle, which is quite common in t at
species. Now the “ involucel,” as botanists are particular to call it,
of mallow and hibiscus is always close to the calyx, above the
^rticulation when there is any, and never has a si^gn of any second
flower within it. It is so strictly connected with the flower that some
botanists have called it epicalyx. Hypocalyx would be a better term
a special name were needed. I have not yet found
the peduncle of A. vexillarium, but I do find what appears to 1 ^ a
five-lobed involucel, close pressed to the base of the ca y V

20

above the joint. If so, this is the true homologue of the involucel
of the mallow. But what troubles me is that this minute involucel,
as it would appear to be, is completely continuous with the base of
the calyx, and differs from it only in its green instead of red color.

If this is what Dr. Macloskie has in view, I would like to ask if he
finds it at all separable from the calyx, and, if not, whether it is an
organ at all ? And I now wish to insist that in any case, whether it is
a discoloration or an involucel, it is not the representative of the bract
or bracts low down on the peduncle of the velvet-leaf.

Providence, February loth 1884. W. W. Bailey.

Note on Juncus trifidus, L. — In looking over some plants col-
lected in the Shawangunk Mountains* last August, I find specimens
oi Juncus trifidus, L,, from the exposed conglomerate ledges at Sam’s
Point, Ulster County, N. Y., where it grew plentifully. Mr. C. H.

Peck informs me that it is known from but three other localities in the
State, viz., Mt. Marcy and Mt. Whiteface in the Adirondacks, and .
near Lake Mohunk, the latter station being about fifteen miles
north of Sam s Point, on the same mountain range.

N. L. Britton.

DoMh of Dfi George Engelmann. — Lovers of the science of bot-
any will be pained to learn that the long and active life of Dr. George
Engelmann was closed on the 4th inst., at his residence in St. Louis.

Dr. Engelmann was born at Frankford-on-the Main, Germany,

Feb. 2d, 1809, and was consequently, at his death, seventy-five years
and two days of age. His university education was acquired at the
universities of Berlin, Heidelberg and Wurzburg. In 1832 he came
to the United States and three years after setting foot upon the east- , ■

ern shore of the country he found himself in St. Louis, in the heart
of the country. There he began the practice of medicine and con-^\ - /
tinned the study of it and other sciences. In the year 1813^ was , Jl
founded the Western Academy of Science, Dr. Engelmann bemg one >
of the organizers. For a number of years the society flourished T"
and then died. He was one of the originators of the St. Louis Med- , A*

ical society, and was for some time the president of that body. In ^

1856 the St. Louis Academy of Science was organized, and he was

one of the founders and for many years held the honorable posi- 1

tion of president.

As we may e.xpect a full account of his life and labors from the I

hand of one whose name has several times been associated with his I

in botanical investigations, we refrain from giving such details of his |

biography as we find in the daily papers, and which may not be in
every respect accurate.

Necrology. — The friends of science, and mycologists especially,
will learn with regret of the death of Wm. T. Haines, which
occurred at his residence in West Chester, Pa., on the

2nd of February, 1884. Mr. Haines, in addition to his great legal

*See Bulletin, October, 1883.

i

21

abilities, was well-known for his devotion to scientific pursuits, and,
during the last few years, his labors with those of his colleagues,
Messrs. Everhart, Jeffries and Gray, have added many interesting
species to the mycologic flora of Chester County,

The friends who were accustomed to accompany him in “ fungus
forays” through the grand old woods around West Chester will long
cherish the recollection of those excursions among the pleasant mem-
ories of the past.

J. B. Ellis.

Botanical Notes.

Coloring Matter of Flowers. — H. Hansen has separated the two
constituents of chlorophyll by Kiihne’s method. He has also exam-
ined the coloring matter of flowers. The yellow pigment is lipochrome
and can be crystallized It shows two bands in the blue and no fluor-
escence; that described by Pringsheim resulted from a small admix-
ture of chlorophyll. The red coloring matter is in a state of solution
in the cells. The spectrum shows a broad band between D. & b.
The shades of red are often caused by an admixture of lipochrome,
as in Papaver, Lilium bidbi/erum, etc. The blue and violet pigments
are also in a state of solution and show bands in the red half of the
spectrum. Acted upon by acids, they become red. None of these
pigments shows spectra resembling that of chlorophyll, except when
a small cpiantity of that substance is present. ( Jour. Royal Micros.
Soc. )

Proceedings of the Torrey Club.— The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, Dec. nth,
1883, the President in the chair and twenty-four persons present.

Messrs. Schrenk, Day and Britton were appointed a permanent
committee to act with Mr. E. Steiger in preparing a catalogue of the
plants of Central Park.

A permanent Committee, consisting of Messrs. Britton and Hyatt,
and Miss Knight, was appointed to organize a sub-section for the
study of physiological botany.

Dr. Willis showed specimens, from a dry hill near Scarsdale, N.

of ^ Melanthium, which Dr. Britton identified as M. latifohum.
Desroitss, a species which grows on dry ground, while M. Virgtnicum
occurs in swamps. One person was elected an active member.

According to previous announcement, the President, Dr. Newberry,
Was to have delivered an address upon the Vegetation along the Line
of the Northern Pacific Railroad, but, owing to the lateness of the
oour, he was obliged to confine himself to a description of the forest
frees. The following is an abstract :

ON THE FOREST TREES OF THE COUNTRY BORDERING THE LINE OF
THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD.

In going westward from Lake Superior the arborescent vegeta-
fion ceases near Brainerd, the last trees being white pine, Banks’s
Dne, the larch, white birch, white maple and aspen. I hence to the
ocky Mountains a continuous sheet of herbaceous vegetation

22

covers the surface, and no trees are seen except cottonwoods {Populus
montUferd) along the Missouri. The first ranges of the Rocky Moun-
tains on this route along the Yellowstone River and in the Park are
covered sparsely or densely with trees, the higher summits and ridges
with Ptnus Jlextlis, James, Abies gra?idis, and Tsuga Douglassii, Carr.,
while the foot-hills, and, in some cases the levels, are thickly set
with Ptnus contorta, Doug)., var. Murrayana, Watson. This latter is
regarded by some as a distinct species {^P, Murrayana^ Murr.), but is
only An upland form, which is larger and more spreading. Both vari-
eties, however, grow in proximity in many parts of Oregon and
Northern California. In the lowlands of the Park are dense thickets
of dwarf willow and here and there a tree of Populus angustifolia,
James, and Pinus ponderosa, Dough

1 he divide west of Helena is covered with scattered trees of
Douglass s spruce, which here reaches a height of one hundred feet.
In the gorges which head in the mountains there are a few trees, often
of good size, of Ptnus ponderosa, Doi’gh, but they are here out of
place and belong properly to the arid country between the Rockv
Mountains and the Cascade Range.

In the valley of Clark’s Fork and about Pend’Oreille Lake the
forest growth is quite strong, the rocky cliffs and ridges are set with
Douglass’s and Menzie’s spruces, while the lowlands sustain a crowded
growth of slender trees belonging to three species which are charact-
eristic of the Western flora, probably not crossing the divide. These
are Ptnus monticola, Dough, Larix occidentalism Nutt., and Thuya
gigantea, Nutt. Of these, the first has altogether the habit of our
white pine in trunk, foliage and branches, but is at once distinguished
by its longer and more slender cones. In the Cascade Mountains
this species occurs sparingly over a large area, but I have never seen
It elsewhere in such abundance as on Clark's Fork. The same is true
of the Lartx ; larger trees than any found here are scattered over the
eastern slope of the mountains of Oregon, but they are comparatively
Thuya extends from the sources to the mouth of the
Columbia, constantly increasing in size; in the Rocky Mountains
never attaining more than one-half the dimensions it reaches on the
lower river. As we descend the valley of Clark’s Fork the western
hemlock \ Tsuga Mertensiana, Carr.) begins to make its appearance;
at first as shrubs or low trees simulating exactly the hemlock of the
Lastern States, from which this has only a varietal difference. On
t le Lower Columbia it grows, like many other conifers, to be a
majestic tree.

Between the last ranges of the Rocky Mountains, near Pend’
Oreille Lake and the Cascades, the prevailing and almost the only
tree is Ptnus ponderosa, Dough It scarcely forms forests here, but is
scattered over the country in considerable abundance and attains a
large size.

Passing the gorge of the Columbia we come into the dense forests
of the Pacific Coast proper, where the number and magnitude of the
trees is greater than I have seen in any eastern or even tropical re-
gion. I he trees of several kinds here reach an altitude of three hun-
dred feet, and often stand so near together that all undergrowth is

absent, and the horseman makes his way through them with difficulty,
n the lowlands the Douglass spruce and the western arbor vitte are
e most abundant. Locally, the hemlock is common, and along the
nveij the Northwestern cottonwood {Popu/us trichocarpa, T. & G.)
stands thick and attains a large size. Along the smaller streams, and
in swampy places, the Oregon ash {Fraxiniis Oregana, Nutt.) and
le arborescent alder {^Alnus rhotnbifolia, Nutt.,) occur in consider-
^ A attain about equal size, /. e., a diameter of one foot

and a height of fifty or sixty feet. Scattered through this lowland
torest are the two common maples of the West {Acer macrophyllum,
iirsh, and A. circinnaium, Pursh.) Of these, the first grows some-
imes to the height of eighty feet with a diameter of trunk of twelve
o niteen inches, and on young plants the leaves sometimes attain a
ireadth of a foot or more. The vine-maple is a peculiar feature
in the forests of the Lower Columbia, Puget Sound and Vancouver’s
s and. It never becomes more than six inches in diameter and sev-
usually spring from the same root. These are very
s ender, droop, and, frequently reaching the ground, take root at the
summit. Where these interlacing trunks are numerous they form a
iicket which is almost impenetrable.

On the higher and more rocky portions of the country the West-
ern balsam fir {Abies grandis, Lindl.) and its congeners A. nobilis,
indl. and A. amabilis, Dougl, are locally numerous and attain great
d ^ ’ ^ height of from one hundred and fifty to two hun-

nnd a trunk diameter of five to seven feet. With these,

" 1 ^ distinct sub-genus, are the omnipresent Douglass spruce,

and Menzies spruce, formerly known as Abies Menziesii, Dough, but
now generally called A. Sitchensis, Carr. Still higher, and reaching
perpetual snow, are Pinus flexilis, James, var albicaulis,
an Tsuga Pattoniana, Englm., the latter the most beautiful of all
oni ers. Less common than the preceding conifers, but locally
undant in the country bordering the Lower Columbia and Puget
ound, are two cypresses {Chamcecyparis Lawsoniana, Parlat., and C.
tt kaensis, Spach.) Of these, the first, sometimes called the ginger pine,
rom the fragrance of its wood, is much admired and cultivated for
eauty and esteemed for the excellence of the lumber it furnishes,
carcdy less interesting to the botanist is the western yew ( Taxus brevi-
a tree often forty to sixty feet in height growing sparingly
je lower portions of Oregon and Washington. Three species of
Jiniper are scattered over the dryer and more rocky parts of the
^^•‘dering the Columbia, Juniperus occidentalis, Hook.,

_ he foothills of the cascades, often an erect tree 40-50 feet in
^'ght; J, Uta/iensis, Englm., low and spreading, in the interior; and
y- communis, L., generally distributed and closely resembling in foliage,
and mode of growth, the eastern and European plant.

*'>i)ong the great conifers of the Pacific coast, two of the most
a* valuable, the sugar pine {Pinus Lambertiami, Dougl.)
h the redwood {Sequoia sempervirens, Endl.) approach, and the
St reaches the line of the N. P. Railroad, though their habitat is
ore southern, and both are important elements in the resources of
e country from which it will derive much of its business. Of these.

24

the sugar pine — nearly related to the eastern white pine, by habit,
foliage, cones and wood — ^is the monarch of the genus, frequently
reaching a height of 300 feet, with a diameter of from 10 to 15 feet.
This grows chiefly in the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Mountains
throughout Oregon and California. The redwood is even larger. It
is found only along the coast and about Port Orford forms forests,
which surpass, in the average dimensions of the trees, any others I
have seen. The lumber furnished by both these great trees is excel-
lent; and, like the white pine of the East, they are suffering such
wholesale destruction as promises soon to exhaust the supply they
furnish. The next in intrinsic value as timber trees, and, from their
abundance, having even greater economic importance, are the Doug-
lass and Menzies spruces, the “white fir” {Abies grandis, Lindl.) and
the western white cedar {Thuya giganfea, Nutt.) These form the
basis of the lumber industry of the Puget Sound region and supply
all the great saw-mills, some of which cut 250,000 feet per day. The
timber furnished by these trees is good, but the lumber is inferior.

With the array of magnificent conifers which flourish in the moist
and equable climate of the North Pacific coast, the poverty of the
angiospermous flora is in striking contrast. Two maples, two poplars,
— one on the high and other on low grounds — one ash and one
alder have been enumerated. To these should be added two arbo-
rescent willows {Salix lasiandra, Benth., and S. lougifolta, Miilil.)
one oak of little value and two other hard-wood trees, and the list is
complete. On the last mentioned trees I have made the following
notes: ,

In the open grounds of the Willamette Valley, Puget Sound and
Vancouver's Island, Garry’s oak {Quercus Garryana, Dougl.) is not
uncommon. It is usually of moderate size and of a peculiar strag-
gling and misshapen growth; occasionally trees of three or four feet
in diameter are met with, but the shapre is so irregular and the w’ood so
brittle that it has little value as a timber-tree. In the forests of both
Oregon and Washington Territory two trees are sometimes seen that
are sure to attract the attention of the eastern botanist. One of these
which grows on the higher grounds, is the Oregon chinquapin {Casia-
nopsis chrysophylla, A. DC.) generally a shrub, but sometimes reaching
an altitude of fifty or sixty feet, and conspicuous from the golden pubes-
cence of the under side of the leaf. The other tree to which I re-
fer is the madrona {Arbutus Menziesii, Pursh.) This is a small tree,
but one much admired; the foliage is persistent and rich, the leaves
oblong or lanceolate with serrated edges, and the fruit, which grows
in clusters, is red, and somewhat resembles that of the mountain ash,
but is less abundant and grows in more open panicles.

Note on Plate XLIII. — Through an oversight on the part of ttie
Editor the following sentence was omitted from the description 0
Plate XLIII., which appeared in our last number: “ All the powers

refer to the original drawings, which, in the plate, appear reduced to
one-half their size.’’

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BUTANICAL club.

New York, March, 1884. [No. 3.

Two Lichens of Ihe Pacific Coast.

By Edward Tuckerman.

1 he development of a stalk-like, descending thallus in the typical
orizontal and crust-like one of the genus Lecidea, in L. conglomerata,
cn., IS so rare that another example of it in the Italian L. caulescens,
Anz. acquires an importance the value of which is not affected if we
egard it as only such a condition (American also) of L. squalida,
^ cn., as IS our Lecanora cervitia, v. thatnnina (Syn. xN. Amer. Inch.,
p. 202) of this Lecanora. It is indeed possible that such outgrowth
a-} prove less rare, or even, in the proper conditions, not very uncom-
mon; and I observe it, also, in the admirably exhibited Z. Cenisia of
specimens from the Yosemite granite (Bolander.)
c acific coast, which furnished these lichens, has proved at once
cr lie and various in illustrations of the vertical thallus, and I ven-
ire to th'nk that Ave may add one more to them; referable this
neither to the typically ascendant and shrub-like, as Stereopelte, Th.

^ yf ^ fiothamnia , mihi (Lichenes fruticulosi) nor the typi-
^1 1 ”*^^'zontal just above noticed, in which the members of a prop-
squamous thallus, in certain conditions of the substrate, extend
own wards into branching stems (Lichenes radicati, si placet) but
ere what should be a laciniate, crustaceous lichen, the appressed,
th circumference of which is without apparent variation from

e ordinary type in such lichens except indeed the sufficiently im-
Por ant one that the cortical layer extends to the under side, runs, at
thickened centre, Avith more or less distinctness, into
branches (Lichenes rameo-laciniati) of which our ex-
the Californian Lecatiora thamnoplaca, mihi (Gen. Lich.
and^^ H widely diffused Z. melanaspis, Ach. The nakedness

fr y separableness, or even large separation of the under side
ticTl ^ ^^'bstrate in this last lichen, due to the continuity of its cor-
3 ayer, as Avell as the looseness of extreme conditions of it, have
noted by authors, but not, so far as I am aAvare, that its divisions
more than “inflated” laciniae, and really pass at last into
^ leal ^jterns. This is the case, hoAvever, in the thickest portions of
in it groAvs in Colorado and NeAv Mexico (Brandegee,

in Sprague) and, especially, in the cushion-like clumps e.xceed-

ob ^ quarter of an inch in thickness, in which the same acute

in bas found the lichen to occur nearer the Pacific, in Wash-

see ^b ?^*^^bory. Here the turgid, loosely intertangled divisions are
not ] mto (juite terete ones becoming vertical, and it is

gg ^ ^^sy to refer the plant to the species as elseAvhere repre-
jive^ r ^^^bfornia, Bolander; and especially Kansas, Hall) irrespec-
o now, and in Europe as well as here, not

‘fiaeno^'is ^ympsis this marked feature escaped attention in the
I ough plainly indicated in the specific name.

26

a little pronounced. And I find precisely the same modification of
structure in a well-marked, purchased specimen collected in the
Pyrenees; as in other European ones. In the fruit, while not in this
really separable from the foreign plant, ours is variously emphasized;
the New Mexican specimens offering flat and well-margined, glaucous-
pruinose apothecia, and those from Washington Territory naked ones,
in which the disk finally equals and surpasses the margin, and the
fruit becomes, curiously glyphidoid-difform, an anamorphosis to be
observed now in extreme forms of L. cinerea, v.gibbosa, Nyl. (Cali-
fornia; H. Mann) and noticeably enough prefigured, in both lichens,
by the Periusaria-\\kQ younger conditions. The described margin of
the disk of L. melanaspis is indistinct or obsolete commonly here, as
it appears to be, for the most part, elsewhere.

But I have also to notice a fruticulose member of a genus not be-
fore known to exhibit this kind of thallus:

Staurothele Brandegei, sp. nov. — Thallo fruticuloso (alt.
) erecto, e tereti ramulis dactylinis obsesso mox compresso et
superne dilafato lobatoque, in crustam verrucosam plus minus stipato,
fusco, subtus dilutius; apotheciis globosis (lat. o'"”’’ ,3-5).
solitariae visae, muriformi-multiloculares, nigro-fuscae, longit. 0
,026-50, crassit o'”™-, 020-24, paraphysibus diflfluxis.

Mountains of Washington Territory; T. S. Brandegee, in herb.
Sprague. The internal structure of the thallus offers no differences
from that of the umbrina-%\oc\i. This group, which is not uncommon
both west of the Rocky Mountains and in the Appalachian system,
offers other marked evidences of its superior rank in the Tribe, ex-
hibiting now an effigurate and even lobulate circumference, which,
scarcely more than hypothalline in the Eurojjean Dermatocarpon Am-
brosianum, Mass. {Lic/i. Ital. n. 30) is here (in the eastern A. Drum-
mondii and S. Petersii) very distinctly thalline, and occurs (in Ore-
gon specimens very close to S. umbrhia, in herb. Sprague) with much
the aspect of a reduced form of Lecanora molybdina (Wahl.) Ach.
Hymenial gonidia of S. Brandegei oblong, guttated, o™“' ,006-12
long, and o’"™-, 0025-40 thick.

New Species of Fungi.

By Chas. H, Peck.

POLYPORUS DELECTANS. — Pileus sessile, convex or subtriquetrous,
frequently elongated, simple or subimbricated, fleshy-fibrous, becom-
ing corky, azonate, glabrous or slightly floccose-totnentose, uneven,
white becoming yellowish, the margin acute; pores plain or slightly
concave, decurrent, large, unequal, subrotund or angular, whitish, the
dissepiments at length acute, dentate or lacerate; spores subglobose
or l>roadIy elliptical, .00025 to .0003 in. long. Pileus 2 to 4 inches
long, about 2 inches broad.

Prostrate trunks in woods, Ohio; A. P. Morgan. The species
belongs to the Anodermei, section Carnosi, and is related to such
species as P. lacteus, P. destructor^ etc. From the former its large
pores will distinguish it, from the latter its paler color and the entire
absence of zones both without and within, and from P.
both the absence of zones and the much thicker substance will separ-

27

ate it According to Professor Morgan’s notes, the dissepiments are
at first thick and obtuse. In the dried specimens they are thin, acute
and uneven or dentate. They do not become distinctly flexuous or
labyrinthiform, and their length is scarcely equal to the thickness of
the flesh of the pileus.

MYRIADOPORUS, Gen. nov.

Hymenium cellular-porous ; pores of the surface shallow, open,
the others imbedded in the hymenium, variously directed, short,
closed, inseparable from each other and from the hymenophore.

1 his is a singular genus of Polyporei, at present represented by
two species, both of which are resupinate and bear a striking resem-
blance to certain resupinate species of Polyporus. I have not been
able to find spores in either species, and can scarcely avoid the sus-
picion that both may be abnormal developments of species of Poly-
porus. Still, the structure is so peculiar that I have thought best to
describe it. The pores do not, as in Polyporus, form vertical, parallel
tubes, but rather cells or short tubes variously directed, so that a ver-
tical section of the hymenium, as well as a horizontal one is porous. In
the thickening of the hymenium, new pores are begun and old ones are
closed from time to time and are thereby changed into cells or vesi-
cular cavities. In both species the pores are minute, and sometimes
contiguous ones run into each other.

Myriadoporus adustus. — Hymenium about one line thick, dis-
tinct from the whitish or pale crearn-colored subiculum, from which
It is separated by a definite line, grayish-black, varying slightly in
color within, wherefore appearing substratose in a vertical section;
pores minute, those ofJ;he surface unequal, somewhat angular, occa-
sionally confluent.

Decaying wood. Ohio; Morgan.

Ihe hymenium closely resembles in color that of Polyporus adustus,
^nd the subicular hymenophore is very similar in hue to the corres-
ponding part of that Polyporus, so that our plant might at first sight
be taken for a resupinate form of that fungus. It forms a statum two
inches or more in length, and, when separated from the matrix, rolls
up in drying. The stratified apj)earance of a vertical section of the
hymenium is apparently due entirely to a variation in color and not
^0 any interruption in the structure.

Polyporus induraius, Pk , 31st Museum Report, p. 37, has a simi-
lar structure, and, if the genus shall prove to be a valid one, this will
stand as Myriadoporus induratus. In it the hymenium is concolorous
'vith, and inseparable from, the subiculum. The general appearance
and color of the fungus are suggestive of Polyporus obducens.

Valsa minutella.^ — Pustules minute; perithecia six to twenty in
a pustule, nestling in the bark, crowded, black; ostiola erumpent in a
luinute subferruginous disk which is closely surrounded by the rup-
tured epidermis, black; asci short, clavate or subfusiform, scarcely
pedicellate, .0009 to .0012 in. long, .0002 to .00025 in. broad, spores
a antoid, crowded, .0002 to .00025 in. long.

Hark of beech {Fagus ferruginea), Canada; Professor J. Macoun.

'cry small in all its parts and readily recognized by its minute pus-
tules and subferruginous disk.

28

* Valsa GRiSEA. — Pustules small, perithecia four to fifteen in a
IHistule, nestling in the inner bark, their necks converging and pierc-
ing the small, orbicular, erumpent, grayish or brownish disk ; ostiola
punctiform, black; asci clavate, .002 to .0024 in. long ; spores allan-
toid, colorless, .0004 to .0005 in. long.

Dead branches of ash {Fraxinus Americana) and of maple {Acer
rubruni), Canada ; Macoun.

The pustules are often arranged in rows. The grayish disk be-
comes darker with age.

Valsa fraxinina. — Pustules small ; perithecia minute, three to
ten in a pustule, nestling in the inner bark; ostiola minute, puncti-
torm, black; asci subclavate, .002 to .0024 in. long, .0003 in. broad;
spores allantoid, crowded, colorless, .0005 to .0007 in. long, .00016 to
.0002 in. broad.

Dead branches of ash {Fraxinus Americana), Canada; Macoun.

Closely related to the preceding species, from which its larger
spores and the absence of a grayish, pulverulent disk will separate it.

Valsaria purhurea. — Pustules prominent, erumpent, covered
with a purplish tomentum ; perithecia six to twenty in a. pustule,
crowded, subglobose, black ; ostiola piercing the tomentum, rostrate,
cylindrical or elongated-conical, rugged, sometimes curved or flexu-
ous, black ; asci cylindrical, paraphysate, .003 to .0045 in. long, .0004
in. broad ; spores uniseriate, colored, oblong-elliptical, uniseptate,
.0006 to .00065 .0003 to .00035 broad.

Dead bark of ash. Canada; Macoun.

Remarkable for, and easily known by, the purplish tomentum of
the pustules.

Hypomyces xylophilus. — Subiculum effused, whitish; perithecia
numerous, crowded, small, subflavid, with a blunt ostiolum; asci
cylindrical, .0035 to .0045 in. long, .00025 to .0003 in. broad; spores
simple, uniseriate, subfusiform, .0006 to .0007 in. long, .0002 to
.00025 in. broad.

Decaying wood. Ohio; Morgan.

The species is remarkable for its peculiar habitat. By reason of
its simple spores it belongs to the subgenus Peckiella.

Pyrenophora depressa. — Perithecia .010 to .014 in. broad,
depressed or collapsed, at first covered by the epidermis, then erump-
ent or naked, black, sometimes surrounded at the base by a few
appressed, black, radiating filaments, furnished above with a few short,
erect or divergent, straight, black, setae; asci cylindrical or subclavate,
.0045 to .006 in. long ; spores crowded or obliquely monostichous,
oblong or subovate, triseptate, with one or two longitudinal septa,
colored, .0011 to .0014 in. long, .0006 to .0008 in. broad.

Dead stems of Arabis. California; M. E. Jones.

Pyrenophora fenestrata. — Perithecia .on to .015 in. broa ,
depressed, at first covered by the epidermis, then erumpent or e
coming naked, hispid with a few straight, divergent, black set® , a^ci
fugacious; spores oblong, fenestrate, deeply colored, black in J
mass, .0016 to .002 in. long, .0007 to .0009 in. broad, with about sev
transverse septa, generally constricted in the middle.

Dead stems of herbs. Utah; Jones.

29

A New Species of Cyperus.

By N. L. Britton.

CvPERUS Rusbvi. — Culm slender, triangular, smooth, about a foot
in height; leaves narrowly linear, smooth, shorter than the culm; in-
volucre about five-leaved, equalling the rays ; umbel three- to five-
rayed, one or two of the rays elongated to a length of about three
inches ; heads composed of four to seven, lanceolate, acute spikelets,
which are thirteen- to twenty-flowered, their axes not winged; scales
abouf eleven-nerved, the mid-nerve slightly darker, keeled, distich-
ously arranged, broadly ovate and obtuse when unfolded, all fertile ;
achenium black, smooth, sharply triangular obovate ; stamens three ;
roots fibrous, with short, scaly rhizomes.

Collected near Silver City, New Mexico, in i8So, by Mr. H. H.
K.usby, for whom it is named.

Notes on New England Algae. III. — The different character of the
marine flora of the New England Coast in its northern and southern
parts has been noticed by all algologists. North of Cape Cod it is
distinctly arctic, while south of Cape Cod it has, as pointed out by
Professor Farlow, considerable resemblance to that of the Adriatic.

1 he only important exception hitherto recorded is Goose Cove,
Squara, on Cape Ann, a small pond, separated by a dam from the sea,
and where the water becomes quite warm in summer. Three species
found here by Professor Farlow, Rhabdonia tenera, Ag., Gracihirta
multipariita, Ag., and Chondriopsis tenuissinia, Ag., though common to
Vineyard Sound, etc., were new to the northern coast. Since then
the Gracilaria has been found in ditches in the Mystic River marshes,
hut the other species have not been recorded from any new locality.

Among the algm collected by the late Silas Durkee, M.l)., and
oow in the herbarium of the Boston Society of Natural History, is a
small specimen of Rasya elegans marked ^^Dasya pedicellata, Ag., Bos-
ton. ” Last summer I made a number of excursions to various
points within fifteen miles of Boston to see if this or any other of the
southern species were to be found there. I was much more success-
ful than I anticipated, and in Weymouth River and the adjoining
cove running up into Quincy, I found a rich flora of characteristic
southern forms. In July and August I found Dasya elegans, Ag.,
Grtnnellia Americana, Harv., Griffithsia Bornetiana, Farlow, Lomen-
uncinata, Meneg., Champia parvula, Harv., Mesogloia divaricata,
Riitz., Polysiphonia atrorubescens, Grev., and P. variegata, Ag., all
floating in great abundance. The fronds of Dasya were frequently
over two feet long, and the Grinnellia gr&w in tufts, sometimes of
^enty fronds or more, each over a foot or more in length. 1 he
was more luxuriant than I had ever seen it, even in such a
P ace as Buzzard’s Bay, where it reaches very good dimensions; the
Lonieniaria appeared in all the forms described in the Nereis Boreali-
Ainericana ; the Rhabdonia was of good size, and often had on it
pants of Calhthamnion byssoideuni, Arn., var. unilaterale, Harv.
^'^ondriopsis tenuissima, Ag., and var. BaiUyana, Farlow, were growing

30

abundantly between tide-marks. In September, I found the same
species of Polysiphonia as in July, but the plants were much denuded;
P. Jibrillosa, Grev., I found for the first time here, and in good con-
dition; Gnffiihsia had disappeared; and Grinnellia were repre-

sented only by small forms grovving on Zosiera; Chn7)ipia was very
abundant and \vell developed, with abundance of both kinds of fruit,
and I found a small frond of Gracilaria tnu Hip artita, big., var. angus-
iissima, Harv.,

All the species named are characteristic southern forms, most of
them hitherto unknown in this region; and the locality is full/ open
to the ocean, shipping passing in and out continually. The water is
undoubtedly warmer than in Massachusetts Bay, but the difference
cannot be very great, as the tide rises and falls from six to eight feet,
and the rapid current in and out must mix the waters quite thor-
oughly. This is quite different from Goose Cove, where there is
almost no communication with the sea, and the summer temperature
is quite high; yet, as we have seen, the Weymouth flora is much the
richer. I think it probable that similar “ colonies” must occur at
other points on the shore, especially along Plymouth and Barnstable
Counties. One certainly exists at Truro, on the inside of Cape Cod.
Among algas collected by Mr. W. P. Rich, I found fine specimens of
Spyridia filamentosa, Harv., the only reported instance north of Vine-
yard Sound, and also i\\e Griffithsia, Mesogloia, Champia, Polysi-
phonia variegata found at Weymouth. It would be interesting to
know if there grew at any such places some species equally comtnon
in southern New England with the plants found at Weymouth, such
as Sargassum vulgare, Ag., Stilophora rhizodes, I.yng., Hypnea musct-
formis, Lamour., etc.

I also found at Weymouth, in addition to the species named and
the ordinary species of the vicinity, Castagnea Zoslercs, Thuret, Dtc-
lyosiphon foeniculaceus, Gre\^, subspecies fiaccidus, Aresch., Bryopsis
plumosa, Lamour, an Ulva and an Ectocarpus. Both the latter are,
I think, new to America, but I defer further mention until I am more
certain of the species. It is interesting to observe how the warm
southern and the arctic floras meet here. Dasya elegans is a char-
acteristic plant of the Mediterranean basin, and does not extend north
of Spain; at Weymouth it grew in the greatest luxuriance, w'hile the
tide brought up from the lower harbor Euthora cristaia, Ag., and
Piilota serrata, Kiitz., both arctic species, the former reaching its
southern European limit in the north of Great Britain, the latter m
Norway.

F. S. Collins.

Cement for Mounting Plants. — Take of bisulphide of carbon
any quantity desired, and dissolve therein a sufficient quantity o
crude India rubber to make a cement of the proper consistenc)*
This is the best compound that can be made for the j

mounting plants, as'well as for use where a strong cement is esir
It is always ready for use.

Paola, Kansas.

J. H. OVSTER.

31

The Development of Dodecatheon. — The development of our
native plants has been so little studied that almost any of them is
capable of presenting new facts. In Dodecatheon Meadia, L,, I think
I have found some new phases of development which are of sufficient
interest to warrant my publishing them.

Taking the plant during the last days of March we find a tuber-
ous, shortened root-stock,/' (Fig. i), bearing at its top two buds, one
large and strong, c, the other small, b\ between these is a scar, a, which
indicates the position of last year’s flower-stalk or scape. The smaller
hud, b, contains only leaves, the large, prominent one, r, contains all
the leaves and all the flowers of the coming spring. These were al-
ready evident in the fall, but they remained undeveloped during the
winter in order to flower the coming spring. The root-stock, /, will
perish after flowering this year, but the continuation of it, bearing the

leaves and flower-scape, g, of the season, will produce roots, and, at is
summit, a continuation of its axils bearing the leaves and scape of
iiext year. Thus it becomes evident that each growth of the root-

32

stock remains but two seasons, one while it bears leaves and flowers,
and another while it serves as a reservoir in which to lay up a supply
of food.

After the second year a constriction takes place between the effete
biennial rootstock and the growth above it which at last results in
their entire separation, leaving a scar at the point of attachment, c.

The peculiar feature of this plant, however, is this: The lower
axils of the leaves in early spring contain leaf-buds, at the base of
which in each case we find but one root, so that in this case the roots
preserve the phyllotaxy of the leaves, since they agree with the posi-
tion of the buds which are iti the axils of the leaves. The roots of
these leaf-buds, d, remain for one year attached to the parent plant
and serve them as suppliers of sap. When, after the second year,
this portion of the parent stem decays, the roots are separated from
it, but carry with them the still quite undeveloped buds (Tig. 4), which
are capable of forming a new plant. I know of no parallel case.
The phyllotaxy is or occasionally f. I consider the scape as the
end of the rootstock, the two buds being axillary, the upper one the
larger. This would make it a case of sympodial growth.

Explanation OF THE Figures. — Fig. i. The plant in March. Fig. 2. Sec-
tion showing the position of buds and last year’s scape. Fig. 3 - Longitudinal
section. Fig. 4. The roots after separation. Fig. 5. Plant divested of scales
and leaves. Fig. 6. Section of the last. a. Last year’s scar. h. Small leaf-bud.
c. Bud containing the scape, b’ and c’ . The same in the young shoot, d. Bud fall-
ing away with root. e. Scar left by the falling off of the portion of the root-stock
more than two years old. f. Two years old. g. One year old portion, h. The
scape.

Dayton, Ohio. A. F. Foerste.

Notes from Southern New Jersey The following plants, col-

lected in 1883, are not given in the Preliminary Catalogue of the
State, and may therefore be worth noticing :

Chionanthus Virginica, L. — This is an addition to the flora of the
State ; locality, near Buena Vista Station, N. J., and Atlantic City
R. R. Rare, but probably occurs more frequently in a locality called
“Thick Hole,” Cumberland Co.

On July 4th I collected in Stephen’s Creek, near Estellville, At-
lantic Co., Potanwgefon Oakesianus, Robbins. I am not aware that
this plant has been reported from New Jersey before.

Perhaps the only definitely known locality in the State for
Sderia reticularis, Michx., is near Main Road Station, N. J. S. R. R >
seemingly not very abundant,

C. A. Gross.

Note on .£cidium Bellidis. — The jEddium upon the common
daisy, which has hitherto been regarded as a spore-form of Puccinta
Cofnposifaru7n,\% a true heterocismal uredine. A series of expeiimen a
cultures which I have made during the past four ^

demonstrated the fact that dScidium Belltdis is one stage of ^

obscura, Schrot., which occurs on Liizula. The P. LiizuJce n •»
is a totally distinct species having smooth, elliptical ure ospor
Those of P. obscura are round and rough.

King’s Lynn, England. Charles B. Plowrtgh

33

An Abi^ormal Form of Carya porcina, Nutt. — The accompany-
ing Fig. I represents a longitudnal section between
the two valves, and shows the hull, shell and kernel-
zones of a nut from an abnormal form of Carya por-
cina. The hull breaks off abruptly into a neck
which is often half an inch long. There is a long
point of the shell projecting into the neck of the
husk. The husk of this form splits at maturity into
only two valves, one of which is entire and covers
from two-fifths to one-half of the nut. The
other valve varies from three-lobed, to three-
parted, but the lobes are always grown together
at the base. There is a prominent ridge, which
runs around the nut between the valves, and
which in some specimens amounts almost to a
wing. There are also lesser prominences. A
cross-section of the nut would have the appear-
ance of a semi-circle attached to a semi-hexagon.
The nut has a wrinkled appearance. The hull is
cinereous in color or pale green. The leaves are
glabrous, and large for this species, and of a
darker green than those of the common form.

The specimens were found on a tree in the
campus of the Arkansas Industrial University,
and near a tree with nuts of the forms represented
in section in Fig. 2 .

Fayetteville, Ark. F. L. Harvey.

Botanical Notes.

The Formation of Giwi in Trees . — Sir James Paget has drawn
attention in the MedicaT Times to some remarkable investigations
made by Dr. Keijerinck in connection Avith the formation of gum in
trees, and lately published by the K.oyal xkcademy of Sciences at Am-
sterdam. Dr. Beijerinck found that in the peach, apricot, plum,
cherry, or other trees bearing stone-fruits, the formation of gum may be
caused by inserting a portion of the gum under the edge of a wound
through the bark. The observation that heated or long-boiled pieces
of gum would not produce this effect, and that wounds made in the
bark of the tree did not produce gum unless a portion was first intro-
duced into it, led him to suspect that the formation of gum was due
to the presence of bacteria or other living organisms. On micro-
scopical investigation he found that only those pieces of gum contain-
ing spores of a highly organized fungus, belonging to the Ascomyce/es,
had the power of conveying the gum disease or gummosis, and that
these spores, inserted by themselves under the bark, produced the
same pathological changes as did the pieces of gum. 1 he fungus
has been examined by Professor Oudemans, who has ascertained it to
^ species, and has named it Coryneum Beijerinckit. Its chief
characters consist in the fact that it has a cushion-like stroma, com-

34

posed of a bright brown parenchyma, on which stand numerous
conidia having colorless, unicellular and very slender stems, about as
long as themselves. The conidia are small, cask-shaped, about one-
third of a millimetre in length, and usually divided by slightly con-
stricting septa into four cells, of which the two terminal are longer
than the two middle ones. From these cells germinal filaments may
proceed, from which are developed brown, thick-walled and many-
celled mycelia. The first symptom of the gum disease is the develop-
ment of a beautiful red color around the wound, due to the formation
of a red pigment in one or more of the layers of the cells ot the bark.
Dr. Beijerinck believes that the fungus produces a fluid of the nature
of a ferment, which penetrates the adjacent structures, since the dis-
ease extends beyond the parts in which any trace of the fungus can
be detected. This ferment he believes to act on the cell-walls, starch
granules and other constituents of the cells, transforming them into
gum and even changing into gum the Coryheuvi itself. The influence
of this fluid is also exerted in the cambium, causing the formation of
morbid parenchyma, the cells being cubical or polyhedral, thin-walled
and rich in protoplasm which is in its turn transformed into gum. It
is further stated that “ a similar disease produces gum arabic, gum
tragacanth, and probably many resins and gum-resins.” Gum tra-
gacanth is known to be produced by the pith as well as the bark of
the stem, and to ooze out from the pith when the stem is cut; and if
it be indeed due to a disease it would seem as if the disease infects
the whole plant. Gum, moreover, may be found in the uninjured
husk of the almond, and it seems at first sight more probable that
the irritation caused by a fungoid parasite should cause a greater
flow of the natural product, just as the irritation caused by an insect
causes the development of galls

Tuberous Species of SolMum. — K paper upon this subject was read
by J. G. Baker at a meeting of the Linnean Society on January 17th.

There have been about nine hundred species described as belong-
ing to the genus, which, however, Bentham and Hooker would re-
duce to about seven hundred. Only a very small proportion of these
has tuberous underground stems, this Section including, according to
Dunal’s monograph in De Candolle’s ‘ Prodromus,’ twenty species,
all natives of the South American continent, and as far north as Mex-
ico and Texas. These twenty species Mr. Baker thinks should be re-
duced to six, with well-marked specific characters. While, from a
botanical point of view, the range of Solanum tuberosum has been un-
duly narrowed by separating from it forms which are not specifically
distinct, from a popular point of view it has, on the other hand been
erroneously extended, from the fact that the late Mr. Darwin, in his
‘ Voyage of the Beagle,’ described the potato as growing as far south
as 50“ S. lat. But Mr. Baker has clearly determined that the species
gathered there by Mr. Darwin was not Solanum *uberosum, but a quite
distinct species, A. Maglia. The geographical range of the
tuberosum extends from Chili to Mexico, though it is doubtful to w at
extent it is native in equatorial regions, having been cultivated from
time' immemorial by the Indians. Besides S. Maglia^ the rnost ini
portant of the tuberous species are Commersoni, widely dispersea

35

through Uruguay and Paraguay, and S. Jamesii, a native of New Mex-
ico. The tubers of the later species are, however, very small, not
much larger than a hazel-nut. The remaining species are but little
known, and probably are of no economic value.

Mummy Garlands. — In Nature, Dr. G. Schweinfurth gives an ac-
count of some new botanical discoveries made by him in connection
with the mummies of the twenty-first Egyptian dynasty, found at
Deri-el-Hahan. In the floral wreath on the mummy of the Princess
Ugi-Khouni were found folded leaves of a willow, Salix Safsaf, per-
fect flowers of the corn-poppy {Papaver Rhoeas, var. genuina). flower-
heads of Centaur ea depressa and of Pier is coronopifolia. The flowers
of P. Rheeas appear to have been gathered in an unopened condition
to prevent the petals from falling, and are in so good condition that
Dr, Schweinfurth remarks that so perfect and well-preserved speci-
mens of this fragile flower are rarely to be met with in herbaria. It
is worthy of note, too, that the character of this variety of the poppy,
var. genuina, although gathered more than three thousand years ago,
are identical with those of the same variety known at the present
day. With respect to Picris coronopifalia, the author remarks that not
a single peculiarity is apparent by which it might be distinguished
from the recent small form with low spreading branches now so com-
mon on the outskirts of the desert. From the occurrence of this
flower in the wreaths it is possible to conjecture that the burial of the
princess took place in March or April, since there would have been
considerable difficulty in obtaining the flowers after the latter month.
It has also been determined by capsules of the linseed plant found in
a Theban tomb of the twelfth dynasty, 2,200-2,400 B.C., that the flax
used by the ancient Egyptians was derived from Linum humile. Mill.,
and that the mustard oil used by them was derived from one of the
two varieties of arvensis, viz., A. Allionii, Jacq., or S. turgida,

Del., both of which are still common in Egypt.

Solid Pigments in Cell-sap . — The petals of flowers are far more
often colored by a pigment soluble in the cell-sap than by one in a
solid, granular form. Of 200 species examined by P. Fritsch, only
30 contained solid pigments in the cells either of the petals or of the
fruits.

Far the most common of these solid pigments is yellow, much the
greater number of yellow flowers, including nearly all the yellow
Compositae, being indebted for their color to substances of this na-
ffire. Exceptional instances of soluble yellow pigments occur in the
petals of Dahlia variabilis, Althea Sieberi and Tagetes, and in the
hairs of many species. Solid yellow pigments are described in Im-
patiens longicornu, where they vary greatly in size and form, in Tro-
p^olum majus, where the various shades of color in the flower are
due to a substance of this description in a brown cell-sap, in CEnothera
biennis, Cerinthe aspera. Calendula officinalis, Tagetes glandulifera,
tola tricolor, Rudbeckia- laciniata. Digitalis anibigua and Salpiglossis
‘^’ariabilis. The particles of the pigment are often in a state of active
*riolecular movement; they are always colored green by iodine and
are soluble in concentrated sulphuric acid with a deep blue color.
In some other chemical reactions they vary. The pigment appears

36

to be always imbedded in a matrix of protoplasm. A solid red pig-
ment was observed in the fruits of J^osa canina, Pyrus aucuparia,
Convallaria majalis, Bryonia dioica and in the acid of Euonymus laii-
f alius and Europceus, Celastrus scandens and Taxus baccata.

The red pigment in the cortical j^ortion of. the root of the carrot
is of a very peculiar jkind, resembling long, pointed crystals.

Insoluble violet pigments are rare, but occur in Thunbergia alata
and Delphinium bicolor ; while blue granules are found in the fruit of
Viburnum Tinus. Brown insoluble pigments were found only in the
seaweeds, Fucus vesiculosus and Furcellaria f astigiata. The devel-
opment of the colored granules does not end with their acting as pig-
ments; after this period they go through a variety of changes of de-
velopment or degradation. {Journ. Roy. Micros. Soc., from Prings-
heim’s Jahrb.).

Proceedings of the Torrey Club.— At the regular meeting of the
Club Tuesday evening, January 8th, the President occupied the chair
and twenty persons were present. The following officers were elected
for the current year: President, J. S. Newberry; Vice-President, Ad-
dison Brown; Corresponding Secretary, Miss Maria O. Steele; Record-
ing Secretary, A. Hollick; Treasurer, VV. H. Rudkin; Editor, W. R-
Gerard; Associate Editor. Benj. Braman; .Curator, Miss E. G.Rnight;
Librarian, N. L. Britton. The annual reports of the various officers
w'ere read and accepted.

Dr. Britton exhibited specimens and read

A List of Plants collected by Mr. J. Albert Rudkin during a
trip from Juno, on the coast, to Mt. St. Elias, Alaska, in the summer
of 1883, as follows:—

Coptis asplenifolia, Salisb.; Aconitum JVapellus, L., var. delphinifo-
lium, Seringe; Claytonia Siberica, L.; Spiraea Aruncus, L.; Geuvi
macrophyllum, Rnbus Nutkanus, Moyino; Eubus pedatus. Smith;

Poterium Sitchense, Watson ; Tiarella trifoliata, L.; Tellima grandr
flora,Do\\^ ; Epilobium coloratum, Muhl.; Epilobium laiifolium, L., var.
GRANDIFLORUM n. vur . — Stems strong, angled, their upper portions
slightly canescent; leaves ovate-lanceolate, two and one-half inches
long by one inch wide, bearing small, obtuse, remote teeth ; veins
very apparent on the lower surface; flowers two inches broad when
expanded; petals obovate, obtuse, three-quarters of an inch broad;
peduncles axillary, canescent, erect, one inch long; pods woolly
erect, truncate, about as long as the peduncles. A well-marked
variety, probably not specifically distinct. I'here is a specimen of the
same in the Torrey Herbarium from Sitka.

Fatsia horrida, Benth. & Hook.; Cornus Canadensis, L. ; Valerian-
ella sylvatica, Richardson; Nabalus alatus, Hook.; Pyrola secunda,
Gentiana Douglassiana, Boug.; Eomanzoffia Unalaschensis, C

Mimulus luteus, L. ; Spiranthes Romanzoviana, Habenarta i

latata. Gray.; Prosartes trachycarpa, Watson; Tofieldia glutinasa,
Wind.; Eriophorum polystachyon, L., var. angusti/oHum, Gray, a form
with only two or three spikes; Equisetum pratense, L.; Lomana
Spicant, L.; Phegopteris Dryopteris, Fde; Phegopteris^ polypodtoides.
Fee.; Aspidium spinulosum, Swartz, var. dilatatum, Eaton, a sm
form; Lycopodium Selago, L.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XM New York, April, 1884. [No. 4.

A new Species of Grass.

By Geo. Vasey.

(Plate XLV.)

In 1830 Presl published in the first volume of Reliquiae Haenk-
eniae a description and figure of a Mexican grass which he called
Cathestechum prostratum, which has not been since collected, and
which is doubtfully admitted by Bentham and Hooker in the Genera
Plantarum. In the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture are
specimens of a grass collected by Dr. E. Palmer in Sonora, Mexico,
in 1869, which has, until recently, remained undetermined. In 1882,
however, I received from Dr. Havard specimens of the same grass
collected at Presidio, Western Texas, and again in 1883 specimens
collected in Presidio County. These specimens I finally concluded
to be the long lost Cathestechum and sent specimens of them to Prof.
E. Hackel of St. Poelten, Austria, who compared them with the
original specimens of Presl in the Herbarium at Vienna, and decided
that although they were of the same genus they were a different
species, for which he proposed the name of C. erectum, Vasey and
Hackel, and pointed out the differences between the two. Mr.
Scribner ascertained that the same grass was collected on the Mexi-
can Boundary Survey. As I am not yet prepared to separate the
generic and specific characters, I give the full description as follows.

Cathestechum erectum, Vasey and Hackel. — Culms tufted,
erect, 6 to 9 inches high, throwing out from the base long arched run-
ners, of 2 or 3 joints, the joints villous and bearing a tuft of short
leaves. The leaves are mostly at the base 2 to 3 inches long, narrow,
plane or becoming somewhat involute, sparsely hairy on the inargins,
striate. Culm-leaves 2 or 3, distant, i to 2 inches long; ligule a
ciliate ring.

Some of the culms are simple, and others develop at the upper
sheath 2 to 4 lateral peduncles, each 2 to 4 inches long, forming a
kind of cymose cluster. Each of these peduncles, as well as the main
stem or rhachis, bears a raceme, about one inch long, of from 5 to 9
approximate, sessile fascicles of flowers. Each fascicle consists of
three (rarely 4) spikelets. The lateral spikelets of each fascicle are
2-flowered, the middle spikelet usually 3-flowered, frequently with a
orirth imperfect flower. Sometimes also the lateral spikelets have a
sterile pedicel or an imperfect flower. The outer glumes are colored
and very unequal; the lower one is minute (one-half line long),
roadly cuneate, truncate or somewhat toothed at the apex; the upper
is lanceolate, compressed, somewhat keeled, i-nerved, acute, or

the central spikelet 2-toothed and mucronate, i to 1.5 line long,
villous externally. The flowering-glumes are oblong, about 1.5 line

long, 4-lobed, with the nerves extended into awns between the lobes,
the awns as long as, or in the central spikelet considerably longer
than, the lobes. The lobes in the lateral' spikelets hardly extend,to
the middle; in the central spikelet they extend half or two-thirds the
length of the glume. The awns are either naked or ciliate, at least
. below. The palet is oblong-lanceolate, as long as its glume, 3-toothed
or 3-lobed at the apex, and the two nerves in the central spikelet are
extended into awns slightly longer than the teeth or lobes.

Presl’s description says the flowers are all hermaphrodite; in our
species my examinations lead me to think that only the lower
flower of each spikelet is perfect. The genus is evidently related to
^gopQgon and Hilaria^ and by Bentham and Hooker is placed with
them in the tribe Zoysieae of the section Panicaceae, to which they
belong by virtue of the disarticulation of the flowers below the outer
glumes. It has also affinity with the sub-tribe Pappophoreae of the
tribe Festucaceae, where it was placed by Kunth, and where Mr.
Hackel thinks it belongs.

I am indebted for the drawings illustrating this article to Prof. W.
T. Beal, for whom they were made by Mr. F. L. T “
a proposed work on

George Engelmann.

George Engelmann waTborn in Frankfort- on-the-Main on the 2d
of February, 1809, and died in St. Louis just after the completion of
his seventy-fifth year, on the 4th of February, 1884, after an illness
which had kept him from his scientific work but a few days.

Dr. Engelmann received his medical educatioii and early scientific
training at Berlin, Heidelberg and Frankfort. Agassiz, Alexander
Braun, and Charles Schimper were among his college-associates and
lifelong friends. He left Germany almost at once after his gradua-
tion, reaching New York in 1832. His first visit was to Philadelphia,
where he was fortunate enough to make the acquaintance of Nuttall
and other scientific men. His inclinations turning westward, he soon
left the seaboard to seek a home in the almost unexplored regions
beyond the Mississippi. He first went to St. Louis, but did not at once
establish himself there. Desiring to see something of the western
country before selecting a home, he undertook a long and solitary
journey on horse-back through South-western Missouri, Arkansas and
Western Louisiana. This journey, probably made in 1833, occupied
six months. It nearly cost Dr. Engelmann his life, for he took a
dangerous fever among the Arkansas swamps, into which his botani-
cal zeal, no doubt, often led him. Fortunately he fell into the hands
of a negro family, which nursed him faithfully through a long illness

39

that cut short further exploration and hurried him back to St I ouis
Here he finally established himself as a physician in 183s. He had
previously however, gone to Germany, and, on his return, brought
back with him .to his new home the faithful and devoted companion
who shared his labors, his trials and triumphs, for more than forty
years. From 1835 until his death Dr. Engelmann continued to live

in St. Louis and to devote to scientific investigations every moment
which could be spared from a large and absorbing professional
practice.

Engelmann’s first botanical publication appeared in 1832, when
ne printed in Latin a dissertatio im luguraliSf “l)e Antholysi prodro-
mus,” illustrated with drawings made by its author. No other botan-

40

ical paper appeared from his pen until 1842, when he published in
the American Journal of Science his monograph of North-American
Cuscutinese.

The appearance of this monograph, which was soon republished
in the Botanisc/ie Zeitung and the London Journal of Botany, estab-
lished Engelmann’s reputation as a systematic botanist and procured
for him the correspondence of Hooker and other foreign botanists.
Several new species were described in this paper, and the genus
Lepidanche was proposed for a Cuscuta-XUv.^ plant of the western prairies.
Cuscuta always interested Dr. Engelmann, and in 1859 he published
in the Transactions of the St. Louis Academy an elaborate revision
( of the whole genus, for which he had long been collecting material.

In 1844 he published in the American Journal of Science a list of
plants collected by Charles A. Geyer in Illinois and Missouri, in
which several species were first describegl; and in 1845, the Jour-
nal of .the Boston Society of Natural History, in collaboration with
Asa Gray, an enumeration of plants collected in Western Texas by
his countryman, Ferdinand Lindheimer, a naturalist attached to the
German colony of New Braunfels.

In 1848 was published his account of the plants collected on Dr.
A. Wislizenus’s expedition. The study of this collection exerted a
powerful influence upon his subsequent botanical studies. It first
drew his attention to Cactaceje and Pinus, which continued to occupy
his thoughts for the remainder of his life, and of which his knowledge
was unequalled. As early as 1856, Dr. Engelmann published in the
Proceedings of the American Academy a synopsis of the Cactace®
of the territory of the United States. Two years later appeared his
“ Cactaceae of the Boundary,” in the second volume of the United
States and Mexican Boundary Survey report. This paper, superbly
illustrated with drawings made (under Dr. Engelmann’s direction) by
^Roethe, is, perhaps, his best-known botanical work. Dr. Engelmann
‘studied and described all the collections of Cactaceae which, from
time to time, were made in the Mexican boundary region, and, had
he lived, would have elaborated the whole order in accordance with
his latest views of the subject. He even proposed so late as last
year to pass a considerable time in Northern Mexico for the purpose
of studying these plants in their native country before finally giving
to the world the final results of his long investigations.

Other difficult genera were studied by Dr. Engelmann. His pre-
dilections, indeed, were always for the most difficult and perplexing
plants, and he willingly devoted himself to such genera only as less
patient investigators hesitated to take up. Thus he mastered the
North-American Euphorbiace®, elabo'rating all recent collections o
the family, without, however, undertaking a complete revision of t e
order as represented in this country. He published an eliffiora e
and exhaustive paper upon the North-American species of Jumus,
and, later, one on the North-American Tso'etes. His published no es
upon the ‘North-American species of Quercus, and upon North-.
ican Abies, Juniperus of the section Sabina, and upon the
Pinus, contain the most valuable and trustworthy infoijnation
has appeared upon these plants. In 1873 published, un er

41

title of “Notes on the genus Yucca," his elaborate revision of the
genus here first comprehensively treated. Two years later appeared
his notes on Agave, in which are enumerated and described the
species detected within the limits of the United States, as well as a
few foreign species previously imperfectly known. For many years
Dr. Engelmann studied the genus Vitis, and our knowledge of the
North-American species of this is due in a large measure to his inves-
tigations. His last botanical publication, a sketch of the true grape-
vines of the United States, although written some months earlier, and
previous.to his last European journey, was issued late in 1883.

Dr. Engelmann’s botanical writings were not voluminous. All his
work, however, is characterized by the most careful and conscientious
preparation, great, good judgment, classical methods of treatment,
and remarkable thoroughness. His investigations were slow and
laborious, often lasting for years in the case of a single plant. No
botanist was ever less anxious to publish prematurely the results of
his observations, or was less satisfied with the results of his own
knowledge. So admirable, and in these days unusual, caution has
made Dr. Engelmann’s botanical writings masterpieces in their way,
worthy to stand with the best productions of their nature which have
yet appeared. This very caution and desire to wait for completeness,
however, which has made Dr. Englemann’s published papers what
they are, has cost the world a vast store of valuable information
collected by him during long years of carefuljnvestigation, but never
quite ready, in his critical judgment, for publication.

Dr. Engelmann, in addition to his professional and botanical
labors, was a most zealous meteorological observer, and, at the
time of his death, was probably one of the oldest meteorologists
in the United States. His meteorological and other miscellaneous
papers, as well as his important botanical ones since
have been published in the Transactions of the St. Louis Academy
of Science, which he was largely instrumental in establishing, and
which he long served as president.

Dr. Engelmann was a member of the American Academy of Arts
^nd Sciences, a corporate member of the National Academy of Scien-
ces, a foreign member of the Linnean Society of London, and an
active or corresponding member of many other learned bodies. He
long enjoyed the friendship, the respect and the correspondence of
many of the most distinguished botanists of the age, ever^vhere the
recognized authority in those departments of his favorite science
which had most interested him. j r u

(For this account of Dr. Engelmann’s life and labors, and for the
engraving which illustrates it, we are indebted to our cotemporary,
Science ^

minute

New North American Fungi.

By J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart.

Peziza (Mollisia) fumigata.— Densely gregarious,

{.13-., 6— ) sooty-black; disk nearly plane, scarcely margined min-

«dy papillose; asci oblong-cylindrical, 50 x y/r; paraphyses thjckened
»bove; sporidia oblique or biseriale, oblong, 2-3-nucleate, hyaline.

42

slightly curved, 9“i 2 X 3/^* Texture of the cups^ fibrous, the fibres
bearing at their free ends minute, oblong or subglobose brown conidia.

On rotten wood of Magnolia, Newfield, N. J., Oct., 1883.

ScHizoxYLON MONiLiFERUM. — Caespitose,4-6 individuals clustered
together; disc about across, covered by the cinereous, thin inner

membrane, which is soon perforated in the centre, revealing the pallid
hymenium; margin of the outer membrane briefly reflexed and imper-
fectly toothed ; asci 250-300x6-8/^ surrounded by numerous para-
physes; sporidia filiform nearly as long as the asci and very easily
separating into many globose joints about 1.15/^ in diameter.

On dead and dry wood of oak {Quercus coccinea and Q. alba),
mostly on some old wound or where a limb has been broken off. At
first buried in the wood, except the disk, but at length more or less
exposed (by the decay of the wood ?) and then black outside.

Newfield N. J.; autumn and winter.

Leptosph^ria Physalidis. — Perithecia minute, depressed-glo-
bose, of coarse cellular structure, with a rather broad opening above;
asci 35-40x7-8/^ without paraphyses ; sporidia biseriate, fusiform,
slightly curved, yellowish, 3-septate, i5-r9X3//.

On dirty, white, round spots on leaves of Phymlis pubescens,\s\'Ci\
Entyloma Physalidis, Winter. Near Lexington, Ky., Aug. 1883,
Prof. W. A. Kellermann.

SpH/Eria (Teichospora) muricata. — Perithecia gregarious or
scattered, hemispherical, .33-.5'"'“' in diameter, muricate-roughened
and often obscurely radiate-striate around the prominent, very
slightly compressed ostiolum, slightly pruinose, olivaceous when fresh,
black and collapsed when dry; asci cylindrical, with stout, granular
paraphyses 2.5-3/^ thick ; sporidia elliptical, brown, 3-septate, with
one or more imperfect, longitudinal septa, 18-25x10-1 1. 5/<.

Differs from T. pezizoides, S. & S., in its larger, rougher perithecia
and its larger asci and sporidia.

On bark. San Diego, Cal.; leg. C. R. Orcutt, com. C. J. Sprague.

Anthostomella ostiolata. — Perithecia single or 2-4 together,
.33-5’“’"' in diameter, nearly buried in the unchanged inner bark, but
with their upper part distinctly prominent though closely covered by
the blackened epidermis, whicb is pierced by the short, stout ostiolum;
asci cylindrical, 80-85x7-8//, with linear paraphyses; sporidia
obliquely uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, biown,i-2i-nucleate,io-i3X4-5^'

Closely allied to A. limitata, Sacc., and A. intermedia, Nitschke. 1 he
stroma is formed of the unaltered substance of the bark and not lim-
ited by any circumscribing line.

SPHiERiA AQUATiCA. — Perithecia scattered, membranaceous,

.25™“’ in diameter, partly buried in the wood, subglobose or a litt e
elongated; ostiolum papilliform; asci linear, 1 5 0x8-6 /t with abundan
paraphyses; sporidia uniseriate (end to end), oblong, uniseptate an
slightly constricted at the septum, straight or slightly curved, pale a
first, with a single large nucleus in each cell, at length clear ar

brown, 15-20x6-7//. j

Inside a cedar water-pail in constant use; on the bottom a
around the lower part of the sides where it must have been a mo
constantly underwater. Newfield N. J.» Dec., 1883.

43

Contributions towards a List of the State and Local Floras of the

United States.

MINNESOTA.*

A Catalogue of Plants collected in the North-western Territory
by Thomas Say in the year 1823. By Lewis De Schweinitz. (C.)
In Keating’s Narrative of Long’s Exped. to source of St. Peter’s
River, Vol. ii., London, 1825.

Botany of the North-eastern Geological District of Minnesota. By
Thomas Clark.

In Rep. of State Geologist for 1865.

A Catalogue of the Plants of Minnesota. By I. A. Lapham.

In Rep. of State Hoticult. Soc. St. Paul, 1875.

List of the Ferns of Minnesota. By W. H, Lemard, M.D.

In Bull. Minn. Acad. Sci. Minneapolis, 1877.

Ihe Mycological Flora of Minnesota. By A. E. Johnson, M.D. (C.)
In Bull. Minn Acad. Nat. Sci. Minneapolis, 1877 and 1878.
(Additions in same, 1879.)

Ihe plants of the North Shore of Lake Superior. By B. Juni. (C.)

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey for 1878.

Plants of the north shore of Lake Superior. By S. C. Roberts. (B.)

In 8th Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Minn. Minneapolis, 1879.

List of Trees, Shrubs and herbaceous Plants identified by O. E. Gar-
rison in the region of the head-waters of the Crow-Wing River,
the White Earth Reservation, Itasca Lake, and the Upper Mis-
sissippi.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey for 1880.

The wild Flowers of Lake Pepin Valley. By Miss Sara Manning.

In Ann. Rep. Minn. Horticult. Society for 1884.

Fillmore County.

The Trees and Shrubs of Fillmore County. By N. H. Winchell.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey Minn, for 1875.

Pf’eebor7i County,

List of Trees and Shrubs of Freeborn County. By N. H. Win-
chell. (A.)

in 3rd Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey. St. Paul, 1875.

Hennepin and Houston Counties.

List of Shrubs and Trees. By N. H. Winchell.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey for 1876.

Mower County.

I'ist of Trees and Shrubs of Mower County. By N. H. Winchell. (A.)
In 3rd Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey. St. Paul, 1875.

'See also Wisconsin, p. 131, Vol. x. A Flora of Minnesota, to be published
as a report of the Geological and Natural History Survey next autumn, will in-
clude not only the observations of the State Geologist and his assistants, but also
those of earlier botanic collectors and explorers, enumerating all the species that are
known to have been found in Minnesota by all observers up to the present time
about 1,550 species of phaenogams and vascular cryptogram^ of which 126 are in-
roduced species; about 100 are western and northern plants not described m
and, for all these, quoted specific descriptions will be appended,
ith citation of the author.) The geographical range of each species will be stated,
far as it pertains to Minnesota; and its abundance, frequency, or rarity, be
01 rare or local sp<

-Warren Upham.

nr.. J V pertains to Minnesota; and its anunuam-c,
w if u' of care or local species, the localities and names of observers

be mentioned

44

Olmsted^ Dodge and Steele Counties.

List of Shrubs and Trees. By M. W. Harrington.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey Minn, for 1875.

Ramsey County.

List of Shrubs and Trees. By N. H. Winchell.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey for 1877.

Rice Comity.

List of Shrubs and Trees. By L. B. Sperry.

In Ann. Rep. Geolog. Survey for 1877.

IOWA.

A Catalogue of the indigenous Forest Trees of Iowa. By C. A.
White, M.D. (A.)

In Rep. Geol. Survey of the State, p. 138. Des Moines, 1870.
Contributions to the Flora of Iowa. By C. E. Bessey. (B.)

In 4th Bien. Rep, Iowa Agric. College, Des Moines, 1871.
Contributions to the Flora of Iowa ; a Catalogue of the phsenoga-
mous Plants. By J. C. Arthur. (A.) 8vo, pamphlet, pp. 44
Charles City, 1876. Additions in Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci.
List of species of Fresh-water Algje found in Iowa. By C. M. Hobby,
M.D. (A.)

In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Iowa City, 1875-1880.

Scott County.

List of phaenogamous Plants collected in the vicinity of Davenport,
Iowa, during 1870 to 1875. By J. J. Nagel and J. G. Haupt. (A.)
In Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

MISSOURI. .

Catalogue of the trees and Shrubs of Missouri. By G. C. Swallow. (B.)

In 2nd Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey, p. 221, Jefferson City, 1855.
Systematic View of Plants gathered on a Tour on the Missouri. By
Maximilian Prince of Wied. (C.)

4to, London, 1843.

Trees, Shrubs and Vines of Missouri. By G. C. Swallow.

In ist Ann. Rep. Comm. Statistics to the General Assembly 0
the State of Missouri, p. 112, Jefferson City, 1867.

Jackson County.

Flora of Jackson Co. By Frank Bush. (B.)

8vo, pamphlet, pp. 16, Independence, 1882.

NEBRASKA.

List of Nebraska Carices. By Chester Dewey. (B.)

In Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. xii., Philadelphia, 1863.

Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. By Samuel Aughey.

Publ. by University of Nebraska. 8vo, pp. 37, Lincoln, 1875.

List of Forest Trees and Shrubs of Nebraska, with notes on their is
tribution. By Samuel Aughey. (B.)

In Sketches of Phys. Geog. and Geol., Nebraska, Omaha, 18 o.

KANSAS. .

Catalogue of Kansas Plants. By J. W. Carruth. 8vo, pamp £ ?
pp. 29, 1872. P

Centennial Catalogue of the Plants of Kansas. By James

ruth. (B.) P

In Proc. Kans. Acad. Sci., Vol. v., Topeka, 1877. \V- K.

N. L. B.

45

Notes on Mertensia Virginica DC. — In the Bulletin for May,
1880, I announced my discovery of M. Virginica as indigenous to
New Jersey, it being plentiful on the bank of Crossick’s Creek,
near the mill at Walnford in Monmouth County. The plant has been
long established, and is found in various places along the stream for
a mile or two north and south of Walnford. I have to announce a
new and richer station for this plant on the Raritan River in Somer-
set County, having received from Miss Sarah E. Veghte an elegant
specimen of it. She writes: “ This flower is found in great abun-
dance in many places along the Raritan River. This specimen was
taken from woods about one mile and a half west of the village of
Raritan, opposite the summer residence of Secretary Frelinghuysen.”
Abnormal form. — Three years ago I transferred some good roots
from Walnford to my garden, but not until last spring did they
bear any perfect flowers, and then not in their wild profusion, nor
did they mature any seeds. One of the plants gave flowers nearly
every one of which was prettily abnormal. Instead of the normal
form, on the smooth tube of the flower several wart-like bosses or
spurs were developed. Some of the flowers had five of these protu-
berances, according with the pentamerous mouth of the trumpet. The
very effect was odd, but decidedly pretty. I ho ped to get seeds in
order if possible to perpetuate the form, but failed. I should add
that the outer sides of the long throat or tube of the abnormal flowers
were as many-sided as there were bosses.

Samuel Lockwood.

Mertensia Virginica. — Apropos of Dr. Lockwood’s note, I would
state that the Virginian cowslip is represented in the herbarium of
the Philadelphia Academy by specimens from “ meadows between
Bordentown and Lamberton,” Mr. A. C. Apgar reports it from
Somerville and Raritan, and Miss Veghte, of South Branch, states
that it grows plentifully along the Raritan in Somerset County. It
therefore seems quite certain that it is indigenous to New Jersey.

N. L. Britton.

Note on Some New Species of Grasses. — In the January number
of the Bulletin (1884), under the article New North American
Crasses, three species of Bouteloua are described, viz ; B. trifiiia,
fhurb., B. Burkii, Scribn., and B. Mavardt, Vasey- — which \vere
characterized and published by Mr. Sereno Watson in his list of
Palmer’s plants in Vol. xviii. of the Proceedings of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences, issued August 15th, 1883.

In justice to myself I wish to state that my article in the Bul-
letin was written in April, 1883. and was placed in the hands of the
editor May 2 2d following.

Bouteloua pusilla, Vasey, ined., published by myself in the Janu-
ary Bulletin, is certainly the same as No. 751 Bourgeau and No.
boi6 Schaffner, referred by Mr. Watson in his list of Palmer’s plants
to B. prostrata, Lag. {B. humile, HBK.)

F. Lamson Scribner.

46

New New York Stations, — It may be of sufficient interest to men-
tion in the Bulletin that in June, 1883', I found well established on
a railroad embankment on Coney Island quite a number of speci-
mens of Asperugo procumbens, L., and on the northerly side of 155th
Street, opposite the Trinity Church cemetery, in New York city,
Barbarea prcBcox.

Buffalo, N. Y. David F. Day.

Necrology. — Samuel Botsford Buckley, Ph.D., died February i8th,
1884, of pneumonia, at his home in Austin, Texas, aged nearly 75
years. He was born May 9th, 1 809, in Y ates County, N. Y., near Seneca
Lake, six miles from Penn Yan and graduated at Wesleyan University,
Conn,, in the class of 1836. From this period onward he spent
much time in the Southern States, then a comparatively new field for
the naturalist, collecting plants, shells and insects. His various dis-
coveries in natural science relate exclusively to southern species, m
connection with which his name often occurs.

It was not until 1866, however, that he made his home in the
South, at which time he was appointed State Geologist of Texas and
became a resident of Austin. '

In 1841 he discovered in Clarke County, Ala., the skeleton of a
Zeuglodon seventy feet in length which is now in the Warren Museum
at Boston. As a botanist he had no specialty, and his studies were
in consequence promiscuous; yet his name will be forever linked with
the flora of our country. He aided largely in the preparation of Mrs.
Young’s “Flora of Texas,” and was several years engaged in writing
a work on the trees and shrubs of America, which is unfinished. He
contributed some papers on new species of ants. Among the new
shells found by him in Florida is a beautiful Unio^ which Dr. Isaac
Lea has named Unio Buckleyi. Professor Buckley was a member of
the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, and of societies in New York,
Buffalo and New Orleans.

Penn Yan, N. Y. S. Hart Wright.

Botanical Notes.

A Catalogue of North Aynerican Carices has been compiled and
recently published by Mr. L. H. Bailey, Jr,, of Cambridge, Mass.
It includes the names of two hundred and ninety-three species and
eighty-four varieties, and is intended as an exchange-list, a check
list for herbaria and as a contribution to American caricography.
Copies of the catalogue will be given for desiderata.

Parkinson s “ Paradisus. ” — A good many people, we suspec ,
have experienced difficulty in construing “ Paradisi in Sole Paradisus
terrestris.” The editor of Aunt Judy's Magazine and the venerab e
Rev. H. T. Ellacombe are confessedly among the number, but t ey
have been the means of eliciting from correspondents of Notes
Queries the explanation that the title is a wretched pun. ^^Faradisus
is a park; “ Paradisi ” is, of course, the genitive of this; “ in sole i
in (the) sun (son). Hence the title would run, “ The
Paradise of Park-in-son.” Such punning titles were not unconim
in Parkinson’s time. — Gardeners' Chronicle.

47

The Gender of varietal Names.— \n answer to the editor of the
Gardeners Chronicle^ who asked Mr. DeCandolle’s opinion as to
whether the name of a variety should conform in gender to the gen-
enc name when the abbreviation “ var.” follows the specific, the dis-
tinguished codifier of botanical namenclature answers as follows:

I have sometimes put to myself the same question as to the gen-
der of the names of varieties, and it is most Idcely that in practice I
have resolved it sometimes in one way and sometimes in another, but I
have just been looking to the practice of authors of repute, and I ob-
serve that, in general, they have made the vari«tal name conform to
the gender of the generic name, thus:

‘‘Nasturtium amphibium, a indivisum, DC., Syst., ii., p. 117.

• ‘‘ Thymus Serpyllum, ft montanus, Benth., in Prodr., xii,

Phyllanthus simplex, ft oblongifolius, Muller, in Prodr., xv., &c.

If the word ^ vartetas,’ or the abbreviation ‘var.’ be employed, it
seems most correct to make the abjective feminine. The use of
Greek letters to indicate varieties, thus: a, ft, y, corresponds to the
employment of figures, which have no gender. On the other hand,
when the idea is expressed by a qualifying ‘var.’ or ^ varietas,' a sen-
tence is made which must be constructed in the correct grammatical
manner. The name of the variety becomes in this case an adjective
qualifying 'varietas,’ and should therefore take a feminine termina-
tion. English writers generally use the abbreviation ‘ var.’ Lin-
naeus indicated the varieties by the Greek letters, cc, ft, y, without,
as a rule, adding any other epithet. Continental authors have mainly
confirmed to Linnean usage, and do not write ‘ var.’ This is in con-
formity with the omission of ‘gen.’ before the generic, or ‘sp.’ before
the specific name.”

Pelation of Medullary Rays to the Strength of Timber. — At a Jan-
uary meeting of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences Dr.
Rothrock called attention to some experiments made by Mr. Trank
Day, in the laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, on the re-
lation of the medullary ray to the strength of timber. Mr. Day had
found that it required just about twice as much force (say 1,130
pounds) to pull apart a square inch of live oak, if the force ran
parallel with these rays, as it would if the force were applied at right-
angles to them.

What was true of the live oak was also largely true of other tim-
buttonwood {Platanus occidentalism was remarkable for
the development of its medullary rays, and also for the difficulty
of splitting the wood at right-angles to them.

Mr. Day’s experiments also proved that there existed great differ-
ences in the quality of the material of the woody fibre; for in timber
''’here the relative proportion of wood and ducts could well be com-
pared, and where the fibres were of equal size throughout, differences
Ju strength were to be found.

Botanists of short stature will be interested in a statement made in
the April Naturalist “that no obituary notices of scientific men of a
length of a page or less have ever been declined by its editors.”

The Syracuse Botanical Club. — During the past year the Syra-
cuse Botanical Club has added over one hundred and fifty mounted

48

specimens to its Onondaga herbarium, which now contains nine hun-
dred and forty species and varieties of phsenogams and acrogens, be-
sides seventy-six mosses. The order best represented in this collec-
tion is Compositae, of which there are a hundred and seven species.

The Club has held fortnightly meetings through the winter for
botanical readings and hopes soon to resume its field work.

At its annual meting, March 15th, the following officers were
elected for the current year: President, Mrs. Clark W. Barnes; Vice-
President, Mrs. Leonora Goodrich ; Corresponding Secretary, Mrs.
George Hosmer; Recording Secretary, Miss C. A. Bach; Treasurer,
Miss Katie Poole. Mary Olivia Rust.

Proceedings of the Torrey Botanical Club. — At the regular meet-
ing of the Club held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, Feb.
12th, the President occupied the chair and twenty-five persons were
present.

The following Committees were appointed for the current year:

Finance Committee. — Addison Brown and J. L. Wall.

Committee on Admissions. — W. R. Gerard and Benj. Braman.

Herbarium and Library Committee. — N. L. Britton, Miss E. G.
Knight, A. Hollick and J. S. Brown.

Dr. Newberry continued his account of the vegetation along the
line of the Northern Pacific Railroad, describing more particularly
on this occasion the shrubs and herbaceous plants.

One person was elected an active member.

At the regular meeting of the Club held at Columbia College
Tuesday evening, March nth, the President occupied the chair and
twenty-six persons were present. Messrs. Rudkin, Day and Hollick
a committee on field meetings for the present year.

Dr. N. L. Britton remarked upon a collection of ferns made in
recent years by Mr. S. B. Buckley in Texas and Mexico. It included
the following species:

Polypodtum incanum, Swartz, a small form from rocks in the
mountains of Pecos Co., Texas.; Gymnogramme hispida, Mett., Lam-
pezas Mountains, Mexico; Notholcena sinuata, Kaulf., Pecos Co.,
Texas.; N. ferruginea, Desv., Lampezas Mts., Mexico; JV. Candida,
Hook., Pecos Co.; N. Hookeri, DC., Pecos Co.; N. Fehdleri, Kunze,
Pecos Co.; H. dealbata, Kunze, Austin, Texas.; Cheilanthes Alaba-
mensis, Kunze, Austin; C. microphylla, Swartz, Austin; C. leacopoda,
Presl, Lampezas Mts, Mexico; C. Eatoni, Baker, Pecos Co., Texas;
C. Lindheimeri, Hook., Lampezas Mts.; Pelliza atropurpurea. Link,
P. ternifolia, Link, Pecos Co.; P. Wrightiana, Hook., Pecos Co.;
Asplenium parvulum. Mart, and Gal., Austin; Aspidium patens, Swartz,
Austin; Lygodtum Mexicanum, Presl, on the Mexican side of the Rio
Grande, near Brownsville, Texas.

Dr. Newberry remarked upon the flora of the Cascade Mountains
in Oregon, and read extracts from his journal of the expedition to
that region in 1855.

Erratum. — Page* 31 (March number) second line from bottom,
read “ axis ” ^or “ axils.”

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XLl New York, May, 1884. [No. 5.

New Species of Fungi.

By Chas. H. Feck.

PucciNiA CoMANDR/E. — Spots pale Or yellowish, often confluent;
sori abundant, amphigenous, crowded or scattered, orbicular, black-
ish-brown or black; spores variable, obovate-oblong or elliptical, ob-
tusely pointed, obtuse, truncate or obliquely truncate, .0012 to .0024
inch long, .0008 to .0009 in. broad, with a long colorless pedicel.

Leaves, stem and fruit of living Comandra pallida. Washington
Territory, T. S. Brandegee.

The sori occur on both sides of the leaf, but they are usually more
plentiful on the lower than on the upper surface.

PucciNiA CLARKiiE. — Stylospores — Sori minute, orbicular, am-
phigenous, reddish-brown; spores globose or subglobose, .0009 to
.0011 in. in diameter.

Teleutospores. — Sori minute, orbicular, scattered, amphigenou.s,
blackish-brown; spores oblong or obovate, obtuse or obtusely pointed,
slightly constricted at the septum, .0016 to .002 in. long, .0009 to
.001 in. broad,. the pedicel about equal to or shorter than the length
of the spore.

Living leaves of Clarkia pulchella. Washington Territory, Brande-
gee.

The sori of the teleutospores occur on the same plant and even on
tire same leaves as the stylospores, but they are at once distinguished
from these by their darker color. Stylospores are sometimes inter-
mingled in the same soru^ with the teleutospores.

PucciNiA BALSAMORRHizAi. — Sori amphigcnoiis, scattered, sub-
orbicular, large or small, black; spores oblong-elliptical, obtuse,
scarcely constricted, .0016 to .0018 in. long, .0009 to .ooi in broad,
with a short pedicel.

Living or languishing leaves of Balsamorrhiza sagitlafa, etc. Wash-
ington Territory, Brandegee; Utah, M. E. Jones.

Trichobasis Balsamorrhiz(E, Bot. Gazette, Vol. v.. p. 276, is ap])ar-
ently the stylosporous condition of this species. In the specimens
from Washington Territory the stylospores are intermingled with the
teleutospores.

PucciNiA SoLiDAGiNis. — Spots pale, becoming brownish, some-
times confluent; sori large, jirominent, amphigenous, scattered or
clustered, black; spores oblong, constricted at the septum, pointe<l
or obtuse, .0016 to .002 in. long, .0009 to .0011 in. broad; pedicel
Colorless, longer than the spore.

Living leaves of Utah, Jones. ■ , i-

This is clearly distinct from P. VirgaurecB, which also mha uts
leaves of certain species of Solidago.

50

tEcidium Phacelle. — Spots large, suborbicular, pallid or green-
ish-yellow, becoming brown ; peridia hypophyllous, crowded, short,
numerous, occupying the entire spot, crenulate on the margin; spores
subglobose, orange-yellow, .0008 to .001 in. in diameter.

Living leaves of Phacelia. Utah, Jones.

CvEOMA CoMANDR^. — Spores pale, indefinite; sori amphigenous,
clustered, at first covered by the epidermis; spores subglobose, ovate
or elliptical, orange-yellow, .00095 .0014 in. long, .0008 to .00095

in. broad.

Living leaves of Comandra pallida. Utah, Jones.

Periconia geophila. — Stem two to three lines high, composed of
compacted filaments, smooth, smoky-brown; head hemispherical,
pulverulent, little broader than the diameter of the stem, whitish or
yellowish-white; spores subglobose, colorless, .0002 in. in diameter.

Ground. Washington Territory, Brandegee.

This species is peculiar in its habitat. By some authors it would
be referred to the genus Sporocybe, the application of these two
generic names having been interchanged by different writers.

Dendrodochium pallidum. — Tufts small, .014 to .028 in. broad,
suborbicular, depressed when dry, whitish or pallid; flocci slender,
' much branched above, colorless; spores abundant, large, oblong or
subcylindrical, straight or slightly curved, obtuse, colorless, .0008 to
.0015 in. long, .0004 to .0005 in. broad.

^ Decaying wood. Canada, Prof. J. Macoun.

The filaments are closely and abundantly, but irregularly branched
above, so that the spores, which are terminal on the ramuli, are
crowded together as if produced in large masses.

Physarum multiplex.— Stems growing from a thin, subpersistent
hypothallus, sometimes confluent at the base; longitudinally furrowed,
equal or tapering upward, orange-red; sporangia small, irregular,
numerous, confluent into subglobose gyrose-convolute heads, green-
ish or yellowish-green, with single walls bearing numerous lime-granu-
les; knot-like thickenings of the capillitium very small, sparse, white
or yellowish; spores globose, blackish-brown, .0004 in. in diameter.

Decaying wood and bark. Ohio, Morgan.

The species is related to Physarum polymorphum, Mont., from
which it is distinguished by its bright orange-colored stem and its
very numerous small, confluent, greenish sporangia.

Bees and Colored Flowers — I noticed recently, in a paper of
some pretension to scientific accuracy, that Mr. Darwin has shown
that insects are attracted to flowers by their color or fragrance, and,
therefore, anemophilous flowers are not visited by insects; and Mr-
Darwin’s experiment with the Lobelia was cited in which no flower
was visited subsequent to the cutting off of the petals. Now Mr. Dar-
win does not say this, and his views often suffer from the zeal 0
those who believe themselves his followers, but have not his
for accuracy in giving every statement about a case. What i r.
Darwin does say is that color is a “chief” guide, and this can
scarcely be questioned. That it is some guide is certain. That it is
not the only guide, he himself, with the remarkable candor so charac-

51

teristic of the man, shows in the same paragraph in which he reports
his Lobejta experiment. Bees, he says, visited Geranium plucum
after the petals had fallen, finding by experience that there was some
nectar secreted by the apetalous flower. And he repeats that color
IS only an “ approximate ” guide. But, for all this, I think Mr. Dar-
win fails to give full credit to the bee’s sagacity. To my mind much
that has recently been written about the relation of insects to the
color of flowers is but an illustration of the popular idea of “running
a thing into the ground,” and I think science is served when an ex-
aggeration is — ‘again in popular language — “sat down upon.” I thought
of this distorted view of Darwin’s LoMia experiment to-day ’Cvhile
watching honey-bees at work on the flowers of the common snow-drop
Hale^a tetraptera. We know now that there is scarcely a flower
with the lower portion tubular, or which offers any obstacle, however
slight, to the entrance of the humble-bee, that is not rifled of its sweets
by being bored from the outside. Indeed, if bees were really in-
tended to cross-fertilize flowers, the experience of Mr. Darwin with the
European humble-bee would excite a smile in those with only an
American experience, for indeed the American species are frauds of
the first magnitude. They shirk their duty on the shallowest pre-
tence. But though I have had suspicions, I have never been able
to satisfy myself that the honey-bee does not perform its duties
honestly. Whenever I have noticed it getting honey from the
outside I have been unable to decide whether the hole was not there
before and the honey-bee was not satisfying itself on the crumbs
left from the stranger’s table. On this occasion all the honey-gath-
erers were collecting from the outside, the pollen-gatherers only en-
tered by the mouth. And I was satisfied, in all cases, that the holes
had been made the day before by the humble-bee.

The corollas were now beginning to fall. The slightest jar of the
tree sent numbers — literal snow-flakes — to the ground, and the bees
were as busy as I ever saw them on the most favorite flowers collect-
•tig the nectar from the base of the now naked pistils. On branches
where not a single corolla remained they were as active as if the
perfect blossoms were still there. They had learned by experience
that they chuld find what they wanted there. Though there was
nothing but a slender pistil from a very inconspicuous base, the total
absence of any bright color did not prevent them from alighting at
spot most convenient to them ; and it was evident that if the
Halesia had never had a corolla at all, the bees would have been there
all the same. Of course, color is an “approximate” guide to a bee as it
IS to us. In a basket of green apples that we had never seen before
we should most likely try the most rosy-cheeked specimen first, only
experience would teach us that a greening was as good as a Bald-
"'in. It is so with bees. Accustomed to associate nectar with a
blue Lobelia, and none with the faded flower, Mr. Darwin, if he had
possessed as much faith as I have in the value of experience to a
cc, would not have expected tlie creature to visit it after it had been
led to believe the petals had fallen. If there had been honey in the
ealyx after the fading of the flower, as in the case of the Haljsia, the
bee would not have been so easily deceived ; and, as it was, I have

52

that faith in a bee’s sagacity that I fancy if Mr. Darwin had continued
the work for a few days, and on a scale to make it worth while, the
little creatures would have found out the trick.

Thomas Meehan.

Carex Pennsylvanica and Carex varia.— Whether these sedges
are simply varieties, one of the other, or whether each is a true
species, continues to be a mooted question. Without entering into
the literature of the subject, it may be said that Gray, in the last
edition of his manual, guardedly states that they “ seem to run
together.”

The latest that I have seen touching the question is a note by Dr.
E. C. Howe, in the Bulletin for July, 1881, wherein is advanced
evidence to show that the two plants intergrade. Dr. Howe states
that in a large series of specimens “ separation becomes guesswork.”
But does not the Doctor mean that certain characters presmned to
be diagnostic of one or the other plant do not always so prove. As
to the interchange, between these sedges, of characters which have
been regarded as distinctive of one or the other, I fully agree with
Dr. Howe ; but from this I deduce, not identity of the two plants,
but simply that certain differential characters are less stable than
our text-books may have led us to believe.

Perhaps there is no surer way of discovering the true relation-
ship of allied or doubtful species, whether of plants or animals, than
by comparative study of their earlier stages of development. Ac-
cording to a now familiar biological law we expect community of
origin of differing types of life to be indicated by increased simi-
larity as we compare at successively earlier stages of development.
Indeed, in recently differentiated forms, we would look for practical
identity up to a point in development close upon maturity.

An application of these principles to the two Cartels now under
notice goes to show, not only that they are distinct species, but that
their ancestral relationship was in some respects more remote than
is their present ; for certain differences between the plants are
more emphasized in the earlier stages of their growth that at any
later period. I refer particularly to differences in the leaves, scales
and bracts and the disposition of the spikes. This fact is a signifi-
cant one, and one on which the specific validity of the plants may
safely ’rest.

But I wish chiefly to call attention to important differences m
the subterranean parts of the plants which our text-books fail to
recognize : Carex Pennsylvanica differs conspicuously from Carex
mr/a in having running, underground stems. These extend in a
directions from the central plant, each fostering a succession 0
shoots, some of which themselves become centres of a secondary
of runners, which thus distribute a numerous progeny all about thei
parent. I have unearthed runners bearing at intervals of a few
four or more generations of living shoots, together with tjie remain^
of several older generations. Hence the new shoots do not ^
become established as separate plants, but often remain jome
underground connection, through the two or three years that

53

appear to live. Where this sedge grows abundantly its runners are
to be found crossing and recrossing beneath the surface, and careful
excavation will show that many seemingly distinct plantlets belong
to one system of underground stems. In some soils the plant grows
more compactly than normally, and few runners are produced. In
more favorable situations the runne;rs are numerous, and many strike
down diagonally into the earth, proceeding some inches before turn-
ing upward to the surface to bear a.shoot.

The runners are at first clothed with closely imbricated scales or
paleae arising from nodes all along the stem. These scales ultimately
decay and become frayed into a coarse fringe, which remains
oppressed to the stem in whorls from every node. i./

In Carex varia we find a very different habit of growth. This
species never produces running underground stems, and shows no
disposition to spread, but grows in close tufts. Beneath the surface
It devdops a dense, knotty mass of small and closely aggregated
rootstocks which bears a profusion of long fibrous roots. Year after
year these rooty masses produce an abundance of new shoots, which
rise from the surface amid the remains of the old. Each ultimate
rootstock becomes the site for a cluster of compound shoots, and
these secondary tufts, compacted together, make up the plant. A
slight lateral prolongation of a shoot is sometimes necessitated by an
obstruction in the most direct way to the surface, but this is the
closest approach to subterranean spreading, and thus we find the
plant forming neat, even-bordered tufts, there being no offshoots- to
mar the symmetry of outline.

In C. Pennsylvanica a slenderness of general habit is associated
with a certain liberty of growth — a distribution of vital energy ; in
C varia similar vegetative conditions are contracted, and somewhat
modified in action, resulting in greater solidity of growth and increase
in the size of parts. We may say that in the principle of growth of
one we perceiv'e decentralization, enterprise, advance in many direc-
hons; of the other, centralization, conservatism, unified strength. In
none other of our species of Carex of the section Montanas do we
find the counterpart of the running underground stems of C. Petin-
^ylvanica. The closest approach to them is shown by Carex umbellata.

Irom its dense, matted tufts, this sedge occasionally puts off short
underground stems. These, however, are more like suckers than
funning stems, and never stray from the main tuft, but merely aid in
increasing its dimensions. Carex pubescens is of less tufted habit
than any of the other species of this section, the shoots being irreg-
ularly produced by a progressive underground stem or rootstock.

®ut this bears no resemblance to the running stems of C. Pennsyl-
"^^nica, being rather stout, with short, irregularly-branched divisions.

Our only other species, Carey^ Eninwnsit, is of very similar under-
ground growth to C. varia, the difference, in fact, corresponding to
the general difference between the superterrene parts of the two plants.

Riverdale, N. Y. City. Eugene P. Bicknell.

Survival of the Fittest.-Wdien we use this expression it may be
"'^cll to remember that accident has quite as much to do with fitness

54

as constitutional peculiarities. Where cattle are continually grazing,
those tall growing plants which produce flowers only towards the
ends of the branches extend amazingly if they happen to be distasteful
to the animals. Plants of similar habit, if agreeable to cattle, cannot
spread, because they are eaten off before they flower. Accidental
introductions may thus be totally eradicated the first season, if
annual — or confined to the original spot if a perennial plant. Thus,
in Pennsylvania we have Ra?iunculus hulbosus and Leucanthenmm
vuJgare common in our pastures because the cattle suffer them to go
to seed. In vacant lots about our cities we have Stramonium^ may-
weed and many other plants progressing with amazing rapidity sini-
ply because not even the half-starved cattle of the “ poor man ” will
pasture on them. But if an introduced plant can flower and
fruit close to the earth, where some seed may mature though cattle
eat the tops, it may survive and spread in spite of its being a good
morsel for a hungry beast. Hence the Lespedeza striata^ or Japan
clover, has taken possession of immense territory in the South, be-
cause numerous seed-vessels mature close to the ground, between the
crevices of rocks, or underneath loose stones, where cattle cannot get
at them. If this were an erect instead of a prostrate plant, and did
not flower till several inches high, it could not survive in a grazing
country. There is no adaptation of the plant to the circumstances
the fitness is in the accident which came at the proper time to de-
stroy or to save it.

In some gardens-weeds the accident is the early flowering. Chick-
weed, Dr aba ver?ia, Arabis Thaliana, the shepherd’s purse, and many
other things are common in Pennsylvania gardens solely because
they mature so very early in spring that seed is perfected before the
gardener commences to use the hoe. When he begins this branch
of cultivation the earth is full of seed for the next year’s crop.
they flowered a month later than they do, they would soon be among
rare plants, instead of being the common weeds they are. In a part of
my grounds I have what I term my “botanical patch.’’ There I sow
every “ weed ” I can get from any part of the earth. Some escape,
and I often enjoy noting how their peculiar characters fit them to
spread without any modification of character to enable them to advance.
Some four years ago, I had in this botanical border the pretty Siber-
ian Nonea rosea. It matures its seeds sometimes in the early part o
April with me. I am so situated that our serious attack on weeds
seldom commences before the end of May. The Notiea has now
spread and is not uncommon in many parts, and it is quite pleasant
to note it struggling with, and successfully holding its own against, t e
Thlaspi, Aj-abis and other immigrants that have before ventured to
regard the soil as their own. Having the broadest leaves and the rankes
growth, it is of course more “ fitted to survive ” in its battle with the
two named and similar others. But we may now bring in specula-
tion and say “if” the Arabis should grow stronger — “ if ” the
should get broader — “ if ” the plant should flower earlier-— ”
many other points which would be an advantage to the Arabis in t e
struggle should occur, these superior plants would produce
which might in time crowd down the Nonea. Of course; but i

the Nonea grew also the stronger for its struggle, the battle would
still be about equal, until an “if” in the shape of some such an ac-
cident as I have above illustrated should come in to the advantage of
the victor.

It seems to me that there is another side to the subject of the
“ survival of the fittest ” that we seldom have presented to our view.

, Thomas Meehan.

Note on Dicentra — I find that in my garden the flowers of Di-
centra C2icullaria are systematically punctured by humble-bees; I
have watched them in the process. Has this been noticed when the
plants are growing wild? It sadly interferes with the very neat
mechanism for cross-fertilization.

Providence, May i, 1884. W. Whitman Bailey.

Abnormal Hepaticas. — The blossoming of Anemone Hepatica in
Ross Park, near this city, this spring, is very varied and profuse.
Among the myriads of plants, I have noticed the following abnor-
malities:

(1) Dozens of plants have very deep blue sepals with a white or
light blue margin. All of these are absolutely stamenless, though pollen
was found upon the stigmas, whither it must have been brought by
insects.

(2) Numbers of flowers were pure white, and all of these had nine
sepals and bore — as far as the flowers were concerned — an exact
resemblance to A. nemorosa. One monosepalous flower was found
with six lobes, one of which was cleft to its centre, thus forming, with
a stameniferous extra sepal, nearly an 8-sepaled specimen.

Binghampton, N. Y. C. F. Millspaugh.

Tribute of Respect to Dr. Engelmann. — The following preamble
and resolutions, indicative of the appreciation of the high scientific
and personal character of the late Dr. George Engelmann, were
unanimously adopted by the Botanical Section of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, April 14th, 1884,

Whereas, the Botanical Section of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia has heard with profound regret of the death
of Dr. George Engelmann; therefore

Resolved: We regard this as a calamity to Botanical Science and
to those who were in any way associated with him in its study; also

Resolved: That in his life he furnished an example of iriTlustry
iu his profession, of -devotion to science, of thoroughness in investi-
gation, and of success in labor which will always command our
admiration and respect; and be it further

Resolved: That by his readiness to aid all who were seekers after
truths of nature, by the conscientious answers to the- botanical
questions referred to him, no less than by his goodness as a man, we
believe he has attached many to the science in whose service he died.

Resolved: That as a mark of respect to the memory of the
deceased, these resolutions be entered upon the minutes of the Sec-
bon, a copy be transmitted to his family, and also a copy of them

56

be furnished to the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
and to the Botanical Gazette, with the request that they be published
therein.

Jos. T. Rothrock.

Thomas Meehan.

John H. Redfield.

Botanical Notes.

Gender of Names of Varieties . — Among other subordinate ques-
tions in Natural-history nomenclature, it has been asked whether names
of varieties, like those of species, should conform in gender to the
genus, or whether they may not as well conform to the word varietas
and so always be feminine.

Linmeus introduced the current practice of numbering varieties
by the letters of the Greek alphabet, a, fi, y, etc. But to some vari-
eties, evidently to the more important, he gave names. These names,
when adjectives, were always (so far as we know) made to agree in
gender with the generic name: ex. gr. —

Viburnum Opulus, f roseum.

Asparagus officinalis, a maritimus, f altilis.
Mesembryanthotium ringens, oc caninum, felitiuni.

In our days, named varieties play a more and more important
part, and all botanists, as a rule, appear to have followed the Linn^an
model, with now and then a divergence which is readily explained,
and which may be said to be accidental, such as

Ripogonum album, var. leptostachya, Benth.

This is as one writes ‘‘forma albiflora" or “var. albifloraf a
white-flowered form or variety. But that this is not the pattern or
the true construction of varietal names appears at once on reference
to ordinary cases. Thus, for example, in ^'"Nasturtium amphibiunt,f^
tndtvisu?n, DC. Syst.,” it is not an undivided variety of the species
that is meant, but a name which stands in the same grammatical re-
lation to Ndsturtium that amphibium Aot.%, z.Xidilo N.amphtbium,
oi tndivisa, is obviously wrong. We should say that it makes no dif-
ference whether the word variety, or its abbreviation var. is expressed
or understood. When the conditions of the case seem to call for it,
we should write ""Nasturtium, spec, amphibium," and just as L. C.
Richard (a good model), in Michaux’s Flora writes.

Viburnum dentatum, var. a glabellum, f semitomentosum.

Rhus Toxicodendron, var. ct vulgare, f quercifolium.

The editor of the Gardeners' Chronicle\jAz.xc\v 22, p. 373), having
put this kind of question to Mr. Alphonse De Candolle (whom we
should consider the highest living authority upon nomenclatural mat-
ters), understands him to reply that “ the insertion of the abbrevia-
tion var. for varietas, which is feminine, demands a feminine termin-
ation; but if the word var. be omitted, then the rule would be for t e
variety to follow the specific name; ” hieaning probably the generic
name, for in one of the examples given, “ Thymus Serpyllum, P
tanus," it does not follow the specific.

From this point of view, viz., that where the nature of the group
(in this case, variety) is expressed the adjective name should be fcm

57

inine, but, where only understood, it might be masculine or neuter —
we must commend the editor’s closing remark:

Perhaps the simplest and most easily recollected rule, would be
to make the varietal name feminine in all cases, whether the var. or
varietas, were expressed or understood. This at least would be in-
telligible, and would conduce to uniformity of practice.”

It would also be logical, and the logic also would require all
specific names to be feminine; for the word understood, species, is
feminine.

Now we do not suppose that Mr. De Candolle would tolerate a
double set of genders for the names of varieties. His doctrine is
that the “ var.” should be discarded and the Greek letters only
employed, not only for numbering the varieties, but for designating
the fact that the name they are prefixed to is a variety.

It is not difficult to perceive why it has come to pass that ” Eng-
lish writers generally use the abbreviation var.," and that some con-
tinental botanical writers follow the practice. One reason is that it
enables us to cite an author’s variety by its name without having to
concern purselves with its Greek number, whether it ^ or y or S,
which otherwise we should have to attend to. Another is that our
sense of good form revolts at beginning sentences and paragraphs
without capitals. In our books, varieties usually stand in independent
paragraphs. Even in Latin we do not like to begin a paragraph:

“nr indivisum foliis omnibus integerrimis serratisve, non aut vix
basi auriculatis.”

In English we can still less abide it. So we prefix “ var., and
either number our varieties with Greek letters or, preferentially, leave
them out.

But, we did not suppose that by the employment of the word
“var.” we had interfered with the relation of the name of the variety
to that of its genus. Var. indivisuvi, in this case we should construe
the phrase: “ Varietas cujus nomen est indivisiim. ‘ Var. indivtsum

stands on the same ground as • species amphibium.' ^ 1 he latter rank
we rarely need to express, because we always prefix the generic name
or its initial. The former may often come in a shape which renders
the designating prefix m/". necessary, or at least most convenient.

We may, indeed, quite correctly write, var. albijlora, a white-
flowered variety, var. lotigfolia, a long-leaved variety; but that is not
according to the Linnaean pattern nor to the regular practice, nor to
the strict analogy of the varietal name with the specific.

Moreover, if the gender of the word which designates the grade
of the name is to govern the gender of the name, at least when ex-
pressed, as by var., then all subspecies must be made feminine. Now
this term subspecies is coming largely into use, and it has to be ex-
pressed in every case, in this wise:

Ranunculus aquaiilts, L.

Subsp. heterophyllus.

Subsp. hederaceus, etc.

If the proposition which we deprecate is adopted these nanies would
have to be written heterophylla and hederaceca by an author who ranked
them as subspecies, but heterophyllus and hederaceus by one who too

58

them as varieties and simply numbered them by Greek letters.
Obviously the propositions in the Gardeners' Chronicle had not been
thoroughly worked out. — Asa Gray, in Atner, Journ. Science.

Sex tn Plants . — Some interesting experiments have been carried
out by F. Heyer {Journ. Microsc. Soc., p. 251) with a view to deter-
mine the cause of differentiation of sex in unisexual plants. The
result obtained in the case of dioecious plants, by experiments with
21,000 specimens of Mercurialis annua and 6,000 of Cannabis Indica,
was that external conditions have no influence upon the production
of seedlings of one or the other sex. In the case of the former plant
the proportion of males to females produced was as 105.85 to 100,
and in the latter as 86 to 100. In a second series of experiments
made with monoecious plants, to determine whether external con-
ditions of temperature and soil caused any difference in the propor-
tion of male and female flowers, Uriica urens, Atriplex, Spinacta,
Xanthtum, and various Cucurbitaceae produced negative^results. He
alsd came to the conclusion that sex is determined at an earlier
period than the ripening of the seed. A knowledge of the means
whereby female plants could be produced at will would be of con-
siderable commercial importance, as, for instance, in the cultivation
of nutmegs, hops, etc.

A gigantic Plane-tree — Professor Virchow recently exhibited at
a meeting of the Berlin Medical Society photographs of a gigantic
plane-tree growitig in the Island of Cos, under the shade of which
Hippocrates is said, by tradition, to have held medical consultations.
The tree now stands in the market-place of Cos on the east side of
the island. The branches, which spread over nearly the whole of
the market-place, are supported by marble pillars.

Botanical Literature.

A Catalogue of the Native aud Naturalized Plants of the city of Buf-
falo and its vicinity. By David F. Day. 8vo, pp. 215. Buffalo:
Baker, Jones & Co. 1883.

Of purely local floras, this, presenting the names of all the plants
which have been detected within a radius of fifty miles of Buffalo,
may be regarded as one of the completest that has ever been pub-
lished in this country. All the classes in the vegetable kingdom are
included, and the number of plants enumerated, according to the
tabular statement on page 190, is 2,739, which are distributed among
946 genera.

Mahonia Aquifolia as a Nurse of the Wheat Mildew ( Puccinia Gra-
minis). By C. B. Plowright. (From Proceedings of Royal So-
ciety, No. 228).

On the Life History of the Dock jpcidiuni ( jHc. Rumicis ). By C. B.

Plowright. (From Proceedings of Royal Society, No. 228).

The Microscopical Bulletin and Opticians Circular.

Under this title, the well-known opticians, Messrs. James
Queen & Co., of Philadelphia, have recently begun the publication
of a bi-monthly which will prove of value and interest to all micro-
scopists, and which will no doubt be well supported by them.
Sample copies will be sent to those who request them.

I

59

The Microscopic Examination of Timber with regard to its Strenc^th.

By F. M. Day.

(From the F roceedings of the Amer. Philosoph. Society.)

On the Comparative Morphology of Sciadopitys. By M. T. Masters, M.D.

(Reprint from the fournal of Botany).

Proceedings of the Torrey Club —At the regular meeting of the
Club held Tuesday evening, April 8th, the President occupied the
chair and eighteen persons were present.

After some remarks by the President on the efforts that are being
made to save the Adirondack forest, a committee, consisting of the
President, Vice-President and Secrecary, was appointed to draft res-
olutions to be presented at the public meeting to be held at Chicker-
ing Hall.

Mr. Hollick read a paper entitled “ Notes on the Genus Viola f
of which the following is an abstract:

2'he Genus Viola : — The changes which most species of the genus
Viola undergo in the late summer and autumn months do not seem
to have had the attention bestowed upon them that their importance
deserves. The changes are in leaf, stem and flower, and are appa-
rently invariable and constant, hence of considearble value in deter-
mining specific differences.

The following species were collected and studied during the past
year: V. cucullata, Ait.; V. sagittata, Ait.; V. palmata, L.; V blanda,
Willd; V. primuloefolia .1 Ig V. lanceolata, L; V. odorata, L. ; V. pedata,
T. and V. canina, L., var. sylvestris, Regel. — V. cucullata and V.
sagittata are connected by every conceivable intermediate form, and
V palmata also connects with the former by insensible gradations.
Ihere is one characteristic, however, which can always be depended
upon to distinguish V. cucullata and its varieties from the other
species, and that is the decumbent habit of the cleistogamous flowers.
Indeed, the entire growth of this species partakes of the decumbent
habit, the rootstock, leaves and flowers being seldom if ever strictly
erect. In V. sagittata the growth of the ])lant is erect from the roots
and continues so throughout, and the cleistogamous flowers are con-
spicuously so.

It is sometimes difficult to know, from superficial appearances,
where to place V. palmata, w'hether as a variety of cucullata or sagittata,
but the decumbent habit of the intermediate forms point to the for-
nier as the the type. In the young plants of palmata, the palmate and
cuciillate leaves may often be seen on the same j)lant, this being in
accordance with the well recognized princijjle that the typical form is
always more manifest in the young individuals of the variety or de-
rived species.

T he three species of white violets are known to be very closely
allied. V. primulcefolia and V. lanceolata produce such a variety of
intermediate forms that it is an utter impossibility to say definitel)
where some of them belong. V. blanda, how’ever, is unmistakably
distinct, in several particulars. In the autymn, all three of these
species produce runners, but no detailed description of t e
iatter seems to have been made. In the entire Torrey herbarium

60

there is but one specimen representing the autumn transforma-
tion! In V. blanda these runners are almost roots, being more
or less under the surface of the ground, slender, producing no leaves
and bearing no cleistogamous flowers. They grow from the main
rootstock, are not numerous, and are somewhat decumbent. V.
primulcefolia has runners that sometimes reach a length of 12 inches.
They are comparatively stout, run along the surface of the ground,
and are mostly leaf- and flower-bearing throughout. These runners
have nodes or joints from each of which the leaves and erect cleisto-
^amous flowers start — usually one of each. They root at these nodes,
and, during the month of October, break away from the parent plant,
the nodes forming the nuclei of new plants for the next year. In
nearly every specimen the cleistogamous flowers far outnumber the
others. The typical form of V. lanceolaia has somewhat shorter and
more robust runners, which are also more leafy — sometimes appear-
ing almost like incipient branches. While the latter two species are
invariably found in company, the former is more often solitary, which
is another point in its claim for specific distinction.

In all three species the runners begin to form about the middle of
August, reach their full growth about the beginning of October, and
then most of them decay except at the points where they have taken
root.

Viola odorata produces both runners and cleistogamous flowers.
The flowers are quite numerous, starting from and clustering around
the rnain rootstock. They are very much appressed, sometimes ap-
pearing as if subterranean. The runners, although having leaves, do
not seem to bear cleistogamous flowers.

Viola canina, var. sylvestris, shows a very beautiful transformation.
I he branches of the season become elongated, sometimes to full seven
inches, and bear clusters of cleistogamous flowers, each upon a short,
slender peduncle in the axils. In some specimens little branchlets
start from the axils, bearing both leaves and flowers. The autumnal
peduncles are not more than two inches long, while those of the early
spring are generally three or four inches in length. Again, in the
spring, there is but one flower from each axil, while in the autumn
there are two or more.

Viola pedata apparently does not produce cleistogamous flowers,
but it very commonly blossoms a second time in the autumn. Spec-
imens have been collected as late as the middle of November.

Mr. Schrenk supplemented the paper with some notes on the struc-
ture of cleistogamous flowers.

Mr. Britton referred to a peculiar form of Viola blanda ( V. anicena.,
Leconte) with petioles and peduncles flecked with red

Veronica Buxbaumii^ Tenore, is reported by Mr. Britton as
becoming a weed in many places. It is very common in gardens at
New Dorp, S. I., and specimens have just been received from New
Brunswick, N. J.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. Xl.l New York, June, 1884. [No. 6.

New Species of Grasses.

By Geo. Vasey.

Panicum Chapmani. — Culms tufted, i to 3 feet high, erect, slen-
der, smooth, mostly simple ; leaves chiefly radical, often i foot or
more in length, i to 2 lines wide, firm, often involute when dry, the
sheaths narrow, shorter than the internodes of the culm, smooth,
finely striate, sparingly ciliate on the margins; ligule a short ciliate
ring; blade 6 to 12 inches long, attenuate-pointed, scabrous above,
slightly ciliate below. Panicle 6 to 12 inches long, narrow, racemose,
composed of 8 to 10 sessile spikes, which are approximate toward the
apex, gradually becoming i to 2 inches distant, appressed, the upper
ones about one-half inch long, the lower ones i inch or more, contain-
ing from 3 to 12 spikelets; the rhachis flexuous, triquetrous, scabrous,
and terminated by a short bristle; there are frequently r to 3 secon-
dary racemes from lateral peduncles, which are sometimes nearly as
iong as the terminal one. Spikelets i line long, first glume broad,
obtuse, one-quarter or one-third as long as the spikelet, second glume
7-nerved, as long as the flower, third glume 5-nerved, slightly exceed-
ing the flower; flowering-glume ovate, acutish, finely striate; palet of
equal length with its glume.

This is the Panicum tenuiculmum of Chapman’s Flora, but is not
the /*. tenuiculmum of Meyer, and I am unable to find it described.
It 'is dedicated to the esteemed author of the Flora of the Southern
States.

Panicum Hallii. — Culms csespitose, i to 2 feet high, erect,
smooth, simple or sparingly branched, each with about 4 light green,
striate leaves, which are 3 to 6 inches long, and 2 to 3 lines wide;
ligule a ciliate ring; sheaths smooth or somewhat pubescent. Panicle
4 to 6 inches long, the branches erect spreading, mostly single, alter-
nate and few flowered, the lower one 3 or 4 inches long and sub-
divided, naked below; the rhachis smoothish, pedicels about as long
as the spikelets. Spikelets about one and one-half lines long, acute
or acutish, very smooth, first glume broadly ovate, acutish, half as
long as the spikelet, second glume ovate lanceolate, acute, 9-nerved,
one-quarter to one-third longer than the fertile flower, third glume
(that of the sterile flower) 7- to 9-nerved, acute, equal to the second,
and enclosing a palet half as long; flowering-glume a line long, oblong,
obtuse, smooth and shining.

. This is number 816 of E. Hall’s Texas collection, distributed as P.
Siganteum, Scheele. It has since frequently been collected in Texas
and New Mexico. The spikelets resemble those of P. virgatum.

62

T he panicle resembles that of P. proliferum^ but is a distinct and
good species, to which I give the name of its earliest collector, the
late Mr. E. Hall.

The May Apple {Podophyllum) presents several peculiarities in its
development which are so interesting) as to merit an explanation.
1 he non-flowering-stem of this plant bears but one leaf, while the
flowering-stem bears two leaves, the flower being between them. A
section of the base of the flowering-stem reveals nothing peculiar, it
is merely a continuation of the rootstock (Fig. i). The section of
the base of the non-flowering-stera, however, reveals a bud, which
represents tlie continuation of the root-stock (Fig. 2). A careful
examination shows a small slit at one side of the bud by means of
which it has access to the air (Fig. 4) and a cross-section shows that

it is formed by the overlapping of the two edges of the stem about
the bud (Fig. 5). In a logitudinal section I find the bud-cavity to
be placed quite near to the margin of the stem (Fig. 6). Upon ex-
amining the older nodes of the rootstock I find undeveloped buds
(Fig. 7,) which are placed quite near to the margin of a scar which is
pitted like a leaf-scar. In fact, the non-flowering-stem of the May-
apple is only a leaf, the base of whose petiole encloses a bud. When
two such leaves arise, as is not unfrequent, the bud is enclosed by the
base of the inner, second leaf. As a rule, the life of Podophyllum
pdtatum is prolonged by the development of axillary buds into
branches (Figs, i, 2, 7, 8, a), because the terminal flowering-stem
perishes and the terminal buds of non-flowering stems rarely develop
(Fig. 7, b). In one abnormal specimen found, a lateral bud divided
at its tips, neither branch being axillary to the other (Fig. 3). And
here I would state what appears to me a remarkable fact: while the

63

axillary branches always produce long internodes, the terminal bud of
a non-flowering stem, whenever it develops, produces only extremely
short ones, so as to be practically almost none (Fig. 8). This is a case
never found by me in any other plant.

The flowers of the May-apple are terminal. The flower-stems

may be entirely destitute of leaves, as was a specimen found by me
last spring, and which I sent to Prof. A. Gray at the time of discovery
(Fig. g). During one hour this spring I collected within the same
woods six specimens of A innumerable quantities of c, the usual
form, sixteen of d, six of e, three of/, and one of g, a form in which

Fig. 9.

three leaves and the peduncle originated from the same point of
stem. In each case the peduncle of the flower bent away from
petiole of the last leaf; a fact which is explained by considering
leaves of the ordinary bifoliate type as not being truly opposite,
"Merely apparently so, from the close proximity of the one to
other. The leaves are alternate, and the peduncle bends trom

the

the

the

but

the

the

64

petiole which properly belongs to it. The latter is always the smallest
petiole of any developed on the plant.

The prickles of the Robinia have been explained as stipules, but
never, so far as I remember, have those of Xanthoxyhim Americamm.

There are two prickles, one on either side of the
t '' , petiole-scar, and, as a general thing, somewhat

! g.'l -■ D above the latter. Occasionally the thorns are
^ j 0-- q scarcely developed, so that they can be traced
' only by the fibres belonging to them in the bark.

I , 1 | p These fibres, whether belonging to a developed or
I p to a latent prickle, always run into the 70 ood, show-

I ^ ing them to be not a mere product of the bark;

and their situation would define them as stipules.

Prickles or thorns therefore may represent four
different parts of a plant — the stem or a branch,
^ the leaf or its ribs, mere emergences of the bark,
and stipules. In Fig. A,/> is a node, is a branch,
''■* D and ss are stipular prickles. Fig. B represents the
bark removed to show the entrance to the vascu-
lar fibres into the wood.

jj Description of Figures. — Fig. i. Flowering stem.
^ Fig. 2. Non-flowering stem. Fig. 3. Abnormally divided
root-stock Fig. 4. Leaf sheathing at c. Fig. 5. Section of
sheathing base, “c.” Fig. 6. Vertical section. Fig. 7-
bud (i.) formerly sheathed by a leaf. Fig. 8. The sheathed bud developing for sev-
eral years, a. Axillary bud. a. Developed axillary bud or branch, b. Terminal
bud.

5.--'

Dayton, Ohio.

Aug. F. Foerste.

.^cidium B6llidis. — In a note upon this fungus in the Bulle-
tin for March, 1884, p. 32., I stated that I had ijroduced it from the
teleiitospores of Puccinia obscura. This Puccinia, however, occurs
in the United States, specimens of it having been sent to me by Pro-
fessor Farlow, who also informs me that the host-plant of the yEcidi-
um is neither indigenous nor cultivated in gardens, except very
rarely. It has been assumed by many persons, notably by some of
those who write books upon botany, that the aecidial stage is abso-
lutely necessary to the perpetuation of those species of uredines
which possess it. This, however, is by no means true. Witness not
only the presence, but profusion of the wheat-mildew {Puccinia
gratninis) in districts where the barberry is very scarce, as in the fen
country of Norfolk and Lincolnshire in England. The same is even
more strikingly shown by the ravages of this fungus upon the wheat
crops in Australia, where none of the barberries is indigenous. Im-
pressed by these facts, I have given this matter some special atten-
tion, for, living as I do upon the borders of the fen district it has been
constantly brought under my notice. It has been thought that a
single barberry bush could produce lecidiospores enough to infect
half a county, all that was necessary being a few stiff breezes to
waft the spores from the bush to the corn, miles away, in the same
manner in which we have been taught to believe the spores of P^-
ronospora infestans were blown from one end of Europe to the other

65

in the year 1845. Any one, however, who has practically studied
the life history of the uredines must be aware that all lecidiospores
(like the conidia of the Peronosporce) are endowed with but a very
limited term of vitality. If vve wish to infect a plant with the secidio-
spores of a uredine they must be perfectly fresh, as well as perfectly
ripe, and to imagine that the spores of ^cidium Berberidis can be
blown mile after mile by the wind and still retain their germinative
power is simply absurd. If we observe what actually occurs in nature
we shall have ample evidence that this far spreading of the parasite
does not take place in the aforesaid manner. It is not in the district
from which I write an easy thing to find a barberry bush in the
hedge of a corn-field, for the practical nature of the observations
made by our agricultural forefathers have pretty well exterminated
the barberry. I was, however, able to do this two years ago. Three
barberries grew in the hedge of a wheat-field, and around each of
these bushes the wheat at harvest was as black as if soot had been
scattered upon it, in a semicircle about 50 yards across. Nearest the
bush it was quite black, but the mildew gradually became less and less
the farther we proceeded from the bush. The rest of the field was
perfectly healthy.

When the parasitic fungus starts from the secidiospore, the teleu-
tospores are produced very early, and in great profusion, but when it
starts from the teleutospore the uredo is in great profusion and the
teleutospore comparatively sparse. I obtained some specimens of
wheat mildew from Australia in which the enormous development of
rust,” compared to the “ mildew,” was very striking and unlike
anything I had ever previously seen in England. It was this which
first drew my attention to the above-mentioned fact, to which 1
alluded in a paper on the subject of Heteroecism, in “ Sunlight.” It
•s also observable in Puccinia riibigo-vera^ which is here very abund-
ant early in the year upon wheat. The uredo is extremely abundant,
but the teleutospores are but slightly developed. The mcidium of this
Pucctnia I have never yet seen in the fresh state, although the other
spore-forms are to be found in every wheat-field. The same is true
of the specimen of Puccinia obscura which Professor Farlow sent to

as compared with the fungus as it occurs when developed directly
horn the daisy mcidium. I am much pleased to find that Mr.
Rostrup the eminent Danish mycologist, in his recent paper,
Heteroeciske Uredineer, holds the same view. He mentions the fact
that Coleosporium Senecionis, when growing in districts in which fir-
trees do not occur, consists almost entirely of uredospores. Further,
c has found Chrysomyxa Lcdi upon a plant of Ledum palustre from
preenland, a country in which the cecidium-bearing host-plant
\Ptcea excels (i) does not grow.

Ring’s Lynn, Eng. Charles B. Plowright.

Mutilation of Flowers by Bees. — Referring to Prof. Bailey’s note
•n the May Bulletin, I may say that it has been a matter of fre-
quent observation with myself that the flowers of Dicentra CucuUaria

systematically punctured by bees; when growing wild Corydalis
S ^uca suffers in the same manner, and, 1 doubt not, other members of

66

the family also. As Mr. Meehan remarks in the same number of the
Bulletin, this lawless trait of the humble-bee may be easily observed.
It is an acquired habit, and one that has not yet reached its fullest
development, for, while some species of flowers are invariably punc-
tured, others, which are even more difficult of access, are approached
in the legitimate manner and are never mutilated. In some localities,
hardly an individual of Gerardia integrifolia will escape being punct-
ured, and always, so far as I have observed, in the same relative por-
tion of the corolla. In both cases, too, the corolla is bored before its
lobes have been unfolded; yet not all the bees seem to understand
this, for while by far the greatest numbers fly at once to the puncture
made by some previous visitor, others will visit every flower in the
regular manner, showing that some understand the operation while
others do not. Again, although the Gerardia is commonly punctured,
it has a comparatively open and acces^ble corolla, and, on the other
hamd, the corolla of Linaria vulgaris, which is thoroughly closed, is,
I believe, never punctured, though the bees visit it in numbers and
are forced to no slight exertion to reach its interior.

To me the interpretation of these facts is that while there is the
appearance of a purpose in the act, yet it is in the main a blind oper-
ation on the part of the bees, and, in any event, they fail to derive the
greatest possible benefit from their work, when they persist in boring
an open corolla and approach a closed one in the laborious manner
which its peculiar mechanism demands.

Mountainville, N. Y. Winthrop E. Stone.

Dicentra Punctured by Humble-Bees. — In the last number of the
Bulletin, (p. 55) Prof. W. Whitman Bailey, of Rhode Island, says;
“ I find that in my garden the flowers of Dicentra Cucullaria are sys-
tematically punctured by humble-bees; I have watched them in the
proces.s. Has this been noticed when the plants are growing wild ?
It sadly interferes with the very neat mechanism for cross-fertiliza-
tion.”

Several years ago Dr. A. K. Fisher called my attention to the fact
that humble-bees were in the habit of obtaining honey from this spe-
cies by biting through the base of the corolla; and I have since ob-
served that, along the borders of the Adirondack region, in North-
eastern New York, it is the exception to find a mature flower of either
Dicentra Cucullaria or D. Canadensis that has not been thus punc-
tured. Whatever be its theoretical bearings upon the fertilization of
these plants, the fact remains that both species still thrive here, grow-
ing abundantly and in luxuriance.

Locust Grove, New York. C. Hart Merriam.

Dicentra Punctured by Humble-Bees. — In reading Prof. Baileys
note in the May Bulletin on the perforation of the flowers o
Dicentra Cucullaria by humble-bees, I am reminded that the }3.te 1 r-
Leggett once noted a similar circumstance in plants sent to him rom
Lewis Co., N. Y. For the benefit of those who are not forUinate
enough to possess a complete set of the Bulletin, I make the o
lowing extract from Mr. Leggett’s not e:* C. went to the woo ^

* Extract from a letter sent to Mr. L. from I.ewis Co., Bulletin, iii., 33-

61

and spent several hours watching the bees. The woods were full of
Dicentras this spring. He could not find a spike of any species on
which there were not one or more punctured flowers. He saw
several humble-bees performing this labor, and many honey-bees
sucking the honey, but in no instance did he see the honey-bee make
the incision.” N. L. Britton.

Teratology. — A head of the ox-eye daisy {Chrysa?ithemum leucan-
thenium^ L.) has just been brought to me by a lady (Mrs. Cowles)
living in Hamden which has the rays replaced by white tubular corollas
one-quarter of an inch long, gradually ampliated outwards, and irreg-
ularly 5-lobed. Most of these corollas are somewhat bilabiate, with
three parts in the lower lip, and two, a little smaller, in the upper.
The veins of the lobes are submarginal and unite below the sinuses,
as ip the normal disc-flowers of the order. These ray-flowers have
both stamens and a short, included style, like that of the disc-flowers.
The ray-flowers are in general structure comparable to those of
Chcenactis, but there are no gradations from them to the disc-flowers
in this specimen. Is this condition to be explained by a simple re-
version of the usual rays to a form more like that of the disc- flowers,
or by supposing the ray-flowers to be deficient, and the exterior disc-
flowers to be enlarged so as to replace the rays } One of these ex-
terior flowers, which I dissected, had the ovule well developed, and it
is probable that all would have been fertile.

Mrs. Cowles tells me that the plant bore six heads like the one
sent to me.

New Haven, June, 1884. Daniel C. Eaton.

Another Florida Fern has been lately discovered by Miss Mary
C. Reynolds, viz., Phegopteris tetragona, Mett. This is one of the
species which has sometimes the faintest rudiment of an indusiuna,
3 .nd so has been referred to Aspidiuni in Mettenius s later writings, t
has a creeping rhizoma, and rather thin herbaceous and finely pu e-
scent fronds one or two feet high. These are pinnate with a gradua y
decreasing apex and several pairs of long and not very deeply pinna
^ifid pinnae. The veins are simple, and the 2-3 basal ones are conni-
vent as in Aspidium molle. It is common in the West Indies, and on
the continent from Panama to Brazil. Miss Reynolds found it a
year ago in a live-oak hummock in Marion County, well esta is e
there, and a very pretty fern it is, too.” “When growing, there is a
metallic lustre about it that to me is very pleasing.

New Haven, June, 1884. Daniel C. Eaton.

Albinism, — During the winter and spring I have found, usually
single plants only, sometimes several clusters, of the following species
with pure white blossoms. The whole plant was of a lighter green
than usual, no other color being present: Delphinium decorum, v ■
(one specimen); Sidalcea humilis, Gray (fwo specimens).; Erythraa
“^enusia^ Gray (several clusters); Giltu dmnihoides, Endl. (common
in places); Linaria Canadensis, Dum.~(one case); Ortliffcarpus pur-
purascens, Benth. (often nearly white); Mirabilis Calif arnica, (./ray

68

(not rare); Brodi(Ba capitata, Benth. (three specimens). Phacelia
Farryi and P. grandiflora are found nearly white occasionally, very
rarely pure white. '

A bud on a branch of Mimulus glutinosus, v. puniceus, upon devel-
oping in a vase, was identicabin color with the typical form of M. glu-
tinosus, Wendl.

San Diego, Cal. Charles R. Orcutt.

Absorption in partially severed Branches. — In tire recent ex-
periments reported by Francis Darwin {Mature, Vol. xxx., p. 9)
upon the absorption of water by plants, he alludes with surprise to
the fact that “cuts to the depth of half or more than half the diameter
of the branch produce practically no diminution in the rate of
absorption.”

Remarkable instances of a similar, if not identical, phenomenon
often come to the notice of the arboriculturist, and the following
illustration of the ability of a greatly reduced cellular area to supply
moisture, etc., occurred in our garden last year. A large apple-tree,
with a spread of branches almost circular, twenty feet in diameter,
with four main limbs, twenty-five secondary limbs, and a numerous
growth of twigs and final ramifications on the outskirts and summit
of the tree, had suffered from being too deeply covered with earth
around the trunk, and the epidermal layers sickened and died, con-
tracting the available area by which sap passed to and fro in the
general circulation of the tree to a strip of bark less than two inches
in width. The trunk at this point was three feet in circumference,
and above the zone of dead tissue, which was removed, the bark
retained its healthy and normal condition.

The tree put out leaves in great abundance, and blossomed luxu-
riantly. The disproportion between the area supplied with nutri-
ment from the roots, and the size of the bark connective, seems very
remarkable, and may be considered analogous to the conditions m
Dr. Darwin’s experiment, where the rate of transmission of moisture
was unchanged in a half-severed twig. As the season advanced and
became drier and hotter, the tree became sickly. It was deprived of
the use of a large portion of its roots and could not, wfith the limited
resources furnished it, feed itself with sufficient moisture; but the
capacity of a very restricted line of cells to sustain, at least tempo-
rarily and under favorable conditions, a perfect union between the
body of the tree and its roots was demonstrated.

L. P. Gratacap.

Botanical Notes,

Palms . — Some interesting details respecting these princes of the
vegetable kingdom, as Linnjeus called them, are to be found ut
Joseph Hooker’s last report on the progress and condition o ^
Royal gardens at Kew. The extent to which they have recently een
brought into cultivation is noteworthy. 1 of

Miller in his Gardener’s Dictionary, edition of i73J,^tiew
seven species; but only two were generally known in conservator) »
the dwarf fan-palm of the south of Europe, and the date. ^ ^

69

Hortiis Kewensis, in the second edition (1813), enumerates only 24
species. Ihe Loddiges, great cultivators of palms, who possessed in
their day much the largest collection known, ertumerate 210 species
in their nursery catalogue of the year 1825. In the Herrenhausen
conservatories, Hannover, VVendland had assembled 287 species in
^^35) 445 in 1882. This is the largest collection in the world ;

but the noblest must be that of the Botanical Gardens of Buitenzorg,
Java, which, in i860, boasted of 273 species, “ all standing naked in
the open air.”

It is only when the literature of the order is brought together sys-
tematically, that we appreciate the extent and variety of palms. In
the new Genera Plantarum, Sir Joseph Hooker characterizes 132
genera of true palms, and indicates about 1,100 species.

Our readers may like to know what palms are indigeneous to the
United States, and what names they now bear. Without counting
one or two tropical species which grow in Southern Pdorida, and
which are outlying Cuban and Bahaman species, we have two true
palmettos, Sabal palmetto, and S. Adansoni ; the blue palmetto,
Rhapidophyllum hystrix of Wendland; the saw palmetto, Serenoa ser~
rulata of Hooker. This is the old Sabal serrulata, upon which
Hooker has recently founded a new genus, dedicating it to our asso-
ciate, Sereno Watson {Pahnam qui meruit per at) there being already
a Watsonia in honor of an earlier botanist of this name. Finally we
have, just beyond our national borders, namely on the Islands of
Lower California, a palm of a peculiar genus, instituted by Mr. Sereno
Watson, the Erythea edulis; and in Southern California the elegant
^^ushingtdnia filifera, with which Wendland has complimented our
country by naming this palm in honor of its first president. The
only other president so distinguished is Jefferson. Jeffersonia diphylla
IS one of our choicest spring flowers. — Science.

Morphology of the Husk of Carya. — At a recent meeting of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences Mr. Meehan exibitedsome
nuts of Carya glabra, Torr., which had been brought in by one of his
seed-collectors from a tree in the woods in the vicinity of Philadel-
phia. They had two, or sometimes three, nuts in a single exocarp, as
in the manner of Castaneavesca, the common chestnut. The collec-
tor was under the impression that all the nuts borne by the tree were
of a similar character.

Hr. Asa Gray, who was present, remarked that this occurrence of
two or three nuts of Carya within the same husk, either separate or
partly coherent, was of much morphological significance. Specimens
like these, said to have been collected in Montgomery County, Penn.,
had been sent to him several years ago, with the remark that the
tpe bore a good many such abnormal fruits; Dr Gray believed that
the conclusion to which they inevitably pointed had not yet been pub-
lished. It was, however, communicated to Dr. Engelmann, along
"['th a portion of his specimens, at least five years ago. dhe conclu-
^on drawn was the following: The husk, or so called exocajp, of
is an involucre, usually containing a single female flow'er, and
connate with its ovary; its true morphology is revealed when, as in
is case, it contains two or three flowers. The stone or shell of the

70

nut is the whole pericarp in Carya as much as in Corylus. In the
former genus it becomes free from the four-valved involucre at ma-
turity; in Juglans the congenital union is more permanent, forming
a drupaceous accessory fruit, of which the fleshy part is involucre,
the bony part is pericarp. This view directly horaologizes the Jug-
landacese with the Cupuliferae.

Tamarinds. — There are few people to whom the flavor of pre-
served tamarinds is not agreeable, but do those who frequently use
tamarinds know how they are prepared ? They come into commerce
both from the East and West Indies ; the latter, it would seem, are
simply the fruits, or, rather, pods from which the shell or epicarp has
been removed, and the pulp together with the strong fibrous frame-
work upon which it is built, and the seeds are placed in alternate
layers with powdered sugar in a cask or jar, over which boiling sirup
is afterward poured. In the East Indies it seems they are prepared
by first removing the epicarp and seeds by hand, after which the
pulpy portion is usually mixed with about lo per cent, of salt, and
trodden into a mass with the naked feet. Of these tamarinds several
qualities are known in the market, the best being free from fibre and
husk, and the worst containing both, together with the hard stone-
like seeds, which are commonly eaten in the East Indies after being
roasted and soaked to remove the outer skin, and then boiled or fried,
when they are said to be tolerably palatable. West Indian tamarinds
are alone officinal in the British Pharmacopceia; while on the Conti-
nent those from the East are alone employed. Besides the tamarinds
sent to Europe they are also shipped in large quantities from Bombay
to Persia and other northern countries. — Gardeners' Chronicle.

Attraction of Insects by Phallus and Coprinus. — E. Rathay and B.
Haas have examined the structure of the fructification of Phallus
impudicus, with a view to determine the peculiarities ih its construc-
tion which attracts flies and other insects to it. This is effected
partly by the odor and partly by the taste. They find the fluid
which results from the deliquescence of the gleba to contain an
abundance of sugar; and they observed visiting this as many as
fourteen species of insects, most of which also visit the nectar of
flowers or feed upon honey-dew. The same phenomenon is exhibited
by a number of other species of Phalloideae; and the explanation
suggested is that the insects are useful to the fungi in disseminating
the spores which are set free by the deliquescence of the gleba [Cf.
Bulletin, Vol. vii., p. 30, where this same view is put forth by the
Editor.]

The pileus of species of Coprinus and of some other species of
Agaricini also exude sugar. ,

With regard to the exact chemical nature of the substance formed,
the authors state that it consists in all these cases, in addition to
dextrose, of another sugar which belongs to the same class and is
probably trehalose. In Phallus impudicus there are no less t an
three substances which reduce alkaline solution of copper, viz.,
dextrose, torulose, and a substance intermediate between dextrose
and gum. In Coprinus deliquescens the only one of these substances
present is dextrose.

71

The Parasites of Money . — Y\\o. Frankfurter Zeitung that

Dr. Reinscli has found, as the result of a long series of minute inves-
tigations, that the surfaces of 50-pfennig pieces which have been long
in circulation are the home and feeding-ground of a minute kind of
bacteria and vegetable fungus. An extended series of observations
showed that this is the case with the small coins of all nations, the
thin incrustation of organic matter deposited upon their surfaces in
the course of long circulation rendering them very suitable for this
parasitical settlement. Dr. Reinsch scraped off some of these incrus-
tations, and with a small scapel divided them into fragments, which
were subsequently dissolved in distilled water. The employment of
lenses of very high power showed the bacteria and fungi distinctly.

The Banyan tree. — Respecting this tree, Forbes, in his “ Oriental
Memoirs,” says that a Banyan tree, named Cubbeer Burr, was nearly
2,000 feet in circumference, measured round its principal stems, but
that the ground covered by its overhanging branches was consider-
ably more extensive. The large trunks numbered 350, and the
smaller ones exceeded 3,000. This tree at one time was considerably
larger, a fearful storm, accompanied by a flood on the Nerbudda,
having carried away a greater part of it, reducing the number of the
larger trunks from 1,350 to the 350 now remaining. The original
this colossal tree may be better conceived by remembering
that 2,000 feet, its circumference when Forbes saw it, is more than
one-third of a mile. It is truly one of the wonders of Nature. The
careful provision by which everything is made to adapt itself to the
circumstances in which it is placed is strongly exemplified in the
growth of this tree; for if these branches did not throw out roots,
and so form a trunk with which to support their own weight, they
would tear themselves off from the parent stem. — The Garden.

Absorption of water by plants. — Mr. F. Darwin, in an article on
this subject recently published in Nature, shows that the rate of ab-
sorption is influenced by the dampness or dryness of the air, being
aiore rapid in dry air, owing to the more rapid evaporation from the
eaves, and more rapid in sunlight than in shade. He also confirms •
oaranetzky’s statement that a small disturbance, such as a slight
Slake, by increasing the transpiration from the leaves, increases the
^ate of absorption, while cutting off a twig rapidly diminishes it. A.
orauer, however, found in some experiments on gourds that the
removal of leaves from plants on two occasions did not alter the
amount of evaporation in the least; and even when half the leaves
"ere removed ftom another plant, although a reduction in the
amount of evaporation ensued at first, after eleven days the evapora-
"'as equal to that of an untouched plant.

The American Association for the Advancement of Science. — The
committee of the American Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S. has so
ar arranged the programme for the next meeting in Philadelphia,
Pening September 4th, that they are enabled to assure the botanists
° the country a most enjoyable and profitable time. All botanical
^embers of the Association should call at the Academy of Natural
as early as possible after arrival and register. They will
a a committee in charge to welcome them to the privileges of the

72

Club and of the Academy, and to assist them in becoming acquainted
with other botanists.

Excursions in addition to those of the general Association have
been arranged to the pine barrens and to the Bartram gardens, and
others will be added. Upon Monday evening, September 8th, the
Botanical Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences will give a
reception to the Club at the rooms of the Academy. The hours for
meeting of the Club will be annouced daily during the session. — J.
C. Arthur, Chairman of Committee.

Botanical Literature.

j 4 Manual of the Mosses of North America. By Leo Lesquereux and
Thomas P. James. With Six Plates illustrating the Genera.
8vo, pp. 447. Boston; S. E. Cassino & Co. 1884.

In this volume we have a manual which will be greeted by all
botanists as a valuable addition to the literature of the subject, sup-
plying a need that has long been felt. To the arduous and protracted
labors of the authors, with the assistance of other eminent bryologists,
both in this country and abroad, the students of this delightful
branch are indebted for a most satisfactory guide. It contains 447
pages, with descriptions of nearly 900 species, includes a good glos-
sary and is illustrated with six plates. The type is clear, and the
descriptions are full and amended from the most recent investigations
— corrections and additions having been made just before going to
press. We notice with pleasure copious descriptions of the orders
and tribes, with bibliographical references and systematic tables.
The classification is that used in “ Sullivant’s Mosses ” (Gray’s Man-
ual, 1863), with additions; the class being sub-divided into three
orders, Sphagnaceae, Andrejeaceae and Bryacete; the first two includ-
ing one genus each, the last, 23 tribes and 126 genera. One over-
sight has been noticed on page 5 which contradicts the text on page
95. Eustichia is given under the sub-division of “ Teeth of the per-
istome 16,” and, below, “ fruit unknown.”

The Sphagnaceae are briefly described, and references are made
to monographs for details. It is to be regretted that a whole plate
was not devoted to them, and some of Braithwaite’s excellent illus-
trations of the leaf- and stem-structure given, especially as the other
plates, with one exception, are those used by Sullivant.

The Hypneae are given in one genus with 28 sub-genera and 195
species. ,

As the name implies, Alaska, British America, Greenland and
the United States are included in the range of the mosses, bu
Mexican species are omitted, which is a disappointment, as
to be found in Rau and Hevey’s Catalogue of N. A. Mosses.
ever, as a description of them would have entailed a furtht^ de a>,
since the Mexican collections are chiefly to be found in
Herbaria, we can excuse this omission and hope to see a deman o
a Bryologia Americana on the scale of the Bryologia Europ;ea a
distant day. — Elizabeth G. Knight.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. Xl.l New York, July, 1884. [No. 7.

New North American Fungi-

By J. B. Ellis and Benj. M. Everhart.

^ciDiUM Ligustici. — Clips 'small, margin narrow, subentire,
collected in clusters 2-3 in diameter on the under side of the
leaves. Spores irregularly globose, i8-2o/< (orange ?) The upper
side of the leaf is obscurely marked with pale, yellowish spots, indi-
cating the position of the l^cidium opposite.

On Ligusticum Scoticum from the Island of Anticosti (Gulf of St.
Lawrence), August, 1883. Prof. J. Macoun (No. 31 1 )

Septoria aciculosa. — Perithecia innate-superficial, mostly in
clusters of two or three together, black, minute, on the lower face of
the leaf. Spores acicular, continuous, i2-2oxi/r. Accompanied with
^pfmrella Fragarite^ Tub

On strawberry leaves. Anna, 111 ., May, 1883. F. S. Earle.

Septoria Pentstemonis. — Perithecia punctiform, black, epi-
phyllous, on small, white, round, thin spots, with a dark, purple-
shaded border ; spores cylindrical, slightly curved or undulate, 14-
20x1//, faintly nucleate.

On leaves of P. digiialis. . Anna, 111 ., June, 1883. F. S. Earle.

1 he perithecia are visible on both surfaces of the leaf, but open
above.

Excipula subcalva. — Excipulum thin, substriate, 150-200/r in
diameter, margin incurved when dry, jagged and uneven from the
unequally developed tips of the brown, elongated constituent cells ,
basidia slender, branching 50-75/^ long, bearing at their tips the
minute (3-4 x -S-.ySM) oblong-cylindrical spores.

On fallen leaves of Ouercus o%tusiloba. Newfield, N. J., May,
1882.

Hendersonia platypus. — Seated on oblong or roundish white

spots 2-4 x i-2“'”', perithecia punctiform, black, subelongated; spores
mostly oblong elliptical, but rather variable in size and shape, most y
12-15X 3.5-4/1, but some of them shorter and broader, and some
longer (19/^) and narrower, all 3-septate, yellowish-brown, on ped-
icels about 7yu long, with a broad base. The cuticle of the cane is
soon eaten away in the white spots, leaving the surface of the inner
bark exposed in the shallow depressions thus formed. Accompanied
With a.Phoma {p. lethalis, E. & M.) having small subglobose (2 x 1.5/^)
brownish spores. . , .

Differs from H. sdr mentor um, West., in its smaller porij
white spots, and its rather smaller spores on pedicels swollen at the
base. On living canes of Fubus villosus and R. Canadensis. Cobden,
111 -, Feb., 1884. F. S. Earle.

74

Peziza Earliana. — Erumpent, scattered, liver-color; darker
when dry, closely surrounded by the epidermis, hemispheric and
nearly closed at first, at length expanding so as to show the pallid
disk; margin suberoded, minute (.12-. 17'"'" ); asci sessile, oblong, 50-
55xi2/i; paraphyses stout, and, when mature, distinctly and abruptly
swollen at the tips ; sporidia crowded, oblong-cylindrical, obtuse at
each end, 3-4-nucleate, hyaline, 15-18X 2.5-3^^.

Differs from P. Dehnii, Rab., in its smaller size, scattered mode
of growth, broader asci, larger sporidia and club-shaped paraphyses.

On the under side of dead leaves of Fragaria. Anna, 111 ., May,
1883. F. S. Earle.

Nectria Canadensis. — Perithecia cgespitose, ovate, 33”’"'‘ broad
by about high, densely tuberculose-granulose, dull red ; ostiola

broad, obtuse, not prominent, but distinctly stellate cleft and slightly
collapsing when dry ; asci and paraphyses evanescent, the former
about 75-80x10-12/1 (spore-bearing part); sporidia irregularly
crowded, hyaline, oblong, 3-septate, slightly curved, ends obtuse,
18—21x7-9//.

The conidial stage is a Tubercularia, .5-2““' high, with an orange-
colored head bearing oblong, 5-7x1. 5// conidia and brick-red stem
bursting out through cracks in the bark in continuous series two or
three inches or more in extent. From the basal portion of this
Tubercularia the perithecia arise, and finally entirely surround and
overtop the orange heads of conidia, which are either entirely hid-
den or remain partly visible in the midst of the dense clusters 01
perithecia.

Allied to Sphceria pseudotrichia^ Schw. On bark of elm limbs.
Ottawa, Canada, August, 1883. Macoun (No. 311.)

Bosellinia Macouniana. — Gregarious, superficial, ovate, .33
in diameter, covered, with the exception of the prominent ostiolum,
with a coat of short, light purplish tomentum; asci long and narrow
(100// and over); sporidia uniseriate, overlapping, 19-22 by about 6/^,
2-nucleate, brown, oblong or subnavicular.

On rotten wood. Ottawa, Canada, Oct., 1883. Macoun (No.
253.) From other localities I» have received specimens of what
appears to be the same, only with the perithecia denuded and blac
(old) and much resembling old specimens of Sp/uerta subiculala,
Schw., which, in the absence of the yellow evanescent subiculum,
may be distinguished from this by its smaller (10-13// long) sporidia.

Nummularia pezizoides. — Stroma carbonaceous, erumpeo ,
superficial, depressed-obconic, black outside and rufous brown wit nn,
about broad and .5'^'“' thick, with a narrow sublobate margin ?
disk thickly studded with the strongly prominent, papillate ostio^a,
perithecia flask-shaped, or subangular by compression, aDout 1
high; sporidia narrow-elliptical, a little bulging on one side, ro"^
i-2-nucleate, 11-13 X 4-5//. . o\

On bark. Ottawa, Canada, Oct., 1883. Macoun (No.

Since found at Topeka, Kansas, by 4 '- W. Cragin. .

The specimens being rather old, the asci had disappe^e ^
has the general appearace of a thick, narrow-margined iji-g

judging from the description of that species, must be mu

75

Nummularia Moselei, Berk., but is apparently distinct. The Kansas
specimens were on decorticated wood and were rather smaller.

Pleospora Clarkeiana. — Perithecia minute (.i”*'" ), membrana-
ceous, scattered, sunk in the substance of the leaf, the upper part
slightly projecting and closely covered by the blackened epidermis,
and finally collapsing ; ostiola scarcely prominent; asci subcylindri-
cal, 125 X 25//; sporidia biseriate, pyriform or oblong, mostly slightly
constricted across the middle, about 7- septate, becoming muriform
and brown. / .R ’ b

On dead leaves of Plantago maritima? Island of Grand Menan,
(Maine), June, 1884. Miss C. H. Clarke. Allied to P. Heleochari-

Karst, but asci and sporidia smaller.

SPHAiRELLA GALL^ — Perithecia minute, scattered, or in groups
of 2-3 together, rupturing and loosening the epidermis; asci 40-45 ,
X io/<, sessile; sporidia crowded in 2-3 series, slender, clavate,
i-septate, 12-15 X3>u (at the broad end).

On galls of Vaccinium corymbosum. Newfield, N. J., July, 1883.

Notes on the Botrychia — I give some facts that struck me in
recently gathering specimens of Botrychium rutaceum, Sw., and B.
ianceolatum, Angst. The peculiarity of their growth is this : they
are found at the head of a ravine, in shade,' but generally in shaly
soil that is almost barren of small undergrowth, and has but a slight
covering of vegetable mould — sometimes none at all. They were so
niature on June 28th that a tiny cloud of spores flew from the fertile
fronds the first time they were touched. They grow in little colo-
nies here and there where the soil seems to be suited to them. The
two species grow together, B. rutaceum having sterile fronds that are
almost uniform in width throughout, and pinnules that are broad,
blunt and toothed. B. lanceolaium, on the contrary, is deltoid in
shape, and has comparatively long and narrow pinnules. There is
also a form of B. rutaceum in which the sterile frond is almost as
finely incised as in B. tertiatum var. dissectum. This is exceedingly
pretty and delicate.

I had been quite inclined to believe that these two species were
•n reality only different forms of the same thing. They grow in the
same locality, and often close to each other. But proximity by no
oilcans signifies consanguinity, and srhall forms of B. Virgtnicum
grew there even more plentifully than either of the others, although
preferred the vegetable mould. So I made an examination of the
bud forms and found them to agree substantially with Mr. Daven-
port's descriptions. There was a slight difference in the rutaceum, or
’*^<^}ncaricefolium as he designates it, if I understand his description
^•ght. He says; “ the apex of the fertile frond is bent dcnvnward yc\
the bud toward the sterile frond, which clasps it with its side divis-
ions and bends its apex downward over the whole.” In my speci-
mens the fertile frond is shorter than the sterile in the bud, and
stands up perfectly straight ; but it is clasped by the sterile frond
exactly as he describes. Both the figure and description of B. lan-
(folatum that he gives are capital, and cannot be bettered.

There is in my herbarium a monstrosity of B. rutaceum in which

76

the sterile frond is four inches long, with a terminal pinna, and four
pinnae on each side, opposite to each other. The pair next to the
lowest measures an inch and a half from tip to tip ; but the lowest
pinnae are each 1.75 inch long, making the pair measure 3.5 inches.
All but these are at right angles to the rachis, but the lowest pair pro-
jects forward so as to form a V which encloses two-thirds of the
upper part of the frond. They are fully an inch from the junction
of the rachis with the stipe. The fertile frond is divided into three
main branches, each of which is decompound and about three
inches long. 'The entire plant is twelve inches high. It came from
the same locality that I have described above.

I have also to report the presence, at a roadside in the town of
Deerfield, Oneida Co., N. Y., of a considerable amount of Trifo-
^lium stoloniferum, Muhl,, which is scattered along for half a mile or
more. How it came there I have not been able to learn, and I can
find no record of its occurrence elsewhere in this State. The street
is two or three miles from the N. Y. Central Railroad, and, although
it is an old one, as is indicated by an occasional Lombardy poplar,
it is not much travelled save by the residents. Under such circum-
stances the plant would hardly be apt to come in of itself as a strag-
gling immigrant. Possibly it may have come with cattle brought from
the west.

Utica, July 9, 1884. Benj. D. Gilbert.

Lonicera grata. — A year ago I sent a line to the Bulletin ask-
ing for information about Lonicera grata in its indigenous habitats.
Not having obtained much satisfaction, I renew the inquiry. Does
any botanist now know of this plant in the “ Cedar Swamps of New
Durham,” or in Darlington’s habitats on “ Ridley Creek,” and on
‘‘the Brandywine above the Forks.” As to Dr. Torrey’s plant, he
says he had not seen it in flower, and the specimen in his herbarium
I suppose to be L. parvijlora, Lam., /. e., L. glauca, Hill.

A. Gray.

The Range of Phoradendron — Mr. J. Schneck’s interpting
notes on Phoradendron, its habit and range, in the Botanical Gazette
for June and July, lead me to record the probability that its north-
ward extension along the Atlantic coast was formerly greater than
at present. Its most northern stations in the immediate vicinity of
the coast at present known, is at Lakewood, N. J. (W. Bower, .Y C.
Apgar). The station noted by Mr. Canby, between Trenton and New
Brunswick, is probably a few miles further north. In 1879, ^

preparing the Flora of Richmond Co., N. Y., with Mr. Arthur H0I-.
lick, we were credibly informed that, only a few years before, the mis-
tletoe was growing on sour gums near Clifton, and a note was
to that effect ; since then I have been shown a locality in that neig
borhood by Mr. R. S. Newbury, of New York, where he had seen
the plant in former years. The Nyssa was there several very o ,

decaying trees — but no Phoradendron.

^ N. L. Britton.

77

The Mistletoe ( Viscum album, L.). — Forgotten or not, the mis-
tleto is perhaps the most distinguished plant in the flora of England.
Its name has been spelt in more ways than any other well-known
word in our language. Mistleto itself has been a problem to ety-
mologists, and there is the usual divergence of opinion on the sub-
ject. Prior thinks it means the “mixed” shrub, from its appearance,
so different from its parent stock. Forby thinks mislinbush means
the “golden bush,” from a Saxon name of a kind of brass. Virgil
speaks of it as the ramus aureus; a German poet has called it die
goldfdrbte mistel, and the Welsh have named it pren puraur or “tree
of pure gold.” But the Saxon name mentioned by Forby means
nothing but “mixed metal,” so at best this etymology is only a step
in the explanation. In reality it means the “ dung twig ” or “shrub.”
1 he final syllable “ -to ” or “ -den ” corresponds to the Anglo-Saxon
tfln, a twig.” Mistel is derived originally from a Sanskrit word
meaning “excrement.” The name may possibly refer to the slimy
mucilage surrounding the seeds, but more probably to the way in
which the plant is propagated. The missel thrush or missel bird is
really the mistleto thrush, and it is so named because of its great
fondness for the berries. Like the nutmeg-pigeon of the .Spice
Islands, which eats the nutmeg fruits, digests the pulp, and expels
the seeds which we call nutmegs, sometimes carrying them many
miles from the parent, the missel thrush, by, eating the berries, is the
chief agent in preserving the species.

Vtscus or zdscum is the Latin name for this plant; botanically it is
distinguished as Viscum album. It is sometimes difficult to separate
the meaning of viscus, the mistleto, from viscus, glue or birdlime, for
making which the mistleto was formerly esteemed inferior only to
the holly. And the word viscera, which is connected with them
l^oth, points to the original meaning of all three. Vish is the Sans-
krit root, meaning to “ separate ” or “ disjoin.”' One of its numerous
derivatives is inshta, “ excrement,” and thence comes viscum. With
viscum is connected a long series of words. The iks, iksos and tksia
of the Greeks, called biskos in the Beotian, fiskos in the Arcadian
dialect, the Italian vischio and the Portuguese visgo are all related to
It- 1 he French is gui; in the Berry dialect this \s guh in Norman vt
or VI de pommier; in Aube aid or havi, and in Manche 7vi. The Celts

Gauls are said to have called the plant visca and \iscus. Givysglys
IS the Welsh representative of the same word. Gwysgenlyd and
K^vysgonlys^ also Welsh, are probably connected with it. Guts, an old
^rse name, means “ mistleto” when a noun, and “ viscous when an
adjective. In parts of Prussia the plant is called wispe, which may
oe connected with viscum, though it is more probably related to the
^'espdt of West Gothland, which, according to Grimrn, means ‘ holy
wheat. This name is rather obscure. The dedication of the plant
to Freya, or its worship by the Druids, may account for the epithet
but the connection of the plant with wheat is not easy to trace
“‘^k, a German botanist of the i6th century, states that in times of
scarcity poor folk have gathered, dried, and powdered the plant, and,
mixing it with rye-flour, have m ide a not unwholesome bread.

Trollope tells us that the plant is called in Breton lou-zou-ar-

78

groas, “ herb of the cross,” and that the Breton peasants put a bunch
of it in their pockets when they start on a carousal. In Normandy
at the present day a branch of this “ sacred plant ” serves as a sign
for the drinking-houses {cabarets), and “ with an apple placed
amongst its golden branches it announces ‘ new cider.’ ” In the de-
partment of the Aube it is called enseigne de cabaretier.

Vert de pommier (the “ greenness of the apple-tree ”) is Norman,
perhaps connected with verquet, another name in provincial French.
Connected with it in idea is the Breton dour-dero ox deur-derv, “water
(or juice) of the oak,” and the Erse sugh-darach, “ sap (or juice) of
the oak.” In German the common name for the parasite is affolter.
This is also applied to the guelder rose. It is spelt, when applied to
the mistleto, apfolter afholder, and in old High German the corres-
ponding words are affoltera and apholtera. The word is exactly
equivalent to the English “apple-tree.”

Broil, a name in use in the Department de I’Aube, really means
the cuttings of hedges, which are given to goats, and has been ap-
plied by extension to the mistleto, of which those animals are very
fond.

Marentacken (German) and maarenzacken (Dutch) are names
sometimes applied to the mistleto. They mean, literally, “spectres
twig.” The first half of the name corresponds to the latter half of
the word “ nightmare.” It need hardly be said that neither has any
connection with horses, the word “nightmare” meaning simply
“night sijectre,” or “ ghost.” A twig of mistleto held in the hand
was formerly supposed to give the power of seeing ghosts and com-
pelling them to speak. In the Netherlands it is believed that a
branch of it hung at the bed’s head will prevent the nightmare. . In
some parts of England the mistleto is still believed in as a protection
against witchcraft. These facts are sufficient to show that the name
marnitacken is not meaningless, but they do not explain how the
name or the ideas arose.

Ki lister, kenster, kilns ter, gens ter, kilnst, and kinst are the various
forms of a German name which, like most of the names of the rms-
tleto in that language, has been confused with the title of a totally
different plant. The name genster is also given to the genista, or
broom, and there seems to be some organic connection between the
German and the I^atin. The German kenster and its other forms are
probably related to the Walloon canista (Champenais dialect),
h^nistai, henistrai, hinistai, hinistrai, and hennesa (Ambleve ‘dialect).
It is probable, but not certain, that these words have the same origin-
They seem to be connected with the Latin and Low Latin canistel us
and canistrellus, “ a little basket.” “ The metaphor is easily un er
stood, for the mistleto looks like a basket of flowers suspended from
a branch. The German kinster may even be the Latin c^is en
Two German names. Muster and kleister, seem related in idea

kinster, u rl of

Kreiizholz, “ wood of the cross,” and heilige kreuzholz, woo
the holy cross,” are German names corresponding to the ,
sancti crucis, said by Minsheii to be an Italian name for the p *
and with the Breton louzou-ar-groas “ herb of the cross. o

West of England there is a superstition that the cross was made of
mistleto, which until this time had been a fine forest tree, hut was
condemned henceforth to lead a parasitical existence.” There is no
doubt that this legend was invented by Christian missionaries.
Reverence for plants and animals is the most difficult form of su])er-
stition to eradicate, and the expedient of giving the superstition a
fresh^ direction has been frequently adopted. Heiligheu or “ holy
hay,” is another German name.

Vogel-leim in German means both birdlime and mistleto. Liga
(Spanish) signifies the mistleto, birdlime, a garter, and a league, its
derivation is self-evident. Pania and paniaje are Italian names for
the plant. Pama means also “birdlime,” and is evidently connected
with pamccta^ “ paste,” and pane, “bread.” Adabac, dahac, debach,
and debkh (Arabic) are connected with the \ldbrew debkh, “that
which adheres.” Glu is both provincial and dictionary French, con-
nected with our word glue, and meaning both mistleto and birdlime,
and glutier is a Norman name for the plant. In Walloon we find the
word verjalle, which generally means birdlime, but in some dialects
IS applied to the mistleto. Literally it is petite verge or “ little rod.”
Limed twigs probably form the connecting idea. Birdlime was
formerly made from the berries of this plant by crushing them when
npe, carefully separating the pulp from the skins and seeds, and
boiling it for some time. It was then laid in a cool place, and, after
fermenting a long time, it was washed with water to separate the
branny particles, and was then ready for use. At a very early date
It was used for catching small birds, and at the present day large
numbers of nightingales are taken by its means.

In the Limbourg dialect of Walloon the names hamustai and
hamustaine are used. In the Ardennais dialect the latter is con-
tracted to haustaine. These words seem to be identical with the
Anglo-Saxon acmistel, or oak mistleto.

In Walloon we find also the names aiise-di-pot, or “pot-handle,”
which Grandgagnage says “ explains itself,” and insitia, from insitel-
ium, a derivative of insitum, meaning “ a grafted branch.”

In the dialect of the Aube (France) we have blondeau, bouchin,
breton, and louvotte. Breton may refer to its worship by the Bretons;
huvotte closely resembles louvette, a name in another district for the
vineale, ynhxch is doubtless connected with /<?///>,“ a wolf.”

I his species of Allium is known as crow garlic, and in the Aube it is
^lled Porre-au-loup. Muerdago is a Spanish name for the plant,
^ne names in the Slavonic languages are very much like each other,
but we do not know their meaning. Thus the Bohemian is melj,
»«//■/, melij, gmelj, or omeli; Russian, omela; VoWsh, jemiola or je/niel;
Lithuanian and Lettish, amalai, cemalus, and ahmals. These are
strangely like the modern Greek names, meltos, or melias. The glist-
ening berries are sometimes called by the French pomme hemorrlioi-

and the Portuguese call them pommo liemorrhoidaL They do
not seem to have been ever used as a cure for piles; their resembl-
ance to the disease probably gave them the name. Some of the
Leltic names still remain to be mentioned. The commonest and
most important is gwid, gundhel, or gwydhel, litterally “ the shrub.”

80

The root is a fruitful one in Welsh. From meaning simply shrub, it
came to be applied to bushy places, to wild places, to wild animals
and the rude inhabitants of wild places, and to rudeness and savage-
ry. In another direction it became applied to the worshippers of
trees and shrubs, to the Druids, to the marks which distinguished
the Druids from the common people, and thus it came to mean
knowledge and science. Heonllys (Welsh) is from llys^ “ a plant,”
and heon a name under which the chief deity was worshipped by the
Welsh bards. Uchelawg means “ a lofty thing,” uchelfa “ a high
place,” uchellawr “ the most exalted,” uchellmvg “ having a lofty site,”
uchelwydd, ycheluydh “the lofty shrub,” or “the branch of excellent
virtues.” All these are Welsh names for the plant. We find also
uchelfar, uchelfal^ uchelfel^ uchelvar, ychelvar, Welsh; and huel-varr,
uchel-varr , ihuel-varr, inhuel-varr, Breton; meaning (according to
the Welsh etymologists) “ lofty summit.” Corresponding with these
in idea is the Walloon name hauiedamCy from hauth^ “ high,” and
dame, of unknown meaning. Prenawyr and awyrbren, Welsh names,
mean the “ethereal tree.” Holliach, or Welsh; uile-iceadh,

or uile-iceach, Erse; uile-ic, uileice, uile-icc, and uil-ioc, Gaelic; and
ollyiach, Breton, are names for this plant. The the last means also a
nostrum or panacea. The first means, when an adjective, “ perfectly
well in health.” All are compounded of two words, uile, “all,” **lhe
whole,” and ioc, “medicine,” “healing,” “rent,” or “payment.”
Pliny records the tact that the Druids called the mistleto by a name
meaning in their language “ all-healing.” Some etymologists py
that mistleto itself is derived from t/ieist heil tan, the “ most healing
twig.” Heil alien schaden, “ heal all wounds,” is a German title of
the plant; and a MS. list by Robert Brown (preserved in the botan-
ical department of the British Museum) records the name “all heal
as a Scotch name.

Besides these we have the Welsh 3.06. ysg louring, of doubtful

authenticity.

One of the Danish names is vintergrihii. There is a similar name
for the parasite in Swedish, and their meaning is“ wintergreen,” from
the evergreen character of the plant. — Abstract of a paper by W. G.
Piper,

Cones Wanted.— Baron F. Thumen, of Gurz, Austria, wishes
specimens of cones of North American conifers. It makes no dif-
ference whether the cones are with or without seeds, but it is very
necessary that they shall be accurately determined. The Baron
offers in exchange copies of his Mycotheca Universalis or of his
publications on forestry-mycology, or payment in money.

Botanical Notes.

Sisyrinchium. — W. B. Hemsley points out the differences between
the Bermudian Sisyrinchium and the Eastern North American pmn ,
which latter he now refers to S. angustifolium. Miller, S.Berniui
ana, L., not being native with us. Mr. Hemsley remarks as follows.
“ S. Berntudiana differs from .S. angustifolium in being much larger
in all its parts, and strikingly so in its broad leaves, which are equi
tant at the base.” — Journ. Bot. xxii., 108.

81

Carnivorous Plants. — Although physiologists have universally ac-
cepted the facts originally proposed by Darwin as correct, yet there
has been a disposition in some quarters, if not to question the fact,
at least to doubt its utility. Mr. Francis Darwin undertook some
experiments to satisfy the latter point, and now we have to record
the results of some experiments made by M. Busgen. This gentle-
man commenced his experiments with seedling Droseras, and ascer-
tained that the digestion of nitrogenous matter begins with the ap-
pearance of the first leaf. The experiments were continued for two
years, with the result that those plants “ fed ” with nitrogenous diet
in the shape of aphides and small insects were the more vigorous.
Fourteen plants so treated produced seventeen flower-stalks and
ninety seed-pods, while sixteen plants not so treated produced only
nine flower-stalks and twenty seed-pods. More conclusive still were
the results of analysis, which (we cite from the Annales Agronomiqties
1884, P- 238) showed for the first set a total weight of dry matter
(remaining after the expulsion of water by heat) of 0.352, while the
unfed plants yielded only 0.119 pacts of a gramme (= 15 grains). —
Gar deners' Chronicle.

Timber in Texas. — As an illustration of the extent of the timber
trade in North America the following extract from a recent report
from Texas will be of interest; Notwithstanding the fact that the
greater proportion of the State consists of immense prairie, Texas
possesses the largest area of woodlands of any State in the Union.

J he timbered country is situated in Eastern Texas; and, according
to the Forestry Report, in 1880 there were 63,000,000,000 feet of
standing pine, worth, on the average at the mills if sawed up into
planks, 12 dollars per 1,000 feet. Besides pine there are large quan-
tities of cypress timber, both red and white, from which roofing
shingles are made. At Beaumont these mills turn out 250,000 daily,
and at Orange six shingle mills made during the year 1881 66,000,000
cypress shingles. Bois d’arc (Maclura aurantiaca) is very abundant

some counties, and for posts is unsurpassed, as it will last for years
m the ground without rotting. It is also used for carriage and wag-
gon spokes, and it is also coming into use for paving streets.

Pavorable Influence of Climate on Vegetation in Alaska. In some
remarks before the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, iqion
glaciers in Alaska, Mr. Thomas Meehan observed that on the lops of
what are known as “ totem-poles ” in some of the Indian villages,
trees of very large size would often be seen growing. These poles
are thick logs of hemlock or spruce, set up before the door of Indian
lodges, carved all over with queer characters representing living
creatures of every description, and which are supposed to be gene-
^ ogies, or to tell of some famous event in the family history. I hey
=tre not erected by Indians now, and it is difficult to get any con-
nected accounts of what they really tell At the old village of
, there are numbers of poles erected, with no carving at all on

ffiem, among which many are wholly covered, and these all had one
or more trees of Abies Sitkensis growing upon them. One tree must
nave been about twenty years old, and was half as tall as the pole on
"hich it was growing. The pole may have been twenty feet high.

82

The roots had descended the whole length of the poles, and had
gone into the ground, from which the larger trees now derived nour-
ishment. In one case, the root had grown so large as to split the
thick pole on one side from the bottom to the top, and this root pro-
jected, along the whole length to the ground, about two inches be-
yond the outer circumference of the pole. Only in an atmosphere
surcharged with moisture could a seed sprout on the top of a pole,
twenty feet from the ground, and continue for years to grow almost
or quite as well as if it were in the ground.

At this village he also saw a bush of Lonicera involucrata, which
was of immense size as compared with what he had seen in Colorado
and other places. The plant was growing on a bank and rose
some ten or twelve feet, when it bent over and rested on the roof of
the lodge, its numerous branches making a dense arbor under which
the road passed. The stems near the ground were, some of them, as
thick as his arm, and the whole plant was covered with very large
black berries. Subsequently another specimen was noted in the
woods on a plant of the native hemlock, Abies Mertensiana. In the
woods the plant is somewhat sarmentaceous. It could not climb a
hemlock without assistance. This old hemlock was bereft of branches
to a height of about twenty feet, but the Lonicera was above the lower
branches, and had journeyed along them to the extremities, beyond
which it was beautifully in fruit. It could have been there only by
growing up with the hemlock when that tree was young, and was
probably of about the same age.

Butterflies as Botanists. — The caterpillars of Mechanitis, Dircenna,
Ceratinia and fthonia feed on different species of Solanaceae {Solanutn,
Cyphotnandra, Bassoria, Cestrum), those of the allied genus Thyridia
on Brun/elsia. Now this latter genus of plants had been placed
unanimously among the Scrophularinene, till quite recently it was
transferred by Bentham and Hooker to the Solanace®. Thus it
appears that butterflies had recognized the true affinity of Brunfelsia
long before botanists did so. There is yet another and more curious
instance of our butterflies confirming the arrangement of plants in
Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum. Ageronia and Didonis
were formerly widely separated by lepidopterists, being even con-
sidered as constituting distinct families, but now they are to be found
beside one another among the Nymphalinae, and the structure of
their caterpillars leaves no doubt about their close affinity. The
caterpillars of Ageronia feed on Dalec/iampia, those of Didonis on
Tragia. Now these two Euphorbiaceous genera were widely separ-
ated by Endlicher, who placed the former among the Euphorbiacese,
and the latter among the Acalyphese; Bentham and Hooker, on the
contrary, place them close together in the same subtribe of Pluken-
etieoe, and thus their close affinity, which had been duly appeciated
by butterflies, has finally been recognized by botanists also.- Fritz
Muller, in Nature. . ,

Fish killed by Utricularia. — Prof. Baird has recently receive
from Prof. H. N. Moseley, of England, a specimen of Utricularid
vulgaris, L,, holding in its embrace a number of young fish whic i
bad caught. This plant has long been known to entrap the lowe

83

forms of animal life in its bladders, and to derive nourishment there-
from through absorption, but its fish-catching proclivities have only
recently been noticed. Mr. G. E. Simms, of Oxford, England, was
the first to call attention to the fact upon finding that a specimen of
the plant which he had placed in an aquarium was actually entrap-
ping large numbers of perches and roaches which had recently
hatched from a mass of eggs lying at the bottom. These little fishes
were usually caught' by the head, but some were caught by the tail,
and others were doubly trapped, the head being held fast in one trap
and the tail in another. In order to learn something of its destruc-
tive powers, Mr. Simms placed 150 perch fry in a vessel containing
specimens of Utricularia, and, at the end of two days, found that all
but one or two had been entrapped.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club. — The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening. May 13th.
In the absence of the presiding officers, Mr. Braman occupied the
chair.

Mr. Bicknell exhibited double-spurred specimens of Viola canimi,
van, sylvestris, and a white- flowered form of Aquilegia Canadensis,
from Riverdale. Miss Knight showed specimen of Aralia irijolia
with aborted flowers in the axils of extra leaves, from Hunt’s Point.

Miss Steele exhibited Sisymbrium alliaria from Flatbush, L. I.

Mr. Hollick referred to the separation of sexes in Antennaria
plantaginifolia, the male flowers always congregating in one group and
the female in another, the two being seldom if ever united.

Mr. Bicknell read a communication upon the differences between
« Carex Pennsylvanica and C. varia, and some notes upon the time of
flowering of other species.

On motion it was ordered that the local herbarium of the late Mr.
Leggett be purchased.

I'wo corresponding members were elected, and four names were
prepared for active membership.

I he regular meeting of the Torrey Club was held Tuesday even-
ing, June loth, at Columbia College. In the absence of the officers
Mr. Schrenk was called to the chair and Dr. Britton acted as Secre-
ffiry ; fifteen members were present. Four persons were elected
active members, and one person a corresponding member.

I he Chairman of the Herbarium Committee stated that the local
plants of the Leggett herbarium had been secured for the Club’s
herbarium.

Mr. Bower exhibited many luxuriant fresh specimens of native
Plarits from his Newark garden.

I'he following field excursions were reported :

May iph, Todt Hill, .Staten Island— Primus Americana j Ceras-
itum oblong if olium j Viola pedata ; Clematis ochrolettca— some of
the {)lants having incised leaves j Orchis spectabilis and Aphyllon
uniflorum were collected. The Chairman requested members to
notice the parasitism of the last-named plant, saying that his recent
observations had confirmed his former ones of its constant altach-
*nent to some species of golden-rod.

84

May 2^th, Closter, N. nothing of special interest noted.

May 2,0th to June 2d, Northern Morris and Sussex Cos., N. J.
At Newfoundland, Arenaria lateriflora in quantity, and Ranunculus
aquatilis, var. trichophyllus were noticed. At Sparta and Morris Pond, a
charming region was found. A sand-hill near the depot was covered
with Lupinus perennis. It was noticed that the standard petals of
lower flowers were dark purple, while those of the upper, later ones
were of a much lighter color. The same plant was seen from the
cars at several places west of Newfoundland, forming dense, broad
patches. Arabis Icevigata ; Zizia integerrima and Asplenium Ruta-
muraria were collected in this vicinity, and Viola blanda was found
in great abundance in the ravine leading to Morris Pond. Dr. Brit-
ton called attention to the supposition of some botanists that there
are two species included under this name, /. e., the larger variety, m
which the peduncles and sometimes also the petioles are flecked with
red {V. amoena, Le Conte.), and the small obtuse-leaved, unspotted
form, by some considered the type. Both were noticed, but also all
stages of gradation between them. On the meadows bordering the
Wallkill River, above Ogdensburg, Geum rivale, Castilleia cocctnea
and the leaves of Parnassia were seen in abundance ; Rosa blanda
and Arabis lyrata were found on Stirling Hill, and Viburnum Opulus
in the town. At Hamburg, were observed Lari's. Americana and
Arabis perfoliata — the latter new to New Jersey.

June 6 th, Carlstadt, N. J. — Among many plants collected were
ALagnolia glauca, LysimachiA thyrsiflora and, in the ditches, Ana-
charis in flower.

Miss Knight remarked upon the forms of Rhododendron viscosum
noticed, and showed specimens of varieties nitidum glaiicum.

Mr. P. H. Dudley then exhibited and remarked upon a
series of photo-micrographs of transverse, radial and tangential sec-
tions of some American timber-trees taken by him with ordinary lamp-
light. They were enlarged 100 diameters. Among them were Sequoia
sempervirens, in which attention was called to the very large cells—
none less than one-tenth of an inch in length — and to the fact that m
this and other conifers examined the pit markings of the cell-wa s
are seen in abundance in only radial sections ; Catalpa speciosa, now
used for railroad ties in the west ; and Ailanthus glandulosus, m
which Mr. Dudley had noticed the greatest number of and
ducts in any wood yet examined by him. In Liriodendron the due s
are very numerous but small; in the osage orange the parenchyma ou
tissue within the ducts is plainly noticeable; in the white oak, c es
nut and black walnut Mr. Dudley had observed that these ,
chyma cells in drying, shrink away from the walls of the ducts a
from each other, and then appear as separate vesicles. ^
showed a photograph of a section of a decay e'd white oak rai
tie with the mycelia of fungi.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY HOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XL] New York, August, 1884. [No. 8.

A List of Cyperaceae

Collected by the late Mr. S. B. Buckley from 1878 to 1883 in the
Valley of the Lower Rio Grande, in Texas and Northern Mexico.

By N. L. Britton.

Cyperus flavicomus, Torr. — A large form with rays five inches long,
3 °~ 45 'flowered spikelets, and scales of a rich chestnut-red color, the
nuts persistent.

Cyperus microdontus, Torr., var, Texensis, Torr. — I do not agree
with Nr. C. B. Clarke* in reducing this plant to a variety of the trop-
ical C. polystachyus, Rottb.

Cyperus erythrorhizos, Muhl. — A form only three or four inches
high, caespitose; resembling the var. pumilus, Engelmann, in Torrey
Herbarium, from St. Louis, to which I refer also the C. occidentalism
forr., from the Northwest coast by Dr. Hooker, and from the mouth
of the Willamette River by the Howell brothers.

Cyperus erythrorhizos, Muhl. — A large, erect form, with rays and
involucral leaves also erect; otherwise hardly differing from the type.

I refer to this Nos. 876, 2,306, and 3,223 of the Herbarium Berlan-
dierianum, Texano-Mexicanum, and, with some hesitation, a specimen
collected by Duges at Guanajuato,f the “ tule grande ” of the Mex-
icans. These forms may later be best considered as a variety to be
known as var. erect us.

Cyperus aristatus, Rottb. {C. inflexus, Muhl.)

Cyperus cyrtolepis, Torr. & Hook.

Cyperus rufescens, Torr. & Hook., var. denticarinatus, «. var.
Scales with a prominent keel, which is armed with small hyaline teeth
icar its apex. Stamen solitary. Umbel appearing somewhat lateral.

Cyperus Drummondii, Torr. & Hook.

Cyperus aureus, HBK., i., 205, (?). — Agreeing quite well with
die description, and the same as a fragment so named in Herb. Tor-
j'cy, collected at Havana by U. B. Greene. The present specimens
lave the following characters; Culm one to two feet high, smooth,
heaves about the length of the culm, three lines wide, smooth. In-
volucre of about six, much elongated leaves, and several short ones.
Umbel of about ten rays, two or three inches long, and several nearly
sessile ones, the stronger rays compound, involucellate. Heads
Composed of 6—14, linear, obtuse spikelets, which are 3 or 4 lines long,
scales ovate, mucronate, loosely spreading, and curving upwards, of

*Journ, Linn. Soc. xxi., 55.

1 8 ee Mr. Watson’s List in Proc. Amer. Acad., xvin., 170.

8G

a bright yellowish-brown color. Achenium shorter than the scale,
oblong, acute, sharply triangular in section. Style somewhat length-
ened, 3-cleft. Stamens 3.

Cy penis Jilicidmis, Vahl.

Cy penis Schzveinitzii, Torr.

Cyperus Fendlerianus, Boeckel., in Linmea, xxxv., 520. — The spe-
cies is distinguished from C. Schweinilzii, Torn, by the very short-
rayed heads forming a dense, compact inflorescence, and the strongly
mucronate scales, whose tips are horizontal or downwardly curved.
It is No. 875, Fendler, Plantae Novse-Mexicance, and was collected
also at Silver City, N. M., by Dr. H. H. Rusby in 1880.

Cyperus Buckleyi, n. sp. — Culm quite stout, triangular, smooth,
y one to two feet high. Leaves long, linear, about 3 lines wide, smooth.
Involucre of about four, mostly elongated, linear, smooth leaves.
Rays of the umbel about five to seven, the longest about four inches in
length. Spikelets broadly linear, .5 to .75 inch long, 15 lines wide,
i2-2o-flowered, clustered in loose heads of 12-30 at the ends of the
rays, spreading or in part reflexed, their axes zig-zag, not winged.
Glumes oblong, or oblong-ovate, obtusish or truncate, with a dark
keel and lighter brown, somewhat scarious margins, prominently 9-1 1-
nerved. Achenium obovate, very sharply triangular, obtuse, with a
short point. Stamens 3.

Cyperus articulatus, L., var. conglomeratus, n. var. — Spikelets
1-15 inches long, in dense clusters on the ends of short rays, showing
a compact, glomerate inflorescence two to three inches in diameter.

Cyperus dissitiflorus, Torr.

Cyperus esculentus, L. {C. phymatodes, Muhl.). — Several forms;
among them, one with the short rays and spikelets erect.

Cyperus strigosus, L. — A slender form with the spikelets disposed
in loose clusters, and diverging at right angles from the axes.

Cyperus setigerus, Torr. & Hook.

Cyperus lutescens, Terr. & Hook. — The spikelets in these specimens
are fewer-flowered than the original description calls for, but other-
wise they agree very well with it, and with the specimens in Herb.
Torrey and in Dr. Gray’s Herbarium.

Cyperus Michauxianus, Schultes. — Numerous specimens; among
them, one with more spreading scales, and answering to the descrip-
tion of C. ferruginescens, Boeckel.*; also a specimen with pale brown
spikelets.

y Cyperus oxycarioides, n. sp. — Culm about two feet high,
smooth, bearing on its lower portion about three elongated, linear
leaves (8-10 inches long, 3 lines wide), which are slightly rough-
margined. Involucre of about six elongated leaves, resembling those
of the culm. Inflorescence of a single, terminal, dense, globular
head, about an inch in diameter, composed of a very great number 0
sharply acute, teretish, about five-flowered spikelets, one-eighth to
one-quarter inch in length. Scales oblong-ovate, acutish. Acne-
nium triangular, oblong, acute, about one-half the length of the sea e,
(one-half line long.) Stamens 3. Resembling the genus Oxycaryunh
Rees, in outward appearance.

Linnaa , xxxvi., 396.

87

Cyperus ferax^ Rich. — Agreeing with the description except in
the darker brown spikelets. 1 have seen no authentic specinaens, and
refer Mr. Buckley’s to this species with some doubt.

Cyperus Bahhvinii, Torr.

Cyperus ovular is, Torr.

Cyperus cylindricus, Britton, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club., vii., 48.

Cyperus jflavus, Vahl. (C. flavonmriscus, Griseb.)

Cyperus uniflorus, Torr. Also a form with 3-5-flowered spikelets.

Cyperus uniflorus, Torr., var. pumilus, n. var. — Culm about three
inches high, equalling the leaves. Inflorescence of a single, occasion-
ally slightly compound head of from 8 to 20 spikelets, mostly com-
posed of three glumes ; the lower persistent, empty; the middle one
fertile; the upper sterile, subulate. I refer here also No. 350, Palmer,

Indian Territory.

Fuirena squarrosa, Michx. Also var. macrostachya, n. var. —
Spikes 8 to 12 lines long, lanceolate, stout. Perianth-scales tipped
with a downwardly-barbed awn of their own length, or longer. Plant
one to two feet high, stout; leaves broadly linear, nearly smooth,
some of them slightly ciliate towards the base.

Hemicarpha subsquarrosa, Rees.

Beliocharis equisetoides, Torr.

Heliocharis obtusa, Schultes. — A form with fewer scales.

Heltocharis palustris, R. Br. — Several forms, including the var.
calva. Gray, with bristles absent, and one with very large tubercles
00 the achenia.

Heliocharis capitata, R. Br. (The /?, Torr. Cyp. p. 3 ° 5 -)

Heliocharis Texana, n. sp. — Culm very slender, less than half
3 . line wide, three-angled, apparently erect. Spikes linear, slightly
compressed or terete, one line wide, .5 to .75 inch long, acutish.
Scales very numerous, the lowest ovate and obtusish, the others
ovate-lanceolate and acute, all with broad hyaline margins. Acheni-
um obovoid, contracted at the neck, tipped with a conical, acute
tubercle. Style deeply three-cleft, roughened. Stamens three, longer
than the achenium. Bristles none.

Heliocharis acicularis, R. Br. — A large form.

Scirpus pungens, Vahl. — Specimens with 3-cleft styles, and bristles
3 S long as the achenia.

Sctrpus validus, Vahl.

•Scirpus maritimus, L.

Scirpus lineatus, Michx.

Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl , var. castanea. Gray.

Finibristylis laxa, Vahl.

Fimbristylis aulumnalis, R. &: S.

Ftmbrisfylis capillaris. Gray.

Fimbrisiylis congesta, 'Forr.

FHchromena leucocephala, Michx.

Phoradendron. — Dr. Britton’s note in the July Bulletin re-
reminds me that twenty years ago I was cognizant of the presence of
a largp bunch of Phoradendron on an old Liquidambar , at the road-
three and a half niHes north of Keyport, N. J. It was on

88

the Willett farm, not many rods from the shore line of Raritan Bay.
In the winter, as a green tuft about as large as a bushel measure, on
the naked tree, it had a curious look. The best of my recollection
would place it about half a mile north of the lighthouse. Some
four years ago I looked for it, but though I found the old gum-tree,
the parasite was gone.

Euphorbia Cyparissias . — In July, 1884, I saw a magnificent patch
of this elegant spurge on a high bank at the edge of an oak wood,
about two miles from Colt’s Neck, N. J., on the road to Holmdel.
From the size and compactness of the mass, and the length of the
horizontal roots, as shown by the crumbling bank, it was plain that it
had been long established. It was far away from any house, and the
original plant must have come from seed dropped by a bird. The
patch presented one of the most beautiful sights I have ever seen. I
was pleased to find near by the spurge, that pretty milkweed, Asclepias
verticillata.

S. Lockwood.

Michaux’s New Jersey Garden,

By H. H. Rusby.

The exact location of Michaux’s garden, at New Durham, N. J-,
has repeatedly been sought by local botanists, partly for its historical
interest, and partly in the hope that some relics of its founder’s planting
might remain. Through the courtesy of some friends, descendants of
his associate, Pierre Paul Saunier, an opportunity was recently afforded
me of visiting the place, and fixing accurately the boundaries of the
garden, the location of the building, and even the exact arrangement
of the planting of many of the shruljs and trees.

It will be remembered that Michaux came to this country in the
year 1785, being then thirty-nine years old, accompanied by Mr.
Saunier, seventeen years of age. He was the representative of the
French government, his duty being to collect and send home roots
and seeds of such plants as were considered worthy of cultivation.
The better to accomplish this purpose, the garden at New Durham
was established. When he embarked for Europe in 1796 the garden
and commission were transferred to Mr. Saunier, and afterwards to the
latter’s oldest son Michel, who continued to make shipments nearly to
the time of his death. Mr. Saunier’s two sons and two daughters,
married and brought up families, and all are now represented by
descendants in this country. My information was obtained from
Mrs. Sarah A. Williams, of New Durham, and Mrs. Eliza Hanna, o
Franklin, daughters of Michel Saunier. The former lady, and Miss
Euphemia, a daughter of the latter, accompanied me to the siteoftne
garden and pointed out the old land-marks.

The garden included most of the land now occupied by the 0
boken Cemetery, or at least most of that portion now* laid out. ^
southern boundary coincided with the present southern boundary o
the cemetery, while the northern boundary included a little m<^

* June 21, 1884.

89

than that of the cemetery. Eastwardly it extended nearly to the top
of the hill, although there was no regularity in the planting of this
upper portion, which was very rocky, and was soon converted into an
orchard. The garden was not confined to this space, but extended
upon the western side of the road to, and even into, the swamp.
The entrance was a few yards south of the present cemetery-entrance,
and from this point a carriage-drive swept round to the door of the
house, which stood a short distance northeast of the present porter’s-
lodge, the carriage-house standing on the site of the latter building.
Later, this building was abandoned, and another was built upon the
other side of the road, close to where the old pear-tree now stands ;
hut this too has now disappeared. A school-house stood just south
of the garden, and was subsequently converted into a blacksmith-
shop.

This space, of about eight or ten acres, served the double purpose
of a fruit and vegetable garden (supplying such articles of necessity
and luxury as in those days could be had only from one’s own gar-
den) and a botanical garden, in which were transplanted in large
quantity such natural species as appeared likely to prove useful or
ornamental. As might be expected, but little was done in the intro-
duction and distribution of exotics, although to Michaux and his
successor is accredited the intoduction of the original stocks of most
of the Lombardy poplars and flowering almonds in this country.

' Most of the interesting shrubs growing within a radius of twenty-
five miles were planted in sufficient numbers to yield a large quantity
of seeds, while others there were, collegted on excursions to distant
localities, represented by only one or two specimens. The former
were planted in long rows, and many of them are remembered by Mrs.
Williams growing in their original position. Along the southern
boundary was planted arbor-vitae, which, under the name of horse-
saffron, was in demand by the settlers far and wide as a veterinary
remedy. Later, this hedge served as an excellent cover from which
rnarauding parties of boys from the school hard by made raids upon
the old gentleman's fruits and flowers, the pretty but deceitful crabs,
and a variety of pear, with tiny fruits growing always three in a clus-
v^’ the urchins to predatory feats of the utmost daring.

Next this hedge was a row of Chionanfhits. The northern side of the
garden was selected for the taller species, including the persimmon,
cataljia and several species of oaks not to be found in the woods
F by. q'he drive was bordered for one-half its length by flower-
•‘’g almonds, while between it and the school-house, near the road,
"^as a large space filled with the sweet shrub {Calycant/ius), which is
^membered as having attained a prodigious size for this species,
ylher rows are remembered as containing mountain laurels and weep-

po])Iars. In front of the house stood “ a small tree called ‘ leath-
^Mvood,’ ” which is probably the “ very large Dinapalustrts" which
Ir. Le Roy writes to me that he well remembers. Just where the bell-
'ouse now stands was a cluster of immense rocks, now covered to
orm to form a mound, where these grandchildren remember having
played among the prickly ash and barberries, in the shade of a group
sassafras-trees. The west side of the road was deemed most suit-

90

able for chinquapin and swamp magnolias, and there was planted
another large group of Kahnias, than which these early collectors,
like ourselves, seem to have found no shrub more admirable.

In addition to the seeds collected from the gardens and the forests
about it, many were collected to order by the settlers living at a dis-
tance, and brought on their occasional visit to the sea-board.- In this
way Michaux obtained his stock of “scrub-oak” {Q. ilicifolid) from
Paramus, just north of Hohokus. The seeds were kept dry and cool
until just before the departure of a vessel, when they were packed “in
iron-hooped boxes, between layers of rotten wood,” in which condi-
tion many of them were sprouted on their arrival in France, It is
believed that no shipment was ever lost by wreck. Mrs. Williams
graphically describes the appearance of the wagons, with their great
stacks of boxes, looking at a distance like loads of hay. She also
remembers the steady decrease in the orders, until finally the ship-
ments ceased, nearly fifty years ago, with one of three small boxes.

Reference is made to the extensive forests of Cupressus thyoides
that bordered the swamp, and extended into it in the form of penin-
sulas and islands. It is definitely stated that while part of this died,
as it is now doing, by the depression of the land, the most of it was
cut away to be used in fencing; for the value of this timber, on account
of its lightness and durability was early recognized.

Of everything planted by Michaux and Saunier it is probable
that not a vestige remains except two old pear-trees, one in the ceme-
tery, the other just across the road, and of the history of these noth-
ing positive is known. A double row of Lombardy poplars planted
by Mr. Saunier for “old Mr. Stevens,” remained until quite recently,
when they were destroyed in grading. Even the orchards are gone.
The only positive living relics are two plants of Berberis vulgcu^i^
taken from the garden by Mrs. Williams and now growing in her door-
yard at New Durham.

It seems eminently fitting that the Torrey Botanical Club should
erect a monument to this excellent man and botanist, upon the spot
which, the scene of his loving and conscientious labors, has so
strangely become set apart as a depository for memorials of the dead.

A Botanical Trip into Northern New Jersey. — The evening
the 1 6 th of last July found me under the hospitable roof of
Mr. Clarke, of Stillwater, Sussex County. Early next morning
two sons, students in Lafeyette College, drove me three miles, to the
southwestern extremity of Svvartswood Lake. On the edge of the
stream near the outlet, the following plants were noted: Ctcutahulot-
fera, L., Myosotis laxa, Lehm., Peltandra undulata, Raf., Sparga^^’^
eurycarpum, Engelm., (in fruit), Pontederia cordata I.., and Eqtusetuf
limosum, L. Taking a boat, the young men rowed me up the wester
shore, three miles, to the head of the lake. This shore has a few o'
limestone bluffs and sheltered coves between. 1 he water is sha o j
and our course lay through acres of Nymphxa odorata, Alt., ^
Brasenia peltata^ Ph. Underneath, at a depth of three feet or
the bottom is covered everywhere with the dark, regularly
plume-like, waving stems of Pofa/nogeton Robbtnstt, Oakes, amo

91

which are to be seen, here and there, patches of P. amplifoliits,
Tuckerm., distinguished by its lighter yellowish hue, and broad leaves
curiously twisted and curled. In one of the coves we came upon
Naiturtium lacustre, Gray, (in flower and fruit). I had collected it
during a former visit (Sept. 2, 1879) at a single station, but now it
was observed at various places from the head of the lake to the outlet.
The leaves, both those above the water and those beneath, are very
easily detached, so that it is difficult to make complete specimens.
At this spot we fished up half a dozen stalks of Ranunculus aquatilis,
L., var. divaricatus, Chaix. (in flower), and Potamogeton luccns (in
flower and fruit). The opposite border of the cove is lined with a dense
growth of Saururus cernuus, L., conspicuous by its nodding spikes of
fragrant flowers. This plant is common all along the Paulinskill
Creek from the lake to the Delaware, fifteen miles, but, strange to say,
it has been observed, as yet, on that river, only at Trenton, about
seventy miles further down. As we passed around the main bluff, or
promontory, some bushes of Myrica cerifera were seen on its slopes,
and at its base, a solitary Salix iucida, Muhl. From this point we
proceeded over a considerable bay to the northeastern end of the
lake and glided into an area, several acres in e.xtent, occupied by
Nelumbium luteuin, Willd. The vernation of the leaves is involute.
Some project themselves above the water, whilst the others stop at
the surface. These latter in unfolding assume the form of a bowl, or
basin, or inverted skull-cap, and are very pretty objects as they float.
When fully expanded, they are of a deep green color above and lie flat
on the water, which, cast upon them by the dip of an oar, rolls s-nd
divides itself like quicksilver, emitting a brilliant silvery light. I he
cause of this phenomenon is worthy of investigation. 1 he leaves of
Orontium aqualicum, L., behave in the same way. To our great dis-
3 -Ppointment not a single flower could be discovered in the entire
colony. It may have been too early for their appearance, or else the
summer lodgers of the neighboring hotels and farm-houses had gath-
ered them all. A little further to the east, I looked for Hdcocharis
<fuadrangtdata, R. Br., where I had discovered it September 2, 1879.
It was now in flower, and still plentiful. In coasting back along the
eastern shore we found Taxus baccata, L., var. Canadensis, (^ray, as
abundant on the rocks as in September, 1879- the undis-

turbed and untilled islets in the middle of the lake, it was a surprise
to see Solanum Dulcamara, L., flourishing luxuriantly amongst the
aboriginal vegetation.

After dinner, at 2 p.m., Mr. P. P. Clarke drove me over from
Stillwater to Blairstown, six miles, in order to take the evening train
at that place. For three miles along the road the eye was attracted
t)y the frequent occurrence of Zanthoxylum Amertcanum, Mill., Rosa
fubigtnosa, L., and Cnicus pumilus, Torn Midway on the route, we
turned into a lane, to the left, and soon reached a lakelet of oblong
shape and about three-fourths of a mile in length called White lond.
A white line of shell-marl all around its margin indicates the o*

the name, it lies in Warren County close to its Sussex boundary. I he
i>oat we had counted on for the work of circumnavigation could be
seen some distance out on the water, occupied by two men, who were

92

fishing for black bass. Our exploration had, therefore, to be done on
foot, and so we tramped for nearly one-half a mile through a wide
swamp on the border of the pond. The plants noted and collected
here were: Sarracenia purpurea, L., and Primus Virginiana, L., (in
fruit), Potentilla fruticosa, L., (in flower and abundant), Parnassia
Caroltntana, Mx., and Menyanthes trifoliata, L., (leaves), Rhyncho-
spora capillacea, Torr., Carex flava, L., (over ripe), C- CEderi, Ehrh.,
(in good condition) and Bromus Kalmii, Gray. Of these, two
{Rhynchospora capillacea, Torr., and Carex (Ederi, Ehrh.) are new to
the flora of New Jersey. Carex flava, L., was collected years ago by
the late Dr. A. P, Garber in Sussex County, where he also obtained
Lobelia Kahnii, L., but the latter was sought for in vain. The results
of my visit to the charming lakelet gave me so much pleasure that I
mean to see more of it at an early day.

Easton, Penn. Thos. C. Porter,

Sweet Cicely as a Bur, — Yesterday, while rambling among the
shady ravines and hillsides of the Virginia shore of the Potomac, and
immediately above this city, I observed that my clothing was bristling
with slender, spindle-shaped burs, some of which made their presence
felt by penetrating to my skin. Spanish needles! I said; but no, I
had not seen the plant that day. A glance showed that they were
the linear fruits of Osmorrhiza longisiylis, very abundant there, its
foliage wholly gone and leaving the dry branching stalks loaded with
fruit which only needed to be touched to be shaken off, and through
dense patches of which I had been walking. I had never been thus
troubled before and my curiosity was excited, as I was not aware of
this bur-like nature of the sweet cicely. It was useless to remove
the burs till I had wholly left the place, when I made a business of it.

On carefully examining the seeds after I reached home I easily
discovered the secret. The narrowed base of each fruit terminates
in a sharp spinous point, and this is backwardly bearded with stiff,
white bristles, closely simulating in form and function the grains of
some Aristidas and other grasses. Wondering why I had not always
known this, I at once turned to the books to see how the authors had
described this peculiarity. To my great surprise I was unable to find
any distinct mention in any work at my hand of this, certainly the
most striking character of the genus. Bentham and Hooker’s “ Friic-
tus * * * longius attenuatus; carpella * * * sursiim

ciliata ” certainly does not describe it. Gray says: “Fruit * *
tapering downwards into a stalk like base * * * the carpels
with upnvardly bristly ribs;’’ while Chaj)man contents himself by
merely mentioning the “ carpels with bristly ribs.” It seems clear
that the function of these bristles and the narrowed base, as a means
of distribution like other burs, cannot have been present to the minds
of any of these authors, and I write this partly to ask where the dis-
covery of this function in Osmorrhiza has been formally announced,
if anywhere.

The barb being at the base of the seed, or at the point of
ment to the plant, it is necessary that it shall first drop off
pend upon finding the distributing agent in the course of its fal o

93

two or three feet. It is clear that the device is a somewhat clumsy and
ineffective one, but the habit of the plant to grow in dense patches
renders the chances of success fully adequate to its needs, as any one
may easily realize by walking through half an acre of it as I did.

Washington, D. C., August i6, 1884. Lester F. Ward.

Germination of j*ardanthus Chinensis. — Two years ago I de-
scribed and figured what seemed to me a peculiar
mode of germination of Iris versicolor (Bulletin,
Vol. ix.. No. 6). The seeTis of Pardanthus Chinensis
seem to germinate in exactly the same manner, as
shown by the annexed figure. The seed (xr/)
stays under the surface (^/) and sends out a long
connective {cf), bearing the cotyledon {cn) from
which are developed the root and the leaves {Is).

I must assume that in this case we have to deal
with a normal mode of germination, for I found
numerous seedlings in the open ground, around an
old plant that had been freely fruiting the previous
fall, and all of them showed the same peculiarity.

{Pardanthus Chinensis has been known for
many years to grow abundantly near Richmond
Hill, Long Island.)

Hoboken, July, 1884. Jos. Schrenk.

- Cellis occidenlalis, L. — A specimen of this tree
is grow.ing on Main St., in West Springfield, which
is notable for its great size as also for its perfect
shape. The following careful measurements show
that it is not the “ small or middle-sized tree ” as de-
scribed in Gray’s Manual: circumference four feet
from the ground, twelve feet and three inches^
height, seventy-five feet and six inches; spread of
branches, eighty feet. This locality seems to be a favorable one for
the development of this tree. Though only a few specimens have
ever been known here, they have all reached a great size. One is
standing in Springfield nearly as large as the one whose measurements
^ire given above. Two formerly stood on Main Street, which were a
little larger than either of these now standing. I hey received special
niention in Emerson’s book. They were still vigorous and sound
when cut down a few years ago. I’he two large ones now standing
are apparently in all the vigor of middle life, making considerable
growth each year. It is to be hoped that they will be spared to reach
their greatest possible development.

Springfield, Mass. I’^rry.

^Cidium Jacobeae, Grev. — This ^cidium is a true heteroecismal
uredine as I have recently demonstrated, and is not, as has hitherto
been supposed, connected either with Pucciniaglonierata or P. cotnpos-
ttarum. On the contrary, it has its teleutospores upon Carex arenaria.
This Puccinia is quite different from P. cartcis, from which it can be

94

readily distinguished by the naked eye. It is more nearly allied to
P. dioica, Magnus, but whether these two species are identical I can
at the present moment hardly say.

King’s Lynn, Eng. Charles B. Plowright.

Berteroa incana, placed by Bentham and Hooker under Alyss-
um, but known among other things by its bifid petals with expanded
saccate bases, has appeared spontaneously in several places in our
city. It was first seen by Mr. J. L. Bennett.

In a field with the above I have found a fine plant of Sonchus
arvensis.

Providence, R. I. W. Whitman Bailey.

Rudbcckia Missouriensis. — This is between R. hiria ax\ 6 . R. ful-
gida, but more closely allied to the latter. R. Hirta, as compared
with fulgida, commences to flovver three weeks earlier. When cut
through longitudinally the receptacle is narrowly conical, almost lan-
ceolate. The leaves are wide in proportion to length, and remotely
edged with minute serratures. The stems and leaves are very rough.
The habit is widely branching.

R. fulgida begins to flower three weeks later, has a broadly ovate,
somewhat triangular receptacle, narrow leaves, with remote toothed,
deeply cut edges, and the stems and leaves clothed with short, soft
hair. The habit is somewhat erect.

R. Missouriensis with, fulgida^ has still narrower leaves than

fulgtda, and the receptacle is broadly ovate as ‘in fulgida^ though
more acute at the apex. But the narrow leaves are quite entire, and
the whole plant more rough than even the rough R. hirta. There is
a greater tendency in the ray-florets of R. Missouriensis to become
“ quilled,” as the florists term it, than in those of the others.

T. Meeham.

Botanical Notes.

Histo-Chemistry of Plants. — In an interesting contribution to the
“ histo-chemistry ” of plants {Monatshefte, v., 94) Herr Rosoll illus-
trates the light that can be thrown upon vegetable principles by
studying them microchemically in situ in the plant. The first plant
mentioned is Helichrysum bracteatum, the yellow flower-heads of
which are well known as a variety of “ everlasting flowers.” This
yellow color is very persistent, but when the dried flower-heads are
dipped into borax solution to which hydrochloric acid has been added,
the involucral leaflets become of a beautiful ruby-red color.
investigation showed this yellow pigment to be a hitherto undescnbe^^
quinone-like substance, which Herr Rossoll has named ” helichrysin.
In the younger leaflets it exists in combination with protoplasm,
whilst in the older ones it has its seat in the residual cell conten s.
Helichrysin is soluble in water, alcohol, ether and organic acids, m
soluble in benzol, chloroform and carbon bisulphide; is
purple-red by mineral acids and alkalies; and is precipitated by me
tallic oxides and their salts as a red colored extract. The sam

95

body appears to be present in H. orientale, H. fxtidum and Statice
Bonduelli. Passing to the fungi, the organs of fructification of
Peziza aurantta, with their yellow disk and lighter outer side, were
examined. It was found that the orange color is due to a new
yellow pigment, that has been named “pezizin,” which is present in
the form of extremely minute drops combined with an oil-like sub-
stance that occurs dissolved in the plasma of the paraphyses. The
pigment, which occurs also in P. convexula, may be dissolved out by
alcohol or ether. Saponin was ascertained to occur in. the living
roots of Saponaria officinalis and Gypsophila Struthium, dissolved in
the cell juice, from which it can be separated in small amorphous
white particles by treatment of thin slices of the root with absolute
alcohol or ether. In the dried roots and in quillaia-bark it occurs
as an amorphous white or gray substance. By treatment with con-
centrated sulphuric acid and exposure to air, which gives rise to a
yellow, then a bright red and afterwards a beautiful blue-violet
color, saponin can be detected in the contents of all the cells of the
middle bark of Quillaia saponaria.

Botanical Literature.

On the Indian Species of Cyperus^ with Remarks on some others that
specially illustrate sub-divisions of the Genus.* By Charles Baron
Clarke, F.L.S., F.R.S. With four plates.

This valuable contribution to Cyperology treats of many of our
American species, based on specimens mainly by the older collectors
in the Herbaria of Kew and Calcutta. Numbers of them are referred
to older names than those found in our manuals, etc., and others
regarded as species are reduced to varieties. The changes in no-
menclature proposed by Mr. Clarke are as follows:

C. microdontus, Torr., and var. Texensis, Torr., including C.
Gatesu, Torr., are refered to C. polystachyus, L., a widely distributed
species in the warmer regions of the eastern continent, under the
varietal name holosericea\ C. fugax, Liebm., of Mexico, becomes var.
paniculata of the same species, and C. Nuttalii, (Eddy) Torn, be-
comes van filicina, although, as Mr. Clarke remarks, it may best be
regarded as a species; the form of the last-named plant described as
O Cleaveri by Dr. Torrey is also made a variety of C. polystachyus., var.
Cleaveri’, the original specimens from Monmouth Co., N. J., a.s well
recent ones collected by Mr. C. F. Parker at Cape May, N. J.,
With various intermediate forms between them and C. Nuttallii, in-
dicate, as Dn Torrey later suggested, that it is merely a depauperate
form of this plant, not worthy of varietal rank. In these reductions
. fr. Clarke follows the ideas of Boeckeler. C. divergens, Chapm,,
IS made C. leucolepis, Carey, MS. C. ambiguus, Liebm , of Mexico, be-
comes C. Olfersianus, Kunth. C. diandrus, Torr., van castaneus, Torr.,
IS restored to specific rank under the name C. rivularis, Kunth, a
change in which we are not ready to concur. T. he C. Jlavicomus, 1 orr.,
cx. Bound. Survey, is referred to C. Hochstetteriy Nees. C. tnjlexus,

''Journ. Linn. Soc., xxi., 1-202.

96

Muhl., is C. aristaius, Rottb., a change already noted by Mr. Watson
in the Botany of California. C. rotundus, L., a species of tropical dis-
tribution, includes var. Hydra, Gray, Manual. C. esculent us, L., is
the older name for C. phymatodes, Muhl., and C. Hermanni, Buckley,
(var. Hermanni, Watson) is included by Mr. Clarke. C. Grayii,
Torr., is referred to C. setifolius, Torr., we suppose an older manu-
script name, having found no such published description of the plant,
though it was made a var. setifolius oi C filiculmis. — N. L. Britton.
Desmids of the United States and List of Pediastrums; with i,ioo
Jllustraiions on 53 colored Plates. By Rev. Francis Wolle, 8vo.
pp. 168. Bethlehem, Pa. 1884.

Although vve have never specially studied the subject of fresh-
water algie, we have more than once had occasion to consult the
pages of Rabenhorst to ascertain the name of some beautiful desmid
which we have observed floating in the field of tlie microscope, and we
know from so slight an experience as this how difficult it is to iden-
tify these minute plants without the aid of accurate figures. Those
many readers of the Bulletin who have, during the last few years,
turned their attention to the study of these low forms of vegetable life,
will heartily thank Mr. Wolle for placing at their disposal a work in
which all obstacles of this nature are removed through the eleven
hundred colored figures which he has given them, and which illus-
trate all the species and varieties that are described in the text.

The desmids, the group of fresh water algae to which this work is
specially devoted, embrace a large number of species, some of them
of most exquisite forms, and the publication of a work like the one
under consideration must certainly have the effect of giving a further
impetus to the study of them among those who have a microscope
at their command, and who desire to know more about the inhabi-
tants of the unseen world.

As regards paper and letter-press the book is handsomely got up,
the illustrations are beautifully drawn and colored, and we scarcely
see how the author is able to offer the work to students at so low a
price as five dollars.

Vacation Cruising in the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays. By J- T.
Rothrock, M.D., Professor of Botany in the University of Penn-
sylvania. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1884.

It is rather late in the season to allude to this charming little book
by a botanist whose name is familiar to all our readers, but it is none
too late to recommend the perusal of it to those who, before many
months elapse, will be laying plans for next year’s vacation, and who,
like our author, may have the means at their command to spend it
upon the water, and in their own craft. But in making these remarks
we do not mean that the reading of the book should be restricted to
the class that we have just mentioned, for it is very pleasantly written,
full of instruction, and will prove equally interesting to all those
whose destiny compels them to while away their vacation hours upon
dry land.

Correction —On page 64, line 17, read Fig. A is a node, / is a
petiole scar.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. XI.]

New York, September, 1884.

[No. 9.

Corema Conradii and its Localities. ^

By John H. Redfield.

Referring to Dr. Gray’s exhaustive paper in Chloris Boreali-
Americana* for a full description and careful figures of this species,
and for an account of its morphological relations, the object of this
article is simply to place on record such facts connected with its
known localities and environment as may tend to elucidate the past
history of a plant now so sparsely represented in the existing flora.
While its near relative, Empetrunt nigrum, abundantly clothes the
mountain heights and colder regions of the northern hemisphere,
our Corema is restricted to very limited spaces in widely separated
localities, in the district extending from New Foundland to New
Jersey. Having been favored with opportunities to examine the
principal known localities within our own limits, my notes will follow,
as nearly as may be, the order of their discovery.

I. New Jersey Pine Barrens. — It is said to have been first dis-
covered by Prof. Solomon W. Conrad as early as 1831 near Pember-
ton Mills, about ten miles from Burlington, N. J., and a fragment so
ticketed (with a ?) is in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Acad-
emy. Soon after, Rafinesque collected it at Cedar Bridge, Mon-
mouth Co., about twenty-two miles south-east of Pemberton. This
locality was visited about 1833 by Dr. Torrey, who published the
first description of the plant under the name of Empetrum Conradtt,
m Annals of N. Y. Lyceum of Nat. Hist, iv., 83. In April, 1869,

•n company with the late Charles F. Parker, I made some examina-
tion of the vicinity of Pemberton and also visited Cedar Bridge in
search of the plant. The encroachment of cultivation near the
place discouraged search, but at Cedar Bridge the localities
which Dr. Torrey in his paper has so carefully indicated were readily
identified. But no trace of the plant was seen either at these points
pr elsewhere during a search of some hours. Dr. Torrey described
It as powing in a few patches “ in the pure white sand of that re-
gion.” These places, as I now remember them, were quite bare of
'vegetation at that early spring season, but the prevailing tree growth
ot all that region is a very stunted form of Finns rigida. At the
tmre of Rafinesque’s and Torrey’s visits. Cedar Bridge was an inn for
fie accommodation of the limited summer travel of that period by
stage-coach between Philadelphia and Barnegat Bay. Now alas, an
occasional clam-wagon is the only visitant, and as I remember the

(1846 of Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences. 2d series iii. pp. 3-14. tab. i.

98

house in 1869 it was as rough a hostelry as it has been my lot to
encounter. I have some doubt whether Conrad’s and Rafinesque’s
localities were not the same.

Dr. Knieskern is said to have found the plant at other points in
Monmouth Co., but this has not been confirmed, nor is the Corema
enumerated in his Catalogue of the plants of Monmouth and Ocean
Counties published in 1856. There is, however, a large tract of
absolute wilderness lying between the New Jersey Southern R. R.
and Barnegat Bay which may reward exploration.

2. Long Island. — Dr. Torrey, in the Flora of New York ii., 519,
says that Dr. Emmons had given him specimens of Corema collected,
as nearly as he could remember, “ on the road from Oyster Bay to
Hempstead, but possibly near Islip.” It does not seem to have
since been found, and Mr. Coles, of Glen Cove, has sought it very
generally in Queens and Suffolk Counties in the most likely places
without even finding a single specimen.” (Bulletin of Torrey Club
iii., 5) and Mr. E. S. Miller in his careful Catalogue of the Plants
of Suffolk Co., does not enumerate it.

3. Plymouth, Mass . — This is the best known and most abundant
locality, and has furnished most of the specimens hitherto found in
our herbaria, and was mode known in 1838 and 1839 by Tucker-
man, Oakes and others. Mr. Tuckerman recognized the Plymouth
plant as identical with that from Cedar Bridge described by Dr.
Torrey, and communicated specimens with ripe fruit to Dr. Klotzscli of
Berlin, who in 1841 proposed to separate it from Empetrum under
the name of Tuckermannia* This name had, however, been already
applied by Nuttall to a California Composite, and so Tuckerman, in
London Journal of Botany i., 445, in the year 1842, proposed for it
the name of Oakesia in compliment to William Oakes. Dr. Gray,
however, in the paper referred to at the head of this article, showed
that there was nothing in the generic character to separate it from
the existing genus Corema established by Dr. Don in 1826 upon
Empetrum album, L.

In visiting this locality, August 7th, 1885, I had the company of
Dr. Gray and the guidance of Benj. M. Watson, Jr., Professor of
Horticulture in the Bussey Institute. I found it presenting an
aspect very different from those yet to be mentioned. Here I saw
the plant, as Emersonf well describes it, “ clothing one open, sunny
hill of some acres, strongly reminding one of the description of th®
heaths of Europe.” This hill, like most of those in the vicinity, is
a deep deposit of gravel largely composed of quartz. Where the
rains have washed out the loamy vegetable matter the residuum is a
coarse sand much like that of the Jersey barrens. I am sure that
there is more of the plant here than in all the localities I have ye
to mention, and Mr. Watson informed us that the tenure of the Ian
is such that the Corema is not likely to be disturbed for many
to come, and will never be ruthlessly destroyed. Portions of it ^
apparently died out, probably from the extreme dr ought of i 3 ’

* Erichson Archiv., 1841, p. 248.
f Trees and Shrubs of Massachusetts, ist edition, 1846, p. 328.

99

but new seedlings are springing up, and we may hope that it will
long remain as one of the many attractions of the beautiful town
which l^ears so many rich historical associations. The tree growth
around is sparse, composed mostly of Pinus rigida with some
Quercus coccinea and Betula alba The Corema covers the position
so thoroughly that there is room for little other undergrowth, but
occasional plants of Gaylussacia resinosa, Vaccinium vacillans, Comp-
ionia asplenifolia and Baptisia tinctoria are seen.

Mr, Watson informed us that he had also seen the Corema near
Truro, Cape Cod, and near one of the coves of Buzzard Bay.

4. Bath, Maine. — In 1840, Mr. W. Cambell, a pupil of Nuttall, fur-
nished to Dr. Gray specimens of Corema gathered in the spring of 1839
on the rocky banks of the Kennebec in the neighborhood of Bath.”
Since then little seems to have been known of this locality. On the
5th of August, of this year, I visited Bath for the purpose of mak-
ing some search in that vicinity. Bad weather shortened my visit
and prevented me from examining the banks of the Kennebec; but
a few hours spent upon the high grounds west of the city led me to
a second range of hills covered with a dense young growth of trees,
much of it white pine. On the higher part of the ridge, where the
granitic rocks crop out into bare ledges some acres in extent, I
found a considerable quantity of the Corema, perhaps in all twenty
patches, all within the limit of a few rods. The rock contains a
large proportion of quartz, and the scanty soil showed much silex.
Here the tree growth was Pinus rigida in scattered, stunted exam-
ples, with some few small trees of Betula alba. As this locality was
not near the banks of the Kennebec, but two miles west of them, I
was at first inclined to believe it new, but I have since been in-
formed that Prof. Goodell had collected the plant, probably at the
same point, and also on the eastern bank of the river.

5 - Isle au Haul, Maine is the outermost island in Penob-

scot Bay, about six miles in length, two and a half miles in width,
fhe central ridge rising to a height of 400 to 450 feet, being the
highest island upon the coast except the mountainous one of
Mount Desert. It is mostly wooded, but has on its northwesterly
side a scattered village of about 200 inhabitants, who live upon the
produce of the sea, and it is said that the first horse seen upon the
island was landed only two months ago. The island has hitherto
been rather inaccessible, but will doubtless soon become a summer
^sort and be made more easy of approach. The existence of
'^re?na here was first discovered by A. Young, Jr., a student of
angor, who communicated the plant to Dr. Gray in October, *^ 47 .
Mr. Young found it upon the high barren summit of the island, in
Considerable abundance, associated with P otentilla trtdeniata. I
Visited the island July 21st and 2zd, 1884, and in the first house I
entered it was my good fortune to meet an accomplished botanist,
Mrs. Flora E. Haines of Bangor, who had spent several summers
hpre and whose familiarity with the topography, botany and local
history of the island relieved me from the loss of time and the pos-
sible failure which might have attended the hurried visit of a per-
fect stranger. Under her guidance the summit of the island was

100

reached, doubtless the point visited by Mr. Young. There we
found the Corema, but only sparingly. The hill-top had been over-
run by fire a few years ago, and it was evident that the plant had
narrowly escaped extinction. This fact is a suggestive one as con-
nected with the very local distribution of our Corema, and it is very
probable that a similar cause has been for ages narrowing its field of
existence. Yet some new sprouts gave promise of good increase if
botanists give it fair treatment. The scanty soil in which it grows is
composed of a finely comminuted granite of which quartz is the
chief ingredient. Associated with the Corema were Potentilla tri-
deniata, Vaccinium P ennsylvantcum, Cornus Canadensis, with here
and there a stunted spruce.

I was then conducted to a bare, round, rocky knob, perhaps 150
feet in height, about i| miles W. S. W. of the locality just mentioned,
and overlooking Moore’s Harbor. This hill has the local name of
“ Black Dinah,” and on its summit the Corema grows in sufficient
abundance, in numerous large patches after the manner of Empetrum.
The rock is composed almost entirely of quartz, and the scanty soil
is made up of its particles, and an occasional rock crevice gives foot-
hold for the firmly rooted Coreftia. The associated plants were
mainly the same as in the locality last mentioned, except that a few
dwarf examples of Pinus rigida were scattered about. I *was in-
formed that a third locality exists on the rocky shore between Black
Dinah and the little village opposite Kimball’s Island, and another
on the eastern side of the island. Empetrum nigrum is also found
on Isle au Haut, and on the neighboring Kimball’s Island, and is
very abundant on many of the rocky headlands of Mt. Desert twenty-
five or thirty miles distant, and I have recently been informed that
Corema has been seen upon Green Mt., the highest part of Mt.
Desert, but I need some more positive evidence that the plant there
seen was not Empetrum, a.r\d ffirther search in other of the mariy
large islands of Penobscot Bay some of them many square miles in
area, and upon the numerous promontories of the main land wi
probably yet reveal other localities

Nova Scotia and N ewfoundland. — Mr. Tuckerman saw in the
Lambert Herbarium in London specimens collected in Newfound-
land by Cormack. In Nova Scotia it has been seen in Halifax Co.
by Lindsay and Sommers, and at Wilmot, Annapolis Co., by Howe.
I know nothing further as to these localities, but hope that our bo
tanical brethren from the British Provinces will give us further facts.

7. Shawangunk Mts., N. V . — All the localities hitherto
tioned are maritime, or so near the sea-coast that when in 1881 1^
was announced that the Corema existed in Ulster Co., N. Y., on
mountain top, eighty miles from the coast, some surprise ■!

and botanists were led to call to mind how, in like manner, Hu son
and Leiophyllum are perfectly at home on mountain sumi^ts
North Carolina. Mr. Smiley, proprietor of the Minnewaska Hou ,
a well-known summer resort in the Shawangunk
i88i called the attention of Aubrey H. Smith to the plan , '
identified it as Corema, and reported the fact to the Botanica
tion of the Phil. Acad. (See Proc. Phil. Acad., 1882, p. 35 b

101

Charles E. Srnith visited the locality May 2d, 1882, obtained good
flowering specimens, and published his notes in the Torrey Bulletin,
Vol. ix., 1882. My own visit to the locality was June 26th, 1884, at
which time the fruit was just perfecting. The Shawangunk Moun-
tains consist of long, narrow ridges, extending from the Rondout
Valley, southwesterly into New Jersey, crossing the Delaware River

the Water Gap, extending thence through Pennsylvania into Vir-
ginia. By the New York geologists the formation was named the
Shawangunk Grit, and it is by Dana, in the latest edition of his Man-
ual of Geology, referred to the Oneida Group. It is almost entirely
composed of sand-stones and conglomerates, and is remarkable for
the number of lakes or ponds which are found at frequent intervals
throughout its extent, and of which L. Mohonk and L. Minnewaska
are examples. The ridge at L. Minnewaska, and that running south-
west from it, forming the easterly wall of Palmaghett Glen are of'
nearly pure quartz rock, bearing a scanty growth of scrub pine and
white birch. The latter ridge extends about two miles, is then
broken by a deep depression, rising again into a promontory called
Gertrude’s Nose. The height is from 1,500 to 1,800 feet above the
sea. Following this ridge for nearly two miles beyond the lake, we
find the Corema in frequent patches along the open sunny spaces on
the western side of the path along the brow of the ridge, over a
space of several hundred yards in length. Occasional starved ex-
amples of Firms rigida are the only tree growth, and the associated
plants are Kalmia angustifolia, Gaylussacia resinosa with some Kal-
ffita latifolia and Gauliheria procumbens. The scanty soil in the rock
crevices and on the rocks is of course derived from the pure quartz
rock. On the ridge, beyond the depression above mentioned, the
Corema is said to grow in still greater abundance, but I was not able
to reach that point. I think we need be under no apprehension of
the exhaustion of the plant by collectors, but the danger of destruc-
tion by fire is much greater.

I have thus given the facts connected with the distribution of
this interesting species. I believe that a consideration of them will
lead to discoveries of .new localities, and to an extension of its
known field. It is curious that the first discovery of the plant was
made at the extreme southern end of its known area, at points where
It seems not to have been abundant, and from which it has disap-
peared.

The Microvegetation of Bank-Notes, by Dr. Jules Schaarschmidt,
Privatdocent of Cryptogamic Botany and Anatomy of Plants, Assist-
ant of the Botanic Institutes and Gardens. Royal Hungarian Uni-
versity, Kolosvdr. — The recent researches of Paul Reinsch in Erlan-
gen have revealed the occurrence, on the surfaces of the coins of
many nations, of different bacteria and two minute algte {Chrodcoccus
monetarum and Pleurococcus monetarum, P. Reinsch), living in a thin
J^^^^station of organic detritus composed especially of starch-grains
fibres, etc., deposited upon their surfaces during the course of long
circulation. This thin incrustation renders the coins very suitable
lor this raicrovegetation, but the same phenomenon is exhibited by

103

paper money, and, indeed, by notes of clean, and, to the naked eye,
unaltered surface.

I have scraped off some of these minute incrustations with hol-
lowed-out scalpels and needles and divided them into fragments in
distilled v;ater that had been boiled shortly before, and, upon exam-
ining them with lenses of high power (R. T. Beck's i-ioth inch),
have seen the various Schizomycetes distinctly.

I can now proceed to give a brief account of the results I have ob-
tained from the investigation of the paper money. I have investigated
the Hungarian bank and State-notes, recent and old (from the years
1848-49), also Russian rubel notes, and have found bacteria upon all
of them, even upon the cleanest.

On the surface of all the paper money is always to be found the
special bactgrium of putrefaction, viz.. Bacterium Ter?no, Dujardin.

In the thin incrustations on the paper money I ascertained the oc-
currence of starch-grains (especially those of wheat), linen and cot
ton fibres and animal hairs, and, in this deposit upon the forint State-
notes, the Blastomycete Sacchaiomyces cerevisice in full vegetation.

Various Micrococci, Leptotriches (many with club-shaped, swollen
ends) and Bacilli are also the most frequent plants in the deposit of
the paper money.

The two new species of algae described by Paul Reinsch are very
rare on paper money. The green Pleurococcus cells have been ob-
served in some cases on i- and 5-forint State-notes, and the bluish-
green, minute Chroococcus on the border of the 5-forint State-notes.

The vegetation of the paper money is, according to my researches,
composed of the following minute-plants;

(i.) Micrococcus (various forms); (2.) Bacieriujn Ter 77 to; (3-)
Bacillus (various forms); (4.) Leptothrix (species?); (5.) Saccharo-
myces cereviscB; (6.) Chroococciis monetaruffi ; (7.) Pleurococcus 777 otic -
taruni. From a hygienic point ot view, an investigation of the com-
monest household objects, and especially of books, etc., used by
students, may not be superfluous.

Klausenburg, Hungary. ^ A. K.

Recent Changes in Plant Nomenclature. — Dr. Gray, in his
Manual, enumerates less than 400 monopetalous species from Capn-
foliacese to Compositse, inclusive. The just published Flora, Vol. i->
Pt. ii., makes one hundred changes in the nomenclature of these
plants. For the benefit of the numerous students and teachers using
his Manual (considering that about one fourth the species are to re-
ceive diffetent names), the names of the species thus affected are
below, together with the corresponding name in the Flora. As er
has been thoroughly revised, and the limits of the species, as we a
their nomenclature, have been changed so much that reference to
Flora alone can adequately show in what the changes
Solidago is revised as indicated in Studies of Aster and
the Older Herbaria. Fediahtcovix(t's> Valerianella; Diplopappus, -f ^
Cirsium, Cnicus; Nabalus, PreTianthesj Mulgedtmn, Lactuca.
numerous other changes can be seen in the following list:

Lonicera parviflora-=L. glauca, Hill.; Lomcera parvtpora,

103

Douglasii=-L. hirsuia, Eaton; Sambucus pubens=S. racemosa, L.;
Viburnum nudum, var. cassinoides= V. cassinoides, L. ; Diodia Virgi-
nica=Diodia Virginiana, L.; Fedia olitoria—Valerianella olitoria,
Poll.; Fedia Fagopyrum—V. chenopodifolia, DC.; Fedia radiata=
V, radiata, Dufr.; Fedia umbilicaia=V. Woodsiana, wdiX. umbiiicata,
Gray; Fedia patellar ia=V. Woodsiana, vzx. patellaria, Qra.y, Liatris
pilosa=L. spicata, var. montana. Gray; Liatris graminifolia, Pursh,
not Wind.; Liatris odoratissima=Trilisia odoratissima,Q?i?>%.‘, Liatris
paniculata— T. paniculata, Cass.; Eupatojium parviflorum—E. semi-
serratum. DC.; Eupatorium pubescens=E. rotundifolium,s 2 ix. ovatum,
Torr.; Conoclinium coelestinum, DQ.—Eupatorium coelestinum, L. ;
Nardosmia palmata=Petasites palmata. Gray; Aster Icevis, var. Icevi-
gatus~A. versicolor, Willd.; Aster Drummondii, Lindl.=independent
species; Aster Tradescanti, c\\\&^y,a.wd\diX. fragilis==vimineus, Lam.;
Aster miser=A. vimimus, var. foliolosus. Gray; \_Aster miser, Ait.=
A. Tradescanti, L. partly]; Aster simplex=A. paniculatus, Lam.; Aster
carneus=A, salicifolius, Ait., and paniculatus, Lam.; Aster cestivus,
xx\s\x\]y=A . junceus, Ait.; Aster longifolius=A. Novi-Belgii, L.; \ster
puniceus, var. vimineus='vdiX. lucidulus, Gray; Aster gramini/olius=
Erigeron hyssopifolius, Michx.; Aster flexuosus=A. tenuifolius, L.;
Aster lini/olius=A . subulatus, Michx.; Erigeron vernum^E. nudt-
caulis, Michx. ; Diplopappus linariifolius=^ Aster linariifolius, L.;
Diplopappus umbellatus= Aster umbellatus, Mill.; Diplopappus amygda-
linus=Aster umbellatus, var. latifolius,Gx3Ly', Diplopappus cornifolius
-^Aster infirmus, Michx.; Boltonia glastifolia—B. asteroides, L Her.;
^olidago virgata=S. stricta. Ait.; Solidago stricta=S. uliginosa, Nutt.;
^olidago Virga-aurea, \dcx. humilis^==S. humilts,VvLX^.‘, Solidago thy r-
soidea=S. macrophylla, Pursh.; Solidago elliptica=S. Elliotii, Torr.
& Gray; Solidago arguta=S. juncea, Solidago bfuhlenbergii==S.

<irguta, Solidago linoides=S. neglecta, vas. linoides. Gray; Solida-

go altissima=S. rugosa. Mill.; Solidago serotina=S. serotina, var.
gigantea, Gray; Solidago gigantea=S. serotina, Ait.; Pluchea foetida
. camphorata, D C. ; Xanthium strumarium, var.=AT. Canadense,
Mill ; X. strumarium, vax. echinatum=X. Canadense, vax. echinatum.
Gray; Eclipta procunibens=E. alba, Hasskarl. ; Helianthus ctnereus,
var. Sullivantii=H. doronicoides, 1-am.; Helianthus microcephalus=
parvi floras , Bernh. ; Helianthus doronicoides=H . tuberosus, L.;
Actinomeris heliantkoides=Verbesina helianthoides, Michx.; Coreopsis
tnvflufrata, Nutt.=independent species; Verbesina Siegesbeckia=V.
occidentalis, Walt.; Actinella scaposa, var. glabra=A. acaulis, var.
glabra. Gray; Leptopoda brachypoda=Helenium nudiflorum, Nutt.;
Maruta Cotula=Anthemis Cotula, L.; Leucanthemum vulgar e^
^Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L.; Leucanthemum Parthenium=C.
^arthenium, Pers.; Antennaria margaritacea=Anaphalis'margaritacea,

Benth. & Hock ; Senecio Elliottii=S. aureus, var. obovatus, Torr. &
Gray; Arnica mollis=A. Chamissonis, Lees.; Cnicus benedictus==Cen-
taurea benedicta, L.; Cirsium lanceolatum=Cnicus lanceolatus Hoffm ;
Ctrsium Pitcheri=Cnicus Pitcheri, Torr.; Cirsium undulatum=Cnicus
^ndulatus, Gray; Cirsium discolor=Cnicus altissimus, \ ax. discolor.
Gray; Cirsium altissimum=Cnicus altissimus, Willd.; Cirsium Vtr-
gtntanum=Cnicus Virginianus, Pursh.; Cirsium muticum^Cnicus

104

muticus, Pursh.; Cirsium pumiluni=Cnicus purnilus, Torr.; Cirsium
horridulu 7 H=Cnicus horridulus, Pursh.; Cirsium arveuse=Cnicus ar-
vensis, Hoffm.; Lappa officinalis=Arctium Lappa, L. ; Cynthia Virgi-
nica=Krigia amplexicaulis, N utt. ; Cynthia Dandelion— Krigia Dan-
delion, Nutt.; Hieracium scabrum, in part==/T Afarianum, Willd.;
Nabalus albus—Prenanthes alba, L. ; Nabalus albus, var. Serpe 7 itaria
P renanthes Serpentaria, Pursh.; Nabalus altissimus—Prenanthesaltis-
sinia, L.; Nabalus Praseri=P renanthes Serpentaria, Pursh.; Nabalus
Fraseri, var. integrifolius=P. Serpentaria, var. barbata,ijr2Ly', Naba-
lus nanus— P renanthes Serpentaria, var. nana. Gray ; Nabalus Bootii
=Prenafithes Bootii, Gray; Nabalus virgatus—P renanthes virgata,
Michx.; Nabalus racemosus’^Prenanthes racemosa, Michx.; Nabalus
crepidineus—Prenanthes crepidinea, Michx.; Taraxacutn Dens-leonis
= y. officinale, Weber; Lactuca Canadensis, var. integrifolia—L. tn-
tegrifolta,^\gd[.‘, Lactuca Canadensis, var. sanguinea—L. hirsuta,ls\v\i\.',
M ulgediutn pulchellum=Lactuca pulchella, D C. ; Mulgedium acumin-
atum=Lactuca acuminata. Gray; Mulgedium F^loridanum==L. Flori-
dana, Gaertn. ; Mulgedium leucophceum—L. leucophcea.

A. F. Foerste.

Botanical Notes from Kansas.— As it is rarely that we see any
communications from this State concerning our flora, in any of our
botanical publications, I have thought a few lines in regard to it
might be of interest. I made a trip during the first week of Septem-
ber out as far as Harper County, a little over three hundred miles
southwest of Kansas City, Mo., traveling over the Southern Kansas
R. R., which runs through the best counties in the State. Fine
crops were noticed in every county through which I passed. The
emigration to Southern Kansas this year is very large.

The following is a list of some of the plants collected on this trip:
Mentzelia ornata, T. & G., Harper Co.; Eryngium Leavenworthii, T.
& G., Allen Co., common; Grindelia lanceolata, Nutt., Southern
Kansas; Hebanthus Maximiliani, Schrader, common everywhere I
traveled; H. pettolaris, Nutt., in Cowley Co. and west, common in
Harper Co.; Coreopsis cardatnbtifolia, DC., Cowley and Harper
Counties; Thelesperma gracile, Gray, Harper Co.; Liatris punctata,
Hook., found here, and common southwest; ILosackia Purshtatta,
Benth., grows here and is common in Harper Co.; Dalea laxiffira,
Pursh., Harper Co.; Aster patens, L., near Independence; Diclipt^ra
brachiata, Spr., Cowley Co.; Solanum elceagnifolium, Cav., Cowle)
and Harper Counties; Eriogonum tomentosum, Mx., common in Har-
per Co.; Atriplex hastata, L., Sumner Co ; Frelichia Floridana, Moq.,
Harper Co., common. Southwestern and Western Kansas are fine
fields for botanists.

Paola, Kansas. J. H. Oyster.

♦

Death of John Williamson. — We have to mourn the premature
death of this gifted man, who passed away on the 17th of June. Mr.
Williamson was born in Scotland in 1857, came to this country m
1866, and established himself in Louisville, Ky., at first in the busi-
ness of wood-carving, and afterwards in a foundry for ornamenta
brass-work. An innate taste for decorative art here found oppor-

lOo

timity for development, and an ardent love for nature gave truthful
direction to his taste. In 1878 appeared in an unexpected quarter
a little treatise upon the “ Ferns of Kentucky,” which surprised all
fern lovers by the beauty and novel form of its illustrations. These
were etchings by Mr. Williamson’s own hand, transferred to the
lithographic stone. This was soon after followed by the publication
of a work illustrating the ferns of the region covered by Gray’s Man-
ual. In this work the plates were printed directly from the etchings,
and the book appeared under the modest title of “ Fern Etchings.”
This work not only supplied a real want in the world of science, but
surprised and delighted all lovers of the art he was so successfully
cultivating, and the best art-critics were loud in encomium. Encour-
aged by this, he was giving himself to the fuller cultivation of his
powers in that direction, when his health failed, and he was taken
away at the outset of a career which gave such promise of brilliancy,
leaving behind him a widowed mother, to whom he had manifested
a tender filial devotion. His friend Mr. Davenport has done justice
to the sterling excellencies of his character in a touching sketch in a
recent number of the Botanical Gazette,

J. H. R.

Botanical Notes.

The May-flower. — It has been suggested that the delicate and
modest little flower which we call the May-flower should be adopted-
as the emblem of the loyalists, because it is in full bloom
at the season of the year when they landed on these rocky shores.
In connection with this it may not be out of place to inquire as
to the use of the word May-flower or “ May-blossom ” in the past ;
and especially to ask what was the May-flower of the loyalistst Was
their May-flower identical with our spring favorite, or was it some
other plant, to us unknown, or if known, called by some other name.

Our May-flower has been named by botanists Epigcea repens or
the plant that creeps o?i the ground — a name very appropriate to its
habit of grow, thas it forms patches of foliage. ... It belongs to
the great family of the heaths, and its nearest allies in this country are
the bear-berry, spicy wintergreen and tea-berry. They, like the May-
flower have evergreen leaves, and differ in this respect from most of
the American heaths.

But the purpose of these remarks is not so much to describe the
May-flower and its habits as to inquire whether this flower of ours
was the May-flower of the loyalists. The writer was very much
surprised many years ago, on being told by an old lady who came
here with the loyalists, that our plant (Epigcea repens) was not the
May-flower. Among the wild flowers that were afterw.ards shown to
^r she at once recognized one as the true May-flower. This was the
plant which is now called the spring beauty {Claytonia Caroliniana),
a delicate little plant with two opposite leaves, which are not unlike
an Indian’s canoe-paddle m shape, and having a cluster of nodding
Pmk flowers between the leaves. The short stem which the spring
oeauty annually sends up comes from a little brown tuber buried
^^P in the rich mould of the hardwood forest. The plant differs

106

from our May-flower in preferring a rich and moist soil, and its stem
is soft and succulent like that of its ally the purslane {Fortulaca),
while the stem of our May-flower is strong and woody, and its leaves
are thick and hard.

The family to which the lady belonged, who spoke of the spring
beauty as the true May-flower, came from Connecticut; and it is easy
to see why our May-flower was not theirs. In the region where they
had lived before removing to St. John, the Fpigcea would blossom in
April, and the term “May-flower” would be inappropriate to it; hence
some other blossom with them would have borne the name of “ May-
flower.” The name and the associations connected with it were
dear to those New England colonists; with what object more attrac-
tive could they have associated the ideas and the name than the
delicate spring beauty — a plant which abounds in the rich woods
covering the mountains and hills of Western New England and New
York. To the loyalists of Connecticut, therefore, the word “May-
flower” carried a different meaning from that which it bears with us.

And to the loyalists of New York and New Jersey, where the
EpigcBa was known as the trailing arbutus, the idea of “ May-flower,”
as applied to this plant, was equally foreign. Their name for our
May-flower, however, was not happily chosen, as the arbutus was one
of those European heath plants which casts its leaves in the autumn,
and in this resembles such American heath-plants as the leather-leaf
(Cassandra) and the Lambkill (Rhodora). These cover the “barrens
with foliage and flower in June and July, but are bare and brown in
the winter. As the term “ trailing arbutus” was used in the Middle
States for the Epigcea within a short time after the loyalists left there,
it was probably current in their time as well. Whether the spring
beauty was their May-flower or not, it is sufficiently clear that the
Epigcea was not.

But to go one step further back in the history of the “ May-
flower.” Washington Irving, in his “Knickerbocker’s History of New
York,” describes in a very amusing way the helplessness of the Dutch
Governors of New York in their attempt to oppose the colonizing
tendencies of the New Englander. He describes the encroachment
of the Yankees upon the territory of their Dutch neighbors on the
northern shore of Long Island Sound, and they even swarmed over into
Long Island, displacing the Dutch or occupying the country in ad-
vance of them. These Puritan farmers carried with them the^^ tradi-
tion that their ancestors came over from England in the “ May-
flower.” Many of them settled in Connecticut, and their descendants
formed the bulk of the emigrants from that State whom we knmv
under the name of loyalists. It is quite clear, however, that the
May-flower for which the ship of the Pilgrim Fathers was named
was not the “May-flower” of the loyalists, any more than the plant so
designated by the latter is the May-flower of the maritime Canadians,
for neither the Epigcea repens nor the spring beauty were known to
Europeans before the discovery of America. They are both natives
of this continent and are unknown in the old. The May-flower o
the Pilgrims must, therefore, have been some other plant —
the hawthorn (Cratcegus Oxycantha), which appears to be alluded
by Mickle in the following lines; —

107

“ By this stream and the Afay blossomed thorn
That first heard his love tale and his vows. ”

And by Spencer in the following:

“ To gather May busket 20t\A smelling brere
And home they haste the postes to dight.”

And in Chaucer there is the following line:

"And fresher than the May with flowers newe.”

The hawthorn still bears in England the name of “ The May,”
and there can be little doubt that its fragrant blossoms suggested the
name borne by the pioneer ship of the Plymouth colony.

As the location of the Sacred Mount — the point of dispersion of
a primitive people — was transferred to the migrating Indo-European
nations from one country to another, in the Old World, so the Saxon
emigrants transferred the name of “ May-flower ” to a new species of
plant, as they lost their familiarity with the old. To us, living in a
region where Epigesa abounds, and blossoms in May, it very appro-
priately bears the name of May-flower, not only on account of its
beauty and its fragrant flowers, but because it blooms in the spring.
It IS rightly chosen by the descendants of the loyalists as a fitting
emblem of those who, on this day loo years ago, first set foot on the
shores of New Brunswick. Its home is in that region of the North
American continent which extends from the Atlantic coast of Nova
Scotia, through New Brunswick and Maine, to Eastern Ontario, Lake
Superior and the rocky wilds of the northwest. In Ontario and the
Maritime Provinces of Canada is the home of the loyalists, and when
the first detachment of these people landed on the rocky shores of
St. John’s harbor in the spring of 17831 there can be no doubt that
fhey found the May-flower {Epigad) blooming around them. In
Its leaves, fresh and green from beneath the winter snow, they would
liave seen an emblem of their own preservation through adversity in
the past, and in its modest and fragrant blossom an omen of content
and prosperity in the future.

In conclusion, it may be added that our reflections upon the May-
ower lead to the following result: —

The May-flower of the Pilgrims was not the May-flower of all the
loyalists.

I he May-flower of the loyalists was not the May-flower of the
oiaritime Canadians.

The May-flower of certain of the loyalists was the spring beauty.

A May-flower of the maritime Canadians may very fittingly be

cdicated to the loyalists.

Or, to consider the matter from a chronological standpoint, it may
e said that 260 years ago the hawthorn was the May-flower. One
hundred years ago the spring beauty was to some loyalists the May-
^wer. JSfoii, the Epigcea is to the descendants of the loyalists the
E. Mather, in Canadian Set. Monthly.

The Continuity of Protoplasm in plants is still attracting consid-
^able attention in botanical circles. An interesting article
(June 16, p. 182) gives a tesumc of the history of the sub-
ject from the year 1837. Herr Russow, who maintains that in all
Pjants during their entire life the whole of the protoplasm is comin-
gs, says the protoplasmic threads are seen well in Rhamnus, Fraxt-

108

nus, Humulus, Gentiana cruciata and in the bark of Frunus, Quercus,
etc. Threads, however, which contain no granules, but are transpar-
ent and homogeneous, are with difficulty rendered visible. His
method of examination is to lay the sections to be examined in a sol-
ution of 0.2 per cent, of iodine and 1.64 per cent, of potassium iodide
in concentrated sulphuric acid. After removal, the sections are re-
peatedly washed and then stained with aniline blue; in some cases
they are previously stained with picric acid. Mr. Gardiner, however,
considers that the sulphuric acid method is unsatisfactory and that
the method of swelling with chloro-iodide of zinc and of staining with
picric-Hoffman blue is in every way more advantageous, since little
alteration of structure takes place and the staining with blue is limited
to the protoplasm.

Chemical Constituents of Plants — ilerr M. Ballo contributes an
important paper on this subject to the Proceedings of the Gerjnan
Chemical Society. He thinks that oxalic acid has a much more im-
portant function in vegetable physiology than is generally supposed,
carbohydrates being formed from the reduction of this and other
vegetable acids rather than by direct synthesis from carbonic acid
and water. Tartaric acid, on the other hand, is a product either
of the oxidation of carbohydrates or of the reduction of oxalic acid,
as is also the glycolic acid which occurs in unripe grapes and in the
the leaves of the wild vine. As regards all other products of oxida-
tion, the less the amount of oxidation the more complicated is the
product and the more closely related to the original substance;
while, when oxidation is carried on further, we get the original sub-
stances by which the plant is nourished. The vegetable acids are the
most cornmon products of oxidation in the plant. A portion of the
oxalic acid is used in the decomposition of calcium sulphate, the rest
as the raw material for the production of glycolic, tartaric, malic and
succinic acids.

If formic acid is heated with nitric acid it is oxidized into car-
bonic acid and water, the nitric acid being reduced to nitrous oxide;
but at the cornmencement of the process oxalic acid is formed, and
believes that this process also takes place in nature, and
t at this IS one of the reasons why nitrates are so valuable to the
growing plant. In the living plant a portion of the nitrates is used
in t e production of ammonia and other substances nearly related to
It, and another in the conversion of amide compounds into alcohol
compounds. 1 he greater part is reduced to the state of nitrous oxide,
and from this nitric acid is again formed through the agency of
oxygen and water. Hence a small quantity of nitrates can bring
about the formation of a large quantity of oxalates.

Electric currents exist without doubt in the living plant, and it is
possible that in some cases these may be converted into chemical
work consisting in the decomposition not merely of water but also of
salts. The products of decomposition of these salts may cause the
formation of metal derivatives at the negative pole, of derivatives
with negative radicals at the positive pole. Elsewhere, these sub-
stances may again combine with one another and the same process
be then again repeated. Hence the comparatively small quantity of
inorganic salts found in olants.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORKEY BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. Xl.l

New York, October, 1884.

[No. lO.

Notes on the Haustoria of some N. A. Parasitic Phanerogams.*

By Joseph Schrenk.

(Plate XLVi.)

Gerardia quercifolia, Fursh. — The parasitism of Gerardia
seems to have been first pointed out by J. Stauffer, who, in a curious
little pamphlet of two pages, printed by the author in 1850, mentions
the parasitic attachments of Gerardia flava, quercifolia, pedicularia
and tenuif olia.\ On two accompanying plates portions of specimens
of these four species are figured. The character of these illustrations
fnay be judged of by a reproduction of one of them in Gray's Struct-
ural Botany, p. 38. Neither text nor figures contain any informa-
tion about the interior structure of the haustoria, nor was I able to
discover any literature referring to this subject anywhere else.

The figures on Plate xlvi. (with one exception) were drawn from
the haustoria of Gerardia quercifolia attached to the roots of Corylus
rostraia, Ait., gathered in New Hampshire, in the month of August,
^nd on them the following description is mainly based. Besides, I
examined the haustoria of Gerardia flava, L., pedicularta, L., tenui-
folta, purpurea, L., and maritima, Raf. The two latter species,

to my knowledge, have not yet been reported as parasitic.

fhe haustoria of Gerardia appear as lateral rounded excrescences
which are scattered irregularly along the branches of the root, where-
ever there is a chance for them to obtain suitable nourishment: they
''cry frequently attach themselves to the root of the Gerardia itself.
The largest I found are about in length, while the smallest con-
sist simply of a few layers of cells raised above the surface of the
root. We either find several, often many, haustoria, more or less dis-
tant from one another, growing from the same branch of the Gerai dta
root, which keeps on growing, eventually producing more haustoria
'Tig. 7; at cm we see the continuation of the root); or the rootlet,
^fter having produced a haustorium, shrinks into an insignificant ap-
Pendage (Fig. i), or disappears altogether, so that the haustorium
appears terminal (Figs. 2, 3, 4).

.1 '' ‘-'Aitujr ut

'he author, give
“"e of its roots.

110

At the earliest stages of their development which I examined, the
haiistoria form slight excrescences from the cortical portion of the
Gerardia root, in such a way that the epidermis forms an unbroken
covering of both root and haustorium. On young haustoria I noticed
some papillose superficial cells which looked exactly like short root-
hairs, but their principal function evidently is to take hold of some
contiguous foster-root. The youngest haustoria do not contain any
vascular tissue, but soon there appear in the axial portion single
threads of reticulated vessels connecting the apex of the haustorium
with the fibro-vascular tissue of its mother-root. At the same time
the haustorium increases in all its parts and finally appears as figured
on the plate.

As I called the haustorium an outgrowth of the root, and as the
tissues of the latter are continuous with those of the former, I will, in
the first place, give a brief description of the root of our Gerardia.

In the centre of the root there is a fibro-vascular cylinder; its
diameter is usually equal to about one-half the diameter of the entire
root. 1 his cylinder contains very wide reticulated vessels and thick-
walled wood-cells; it is surrounded by a narrow zone of cambium
beyond which we find large parenchymatous cells with many inter-
cellular spaces. Irregularly scattered in the parenchyma we see
numerous sclerenchyma cells, singly or in groups from 2 to 6, mostly
of prismatic shape; their walls are exceedingly thick and pierced by
branching canals. The zone of parenchyma around the central
wood cylinder is divided about midways by a layer of closely arranged
cells. This layer seems to be a true endodermis; its cells are very
narrow compared to the surrounding parenchyma cells; the partitions
separating them are strictly radial and frequently undulating, and
the cell-walls resist the action of sulphuric and even of chromic acid.
Inside of this ring the starch granules in the parenchyma cells are
much smaller than in those outside of it, where they are quite large.

At the circumference of the root there is a single layer of epiderm-
oidal* cells the outside walls of which are thickened and even more
resistant against the action of the reagents mentioned above than are
the walls of the endodermis. The surface view of the root shows
that these cells are arranged in oval, frequently elongated hexagonal
plates or patches. The middle portion of such a group is formed of
rows of two or three cells each; the cells are separated by radial (and
vertical) partitions which are still more wavy than those found in the
endodermis.

At first I was inclined to consider this epidermoidal layer as the
true epidermis, and to explain the absence of root-hairs by the
sitic nature of the plant; but, on closer examination, I soon found
that the supposed epidermis was covered with a continuous layer 0
very long, exceedingly thin-walled, empty cells, which, on the cross-
section, show quite an irregular outline (Figs. 5 and 7, e). Owing to
the tenderness of their membranes it is not easy to obtain transverse
sections that will show these cells completely encircling the root, and

* This term is used by v. Hbhnel, Olivier and others to designate a layer of
cells close to the epidermis, that resembles in most respects the endodermis.

Ill

it is still more difficult to prepare perfect longitudinal sections. How-
ever, I never failed to see this epidermis, as I must call it, on thin,
e. young portions of the Gerardia root, while on older ones I could,
at best, make out a few shreds only. I must therefore suppose that
the epidermis is soon cast off. I am not prepared to assert that
these epidermal cells perform the functions pertaining to root-hairs,
but, considering the thinness of their membranes, which do not seem
to be cuticularized, and their peculiar inflated form, I do not see what
should prevent them from absorbing the water from the soil in case
the plant needed it.

Referring to this description of the root, the , structure of the
haustorium itself will be more easily understood. With Gerardia,
the body of the root from which the haustorium grows, contributes
a much greater share to the bulk of the haustorium than with Cotnan-
dra. We can see from Figs. 5 and 7 that a considerable portion of
the upper half of the haustorium really belongs to the root proper.
In Fig. 5, representing a longitudinal section of a hazel-root that
bears a haustorium in the manner illustrated by Fig. 3, the vascular
cells of the Gerardia root,//, appear cut across, for it had grown at
right angles with the foster-root. In Fig. 7 the vessels of the Gerar-
dia root, pi, are viewed longitudinally, Gerardia and hazel-roots
lying in the same plane.

"I'he epidermoidal layer of the haustorium is continuous with that
of its root (Figs 5 and 7, ep^, and the epidermis, e, is also met with
on the haustorium. It is found especially well preserved in the
angles at which the haustorium and the foster-root meet (Figs. 5 and
7 . e). In and near these places the epidermis-cells have so multiplied
as to form several irregular layers; no doubt, they help the Gerardia
to get a better hold of its host.

The portion of the haustorium-bark underneath the epidermis,
i>k-i is likewise a continuation of the root-bark. The parenchyma
cells near the epidermis are larger than those nearer the centre; the
former contain much larger starch-grains. The endodermis of the
root is also continued in the upper part of the haustorium ; in fig.

it is indicated by a dotted line, en. The sclerenchyma-cells are
of the same structure and similarly arranged in both root and haust-
orium ; they are, as a rule, more numerous in old haustoria. 1 he
cortical portion does not penetrate into the foster-root, but ends at
its surface.

From the central wood-cylinder of the root very numerous vessels,
surrounded by a zone of cambium, spread downward like an umbrella,
out in a solid mass. Figs. 5 and 7, vs. Before they reach the middle
of the haustorium most of them end abruptly, anastomosing, ow-
^ver, by means of short connecting vessels. Many of these vessels
continue their course, singly, through the lower part of the haustorium
to its apex, until they reach the wood tissue of the foster-root (f >gs.
5 . 6, 7 and 8). They consist of comparatively short link.s, the ends
of which are laterally connected, and are transformed into continu-
ous passages in the usual manner, by the absorption of their septa.

These vascular fibres are accompanied, in their lower course, with
elongated, active cells, ac, which constitute the menstematic tissue

112

within which the growth of the apex takes place. In the central part
of every haiistorium, just below the solid mass of descending vessels,
there is a layer of considerable thickness which, except at its centre,
is formed of regular rows of oblong cells that are flattened contrary
to the vertical axis ot the haustorium. The centre of this layer con-
sists of rounded, irregularly arranged cells (Figs. 5 and 7). All the
cells of this central portion contain a turbid, granular protoplasma, so
that after staining with carmine they become quite conspicuous.

The contact of the tissues of the parasite with those of the foster-
root is similar to that which we observed in Cotnandra. I satisfied
myself that there is a perfectly open communication between them.
The meristematic, active cells enter the vessels of the foster-root
bodily after the walls of the latter have been partly absorbed, Figs.
10 and II. Some vessels are formed in the haustorium, at the side
of a vessel of the foster-root, and then the side-wall of the latter and
the end walls of the former are absorbed. Fig. 13; or they meet end
to end, and then they simply form one passage after the absorption
of the end-walls. Fig. 9.

But more interesting and more important thans all these facts I
consider the following observation that I wish to record on this occa-
sion.

In ever so many haustoria of G. quercifolia and, in a still more
exquisite manner, of G. flava, I found almost all their vascular cells
connected with those of the foster-root in such a way, that communi-
cation was open between the parasite and the stem of the foster-plant,
while communication between parasite and peripheral ends of the
foster-rw/ was entirely cut off. In Fig. 5 the right-hand side of the
foster-root, at k/, if not cut off, would lead to the main root, and that
to the stem. We observe that the tissues at the left, toward the root
end were absorbed and replaced by the apex of the haustorium and
that none of the entering vascular fibres turns that way. In Fig. 7
the left hand side points towards the stem. The process beg^im in
these two cases has been completed in the one illustrated by Fig. 8.
The apex of the haustorium gradually worked its way deeper and
deeper into the hazel-root, while its tissues kept turning steadily m
one direction: toward the stem, away from the root-end, until finally
the latter was cut off completely and the haustorium took its place.
The progress of this process may be seen in its various stages by ex-
amining some typical forms of the Gerardia haustorium, as illustrated
by Figs. I, 3, 2 and 4.

I have some slides with sections taken from G. flava which show
the tendency of the apex to turn away from the root-ends m a
remarkably clear manner. That portion of the apex which would
correspond to the portion lying to the right of the point x, in ^ig- 7 »
or to the left of a: in Fig. 5 (/. e. toward the root-end), is separam
from the tissues of the foster-plant, for the outermost cells of th^
part of the haustorium have their outer walls lignified, as shown ny
the indol and other reactions. At the same time, the adjacent ce s
of the foster-root are found to be in a state of partial
while on the opposite side the connection between parasite an
is perfect, as shown by Figs. lo and it which were drawn from o
of these slides.

I said above that haustoria are very frequently found attached
to the roots of Gerardia itself. Such haustoria have either the shape
of those already described (Figs. 1-4), or they are mere cylindrical
branches growing at right angles fro)n some Gerardia rootlet into
another contiguous one. But, instead of single threads of vascular
cells as described above, all these haustoria have solid, massive cylin-
ders of vessels connecting the root from which, with the root which
they grow. In these haustoria I could not detect the remarkable
tendency of the apical tissues to meet the descending sap-current of
the foster-plant, the vessels are generally inserted at right angles with
the wood cylinder of the Gerardia root.

In some Gerardia rootlets infested with haustoria I found the
vessels in the immediate vicinity of the haustorium apex filled with
those hernioid protrusions which were observed by some histologists*
growing in vessels surrounded by very active cells. The walls of
these active cells will bulge out through the pits of a vessel into its
cavity; then they will grow considerably, forming globular cells, and
will eventually close up the vessel entirely. In the sections that I
have examined the walls of these hernioid cells seem to be lignified;
at least, they appear of the same color as the vessels enclosing them
after staining the sections with alum carmine and aniline green.

If I had found these “ puzzling ”f hernioid protrusions near all,
or at least near very many of the haustoria examined, I should not
hesitate to consider them as a contrivance to defend the Gerardia
against the senseless depredations of its own haustoria. '

I abstain, for the present, from drawing the conclusions in refer-
ence to the nature of parasitism in general, which are most forcibly
suggested by the above premises.^ Besides, if these observations
should prove correct, they might contribute, to a certain extent, to
the solution of another much discussed, and still undecided,§ physio-
ogical question — the question about the functions which the tracheary
tissues perform in the transmission of the various fluids necessary to
the life of plants.

We have seen that in the parasites examined thus far the channels
or cavities of the vessels are in close, open connection with the cell-
cavities of the foster-root. Shall we still assume that it is only air
which passes within these united channels 1 And must we still sup-
pose that the water in plants travels within the substance of the walls
of these vessels, and not within their cavities ?

Hoboken, August, 1884.

‘DeBary, Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 594 (“Thyllen”); J. C. Arthur in Ch.

Bessey, Botany, p. 30.

fBessey, 1. c.

g- it is very doubtful whether the following assertion, found in Sachs
(Lehrbuch, 4th ed., p. 690, foot-note) will hold good: “ Parasites containing much

chlorophyl, like the Loranthacece, are able themselves to a.ssimilate, consequently
t cy need to take only water and mineral substances from their foster-plants.

Haberlandt, Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie (1884), p. 2og: ‘‘The physi-

® ngical nature of the vessels and tracheids has been discus.sed very frequently, still
>s question has not yet been definitively solved.”

114

Explanation of Plate xlvi. — Figs, i, 2, 3, 4. Haustoria on hazel-root
about X 8, (see text). Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of haustorium and hazel-root
of the same form and arrangement as those of Fig. 3. e, epidermis; ep, epider-
moidal layer; hk, bark (parenchyma and sclerenchyma cells); C7ti, cambium; pi,
central wood cylinder of Gerardia-rooi cut across; ac, meristematic tissue; b, epi-
dermis and bark of hazel-root; c. capbium; w, wood tissue; G, portion of the haust-
orial apex that has worked its way around the wood-cylinder of the foster-root to
its lower side (cf. Fig. 3); D, large pitted duct of Corylus with entering vessels of
Gerardia', x 45. — Fig. 6. Cross-section of both Corylus and Gerat'dia-rooXs. As
the tissues of the haustorium appear in the same way as in Fig. 5> ihe outlines only
are given, en, endodermis; c, b, w, same as in Fig. 5, x 25. — Fig. 7. Longitu-
dinal section of both Corylus and Ger-ardia-xooX^. Letters as in P'ig. 5, x 45.— Fig.
8. Section of a haustorium occupying the end of a rootlet, as illustrated in Fig. 2,
X45. — Fig. 9. The duct D, P'lg. 5, magnified X460. i, large vessel of Gerardia
cut across, showing perforated septum; 2, 3, 4, 5, smaller vessels communicating
with I and opening into the large Corylus-AncX-, the vessel 4 shows remnants of its
absorbed end wall and (below the rim) of a septum, also the scalarlform thickening
of its farther wall. — Figs. 10 and ii. Wood-cells of an unknown root attacked and
entered by some haustorium cells of Getardia Jlava, x 500. — Fig. 12. Tangential
section of hazel-root with medullary ray cut across, and with large duct d; v, cells
of haustorium, x 135. — Fig. 13. Duct d, of Fig. 12, magnified x 460, to show the
vessels of Geratdia, v, opening into the duct, and the cells i and 2 disintegrating
its end wall.

All the powers given above refer to the original drawings, which, in the plate,
appear reduced to one-half their size.

Kansas Fungi.*

By J. B. Ellis and W. A. Kellerman.

zEcidium .^Zsculi. — H ypophyllous, on pale yellowish, slightly
thickened spots, 4-6““ in diameter. yEcidia orange-yeiiow, 30-75
on each spot, generally with a vacant space in the centre, hemi-
spheric and closed at first, about 200/i in diameter, at length opening
above and becoming short cylindric, with an irregularly lacerated
margin; spores orange-colored, irregularly globose (19-25/^) with
coarse granular contents; the component cells of the secidia subhex-
agonal or oblong, and faintly striate, the striae extending more or less
perfectly entirely across.

On leaves of ^sculus glabra. May. No. 526.

-(Ecidium Verbenicola. — ^I cidia hypophyllous, clustered, 37^5
together, 200-250/t in diameter, orange-red within, covered outside
with a granular, semitransparent coat like grains of sugar; margin of
secidia white, recurved and sublacerate-dentate; component cells sum
hexagonal (19-25/^), or elongated (30-35x20-25)^), surface marked
with flexuous ridges and tubercles; spores globose, elongated or sub-
angular by compression, 19-25/r, orange. 4 ’he corresponding spots
on the upper surface of the leaves are at first pale yellow but become
purplish black.

On leaves of Verbena urticifolia (No. 532) and V.stricta (No. S49-)
June. Possibly not distinct from ^c. Verbence, Speg., but differs wit
constantly clustered secidia with recurved margin, and in net being
hemispheric at first.

^ciDiUM Ceanothi. — ^ icidia hemispheric, closed at first, bu

* The species here described were collected by Dr. W. A. Kellerman in
vicinity of Manhattan, Kansas, from May to September, 1884.

115

finally open, with an erect, subentire margin, in diameter,

whitening out; component cells with a more or less distinct striate
margin; spores subglobose, about 20/i in diameter, orange. The
portion of the leaf occupied by the fungus, generally a small marginal
area .75-.5““' in diameter, is slightly thickened.

Phyllosticta Cornuti. — Perithecia minute (7o/<), black, thickly
scattered on indistinct brownish spots (2-3“"’ ) nearly round or lini'
ited by the veinlets of the leaf, subangular and of irregular outline
and more or less confluent; spores oblong-cylindric, about 3x1/^.

On withered or dead leaves of Asclepias Cornuti. Aug. No. 620.

Phyllosticta verbascicola. — On large, brown, rather indefin-
itely limited spots, across, or, by confluence, 2-4''"’‘, occupying

large irregular areas of the leaf. Perithecia buried in the substance
of the leaf, 100— 150/U in diameter and filled with abundant subhyaline
or brownish tinted, oblong-elliptical spores, mostly 3.5-4X1. 5-2/1,
with a few darker and larger.

On leaves of Verbascutti TJiapsus. July. No. 587.

P. Verbasci, Sacc., is on small bleached spots and has spores
6x3/1, slightly constricted in the middle.

Septoria Leptostachya. — Perithecia amphigenous, punctiform
minute, black, scattered on pale brown spots 2-4“™' in diameter,
limited in part by the veinlets of the leaf, and without any very dis-
tinct raised border; spores filiform, slightly undulate-curved (nu-
cleate ?) 20-2 2/1 by about i/<, or rather less.

Ox\\ea.vQsoi Phryma Leptostachya. Ohio. June, 1883. No. 344.

Septoria Cephalanthi. — On round, red-brown spots (1.5-3 )

with a narrow, slightly raised border. Perithecia minute (130-120/1)
mostly collected in a cluster in the centre of the spots; spores abun-
dant, fusiform, brownish, continuous, nearly straight, 12-20x1/1.
This can hardly be S. verruciformis., B. & C., which is on branches
of Cephalanthus .

On leaves of C. occidentalis. Aug. No. 602.

Septoria Stenosiphonis. — Spots red-brown 1-2™™', or, by con-
fluence, 2-4"'"’- across, either remaining brown or whitening out m
the centre, the whitened part being surrounded by an indistinct nar-
row border, which is included in the limits of the brown spot, pen
thecia visible on both- sides of the leaf, mostly collected m the centre
of the spots, brownish black, subglobose (90/1); spores filiform, yel-
lowish or nearly hyaline, but slightly curved, 18-30x1/1.

On Stenosiphon virgatus. July. No. 578,

Closely allied to A. (Enothera, West., but spots smaller, spores
shorter and narrower and perithecia less numerous.

IsARiA xylarioides. — Stems fasciculate, about i' high and 1
thick, brown, dusted with yellow powder below and bearing above a
white, oblong head, composed of loosely branching hyph® beanng
abundant globose or ovate hyaline conidia, 2-2.5"‘'"‘ in diameter. 1 he
whole somewhat resembles an imperfectly developed Xylarta, w ic
perhaps it is. , , , .,

On dead wood. June. No. 554. Sent also from Bethlehem, I a.,
August, 1884, by Mr. E. A. Rau.

Cercospora Isanthi. — On round (i™"*") white spots, with a nar-

116

row raised border, hyphas tufted (25-30x4/1), crooked and subden-
tate above, continuous, brown; conidia clavate-cylindric, multisep-
tate, 75-100x3-4//. The spots are at first purplish, with a purple
shaded border but soon whiten out.

On leaves of Isanthus. Manhattan, Ks. Aug. No. 610.

Cercospora tuberosa. — Hypophyllous, on spots (.75-5'’”') at
first gray and imperfectly defined, but at length dirty brown and of
irregular outline, angular, elongated and partly limited by the vein-
lets of the leaf, hyphse arising from a small tubercular base, nearly
straight and more or less toothed above, septate, brown, 35-45x4//;
conidia subcylindric, slightly tapering downwards, subfuscous, 5-10-
septate, 80-110x3.5-4//.

The spots are darker and more distinctly defined on the upper
side of the leaf. This differs from the preceding chiefly in the char-
acter of the spots.

On leaves of Apios tuberosa. No. 613.

Cercospora oculata. — Mostly epiphyllous, on dirty brown spots
( 25-750111.)^ with a definite, slightly raised, narrow, darker border;
hyphse caespitose, short (25-30x4//) obtuse, simple, brown, continuous,
entire or slightly denticulate and obtuse above; conidia at first oblong
and i-septate, 20-30// long, at length attenuated below and becoming
30-60x3-4// and faintly 3-septate.

The spots are often concentrically wrinkled and sometimes con-
fluent, forming patches 2-3“™- across. This differs from C. Vernoni^,
E. & K., in the different character of the spots, as well as'in its shorter
and less distinctly septate conidia.

On leaves of Vernonia Baldwinia. July. No. 574.

Cerocospora Teucrii. — Epiphyllous, on brown (mostly 1-2™“)
spots which soon become dirty white, with dark or purple shaded
border; hyphae tufted, brown, crooked and sub-denticulate above,
75-120x3-4//, faintly septate.

On leaves of Teucrium Canadense. Aug. No. 457.

Notes on Corema Conradii.

In July, 1879 I found Corema Conradii growing quite abundantly
at Grand Lake, Nova Scotia. It was limited, however, to a bare
promontory on the eastern shore of the lake, and was associated with
Myrica Gale.

Elizabeth G. Knight.

— ^ To Mr. Redfield’s interesting and comprehensive list of

localities of Corema Conradii, in the last number of the Bulletin, I
have one addition to make. On the summit of Blue Mountain, ju^
back of Camden, Maine, perhaps eight hundred feet in height, and
within a half hour’s climb from the village, I have found several
patches of this interesting species. The dates of flowering are noted
in my herbarium as May i8th, 1859, and May 2nd, i86o.

Washington, D. C. J. W. Chickering.

Prof. Fowler, of Kingston, Ontario, has found Corema Con-
radii abundant in a spbagnous bog near St. John, New Brunswick-
I have seen it also at Aylesford, Nova Scotia, growing on a sandy plain

117

among scattered pines. This station was visited by Prof. Macoun
and Dr. Burgess in 1883, and described in a late number of the
Botanical Gazette. It is not far from Dr. Howe’s station at Wilmot,
in the adjoining county. Other localities will probably be found in
the western ])art of Nova Scotia.

Presque Isle, Me. J. Vroom.

With regard to Mr. Redfield’s most interesting paper on

Corenia^ I would note that there seems to be no doubt that Mr. S.
\V. Conrad did collect the plant at “ Pemberton’s Mills, about twelve
miles from Burlington, N. J.,” for a specimen so ticketed is in the
Torrey Herbarium.

• N. L. Bkitton.

Besides the localities of Corema Conradii, Torrey, re-
corded by Mr. Redfield in the September number of the Bulle-
tin, I can state that the plant grows in great abundance on
the island of Nantucket, Mass., where I have known it for some
twenty years. There are acres of it, as in Plymouth, occupying the
ground to the exclusion of almost everything else. The plants are
large, with their tops rounded, so that the surface of the bushes looks
like an assemblage of green mounds of a conspicuous and pleasing
regularity. The tops are two and three feet in diameter, all green
and flourishing, but, underneath, the branches, large and small, are
leafless and look very old.

The plants bloom profusely the last of April or early in May, and
the fruit when ripe falls off and covers the ground. Prom the
activity of the ants amongst the little grains I have suspected that
they made some use of them.

The locality most easily reached is on the i?A/’Sconset road, from
one to two miles from the edge of the town.

Springfield, Mass. Maria L. Owen.

Aromatic Leaves in Quercus rubra. — One warm morning early
in August last, while exploring a grove surrounded on all sides by
saltmarshes, in Sea View (Marshfield), my attention was attracted by
a strong, almost hot, perfume. My two companions, coming to the
spot a moment afterwards, noticed it also.

A search by all three failed to reveal anything beneath the leaves
on the ground or above them more fragrant than golden-rod, and
Ihe few stalks of sweet golden-rod grew beyond the limits of this
peculiar fragrance.

The impression produced on our minds was so strong that about
a fortnight afterwards two of us paid another visit to the marsh ex-
pressly to investigate the odor. I fancied that it might prove to be
a hidden plant of Apios tuberosa, as I had, in the meantime, seen
some in bloom, though not within a couple of miles of this place.
Finding, after a thorough search, that there was no Apios tuberosa or
anything else to account for the perfume, and that I lost it when
niore than six or eight feet distant from a certain oak-tree, it occurre

me to smell of the oak-leaves. I found that the fragrance pro-
ceeded from them. I afterwards found another sweet-scented oak

118

on high land, not near the water, and a mile from the first. On a
third visit to the marsh, late on a cool afternoon, I found still another
specimen, though not very near the first.

All the trees seem to be the common red oak {Quercus rubra)\
those in the marsh are not more than ten or twelve feet high, and are
bushes in shape, with branches to the ground. The upland specimen
is a tree twenty-five to thirty feet high. None of the oak-trees about
them has any odor whatever, and, while the latter seem to be com-
paratively free from the attacks of insects, the former are so eaten
that it is difficult to find perfect leaves. The only exceptions to this
are the young red leaves at the ends of the branches; they are all
perfect and have no odor until dried for twenty- four hours, when
they develop it as strongly as the mature green leaves. All lose their
odor when pressed, but retain it for a week or more when simply
dried. The leaves of the upland tree were sweet when last seen,
September 22nd. The others were probably so too, but I did not see
them. I have examined all the oak-trees I have met with since find-
ing the above, but have discovered no more sweet ones. If one is
not attracted by the strong arbutus perfume when passing near the
tree, it seems to be useless to examine it further.

'I'hese trees ap]>ear to reverse the rule with sweet-leaved plants,
which generally have to be crushed or dried to develop their full fra-
grance. For instance, one can walk through a plantation of Day-
berry and hardly perceive any odor, though v/hen crushed or dried
the leaves are very sweet and finally acquire the exact smell of tea.
1 hese oak-leaves, on the contrary, attract the attention of the passer-
by, are not improved by crushing, and, with the exception of the
young leaves mentioned, do not gain more fragrance in drying.

Boston, Oct. 22nd, 1884. Bell F. Hapgood.

Subulariaaquatica.— In September, 1882, I found one specimen
of this rare little plant on the gravelly margin of Fcho Lake, Franco-
nia, and quite out of water. I made a note of it in the Bulletin
for March ’83. I afterwards received several letters from botanists
in regard to the plant, and was told that no record had been printed
of its being found at Echo Lake since Tuckerman’s discovery in
1844. In September ’83 I again visited the station, and was so for-
tunate as to. find several specimens in the same locality, all out of
water and quite small. My information concerning the plant was
derived from Gray’s Manual, which gives its habitat “ margin of
lakes.” I did not therefore search for it under water, and other
botanists who visited the place made the same mistake. But this

year I, with others, have made further investigations, with satisfactory

results. It is found in great quantities on the gravelly bottom of the
lake, in from one to four feet of wmter, and probably at a greater
depth. In this situation it is much more luxuriant, sometimes fmly
9 inches in height, and grows in thick, close mats, twenty to
feet in extent. On consulting Tuckerman’s original article
mans Journal, 2d series, vi., 1848) I find that he there speaks of the
Subularia as submersed, “growing abundantly in about a foot o
water.” In Gray’s Genera, 1848, it is described as “ growing on the

119

gravelly margins of lakes and pools where it is ordinarily covered
with water. Gray’s Manual gives June and July as its flowering sea-
son, but I have never seen it even in bud before August, and I do
not think it is in pod (and therefore in the best state for examination
and identification) before September.

Annie Trumbull Slosson.

Immediate Influence of Crossing or Hybridizing on Fruits and
Seeds — Much writing, though few experiments, has been offered lately
on this subject. Anxious to go, myself, over experiments recorded
in the early part ot the century in relation to sterility in hybrid Ver-
bascums, I crossed Verbascum Blattaria with V. Thapsus the past
summer. I need not go over the precautions taken to prevent the
use of self pollen — every one of experience knows how to make these
precautions absolutely certain in their results. Again, I may note
that the seeds of these two species are very distinct as seen under a
lens. Thapsus has gray seeds, which taper as if they were the ends
of corn-cobs — those of Blattaria are dark brown, and in form as if
they came from the middle portion of an ear of corn. The hybrid
seed-vessel and the hybrid seeds were exactly those of its female
parent, V. Blattaria. I have plants growing, and shall have to wait
another year to know if they are sterile, but that is another question.
But as we know that there is an immediate effect on the seed in cross-
ing in Indian corn, the Verbascwn experiment simply shows one more
case where there is none.

Thomas Meehan.

Teratological. — I have seen, this year, a common cooking-bean
with three cotyledons ; also, within a few days, a horsechestnut
bur containing three perfect seeds.

W. W. Bailey.

Rudbeckia. — I see by Dr. Gray’s Synopsis, just received, that
what I figured as Rudbeckia fulgida in my Flowers and Ferns he re-
gards as R. speciosa. What I have said about R. fulgida in my note
on page 94 of the Bulletin refers to his speciosa.

Thomas Meehan.

Synspermy in the Horsechestnut. — After sending a note lately
upon a three-seeded horsechestnut, I found those with two seeds so
common as to be unworthy of mention. So perhaps is the case I
cited. Now, however, I can record a greater rarity, viz , a com-
plete union of two seeds into one, the attachment being at the hilum.
As I wish to preserve the specimen, I have not dissevered the parts
to ascertain whether the union is by more than the integuments, but
It looks as if it were. Under Synspermy, Dr. M. T. Masters, in a foot-
note, gives the case of ^sculus Hippocastanum, but considers the
phenomenon unusual.

Providence, R. I. W. W. Bailey.

Rote on the May-Apple. Prof. T. C. Porter kindly sends me a

u^Py of the Botanical Gazette, 1877, No. 9, describing essentially the

120

same variations of growth shown in Fig. 9 of my notes (Bulletin,
p. 63). The figure of his aphyllous form would indicate an abortion
of the leaves, there being a distinction made between stem and
peduncle in the figure. In my specimen this was not so. The
various forms were not accounted for by abortion of leaves — the oc-
currence of three-leaved forms would preclude that — but by the
flower not being preceded by the same number of leaves, these vary-
ing from 3 to o. Perhaps Prof. Porter’s aphyllous form indicates
that the leaves were potenlially present.

Aug. F. Foerste.

Prolification in Phleum. — While driving in New Hampshire early
in October I found a curious proliferous specimen of Phleum pratense.
The spike was fully an inch thick, with tufts of spreading green leaves.
A week later, in Massachusetts, I found a second specimen, with the
same development, and a few days afterwards, in Connecticut, still
another.

Annie Trumbull Slosson.

Note on Sphaerella polystigma, E. & E. (Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club Vol. x., p. 127.) — This species has also been found at Newfield,
N. J., on fallen leaves of Quercus coccinea, and a recent examination
of these specimens, which were collected in the summer of 1883, shows
that the endochrome of the sporidia becomes at length divided close
to the narrow end of the spore, forming a pseudo-septum. Ihis
character was not noticed in the fresh specimens, but possibly may
have been overlooked, though it is not by any means unusual for
spores which are at first continuous to finally become septate, and
especially so in those which are at first nucleate; so that two nuclei
indicate the probable appearance of a septum; three nuclei of two
septa; four, of three, and so on; a single septum appearing between
the adjacent nuclei ; and this fact is not to be lost sight of m
estimating the value of genera founded on the septation of the spores.

The measurement of the sporidia (10-13x3.5-4/^) was accident-
ally omitted.

J. B. Ellis.

Wanted. — Any one having a perfect copy of Michaux’s Sylva
may hear of a purchaser upon stating terms to the editor of the
Bulletin.

Errata.— In Dr. Britton’s article, in the August number of the
Bulletin, the following errata occur, and should be corrected as
follows:

Under for “ spikelets 15 lines wide ” read i -5

line wide.” Under Cyperus ariiculaiusP' spikelets T-15 inches Jong
read “ 1-1.5 inch long,” and for “ showing ” read “ formipg*
page 86, bottom line, and on page 87, line 20, read Nees for Rees.

On page 98, line 21, for “mode” read “made,” and in line 34
for 1885 read 1884; on page 100, lines 30 and 31, the phrase
ning with “ but ” and ending with Empetrum ” should be enc ose
in parenthesis. On page 105, line 4 from bottom, for 1857 read i 837 -

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XLl New York, Nov. and Dec., 1884. [No. II & 12.

Kansas Fungi.*

By J. B. Ellis and W. A. Kellerman.

Cercospora Apocyni. — Amphigenous, on small (i-s™*” ) brown
spots with a narrow raised border; often occupying only a small
1^1 mm.) circular area on the brown spots, or sometimes several small
white patches of conidia on the same spot; hyphae very short, 16-20
X 2.5/Y, tufted, hyaline, simple, entire; conidia narrow-cylindric,
45-60 X 2.5JW, granular and becoming faintly 3-4-septate.

The spots are at first purplish brown, with a purplish border, but
become rusty brown except where whitened by the conidia. On leaves
of Apocynum. Aug. No. 601.

Cercospora Desmodii. — On reddish brown, roundish or irregularly
shaped and rather indefinitely limited spots 2-3““' in diameter;
hyphae mostly hypophyllous, 70-80 x 3-4/^, brown, 1-3-septate, undu-
late or often abruptly bent above, rising in loose spreading tufts of
6-8 from a minute tubercular base; conidia oblong-cylindric and
nucleate, becoming clavate-cylindric and mostly 3-septate, 30-50 x
3 - 5 - 4 /^.

The spots become more or less confluent and the leaf assumes a
reddish brown hue. On D. acuminatum. July. No. 585.

Cercospora Cephalanthi. — On orbicular (1-4“"’ ) red-brown
spots with a narrow, dark, raised border; hyphae mostly epiphyllous,
tufted, brown, continuous or faintly septate 24-30 x 3-4/^, at length
elongated (40-56/^) and crooked or undulate above; conida (mature?)
subfuscous, oblong-cylindric, 20-30 x 3-4/^, 1-3-septate.

The tufts of hyphae are very minute and meagre and are seen with
difficulty. The conidia, are not abundant. On leaves of C, occi-
dentalis. July. No. 582.

Cercospora Gymnocladi. — M ostly epiphyllous on suborbicular,
gfayish brown spots (3-4™“ ) with a discolored border; hyph® in
luinute punctiform tufts, simple, continuous, brown, 18-25 x 4/1;
conidia clavate-cylindric, brown, 3— 6-septate, 45~6o x 5-6/^, but often
wanting the narrow base, and much shorter (25-35/^), 2-3'Septate and
occasionally constricted at the septa.

On leaves of Gymnocladus Canadensis, July. No. 57^-

Cercospora Pentstemonis. — Amphigenous, on orbicular
purplish brown spots (whitening out), with a narrow raised
border surrounded by a purplish discoloration; hyphse brown, con-
finuous, nearly straight, subattenuated and more or less denticulate
above, 25-35 x 3//, forming dark tufts 70-80// across and thickly

Continued from page 116.

122

scattered over the spots; conidia brownish, swollen or enlarged above,

2- 2.5/i thick, and,with the slender filiform base, 40-75/^ long, nucleate,
becoming faintly 1-3-septate.

Many of the conidia lacking the slender base are much shorter
(20-25JU). On leaves of Penistemon Cobcea (No. 546) and P. grandi-
flora (cult.) No. 566. June.

Cercospora chionea. — Amphigenous but mostly epiphyllous,
on large (.5-1®“', or, by confluence, 3-4*’™) dark reddish brown spots
with a brown, yellow-shaded, but not raised, border; hyphae densely
tufted, subhyaline, mostly 18-30 x 4-5/^, but often elongated to 35 or
^of-i and then somewhat undulate or crooked above; conidia vermi-
form or clavate-cylindric, 54-90 x 4-5 ju and 3-8-septate.

The conidia are very abundant and appear to the naked eye like
a sprinkling of white powder on the brown spots. Different through-
out from C. cercidicola, Ell. On leaves of Cercis Canadensis. July.
No. 580.

Cercospora murina. — Hypophyllous, enlarge (.5-1““), roundish,
indefinitely limited, dirty brown spots (dirty white above); hyph«
effused, mouse-colored, branched, septate, clear fuscous brown,
75-100 X 3-4/^; conidia oblong or oblong-cylindric, 3-septate, brown-
ish, sometimes slightly constricted at the septa, 25-35 x 4-5/^-

Looks like a fine mouse-colored down overrunning spots previ-
ously occupied (.?) by another Cercospora (C. gra?iuliformis, E. & H.)

Cercospora velutina. — Amphigenous; hyphae pale olivaceous,
simple, continuous, more or less bent and toothed above, forming a
dense velvety growth over the surface of little dark-colored tuber-
cular swellings i™™- or less in diameter, which are collected in groups
or irregularly scattered over the surface of the leaf; conidia pale
olive-brown, subequal or attenuated above, curved, sparingly septate
75-100 X 3//.

On leaves of Baptism. Aug. No. 622.

Ramularia GrindelIjE.-— Amphigenous, erumpent, punctiform;
hyphae densely tufted, simply hyaline, straight, 18—25 x 3-4^^; conidia
cylindric, straight or slighffy curved, hyaline, i— 2-septate, 20-40 x

3- 4/(.

The tufts of hyphae (150-200/^ in diameter) are collected in
little groups forming rusty yellow specks thickly scattered over both
sides of the leaf and finally whitening out.

This might be referred to Cercospora from its habit and mode of
growth, but the conidia and hyaline hyphae are those of Ramularia.
On leaves of Grindelia squarrosa. Aug. No. 616.

SpHiERELLA DECIDUA. — Perithccia visible on both sides of the
leaf, of coarse cellular structure, depressed-globose, loo/^ in diam.,
asci oblong, sessile, 50 x i5;u; sporidia crowded or biseriate, oblong
or oblong-pyriform, uniseptate and constricted, mostly a little curved,
12-11 x 4-5/t; perithecia in small (1-1.5"““ ) round, dull white, trans-
lucent spots with a narrow raised border; spots on dead, discolored
parts of the leaf which finally fall out and leave irregular-shaped holes

as if the leaf had been eaten out by insects.

On living leaves oiVernonia. June. No. 556. Also on Scropn^'
larta nodosa (No. 563); spots white and more confluent and mostly
not on dead, but living green parts of the leaf.

12:3

Sph^rella cercidicola. — Perithecia erumpent (loo/^) scattered,
mostly on the upper side of the leaves, at length broadly perforated
above; asci oblong-cylindric, 35 x 5^; sporidia closely packed, over-
lapping and subbiseriate, oblong-pyriform, i-septate, 11-13 ^ 2. 5-3/1,
slightly curved and constricted.

On fallen leaves of Cercis Canadensis. June. No. 550.

SPHiERELLA LactuC/E. — Epiphyllous, on dark brown (2-4/1),
concentrically wrinkled spots with a distinct raised border; perithe-
cia erumpent subglobose (120-150/1), of coarse cellular structure; asci
40-75 X 12-14/1, sessile, oblong; sporidia biseriate, ovate-oblong,
i-septate and constricted at the septum, 14-16 x 5-/1, ends obtuse.

On living leaves of Laduca Canadensis, Aug. No, 619.

The Nectar-Glands of Apios tuberosa.

By Aug. F, Foerste.

The flowers of Apios tuberosa are arranged in dense panicles,
which have the appearance of racemes. At the base of the first main
axis are two small bracts, one of them frequently subtending another
panicle. The main axis of the second panicle has also two bracts at
its base, one of which sometimes subtends a third flower-cluster in an
insignificant rudimentary state. The third flower-cluster rarely, if
ever, develops. The second panicle arises so close to the base of the
first panicle that both seem to spring from the axil of the leaf.

Although but one of the basal bracts usually subtends a panicle, the
other not rarely subtends a minute rudimentary flower-cluster, which
rarely develops its flowers. The main axis of each panicle bears at
short distances the secondary axes or racemes, each of which is sub-
tended by a bract. Each raceme (Fig. i) bears three flowers, all of
them subtended by bracts. Two of the flowers are placed at either
side of each raceme, the third being placed just above the bract sub-
tending the raceme. The bract (Fig. 2 b) of the third flow'er is smaller
than the one subtending the raceme (Fig. 2 c). The three flowers
^*"0 placed at the very base of the short stubby axis of the raceme,
and are inserted at about the same height. The top of this axis
' tg. 2 a) suddenly becomes truncated, and on the flattened surface
t Us produced may be seen the remaining aborted flowers of the
^u.ceme. Under a low power of the miscroscope they appear as so
uiany clusters of lanceolate, ihin scales. These clusters usually
'^flher and fall off a short time before the flowering of the three

124

lower members of the raceme. Their locality, however, is marked by
small rings (Fig. 3) slightly raised above the flat surface formed by the
end of the axis. While the lower flowers of the raceme are in blos-
som the rings representing the points of attachment of the upper
flowers are exuding a kind of honey. It is necessary to mention,
however, that only one or two of these rings seem to yield honey at
the same time. This flows quite freely, and when removed by my
hand was usually replaced in less than two or three minutes. The
honey-glands, being extra floral, seem to take no part in any adapta-
tion for cross fertilization, but they are abundantly visited by ants.
Several plants growing in my garden are almost covered with them.
There are ants going up and down the vines. Every panicle on the
entire plant has one or more insect visitors upon it. Some pani-
cles have seven or eight ants upon them, one to every gland in full
operation. Ants are usually supposed to be beneficial to plants of
this kind by warding off the insect enemies to which they may be
subject. It may be noted in connection with this that my plants are
free from insects before the period of honey secretion, as well as after-
wards; still, any insects trying to get at the flowers during their period
of blossoming would find themselves in rather an uncomfortable

position and would be effectually crawled oi’er by the ants. The
flowers, after anthesis, wither and fall off at a joint between the
flower and pedicel. The pedicel falls of later at a joint next the axis
of the raceme. A very remarkable discovery to me, however, was
the fact that the ends of the panicle, together with the raceme that
belongs to them, never mature. The entire panicle appears perfectly
healthy until a short time before anthesis, then the ends of the panicles
(Fig. 4) suddenly wither and fall off at a clean-cut joint, hence all pesff'
cles in the jlowering state are really truncated. The end of the panicle
shown in Fig. 4 had thirteen racemes upon it, each with its three
flowers and truncated axis; the very summit of the panicle I forgot
to examine. It was a curious sight to see panicle after panicle lose
its end without any special reason for such an operation that I cou
discover. The pedicels of the flowers, in dropping off, leave a circu-
lar scar (Fig. 2 d) similar to those left by the aborted flowers, the
latter are arranged ‘‘ spirally ” on the truncated end of the axis. ^
the specimen figured (Fig. 3) the spiral turned toward the right, an
the sixth pit or ring stood next to the first. I'he first two or three
of these rings are the honey producers. The three developed flowers

125

do not maintain a spiral arrangement similar to the aborted flowers,
but an examination of the plant would readily show that displacement
IS unavoidable. Of the flowers, one of those at the side blossoms
first, then the one on the opposite side, and lastly the one in the

middle. The arrangement of the various flowers has not been suffi-
ciently studied to settle the phyllotactic arrangement of those
on the a«:is of the raceme. How necessary bees are to insure fertili-
zation may be seen from the fact that those clusters which escape the
attention of bees by being too much hidden by the surrounding
foliage, never spring the keel, so that the flowers wither and die with-
out the keel being loosened. (Gray, Struct. Bot. p. 218). Flowers
thus unsprung seem to last longer.*

In connection with this it may be interesting to note that in Tilia
Americana (Fig. 5) Catalpa speciosa (Fig. 6) and Ailanthus glandu-
losus (Fig. 7) the terminal part of the leaf branches falls off, leaving
a clean scar (^r). The branches are continued by buds in the axils
of lower leaves. In Hamamelis Virginica (Figs. 8, 9 and 10) the
leaves fall off in autumn and leave a scar. In the following spring a
plane has been formed just beneath the scar of the former year. At
this plane the leaf-scar of the former year falls off leaving another scar
for the spring time. This singular phenomenon might be called that
of a “ deciduous leaf-scar.” The accompaning drawings will make
unnecessary all further description.

Description OF Figures. — Apios tuberosa. Fig. i. Entire raceme seen from
above. Fig. 2. The same x 5; flowers fallen off, pedicel of middle flower remain-
a, trancated axis of the raceme; b, bract subtending the middle flower; c, bract
^.tending the raceme; d, circular depression left by the pedicel of the flowers.

3 - Truncated axis of raceme x 5, showing attachment of flower-pedicels. Fig.
4 - Deciduous end of the panicle. Fig. 5. Tilia Americana : scar, s c, of leaf-branch.
^*£•6. Catalpa speciosa: scar, 5 r, of leaf-branch. Fig. 7. Ailanthus glandulosus :
^ar, s c, of leaf-branch. Figs. 8 and 9. Hamamelis Virginica; front and side
views of leaf-scar before falling off. Fig. 10. Deciduous leaf scar.

New Grasses.

By George Vasey.

Stipa Scribneri. — Culms 2-3 ft. high, stout, erect; lower leaves
half as long as the culm, smooth, flat below, becoming involute at

, * Note. The following from Prof. Trelease is of interest: " The sort of

^ands you find in Apios are also found in other Leguminosse, e.g. , species of Dolichos
J“^eolus, and Canavalia. I have noticed them in all but the last named genus;
occur in many others.

j ^.^'erences: Trelease, in Comstock’s Report on Cotton Insects, 1879. 325;
piertcan Bee JouraL 1880 xvi 271-2., Figs. 9-10. Delpino, in Atti della K.
^"iversita, Genova, 1880. iv., part i. p. 27.”

12 G

the long acuminate point; upper sheath enclosing the base of the
panicle, which is narrow, erect, and 6-8 inches long, the branches in
twos or threes and appressed; outer glumes unequal, lower one 6-7
lines, upper about 5 lines long, both 3-nerved, acuminate; flowering-
glume 3-5 lines long, hairy, hairs longer above, and at the apex form-
ing a white crown a line or more long; awn rather slender, 8-9 lines
long, not hairy; stipe short, very acute, pubescent; palet less than a
line long, obtuse and adherent to the grain.

Differs from 6'. viridula particularly in the unequal glumes, the
hairy crowned flowering-glumes, the more slender awn, and the very
short palet.

Collected on dry hill-sides at Sante Fe, New Mexico,
j h ESTUCA coNFiNis. — Culms about 3 ft. high, rather rigid, smooth,
radical leaves half as long as the culm, those of the culm 2 or 3, the
sheatli loose and shorter than the internodes, blade flat, 6 inches long,
3 lines wide, ligule short, scarious, obtuse; panicle 4-5 inches long,
strict; branches in twos or threes, unequal, erect, the longest twice as
long as the internodes, subdivided below the middle, rhachis and
branches nearly smooth; spikelet oblong, 3- to 5 -flowered, the outer
glumes ovate-lanceolate, thin, smooth, i-nerved, the upper one about
3 lines long, the lower a little shorter; flowering-glumes about 3 lines
prominently 3-nerved, scabrous, rather rigid, rounded on the
back, acutish to very acute, but not awned; palet about equaling its
glume, scabrous-ciliate on the keels, adherent to the grain.

This differs from Poa chiefly in the rigidity of the culms and the
thicker, harsher, more rounded flowering-glumes.

Collected at Pen Gulch, Colorado, altitude 8,000 ft.

Rlymus Saundersii. — Culms tufted, 2-3 ft. high, slender but
firm, smooth; radical leaves involute-setaceous, about half as long as
the culm, culm-leaves about 3, the sheaths smooth, the upper one
long, the blade rigid, 5-6 inches long, finely scabrous, becorning
involute, ligule obsolete; panicle 5-7 inches long, rather cylindrical
and flexible, rhachis with 20 or more joints, which are 3 to 4 lines
apart; spikelets 2- to 4-flowered, generallv in pairs, at least below,
frequently singly above and sometimes throughout; upper glumes
hn^r-lanceolate, 3- to 5-nerved below, with 2 short teeth at the apex,
scabrous on the midnerve and running into a slender scabrous awn
an inch or more in length; flowering-glumes lanceolate, 5-nerved,
finely scabrous, 2-toothed at apex, 5 lines long to the awn, which is
slender and i to 1.5 inch long; palet wide and flat, nearly as long
as Its glume, bifid, scabrous on the 2 sharply flexed keels. The whole
spike generally of a purple color.

One of the handsomest species of the genus. Collected at Veta
Pass, Colorado, 9,000 ft. altitude.

On the Existence of a Peculiar Flora on the Kittatinny Mountains
of North-western New Jersey.

By N. L. Britton.

The occurrence of a group of plants which, from preconceived
notions, seem to be out of place in any region, is always of interest to

127

botanists, and especially so to those who enjoy the study of the geo-
graphical distribution of species and its various causes. I can con-
tribute a brief chapter to the literature of this subject with some facts
obtained during two recent expeditions to the Kittatinny (Shawan-
gunk) Mountains of New Jersey and New York, made for the purpose
of more thoroughly elaborating the flora of the former State.

This mountain chain forms a wall of almost constant altitude,
averaging over 1,200 feet in height, along the eastern side of the
valley of the Delaware River, from Port Jervis to the Water Gap,
and excludes many plants of more northern and western range from
the interior portions of New Jersey. Its summits and western slopes
are composed of a coarse or fine, very hard silicious conglomerate or
sandstone, with little soil but that derived from the limited disinteg-
ration of these rocks. While the mountain sides and summits are
extensively glaciated, there is very little glacial drift on the ridge, as
Dr. A. A. Julien has pointed out* for the vicinity of Sara’s Point,
New York, and my observation is that it holds this character through-
out its extent in New Jersey. The soil of the summit and slopes is
cansequently highly silicious.

My first trip was made on August 31st, 1883, to the vicinity of
High Point, Sussex Co., and the following unlooked for plants were
noticed:

/uncus Greenii, Oakes ik Tuckerm., a species previously
known only from sandy soil along or near the coast, was found on the
very top of High Point at an elevation of 1,800 ft. The plants were
somewhat smaller than those growing abundantly at several points
along the Raritan River, the Staten Island, Long Island and New
England coasts, but Dr. Engelraann pronounced them this species,
shortly before his death. Solidago puberula^ Nutt., was very abundant
on the mountains, both here and at Sam’s Point, and constantly
associated with S. bicolor. Before this I had been accustomed to
find it only along and near the coasts and in the sandy plains of the
southern part of the State. Orontium aquaticum., L., grew along
the shore of Lake Nascia, a pond just below the summit.

These plants and the shortly previous discovery by Mr. A. H.
Smith, near Lake Mohunk,f of Corerna Cotiradii, Tort., a plant
whose limited distribution renders its presence there doubly interest-
*^8>.i*iduced me to make special search for other sand-loving species
during my visit to the same region on June 15th of the present year.
As the result of this, Prunus pumila, L., the sand cherry, which grows
on sand bars and islands in the Delaware River, and in similar situa-
fions northward, was found on the summit of the mountains south-
’'vest of High Point, among dry rocks; Tephrosia Pirginiana, Pers.,
^nd Lespedeza hirta. Ell., so abundant in sandy soil southward, in
several places on the western slope; Lupinus perennis, L., and Calyste-

sptthanicBa Pursh, near the summit, and the latter known at present
"om but two other localities in New Jersey, but generally a sand
Punt. The immense quantities of Quercus ilicifohay Wang, (in the

* Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Vol. hi., ined.
f See Bull. Torr. Club, ix.

128

Shawangunks, as in the pine barrens, the most abundant shrub), and
the substitution of Pinus rigida, Mill., the pine barren pine, on the
mountains, for the P. Strobus, L., of the surrounding country, con-
tribute to the list of plants whose natural habitat is low' sandy ground
rather than elevated mountain districts, though the last named may
hardly be regarded as typical of sandy regions.

The reason for these somewhat remarkable occurrences is easily
found in the similarity of the soil on the mountains, in chemical
composition, to that of the plains bordering the coast, this being with
some of these plants evidently more potent than climate, for the average
annual temperature of these mountain districts is seven or more degrees
lower than that of the sea-coast.* This has its effect, however, in
modifying the flora, as seen in the Poientilla tridentata and Pyrus
Americana, DC., of High Point, Siellaria borealis. Bigel., and Haben-
aria viridis, L., var bracteata, Reich., of its slope; Arenaria Grcenlan-
dica, L., and Juncus trifidus, L., of Sam’s Point, with other plants of
northern range.

Notes on South-western Plants. — The appearance of Dr. Gray’s
long-expected work on Compositge calls for changes in the names
under which several of my plants were distributed.

*66;^=Malacothrix sonchoides, T. & G., but the crown is plaimy
about 30-toothed.

*666 [ —S^necio multilobatus, T. & G.

*207,=Trixis angustifolia, DC., var. latiuscula. Gray.

*6‘jo=Senecio Douglasii, DC.

*^S^~Bigelovia Drummondii, Gray. A form of Bigelovia g^ve-
olens, Gray, collected at Casuino, A. T., differs from the description
in having the leaves distinctly rigid.

*780 is not Verbena polystachya, but probably an extreme form of
V. stricta. Vent. It requires further comparison.

The following notes should be published as extending the ranges
of species beyond those credited to them.

Lonicera involucrata. Banks, Mt. Humphreys, A. T.

Galturn Rothrockii, Gray, Mogollon Mts., N. M.

Stevia Plutmneroe, Gray, Mogollon Mts., N. M.

Kuhnia eupatorioides, L., at various places in N. M., and A. T.

Brickellia floribunda. Gray, Burro Mts., N. M.

Aphatiiostephus Arizonicus, Gray, Central N. M.

Erigeron glabellus, Nutt., Mogollon Mts., N. M.

Erigeron flagellaris. Gray, Central Arizona.

Erigeron Rusbyi, Gray, Mogollon Mts. of South-western N. M.,
not of A. T.

Helianthus Maximiliani, Schrader, Central Arizona.

Coreopsis Drummondii, T. & G., Central Arizona.

Schkuhria Hopkirkia, Gray, Western N. M.

Hymenopappus Mexicanus, Gray, Northern Arizona.

Polypteris Hookeriana, Gray, Central N. M.

* See Mr. J. C. Smock in Ann. Rep. State Geologist for 1881.

129

Actinella Bigelovit, Gray, Northern Ariz.

Actinella biennis. Gray, Central Ariz.

Actinella Rusbyi, Gray, Northern Ariz.

Dysodia Cooperi, Gray, Western Ariz.

Hymenatherum polychcetum, Gray, Central N. M.

Artemisia franserioides, Greent, Mogollon Mts., N M,

Artemisia Bigelovii, Gray, Northern Ariz.

Tetradymia glabrata. Gray, Northern Ariz.

Senecto Neo-Mexicanus, Gray, Central N. M.

Senecio tomentosus, Mx., Clifton, South-eastern, A. T.

Senecio Rusbyi, Greene, Central N. M.

Perezia Wrightii, Gray, N. M. and Central Ariz.

Lygodesmia spinosa, Nutt. Northern Ariz.

Lactuca pulchella, HBK, Northern Ariz.

Taraxacum officinale, Weber, Prescott, Ariz.

It may be well to make these notes the text of a few remarks on
the topographical relations of Northern Arizona, as bearing on the
constitution of its flora. The north-eastern portion of the Territory
forms a continuation of the high land of Utah, the plateau terminat-
ing suddenly in a line extending from the western termination of the
Colorado Canon, south-eastward to the south-western portion of New
Mexico. 7 ’his line is very irregular, and exceedingly abrupt, pre-
senting a series of broken precipices, often from i,ooo to 2,000 feet
in height. To the eastward this plateau is pretty intimately connected
with that of New Mexico, the shallow and gradual valley of the Little
Colorado forming an avenue for, rather than a barrier to, an inter-
change of species. With the mountains of South-western New Mexico
a direct connection is found in the forest-belt which skirts the edge
of the plateau, and is known, at least in the north, as the San Fran-
cisco Forest. We should look, then, in Northern Arizona, for the
representatives of four quite distinct floras, and these we actually
find, all of them being represented in the short list given above.
The Mohave Desert is connected by a rather gradual slope with the
north-western section, but this slope at length ends abruptly at the
base of the north-eastern plateau as above described. On this low-
land we find many species characteristic of the South-Californian
deserts. In the list, Dysodia Cooperi, not before reported from East
Colorado River, represents this immigration. The plants of the com-
^ratively low land of Central Arizona, such as Coreopsis Drummondii,
nelianthus Maximiliani and Perezia Wrightii, also encroach, here
in the west, on the northern section, but are elsewhere very effectu-

?^®^bed by the line of cliffs, so that on the plateau above, all the
affinities are with the north, east and south-east. I point in the list
to Lo nicer a involucrata, Artemisia Bigelovii, Tetradymia glabrata,
Lygodesmia spinosa and Erigeron glabellas as well marked illustra-
tions of this southern encroachment, all being now for the first time
reported from south of the Arizona line. The last named has doubt-
ess made its way into New Mexico by way of the elevated forest-belt
referred to. From the plains of New Mexico, Kuhnia eupatorioides
and Bigelovia Drummondii have moved westward, the latter obvi-
ously traveling down the Colorado Chiquito, while that Territory

130

has in return received Aphantostephus Arizotiicus and Schkuhrta Hop-
kirkia. But most marked of all is the interchange of species along
the line of the forest-belt. The resemblance between the flora of the
Mogollones of South-western New Mexico, where the summer of
1 88 1 was chiefly passed, and that of the San Francisco and Mogol-
lones of Arizona, where I staid in 1883, was very striking. Among
the most conspicuous species in the vicinity of Clairmont, N. M.,
were Pentstemon linarioides, Actinella Pusbyi, Hymenopappiis Mexi-
canus and Aster canescens, with Heleniurn Hoopesii at a higher
altitude. About Flagstaff, A. T., the same species abounded, im-
parting a striking similarity to the landscape. Senecio Rusbyi was
also here rediscovered and is probably to be found all the way down
the highland to the New Mexican Mogollones. Cupressus Arizontca
also follows the western side of this highland to Southern Arizona,
but has not yet appeared from New Mexico. It may be added that
those very interesting Mogollon Mountains of New Mexico are also
very intimately connected south-westward with the mountains of
Southern Arizona, from which source they have received Galium
Poihrockit, Stevia Plummer ce^ Primula Rusbyi^ Brickellia flortbunda
and B. oliganthes.

H. H. Rusby.

Notes on New England Marine Algae, IV.— The following species
have not before been reported from New England, and all with the
exception of Ulva marginata, found by Prof. Farlow in algse from
Salt Lake, Utah, are, as far as I know, new t-o the United States.

Mtcrochcete grisea, Thuret, Notes Algologiques, Plate xxx. On an
old pecten shell at West Falmouth, Mass., in company with Calothrix
Crustacea, Thuret. Resembling a small Calothrix, from which it
differs in having no terminal hair, the trichome ending in a rounded
cell instead of a point; known heretofore only on the coast of France.

I am indebted to Dr. E. Bornet for the identification of this plant.

Nodularia litorea (Kiitz.), Thuret. A few filaments among
Lyngbyoe, Ulvce, Calothrix, etc., in marshes at Hampton, N. H., iti
company with N, Harveyana, Thuret; the filaments are about twice
the diameter of those of the latter species. Figured in Notes Algolo-
giques, Plate xxix.

Rhizoclonium {Linum\ Thuret. I have found at Kennebunkport,
Maine, Hampton, N. H., and Nahant, Mass., a plant which agrees
with authentic specimens of this species from Cherbourg, France.
The filaments are from .10 to .12 in diameter, and often much
curled and twisted. It seems quite distinct from the Chcetomorpha
Ltnum of Farlow’s Manual, which is about twice this diameter, and
resembles rather Rhizoclonium tortuosum, which, however, is only half
its size.

ChcEtophora rnaritima, Kjellman, Spetsbergens Thallophyteb
Plate V., Figs. 15 and 16. At Kennebunkport, Maine, I found in an
upper tide-pool, growing in a dense mass of Calothrix scopulorujn,
Oscillarice, etc., a few filaments agreeing with Kjellman s
description and plate. They did not, however, form a definite thal-
lus, and if they belong to this species are probably a reduced form.

131

growing at its extreme southern limit; probably farther north and
east it would be found more fully developed.

Ulva percursa^ Ag., i^Enteromorpha percursa, J, Ag.) Growing
in upper tide-pools at Kennebunkport, Maine, Hampton, N. H., and
Cohasset, Mass., and probably common in tide-pools and marshy
places along the coast. It is undistinguishable by the naked eye
from the various Ulvce and Rhizoclonia found in similar localities,
but is easily recognized on microscopic examination by the frond
composed of two longitudinal series of symmetrical cells. It is figured
in Areschoug, Phycae Scandinavicae Marinae, Part 2, Plate ii. A.

Ulva marginata, Lejolis. i^Enteromorpha marginata, J. Ag.)
Weymouth and Quincy, Mass., growing on woodwork; distinguished
by its dark green, narrow, slightly branched, flattened frond, com-
posed of a few longitudinal series of small, elongated cells, the
marginal series differing somewhat in depth of color from the central.
This is the Ulva referred to in my note in the Bulletin of March,
1884.

Ulva aureola, Ag. {Enteromo?pha aureola, Kiitz.) Growing in
small quantities among Ulvce, Lyngbice, Rhizoclonia, etc., in the
marshes at Hampton, N. H. The cells, which are arranged in longi-
tudinal series, look like a Gtoeocapsa. Figured in Hauck, Die
Meeresalgen Deutschlands, Fig. 190.

Myrionema orbicular e, J. Ag. On Zoster a marina, Kennebunk-
port and Hampton. Differs from the common M, vulgare, Thuret,
by the presence of peculiar, saccate, hair-like growths, in addition to
the usual hairs and paraphyses. Figured in Hauck, Meeresalgen,
P'g- 132. I am indebted to Prof. J. G. Agardh for the identification
of this species, and for valuable assistance in determining various
forms of the Ulvaceae.

Porphyra coccinea, J. Ag. On Desmaresiia aculeata, Lamour., at
Hampton, N. H. A very delicate alga, with a thinner frond and
much smaller cells than any other American Porphyra. I found it
only once, a floating plant of Desmerestia being pretty well covered
with the delicate fronds, which, when lifted out of the water, collapsed
like one of the finer Callithamnions. Figured in Agardh, Till
Algernes Systematik, vi., Plate ii.. Figs. 41-43.

Porphyra miniata, Ag. The Nahant plant which I mentioned in
the Bulletin for May, 1882, under the name of P. leucostica, Thuret,
seems to belong rather to this species. I have since found it at
K-ennebunkport and at Hampton, at both of which places it seems to
be not uncommon in the summer, growing on other alg®, or washed
lip from below low-water mark. The antheridia do not form patches
of any considerable size, but are scattered in groups of a few cells
throughout the frond. This is a characteristic arctic species, and adds
another to the list of extreme northern species that have been found
extending quite a distance south on the American coast. Its occur-
rence in the same locality with Dasya elegans, Ag., is a curious
instance of the meeting of northern and southern forms in Massa-
chusetts Bay. P. miniata is figured in Agardh, Till Algernes Sys-
fematik, vi., Plate ii., Figs. 44-48.

I have received what appears to be the true P. leucosticta from

132

Rev. J. D. King, collected at Cottage City, Mass., and from Mr. S.
R. Morse, collected at Atlantic City, N. J.

Kallymenia reniformis^ Ag. A single specimen, with cystocarpic
fruit, washed ashore at Revere Beach, Mass., April 27th, 1884. In
appearance it much resembles some forms of Rhodymenia palmata,
Grev., but the color is a somewhat different shade of red; the micro-
scopic structure is quite distinct. It is figured in Harvey, Phyco-
logia Britannica, Plate xiii., and has not been previously recorded
as found outside of northern Europe.

Frank S. Collins.

Corema Conradii. — Much may be done towards elucidating the
probable origin and past history of our native plants, by carefully
tracing their local and geographical distribution in the way Mr. John
H. Redfield has done in his interesting paper on Corema Conradn
in the Torrey Bulletin for September, p. 97. As the details given
under the head of “Nova Scotia and Newfoundland ” are meagre,
and Mr. Redfield appeals to botanical brethren in the British Pro-
vinces for further facts, I cannot well resist contributing my mite,
notwithstanding the supplementary records in the October number,
some of which relate to this Province.

In the spring of 1864, soon after my arrival in Nova Scotia, I
found the Corema blooming abundantly on *a bare ridge of quartzite
rock, eleven miles to the north of Halifax city. Wherever there was
a crevice or crack in the rock there were tufts of Corema, with stiff
wiry stems. It was about the only flowering-plant on these barren
rocks. I soon found that the Corema was not rare in the district,
and could discern it in heath-like tufts on the bare rocky hills from
the railway cars, in many places. The auriferous quartzite rocks to
which I refer stretch along the Atlantic coast district of Nova Scotia
throughout nearly its whole extent. Wherever they are bare enough
to resist more leafy plants, Corema is apt to be found. It is usually
associated with V iccitua, Cortius Canadensis Gaultheria procumbens,
Polypodtum vulgare, and, less frequently, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.
On level ground, where the soil is very poor, consisting of gravel or
sand, the Corema also occurs, not only in our Atlantic Coast district,
but in other parts of the Province; in such situations it does not
grow in distinct tufts, but becomes more gregarious, exclusively occu-
pying large areas, and is usually much dwarfed in growth, the stems
being often only a very few inches high. I shall endeavor next sum-
rner, by aid of my students and correspondents, to trace the distribu-
tion of Corema throughout this Province with more exactness.

In Nova Scotia the Coretna has been so often mistaken for Scotch
heather {Callund) that I have frequently wished it were less abund-
ant. Compared with Corema, Empetrum nigrum is, with us, compar*
atively rare.

Dalhousie College and University, Halifax. George Lawson.

Big grape"vines. — In the Bulletin for February, 1882, I gave a
statement of a grape-vine I had visited and measured at Baisden s
Bluff near Darien, Ga. There were two errors in the account, which

133

may as well be corrected here, so as to have it accurate. The types
made me say “just in leaf,” instead of “ not in leaf,” and also that
the measurement was made at “eight feet from ground ” instead of
one foot.” I stated that it being not in leaf (I visited it early in
March) I had no means of ascertaining the species, but judged from
the appearance of the trunk it was cestivalis. I obtained leaves dur-
ing the past summer from a friend, and verified the fact of its being
that species.

But my object in this communication is to place on record the
measurement of another and larger vine, probably the largest wild
grape-vine known.

During the past summer, by appointment of our State Commissioner
of Agriculture, I had charge of the collections in the botanical depart-
ment of our State exhibits for the New Orleans Exposition, inelud-
ing specimens of our native woods, grasses, etc. Having heard of a
famous grape-vine in the lower part of the State, near the old Sheldon
Church in Beaufort Co., I endeavored to procure a section of the
trunk for the Exposition. The owner of the grounds, Mr. H. M,
Fuller, was unwilling to cut it down, but gav^e the measurement as
follows (I quote from his letter); “ At ground 59.5 inches circumfer-
ence; at two and a half feet from ground, where it divides into two
branches, 57.5 inches in circumference.”

If Mr. Fuller is correct in his measurement (and I have no reason
to believe otherwise) this gives a diameter of nearly 20 inches, and
the vine is probably the largest on record.

I have requested a leaf to be sent to me, to ascertain the species,
but have not received it, and I fear it is now too late in the season.
Aiken, S. C. . H. W. Ravenel.

Bouteloua gracilis.— Two American botanists whose writings are
frequently quoted have employed this name, Bouteloua gracilis,
in their published works and in both instances there has been
n double error committed. In order that these errors may not
be repeated in future works, I desire to call attenion to them and
point out the correction. I may say that in both cases the grasses
described under this name are referred to it with a query. “ Boute-
loua gracilis, Hook.?”, Vasey, in the Botany of Wheeler’s Report,
page 287, is Bouteloua aristidoides, Thurb. {Dinebra aristidoides, HB
R., Eutriana aristidoides, Kth.) A South American species was pub-
lished by J. D. Hooker (Acta Lin. Soc., xx., 173,) under the name of
Eutriana gracilis, but no such species appeared by that author under
Eouleloua.

Bouteloua gracilis, HBK ?,” Chapman, in Southern Flora,
Suppl. p. 663, is Bouteloua hirsuta. Lag. The species intended by
Hr. Chapman was, I doubt not, Chondrosium gracile of Humbold,
Fonpland and Kunth, to which the Florida specimens have some
resemblance. These authors published no species under Bouteloua.

F. Lamson Scribner.

Droseraceae and Orchidaceae of Spruce Pond, N. Y. — Returning
home on the 7th of July, 1884, from a botanical trip to New York,
Staten and Long Islands, I heard on my arrival at Middletown, N. Y.,

134

that Drosera rotundifolia, L., grew in abundance at Spruce Pond,
near Southfields, a station on the Erie R. R. 25 miles east of that
city. Although the time I had allotted myself for a vacation was
spent, the opportunity was not to be missed, and leaving the cars I
took the next returning train for Southfields. Arriving there in com-
pany with the son of my informant, the self-educated and genial
botanist Isaac P. Madden, we learned that the pond lay up on the
mountain about two miles south-east of the station. After a pleasant
walk down the valley of the Ramapo, and a “ directly heavenward ”
climb of nearly three-quarters of a mile, we reached the pond, a beau-
tiful sheet of water about ten acres in extent, situated, I judge, 900
feet above the valley at this point. The entire margin of the pond is
a dense growth of Sphagnum of the quakiest kind, a step upon the
surface of which can be detected in the responsive waving of tree-
tops over a hundred feet distant; this sphagnum carpet was at all
points interspersed with the largest and most beautiful Sarracenia
pitchers I ever had the pleasure of examining, while the surface of
the pond itself was nearly covered with a luxuriant growth of
Nympfuga odorata. In order to catch the returning train, I had but
a short hour to spend at this arcane spot, nevertheless in the time I
remained I found that Drosera rolundifolia^ L., and longifolia, L.,
were really very abundant, though their flowering season in this
locMity was so nearly spent that only a flower or two were to be seen.
W Orchidaceae I saw Habenaria psycodes. Gray, H. hyperborea^ R. Br.,
H. dilatata, Gray, H. blepharigloitis, Hook., and H. lacera, R. Br.,
^ opogon pulchellus, R. Br., Mtcrostylis monophyllos, Lindl., and, in
the woods near by, Aplectrnm hyemale^ Nutt. This latter plant I have
found numerous specimens of at Ross Park near this city. I am in-
formed that Cypripedium arietinum, R. Br., C. candidum, and C.
speclabile, Swartz, have been gathered at, or near, this pond.

know of no peat-bog near new York City that would better return
an exciirsion of the Torrey Club in May or June, and shall visit it
again (D. v.) about the middle of June next season. I hope to find
It a station for many of New York’s boreal species.

On the route from Middletown home, I noted from the car windows
^at Baptisia itnctorta, R. Br., though plentiful all along the road from
ew York, ceased entirely at about one mile east of Hancock on the
Delaware; I have not seen it in Broome Co., the flora of which I
hope to complete in about three years.

Binghamton, N . Y. Chas. F. Millspaugh.

Salisburia adiantifolia. Smith. — Although it has been known for
^veral years that the ginkgo fruits abundantly each year in Central
Park, yet, as a recent copy of Henderson’s “ Handbook of Plants
states that “there has been no fruit borne in this country,” and as
Josiah Hoopes in “ The Book of Evergreens ” does not note the
fruiting of any of the trees he knows, I venture to say to all who are
interested in seeing the fruit and desire to obtain specimens that they
will be supplied upon application to me at the Normal College,
N. Y. City.

Elizabeth G. Knight.

135

Cereus nycticalus, Link, or night-beauty, one of the night-flower-
ing and but slightly fragrant species bloomed with me August 6th,
and again on the i6th of the same month, when I observed that fructi-
fication had taken place in the former case. The ovary at this stage
of development, when I had the whole plant photographed, was of a
deep green, or, to be more exact, of a greenish-purple tint, with the
scales of each spiniferous pulvillus tipped with bright pink, sur-
rounded by white woolly hairs, and the whole capped by a persistent
calyx.

The fruiting of this species, which inhabits Mexico, has not yet
been reported to have taken place while in cultivation, either in this
country or Europe. Five years ago I visited nearly all the public
and private collections of Cactacem between the Atlantic coast and
Mississippi River in quest of information regarding our night-
flowering species, and every cultivator, amateur or botanist, met told
me that this species had not been observed to perfect its berry. The
same kind of information reached me from different parts of Europe,
and even the late Dr. Geo. Engelmann disclaimed any knowledge
of the subject referred to. All the works on Cactaceous plants, and
I have consulted many, are silent on the same point, and therefore I
watched with the greatest interest the progress the berry made.

My plant, a little more than thirty years old, has been in my
possession for over eleven years, and flowers freely every season, late
in July or August. The flower averages lo inches in diameter and 12
in length, opens its petals about 7 o'clock, P.M., and, like its sister
queen of flowers, Cereus grandiflorus, closes them again between the
hours of two or three in the morning. There is something very
fascinating about these vegetable cats and owls of Prof. Balfour;
and I never before knew that some of the fruits were as short-lived as
the flowers of the same. It is well known that some of the fruits of
Opuntia and Cereus, when not disturbed, remain on the plants for one
year.

My plant, which was out of doors when it blossomed and set its
fruit, was taken back into the house on the 15th of October, and up
to the 17th the berry remained of a dark green color.

Then it gradually and rapidly changed, so that by the i8th it had
assumed the shade of a dam.son plum, light purplish-pink where
exposed to the sun, and darker on the scales of the spiny cushions.
October 19th the berry appeared to be of a yellowish-pink
throughout its extent, and the skin in the sun-light presented a
beautiful vitreous appearance, the same as in a ripe currant. October
20th the berry was pretty evenly colored with a light, delicate pink,
or, in the language of the artist, Mrs. Annie N. Thomas, who made a
beautiful sketch of it for me, it was of a delicate madder-pink.

The circumference of the berry around its thickest part was five
and seven-eighths inches; the length, two and one-quarter inches,
and diameter of the fleshy part without the spines only one inch and
three-quarters; in thickness the berrv measured two inches and one-
quarter one way, and one and five-eighths the other. The berry had
a slightly flattened shape, like that of an English walnut, the flat side,
so to speak, being at a right angle with the long diameter of the stem.

136

By October the 25th the epidermis of the berry had wrinkled
considerably, indicating over-ripeness, and had lost the beautiful pink
shade, which now gave way to a yellowish tint. On the 29th it was
so badly shrivelled and faded that I removed the specimen, with a
portion of the stem, from the plant and place’d it in glycerine, so that
I might be enabled to exhibit it to the Torrey Club.

A word in regard to the fruit of the Cereus grandiflorus, which is
as short-lived as the one under consideration. At my request, a friend
sent me a berry of \S\q. grandiflorus from Cuba, five or six years ago.
It was removed from the plant with a portion of the stem attached,
before fully ripe, and was not quite six days in reaching its destina-
tion. A special messenger brought it to me on the arrival of the
steamer in port. It was carefully packed in cotton and had not been
handled or bruised in any way, but when I opened the package the
fruit showed such evidence of decomposition that I could not have it
painted. It was of a dark yellowish or chamois-color, of an ovoid
shape and covered with spines, and woolly hair of a dirty yellowish
shade. 1 his fruit is edible and is sought after by man, birds and
beasts.

The pulp has an aromatic flavor, and by some people the fruit is
considered a delicacy when it can be obtained before the birds have
feasted upon it.

The fruit of Cereus serpentinus, Lagasca, which is another of the
night-flowering plants of the genus Cereus, will remain for a year on
the plant if not molested. Mr. Peter B. Mead of Mamaroneck, who
ripened its berry, informs me that it remained in color (which was of
a deep pink) for about four months. The one which he forwarded
to Dr. Engelmann was seven months old, and the doctor informed
the sender that its seeds were not quite ripe within. The serpentine
Cereus has now been fruited by Mr. Mead for three years in succes-
sion.

R. E. Kunzk.

Calendula officinalis. I was interested last September in seeing
in a dense grass-sward by the road-side near a house, the golden
heads of the potherb, or golden marigold, peeping out and seeming
quite at home. Of course it was an estray; but the plant was not
growing in any garden near by. I dare not say it was established,
though it seemed to be.

Freehold, N. J. S. Lockwood.

Shortia — ^Friends of botany will be sorry to learn of the dying
out of Shortia. In a note just received from Mr. M. E. Hyams of
Statesville, N. C., he informs me that it is dying out from its only
locality, not six specimens being left.

E. S. Midler.

Ilex Dahoon, Walt., var. myrtifolia, Chapman. — We have
received a variety of this plant with yellow berries from Dr. 3 -
F. Wood, of Wilmington, N. C., who remarks; “This is the first
time I have ever seen this variety, although I had heard of its exist-

m

ence for a year or twp. It was found within the radius of Curtis's
earliest botanical field, about four miles from this place.”

Ferns Wanted. — Mr. Hugo Andriessen, of Beaver, Pa., would
like to exchange specimens of ferns with other collectors of these
plants. A list of his desiderata will be sent upon application.

Botanical Literature.

Descriptive Catalogue of the North American Hepaiicce North of Mex-
ico. By Lucien M. Underwood, Ph. D. Bull. 111 . State Lab.
Nat. Hist., Vol. ii.

The appearance of a work on the Hepaticas so soon after the
publication of the Manual of N. A. Mosses will give students of the
Bryophytes great assistance, and, with the author, we hope “ that it
may serve as a stimulus to more work in this direction, and lay in
store material for a more critical examination of this group in the
future. ‘‘ No attempt has been made to publish new species, the
writer believing that too many have already been described from in-
sufficient data, and considering it far more necessary to set in order
those already published.” The catalogue therefore incorporates all
of the work of C. F. Austin so far as accessible, Watson’s MS. of
Californian Hepaticae and valuable information gained from Dr.
Bolander, Prof. Forbes and others. There is a brief introduction on
the characters, classification and bibliography, and three appendices
on the geographical distribution, Lindberg's classification, and
Dumortier’s. The descriptions are very good, as is also the plan of
giving references to descriptions and plates in other works, though a
complete synonymy for each species would have been of great value.
We note the omission throughout of the last n in Jungermannia. The
author concludes as follows: “ It is hoped that persons receiving this
work will aid in further critical study of this group by communicating
specimens of all forms found in their own localities.” — E. G. Knight.
Check- List of North American Gamopetalce, 8vo, pamph., pp. 43.

Under this title, Mr. H, N. Patterson, of Oquawka, 111 ., has pub-
hshed, in convenient form for reference, a list of all the systematic
names given in Dr. Gray’s recently issued Synoptical Flora. It will
prove of value not only as a check-list, but also as a record of the
changes that have been introduced into botanical nomenclature, for
^nsultation by those who do not possess Dr. Gray’s work.

Setect Extra- Tropical Plants readily eligible for industrial Culture or
ddaturalization, with Indications of their Native Countries and
some of their Uses. By Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G.

8vo.

, pp. 450. Detroit: George S. Davis. 1884.

This is a work which has already appeared in Victoria, New South
^Ics, India, and several European countries, and which is now
^vised and still further augmented, for the especial use of North
American readers. Its object is to bring together in condensed form,
in popular languages, data concerning the characteristics and
economic uses of all the principal plants, herbaceous and arboreal,
that have been found to prosper in extra-tropical countries, and to
point out the i>articular sections to which they are adapted.

138

At the close of the volume are grouped together all the genera
enumerated in the body of the work, according to the products that
they yield, thus affording facility for tracing out any series of plants
regarding which special information may be sought, or which at any
time may prominently engage the attention of the cultivator, the
manufacturer, or the artisan. There is also an appendix in which are
brought together, in index form, the various industrial plants accord-
ing to their geographic distribution, so as to render it easy to order
or obtain the plants of such countries as any settlers, colonists or
others may be in relation with through commercial or other inter-
course.

As a work of reference, this book will prove invaluable to all who
are interested in economic botany.

The Fungi of Norfolk {^Eng^ By Chas. B. Plowright, M.R.C.S.
8vo., pamph., pp. 21.

Catalogue of the Flora of Minnesota, including its P hcBnogamous and
Vascular Cryptogamous Plants, indigenous, naturalized and adven-
tive. By Warren Upham. 8vo., pp. 193. Minneapolis. 1884.
The Agricultural Grasses of the United States. By Dr. Geo. Vasey.

8vo., pp. 144. With 120 plates. Washington. 1884.

Annual Report of the Public. Gardens and Plantations [of Jamaica],
for the year ending 30th September, 1883. By D. Morris, M.A.,
Director. 4to., pamph., pp. 20. Jamaica. 1884.

First Annual Report of the Agricultural Experiment Station of the
University of Wisconsin, for the year 1883. 8vo., pp. 102.

Madison, Wisconsin, 1884.

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences.— At the November
meeting of the Botanical Section of the Academy of Sciences of Phila-
delphia, Mr. F. L. Scribner read a paper entitled “ Observations on
the genus Cinna, with description of a new species. A communi-
cation from Dr. Gray, “On the movements of the androecium in the
sunflower, was also read and presented for publication. In remarks
relating to the subjects discussed in Dr. Gray’s paper, Mr. Meehan
said that at about the time of his own investigations on the sunflower
and discovery of the movements of the stamens, an account of which
was read at the Philadelphia meeting of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, Mr. Grant Allen was making similar
although entirely independent observations on the same plant in
Europe, with like conclusions. Mr. Allen’s observations were pub-
lished in “Knowledge,” September 5th, 1884.

Mr. Martindale remarked upon his recent trip to Roan Mt., North
Carolina, in company with Dr. A. Gray, Prof. John Ball and others,
and spoke of the interesting botanical features of the mountain.

I here is little probability that the species peculiar to the locality
will soon be exterminated. Botanists who contemplate visiting this
mountain will be glad to learn that a railroad leading to the summit
IS in process of construction. This will make comparatively pleasant
a journey that is now extremely tedious.

Mr. Scribner stated that the “ Check-list of the North .American
Grasses, ’ compiled by Dr. George Vasey and himself, and announced

139

nearly two years ago, was now ready for the printer. The list em-
braces 122 genera and 817 species and varieties, including “ ballast ”
and other introduced species. Hemarthria^ a species of vhich has
recently been discovered by Dr. Havard in South-western Texas, is
a new genus added to our North American flora.

Mr. Scribner exhibited specimens of Elymus triiicoides, Nutt., and
showed why he regarded this a good species distinct from E. conden-
satus, Presl,, to which some recent American authors had reduced it
as a variety. It is particularly well characterized by its habit of
sending out stout, running rootstocks, similar to those of Agropyrum
repens, and, like Agropyrum, is a great pest in moist cultivated soil.
He also exhibited specimens of a Muhlenbergia {M. Wrightii, Vasey),
in which many of the spikelets were two-flowered.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club. — At the regular meeting of the
Club held at Columbia College Sept. 9th, Dr. O. R. Willis, in the
absence, of the presiding officers, was elected chairman.

Dr. Willis noted the following plants from Westchester Co.: Poten-
tilla fruticosa, Heracleuen lanatiwi, Satnbucus pubens, Taxus baccata.

Mr. Schrenk showed specimens of Limnanthemum lacunosum, both
dried specimens and living plants cultivated from the floating rootlets,
also seeds of Pardanthus Chinensis exhibiting peculiar mode of ger-
mination (illustrated in August number, page 93).

At the regular meeting held Oct. 14th, the President occupied the
chair and 28 persons were present. Preliminary arrangements were
made for a field-day excursion on Nov. 4th to Princes Bay, S. I., in
conjunction with the Natural Science Assoc, of StatenTsland. Speci-
mens of Optintia were shown by Dr. Willis, both the orbicular and
elongated forms {O. z>u/ga ris a.nd O. Rafinesquii P) Dr. Britton stated
ffiat his observations in New Jersey showed the two forms to be merely
unstable varieties.

Miss Knight showed specimen of chestnut with a ripe bur and
fresh catkins on the same branch, collected Sept 28th, at Alpine, N. Y.

Mr. Schrenk showed specimens of Marsilta quadri/oltairorci Ban-
tum Lake, Conn.

Hr. Britton showed dried specimens oi'Corema Co?iradii from all
ffie known localities, including the type specimen in the Torrey Herb.

Dr. Newberry gave a brief account of the botanical features of
f-olorado and Montana noted while on a recent trip to that region.

At the meeting of the Club held Tuesday evening, November
mth, the President occupied the chair, and 22 persons were present.

Hr. Britton called attention to a communication from Dr. Gray in
regard to Lonicera grata. A specimen found in the herbarium of the
Hte Mr. Leggett, collected near Flatbush jail by Mr. Ruger, was sent
mr identification to Dr. Gray, who decided it to be what passes for
A- grata.

Mr. Schrenk showed specimens of Carduus nutans from hills back
® Hoboken, where it has become well established.

Hr. Kunze read some notes on the genus Cereus, with particular
reference to a specimen of Z. nycticalus, preserved in glycerine.

^r. Britton read a paper upon the existence of a peculiar flora m
fhe Kittatinny Mts.

140

At the regular meeting held at Columbia College, Tuesday even-
ing, Dec. 9th, the President occupied the chair and 27 persons were
present. Mr. Hollick showed specimens of Mitcfiella repens with
leafy berries from Tottenville, S. I., where they are abundant.
Reference was made to an article on the same subject in Bulletin,
Vol. X., No. I, by W. R. Dudley, where a full description is given.

Miss Knight showed specimens of the same plant from Stowe,
Vt., having the calyx-teeth developed into long bearded, petal-like
parts.

Dr. Britton showed a specimen of Botrychium matricaricefoliujn
from Sussex Co., N. J., a fern new to the State.

Mr. Schrenk stated that he had discovered submerged leaves in
Brasenia peltata, a fact which is not mentioned by either Gray or
Wood. 1 hey were small and thin and were not covered with gluten as
are the stems and under surfaces of the floating ones.

Mr. P. H. Dudley read an account of the structure of an old rail-
road tie which had been in use thirty-one years on the N. Y. C. &
H. R. R. R., showing photo-micrograph of the same.

Miss Knight showed fruit of Salisburia adiantifolia from Central
Park, where it has fruited abundantly this year.

Dr. Britton read the following note on The Northward Range of
Pentstemon Digitalis, Nutt. — This plant extends much further north
than has generally been supposed. Dr. Gray in his Synoptical Flora
reduces Nuttall s species to P. Icevigatus, Solander, var. Digitalis,
Gray, and gives its range “ Virginia to Illinois and Arkansas.” I
have received a specimen from Mr. C. E. Smith ticketed “ Tinicum,
Del. Co., Penn.; this increases its range 150 miles northeastward.”
On June i8th of the present year Dr. H. H. Rusby and I found it
growing in great profusion in a low meadow below the mouth of Van
Campen s Creek, a tributary of the Delaware River, in Warren Co.,
N. J., and also at another place a few miles further down the Dela-
ware Valley above the Water Gap. In these localities the plant is
certainly indigenous. Dr. G. N. Best has communicated specimens
from the vicinity of Rosemont, Hunterdon Co., N. J., still further
down the valley, with a note reporting the species indigenous at that
point. Finally, on June 21st I discovered a patch of it in a field back
of Newburgh, N. Y. There were here but a few plants and they
have been introduced, though I then formed the opinion that it was
native.

BULLETIN

OF THE

torrey botanical club.

VOL. XII.

NEW YORK:
1885.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk* before the page nuijiberA

Abietineae, leaves of, 10.

Abrus preuatorius. 54.

Ailautbus, the. V9.

Algas, fresh-water, *1, 51, *125, 133.
Alyssiim, etymology of word, 60.

Anthesis in Ericaceae, *16.

Apospoty in ferns, 42.

Aquilegia, the word, 57.

Arenaria, fertilization of, 62.

Arthonias, new, 113.

Arthrocladia villosa, 62. •

Aztecs, botany of, 95.

Bacteria, systematic position of, 117.
Bamboo, fire from. 111.

Bamboo, a square, 120.

Baptisia tinctoria, 121.

Boletus, n. sp., *38.

Botanical Club of A. A. A. S., 73, 106.
Botanical Club, Torrey, 32, 44, 56, 68, 124, 136.
Botanical Literature, 11, 32, 43, 67, 79, 92,
123, 134.

Botanical Notes, 10, 30, 41, 53, 63, 74, 87, 117,
131.

Botany of the Aztecs, 95.
wtany, Shaw School of, 118.

Boxwood, 111 .

Bmnella, etymology of word, 59.

Cactus spines, use of, 60.

Cell-markings, 132.

Cereals, origin of, 76.

Ciniractia, genus, *69.

Cleistogamy in Lamium, 51.

Chnton, George W., death of, 103.

Contributors :

Bailey, W. W., 10, 87.

Bicknell, E. P., 51.

Britton, N. L., 7, 11, 12, 26, 36, 40, 48, 98.
Campbell, D. H., *8.

Davenport, Geo. E., 21.

Farlow, W. G„ 41.

Gerard, W. R., 26, 29, 36, 37, 67, 72, 84,
98, 102.

Gray, Asa, 102.

Hart, J., 72, i

Hollick, A., 40.

Kemp, J. F., 45. I

Meehan, Thomas, 29, 60, 62, 81, 83, 86,
116.

Miller, E. 8., 63, 87, 116. ■

Mlllspaugh. C. F., 102. I

Morris, D., 72. i

Newberry, J. S., 50.

Oyster, J. H., 62 , 117. I

Peters, John E., 62. i

R«dfleld, J. H.. 9.3, 103. !

Rusby, H. H., *16. i

Sargent, C. S., 10 .

Schaarschmidt, Jules, 61. i

bchrenk, Joseph, *13.

Stone, W. B., 82.

Trelease, Wm., *69.

Tweedy, Frank, 24.

Vasey, George, 6.

Wilber, G. M., 87.

Willey, H., 61, 113.

Wolle, F., *1. *125.

Corema, notes on, 10, 93.

Corydalis, etymology of word, 59.
Cosmarium, n. sp., 2.

Cowania Havardi, 56.

Crantzia lineata, 87.

Crucifer®, nectar glands of, 10.
i Cyperus, n. sp., 7.

1 Cypripedium, spiked, 28, 54.

! Desmids, new, *1, 51, *125, 133.
Dictyosphffireum, n. sp., 126.

Dry rot, 92.

Ectocarpus, n. sp., 125.

I Elm, change in leaves of, 87.

' Erieace®, anthesis in, *16.

Eucalypti, new use for, 65.

: Euastrum, n. sp., 3, 4.
j Ferns, apospory in, 42.

: Fern notes, 21.

Ferns, filmy, of Jamaica, 117.
Fertilization of Arenaria, 62.

Ficus, ferment of, 90.

Fir leaf wool, 66.

Flora, fossil, Rocky Mt., 91.

Flora of Broome County, 100.

Flora of Chenango County, 52.

Flora of Richmond County, 38.

Flora of Yellowstone Park, 24.

Flora, winter, of Bermuda, 45.

Floras, State and local of TJ. S., 26, 36, 98.
Flowers, coloring matter of, 89.

Forestry statistics, 117.

Fruits, coloring matter of, 89.

Fungi, classification of, 87.

Fungi, new species of, *33.

Fungus, fossil, 64.

Fungus, mimicry in a, *29.

Gardens, Kew, director, new, 132.
Generic names, notes on 67.

Ginkgo, the name, 79.

Gramine®, floral envelopes of, 55.
Grasses, new, 6.

Gray, Dr., birthday of, *116.

Gray, Dr., portrait of, *72,

Gum in wood, formation, 55, 119.

Gum, Sonora, 119.

Gyalecta lamprospora, 61.

Herbaria, origin of, 129.

Histological investigation, 63.

Hooker, Sir J. D., retirement of, 121.
Hough, Franklin B., death of, 74.

Hum ulus, etymology of word, 29.
Kalmia as a tonic, 53, 72.

Kansas, notes from, 62.

Lamium, cleistogamy in, 51.

Leaves, autumn, color of, 80.
Lechuguilla, the. 120.

Leeruminosae, calcium in, 118.
Leptochloa, n. sp.. 7.

Leptoaosma. n. gen., 133.

Lichens, apothecia of, 88
Lichens, new species of, 61, 113.
Lilium superbum, 87.
Limnanthemum, notes on, *13.

Lotus, Egyptian, 65.

Lycopodiaceee. history of 43.
l3^copo<iium, spores of, 55.

Lythrum, etymology of word, 60.
Magnolia glauca, station, 87.
Megalophyllosis, 90.

Merulius lacrimans. 92.

Mertensia, albino, 63.

Micrasterias, n. sp., 4.

Mocker-nut, the, 102.

Monotropa, veget. organs of, 132.
Moss, a deep-water, 1^.

Nectar glands of cruciferse, 10.
Nelumbium, new station, 30.
Notelets, 86.

OEMogonium, n. sp., 126.

Onoclea, spores of, *8.

Opuntia, fruit of, 133.

Opuntias, uses of, 121.
Pachyphyllosis, 90.

Papaw, the, 122.

Peach, Indian, 84.

Pears, prickly, 77.

Pine-needles, 102, 116.

Pines, bifoliar spurs inf 65.

Pinus, derivation in, 41.

Pinus edulis, and monophylla, 50, 81.
Plants, action of light on, 110.

Plants, extra-limital, 10.

Plants, male and female, 87.

Plants, preserving, 121.

Plants," respiration of, 63.

Pollen, exuberance or, 86.

Poplar, a large, 79.

Poplar, Lombardy, origin of, 74.
Polyporus, odd form of, *29.

Prize, de Candolle, 132.

Protoplasm, continuity of, 55.

Pucclnia, n. sp., 34.

Quercus nigra, 115.

Quercus prinoides, 119.

Redwood, qualities of, 90.

Reliqui® Raflnesquian®, 37.

Rhubarb culture, 90.

Robinson, J. P., death of, 10.

Rot, dry, 92.

Sabal umbraculifera, 72.

Savoyanne, the word, 72.

Seeds of weeds. 111.

Septoria, n. sp., 33.

Shortia, 10.

Snowberries, poisoning by, 64.

Snow, red, 131.

Solana, crossing, 118.

Spergula, etymology of word, 59.

Spines in cactus, use of, 60.

Spores of Lycopodium, 65.

Spores of Onoclea, *8.

Staurastrum, n. sp.. 4, *128.

Thuja gigantea, 66.

Tillandsia, the name. 79.

Tomato, history of, 78.

Torrev Club. Droceediners of, 82, 44, 66, 68,

124, 136.

Trees, growth of, 82.

Trees of the United States, 75.
Trisetum, n. sp., 6.

Trollius, etymology of word, 59.
Umbellifer®, oil receptacles of, 55.
Uredo, n. sp., 36.

Ustilago, n. sp., 85.

Vase, the Gray, *116.

Vegetation, sunlight and, 64.
Vegetation, inilu. heat and cold, 64.
Vegetation, insular, 103.

Verbascum Lychnitis, 83.

Veronica, note on, 48.

Vlncetoxicum, etymology of word, 60.
Weeds, seeds of. 111.

Wool, fir leaf, 68.

Xanthidium, n. sp., 3.

Zygnema, n. sp., 126.

Yaupon, the, 63.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club,

Plate XLVIl

NEW DESMIDS OF THE UNITED STATES.

BULLETIN

OF THF,

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII. 1 New York, January, 1885. [No. I.

Fresh-Water Algae. IX.

By Francis Wolle.

(Plate XLvii.)

The opinion expressed in the preface to my Desmids of the
United States, that the field for the study of our fresh-water algse
has not by any means been exhausted, receives confirmation in the
additions made during the summer of 1884 to our already respect-
able collection of new species and varieties. The following list com-
prises the names and descriptions of nearly fifty species and varieties
new to the flora of the United States. They were gathered, some
from the apparently inexhaustible ponds of New Jersey, some by the
Rev. H. D. Kitchell in Florida, others in the neighborhood of Min-
neapolis by Miss E. Butler, and a few from ponds of Pennsylvania.
The plate which accompanies this article illustrates the species and
varieties herewith described, and this, with four others, ail of them
colored, will form part of an appendix, or of a second volume of my
work on the Desmids of the U. S., according to the quantity of ma-
terial available at the time of publication.

DESMIDIACETi:.

Hyalotheca dissilietis, var. hians, n. var . — Cells one-half to as long
as wide; closely conjoined, sides more or less arched, with a distinct
central notch. Diameter 25-50/^.

The large forms from Budd’s Lake, N. J., the small from Mait-
land and other localities, Florida.

It is very nearly allied to a New Zealand species described by
Nordstedt (ZT. hians). Some specimens from Florida present the
appearance of undeveloped Desmidium quadratum and may be related
thereto; the larger New Jersey forms, however, give no evidence of a
thickening border or of a twist. End view circular.

Sp/icerozostna pulchellum. Archer, var. bambnsinoides, Wittr.

Florida, Minn, and New Jersey ponds.

Penium {Cylindrocysiis) tumidum, F. Gay. — Frequent in Toevi
marshes, Florida.

Closterium juncidum, Ralfs, forma gracillima lcet>issima, Breb. —
Frequent in pond near Maitland, Florida.

C. lanceolatum. Kg. — I received last summer hundreds of speci-
mens of this species in a gathering made by Prof. F. W. Cragin,
Kansas. Diameter 40-^opi. Length 225-300/^

C. didymoio6u?n, Corda.— A large form and distinct variety corres-
ponding to description by Delponte. Cytioderm not longitudinally
striate, but smooth and apices obtusely rounded. Diameter 50-60/1.

Minnesota and New Jersey.

2

C. ensis, Delp. Occasionally in Minnesota, Pennsylvania and
New Jersey ponds.

C. prelongum (Breb.) Delp.— Luzerne Co., Penn., and Min-
nesota.

C. Brebtssonit, Delp. Similar in form to C. prelon^um, but not
striate or recurved at the ends.

Minnesota.

C. subcosiatum, Nord. — Florida Ponds.

, Krebs. -Delponte called this C. crassum, a name

a rea y applied to a species described by Rabenhorst; it was there-
tore changed as here given.

Frequent in Luzerne Co., Penn.

C.pronum Breb— Differs from allied forms in its small size and
proportionate length of body with the beak

Florida ponds.

Bocidium Archeri, Delp.— Luzerne Co., Penna.

According to Delponte this species is separated
KqcqI • fl by being always straight, never bent, without a

hiif o ^ stouter and longer. I have frequently met with it,
but am not yet satisfied that it is different from D, Baculum.

Inn fv. (Delp.) Wolle. — Cell cylindrical, six to ten times

o u apices rounded, basal inflation of semi-cell large,
cytioderm smooth. Diameter at ends, 50/i; inflated
base 65;^; length about 6ooyU.

Ocean Co., New Jersey.

I ^ordsieditt, Delp. (Plate xlvii. Figs. 23 and 25.)

timp<;^t r a form widely distributed, but variable. Some-

numb<^r a^nH™ in size and shape, but differs in the

thrept; h f of the granules, which are not in series of

the iinnpr /^°^tinuous concentric rows. Sometimes they cover
occur^within^H semi-cell, then again only one or two rows

usiiallv niargin; the centre and basal half are

Deinnntf- K f ^ ®^™^*^clls are not so straight-sided as figured by

“ct'arg'Ta "olloUg. ^

^ different form by this name; it is
nearly ,f not entirely identical with C. ryr&r™, Lund.

Penn«vh/^^ ^6 and 27). — New Jersey and

smallfP ^^^cmbles C. orthostichum, Lund., but is somewhat

, en s truncate and granules not so regularly arranged,
than ^P- (Figs. 33 and 34). — Small, one-third longer

slio-ht semi-cell broadly truncate ; sides convex, with

\r5mi faction near the end; side view circular with end truncate.

^ Q closely granular. Diameter 25//; length 33;^.

btillwater, Minnesota.

C cv culare, Reinsch. (Fig. 37) — Toevi marshes, Florida.

■ perfot atum^ Lund. (Fig. 32). — Near Minneapolis, Minn,
hrn ”• ^P- 18-20).— Cell one-half longer than

d l t rt setni-cell gradually enlarged from a narrow base to the broadly
t/' broadly elliptic; lateral view circular, with
ig y flattened sides; membrane finely punctate or smooth. Di-
ameter 25-28//; length about 40//.

3

Ponds in Minnesota. G. pseudoprotuberans, Kir., has something
in common with this form, but the semi-cells are separated by the
narrow linear sinuses between them; C. tnflatum has an obtuse-angled
sinus.

C. {Euastrum) Sendtneranium, Reinsch. (Figs. 30-31). — I have
received a number of good specimens from Minnesota identical with
Reinsch s figures and description. In outline it approaches C. nasu-
tum (z;. D. of the U. S., p. 89), but that is a strongly granulated
species.

C. Braunii, forma major, Reinsch. (Figs. 28-29). — Stillwater,
Minnesota.

C. l(Eve, Rab. (Figs. 35 and 36). — I have described this species in
Des. U. S., p. 62. Membrane finely granular, which is sometimes
the character; v. Nord. et. Wittr. Ital. et Tyr. Coll., p. 29. The
figures represent a smooth form, in accord with the name and des-
cription by Rab. glabrum etlcevissimum. I received large numbers the
past summer from the basin of a fountain in Pottsville, Penn.

Xanthidium fasciculatum (Ehrb.) Ralfs., var. subalpinum, n. var.
Prof. Delponte, in his Sp. Desmidiacearum Subalpinarum, p. 168,
plate 13, describes this species differently from that described in
Des. U. S., the variation being mainly in the wider separation of the
lateral spines. To distinguish the two I make the above variety.

Not rare in ponds of Minnesota or New Jersey.

X. CoLUMBiANUM, 71 . Sp. — Cells about one-third longer than wide,
divided by a deep constriction, which forms much ampliated acute-
angled sinuses; semi-cells oblong-hexagonal, superior and lateral
angles each produced into a firm aculeus; within the margin, four,
often indistinct aculei; end view more or less regular hexagonal, each
angle somewhat produced and surmounted by a firm aculeus; with-
in the margin are four aculei, the ends of which often extend over
the margin; cytioderm smooth. Diameter 60/2; length 8o/< without
aculei.

Ocean Co., New Jersey.

X. Torrevi, 71 . sp. — Small, of nearly equal length and breadth,
semi-cell somewhat hexagonal, half as long as wide; superior and
lateral angles slightly protruding and surmounted each by a firm,
straight, or slightly bent aculeus; end elliptic with one aculeus on,
and another within, the margin of each end; on each side, a rounded
prominence peculiar to the genus. Lateral view elliptic, with a con-
striction in the middle; two aculei at each end and two short tips
evident near the middle. The inflations or rounded prominences
are seen near the juncture of the semi- cells. Diameter 33 without
aculei, and, with them, 65^^; length about 75/^.

9 cean Co., N. J., particularly Horicon Lake. On the green,
sloping banks of this beautiful sheet of water is the home of the ven-
erable brother of the late John Torrey of botanical fame, and in
happy remembrance of whom this new plant is named.

huastru 77 i crassu/n (Breb) Kg., var. scrobiculatu 77 i, Lund. — Diame-
ter 70-75^. length 125-150//.

Malaga and other places. New Jersey.

E- magnificum, 71. The largest of our Euastra; about

4

twice as long as broad; semi-cell five-lobed, the terminal lobe
exserted; neck short, dilated, with end somewhat convex; the basal
and intermediate lobes entire, with a deep obtuse notch between;
upper margin of the basal lobes nearly horizontal and parallel; no
prominent scrobiculae, but one large central undulate inflation shown
in lateral view. End view shows the terminal and intermediate lobes
notched at each side. Diameter looM', length about igopi.

Near Malaga and Manchester, N. J.

E. PURUM, n. sp. — Small, short; semi-cell 'three-lobed, broader
than long; basal lobe much inflated, terminal lobe short, dilated and
notched; in lateral view the base and end are more or less inflated.
Diameter 35-45/^; length 55-70^^.

The smaller forms from Florida; the larger from Brown’s Mills,
New Jersey.

This new species is separated from E. ansaUim, Ehrb., by the
decidedly dilated terminal lobe and more strongly inflated basal lobes.

E. cuneatum, Jenner. — Harvey Lake, Lycoming Co., Penn., and
occasionally in New Jersey ponds.

E. peclinatum, Breb. — Semi-cell 3-lobed, terminal lobe dilated,
usually entire; lateral lobes broad, making the basal portion of the
semi-cell somewhat quadrilateral, horizontal, and, at each side, emar-
ginate; lateral view cuneate, with two swellings near the base and
one at the apex; transverse view oval, with three lobules on each
side and one (or imperfectly two) at each end. Diameter 40— 5o/<;
length about 75/i.

Minnesota. Although common in England, I obtained this year
the first specimen found in the United States. A number of varieties
of this species has been described by specialists in different countries.
The present is not Ralf’s typical form, but a variety.

Mtcrasierias apiculata, Menegh. — Harvey Lake, Luzerne Co.,
Penn., and Stillwater, Minn.

M. SPECIOSA, n. sp.- — Small, somewhat longer than broad, five-
lobed; lateral lobes unequal, the basal lobes usually with only half
as many divisions as the intermediate ones; basal lobe bifid, and
intermediate lobes twice bifid; the angles of each section drawn
out into two spine like points; terminal lobe rather narrow, linear;
end exserted and much dilated, usually with three prominent mucros
at each angle, centre retuse and raised, standing free, with a gap be-
tween it and the intermediate lobes; a series of small spines often
to be observed on the margins of the lobes. Diameter of Florida
form 95/^; length iiopi’ of New Jersey form, diameter 125-15®'^’
length 155-165//.

1 bis species is nearly related to Af. radiosa, var. ornata, Nord.,
but is smaller; the lobes are not so often and so deeply intersected,
and the piolar lobe is more exserted and has the end more dilated-

Staurastrum cornutum, n. sp. (Figs. 3 and 4). — Medium size,
about one-fourth longer than wide, smooth; semi-cell oval or broadly
elliptic, with a prominent, somewhat inwardly curved aculeus on each
side; end view triangular, angles rounded, each with a firm spine,
''ides straight or slightly concave. Diameter 55-60/f, length about
iof.1. Spines not included in these measurements.

5

1 he front view resembles that of Arthrodesmus convergens, Ralfs,
but the triangular end view proves it to be quite distinct.

St. Anthony Park and other localities, Miun.

St. VESICULATUM, n. sp. — Small, smooth, about one-half longer
than wide; constriction deep, sinuses acute angled, much ampliated;
semi-cell short, ovate or sub-pyramidal, not so long as broad; base
wide, lower angles rounded, sides convex and inclining to the rounded
apex; end view triangular, angles rather broadly rounded, sides
slightly convex or straight. Diameter 3i/i; length 45/r.

Differs from St. cordatum, F. Gay, in front view; sinuses are not
narrow linear, but much ampliated, thereby giving the cell a more
elevated appearance.

Green’s Lake, New Jersey.

St. bacillare, Breb. (Figs. 5 and 6).— Near Minneapolis, Minn.
Brebisson describes a form of a French species as St. globosuin which
IS somewhat stouter and partially granular, but nearly similar in form;
the two have therefore been very properly considered as one by
recent botanists.

St. Alaamense, Archer {Si. pseudocrenatuvi, Lund.) (Figs 9 and
10). — St. Anthony’s Park, near Minneapolis, Minn.

As Archer’s name antedates Lundell’s, it is entitled to stand.

St. erasum, Breb., forma espinulosa, Lund. (Figs. 16 and 17).
Green’s Lake, New Jersey.

St. xiPHiriioPHORUM, n. sp. (Figs. 21 and 21). — Small, one-half
longer than broad; deeply constricted, sinus narrow, rounded at base
and widened irregularly; semi-cell transversely oblong, with lateral
margins notched; the end margin drawn out into a sort of one-
sided, hastate, poignard-like spines, or slender points, about nine in
number; membrane smooth, with several scrobicul^; end view trian-
gular, angles broadly truncate and usually three-lobed, each lobe
with a vertical spine; sides concave. Diameter 25-30//; length 40//.

Near Stillwater and Minneapolis, Minn.

When sending me this beautiful and remarkable little Staurastrum,
Miss Butler called my attention to ''the little gothic structure,” a very
appropriate comparison.

St. Minneapoliense, n. sp. (Figs. 11-13). — Small, verrucose;
semi-cells in front view sub-cuneate, with each of the two opposite
superior angles drawn out into a short arm, with sides serrate and
apex finely toothed, diverging from the arm of the connected semi-
cell; end view, arms straight, body much elev’ated on each side; side-
view, arms straight, body much raised in the centre and crenate on
die apex. Diameter, f. v., 50—58//; thickness of body 20—25 //.

1 he front view not unlike other species, but the side and end
views quite distinct in the unusual inflation of the body.

St. calyxoides, n. sp. (Figs. 14 and 15). — Nearly equal in length
and breadth; smooth or finely punctate; deeply constricted; semi-
cells saucer- or calyx-shaped, bearing on the undulace margin five
equally distant divergent spines; end view pentagonal, each angle
produced and bearing a strong aculeus. Diameter about 33//, with-
out, and 75// with, the aculei.

Near Manchester, Ocean Co., and Green s Lake, Warren Co., New
Jersey.

6

St. Minnesotense, n. sp. (Figs. 7 and 8). — Large, punctate, spin-
ous, about as long as broad; semi-cells broadly elliptic, twice as wide
as long, lateral angles each with two large, straight or incurved
spines or aculei, three more pairs of similar spines placed slightly
within the margin of the end, one on each side of the semi-cell; six
more, often inconspicuous, arranged around the centre; end view
triangular, with two spines at each angle, and two pairs near the
margin between the angles, one on each side of semi-cell; around the
centre are nine more, but often indistinct, spines. Diameter 65-75/*
without and go-ioo/i with the spines.

Frequent in Minnesota ponds.

St. Wolleanum, Butler. (Figs. 1 and 2). Medium size, membrane
punctate, about one-half longer than broad, moderately constricted,
sinuses obtuse angles; semi-cell broadly oval or subhexagonal, superior
and lateral angles produced into subcylindrical, somewhat swollen
processes or arms, slightly notched at the apex; four more similar
processes within the margin; end view regular, hexagonal, each
angle furnished with an arm as in front view; within the margin,
arranged in a circle around the centre, are six more and less conspic-
uous processes. Diameter of body 40 by 50/*; with arms, 65 by 83/*.

Vicinity of Minneapolis, Minn.

This species was discovered and identified as new by Miss E.
Butler, who declines to have the name changed.

New Grasses.

By Geo. Vasey.

7 Trisetum Ludovicianum. — Culms 2 to 2.5 ft. high, stout, erect,
smooth, leafy; lower 3 or 4 leaves near the base 6—10 inches long,
the margins and sheaths pubescent; upper leaves (2) larger and with
long, striate, smooth sheaths, the upper sheath 9—10 inches long and
reaching to the base of the panicle, blade 6—10 inches long, 3-4 li^^^
wide, roughish. Panicle 6-10 inches long and about one inch wide,
erect, nodding at the apex, rather loose, the branches semiverticil*
late, erect, mostly in fives, unequal, the longer ones 2 to 4 inches long
and flowering nearly to the base, the rachis and pedicels smooth or
nearly so, pedicels about as long as the flowers; spikelets 2- to 3*
(mostly 2-) flowered, the lower flower unawned; outer glumes smooth
or slightly hispid on the keel, 2.5 to 3.5 lines long, 3-nerved, acute,
with broadly scarious margins, the upper obovate, the lower rather
shorter and narrower; the flowering-glume of the lower flower 3"3 5
lines long, narrowly lanceolate, nearly smooth, acute or acutish, but
not bifid; second flowering-glume 2-2.5 lines long, punctulate scab-
rous, rather thicker than the lower one, with a rather scarious mar-
gin, acuminate, but hardly toothed at the apex, obscurely 3-nerved,
dorsal awn from the upper fourth, as long as or longer than its
the palets one-third shorter than the glumes, membranaceous, bifid
at the apex; rhachilla sparsely pubescent, terminated with a short
rudiment, or occasionally with an imperfect flower.

Found along the borders of a cane-field in Louisiana, by Rev. A-
B. Langlois. Doubtfully referred to the genus Ventenata by Pro*-

7

Hackel, but I think its affinity is clearly with Trisetum. Very nearly
the same structure of flowers occurs in T. palustre.

Leptochloa Langloisii. — Culm smooth, stout, leafy, 3 to 4 ft.
high, the radical leaves one-third as long as the culm, loosely sheath-
ing the base of the culm, joints or nodes 7 or 8, the sheaths com-
pressed, striate, loose, rather glaucous, the leaves a foot long, 3 to 4
lines wide, keeled, somewhat scabrous, the upper one sheathing the
base of the panicle; panicle racemose, 10-12 inches long, 2 inches
wide, loose, erect or nodding above, the simple branches very numer-
ous (too or more), crowded below, erect-spreading, irregular on the
axis, singly or 2-3 together, 2 to 3 inches long, mostly less than half
an inch apart, flower-bearing throughout; spikelets 3-4-flowered, ses-
sile and imbricated, about one and a half lines long; outer glumes
unequal, membranaceous, ovate-lanceolate, acute, slightly scabrous
on the keel, the lower about half a line, the upper about one line
long; flowering-glumes little more than one line, lanceolate, acute or
short-mucronate, 3-nerved, slightly pubescent on the keel, and ciliate
on the marginal nerves below; palet a little shorter, bidentate.

This large and showy species was found in Louisiana by Rev. A.
B. Langlois, for whom it is named.

Leptochloa Nealleyi. — Culms 2 to 2.5 ft. high, and, with the
sheaths, smooth, with about three nodes; leaves 6-10 inches long,
2-3 lines wide, the sheaths loose and striate, the upper one long and
sheathing the base of the panicle; panicle 8-10 inches long, narrow,
the simple branches about one inch long, in threes or fives, or partly
scattered, closely flowered; spikelets small (little more than a line
3-5-flowered; outer glumes unequal, ovate, acutish, thick and
green on the keel, the lower, half as long; flowering-glumes .5 to .75
line long, 3-nerved, oblong, sparsely pubescent on the nerves, the
^pex emarginate, obtuse and finely denticulate; palet narrow, as long
the flowering-glume, 2-keeled, finely pubescent on the keels.

Collected in Texas by Mr. G. C. Nealley, for whom it is named.
Probably this and the preceding have been collected before, but so
^^r as I know have not previously been named.

A New Cyperus.

By N. L. Britton.

Cyperus Pringlei, «. sp . — Culm upright, about 2 ft. high, sharply
triangular. Leaves smooth, except the scabrous margins, 8—12 inches
long, 2—3 lines wide. Involucre of 5 or 6 narrow leaves, the longer
< 5-8 inches in length. Umbel simple or somewhat compound, of 5-6
rsys, 2—3 inches long and with several sessile heads. Simple heads one
inch long, 2—3 lines wide, involucellate, with setaceous bracts, com-
posed of 20—30, scattered, lanceolate, acute spikelets. In the com-
pound heads the spikelets are more numerous, and the involucels
t^ore prominent. Spikelets 1.5-2 lines long, of 3 or 4, acute, ovate
to ovate-lanceolate, 9— ii-nerved scales, a single one fertile in each,
t e lowest one persistent on the axis of the head. Spikelets min-
utely subulate-bracted Achenium oblong or oblong-obovate, acute-
ly triangular, a line or le.ss in length. Style 3-cleft. Stamens 3.
oot hard, bulbous, provided with thick fibres.

8

Recently received from Mr. C. G. Pringle; collected in August,
1884, in Southern Arizona.

'The plant somewhat resembles C. Calif ornicus, Watson, but
differs in its narrow leaves, shorter involucre, shorter and non-flex-
uose, fewer-flowered spikelets.

A Third Coat in the Spores of the Genus Onoclea.— The presence
of three coats in the spores of Equisetum has long been known to
botanists, but, as far as I am aware, it is generally supposed that no
ferns have more than two.

Having had occasion to repeatedly study the germination of the
spores of Onoclea Struthiopferis, I was for a long time perplexed by

the appearance of certain lines on the surface of the spore which 1
could not explain.

For some time these were not noticed in the spore at the com-
mencement of germination, owing to the opaque nature of the con
• ents ; but, as the cells became larger and the contents clearer, these
lines became very conspicuous. ^ j

After repeated sowings of spores, and careful study of the r®
stages of germination, specimens in the condition of Fig- 3
found in which the root-hair was apparently developed from
interior of the spore and protruded through the wall.
vestigation showed beyond any doubt that the supposed endosp^

*Bot. Cal., ii., 216 (C. speciosus, Torr., Mex. Bound. Surv., 226.)

9

actually split, and that through the cleft at one end the root-hair
protruded, and at the other the first cell of the prothallium. The
spores of the ferns of the genus Onoclea, as is usual in other ferns,
are covered with a thick, dark brown exospore, or coat. (Fig. i.)
In most ferns this remains attached to the basal cell of the prothal-
lium, concealing a large portion of it, and, indeed, this is often the
case in both O. Struthiopteris and O. sensii>ilis, but in many cases in
both ferns it is completely detached by the swelling of the spore in
germinating, leaving the spore apparently covered only with a thin,
transparent membrane (Fig. 2.) At the commencement of active
growth, however, this membrane is seen to split along one side, and
through the cleft thus formed the true endospore protrudes in the
form of a root-hair at one end, and the basal cell of the prothallium
at the other, which soon becomes separated from the root-hair by a
transverse septum (Figs. 3 and 4.) In Fig. 4 the basal cell has
become again divided so as to form two cells besides the first root-
hair. At this stage, with a little care, the two lobes of the second
covering (Figs. 4 and 5, L) can be clearly seen. The edges of

^ ese lobes were the lines that puzzled me first. These lobes follow
so nearly the lobes of the exospore, in those cases where it remains
attached, that it is then impossible to detect them.

This accessory covering of the spore was first observed in O.
'J^fiithiopieris, but, knowing the close resemblance of the spores of
• sensibihs to those of the former species, I conjectured that the
Peculiarity might be detected in them, and experiment showed
. at this was the case. I have not detected it in other genera exam-
but, as in all cases, the exospore adhered so firmly to the spore
as to interfere seriously with observations, I do not think it at all
’^possible that it does exist.

lliese observations may be readily verified in either species, as
spores germinate in a few days if simply placed in water and
kept in a warm place.

^■'^I’l-ANATION OF FIGURES.— I . Spore of 0 . Struthiopteris still enclosed in
similar spore in which the exospore has been cast off. 3.
Proth ir second coat split, allowing the root-hair (>j to protrude. 4. Older
i) showing the lobes of the second coat (L.) 5 - Similar prothallium of

«« ihs. All magnified 500 diameters.

Douglas H. Campbei.l.

10

The Introduction of Extra-limital Plants — To what degree is our
flora influenced by designed introduction of extra-limital plants? A
person in no way a botanist, though after his fashion a lover of the
woods, confessed to me that he was in the habit during his rambles
of scattering seeds of foreign or western plants here in Rhode Island.
Now, if these germinated, as no doubt they often did, they would
give rise to plants quite extra-regional. This, when it first was
noticed, might cause the experienced student no great annoyance,
but it is easy to see that after a while, and when well established,
they might easily mislead. There is no way that I can suggest of
stopping such a custom in our free country. The question is how
far is it reprehensible?

W. W, Bailey.

LeavesoftheAbietIneae.— Botanists will be glad to avail them-
selves of the opportunity to study the structure of the leaves of the
AbieiinecE of the United States and judge for themselves as to the
value of the specific characters afforded by the position of the resin-
ducts and the number and nature of the hypodermic cells; and I
therefore take pleasure in announcing that Mr. J. D. King, of Cottage
City, Mass., has prepared from material furnished from the collec-
tions of the Harvard Arboretum, and now offers for sale, beautifully
mounted sets of microscopic slides showing cross-sections of the
leaves of the sixty species of the United States.

C. S. Sargent.

Corema. — I find in Rev. J. Fowler’s list of New Brunswick plants,
Corema Conradii “ abundant in sphagnous bog in rear of Carleton,
N. B.”

W. W. Bailey.

Shortia. — A correspondent, referring to the note on Shortia m
the December Bulletin, suggests that Mr. Hyams would have come
nearer the truth had he said the plant “ is sold out ” instead of '’''dying
out,” in view of the fact that he has for the last few years been adver-
tizing to supply specimens at ten dollars each.

Jam6S F. Robinson, a well-known collector, at one time
tary of the Botanical Exchange Club, and more lately connected
with Owens College, Manchester, died quite suddenly on the
November last, aged 46 years. A few years since he felt compelled
to part with his herbarium, library and diagrams, and the writer
secured many of his plants, volumes and maps, either for himself or
Providence institutions,

W. W. B.

Botanical Notes.

The N ectar-Glands of the Cruciferce. — M. J. Velenovsky, 10
paper of fifty-six pages {Bull, de la Soc. Tcheque des Sciences, 0, xii-f
1884), has drawn attention to the characters of the nectarifero
glands in the Cruciferae, which he believes might be jj.

characterizing some genera and even larger groups. Thus the

n

sence*of the superior nectaries may be said to characterize the
AlyssinecR, LunaricR and Cheiranthece. The form of the nectaries
majT also serve as a diagnostic character of some genera. The
author gives a table of the classification of the Cruciferae with the
application of the new characters.

Botanical Literature.

Boianical Contributions, By Asa Gray. Proc. Amer. Acad.

Arts and Sci., xx., 257-317.

The first part of this paper by Dr. Gray consists of a critical revi-
sion of some genera of Borraginece, made necessary by recent dis-
coveries. The revisions give us now two species of Omphalodes, one
arctic, and one {O- Howardi, Gray, n. sp.) from Montana and Wash-
ington Territory, also two species in Western Mexico. A number of
species of Eritrichium and some of other genera are referred to the
genus Krynitzia, Fisch. and Meyer, the characters of which are ex-
tended, and which contains 45 North American species, eight of them
new to science. Other species of Eritrichium and Echtdiocarya
become Plagiobothrys, Fisch. and Meyer, of which we have 13 rep
resentatives. Echidiocarya has but a single species, E. Artzomca.

Under “Notes on some American Species of Utricularia ” refer-
ence is made to the drawings of Major Le Conte intended for illus-
trating his observations on the genus, *and now in possession of Mr.
L C. Martindale. U. personata, Le Conte, is U. juncea, Vahl.; U.
longiciliata, A. DC., and U. simplex, Q,. Wright, both Cuban species,
have been detected in Florida; “ U. tubulata, L., var. cleistogama,
Uray, seems to be not uncommon. The late Dr. Garber collected it
in Florida, and Mrs. Owen sends it from the island of Nantucket.
We may add that it has recently been found again in the New Jersey
pines by Prof. J. A. Allen.

Six new genera, each of a single species, are described from the
Southwest. They are Veatchia {Rhus Veatchiana, Kellogg) from
Lower California; Lyonothamnus from Santa Catalina Island; Priti-
Ki^ophytum from Sonora; Phanlothamnus of the Phytolaccacese from
Sonora; Himantostenwia, also Sonoran; and Rothrockia of Southern
‘^fizona. The last two genera are of the Asclepiadese. Two other
new species of this order are described, viz : Lachnostoma Artzont-
Gray, and Acerates bifida, Rusby, a very peculiar species with
two-parted hoods, of which a single specimen only Avas secured.

Dr. Gray describes also thirty-nine new species of Gamopetal^
remarks on others Among the new ones we note Schweinitzia
^tynoldsice from East Florida, and Cassiope oxycoccoides from Behring
sland, off Kamtschatka. — N. L. B.

^ Manual of the Medical Botany of North America. By Laurence
Johnson, A.M., M.D. 8vo., pp- 290. Library of Standard
Medical Authors. Wm. Wood & Co., New York, December,
1884.

Since the publication of Rafinesque’s treatise on medical plants,
*^o^ork of extensive scope has appeared in which our variou s nativ e

•Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., i, 72.

12

and naturalized species reputed to be of value in the practice of
medicine have been discussed and described. The book here noticed
thus supplies a want which every intelligent practitioner and student
must have felt, and presents in condensed form the results of the
author’s studies for a number of years in this neglected field. Com-
mencing under the heading “ Elements of Botany,” it presents clearly
and concisely the life-history of flowering-plants, explains the names
given to their parts, and the principles of botanical classification,
with a glossary of botanical terms. Succeeding this, and forming
the larger portion of the work is a critical account of nearly all the
American plants which are, or have been, employed in medicine,
statenients of their geographical distribution and habitat, the parts
used in the various pharmaceutical preparations, with the chemical
constituents of the same, and their medical properties and uses. It
is noteworthy that comparativ^ely few of the species which have been
used in medicine are really proved of sufficient importance to be
recognized as valuable therapeutical agents. The number condemned
or questioned is far greater than that admitted to be useful The
plants are considered in the order of their arrangement in Dr. Gray’s
Manual of Botany. The book is well printed, carefully indexed, and
beautifully illustrated with r6o wood-cuts, and with superb chromo-
lithographic plates of Podophyllmn peltaium, L., Liriod'^tidron Tulipi~
Sanguinarta Canadensis, L., Geranium niaculatum, L., Cornus
plot ida, L., Viburnum prunifolium, L., Gelsemium sempervirens, Ait.,
Cypt ipedium pubescens, Willd., and Aspidium marginale, Swartz, from
original drawings by the author.— N. L. B.

Water Flora and Fauna of Central Park. By L. P.
Gratacap and A. Woodward. Pamphlet, pp. 19, reprinted from
Sci. Amer. Supplem., ,Dec. 27, 1884.

This interesting paper concisely presents the results of the past
year s study by Messrs. Gratacap and Woodward of the life existing
in the larger fresh-water lakes. In the investigation of the flora they
appear to have confined themselves to the Algae, no phanerogams being
given in the list of species detected. This includes 22 of Confsi'-
voidece, 7 of Desmids, 26 of Diatoms and 3 Bacteria. The paper is
preliminary to a more exhaustive report. It contains a valuable con-
tribution to the bibliograpy of fresh-water florae and faunae of the
United States, mostly microscopical.— N. L. B.
dist of, and Notes upon, the Lichens collected by Dr. T. Bean in Alaska
and the adjacent region in 1880. By Dr. J. T. Rothrock.. 8vo..
pamph., pp. 10. (From Proceed. U. S. Nat. Museum. Vol. hi,
No. I.)

Pt eliminary List of the Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin. By Willinni
Trelease. 8vo., pamph., pp. 40. (From the Transactions of
the Wisconsin Acad. Science.)

Notes on some Species of Gymnosporangium and Chrysotnyxa of the
United States. By W. G. Farlow. 8vo., pamph., pp. 16. (From
Proceedings of Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences.)

Notes on a Fungus parasitic on Species of Potamogeton. By W. G.
Farlow. (From Transactions of the Ottawa Field- Naturalists
Club.)

Plate XLVIll.

BULLETIN

OF THF.

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. Xli.l New York, Feb. and Mar , 1885 . [Nos. 2 & 3.

Notes on Limnanthemum lacunosum, Griseb.
By Joseph Schrenk.

(Plate XLViii.)

In No. 3, Vol. X., of the Bulletin (March, 1883), Miss E. G.
Knight reported the discovery of some submersed leaves in two
specimens of Limnanthe^num lacunosum, Griseb., collected in Nova
Scotia. These leaves were “3 by 2.5 in., of a delicate texture, dia-
phanous, and of a light green color with a tinge of red,” and had “ a
broader sinus than the floating leaves.” In examining some speci-
mens of our Limnanthemiwi that I had taken from Squam Lake, N.
H., in 1881 and 1882 (in the month of August), I found that the
submersed leaves of my plants were quite different from those
described by Miss Knight. In 1883 and 1884 I gathered some more
specimens from Squam Lake, and also some from Rockland Lake,
Y., and from Bantam Lake, Conn., and found the submersed
leaves of all the plant’s from these localities to agree in size and form
with those taken from Squam Lake in previous years.

d he blades of these leaves are only from 5 io™“' wide and

about io““- long, and of various shapes, oval, obovate, broadly ovate,
sometimes with truncate base, but always without any sinus. They
are of a bright green color, without the reddish tinge peculiar to the
floating- leaves. The petioles are flat and from 2.5*^™' to loj^g-
After having examined this interesting plant and its descriptions
by the various authors, I venture to offer the following remarks as a
contribution to the better understanding of its morphology and
histology. What I especially propose to show is that the inflorescence
‘s not inserted on the petiole, as stated below.*

* The latest published description of our Limnanthemum that I could find, is
contained in the last edition (1883) of A. W. Chapman’s Flora of the Southern
United States, and reads thus: '^Limnanthemum, Gmelin. Perennial aquatic

ncrbs with floating, circular or cordate, spongy leaves, and w-hite peduncled flowers
clustered near the summit of the long petiole.” In Wood s Classbook of Botany ^^e
nnd the following: “Petioles long, bearing the flowers m an umbellate cyme

helow the roundish leaf.” Gray’s Manual says: “ Perennial aquatics, with rounded

floating leaves on very long petioles, which, in most species, bear near their summit
he umbel of (polygamous) flowers . • • sometimes shooting forth new leaves

fom the same place, and so spreading by a sort of proliferous stolons. In Gray s
Vnopt. Flora of N. A. we find the following passages: '‘Limnanthemum,

• the flowers in our species as if umbellate-fascicled on he

petiole. . . . L. lacunosum, Griseb. Petioles and stolons filiform, much

• • • umhel of flowers borne near to the base of ^he leaf. ...

e Candolle. Prodr. ix., 130, SecL ii., Nymphteanthe, Griseb.: Cymte petiol s

nserta.” Cf. also Thos. Meehan, The Native L’lowers and Ferns of the U. b.. 1., 93.

14

Limnanthemum lacunosum has a slender, ascending or horizontal
rootstock provided with fleshy, fibrous roots, (Fig. 4). At the grow-
ing end of the rhizoma we first notice, above the sandy bottom of the
lake or pond, a few of the submersed leaves described above (sl)-
Their petioles are inserted by means of sheathing bases (Fig. 5, si).
Next, in centripetal order, we find growing on the rootstock sorne
very long filiform petioles of uniform thickness and appearance (Fig.
4, pi), likewise provided with sheathing bases (Fig. 5, pi), and
bearing the roundish floating blades with a deep acute-angled sinus.
None of these undoubted petioles shows any sign of an inflorescence.

After removing the sheathing petiole-bases, we see some mem-
branaceous scales about io““‘ long, which taper from a broad clasp-
ing base to a sharp point (Figs. 4 and 5, sc). Occasionally these
scales are more elongated and have green tips or even rudimentary
blades; they are, in fact, much reduced leaves.

From the axils of the scales grow those organs which are
described by authors as filiform petioles bearing near their summit
the umbel of flowers, etc. (Fig. 4, st). As we shall presently see,
they bear lateral organs; therefore, I do not hesitate to consider
them as caulomes, and will henceforth call them stems. They are,
indeed, very much like the filiform petioles metioned above, but
from those they are readily distinguished by their position in the
axils of the scales, by their somewhat flattened, but never clasping
base (Fig. 5, st), and, above all, by their internal structure, to be
discussed hereafter.

A short distance from the surface of the water ( sf ), each stem
bears a well developed node, from which one full-grown floating leaf
is produced. The blade of this leaf is exactly like those of the
leaves with filiform petioles, but its petiole is only from i to 5*™' long
(in one exceptional case as long as 24®“‘), rather thicker than the
stem, and has, at its base, a membranaceous sheath from which the
clustered inflorescence and, closely above the same, the apex of the
main axis are growing. This apex, however, rarely continues its
growth vigorously during the same season; but we can often observe
very small rudimentary leaves starting at this point, during and after
the flowering season (Fig. 4).*

The apex of the stem is usually subtended by a cluster of spur-
shaped, thick and fleshy rootlets (not tubers, as they are called by
some authors), (Fig. 4, sp, and Fig. 7.) There can be no doubt
that these rootlets sink to the bottom at the end of the growing sea-
son carrying with them the apex of the stem, which, in the next
spring, gives rise to a new plant. I have frequently found these
rootlets attached to the rootstock of young as well as older plants,
iridicating, in the latter case, by their withered and shrunken con-
dition, the. function which they had performed (Fig. 6).

We see from what I have said above that in L. lacunosum we
meet with four distinct kinds of leaf-organs: ist, the submersed

* According to A. Gray (Manual) the long petioles sometimes shoot forth new
leaves from near the spur-like roots, thus spreading by a sort of prolifero
stolons.

15

leaves, 2d, the floating leaves with filiform petioles, 3d, the scales on
the rootstock, and 4th, the floating leaves with short petioles.

But in order to obtain entire satisfaction as to the difference
between the filiform petioles and stems we must examine the internal
structure of the same. The fibro-vascular centre of the stem (Fig. 2)
is distinctly divided by a zone of parenchymatic ground-tissue into
two bundles, each of which contains both vascular {v) and sieve tis-
sue the latter situated toward the endodermis (en). In the
fibro-vascular bundle of the filiform petiole (Fig, 3) there is but one
set of xylem {v) and phloem {sv) with the woody tissue on the
inner side. A line bisecting the two bundles of the stem forms an
angle of about 45° with the median line, while the bundle of the
petiole is symmetrically arranged, i. <?., it is bisected by the median
line. The petioles of the other two kinds of leaves are, in this
respect, exactly like the filiform ones. It is instructive to observe
how the double bundle of the stem separates into two branches on
approaching the node, one of them leading to the inflorescence and
apex, the other continuing its course into the leaf.

Otherwise the stem and the petiole do not present any material
differences. Both have two additional, much more reduced fibro-
vascular bundles near the circumference, on opposite sides from the
central one, with which they anastomize, at certain intervals, by
means of obliquely ascending, tender branches. The bulk of the
stems, and petioles consists of large parenchyma cells which have
very large intercellular channels between them, in the manner of so
many aquatic plants. We find, stretched obliquely across these air-
canals, some peculiar diaphragms formed of rather flat cells and
pierced with numerous triangular intercellular spaces. Such dia-
phragms are considered as a mechanical contrivance to stiffen the
walls of the air-canals in which they grow. Their occurrence in Lwi-
nanthemum is particularly interesting, because together with them are
luLind those star-shaped cells so frequently observ'ed in Nuphar
^nd NymphcBii; for it has heretofore been thought that plants Having
these stellate “interior hairs” are not provided with any diaphragms.*
Ihe manner in which the former grow, leaves, with me, no doubt as
to their office.

The walls of the intercellular channels (Fig. 8, /») are formed of
single layers of cells among which the star-shaped ones are conspicu-

by their great number, their form and their very thick, lignified
walls. There are, however, not any of the granular crystals of cal-
cium oxalate imbedded in the substance of the wall and projecting
it as with Nuphar and Nymph(za.\ The several arms into
''hich such a cell branches project into the intercellular passages
l^igs. 8 and 9), and spread in front of the partitions (Fig. 10) into
which the main body of the cell is inserted. Considering the length

Haberlandt, Physiologische I’fianzenanatomie (1884), p. 300.

ttJ. Haberlandt, 1 . c.\ E. Strasburger. Uas botanisebe Practicum, p. 17c In
our iVyntphaa oJorata, Ait , however, I have found very many “ stellate hairs with
quite sn?ooth walls, without the crystals mentioned in the text. 'I'hey occur together
with such cells as those of A^. altni described by Strasburger, /. c.

16

of these branches, as well as the hardness and rigidity of these
peculiar cells, together with their great number, we must assume that
they serve as a mechanical contrivance to prevent the collapse of the
wide air-passages which, without them, might take place on a sudden
or gradual change in the radial pressure exerted on the plant by the
water and the atmosphere.

This summer I planted a cluster of the spur-like rootlets men-
tioned above in some sand contained in a shallow dish and covered
with a few inches of water. The bud above the rootlets soon sent
up some of the submersed leaves, which, in shape and size, exactly
resembled the ones collected from the actual habitat of the plant.
But on closely examining their petioles I was surprised to find that
they did not contain a single stellate cell! I do not venture to con-
sider this single observation as a proof of the correctness of the above
theory, but it certainly does not contradict it, and invites closer in-
vestigation.

Hoboken, December 1884.

Explanation of Plate xlviii. — Fig. i. Cross-section of filiform stem, e,
epidermis; se, sub-epidermal layer of parenchyma consisting of two or three rows of
cells with few and small interstices; i, intercellular air-canals; ic, air-canal magni-
fied in Fig. S; p, partitions between air-canals; cb, central fibro-vascular bundle; lb,
lateral bundles; x 36. h'ig, 2, The central fibro-vascular bundle of Fig. i, x yjo.
en, endodermis; v. ducts (annular and spirall; sv, sieve tissue. Fig. 3 - Central
fibro-vascular bundle of filiform petiole. Letters as in Fig. 2; x 370. Fig. 4 - ^
few of the numerous stems, leaves, etc., of a full grown plant to illustrate its habit.
The filiform petioles and stems of the original were about .5™- long, bt, bottom of
lake; si, submersed leaves, sc, scales; pt, filiform petioles; st, filiform stems; sp.
spur-like roots; sf, surface of water. Fig. 5. Bases of leaf-organs. Letters as in
big. 4 - big. 6. Young plant that has grown from the spur-like roots, sp. big- 7 -
C ross-section of one of the spur-like rootlets (Fig. 4). e, epidermis; pc, nareiicliyma
cells; en, endodermis; v, ducts; sv, sieve-tissue; x 36. Fig. 8. Intercellular canal,
ff. Fig. I, X 36. j/i, stellate “hairs”; other letters as in Fig. i. Fig. g. Longitud-
inal section through air- canal and stellate “hair”; x 370. Fig. lo. Longitudinal
section through air-canal, giving front-view of stellate “ hair”, the invisible half of
which extends behind the partition into the contiguous air-passage; x 37U-

All the powers given refer to the original figures as drawn with the camera ; m
the plate they appear reduced to one-half their size.

On the Mechanism of Anthesis in the Ericaceae

By H. H. Rusby.

As to the anthers, a strong distinction exists between the Pyroli-
nese and the remainder of the Ericaceae, in that the pores are basal in
the former, apical in the latter. But this characteristic is not so readily
made out as would at first appear. On examining a mature flower m
any sub-order, the pores are found uppermost, and the only apparent
indication of inversion in the Pyrolineas is the common extrorseness 0
the pores, the anther itself being introrse. But even this distinction
vanishes, nearly, in Clethra, where the poriferous horns are twisted so
as to face laterally, and quite so in Chimaphila, where the
very short, and the openings look obliquely upward and inward.
we turn to the bud of Clethra, we find the filament doubled upon itse ,
so that the poriferous liorns are pointing downward. In very
buds this reduplication of the filament is not apparent, the fold D -

17

ing so closely appressed to the anther. When, now, we read that the
anther in Pyrolineae is “ normally extrorse in the bud ” and that the
pores are “really basal,” the ordinary inference must be that it is this
tolding of the filament that constitutes the normal condition, and
renders the pores truly basal. But again we are puzzled on finding
that this same folding of the filament, producing reversion of the an-
ther, in the bud, prevails in a number of genera of Ericineae, partic-
ularly in the first and second tribes. Why then should the same con-
dition be called normal in one case and abnormal in the other? Why
should pores similarly placed be called basal in the one sub-order
and apical in the other? Why should Arciostaphylos and Arbutus
form one extreme, and Clethra and Pyrola tfie other, of a large family,
the intervening genera differing in the most important characteristic
in which these extremes agree? An answer is found in the existence
in the Pyrpline;e of a second fold or turn of the filament at its point
of attachment, thus placing it erect in the bud, and inverted in the
flower, when the larger first fold has become obliterated. A careful
study of this subject has proven so interesting that ray observations
have been committed to paper, and, with a few diagranis, are here given.

Fig. I. Fig. 2

I shall speak of the primary, obscure fold in Pyrolineae as an inversion,
which it really is, and the more evident, secondary fold, common to
many genera, as a reversion. Suitable buds for this study not being
commonly collected, I heve been unable to examine some genera at
and in several others the buds were so old as to leave the truth
merely inferential.

Inversion has been clearly demonstrated in Clethra, Chimaphila
and Py/yla — Moneses not having been examined.

Reversion is certainly present in Arbutus, Arctostaphylos and Ccis-
^‘ope, and probably in Gaultheria and CassanPra. It has been
excluded in Leucothoe, Oxydendron, Epigeea, "Andromeda, CaUuna,
Ledum and Rhododendron. ln~Menziesia, so far as *my observations
89, It IS very doubtful, and the otlTer genera I have had no opportu-
nity of examining.

My observations began with the study of Arctostaphylos, in Feb-
ruary, 1881, when among the mountains of South-eastern Arizona I
was waiting for the spring flowers to open, only Arctostaphylos pungens,
MIIK., Brodicea paueijiora, Wats., and Carphoclueia Bigelovii, Gray,
being in flower. ~

I he drawings made at that time are lost, but the plan of reversion

18

and restitution, being much the same as in Arbutus^ I may illustrate
by reference to figures of that genus. Fig. \ illustrates a mature
stamen of Arbutus Menziesii. The anther is erect, introrse both as to
position and pores, attached very near its upper extremity, and fur-
nished with a pair of curved horns projecting backward, the concavity
of the curve looking directly upward. These horns seem to have their
origin at, or very near, the upper edge of the pore, and to be adnate
to an extent which varies in different genera and species, and in the
same species at different periods. If now, we imagine this anther
tipped over backward until it is exactly upside down, we shall have
a part of what we find in Fig. 2, an illustration of a stamen from a
young bud of the same species. That is, the anther would be reverted,
and extrorse as to both position and pores, and the filament folded up-
on itself. But the horns would assume a different position, for they
would project inward, the concavity of the curve looking directly
downward. Such, however, is not the case in the bud. The filament
is bordered by thin, but strong, transparent wings, and to this the horns

are firmly attached, apparently imbedded in its substance. The filament
IS at this time very short. From these observations, the design of the
arrangement, and the use of the horns is very apparent. As the fila-
ment lengthens in its narrow quarters it becomes variously curved
and cramped, so that at the first intimation of freedom, from the
spreading of the corolla, which it probably hastens, it begins to
straighten by pressing the anther in the only direction possible,
namely, the apex (lower end) outward. It is evident that powerful
assistance must be rendered by the elasticity of the growing horns,
pressed, as they are, far out of their normal line. (See also Figs. 3
and 4.)

In Arctosiaphylos the principle is the same, w'ith slight differences
in the details. It must be remarked that in this genus especially, the
development and growth of the horns is very rapid. In the youngest
buds that can be readily examined, the horns are scarcely discernible-
The rapidity of their subsequent growth is well seen by comparing
their length in the five precocious, with that in the other five anthers
(best seen in Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi), for in all of these changes, five

19

of the anthers are constantly much in advance of the others. In this
genus they become much longer, and instead of being, in the bud
state, imbedded in the substance of a transparent wingot the filament,
they are attached thereto by abundant glutinous hairs belonging both
to themselves and to the filament. Here, at least, the horns appar-
ently have some part in cross-fertilization. In A. glauca they are so
far doubled backward that their hairy and glutinous tips are approxi-
mated to the anther pores, so that being jarred by departing insects,
a quantity of the pollen is shaken out upon them, to be held until the
arrival of the next visitor. Futher evidence of the flowers being pro-
terogynous was found in the presence, among the filaments and upon
the viscid stigma, of a considerable quantity of pollen before the an-
thers of those flowers were yet mature. A large number of flowers
was found punctured near the base with a large, angular aperture.
Careful and long continued observation placed the mischief to the
account of a humming-bird, which passed a large part of its time
among the shrubs.

Casswpe does not differ essentially from Arbutus. Its horns are
like those of Arbutus in slenderness, but are not quite so long, and are
rather straighten

Fig. 8. Fig. 9.

The stamens of all the above genera agree in two important par-
ticulars: the filaments are attached quite near the apex of the anther,
and the latter possesses backwardly projecting- horns. Both these
<^haracters, as we have seen, are useful in overcoming the reversion of
the anther. Now in Gaultheria, of which I have but a single bud to
examine, and that an old one, we see the first step toward a condition
m which both these characters are wanting, and where the anthers
are never reverted. For in Gaultheria we have the “ dorsal ” awns,
but the filament is not attached near the apex of the anther. (Fig. 5.)

In Cassandra (Fig. 6) the mechanism is still farther lost by the in-
sertion of the filament near the lower end of the anther, and the
^most straight direction of the stout horns, which thus become beaks.
Here we are obliged to entertain the question as to the dorsal horns
of Arbu^s being the homologues of the terminal beaks of Vaccineae
(and Cassandra, etc.) which have become narrowed, recurved, and
broken through at the base on the inner side to form the ventral pores.

As above stated, in neither of the tvyo last genera was reversion
clearly seen, and it was clearly excluded in all the others examined
up to Pyrolineae. But, in passing, one would call attention to the

20

existence of beaks in the thecae of Andromeda Mariana. Fig. 7
illustrates a stamen from a rather young biid. The beaks, here so
distinct, become less so as the flower matures, by their close approxi-
mation and adherence below. In the other species of that section,
they are, even in the young state, beakless as described.

VVe now come to consider a very different condition, best seen in
Pyrola. Fig. 8 represents a stamen from a moderately developed bud
of P. rotundifolia. Here we see the same folding of the filament (re-
versTon) as in the first class of cases, the poriferous extremities of
the thecae pointing downward, but at the same time inward. In
the last particular they differ from all the above genera, and point to
the inversion which is clearly shown in Fig. 9. In this case, one
theca has been torn away, so that the direction of the fibres of the
filament can be plairdy seen at their actual point of insertion, again
turning upward to become continuous with the connective. If, with
a needle, we attempt to strip off the filament in a downward direction
at the point a, we succeed in getting a transverse fracture at that
point; while the same experiment with an anther of Arbutus d\\m\a.r\y
prepared results in the splitting off of the filament to tlie extreme end

i'ig- lo- I'ig. II. Fig. 12. Fig. I 3 -

of the connective. It is cleariy, then, this folding of the filament,
hidden between the thecae, that produces the inversion proper, and
proves the anther to be erect in the bud, and the pores to be basal,
notwithstanding that in the mature flower they are uppermost. As
to the direction of the pores, it is evident that, pointing inward in
the bud, their normal position, they must point outward in the flower,
when the inversion has become effective by the disappearance of the

counterbalancing reversion.

This extrorseness of the pores is permanent in Pyt^ola., but not in
Clethra or Chit^phila, and in that genus it is overcome, at least par-
tially, by the unilateral depression of the anthers. But in CMhra
(Fig. 10, stamen from bud, Fig. ii, from mature flower) the beaks
are elongated, divergent and twisted, so that the pores face laterally
or nearly so. In Chijnaphila (Fig. 12, bud-stamen of C. inaculata, rig-
13, flower-stamen of the same), the pores are practically introrse
The manner in which they have become so is not clear, for in my
only bud I found them extrorse in their reverted condition, and 1
is not known to how early a period this relation could be traced.

Some one will probably find a study of the buds of Rhododetuv on
very interesting during the coming season.

2i

Fern Notes. VII.

By Geo. E. Davenport,

Cheilantnes lanuginosa, Nutt., var. fibrillosa. {C. fibrillosa, Dav- J
enport, provisionally, in herbarium Mass. Hort. Soc’y). — I have
now had in my possession for more than a year a strange Cheilanthes
from California which has puzzled me greatly. Not being able to
place it to my entire satisfaction, it was placed in the herbarium
under the provisional name of C. fibrillosa, and held in reserve until
the present time, when a careful re-examination leads me to refer it
to C. lanuginosa, Nutt., as a variety. My principal object, however,
in publishing it here is to call the attention of California botanists to
it with the hope that it may lead to its re-discovery, and the collec-
tion of sufficient material to render its positive determination more
certain.

It apparently comes between, and may ultimately unite, C. lanu-
ginosa and C. Farishii (possibly C. Szovitzii as well), and the speci-
mens indicate a plant of corresponding size. It lacks the character-
istic scales of Farishii, and, while in every other way nearer to
lanuginosa than to Farishii, differs from the former by its more
rhizomataceous rootstocks, the presence of distinct fibrous hairs, or
scales, intermixed with the tomentum, and a remarkable resemblance
to Notholxna Newberryi, for which it might be mistaken, but for the
strongly revolute margins of the segments.

A plant with so many characters not distinctly its own is not likely
to be a welcome addition to this section of Cheilanthes, and may
prove hereafter to be a source of much perplexity to botanists.

I give a partial description as an aid to those who may have op-
portunities to search for it:

Plant 3' to 6' (or more ?) tall; rootstock rhizomataceous, forming
dense, entangled clumps of short rhizomes clothed with dark, or
blackish-brown, linear-lanceolate scales that gradually pass into
lighter brown, linear (more slender than in lanuginosa) scales mixed
^ith coarse fibres and tomentum at the base of the stipites, the latter
chestnut-brown, terete, 2 to 3' long, at first tomentose with fibrous
scales and wool (similar to that on the roots), becoming smooth with
^gc; laminae of equal length with, or slightly longer than, the stipites,

•"li) to 1.5' broad, tripinnate, loosely covered with deciduous tomen-
turn, that along the rachises beneath persistent, tawny, and mixed
'vith coarse fibres — whence the name fibrillosa.

Collected by the brothers Parish well down in one of the passes
that open out on the south side of the San Jacinto Mts., in June 1882.

Mr. Parish thinks that it had descended from a higher altitude, where
It may be looked for.

Cheilanthes niyriophylla, Desv., (C. elegans, Desv. ; C. vtllosa, Daven-
Port, provisionally, in herb. Mass. Hort. Soc’y only. Catal. Supple-
ment).— I have received from Mr. Pringle’s rich collection of 1884 an
unusually fine series of forms of this species collected by him on lime-
stone cliffs on the Santa Rita Mts. in Arizona.

Phe series shows great variation in characters that have frequently
» been made use of for specific purposes (such as the size and shape

22

of the fronds or segments; the presence or absence, or character of
the tomentum; or the color, size and character of the scales) the
value of which I am now led to question more seriously than ever.
Such characters, it seems to me, can only be taken in connection with
others of a more reliable nature, and must occupy a secondary place
in any description.

Some of Mr. Pringle’s specimens run very close to C. scariosa, and
I suspect fairly represent that species as reported from Mexico;
others are inseparable from C. elegans, Desv., and others again from
myriophylla. All of these differences are clearly due to the different
conditions under which the different plants grew.

In reply to my inquiries in this direction, Mr. Pringle wrote:

“ It (this species) is at home only in limestone ledges, in dryest
situations where there is least soil ‘ short and rigid,’ as you note, and
in shaded places with more earth, or richer mould ‘ taller and more
lax.’ But it is all one species.”

The series is identical with that previously collected in the Hua-
chuca Mts. by Mr. and Mrs. Lemmon, which Prof. Eaton (correctly
as I think) referred to C. myriophylla, with the exception that Mr.
Pringle s plants vary more in the direction of C. elegans, Desv., and
some of them are more densely squamose than any received from
Lemmon.*

One can see from these collections that Dr. Hooker acted wisely
in writing C. elegans and C. myriophylla under one name.

I he plant given in the Supplement to my Catalogue, merely as a
matter of record for the herbarium, under the provisional name of
C. vtllosa, is probably only a form of this species, to which it must be
referred.

Botrychium V irginianum, Swz., why Botrychium Virginicum ?.

I had supposed that the correct synonomy of the Botrychia had
become so clearly established through the labors of Dr. Milde, as
pointed out by Prof. Eaton and myself, that no further corrections
would be necessary, but Mr. Gilbert’s note in the Bulletin for July
1884, seems to indicate otherwise.

1 he right, per se, of every one to choose whatever name best
pleases him may be undeniable, but in practice the wdsdom of exer-
cising that right is at least questionable as not tending to that uni-
formity so desirable in botanical science.

If we are to pay any regard to the laws of botanical nomenclature,
then B. Virgmtcum ought no longer to be tolerated as against B-

* Prof. Lemmon tells me that Mr. Baker refers his Huachuca Mt. plant to C.
seariosa, but \vhile I am inclined to believe that the very scaly forms of both Lem-
mon s and Pringle’s collections are the same as the plant from Mexico, which has
been referred to C. scaiiosa, although 1 have no specimen for comparison, I think ^
more careful investigation will be needed to show that they are identical with the
Peruvian type of that species. Prof. Eaton thinks they are not, and until such time
as I can make a satisfactory investigation for myself 1 should defer wholly to his
judgment.

1 he large series of forms which I have received from Prof. Lemmon and Me
Pringle, to both of whom I arn under great obligations, has placed in mv *
some long wished for material and I hope now shortly to finish my paper on the
Myiiophylla-Femileri group of Cheilanthes.

33

Virginiamwt, which takes precedence by at least ten years earlier
publication (O. Swartz, in Schrad. Journ. Botan. 1800-1801).

The species was collected in Arizona during the past year by Mr.
Pringle along with Ophioglossum nudicaule, N otholcBna Aschenborniana,
P ellcea cor data, Pellcca atropurpurea Notholcena fiivea, Asplenium
parvulum and monanthe?num, Aspidiion Filix-nias, Cheilanthes Pringlei,
and others.

Botrychium matricaricefolium, A. Br., why Botrychiuni rutacemn,
Swz. ? — The use of the name B. rutaceum, Swz. {Gilbert /. c.), as a
synonym for this species is somewhat misleading. Dr. Milde has
shown that Swartz was not acquainted with our ]dant, and that his
rutaceum was only a form of B. ternatutn, as verified in Swartz’s own
herbarium by Angstrom. There is therefore no propriety in writing
B. rutaceum, Swz., for B. matricaricefolium, A. Br., at this late day,
however much there might have been before the confusion into which
the synonomy of the Botrychia was thrown by various writers was
unravelled by Dr. Milde’s masterly treatise.

I read Mr. Gilbert’s note (/. c.) on the variation in the bud-forms
in this species with much interest and pleasure.

I have myself previously recorded {see Bulletin for September
188 r) a single instance of variation in the bud-form of a mature
specimen of this species, and of B. simplex also. Since that time I
have examined a great many specimens without finding another
instance, but have found the general character of the buds as hereto-
fore described remarkablv uniform and reliable. It should be
remembered in connection with this that the full descriptions of the
different buds in my vernation notes (Bulletin, January 1878) were
based upon mature vernation, and that sufficient qualification was
made in the text for different stages of development. In reference to
the present species, I therein stated that while the matured form of
the bud is so distinct from that of every other species that one could
not possibly mistake it for any other, yet, in its earlier stages of
development, it at one time bears some resemblance to the matured
bud of B. simplex, at another time to the matured bud of B. Lunaria,
and only gradually assumes with its growth its distinctive character,
ft will be observed, however, that even in its youngest condition it is
not only distinguished from the bud of B. simplex by the partially
curved apex of the sterile portion, but by the significant development
of the common stalk, that being by far the longest portion of the
whole bud, whereas in B. simplex the common stalk is usually the
shortest. To this, adding that, in the three smaller species, being
given specimens of an equal and corresponding growth, the buds
Will be found to be distinct and characteristic.

These views I have as yet seen no reason to change, and it is to
be expected from them that in this species, whenever from any cause
plants fail to mature fully, some deviation from the fully described,
matured venation is to be looked for, though not of sufficient char-
acter to prevent determination.

In cases, however, where there may be a doubt otherwise, an
examination of the spores must be resorted to, as previously stated.
(Vernation Notes, /. z.)

24

Woodsia Mexicana, Fee. — The Woodsia from Lower California
mentioned in my Distribution Notes as likely to be IV. obtusa proves
to be this species instead.

Mr. Orcutthas now re-collected it and supplied me with sufficient
material to render its positive determination reasonably certain.

My thanks are due to Mr. Orcutt for his kindness in this, and also
for his efforts to procare for me other ferns, in which I trust he will
yet meet with equal success.

Notes on the Flora of Yellowstone Park.

By Frank Tweedy.

There is probably not an area of equal size in the United States
which has as varied topographical features as the region of the Yel-
lowstone Park, with its elevated plateaux and lofty mountain ranges,
canons, rivers and cataracts. Here also is the great continental
water-shed. The central portion is mainly a high, rolling, heavily
timbered plateau varying from 7,500-8,500 feet above sea-level and
bordered by mountain ranges on the west, north and east. It is to
this interior region and to a few adjacent mountain summits that the
following observations were limited. On travelling through the Park
one is struck by the monotony of the forests as regards variety in
species. The black pine {Pintis coniorta, Dougl., var. Murrayana,
Engelm.) is the prevailing tree at low altitudes, forming at least 90
per cent, of the forest area, mingled with a scanty growth of Douglas
spruce {Pseudotsuga Douglasii, Engelm.) on sparsely wooded slopes.
The latter are small and not to be compared with the noble tree of
the Pacific coast. We were surprised at the general absence of the
yellow pine {Pinus ponderosa, Dough), but probably the rainfall is
too great for the healthy development of this species. Above 8,000
feet, and even lower, dependent upon situation as regards temperature
and moisture, occur the spruce {Picea Pngelmanni, Engelm.) and the
fir \Abies subalpitia, Engelm.). The latter, much resembling the eastern
balsam fir in growth and habit, clothes the cold, wet mountain slopes
up to the timber-line, which here is nearly 1,000 feet. The black
pine is not entirely confined to the plateau region, but often ascends
to the timber-line along the drver ridges where it is frequently found
with the western white pine \Pinus flexilis, James). A few red
cedars are scattered over the sage-brush areas, and Juniperus
munis., L., var. alpina, L., on alpine summits and more rarely aroun
the geyser basins. A birch {Retula occidentalis) and the aspen {Popu-
lus tremulotdes, Michx.) are mostly confined to moist bottoms along
streams. Early in August we occupied a camp in a small opening,
half bog, half meadow, on the eastern slope of the Gallatin Range.
On either side were the fir-clad slopes of high mountain peaks. Scat-
tered over the meadow were patches of low willows (Sa/ix
Anders.) and birches {Betula glandiilosa, Michx.) mingled with grea
quantities of Potentilla frudcosa, L., the most characteristic shrub o
the mountain bogs. Blue gentians were missed in great profusto'^
over the surface of the bog, Gentiana serrata. Gunner, everywhere,
G. Forwoodii, Gray, and G. amarelhi, L., var. acuta, Hook.. Dss

25

common, yellow senecios (S. lugens, Rich., and S. suhnudus, DC.)
and white flowers of various species. Zygadeniis elegans, Pursh.,
Antennaria carpaihica, R. Br., Trijolium iongipes, Nutt., Polygonum
viviparum, L., Parnassia fimbriata. Banks, and Habenaria hyperborea,
R. Br. Pedicularis was represented by several species, P . Grmilan-
dica, Retz, P. bracieosa, Benth., and P. racemosa, Dough Valeriana
edulis, Nutt., is a characteristic bog plant of the region. Hidden by
this luxuriant growth were the more modest Slellarice (S. borealis.
Big., .S’, longipes, Goldie, S. umbellata, Turez., 6'. crassifolia, Ehrh.)
and Androsaces {A. filiforniis, Retz, A. septentrionalis, I,.). One of
the most striking plants was a large cream-colored iVyet/iia {W.
helianthoides, Nutt.), the species upon which Nuttall founded the
genus. Grasses there were in abundance, many of the most nutriti-
ous kinds: the native timothy {Phleum alpinum, L.), Deyeuxia
Langsdorfii, d'rin., the blue joint of the region, Poa Nevadensis,
Vasey, var. glauca, V. & S., a characteristic meadow grass, several
species of Bromus {B. brevarislatus, Hook., B. cilialus, B. Kalmii,
Cray), Danthonia, Melica, Trisetum, Pestuca, Glycerin, etc., all of
which our horses and mules seemed to appreciate highly in the odd
nioments they snatched from fighting the myriads of gnats and im-
mense horse-flies during the day time and the equally numerous and
more persistent mosquitos at morning and evening. On the ascent
of Mount Holmes the following day, new beauties and varieties in the
flora met our gaze on every hand. The little streams tuinbling down
the grassy slopes of the mountain side were bordered with flowers
growing with weed-like luxuriance, waist deep, blue Merietmce iM,
■Sibirica, Don.), yellow AquilegicB {A. flavescens, Wats.), white and
crimson geraniums {G. Richardsonii, F. & M., G. incisutn, F. & M. , the
showy Mimulus Lewlssii, Pursh., and above all waved the wand-like
stems of aconites and larkspurs {Aconiium Fischeri and Delphinium
^copulorum, Gray). On the borders of the scattered groves of fir were
banks of melting snow, and over the cold wet ground around them
Were growing several pretty little alpine plants. Two clovers (7/7-
foliiitn Parryi, Gray, and T. Kingii, Wats.), a dwarf Ranunculus w\\h
large, golden-yellow flowers {R. affinis, R. Br.), a prostrate Mertensia
[hf. alpina, Don.) and a delicate little aster very appropriately bear-
'ng the name of Aster pulchellus, Eaton.

A steep ascent of several hundred feet brought us upon an elevated
plateau where a scene of great beauty burst upon our view. Spread
out before us was a magnificent natural flower-garden, vivid scarlet
^ud crimson Castillem vied with purple lupines and carpet-like
"lasses of snow-white phlox {P. Douglasii, Hook.) mingled with
plden-yellow and orange flowers of every shade, Helianthella Doug-
T. & G., Ivesia Gordoni, T. & G., Sedilm stenopetalum, Pursh.,
arnicas and Aplopappi. A large-flowered Toumsendia {T. Parryi,
Eaton) was a conspicuous feature of the flora. Besides these there
were Clematis Douglasii, Hook., the pretty Cerastium arvense, L., and
^rigerons and asters of several species. On reaching the bare summit
O' the mountain at an altitude of io,ooo feet, we stood for some mo-
^ents gazing upon the panorama of the Park spread out before us.
*0 the southward extended a rolling sea of dark green forest, broken

26

here and there by the white surfaces of the geyser basins, from which
at intervals clouds of steam would shoot upwards, telling us of some
geyser in eruption. Over the plateau below us were several elk
leisurely making their way, and on a peak near by we watched a band
of Rocky Mountain sheep travelling along what seemed to us to be
the face of an almost perpendicular precipice. The bleak wind which
swept the summit that we occupied hardly seemed favorable to plant-
life other than the hardy lichens and mosses, and yet its flora proved
to be quite extensive and varied, as the following species, collected
over an area of a few square rods, will show: Douglasia monfana,

Gray., Salix reticulata, L., Draba crassifolia, Graham, D. alpina, L.,
Smelowskia calycina, Myosotis sylvatica, Hoffm., var. alpestris, Koch.,
Eritrichium nanum, Schroder, var. aretioides, Herder., Arenaria
stricta, Wats , Silene acaulis, L., Saxifraga oppositifolia, L., Oxytropis
Lamberti, Pursh., Astragalus tegetarius, Wats., var. implexus, Canby.,
Dryas octopetala, L., Sibbaldia procumbens, L., Antennaria alpina,
Gaertn., Artemisia scopulorum, Gray., Erigeron uniflorus, L., E. radi-
cal us, Hook.

In the treacherous hot spring bogs throughout the Park -one will
meet with a peculiar flora containing many species which are more or
less familiar sea-coast plants, such as Ranunculus Cymbalaria,
Pursh., Potentilla Ansertna, L., Rumex maritimus, L., Potarnogeton
pectinatus (L.?) Ruppia maritima, L., and Triglochin maritinium, L.

There is-a characteristic plant of the region, Cnicus Drummondit,
(iray, which has a little romance connected with it in spite of its un-
preposessing appearance. In 1870 one of a band of explorers in the
then unknown region which is now the Yellowstone Park became
separated from his companions and wandered alone for thirty-seven
days through the dense forests and over the mountains, and was only
saved from starvation by the nourishment derived from the roots of
this thistle.

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States.

The Indian Territory.

Catalogue of Plants collected in the Exploration, by Capt. R. B-
Marcy, of the Red River. By John Torrey. (C.)

Washington, 1853. Appendix G.

List of some of the most interesting Plants collected in the Indian
Territory. By G. 1 ). Butler. (B.)

In Bot. Gazette iii., 1878, Logansport, Ind.

Catalogues of Transcontinental Expeditions.
Descriptions of new Species and Genera of Plants in the Natural
Order Corapositae, collected in a tour across the Continent to
the Pacific, a Residence in Oregon, and a visit to the Sandwic
Islands and Upper California during the years 1834 and i 835 -
By Thomas Nuttall. (D.)

In Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vii. (new series) 282.

List of Plants collected on a Military Reconnoissance from r(^
Leavenworth, Mo., to San Diego, Cal. By John Torrey, M. 1 •
(C.)

27

In Emory’s Report of Reconnoissance, p. 136. Washington, 1848.
Botany of the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey. By
John Torrey, the Cactaceae by Geo. Engelmann. (C.)

Rep. U. S. and Mex. Bound. Survey, Vol. ii. Washington, 1859.
Botany of the United States Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel.
(King’s Reports.) By Sereno Watson, D. C. Eaton and others.
(C.)

In Rep. of Exploration, Vol. v.,4to. W^ashington, 1871.

List of Plants collected by the North Pacific R. R. Expedition of
1873 under Gen. D. S. Stanley. By J. A. Allen. (B.)

In Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, xvii., 1875.

The Upper Missouri Region.

Catalogue of Plants collected in Long’s Second Expedition. By L.

D. DeSchweinttz.

In Keating’s Rep. of Expedition. Washington, 1825.

The Sylva of Montana. By J. G. Cooper, M.U.

In Amer. Nat., iii., 405. (A.)

Catalogue of Plants collected during the Expedition of F. V. Hay-
den to the Headwaters of the Yellowstone River in the Summer
of 1871, with a small number gathered by Dr. George Smith in
August, 1871, on Gray’s Peak and near Georgetown, Colo. By
T. C. Porter. (The Mosses by L. Lesquereux and Lichens by

E. Tuckerman.) (C.)

In U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Montana and adjacent Terr., p.
477- Washington, 1871.

Catalogue of Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants col-
lected during the summers of 1873 and 1874 in Dakota and
Montana by Dr. Elliott Coues; with which are incorporated
those collected in the same region at the same times by Mr. G.
M. Dawson. By J. AV. Chickering. (B.)

In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv., 1878, Vol. iv.. No. 4.
'Vashington.

Botany of the Black Hills of Dakota. By Asa Gray. (C.)

In Rep. on Geol. and Resources of the Black Hills by Henry
Newton and W. P. Jenney. Washington, 1880, p. 531.

The Rocky Mountain Region.

Catalogue of Plants collected during a journey to and from the
Rocky Mountains during the summer of 1820. By E. P. James.
(B.)

In Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., Phila., Vol. ii., (new series) 1825.
(Includes many species from the plains, and east of the Mississippi.)
Some account of a Collection of Plants made during a journey to and
from the Rocky Mountains in the summer of 1820, by Edwin P.
James, M.D. By John Torrey. (C.)

In Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., ii., 161, 1828.

Catalogue of a Collection of Plants made chiefly in the valleys of the
Rocky Mts. or Northern Andes toward the sources of the
Columbia River by Nathaniel B. Wyeth. By T. Nuttall. (C.)
In Journ. Phila. Acad. Sci., vii., [834.

Catalogue of Plants collected in Wyoming and Colorado by ^

Hayden and Mr. B. H. Smith, 1868, 1869, 1870. By T. C.
Porter. (C.)

28

In U. S. Geol. Sur. Wyoming and contiguous Territory, 1870, p.
472. Washington, 1872.

A List of Plants collected by C. Thomas in Eastern Colorado and N.
E. New Mexico during the Survey of 1866. By C. C. Parry,
M.D. (A.)

In U. S. Geol. Surv. Wyoming and contiguous Territory, 1870, p.
484. Washington, 1872.

Enumeration of the Species of Plants collected by Dr. C. C. Parry
and Messrs. E. Hall and J. P. Harbour, during the summer and
autumn of 1862 on and near the Rocky Mts. in Colorado Terr.,
latitude 39® to 41°. By Asa Gray. (C.)

In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p 55.

Synopsis of the Flora of Colorado. By T. C. Porter and J. M.
Coulter. (C.)

U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., Misc. Public., No. 4, 8vo.
pamj)hlet. Washington, 1874.

1 he Flora of Southwestern Colorado. By T. S. Brandegee. (B.)

In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., Vol. ii.. No. 3, p. 227.
Washington.

List of Colorado Miisci and Hepaticae, collected by T. L. Brandegee
in 1873-75. By E. A. Rau with the assistance of C. F. Austin
and T. P. James. (A.)

In Bull. Porr. Bot. Club., vi., 89, May, 1876.

Colorado Plants. By I. C. Martindale. (B.)

In Amer. Nat. xiii., 675. November, 1879.

Grasses of the Plains and Eastern Slope of the Rocky Mountains.
(B.) Author not given.

In Dept. Agric. Rept., Washington, 1870, p. 217.

A catalogue of Plants collected in 1872 in portions of Montana,
Idaho, Wyoming and Utah. By J. M. Coulter. (C.)

In 6th Ann. Rep. U, S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (Hayden) p- 747 -
Washington, 1873.

The Great Basin Region.

Catalogue and Description of Plants collected on Stansbury’s Expe-
dition to the Great Salt Lake. By John Torrey, M.D., (D.)

In Expl. and Surv. Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah by
Howard Stansbury, p. 383. Philadelphia, 1852.

Catalogue of Plants collected on an Expedition down the Zuni and
Colorado Rivers by Capt. L. Sitgreaves. By John Torrey,
M.D. (C.)

In Report of Expedition, p. 155. Washington, 1854

W. R. G.

N. L. B.

Spiked form of Cypripedium insigne. — This orchid from Nepal,
common in cultivation, has usually but a solitary flower on a single
scape as in our C. acaule. A correspondent sends me one with tvo
flowers. It is evident that the flower is solitary only because of th^
suppression of the terminal bud in an inflorescence intended to be
spicate. Here that bud has overcome retardation and another
node with a flower has been formed. At this second node another

4

29

bud has been developed, and from the number of small scales on this
bud, it is evident that, under still more favorable conditions, a spike
of several flowers might result. It would be worth while to look for
similar manifestations in Cypripediiun acaule. It would further be
interesting to attempt to expose the law by which suppression is ac-
complished in these one-flowered species.

Thomas Meehan.

Mimicry in a Fungus. — We are indebted to the courtesy of the
Scientific American for the accompanying cut, which illustrates
a curious form of Polyporus liicidiis, Fr., a fungus that not unfre-

fltiently assumes odd shapes. “ Its likeness to a profile view of
the Duke of Wellington is striking. It was found growing from the
side of a partially decayed hemlock log, with the face side up, which
now has the seamed and wrinkled appearance shown in the illustra-
tion of the face of the Iron Duke in his later years. The shrunken
^nouth and lips and the prominent nose are all plainly indicated.”

Humulus In all botanical works that give the etymons of

generic names it is either asserted or suggested that Humulus is a
derivative from humus, ‘moist earth,’ the allusion being to the plant’s

30

growth in rich soil. Were this the case Humulus would mean ‘little
moist earth,’ a nonsensical name to apply to a plant.

Du Cange, in his Glossarium mediae et infimae Latinitatis gives the
forms humlo, hutnulo, humelo, htitnolo, humulus, and, under one of them,
says, “ex Gall, houblon, quod a Latino lupulum formatum, elisa litera
/. ”! This, although pretty bad etymologizing, was good enough tor
the period at which it was put forth, and is of value as showing that
Du Cange considered these low Latin words as borrowed from a
living language, as is indeed the case. They are probably, as
Skeat (Etymol. Diet.) states, of Teutonic origin (O. Du. hommell, 0.
Norse humall, Swed., Dan. and Norweg. humle), although similar
names for the hop are to be found in the Slavonic dialects, and in
Finnic and Tartaric. Other Teutonic names for the hop are: O. H.
Ger. hopfo, M. H. Ger? hopfe, hoppe, Ger. hopfen, Flem. hoppe
(whence O. Eng, hoppe, Eng. hop), Du. hop. Skeat would connect
these two forms, and derive the latter from the Aryan root kap, ‘ to
undulate,’ ‘bend,’ in allusion to the tw’ining nature of the plant, and
the former from this same root nasalized — kamp.*

W. R. G.

Botanical Notes.

The Coloration of Autumn Leaves. — Mr. H. C. Sorby, who has for
several years been studying the subject of the coloration of autumn
leaves, gives (in J\/ature) the following conclusions in regard to it.

As a general rule the color of leaves in their normal condition de-
pends on a variable mixture of two perfectly distinct green pigments
and of at least four perfectly distinct yellow substances. The devel-
opment of the autumnal tints is mainly due to the disappearance or
change of the green constituents and to the production of highly-
colored pigments by the oxidization of previously existing very pale
or colorless substances. It is, in fact, due to a more or less complete
loss of the vitality which previously counteracted these chemical
changes, and the order in w'hich the tinis are developed can be easily
explained, if we assume that the death of the leaves takes place some-
w'hat gradually. The first visible effect of the reduced vitality is the
change in the green pigments. In many cases they appear to be
converted into colorless products, since the resulting bright yellow
leaves differ from the normal green in the absence of chlorophyll, and
merely contain the usual previously existing yellow pigments. At
the same time it is quite possible that an increased quantity of some
of these yellow substances may be formed as a product during the
change, but of this there is no positive proof. In the case of sue
trees as the alder, the chlorophyll does not thus dirappear, but is
changed by the presence of a weak acid into a very stable brownis -
green product which resists further change. The production o
bright yellows or dull browns thus clearly depends on whether t e
chlorophyll does or does not disappear before being modified by th^
action of acids, as may be verified experimentally by exposing suitab e

* It i.s well to note here, however, that Nemnich (Allgemeines Folyglohen
Lexicon der Natur-geschichte) gives hymel the Persian name of the plant.

31

solutions to sunlight. It is, how'ever, very clear that the manner in
which it changes depends very much on the conditions of the case.
Thus, if chlorophyll is exposed to sunlight dissolved in bisulphide of
carbon, a reddish-colored product is formed, and, though this differs
very greatly from the red pigment met with in many autumnal leaves,
It seems probable that under some conditions the chlorophyll in
leaves is changed by the action of light into a red substance. By
taking green sorrel leaves and keeping them somewhat fresh by stick-
ing the stalks into moist ground, I found that those exposed to the
sun with the under side upwards turned to a bright red, whereas
those kept in the shade did not develop any fine coloring. We may
often see that partially broken leaves or twigs undergo this change
when all other parts of the tree remain green, and this and various
other facts lead me to conclude that the change of chlorophyll into a
red product depends on a certain amount of reduced vitality as well
as on little-understood conditions varying in different kinds of plants,
though I fully admit that there are some facts not easy to under-
stand, yet on the whole it seems to me that these principles fairly well
explain why certain leaves turn red in autumn. Slight frosts reduce
their vitality in such a manner that the chlorophyll is changed by the
action of the light into a red product. Thus, according to the char-
acter of the season and the nature of the plants, the first effect of the
reduced vitality in the leaves is that the chlorophyll is removed .so as
to show their normal yellow color, or is changed into a red pigment,
or IS altered into a comparitively stable dull brown-green product.

1 hese are the three extreme changes, but in many cases intermediate
™ixed results give rise to such less perfect and well-marked tints as
dirty yellows and reds.

The next series of changes is best studied in the case of those
caves which in the first instance turn to a bright yellow, and it
^ppears to me that they depend mainly, if not entirely, on the pro-
duction of deeply-colored pigments by the oxidization of tannic acid
and other more or less colorless substances. The difference in the
resulting tint seems to depend on the nature these substances. Thus,
or exemple, the tannic acid in the yellow oak leaves changes into a
rown substance, whereas the quinotannic acid in yellow beech
ca\es changes into the fine orange-brown color which makes those
J'ces so ornamental in autumn. On the contrary, the bright yellow
poplar leaves rapidly pass to a dark dirty brown by the alteration of
uother constituent. Other kinds of leaves give rise to tints of an
u erinediate and less well marked character. In many cases it is
^•^^possible to draw the line between the color of this stage in
I ^ change and the final dark and dirty browns of dead and decaying
caves. For fine effect very much depends upon the production of
uch special tint in a fairly pure state, so as to show bright yellows,
os and browns. This seems to be influenced by the character of
ue weather. It is also, of course, important that the half dead
aves should hang long on the trees, so as to develop their full
*^oig before being blown off by the wind,
all th 1 ^octs into consideration, it appears clear that

oe bright and beautiful tints of autumn are merely the earliest

32

stages of decomposition, and are due to the more or less considerable
triumph of chemical forces over the weakened or destroyed vitality
of the living plant. One cannot but feel that this is a very unpoetical
way in which to regard the magnificent tints of a fine autumnal land-
scape, but it is no less true than that the colored clouds of evening
mark the departing day.

Botanical Literature.

Memorial of George Bentham. By Asa Gray. (Reprinted from the
American Journal of Science, xxix.)

Flora of Southern and Loiver Calif ortiia. A Check-list of pie Flower-
ing Plants and Ferns. By Chas. R. Orcutt. 8vo., paraph.,
pp. 13. San Diego, Cal., 1885.

Marine Alga of San Diego, Cal. By Daniel Cleveland.

Memorial of George Bentham. By Asa Gray. (Reprinted from the
American Journal of Science, xxix.)

Proceedings of the Torrey Club,— The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, January ijthj
1885. In the absence of the presiding officers, Dr. Britton occupied
the chair. ,

This being the Annual Meeting, officers for the ensuing year were
balloted for with the following result: President, J. S. Newberry;

Vice President, Addison Brown; Treasurer, W. H. Rudkin; Recording
Secretary, Arthur Hollick; Corresponding Secretary, Miss Maria 0 .
Steele; Editor, W. R. Gerard; Associate Editor, Benj. Braman;
Curator, Miss E. G. Knight; Librarian N. L. Britton.

Miss Knight announced that she had recently detected Azolla
Caroliniana growing luxuriantly in the water-lily tanks of a green-
house on Staten Island.

Dr. Britton exhibited specimens of Dioclea Boykinit lately col-
lected in Arkansas by Prof. F. L. Harvey, and also a new species of
Cyperus (described in the January Bulletin) from S. Arizona.

Mr. Schrenk read a paper upon the structure of Limnanthemum
lacunosum, (see page 13.)

At the regular meeting of the Club, Tuesday evening, Feb. loth,
the chair was occupied by Dr. Britton in the absence of the presid-
ing officers, and sixteen persons were present.

The chairman gave a brief account of the difference between
Stellaria longifoha and S. graminea. The latter has often been rnis
taken for a variety of the former and appears to be spreading.
mens were shown from localities on Long Island, Staten Island ana
the Newark Mountains. • • h

Mr. Schrenk remarked upon the presence of peculiar hairs m t e
intercellular canals of Brasenia peltata, and which are quite difleren
from those found in Nymphaa and other aquatic plants.

Two persons were elected active members.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate XLIX.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII. 1 New York, April, 1885. [No. 4.

New Species of Fungi.

By Chas. H. Peck.

(Plate XLix.)

B£letus sph/Erosporus. (Figs. I and 2). — Pileus glabrous, vis-
cid, reddish brown or chestnut-colored, 3 to 4 inches broad; tubes
large, angular, adnate or slightly decurrent; stem short, about 1.5 in.
long, bearing near the base a thick, well-developed, volva-like annulus;
spores globose or broadly elliptical, generally uninucleate; .0003 to
•00035 lo. long.

Wisconsin. Prof. W. Trelease.

The specific characters here given are derived from a single dried
specimen of the fungus. Prof. Trelease informs me that one of the
students of the University collected two specimens of the plant, but
1^0 notes concerning it were preserved. Consequently its colors and
some of its characters in the fresh state cannot now be accurately
given. Ordinarily I should not feel justified in attempting to describe
^ species under such circumstances and from so scanty material, but
diis species is evidently so remarkable and so distinct in two of its
characters that it seems worthy of some notice. The first and most
•lotable character is found at the base of the stem. I have called it
^ volva-like annulus. It appears in the dried specimen very much

if it were a real volva, whose ruptured, spreading margin forms a
cup-like annulus. Still, it may be only a thick peronate or sheathing
'"cil, and as such I prefer to consider it, though it is unlike that of
any other species of Boletus known to me. The other noticeable
character is found in the spores. These are almost globular, while
in other Boleti they are generally fusiform or oblong-fusiform. Such
a departure from the usual form is the chief distinguishing character
nf the genus Strobilomyces, Berk., and it is also given as the most
^ailable means of distinguishing Paxillus porosus from species of
Boleti. Fries did not consider such a variation in the spore-char-
^tcr a sufficient ground for the removal of a species from the genus
Boletus, but, when combined with such an annulus as we have in this
species, the two together seem to be of greater importance and may
yet render the formation of another genus desirable. It is to be
hoped that the young plant may be observed and the real nature of
our supposed veil or annulus be ascertained. Should it prove to be
^ '^olva it would indicate a most interesting parallelism between the
genera Boletus and Agaricus.

, Septoria astragalicola. — Spots indefinite or obsolete ; peri-
ecia hypophyllous, lenticular, .005 to .007 in. broad, black , spores

34

subcylindrical, straight or but slightly curved, obtuse, .0016 to .0025
m long, .0002 to .00025 broad, sometimes plurinucleate, oozing out
and forming whitish or faintly pinkish masses or tendrils.

On living or languishing leaves of Astragalus. Arizona. August.
M. E. Jones.

The affected leaves turn yellowish. The spores are generally
cylindrical, but sometimes they are slightly narrowed toward one
end, and occasionally one appears to be obscurely septate in the
inside. The species is distinct from S. Astragali both in the situa-
tion of the perithecia and in the character of the spots.

PucciNiA TUMIDIPES. (Figs. 3 to 8.)— I. Not seen.

II. t5ori small, amphigenous, surrounded by the ruptured epi-
ermis, reddish brown or rubiginous ; stylospores ovate elliptical or

oblorig-ovate, rough at one end, .0014 to .0016 in. long, .001 to .0011
broad.

III. Spots none ; sori amphigenous, unequal, obliterating the

remains ot the ruptured epidermis, black ; teleutospores elliptical or
0 ong elliptical, not at all or but slightly constricted at the septum,
^02 to -0025 in. long, .0011 to .ooi4^broad, supported on an inflated
nyalme pedicel, which is generally a little longer and broader than
the spore itself. ^

leaves of Lyctu^ Andersonii. Arizona. September.

The two kinds of sori sometimes occur on separate leaves; some-
irnes t ey are intermingled on the same leaf and the stylospores
and teleutospores are occasionally intermingled in the same sorus.

e species is remarkable lor the enlarged, membranous, hyaline pedi-
e s. hen the spores and their pedicels are moistened they fall
ver, the one upon the other, and lie side by side, thus appearing to
possess a sort of hygrometric character.

globosipes. (Figs. 9 to 10). — Spots none ; sori small,
nnt ’ Pl^omment, black ; teleutospores broadly elliptical, rough,
•002 to .002 7 in. long, .0016 to .002 broad ;
p ice su globose, inflated, hyaline, equal to or a little smaller than
the spore itself.

On leaves of Lycium Calif omicum. California. M. E. Jones,
th species, by its inflated vesicle-like pedicel, is related to

tne preceding one, but is clearly distinct from it by its broader, rough
or verrucose spores and their more globose pedicels. I have not seen
e aeci lal and uredo forms, and the sori of the teleutospores are
very scarce in the specimens sent. P. Lycii, K., whose host-plant is
ycium tubulosum, has much smaller spores, and the description does
not indicate that they possess an inflated pedicel.

PucciNiA Brickelli^.— I. Not seen.

Spots none ; sori clustered, often concentrically arranged,
a rst covered by the epidermis, then surrounded by its ruptured
remains, reddish brown ; stylospores subglobose, broadly ovate or
o ong ovate, generally uninucleate, .0012 to .0016 in. long, .0009 to
.00 r broad.

III. Sori as in the uredo-form ; teleutospores intermingled with
t e stylospores, elliptical or oblong-elliptical, not at all or but slightly

35

constricted at the septum, .002 to .0025 in. long, .0014 to .0016
broad ; pedicels equalling or exceeding the spores in length.

On living leaves of Brickellia. Arizona. September. M. E.
Jones,

PucciNiA Pentstemonis. — Spots none ; sori amphigenous, un-
equal in size, prominent, black ; teleutospores elliptical or oblong-
elliptical, .0012 to .002 in long, .0008 to .0011 broad ; pedicel hya-
line, generally much longer than the spore.

Living leaves of Pentstemon linarioides. Arizona. September.
M. E. Jones. -

Aicidial and uredo-forras not present. Whether jpcidium Pent-
stemonis, Schw., belongs to this Puccinia is uncertain.

PucciNiA Malvastri. — Spots obliterated ; sori clustered, con-
fluent, amphigenous, dark reddish brown, compact, prominent ;
spores oblong-elliptical, scarcely constricted, even, obtuse or rarely
obtusely pointed, .0019 to .0025 in. long, .0009 to .0012 broad ; the
pedicel longer than the spore, generally two to four times its length,
hyaline.

On living leaves of Malvastrum. Arizona. September, M. E.
Jones. '

This differs from P. Malvacearum, of which I was at first inclined
to believe it a variety, in its different habit, darker colored sori, com-
paratively broader spores and genefhlly longer pedicels.

Puccinia Viguier/E. — Sori numerous, prominent, amphigenous,
blackish brown; spores oval or broadly elliptical, obtuse, slightly con-
stncted at the septum, .0016 to .002 in. long, .0011 to .0012 broad,
with a hyaline pedicel longer than the spore.

Leaves of Viguiera. New Mexico. April. M. E. Jones.

The species is closely related to P. Helianthi, Schw., and P. vari-
olans. Hark., from both of which it is distinguished by its broader
spores.

Uromvces SoPHORAi. — Sori numerous, small, amphigenous, red-
dish brown; spores subelliptical, nearly even, .0011 to .0014 in. long,
•00065 to .0008 broad, the epispore thickened at the apex, the pedicel
shorter than the spore.

Living leaves of Sophora sericea. New Mexico. October. M.
E. Jones. "

The sori are thickly scattered over both surfaces of the leaves.
The species is closely related to U. apiculatus.

UsTiLAGO Aristida-:. — Spores small, .0003 to .00035 in. in diame-
ter, subglobose, more or less angular, even, black, occupying the
'''hole interior of the seed.

Spikelets of Aristida. El Paso, Texas. September. M. E.
Jones. •*

Every seed in the panicles sent me is affected by the fungus.

J he seeds do not appear to be much enlarged, but the whole interior
•s transformed to a dusty mass of spores enclosed by the thin external
shell or membrane. The species is apparently related to the South
American U. Lorentziana, Thum., and the African U. Penniseti,
Eabh., but is easily distinguished from both of these by its more
angular spores.

36

Uredo Jonesii. — Sori hypophyllous, numerous, orbicular, com-
pact, bright orange, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis; spores
subglobose, rough, .0009 to .00011 in. broad, orange yellow fading to
whitish.

Living leaves of Ri^s. New Mexico. October. M. E. Jones.

The sori occupy the whole lower surface of the leaf and by their
bright color give it a beautiful appearance.

Explanation of Plate, xlix. — Boletus spheerosporus. Peck. Fig. i. Lateral
view of a plant. Fig. 2. Six spores x 400. Puccinia tumidipes. Peck. Fig. 3.
A leaf bearing five sori of. the uredo-form. Fig. 4. A leaf bearing sod of the
teleutospores. Fig. 5. Three uredo-spores x 400. Fig- 6. Two teleutospores in
erect position x 400. Fig. 7. A teleutospore recumbent on its pedicel, the apex
directed downward, x 400. Fig. 8. A teleutospore in similar position, but the apex
directed upward x 400. Puccinia globosipes. Peck. Fig. g. A leaf bearing two
sori. Fig. 10. Three teleutospores x 400.

Contributions toward a List of the State and Local Floras of
the United States.*

Catalogue of Plants collected during the Exploration of the Colorado
River of the West by Lieut. J. C. Ives in 1857-58, By Drs.
Gray, Torrey, Thurber and Engelmann. (C.)

In Report of Expedition, part iv. Washington, 1861.

Description of the Species constituting the Botany of the Basin of the
Great Salt Lake of Utah, as far as it is known. By E. Durand.
(C.)

In Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Vol. xi., n. sen, i860.

A Catalogue of Plants collected in 1872 in Utah, Wyoming, etc. By
J. M. Coulter. (B.)

In U. S. Geol. Surv. Montana, Idaho, Wyoming and Utah, 1872,
p. 758. Washington, 1873.

Botanical Observations in Western Wyoming. By C. C. Parry, M.D.

In Amer. Nat. viii., pp. 9, 102, 175, 211. (B.)

Botanical Observations in Southern Utah. By C. C. Parry, M.D.

In Amer. Nat. ix., pp. 14, 139, 199, 267, 346. (B.)

Catalogue of Plants collected in Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New
Mexico and Arizona with Descriptions of those not contained in
Gray’s Manual of the Northern United States and Vol. v., Geol.
Expl. of the 40th Parallel. By J. T. Rothrock and others. (C.)
In U. S. Geol. Surv. West of looth Meridian, Vol. vi. 4 ^o-
Washington, 1878.

Catalogue of Plants collected in the years 1871, 1872 and 1873 with
Descriptions of New Species. (Nevada, Utah, Arizona.) By »■
Watson and J. T. Rothrock. (C.)

In U. S. Geog. and Geol. Expl. and Surv. West of the root
Meridian, 8vo., pamphlet, Washington, 1874. ,

Plants collected during Capt. J. H. Simpson’s Explorations across t e

Great Basin of the Territory of Utah. By George Engelmann. (C.)

In Rep. of Explorations, Appendix M. Washington, 1876

W T

W. R. G.
N. L. B.

♦Continued from page 28.

37

RsliquiSB Rafinesquianae, — it may be of interest to put on record,
as an appendix to Dr. Gray’s exhaustive account of Rafinesque and
his writings,* the fact that there exists in the library of the New York
^ademy of Science, bound up in a volume of “ Botanical Tracts ”
(Vol. C), a collection of 29 copper-plate engravings illustrating
Rafinesque’s “ Select New Plants of North America.” On the lower
inargin of the first plate is written in ink: “ The following plates are

the proofs of plates lost in my shipwreck of 1815,” and on the reverse
of the same plate is written in the same hand: “Collection of 29

Plates and 46 Figures of New Genera and Species of Plants, from
North America, discovered by C. S. Rafinesque in 1802-4. Pub-
hshed in 1807, 1808 and 1814. These Plates never published — only
roofs of Plates lost 1815, thus they are a unique collection. De-
posited in the Lyceum at the foundation in 1817, by the author.

Phyllepidium alone was published in the Encycl. Journal

of Sicily.”

. ^ give the inscription verbatim et literatim. The plates are of two
different sizes, and illustrate new genera and species of both flower-
ing-plants and fungi. The figures of phaenogamous plants, although
not very artistic, were probably copied from nature, and are as fol-
lows (the names in parenthesis being the author’s corrections and
notes m ink): Burshia (^Purshia) hwnilis, Gerardia maritima, Dro-

sera filiformis, PHphryllum bifolium, Carpanthus axillaris, Asclepias
lutea, Viburnum villosum, Arenaria imbricata (Raf. 1802. A. squar-
fosa, Michx.,1803), Pctfiunculus obtusiusculus, Phyllepidium squarrosum,
Ludwigia hirtella, Arethusa medeoloides {Odonectis verticillata), Isotria
‘vertiallata, Chironia arnosna (^Sabbatia stellaris, Pursh.). The fungi
represented are as follows: Volvaria coccinea {Volvycium coccineum),

Hydnum barbatum, H. cerulescens, H. citrinum, H. dilatatum, Clavaria
‘^^trina-fusca, C. bicolor, C. dryophylla, C. tricolor, Acinophora auran-
liaca, Phorima betuiina, Druparia volvacea, Peziza albo-rufa, P.
giobulosa, P. lupularia, P. smiraldina, P . pulcherrima, P. depressa, P.
ochro-chlora, Cerophora clavata, C. globularis, C. capitata, C. dichotoma,

C. ratnosa, C. pyriformis, Astrycum multifidum, A. dimidiatum, Dicar-
phus rubens, Jpdycia alba, Colonnaria urceolata, and C. truncata. Most
of these figures of fungi seem to have been drawn from memory —
possibly from imagination, and all are quite rudely executed. Those
relating to known genera bear only a remote resemblance to the
objects that they were designed to illustrate, and not one could pos-
sibly be of aid in the determination of a species. In the March,
1880, number of the Bulletin I suggested that, from Rafinesque’s
brief diagnosis, his genus jpdycia mdiy have been what is now known
as Corynites, and that his Colonnaria was probably the same thing as
Ihe at present recognized genus Laternea — his two species being
merely accidental varieties of what Bose before him had named
Uathrus {Laternea) columnatus. A reference to the plate, however,
in which is figured an improbable fungus under the name of AEdycia
once dispels any illusion that we might possess as to the
Identity of the latter with Corynites. The object looks not unlike a

* American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. xl., No. 2.

38

swollen root of some tree or shrub which has been sawed off at one
end and broken off (so as to be ragged and fibrous) at the other.
As for the figures of Colonnaria, they bear a general resemblance to
Laternea columnata, in that they have a receptacle composed of
four branches united at the top and base ; but here the analogy
ends, for C. truncata is surmounted by a perfectly square, sharp-
cornered, open box, full as wide as the lower extremity of the
fungus, and the edge of which is decorated with what looks like a
cylindrical molding. The other species, C. urceolata, has somewhat
the same habit, but differs in the substitution of a wide circular ring
or collar for the ‘ box” its edge likewise being finished off with
the ornamerital molding. The species of neither of the genera are
provided \yith a volva, and both of those of the last-mentioned
genus remind me very strongly of certain quaint objects which I
have seen in collections of Japanese ceramics. I venture to say
that no so absurd fungi as these ever were, or ever will be, found on
the face of the earth.

. The small collection of plates is perhaps of interest in connec-
tion with the bibliography of American botany, and as unique relics
earliest, as well as one of its most eccentric students.
1 he figures of flowering-plants may be of use in helping to eluci-
date the author’s vague descriptions, but the plates of fungi will only
serve to show what a useless mass of rubbish would eertainly have
been inflicted upon mycological science had not the fortunate ship-
wreck of 1815 supervened.

W. R. G.

Flora of Richmond Co., N. Y. — Additions, corrections and new
localities, 1883-1884.

Delphtnttan Consohda^ L. — Roadsides near Richmond.

L.— Stapleton Flats; introduced in ballast.
tMiss (^. u. J hompson.)

Thlaspi arvense, L.— Clove I.ake

Reseda odorata, L.—‘‘ Waste places, S. I., 1865;” (Wm. H.
eggett.) Mr Samuel Henshaw, also, states that he knew of one
p an wiich had grown and flourished for several successive years in
the crevice of a stone wall in Stapleton.

\\i Ait. var. eriocarpa, Nutt. Near Barrett's Dye

Works, Port Richmond.

Ascyrum Crux-Andrece, L. — Richmond Valley and Totten ville.
fivr- 'vulgaris. Host. — Stapleton Flats; introduced in ballast,

f Miss C. O. Thompson.)

r- — Stapleton Flats; introduced in ballast. (Miss

G. O. Thompson.)

Stellana gramtnea, L. Tottenville, Four Corners, New Brighton
and New Springville. Appears to be spreading and is much less
rare than formerly. (Replaces S. borealis. Bigel., of our catalogue.)
Vtcia hirsuta, Koch. — New Brighton. Rare.

Vitis cordif aha, Mchx , var. riparia, Gr. — Garretsons.

Cytissus iriflorus, L’Her. Todt Hill; escaped from cultivation.

39

Prunus Americana, Marshall. Abundant in a limited locality
near the Moravian Cemetery.

J^ibus iaamatus, Willd. — Silver Lake; escaped from cultivation.
■tyrus arbutifoha, L., var. erythrocarpa, Gr. — Common.

arbutifoha, L., var. melanocarpa, Gr. — Common. (This
cLalogL^/"^^^^*”^ variety should replace P. arbutifolia, L., in our

Lomcera Japonica, Thunb.— Woods and roadsides near Four
orners and Richmond. Rapidly spreading, from pieces thrown
out of gardens.

ihburnmn Lentago, L. — Clove I^ake Swamp
G^bium trifidum, L., var. latifolium. Torn— “Clifton, S. I., 1870 “
H. Leggett.)

0 Thom^ L. — Stapleton Flats and New Brighton. (Miss C.

Galium Mollugo, L.— New Brighton. (Miss C. O. Thompson.)

r L.— Stapleton; introduced in ballast. (Miss

U. 1 hompson.)

^^^^btijiorus. Ait. — Abundant on the salt marshes near Green

Kidge.

\\i Nov<e-Angli(p., L., var. roseus, Gr. — Port Richmond and

West New Brighton.

Solidago Canadensis, L., var. scabra, T. & G. — Tottenville.

^clipta alba, Hassk. — Beginning to spread' in waste places and
gardens. (E.procumbens, Michx., of our catalogue.)

. Ghrysanthemum Parthenium, Pers. — “Rubbish heaps, S. I. 1869.”
H. Leggett.) New Brighton. (Miss C. O. Thompson.)

^^^^i^Palis, L. — Stapleton Flats; introduced in ballast.
IMiss C O. Thompson.) “Stapleton, S. I., 1870.” (Wm. H. Leg-
b) (Replaces C. Militensis, L., of our catalogue.)

Leontodon autumnale, L. — New Brighton. (Dr. F. Hollick.)
Mulgedium Floridanum, D. C. Todt Hill.

Gaultherta procti7nbe?is, L. — Watchogue. (E. M. Eadie.)
Campanula rapunculoides, L. — Roadsides, Richmond Valley.

Ayr veris, L. — “ Roadside, West New Brighton, 1879.” (G.

Wilber.)

Paulownia itnperialis, Sieb. and Zucc. — Silver Lake; spreading
‘imte extensively.

Trichostema liti^are, Nutt. Tottenville,

. Py^aanthemwn Torreyi, Benth. “ Richmond Valley, 1864.”
(Wm. H. Leggett.) ^

^onarda didyma, L. Willow Brook; escaped from gardens.
Pliysostegia Virginiana, Benth. “ Staten Island, 1861.” (Wni.

^ Leggett.)

^arrubiwn vulgare, L. — Watchogue. (E. M. Eadie.) .

Pchium vulgare, L. — Kreischerville. (Wm. T. Davis.)

procumbens, L. Stapleton Flats; introduced in ballast.

( Lss C. O. Thompson.)

y^tnaa Nil, Roth. — New Brighton. Rare.

■yieandra physaloides, Gaertn, — Abundant at Tottenville.

^abbatia chloroides, Pursh. — Chelsea. (E. M. Eadie.)

40

Gentiana Saponaria, L. Totten ville.

Asclepias variegata, L. Tottenville. (Wm. H. Rudkin.)

A triplex rosea, L. — Waste places, Clifton.

Polygonum incarnaium, Ell. — New Brighton. (Miss C. O.
Thompson.) Not, as first supposed, common.

Ruttiex pulcher, L. — Stapleton Flats ; introduced in ballast.
(Miss C. O. Thompson.)

Ulmus fulva, Michx. — Egbertville.

Quercus bicolor, Willd. — Green Ridge and Egbertville.

Quercus prinoides, Willd. — Watchogue.

Betiila nigra, L. — A few trees near Bull’s Head.

Spargamum simplex, Huds., yzx Nuttallii, Engelm. — “Tottenville,
1871.” (Wm. H. Leggett.)

Potamogeton pulcher. Tuck. — Silver Lake.

Potamogeton amplifohus, Tuck. — Clove Lake.

Sagittaria variabtlts, Engelm., var. obtusa, Gr. — Common.

SagUtarta variabilts, Engelm., var. hastata, Gr. — Common. (These
varieties should replace S. variabilis, Engelm., in our catalogue.)

Habeharia ciliarts, R. Br. — Watchogue. (E. M. Eadie.)

litnilax Pseudo-China, L. — Linden Park Swamp.

Juncus dichotomus, Ell. — “Tottenville, 1871.” (Wm. H. Leggett.)

Heleocharis prolifera, Torr. (?) — Found only in one clear deep
spring, at Port Richmond. Has never been found in fruit, and
hence the determination may prove to be wrong.

Heleocharis olivacea, Torr. — “ Tottenville.” (Wm. H. Leggett.)

Selena triglomerata, Michx. — Linden Park.

Carex rosea,'^c\\V.,\dLX. radiata, Desv. — “Huguenot, 1871.” (Wm.
H. Leggett.)

Carex Muhlenbergii, Schk,, var. enervis. Boot. — New Dorp and
Garretsons.

Carex debilis, Michx.— “ Rossville, 1869.” (Wm. H. Leggett.)

Eragrostis pooeoides, Beauv. — Streets of Port Richmond.

Eragrostis Purshii, Schrader. — New Brighton and Court House.

Phalarts Canartensts, L. — New Dorp and New Brighton.

Isoetes echinx)spora, Durieu, var. Braunii, Engelm. (?) — Only one
specimen, found near Huguenot; not in fruit, the determination may
therefore not be correct.

N. L. Britton.

Arthur Hollick.

A n6W Locality for Nolumbium. — In a swamp a few miles to the
west of Osterville, Mass., a village on the southern side of Cape Cod,
Nelumbium luteum. Wild., grows more or less abundantly. Probably
this is the most eastern locality of the species. One cannot say
whether it originally grew here, because the swamp is near the reser-
vation of the Marshpee Indians and it is quite possible that the
Nelumbium was introduced by them. The swamp is visited by sum-
mer visitors at Osterville, but the existence of the Nelumbium so far
east was, as far as I can ascertain, unsuspected by our botanists.
The existence of a patch of Genista tinctoria, L., in the heart of
Cambridge, and close to one of the dormitories occupied by Harvard

41

students, surprised me very much until, about three years ago, in
passing Felton Hall I noticed a vacant lot close by covered with a
mass of yellow bloom. Except near Salem, the plant is rarely seen
in Eastern Massachusetts.

W. G. Farlow.

Botanical Notes.

On Derivation in Pimis edulis and Pinus monophylla. — At a
meeting of the Botanical Section of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences on December 8th, Mr. Thomas Meehan called atten-
tion to some dried specimens oi Pinus monophylla on the table, which
were received in a fresh condition, a few months ago, from Mrs. Low-
ers, of Franktown, Nevada. At that time the phyllodes which took
the place of the real leaves were all monophyllous. In drying, sev-
eral had opened in some specimens, and others readily separated by
a little aid, showing that the species might have been two-leaved but
for some inability in the early stages of development to separate
them. This monophyllous species was closely allied to Pinus edulis,
which was confined to the Rocky Mountains, the monophyllous spe-
cies being the form that prevailed further west. But in a small tree
of P. edulis growing in a deep ravine in Queen Canon, in the Rocky
Mountains he had on the same tree found monophyllous, diphyllous,
and triphyllous phyllodes, and there could not possibly be any doubt
that the species were of one origin. The case was one worthy of
note, because it had been charged that there was no actual evidence
of the truth of the doctrine of derivation. Generally, when such evi-
dences as these were offered, the objector was prepared to abandon
his belief in the specific distinctness of the forms rather than to grant
that two distinct species had been developed from one parent, and
oven in the case of these species there were some who regarded one
as but a varietv of the other. But there were other distinctions. The
cones were not quite the same, and the seeds were very different in
size and outline, so that one could readily separate the seeds if mixed
together. There was, in fact, a whole series of distinctions
great as we could find in many well-recognized species, and which
fully entitled the two forms to full specific rank, though in the face
of the evident facts that they are derivations of one original parent-
age. Indeed, it was well known that when a plant changed its c ar-
^cter in one respect it must do so in others; plants in some climates
annual would become perennial or suffrutescent in others. The r^^t-
ton-plant was a familiar example. In such cases the foliage and other
characters varied from those connected with the annual form, and
from this fact some botanists had regarded Gossyptum kerbaceum and
Gossypium arboreum as distinct species. In the case of these two
species of Pinus, the one which could not develop its phyllodes with

fwo separate individuals would of necessity present some peculiari-
fies in the scales of the cone, as these were, morphologically, ut tran^
formed phyllodes. Under morphological laws, that which affected
fhe leaves ought to affect the carpels or other parts of fructification
''^hich were modified from them. u d-

The true position of the species in development was that Pinus

42

edulis had the highest rank. In raising both species from seed there
was no difference whatever between the seedlings during the first
season. In these young and delicate plants, true leaves were perfectly
developed; these were flat, linear lanceolate, and of a deep glaucous
hue. Finns edulis assumed stout, vigorous branches the second year;
then the true leaves were suppressed, a portion only being adnate
with the stem, forming a sort of cushion, or as bud-scales, or bracts
under the scales of the cone, from the axis of which the phyllodes —
secondary leaves, or bundles of leaves of some authors — spring. In
Ptnus monophylla only a few branches made phyllodes the second
year, and, from the seed, he had plants ten years old, which con-
tinued to bear branches with true leaves almost equally with those
bearing phyllodia. The monophyllous branches were never as strong
as those from Ptnus edulis, and in ten years a plant of Pinus edulis
would be double the size of Pinus monophylla. Assuming, as we
rnay, that the two had one parentage, we see that the one had less
vigor of growth; it retained more of its juvenile characteristics, and
retained them longer than the other; and it never reached the power
of development that Ptnus edulis had attained. We may say, with
confidence, that Ptnus monophylla sprung from the same parentage as
Ptnus edulis, and became permanently different throughout, being
subjected to conditions unfavorable to a full development. It would
appear that the soil and climate of Nevada were not favorable to the
usual development of Pinus edulis, and hence, through the long
course of ages, the suppressed features that characterized full matu-
rity in the original, became, under the law of heredity, permanent ones.

It was not often that we had so clear evidence of the unity of
origin in two certainly distinct species, and, as supporting the modern
ideas of evolution, the case was worthy of being placed on record.

Apospory in Ferns. — W. T. T. Dyer calls attention in Nature to
a paper by Mr. E. T. Druery (not yet published; as containing a
report of one of the most interesting botanical observations that
has been made for some time.

Mr. Druery’s paper relates to a singular mode of reproduction in
Athyrtum Flltx-foemina, var. clarissima. In this fern the sporangia do
not follow their ordinary course of development, but, assuming a more
vegetative character, develop more or less well-defined prothallia,
which ultimately bear archegonia and antheridia. From these adven-
titious prothallia the production of seedling ferns of a new genera-
tion has been observed to take place in a perfectly normal way.

Mr. F. O. Bauer has confirmed Mr. Druery’s observations and
obtained from him specimens of another fern {Polysiichum angulare,
var. palcherrtma) which altogether eclipses the Athyrium, remarkable
as that is. In the Polysiichum the apex of the pinnules grows out
into an irregular prothallium, upon which was demonstrated the
existence of characteristic archegonia and antherida. In this case the
production of the prothallium is not even associated locally with the
sporangia, but appears as a direct vegetative outgrowth of the norma
spore-bearing plant. The oophore is a mere vegetative process o
the sporophore, a suppression of the alternation of the two genera-
tions which exceeds even that which obtains in the flowering-plaut.

43

Mr. Druery’s discovery is the direct converse of the apogamy in
ferns, discovered by Farlow. In this the sporophore is a vegetative
outgrowth from the oophore. The parallel phenomena in the life-
history of the moss have been known for some time. The obvious
possibilities of discovery with regard to the reproduction of ferns may
now be regarded as exhausted. It may be interesting to give the
dates of the different steps;

^597 Oerard Observed seedling plants near parents.

164S Csesius Sporangia.

1669 Cole. Spores.

1686 Ray Hygroscopic movements of sporangia.

1715 M orison Raised seedlings from spores.

1788 Ehrhart Prolhallium.

1789 Lindsay Germination of spores.

1827 Kaulfuss Development of prothallium.

1844 Nageli Antheridia.

1846 Suminski ..Archegonia.

1874 Farlow Apogamy.

1884 Druery Apospory.

— Journ. Royal Micros. Society.

The Life History of the Lycopodiacece, at least so far as regards the
development of the prothallium from the spores, has until quite
recently been almost unknown. Dr. Treub, however, has recently
published in the Annals of the Botanic Garden of Buitenzorg, Java
(Vol. iv., pp. 107, 138), a description of the prothallium of
cernuum. This, according to an extract from the above paper
published in Nature by Mr. W. T. T. Dyer, consists of a sort of short
cylindrical axis, half immersed in the soil at one end, where it is furn-
ished with root-hairs. The upper extremity bears a tuft of small
leaf-like lobes. The archegonia and antheridia are found on the
upper part of the cylindrical axis, forming a kind of ring or crown
near the tuft of lobes.

Botanical Literature.

American Medicinal Plants. An illustrated and descriptive Guide to
the American Plants used as Homoeopathic Remedies ; their
History, Preparation, Chemistry and Physiological Effects. By
Chas. F. Millspaugh, M.D. New York and Philadelphia :
Boericke & Tafel. Nos. i to 5.

This is the first installment of a work which is to contain one
hundred and eighty illustrations and descriptions of such native and
naturalized plants as are used in homoeopathic practice. Dr. Mills-
paugh has the advantage of being a skilful artist as well as a physi-
cian, and has thus been enabled to illustrate his work with figures
drawn in situ by his own hand. The plates are reproduced in colors
from the author’s drawings, and the plants represented are in all
Cases quite true to nature.

1 he text accompanying each plate gives the systematic name,
synonyms, popular name or names and minute description of the
plant represented, the part used in homoeopathic practice, and mode
of preparation, chemical constituents and physiological action.

With the concluding part will be given a glossary of botanical

44

terms and a complete index, together with a carefully arranged
bibliography.

The work, when completed, will form a very beautiful volume —
an ornament to the library of any physician.

Contributions to American Botany, xn. By Sereno Watson. From

the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

8vo., pp. 55.

This twelfth contribution of Mr. Watson’s embraces two papers,
one devoted to a history and revision of the roses of North America,
and the other to descriptions of some new species of plants chiefly
from the western Territories.

The author recognizes 18 species of roses as indigenous to
North America : Rosa acicularis, Lindl., R. blanda. Ait., R. Sa\i,
Schwein., R. Arkansana, Porter, R. Nutkana, PresI, R. p.isocarpa,
Gray, R. Calif or nica, Cham. & Schlecht., R. Fendleri, Crepin,^?.
W oodstt, Lindl., R. minutif oha., Engelm., R. Carolina.^ L., R. lucida,
Ehrh., R. humilis, Marsh., R. nitida, Willd., R. foliolosa, Nutt., R.
Mexicana, Watson, R. setigera, Michx., and R. gymnocarpa, Nutt.
This paper is preceded by an exhaustive and exceedingly interest-
ing historical account of our wild roses.

The second paper contains descriptions of 81 new species and
one new genus the latter by Dr. Engelmann.

El Guachamaca. Obra escrita de orden del ilustre Americana, Gen-
eral Guzman Blanco, por A. Ernest. Caracas, 1884.

On the Life- History of^ certain British Hetercecismal Uredtnes. (The
Ranunculi Hictdta and Puccinia Schcelerianad) By Chas. B.
Plowright. From the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical
Sciences. 8vo., p. 22.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club.— At the regular meeting held
Tuesday evening, March loth, the President occupied the chair and
21 persons were present.

Mr. Rollick read a list of additions to the flora of Richmond Co.,
N. Y., with notes and specimens. The original catalogue, by Messrs.
Britton and Rollick, in 1879 enumerated 1,050 species. Three ap'
pendices issued since then contain respectively 46, 67 and 4^ addi-
tions, making a total of 1,211 species to date. Many of these can
never be duplicated, owing to the localities having been destroyed.
The herbarium of the late Wm. H. Leggett contributed many of
these, some of which were collected more than twenty years ago,
The entire State flora at the present time embraces about 1,800
species, distributed over an area of about 45,000 square miles.
mond Co., with an area of only 59 square miles, contains two’thir s
of this number. About fifty of these were new to the State when
found.

A communication from Mr. Frank Tweedy upon the flora of the
Yellowstone Region, was read by Dr. Britton, who showed specimens
of the plants mentioned. Mr. Schrenk made some remarks upon t e
structure of pine wood, and referred particularly to the suppose
function of the internal lenticular spaces.

One active member was elected.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORKEY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII.1 New York, May, 1885. [No. 5.

Notes on the Winter Flora of Bermuda.

By J. F. Kemp,

The Bermuda Islands consist of a group situated off the coast of
the United States in N. Lat. 32° 14' 45”, W. Long. 64° 40' 55”.
They are thus on nearly the same parallel of latitude as Charleston,
S. C., and the same meridian as Halifax, N. S. As a British military
and naval station they are of importance disproportionate to their
small extent. Geologically, the formation is a coral island of the
atoll type, but the portions above water, and indeed almost all the
visible and investigated portions below water, are chiefly of ^olian
origin, and have evidently been heaped up precisely as the peninsula
of Florida has been pushed seaward. The inhabitable part is entirely
on the south and south-western side of the ring, an evident conse-
quence of the prevailing south-west winds. In addition to the more
common and extensive soft sand-rock, which is evidently of very
recent formation, there is a narrow ridge of hard, almost crystalline
limestone, which is not fossiliferous, which appears to be older
than the remainder and to have undergone some metamorphic action,
ft is honeycombed with caves, and bears the most interesting part of
the insular flora and the larger portion of those plants which seem to
have been introduced by natural as distinguished from artificial
means.*

The general aspect of the country is similar to the rolling sand-
dunes of Long Island, except that they are worn into perpendicular
cliffs along the shore in many places. The coral sand becomes
cemented on exposure into a compact rock, contrasting in this respect
'^ery strongly with the silicious beaches familiar to us. Above the
'vater line the exposed faces of the cliffs exhibit the stratified struc-
ture due to their origin, but, below it, from some influence of the water,
they are apparently massive. In the little bays which indent the
coast are stretches of beach sand of a rich creamy color, which sup-
port a scrubby growth of shrubs back from the water line.
The most important chemical constituents of this sand are shown in
the first analysis below. It has doubtless been the source of the
other soil whose composition is shown in the second, third and fourth
analyses. This fills the hollows back from the shore, is of a red color, ,
^Bpports the market gardens, and is the great source of wealth to the
^habitants. It has evidently resulted from the leaching of the coral
sand by rains, the soluble lime being removed and the less soluble
constituents concentrated.

Cf. Bulletin 25, U. S. Nat’l. Museum. List of Plants by Governor Lefroy.

46

Coral Sand.

Red Soil.

Red Soil.

Red Soil.

Organic matter 3.806.

II. 210 .

13.00.

14.910.

SiO^ and sand insol. in HCl.. 0.050.

40.127.

31-764-

20.134.

he^Os 1

12.340.

10.000.

28.54.

A1,0. r

I3-75-

7-35-

22.90.

CaO 52.470.

3-508.

7.84.

3-335-

The omitted components are water, alkalies, magnesia, etc.

As might be expected from their insular position, they need nitro-
genous fertilizers, and the gulf-weed which is washed ashore is care-
fully gathered to supply the deficiency.

The islands are on the eastern edge of the Gulf Stream, by which
very naturally the climate is much influenced. The surface tempera-
ture of the water averages 70® F. For the last ten years the m^ean
temperature of the air has been 71° F., the dew-point being 64 F.
The highest observation in the shade is 90® F., lowest, 48° F., but in
the sun the mercury has reached 158°. August is the hottest month,
averaging 87°; February the coldest at 55°. The daily range is
6°-8°, annual 32°, During my visit, March 8th to April 2d, it was
6o°-65‘’. To compare with the United States, it may be said that the
isothermal of 72® runs across the middle of Florida at Tampa, and,
crossing the upper part of the Gulf of Mexico, strikes Texas at Cor-
pus Christi. The rain-fall is large. The average of ten years shows
155 rainy days in 365, and 56 inches. In one 24 hours while I was
there over 4 inches fell. But the distribution through the year is
very uniform, the wettest and dryest months differing only by i -5-
By way of comparison, the rain-fall of New York is 40, and so high a
rain-fall as this is reached only in the everglades of Florida, about
the Mississippi Delta and on the far north-west coast. It would seem
therefore that in physical features the islands closely resemble
Southern Florida. Bermuda is best known in the “ States ” by rea-
son of the early vegetables that come hither. Onions and potatoes
are the most important, but tomatoes, beets and carrots are raised m
abundance. Strange to say, the seed-onions and potatoes come en-
tirely from abroad, as those produced on the islands do not afford
palatable vegetables. The seed-onions come from Madeira and
1 cneriffe, the potatoes from the States. Carrots are much used
locally as table- vegetables, and, when boiled, are exceedingly sweet
and palatable, lacking entirely the strong taste that in the
makes them best adapted for fodder. Corn is raised in season and
is said to be very good. Tomatoes were ripe March ist, if tiot
earlier. As if to compensate for natural advantages, the vegetables
are much exposed to blights of various sorts, the potatoes suffering
especially. But notwithstanding these and the small acreage the ex-
ports in 1882 were valued at over ^80,000, and the amount is prob-
ably greater at present.

Of fruits, the chief one that was ripe in March was the banana.
The dwarf variety {Musa Cavendishii) is most abundant. Oranges
are less cultivated than in former years, but are said to be of
excellence. The Bermuda lemon has an exceedingly thick rind, u

* Cf. Voyage of the Challenger. Vol. I., p.

47

the juice is very palatable. Peaches formerly abounded, but have of
late been destroyed by an insect. The few trees that I noticed
seemed strong, but the fruit, I was told, is invariably destroyed at
the core by this pest. Apples and the allied fruits run to wood.
Loquots and the avocado pear are abundant. Every garden is pro-
vided with several papaw-trees {Carica papaya) the clusters of fruit of
which, with the tuft of leaves at the summit of a naked trunk, strike
a stranger very forcibly. I heard of the recent introduction of
grapes, but did not learn with what success.

Strawberries were ripe in March and were very good. Goose-
berries, I was told, do well, but that other berries run to wood.

Of trees the most common, useful and noticeable is the Bermuda
cedar {Juniperus Bermudiensis), which in former times covered the
island and was an abundant source of timber for vessels. It is every-
where present now, but probably of smaller size, the larger trees
having been cut for timber. The only other noticeable tree growing
wild is the palmetto {Sabal umbracultfera), which standing, as it
does, side by side with the cedar, gives the landscape a curiously
mixed character, tropical and temperate zones seeming to be inter-
mingled.

In addition to these, which were probably introduced by natural
means, there are trees from all parts of the world. In former years
the inhabitants were seafaring, and on their voyages brought back
many trees that struck their fancy. These are scattered over the
island in gardens and on lawns. There are several screw-pines,
making with the cedar the only conifers proper growing on the
island. The cocoa-nut palm is not uncommon, and the cabbage
palm {Oreodoxa oleracea) has four magnificent representatives at the
head of Hamilton Harbor. The trunks rise fifty feet or more and
are about seven feet in circumference five feet above the base. Ot
^he India-rubber tree, a magnificent specimen is one of the first
things met by the visitor on landing. The calabash {Crescentia
Cujete) is not uncommon. It supplies the colored people with many
useful utensils. I saw one mahogany-tree, and, in a cool, moist dell,
several coffee-trees. The true mangrove {Rhizophora Mangle) and the
false mangrove {Avicennia nitida) fill the swamps and lagoons with their
trunks and clustered roots. The oleander is very abundant, forming
the common hedge. It is of great value in holding together the
shifting sand, for it grows everywhere, even on the least promising
dunes. The sago palm {Cycas revolutd) is a common ornament of
the lawns. Though not properly to be mentioned with the trees, the
century-plant is met with everywhere, and not infrequently I saw it
'a blossom or in fruit. The Spanish bayonet ( Yucca aloifolia) is
aften used for hedges.

Governor Lefroy, in a list of plants published in Bulletin No. 25,
y* S. Nat’l Museum, distinguishes about 150 species as intro-
duced by natural means. He also gives a very full and interest-
jag list of artificially introduced species and of others which refused
to thrive. There is also a list locally published, prepared by Mr.
yswald A. Reade, a pharmaceutical chemist formerly stationed at the

dock yard.

48

The following plants were collected between March 8th and
April 2nd. Unless otherwise mentioned they were then in flow'er.
Dr. N. L. Britton kindly aided in the preparation of the list of phan-
erogams and Miss E. G. Knight identified the ferns.

List of Bermuda Plants. — Collected March, 1885, and de-
posited in the Herbarium of Columbia College.

Ranunculus parviflorus, L.
Ranunculus muricatuSy L.
Argemone Mexicana, L.

Papaver dubium, L.

Fumaria densiflora, DC.
Raphanus sativus, L.

Alyssum maritimum, L.

Cakile maritima, Scop., var.

cequaliSy Chapm.

Cerastium viscosuniy L.

{Siellarta media. Smith.)*

Sida carpinifolia, L.

Oxalis corniculaia, L.

Geranium Carolinianun, L.
{Medicago denticulata, Willd.)
Medicago lupulina, L.

Melilotus officinalis, Willd.
(Enothera rosea. Ait.

Bryophyllum calycinum, Sals.
{Opuntiavulgaris,Wi\\. In fruit.)
Smyrnium olusatrum, L
Spermacoce tenuior, Lam.
Sherardia arvensis, L.

Solidago sempervirens. Ait.
Bidens leucantha, Willd.
Cichorium Intybus, L.
{Baraxacum officinale, Weber.)
{Plantago major, L.)

{Plantago lanceolata, L.
Anagallis arvensis, L.

Prythrcea Centaurium, Pers.
Nerium Oleander, L.

Asclepias curassavica, L.

Ipomcea Nil, Rth.

Dichondra repens, Forst.
{Nicotiana Tabacum, L.)

( Tournefortiagnaphalodes,^.^^-^
Salvia coccinea, L.

Stachys arvensis, L.

Stachytarpha Jamaicensis, V.
Lippia nodijlora. Rich.

Lantana crocea, J acq.

Lantana odorata, L.

Avicennia nitidd, In frmt.

Veronica arvensis, 1 ^.

{Rumex crispus, L.)

Euphorbia Peplus, L.

Euphorbia buxifolia, Lam.
{Urtica urens, L.)

Aloe vulgaris, L.

Richardia yEthiopica, L.
Commelina nudiflora, L.
Stenotaphrum Americanum,
Schrank.

Chi oris petraca, Thurb.
Oplismenus setarius, Spreng.
Dichromena leucocephala, Michx,
Scirpus validus, Vahl.

Asplenium myriophyllum, Presl.
Asplenium Magellanicum, Kaulf.
Asplenium parvulum, M. & G.
Adiantum cuneatum, Lang.
Fisch,

Aspidium patens, Swartz.
Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

Note on Veronica Anagallis, L.

By N. L. Britton.

In the latter part of September, 1883, while botanizing near the
village of Mahwah, Bergen Co., New Jersey, I noticed in a smal
stream which crosses the N. Y. L. E. & W, R. R., half a mile or so
north of the station, a very strong and abundant growth of a F '.ronica,
whose broad, obtuse, nearly sessile, slightly serrate leaves, and nearl)
erect habit seemed peculiar, and different from any form with whic

Plants ill parenthesise were noticed but not collected.

49

I was acquainted. The plant was not noticed anywhere else in the
immediate vicinity.

hince that time I have received specimens of what is evidently
the same form from Dr. H. H. Rusby, collected at Franklin, Essex
Co., from Prof. Porter, collected at Manunka Chunk, Warren Co.,
and have myself gathered a closely similar plant from the valley of
the Delaware River, above Flatbrookville in Sussex Co. These last
specimens were somewhat more erect in habit and not quite so
broadly leaved as those from the other localities noted. It would
therefore seem to be widely distributed through Northern New Jersey.

In general aspect it closely resembles V. Beccabunga, L., of
Europe, differing mainly in the almost universally sessile, more or less
clasping leaves, V. Beccabunga being described and figured (Engl.
Bot. PI. 655; Ettingshausen & Pokorny, Phys. Plant. Austr. t. 780)
with petioles, which de Candolle (Prodr., x., 468) says are from one to
two lines long, though in an English specimen they are a quarter inch.
However, in a German specimen marked V. Beccabunga, in the Meis-
ner herbarium the leaves are as sessile as in the ones now referred to,
and indeed it resembles these very greatly. There is some doubt,
therefore, to which species my plants belong; indeed they would seem
to connect the two in certain respects, as the characters of pod and
pedicel are not sufficiently different for diagnostic characters. The
flowers likewise are intermediate in size between those of the two
species, though perhaps more like those of V. Anagallis 'm this respect,
but blue. As the species are considered distinct by foreign authori-
ties, and as I do not wish to complicate synonomy, since genuine V,
Beccabunga with strongly petioled leaves has not yet been detected in
America, I propose that for the present we shall know this Northern
J^^ew Jersey plant as V. Anagallis, L., var. latifolia. Dr. Rusby’s
sipecimen above alluded to has acute leaves tapering from a broad
sessile base. If the German specimen mentioned had been collected
in this country I should unhesitatingly include it in the variety here
proposed.

V. Americana, Schwein. ^V. Beccabunga of older American
authors) is generally sufficiently characterized by its oblong or ellip-
tical-lanceolate, strongly serrated leaves, subcordate, truncate or even
2^cute at base and distinct petioles to be easily separated from the two
other species. English specimens labelled V. Beccabunga in the
Torrey Herbarium resemble the common American form very closely,
however, and in some native plants which I have examined the serra-
bon is much less prominent than usual.

V. intermedia, Schwein. {Amer. Journ. Sci, I., viii., 268,) referred
*0 F". Americana by Dr. Gray (Syn. Flor. N. A., ii , pt. i., 287) is
^own by Schw'einitz’s specimen in the herbarium of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to be V. Anagallis, as Mr. J. H.
Redfield has noted on the sheet.

The great variation in leaf-forms exhibited by these plants, with-
out correspondingly wide variations in the inflorescence and fruit,
gives credence to the supposition that they are but varieties of a single
Widely diffused species, to which other des

long.

described forms may well be-

50

The Relations of Pin us edulis and P. monophylla. — Pinus mono-
phylla, Torr. and Frem., was described in Fremont’s “ Report of the
Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains in the Year 1842,
and to Oregon and Northern California in 1843 and 4,” Washington,'
1845, House Doc. No. 166, p. 319. PI. 4. The specimens upon which
the description was based were obtained from “ Northern California,
longitude ii»° to 120°”; mostly from an area now included in the
State of Nevada. Among the specimens brought in by Fremont were
.some in which the leaves were both single and double, but the double
leaves were rare exceptions to the general rule.

In the years 1857, 8 and 9, and later, I passed in many direc-
tions through most of the country occupied by Pinus edults and
the so-called P. monophylla, in the northern states of Mexico,
Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado, Utah and Nevada, and I found the
facts in regard to the relations of these tw'o forms to be essentially
these :

The chosen habitat and home of Pinus edulis is the belt or area of
dry country lying between the saline and treeless portion of the
“ Great Basin” in Nevada and Utah and the higher and better
watered mountain ranges which border or divide the desert areas.

In Southern Utah, between the summits of the Wasatch and the
Western sage plains in Western New Mexico and Eastern Arizona, as
well as some portions of Northern Mexico, the nut-pine attains the
largest size and stands thickest on the ground. Here it ranges from
20 to 50 feet in height, has a trunk sometimes two feet in diameter
and is universally two-leaved. In Nevada and Western Utah the
trees are smaller in size, more scattered, and usually have but a single
cylindrical leaf. Where the areas of these two varieties meet it is
very common to find trees in which the foliage is about equally
divided between the single and double forms. Hence it would seem
that the single-leaved variety is a somewhat dwarfed and depauperate
form, the effect of aridity of climate; and the single solid leaf is
apparently an exhibition of the tendency so conspicuous among
desert. plants to reduce the ratio of surface to mass in the leaves, or
the parts of the plant which perform the functions of leaves. Ir*
Cactus, Holocantha, Canotia, Ephedra, etc., we see the extreme form
of this self- protective modification, no leaves but an epidermis which
does what little there is for leaves to do, and in Cactus, Holocantha,
etc., a formidable array of spines to protect this from possible injury.
Dr. Torrey. to whom more than twenty years ago I showed my speci-
mens of Pinus monophylla and P. edulis, agreed with me in consider-
ing them only varieties of one species. Mr. Thomas Meehan, in his
interesting note lately published on this subject,* considers the two
forms as of common origin, but as constituting distinct species. R
seems to me, however, they are typical varieties of common origm
and shading into each other, and of unusual interest, since their rela-
tionship can be easily traced, and, if I am right, the causes which have
produced the differences are easilv comprehensible.

J. S. Newberrv.

* Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sciences, I884, p. 295, and this journal.

al

Three Desmids new to the United States.— In the year of 1875
there was published a series of various aigse, and (also many desmids),
chiefly new species and varieties, from all parts of the world, by Paul
Reinsch at Erlangen (Franconia, Germany.) 'Fhis work, which was
dedicated to the eminent algologists Sir W. Archer, O. Norstedt and
L. Rabenhorst, contains quite a number of desmids, and is entitled
Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam, auctore Paulo Fri-
derico Reinsch. Vol. I. Accedunt tabulae CXXXI. Melano-
phyceae; tabulae LXI. Rhodophyceae: tabulae LXII. Chlorophyllo-
phyiceae: tabulae XVIIl. Fungi: tabulae IX. Lipsiae T. O. Weigel.
MDCCCLXXV. pp. XII. 103. qto.

I find three new species of desmids in this work which are not
enumerated in Wolle's “ Desmids of the United States,” and which for
this reason, can be considered as new to the United States.

1. Staurastrum Pseudo-Cosftiarium. — Semicellulae a latere late
ovato-cordatae, margines laterales crenulato serrati; cellulae a vertice
trigonae inarginibus lateralibus rectis; isthrai latitude semi
cellulae latitudinis. Longit. 0.0786™“'. Latit. 0.056““'

Hab. Pennsylvania, North America.

Tab. ix.. Fig. i a. Specimen a latere. Fig. i b. Specimen a ver-
lice. p. 91-92.

2. Xanthidium Nordstedtianum. — Semicellul® a latere late trans-
verse ovato-truncatae incisura acutangula latiore di.sjunctae, anguli
quatuor spinis tenuioribus binis armati, anguli laterales spino singulo
armati. Longit. 0.053““-. Latit. 0.0333““'. Spin, longit. 0.0 1 12““'

Hab. Pennsylvania, North America. Erlangae Franconia.

A Xanthid. cristaio, Brdb., differt dimensionibus minoribus, spinis
tenuioribus in basi non dilatatis, semicellulis longioribus incisura
acutangula disjunctis. Dimens. Xanth. crist. : longit. 0.0621““',
latit. 0.059““- (spin, excl.)

Tab. X. Fig. 6. Specimen a latere, ex massa ex algis unicellularibus
composita. p. 92.

3. The work also contains a third species, which is described and
figured, but not named. It is a

Cosmarium spec. — Semicellulae elliptico-ovales in inferiore parte
sc adtingentes margine superiore late rotundato; isthmi latitude
friens diametri transversalis, membrana verruculis dense absque
ordine dispositis exasperata; diameter transversalis diametri longi-
fudinalis dimidio paulo minus. Longit. 0.0448““-. Latit. 0.025““-

In massa algarum, Easton, Pennsylvania. America borealis.

A Cosmario Botrytis sat distincta species.

Tab. X., Fig. 7. Specimen a latere, p. 84.

I give this species the name Retnschit and will include it in the
list of American desmids as Cosmarium Reinschii, m.

Kolosvar, Hungary. Jules Schaarschmidt.

Cleistogamy in Lamium. — Early in March there were brougirt
fo rne some plants of Lamiunt aniplexicaule, L., which, despite the
burliness of the season, seemed to be on the point of flowering, many
of the buds showing color.

Late in April other plants were examined. Still there were no

52

open flowers; but the buds had enlarged and crimsoned in axillary
clusters.

In all cases the projecting corolla tube was closed by what
appeared to be a conical cap of densely crowded crimson hairs, the
whole calling to mind the capsule of a moss with hairy terminal
calyptra. This hairy cap proved to be formed by the villous upper
lip of the corolla densely folded over the lower lip, which was color-
less save a spot of pink on its central lobe. The lips could be separ-
ated by pressure.

Within, the stamens and pistils, arrested in their forward growth
in the blind tube, had turned and twisted themselves into a con-
torted mass which perhaps would have pressed open the closed doors
of their prison or burst its walls had it not been accommodated by
the dilated throat of the corolla, which it will be remembered is a
floral characteristic of the dead nettle and others of its family.

The confined anthers were discharging pollen. This consisted,
as normally, of innumerable granules, but the entire product of each
anther was united into a single mass by a moisture which pervaded
the imprisoned floral organs. These pollen-masses, even before they
were free from the anthers, were found adhering to the confined
stigmas, so that anthers and stigmas were frequently joined together
by the viscid mass.

In some of the flowers the imprisoned styles were double the
length of the corolla, and in accommodating themselves to their
cramped quarters had writhed into strangely twisted positions. In
one case the slender style, finding its advance checked, had returned
down the tubes and applied its stigmas to the clustered anthers from
above them. In another case the stigmas in their ascent had become
entangled and detained among the anthers, causing the lengthening
style to twist in a circle on itself in the lower part of the tube.

ow I would ask are these flowers to be considered as truly
c eistogamous. Are they not rather the usual flowers cleistogamous
through retarted development; in other words, adaptively cleisto-
gamous . Plainly they are nothing more; they are the common
flowers somewhat contracted and remaining closed.

It would seem that the plant resorted to self-fertilization when,
rom adverse conditions, no better opportunity of reproduction
offered itself. j t'

Eugene P. Bickneel.

Flora of ChonariQo County, N. Y. : some plants not previously
reported from that region.*

Ranunculus bulbosus, L. — Not common.

Aconitum uncinatum, L. — A single specimen found on the bank of
the Chenango River, near Oxford. Perhaps indigenous.

Nuphar luteum, Smith, var. pumilum, Preston. Not seen in
flower,

Cardamtnc pralensis, L. — Rather common

Arabts perf oliata, Lam. — Occasional.

Read before the Natural History Society of Cornell University.

Viola Selkirkii, Pursh. — Oxford. Rare.

Hypericum pyramidatum. Ait. — Common along the Chenango
River.

Mollugo verlicillata, L. — Uncommon. Beginning to be introduced
along railroads.

Acer saccharinum, Wang., var. nigrum. Gray.

Trifolium agrarium, L. — Quite firmly established.

Melilotus alba, Lam. — Beginning to be introduced along the
Chenango River.

Potentilla palusiris. Scop. — Borders of ponds, Preston.

. Linncea borealis, Gronov. — Oxford. Rare.

Valerianella radiata, Dufr. — Oxford. In an alluvial meadow,

near the old Chenango Canal, and possibly introduced from it.

Cichorium Intyhus, L. — Occasional at roadsides.

Andromeda ligustrina, Muhl. — Locally abundant on dry hills.

Chimaphila maculata, Pur>;i. — Oxford. Rare.

Pentstemon pubescens, Solander. — Not common.

Veronica Buxbaumii, Tenore. — Occasional in gardens.

Monarda fistulosa, L. — Preston. Locally abundant.

Mertensia Virginica, D C. — Uncommon. Banks of Chenango
River.

Polemonium cceruleum, L. — Abundant on the borders of several
small swamps, and in wet meadows, in Preston and McDonough,
near East McDonough.

Euphorbia Peplus, L. — Not common, but abundant where found.

Humulus Lupulus, L. — Plainly indigenous on the Chenango River.

Ariscema Dracontium, Schott. — Not common.

Scheuchzeria palustris, L — Rare. Preston.

Habenaria blephariglottis, Hook. — Rare. Smithville.

Listera cordata, R. Br. — Rare. Smithville.

Corallorhiza innata, R. Br. — Rare. Oxford.

Smilacina trifolia, Desf. — Rather common in peat-bogs.

Erythronium albidum, Nutt. — Oxford. In an alluvial meadow near
the village, a patch of perhaps fifty plants, growing with E. Amett-
canum.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus. Link. — Oxford. Local.

Botrychium matricaricefolium, A. Br.— ^Common.

Botrychium lanceolatum, Angs. — Rather common.

Fred. V. Coville.

Botanical Notes.

Kalmia angustifolia.^M.r. Walter Hayden, who has resided for
some time in the Hudson’s Bay Territory, states that the twigs, widi
[eaves and flowers of this plant are used by the Cree Indians m
bowel complaints and as a tonic. Their name for the plant is
'^isukapuk, ‘ bitter leaf.’ The leaves of the allied Kalmia lattfoha
said to possess poisonous, narcotic properties, and to prove ata to
sheep and some other animals, although they are eaten with impunity
hy deer, goats and partridges. Dr. Barton, in his Collections,
states that the Indians sometimes use a decotion of the leaves to de-
stroy themselves. It is pointed out in the U. S. Dispensatory that

54

Kalmia angusti/olia probably possesses properties identical with those
of K. latifolia. It is remarkable, therefore, that it should be used as
a tonic by the Crees. The coldness of the climate of Canada, may
however, modify the development of the poisonous principle, if the
plant really possesses any.

Spicate Inflorescence in Cypripedium hisigne.—AX. a recent meeting
of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Mr. Thomas Mee-
han referred to specimen before him, of Cypripedium insigne, an orchid
from the coolet^^arts of the East Indies, which had a spike with two
flowers and othe>.jindeveloped buds, the normal character being a
one-flowered scap^v These departures from the normal form, he
said, afforded valuaoVodpssons, though frequently passed over as mere
freaks of nature. A spicate infloresence was a common characteristic
in allied species. From the present illustration we might infer that
the one- flowered kinds were species iri~iyhich the power to develop
a proper spike had been arrested. We might expect to see attempts
at this form of inflorescence in Cypripedium acaule of our own country.

A very important lesson from these occasional departures had but
recently had the attention given to it that it properly deserved, and that
was that whenever any particular plant departed from its normal form,
there came into existence other characters, which, in a separate plant
would, and often did, obtain for the new departure the rank of a
species. In this instance, the second flower on the spike was different
from the lower and normal one in the upper segment of the perianth
(sepals) having a regular outline. In the normal form it was so crum-
pled as to present a trilobed appearance. In the normal form the
labellum was so elongated as to be three times the length of the
column. In the upper flower the labellum was but double the length,
giving it a somewhat globular appearance. There were other varia-
tions that formed a combination of characters quite sufficient to mark
a species if they were constantly produced in a separate state. Why
could not this rare occurence become a continuous one, and thus a
new species be formed — created, we may say — out of an older one.^
I here can be no reason why not. We may call this a freak of nature, but
it could not have occurred without that combination of circumstances
which we call law. We have no warranty for saying that a law which
has operated to produce a departure in a solitary instance like this,
might not have a more permanent power at some other time. Nor is
there any warranty for believing that a law which has operated as we
see here on one plant, might not operate on a hundred, or on all the
plants of a district, or even on plants in separate districts widely sep-
arated from each other.

Abrus precaiortus. — The pretty scarlet seeds of this leguminous
plant, known as ‘ red bean ' and ‘ love pea,’ contain a poisonous prin*
ciple, and, according to Mr. Boverton Redwood, are used in the
Punjab for poisoning cattle. The shell of the seed is removed, the
seed softened in water and pounded into a paste, which is then rolled
out into little cylinders, about three-quarters of inch long, sharpened
at one end. After careful drying, the cylinders are further sharpened
by being rubbed on a brick, and are finally soaked in animal fat, and
fitted into a wooden handle with their point just protruding. Upon

a blow being struck with this weapon, the point, called a.sui, penetrates
the flesh, and being but loosely fitted into the handle, remains in the
wound. Death ensues, on an average, in forty-eight hours.

TIu Continuity of Protoplasm. — Dr. Schaarschmidt has recently
pointed out that the continuity of protoplasm is well shown in the
pith of the mistletoe, a transverse section of the stem colored with
eosin showing the thread, visible as a faint streak almost entirely
enclosed by the cell wall, the protoplasm which fills the cell sending
six or eight delicate threads through the closing membrane. The
continuity is also visible in the cortical parenchyma, and can be
determined throughout the entire epidermis. — Journ. Micr. Soc.

Homology of the Floral Envelopes in the Graminem and Cyperaceoe.
— In a paper with this title in the Journal of Botany., Mr. T. Town-
send attempts to prove that the palea in the floret of grasses is the
homologue of the ochrea and utriculus in Carex, that the latter is a
single floral envelope, and that the seta found more or less developed
in many species of Carex is the rudimentary development of a
secondary axis, while the acicula of Dumortier is the terminal por-
tion of the main axis of the spikelet, so that the seta and acicula are
analogous portions of two different axes.

The formation of Oil Receptacles in the Fruit of the Umbellifene
has been investigated by J. Lange. He finds that they originate
from a group of four cells, distinguished from the surrounding ones
by their greater refrangibility. They are arranged in the corners of a
square with an intercellular space between them, which gradually de-
velops into the oil receptacle. These secreting cells have very thin
walls and a clear translucent protoplasm. — Journ. Micr. Soc.

The formation of Gum in IFood has been examined by B. Frank
in a number of leguminous and rosaceous trees. He finds that it
IS the universal product of special conditions, and can always be in-
duced by the production of these conditions, as, for instance, by
wounding any part of the stem. After four or five weeks the cells of
the medullary rays are nearly filled with gum, its formation commenc-
ing in the cavities of the vessels and wood cells, which assume a
more or less yellow or red color due to small granules resulting partlv
Irom metamorphosis of starch grains. The purpose of the internal
formation of gum appears to be to form air-tight plugs to the vessels,
this oject being aided by the formation of thyllae or cells inside the
vessels. — Journ. Micr. Soc.

The Spores of Lycopodium. — Mr. D. H. Galloway, of the Chicago
College of Pharmacy, has made some measurements of the spores of
lycopodium vfiih thQ ioWo'ff'mg results; He made careful measure-
ments of 50 spores and found their average diameters to be seven
six-thousandths of an inch, the largest having a diameter of eight six-
thousandths and the smallest six six-thousandths of an inch. It
would therefore take 857 of them laid side by side to make an inch
in length; to cover a square inch 734,449 would be required ; and
^ fill the space of a cubic inch 629,422,793. Or, in terms of the
Flench system, a row one centimetre in length would contain 343
yores; a square centimetre, 1 17,649, and a cubic centimetre, 4°,353,-
«o 7 . On measuring the capacity of one of Powers & Weightman’s

56

dram morphine bottles he found that it was almost exactly 40**’,
therefore one of the bottles would contain 1,614,144,280 of these
spores. The same bottle will hold 10,600 flax-seeds, 350 cubeb-
berries, 250 grains of allspice, 66 Coculus Indicus seeds, 20 nux-
vomica-seeds, 4,200 canary-seeds, 8,400 dill-seeds, 2,900 grains of
paradise, 1,250 hemp-seeds, 500 black pepper berries, 661 white pep-
per berries, 3,250 stramonium-seeds, and 100 pumpkin-seeds. It
will thus be seen that one hemp-seed equals in size 1,291,315 lycopo-
dium spores. — Western Druggist.

Cowania Havardi. — Mr. Watson wishes us to state that the
species described by him under this name in the Proceedings of the
■Vmer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, xx., p. 364, is C. ericcefolia, Torn,
collected previously only by Parry in the same region, and his speci-
mens probably only in the Torrey herbarium.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club The regular meeting of the

Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, April 14th, the
President in the chair and 25 persons present.

Mr. J. F. Kemp read a paper upon the Winter Flora of the Ber-
mudas.

Mr. Thos. Hogg gave an account of the flora of Nassau.

Dr. Britton exhibited stem of Nescea verticillata, HBK., covered
with a spongy parenchyma. Miss Knight exhibited and remarked upon
gold fish that had succumbed to an attack of Saprolegnia ferax.

Two persons were elected active members.

Correct and Incorrect Addresses. — The recent receipt, in a
round about way, by the Editor, of a letter which had been mailed
to him some weeks previously, leads him to give the following directions
in regard to addressing communications: All communications for the
Bulletin, all business matters relating to it, and all exchanges should
be addressed simply to W. R. Gerard, 61 Clinton Place, New York.
Please omit the useless words “ Editor of the Bulletin of the Torrey
Club.” Communications for the Treasurer should be addressed or
W. H. Rudkin, 74 William St,, New York. Communications tc
the Club should be sent to the Secretary, Arthur Hollick, Ne"
Brighton, N. Y. Specimens of plants for the Club should be sent o
Dr. N. L. Britton, School of Mines, Columbia College, New York. ^

Since we cannot, by letter, impress upon the minds of ne'V
agents that the Bulletin has no business office, we shall ask t
in print to address no letters to the “ Torrey Botanical Club,
“Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,” or “ Torrey’s Botanica
Bulletin,” or “ Publisher of the Torrey Bulletin.” Letters
addressed may, through the perseverance of some ’

finally reach their destination, but they stand an equal chance o g
ing to the Dead Letter Office.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII-1 New York, June, 1885. [No. 6.

Some Notes on Generic Names.

By W. R. Gerard.

Aquilegia. — “We read in botanical dictionaries tha,t A gui/e^ia
\ ■ is derived from an ‘ eagle,’ because of the fancied

likeness of the flower to that bird. . . . However, to be a little

critical, though aqnil- might do very well for ‘ eagle,' the egia would
puzzle the etymological genius of Cicero himself. There is, however,
a good Latin word, aquilegus, meaning ‘ collecting water’; and Pliny
tells us that well-sinkers were called by the Romans aquileges — i. e.,
water collectors’; and who has not noticed the water-collecting
habit of the curly leaves of the columbine, when they are covered
with silver drops after a shower of spring.? Would it not be more
respectful to the intelligence of the giver of the name to believe that
it was intended in this sense .? ... I do not claim to have made

any new discovery about the word Aquilegia, my surprise is that any
one knowing Latin could ever have given it any other meaning than
that which I have given; but, on looking into different books, I find
that all but one, which explain the name at all, explain why the
plant is ‘very like an eagle,’ even including the lexicon of that ad-
mirable scholar, Littre, under ancolie, the modern French form of
Aquilegia. The Penny Cyclopaedia alone of books I have consulted
explains Aquilegia as ‘ water-gatherer.’ ’’ Rev. C. Wolley Dod, in
Gardeners' Chranicle, June 9th, 1883, pp. 719, 7 zo.

In addition to the etymology proposed by Mr. Dod, and to the one
universally given in botanical works, there is still another, which
would derive the word from Aquileia, or Aquilegia, a Roman city on
the confines of Italy, in the vicinity of which the columbine grows in
great abundance.

In order to obtain the true meaning of any word it is necessary
to first ascertain its earliest recorded form. This, in the case of the
one under consideration, is aquilea, and is found in the works of
Albertus Magnus (13th centuryL This old author, in speaking of
the form that the flower assumes in different plants, says: “ Aut

enini praetendit obscuram quandam convenientiam cum avis figura,
sicut flos oleris qui vocatur aquilea, eo quod quatuor aquilas flos ejus
ngurare videtur;” and, further along: “ aliquid autem simile hujus
habet flos urticae mortu^ et violae, nisi quod alas avis non ita exprimit
smut aquilea." (Parva Naturalia, p. 381.) From this it appears that
Albertus regarded the Latin name of the columbine as due to an ob-
scure resemblance of its petals to the 7 vings of an eagle — and not of its
spurs to. the talons of that bird, as explained by some, or to the beak,
as suggested by others. He probably had never seen the plant, but

58

wrote from hearsay. However this may be, the early form of the
word which he adduces disposes of the notion that the meaning is
‘ water-gatherer.’

Caspar Bauhin, probably regarding the first two syllables of
Aquilegia as due to an original acui, from acus (cf. aquifolium^ now
the specific name of the European holly, for acuifolium), says that
the name was applied to the plant “ob floruni mucrones aduncos.”
Grassmann (Deutsche Pflanzennamen, p. 28), commenting upon this
explanation, says that it “ is much more applicable to the German
[name].” The German popular name of the columbine, aglei^ is
derived by Kluge, in his recent Etymologisches Worterbuch der
deutschen Sprache (Strassbiirg, 1S84) from Lat. aquilegia, and the
word is traced back by him, through M. H. Ger. agleie, to O. H. Ger.
ageleta. But, if we examine the history of the Ger. word, we shall
find that in O. H. Ger. (period between the 8th to the close of the nth
century) ageleia was the name, not of the columbine, but, ot a totally
different plant — Dipsacus f ullonum,!^. In M H. Ger. the same name,
with its numerous variants, was applied to Aquilegia vulgaris, L., and,
later still, to Ranimculus arvensis, L., and Ononis spinosa, L. What
is there in common between these so diverse plants that they should
have received the same popular name ? The etymology of the O. H.
Ger. word answers this: Ageleia is a derivative from old Ger.

agele, ‘chaff,’ ‘awn,’ ‘spike ’ (cognate with Lat. aculeus.) The Dip-
sacus was so called, then, from the aculeate chaff of its heads of
fruit, Aquilegia from the aculeate spurs of its flowers, Ranunculus
from its bur-like fruit, and Ononis from its spiny leaves.

In DuCange’s Glossarium mediae et infimae Latinitatis we find
aqutlea, herba valens ad oculos.’ This points to Dipsacus, the water
contained in the cup-shaped bases of the leaves of which was
anciently used as a collyrium. In the Middle Ages aquileus (changed
frorn aqutlus) was an adjective of color meaning ‘brown’ or ‘black’; but
aqutlea, which at first sight would seem to be the feminine form of this
adjective, must have had a different origin, and we may assume that
it arose through a confusion, by the scribes, of the first two syllables
of the Ger. name with aqua, ‘ water.’

1 here would appear to be no doubt, that aquilea (later,
aquilegia) is a mere corruption of the Ger. word ageleia. This is the
view of it taken by those who have investigated the Ger. popular
names of plants, e, g., E. Meyer, H. Grassmann, and Pritzel and
Jessen.

It is worthy of remark that no people seem to have seen in the
spurs of the Aquilegia a resemblance to the talons or beak of an eagle,
and so in no language do we find any popular name for this plant
that embodies any such idea.

The five spurred petals with incurved tips were at an early
period compared to five doves, the sepals representing the wings; an
this suggested the herbalist’s Lat. name columbina (sc. herba) ‘ dove-
like (herb),’ whence O. Fr. columbine, Eng. columbine and Ital. colo»i-
bino. The herbalist’s name aquilina, used as a substitute for what
was regarded as an irregularly formed derivative from aquili^',%^''^
Ital. aquilina, and the translated names, Polish orlik, ‘ aquiline ana

59

Bohem. worlicek, ‘aquiline.’ The corrupted Ger. name passed into
other languages as: ^ Du. akdei, Swed. ackeia, O. Fr. anquelie, Fr.

Walloon dcolete, Ital. achellea, acquilegia, Span, qutlefia. Port.
acquileja,^ Gael, dcholmsin. In French the plant has likewise been
called aiglantine (a dimin. of O. Fr. atglant, from L. Lat. aculentus ,
derivative from aculeus; referring, as in Ger., to the aculeate spurs),
and, corruptly, galantine. The flowers of the columbine have by
some been likened to bells; hence Du. klokkebloem, ‘bell-flower,’ Dan.
klokken, ‘bells’, Swed. tysk klockor ‘silent bells’ Russ, kolokoltschiki,
bell-flower, Hung, harangvirag, ‘bell-flower.’ Finally, other popular
names are: Fr. Jleur de parfait ajnour, ‘ flower of perfect love,’ Ital.

perfetto amore, ‘perfect love,’ Port, amor perfeito dos velhos, ‘old-
folks’ perfect love.’ Polish rozycyka, ‘little rose,’ Fr. gant de ndtre
dame., ‘ our lady’s glove,’ manteau royal, ‘royal mantle,’ herbe de lion,
lion-wort, and (as an offset to so much poetry) Swed. torrvdrks-
grds, ‘ rheumatism-grass.’

K Spergula. — S aid by Prof. Eaton (Manual of Botany) to be from
Lat. spergo, ‘to scatter,’ from the dispersion of its seeds,” a state-
ment copied by Prof. Wood, in his Class-Book.* Dr. Gray, in his
Manual, has corrected the Latin word to spargo. Spergula, how-
ever, has nothing to do with spargo, but is merely a Latinized form,
by Dodoens, of the German popular name spergel.

Spergula arvensis, L., has for several centuries been cultivated
throughout Germany as a forage-plant, and has hence received many
popular names, several of which are corruptions of one and the same
word. One of these names is sperg (found also in the forms spark,
sperk, spirk, spdrk, spurk), of which spergel is a dimintuive. Sperg is
an abbreviation of spergis {spurgis, sporges'), a corruption of M. Lat.
sparagus, for Lat. asparagus. The plant was so named from its re-
semblance to the asparagus in its whorled branches and thread-shaped
leaves.

Brunella. — This word is, in botanical works, derived from Ger.
braune (Gray), brune (Wood), breune (Darlington; Eaton). As a
matter of fact, it is a Latinized form (by Brunfels) of the Ger. popu-
lar name brunelle a dim. of M. H. Ger. brun, ‘brown.’ The plant was
so named in German from the brown color of its calyx after flowering,
and this, on the doctrine of signatures, indicated the use of the herb
for the cure of quinsy, called in German braune, ‘ brownness,’
alluding to the color of the fauces when afflicted with that disease.

Trollius. — An abbreviation of trollius fios, a translation (by
Conrad Gesner) of the Ger. popular name trollblumen. “Trollius
flos, ut nostrum vulgus appellat.” (Gesner.) The meaning of troll
in the compound is not very clear. It is usually suggested that it is
an old German word signifying ‘a globe,’ or ‘something round’; but
there is no old German word having such a sense.

Lepidium. — Gr. XeTtidiov, ‘ little scale,’ explained in all botani-
cal works as alluding to the small pods; but the original specie#, Z.
latifoUum, L., was so called from its supposed usefulness in lepra.

Corydalis. — From HopvdaXi? (deriv. fr. Kopv?, a ‘helmet,

* Due to Linnaeus; "Spergula, a sparsione seminis.” Phil. Bot., Ed. Spreng. p. 255

60

with a crest’), the Greek name for the crested lark, transferred to
Fumaria bulbosa, L. {Corydalis- cava, Schweigg.), from a fancied re-
semblance of its flower to the crest of that bird. Hence also one of
the Ger. names for the same plant, lerchenhehn.

Alyssum. — “ Gr. o', privative, Xvaaa ‘rage;’ supposed bj the
ancients to allay anger.” (Wood.) “ Gr. dXvacfoi), ‘to be mad,’ from
its being supposed to cure mental maladies.” (Eaton.) “Greek
name of a plant reputed to check the hiccups, as the etymology [o',
privative, and Xv8,oc>\ denotes.” (Gray.) At least two plants were
anciently called aXvuGov, That of Dioscorides has been identified
as Farsetia clypeata, R. Br., and that of Galen as Marrubium Alys-
sum, L. The plant mentioned by Galen is said by him to have been
so called from its being good for the bite of a mad dog, and the same
properties are assigned by Dioscorides to the Marrubium.

ViNCEToxicuM. The root of Vincetoxicum officinale, the plant to
which this name was originally applied, was once held in some re-
pute in Germany as an antidote to poison, and was known to materia
medica as Contrayerva Germanorum. Hence the popular and Lat.
names: Eng. tame- poison, Fr. dompte-venin, Ger. widergift, and Lat.
vincetoxicum {irom vincere and toxicum).

Lythrum. — From Gr. XvOpov, ‘clotted blood;’ not, as usually
stated, in all botanical works, from the color of the flowers, but from
the original species {Lythrum Salicaria, L.) having, on account of
his astringency, been used to arrest hemorrhages.

Us6 of Spines in Cactuses. — Our brethren across the water,
assuming that thorns are simply for protection in a military sense,
are exercising themselves in their serials over the spiny leaves of the
holly. When young and vigorous, i. e., in early life, the teeth are
very spiny; when the tree is aged and the branches then a distance
a ove the surface of the ground, losing vigor, the spines are weak or
absent. Sir John Lubbock and others, following the poet Southey,
see in this a beautiful adaptation for protective purposes. When
wit in the reach of animals, spines are borne, when high up where
animals cannot reach, spines are unnecessary. Numbers of species
o plants have mucronate points to the leafy serrature, which are
wanting in maturer years. It is at any rate difficult to imagine why
a sharp point should be made especially for protection, and points
less sharp for no protective use at all.

I have often reflected on the fact referred to by Dr. Newberry,
that our thorniest plants are in much greater proportion in places
where animal life is scarce, and the immense police force sustained
by the great vegetable community absolutely thrown away. Cactuses
and other thorny things I have seen covered with thorns and spines
on deserts where the hot air seemed to be bounding up and
down like the surging ocean, and where not even a lizard could
nave dared to show its face. Thorns cannot be, so I have thought,
for protection where the climate gives all the protection desired. I
am not one who doubts that nature has a purpose in every move she
makes, but the main purposes I think we seldom reach, and that w'C

61

do ourselves an injury in research by assuming mere incidental uses
as the main purposes tor which structures seem to be “adapted.”

One of these uses in the spines of cactus has occurred to me after
reading Dr. Newberry’s remarks on Pinus edulis in the last number.
They break the full force of the sun on the plant, a force it is made
to endure and not to love, as we know who have learned to cultivate
it. Plant lovers set out their treasures in summer under “arbors”
of fish-netting or galvanized wire, and those who have no experience
would be surprised to find how the moving shadow's of the twine or
wire lowers the temperature. A mass of spines on a cactus must
certainly have the same effect. A cactus does not need much light
on its epiderm to keep healthy. On the dry mesas along the Un-
compahgre River I have seen some aggregated masses of Echinocactus
phmiiceus forming dense hemispheres a foot high and as much wide,
with spines so thoroughly interlaced with spines as to rival the hedge-
hog, and leaving not a particle of the green surface visible; and there
are species not caespitose, such as E. pectinaius, which no one can
see for spines without cutting apart, and forming a complete protec-
tion from the hot suns under which they are doomed to live.

I do not suppose I have yet reached the final purpose of spines in
a cactus any more than we have the final purpose in the existence of
the cactus itself, but that one use of cactus spines is to furnish a
partial shade I feel to be beyond a doubt.

Thomas Meehan.

Gyalecta lamprospora, Nyl. — In a recent number of i\\Q Regens-
burg Flora, Dr. Nylander, of Paris, has described a lichen sent him by
me as follows: “ Thallus white, opaque, thin; apothecia becoming
black, superficial, opaque, subrugulose, about 0.5““' or less in diameter;
spores 8, without color, narrowly oblong, muriform-divided o.ioo-
I io“™- long, 0.010- 1 1 broad, in the middle somewhat constricted,
paraphyses slender, the epithecium, with the perithecium and the
lower stratum of the hypothecium, dark colored. Reaction with
iodine fulvous red. On unknown exotic bark. A marked species of
a distinct type. Thallus not corticate, all its elements, with the
conceptacle of the apothecia, fulvous red; the scanty and confusedly
cellular portion reacting similarly. Gonidia mostly chroolepid, con-
nected, medium-sized and emitting lichenose hyphoid filaments.
Younger apothecia obtusely margined, with an impressed disk.
Thekes pyriform, long stipitate below, spermatia bowed, about
o.oi8“">- long.”

To this description Dr. Nylander adds: “ We have distinctly seen
each gonidium, and even young gonidia, of this lichen emit from
its walls one and even two filaments, characteristically lichenose.
It is perfectly evident that these productions are lichenose, and con-
tinuations of the wall of the gonidium. What then becomes of
‘ symbiosis for w'here is here the ‘ fungus ’ and where the ‘ alga' 1
In the lichen there exist only lichenose elements, as is everywhere

demonstrated.”

This lichen was sent me by Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt as having been
collected near Philadelphia, without further indication. But the

62

evidently exotic nature of the wood and the fact that two distinctly
tropical lichens, a Pyrenula and a Chiodecton, grew on the same sub-
strate, show that it does not properly belong to the flora of the
region where it was found.

H. Willey.

Arthrocladia villosa, Duby, at Woods Holl., Mass. — A number
of specimens of the above-named alga was collected by me during
July and August, 1884. As the Rev. A. B. Hervey has examined a
specimen, there can be no doubt as to the identification.

Prof. W. G. Farlow puts Arthrocladia villosa into Addenda, p. 183,
Marine Algae of New England, upon the authority of specimens found
by Mr. Frank S. Collins at Falmouth Heights. In Torrey Bul-
letin, Vol. X., No. 9, p. 106, it is stated that Mr. Geo. W. Perry
found specimens also at Menanhant, near Falmouth.

My find is hence (so far as I know) the third one, and the
locality is the most southern one yet reported. ,

John E. Peters.

Fertilization in Areimria serpyllifolia. — Those who are con-
tinually noting and recording adaptations for cross-fertilization in
flowers are to my mind engaged in a useful work. Still, I often
wonder why they miss the opposite illustrations. The common
weed Arenaria serpyllifolia affords a neat instance of behavior,
that results in securing self-fertilization. The flower is at its best
state of expansion about 8 or 9 in the morning in this region. Ex-
amined with a lens it will be found that the three pistils, in expanding,
have curved horizontally to the east. In rotating, the stigmatic apex
of the pistil catches every one its anther, and holds and retains it to
the end. About the hour named, when the flowers are expanded, the
pollen may be seen oozing from its cells and completely covering the
stigma. The stamens of the outer tier mature pollen later, if indeed they
have any at all, for I have never seen any that I thought truly pollen-
iferous. I have examined many flowers but never found a pistil that
had not caught its anther and received pollen in the way described.

Thomas Meehan.

Notes from Kansas.— In the Forest Trees of North America,
■Rhamnus Caroliniana, Walter, is mentioned as found in Eastern Ran
sas. I have not seen it, but R. lanceolata, Ph., is quite common here.
Sapindus fnarginatus, Willd., grows in Southern Kansas, but it is no
credited to this State in the Forest Trees of North America. 1 ne
writer spent a few days in Southeastern Kansas, Indian
and Southwestern Missouri the latter part of June, and '

Lechea Drummondii, T. & G., Callirrhoe digitata, Nutt.,
linifolia, Nutt., Galium pilosum, Ait., in Kansas (not reported tro
the State before), Marshallia coespitosa, Nutt., not found here o 0
within our borders. I expect to take a trip west before long to
what I can find, that I may have something of much interest to
change.

Paola, Kansas. J. H. Oyster.

G 3

Albino Mertensia, — Several years ago I procured some pips of
Mertensia Vtrgtnica and planted them out. This year a white one
bloomed in the bed, and also several pink ones. The pink ones
may have flowered before and escaped my notice, but the white
could not have done so. Has it been blue until this year and sud-
denly changed, or has it failed to flower for six or seven years ?

E. S. Miller.

Botanical Notes.

Histological Investigation, as applied to drugs, is evidently becom-
ing an important part of pharmaceutical education in this country,
judging from an elaborate paper on Illicium Floridanum, published
in the American Journal of Pharmacy for May. The paper is illus-
trated with four plates, showing the minute structure of the fruit,
seed, leaves, stem, bark and root of the plant. In the same journal
a chemical investigation of the root of Collinsonia Canadensis, by Mr.
C. N. Lochman, is recorded. The author finds that the rhizome
contains a resin soluble in ether and partly in alcohol, vegetable wax,
tannin, mucilage and starch, while the leaves contain resin, tannin,
wax and volatile oil.

The Yaupon {flex Cassine, L.). — As well known, the leaves of
this plant \v’ere formerly used by the Southern Indians in making a
preparation called “ black drink.” A large quantity of the leaves
was thrown into a great kettle of water suspended over a fire, and
the Indians, sitting around, helped themselves to large draughts,
which after a short time induced free and easy vomiting. This treat-
ment was continued during two or three days, until it was considered
that a sufficient cleansing had been effected. Some of these leaves
have been submitted to a chemical examination by Ur. Venable, who
reports {Journ. Amer. Cheni. Soc., April, p. loo) that he obtained
from them a small quantity of caffeine, equalling .27 per cent, of the
weight of leaves used. It will be remembered that caeffeine has also
been found in “ mate ” {/lex Paraguayensis), used in South America
as a beverage.

The Respiration of Plants. — In a note communicated by Messrs.
G. Bonnier and L. Mangin to the Paris Academy of Sciences {Comptes
Rendus, c. 1303), these authors point out that hitherto the amount of
oxygen given out by plants to the air has been supposed to represent
the total result of the fixation of carbon. They show that this is not
the case, but that at the same time that the carbon is assimilated by
the chlorophyll, the protoplasm absorbs oxygen and emits carbonic
acid. An analysis of the gas emitted by a plant, therefore, only
represents the difference betweeri the amount of oxygen disengaged
by assimilation of carbon and the amount absorbed by respiration,
and on the other hand, between the carbonic acid decomposed by
assimilation and the carbonic acid produced by respiration. Three
methods are given for separating the result of the action of chloro-
phyll from that of respiration. One is by calculating the difference
between the whole amount of gas emitted and absorbed by plants
exposed to light, and the volume which they emit by respiration

(J 4

alone in the same light. A second method consists in suppressing
assimilation by the use of chloroform or ether without altering the
respiration. In the third method, two plants, of which physiological
identity has previously been ascertained, are exposed, the one to
ordinary air, and the other under similar conditions except that a
concentrated solution of barium hydrate is placed in the containing
apparatus to absorb the carbonic acid formed. Under these circum-
stances an excess of oxygen is found in the apparatus without baryta,
while in the apparatus containing it the carbonic acid when set free
by hydrochloric acid is found to be in excess of that in the other
vessel. The conclusion arrived at by the authors from these experi-
ments is that the volume of oxygen disengaged by assimilation is
greater than that contained in the carbonic acid decomposed.

Four cases of poisoning through children eating snowberries
{Spmphoricarpus racemosus) are recorded in the British Medical
Journal for May i6. The symptoms produced were vomiting, purg-
ing and delirium, followed by a semi-comatose condition. All four
children recovered, although one suffered very severely.

Fossil Fungus. — A certain proof of the existence of fungi at very
remote epochs has been furnished by Messrs. B. Renault and E. E.
Bertrand, who have found in the tissues of the nucleus of Spharosper-
mum oblongum^ a plant of the coal measures, a fossil species preserved
by silica. The mycelium of this fungus was composed of delicate
branches, which were elongated or irregularly clustered, according to
the dimensions of the cells by which they were enveloped. The cells
of the hyphffi were \op. in length by 5/r in width, and appear to have
been capable of becoming sporangia or of remaining sterile. The
sporangia were ovoid, and 40 to 45 ju in length by 20 to 25 in width,
and swollen at the side. The fungus belonged among the Chytridi-
acese. — Revue Scieniifique,

Influence of Heat and Light upon Vegetation. — del et Terre gives
the researches of Mr. Hellriegel upon this subject. Mr. Hellriegel
undertook in the first place to ascertain the lowest temperature at
which seeds are capable of germinating, and confined his experi-
ments to 18 species of cultivated plants. The seeds, sprinkled with
distilled water, were planted in large receptacles filled with vegetable
mould that were raised to constant temperatures of 48° F., 40 3 ^ >
35 » 32 , and kept there for from 35 to 60 hours.

It was found that rye and winter wheat geminated at 32°.
and oats showed their cotyledon at 32°, but the root did not start till
35 were reached, Indian corn required 48®. The turnip germinated
at ^32 , flax at 35°, the pea and clover at 35°, the bean and lupin at
38 , asparagus at 35°, the carrot at 38°, and the beet at 40°.

The respiratory function requires little heat, and operates even m
the entire absence of light. Heat and light, on the contrary, are
tnost favorable for the assimilation of carbonic acid and its conver-
sion into carbon. Mr. Hellriegel attaches very little importance to
the color of the light.

Influence of Sunlight upon Vegetation. — M. Buysman contributes to
a recent number of Nature an article on the influence of direct sunlight
upon vegetation. He remarks that in the tropics plants are less de-

65

pendent upon sunlight than in the arctic regions, owing to the con-
stant high temperature. The author considers that the direct solar
heat is the cause of the rich vegetation in some parts of the mountains
of the temperate zone. The action of the sun’s heat is most evident
in the arctic regions, where Middendorff observed in full flower a
Rhododendron^ of which the stem and roots were frozen hard in the
soil. He also met with a fully developed willow catkin peeping out
of the snow, although the branch on which it grew was solidly frozen
two inches down from the flower. It is obvious, therefore, that the
temperature in the shade is no criterion of the temperature by which
the vegetation of plants is raised.

A new Use for Eucalyptus Trees. — The patenting of a process
for the manufacture of a preparation of the gum of Eucalyptus glo-
bulus, which has the effect of thoroughly removing the scales which
form on steam-engine boilers, and of preventing rust and pitting, has
created a largely increased demand for it both in this country and in
Europe. The effect of this preparation in preventing the pitting and
corrosion of boilers will, it is expected, extend the period of their
usefulness loo or 150 per cent., and, at the same time, effect a great
saving in fuel, as scale is a non-conductor of heat. The company
owning the patent, at Piedmont (Cal.), has also embarked in the
distillation of essential oils of the Eucalyptus globulus which have
heretofore been supplied by Australia, it being found that they
can be produced at profit. With this object in view, the company
proposes to set out extensive forests of Eucalyptus-trees, in order to
have at its command a sufficient supply of leaves, the portion of the
tree consumed in the manufacture of the oils.

The Egyptian Lotus. — Sir Gardner Wilkinson says of this plant :
The Nympluza Lotus grows in ponds and small channels in the Delta
during the inundation, which are dry during the rest of the year; but
it is not found in the Nile itself. It is nearly- the same as our white
Water-lily. There are two varieties, the white, and that with a bluish
tinge, or the Nymphcea ccerulea. Though the favorite flower of
®"Sypt, there is no evidence of its having been sacred; but the god
Nefer-Atum bore it on his head, and the name Nufar is probably
related to nofar, “good, ’ and connected with his title. It was
thought to be a flower of Hades or Assiente, and on it also Harpo-
^rates is often sea.ted. He was the Egyptian Aurora, or day-spring ,
not the god of silence, as the Greeks supposed, but figured with his
iiuger in his mouth, to show one of the habits of childhood of which
he was the emblem. Hence he represented the beginning of day, or
the rise and infancy of the sun, which was typically portrayed rising
every morning from that flower, or from the water; and this may
have given rise to the notion of Proclus that the lotus-flower was
typical of the sun. The lotus-flower was always presented to guests
3t an Egyptian party. It is evident that the lotus was not borrowed
from Indi^ as it was the favorite plant of Egypt before the Hindoos
had established their religion there.

Change in bifoliar Spurs of Tinus.—ln a paper lately read at the
Royal Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Professor Dickson exhibited
specimens of Tinus sylvestris, in which some of the ordinary bifoliar

GG

spurs or shortened branches had been stimulated to develop leaves
with internodes, as is sometimes seen in the terminal shoots of the
larch, thus showing a reversion to the condition which is present in
the seedling plants of P. sylvestris. He also called attention to the
fact that these spurs in Pinus fall off bodily after a certain period,
from two to five years according to the species, thus approximating,
as previously pointed out by Dr. J. Stark {Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin.,
vol. xxvii., pp. 651-9), to many Cupressineae, in which the individual
leaves do not fall off, but where there is from year to year a shedding
of leafy twigs, a phenomenon to which the term cladoptosis has been
applied. In the genera Sciadopitys and Phyllodadus there are no
foliage leaves at all in the adult state, these being all reduced to
scales, and the function of the leaf performed by cladodes, which are
slender and needle-like in Sciadopitys and form flat expansions in
Phyllodadus.

Fir Leaf Wool. — Fir wool is a textile fibre which in Saxony is
manufactured out of the needles of the fir-tree, the process being
partly chemical and partly mechanical. For this purpose the needles
are gathered in spring and summer, when they are young and green,
old and withered ones being unsuitable. They are taken into barns,
and there dried in a current of air. When dried, they are subjected
to a settling and fermenting process similar to that in use for flax.
This softens the woody parts and loosens them from the fibre, but
the complete separation is only obtained after a lengthy boiling by
steam. During this boiling a by-product is obtained in the shape of
an oil (fir-wood oil), which is gathered and sold to chemists as a
remedy for rheumatism and gout, its properties being similar to those
of turpentine. The complete separation of bast and fibre is produced
exactly as with flax. The fibre is now passed through a milliug
machine similar to that in use for woolen cloth, and is then carded
and spun like cotton. Generally the carded fibre is mixed with a
certain proportion of cotton or wool, and thus a kind of meriiio yarn
is produced, which is worked in the hosiery frames into singlets,
drawers, and stockings, these fabrics being then sold as anti-rheu-
matics and as a preventive of gout. When examined under the
microscope the fibre appears as a tube, and striped, and as if covered
by a fine network. Goods made of this fibre are sold to a con-
siderable extent in Germany, though they are dearer than the ordinary
merino goods.

Thuja gigantea is, among the trees on the north-west coast, the
Indian’s best friend, for out of its wood and bark he manufactures
endless articles of domestic, hunting, fishing, and warlike economy.
Most of his canoes are hollowed out of it, at least in Vancouver
Island; and there is a case quoted where a canoe made out of
sus Nutkaensis, in Vancouver, was quite an exception, and indee
the canoe was probably traded from some of the northern tribes, an
not of Vancouver manufacture at all. The Indian ropes^are a
very commonly twisted out of its bark. North of latitude 53
sus Nutkaensis takes the place of Thuja gigantea, and is applm >
the Indians to all the useful purposes of the latter, and to ^
others in addition. For instance, at the Matlakatlah Mission, on

67

coast of British Columbia, in about latitude 54° north, where there
are fine groves of it, it is sawn into lumber and sent to Victoria,
where it meets a ready sale among the cabinetmakers, as it takes a
fine polish and works beautifully. Most of the prettily polished
discs and little cylinders used by the Indians in gambling are made
either from this wood or from that of Acer macrophyllum. It is also
valuable for ship- or boat-building. The wood of T. y^igantea is
whitish, but in its fresh state is yellower; hence the name yellow
cypress applied to it. It is light, tough, durable and easily worked, and,
in addition, has a pleasant fragrance. On this account the Russians
about Sitka used to call it dushnik, or ‘scented wood.’ It was
at one time exported to China, and returned marked with Chinese
characters, which warranted it as “ real Chinese camphor-wood,”
puissant for many purposes, and a sovereign remedy against moths
in drawers! In repairing old Fort Simpson, the only log found sound
after twenty-one years’ trial of those used for under-pinning was a
stock of this. — The Garden.

Botanical Literature.

Mushrooms of America, Edible and Poisotious. Edited by Julius
A. Palmer, Jr. Published by L. Prang & Co., Boston.

This is a collection of twelve colored charts of edible and
poisonous toadstools prepared for popular use rather than for stu-
dents of science. All technical terms are therefore as far as possible
avoided. The fungi illustrated are the more common edible species
and such dangerous and suspicious ones as might be con-
founded with those given as esculent. Each chart contains a
good description of the fungus or fungi illustrated, and, in the case
of the esculent species, the best methods of preparing them for the
table. The illustrations are in every case very true to nature, and by
far the most accurate of the kind that w-e have ever seen.

While there is a large number of persons actively engaged in the
scientific study of fungi in this country, there are few persons vyho
have studied these plants solely with a view to ascertaining their edible
or poisonous properties. Among the few who have done so is the editor
of this collection, who has devoted more than ten years to experiment
in this field of research. Of his ability to prepare such a work, then,
there can be no doubt.

We do not agree with Mr. Palmer that the terms “mushroom
toadstool” “are both applied with equal reason to any fleshy fungus,
and that they should be used as synonyms, “like the corresponding
terms ‘ plant ’ and ‘ vegetable,’ or ‘ shrub ’ and ‘ bush. Toadstool
is a very useful general designation for fungi of the order Agaricini
and the genus Boletus, but the name mushroom should be restricted
to Agaricus campestris, to which it was transferred in early times
from another edible species, Agaricus Georgii, Fr. {A. Mouceron,
Seer.) Should these charts receive a welcome from the public.
It is the intention of the publishers to furnish a supplement, from time
fo time, under Mr. Palmer’s supervision, until the illustrations com-
prise all or nearly all of the edible fungi of America.

68

Bulletm of the Iowa Agrictdtural College^ issued by the Department
of Botany, Nov. 1884. Charles E. Bessey, Ph.D., Professor of
Botany. 8vo, pp. 174.

A Revision of the North Aniericati Melicce. By F. L. Scribner. 8vo.,
pamph., pp. 10, with one plate. From Proceedings of Philada.
Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Thirty- fifth and Thirty-sixth Animal Reports on the State Museum of
Natural History. By the Regents of the University of the State
of New York. (Containing the Reports of the Botanist, Chas.
H. Peck) Albany: Wells & Parson Co. 1884.

Recherches anatomiques sur les organes vdgdtatifs de T U rtica dtoica, L.
Par A. Gravis, Bruxelles: Librairie Medicale et Scientifique

de A. Manceux, 1885. qto, pp. 234, plates 23.

Catalogue of Musci and HepaticiB of North America., north of Mexico.
Arranged by Clara E. Cummings (of Wellesley College) Natick,
Mass: Howard & Stiles. 1885. 8vo, pamph, pp. 24.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club.— The regular meeting of the
Club was held Tuesday evening. May 12th, the President in the chair
and twenty-four persons present.

Mr. Schrenk exhibited mounted specimens of the seeds of Im-
patiens fulva having three cotyledons. Dr. Britton exhibited some
flowers of Gaylussacia resinosa and Andromeda Mariana, which were
greatly enlarged through the hyphse of an Exobasidium.

Dr. Kunze exhibited a growing specimen of a large-bulbed
species of Ornithogalum from Cape Colony. Mr. E. P. Bicknell read
some notes upon cleistogamy in Lamium amplexicaule ; Dr. Newberry
presented a note upon derivation in Pinus edulis and P. monophylla;
and Dr. Britton read a description of a new variety of Veronica
Anagallts, and exhibited numerous dried specimens of it from various
localities.

Four persons were elected active members, and one, a corre-
sponding member.

At the regular meeting held Tuesday evening, June 9th, the
President occupied the chair, and twenty-one persons were present.

Reports upon the field excursions that had been held were made
by various members who had participated in them.

Mr. Schrenk showed young plants of Jmpatiens fulva with three
cotyledonary leaves.

Dr. Newberry made some remarks upon the fossil flora of the
Berea (jrit of Ohio, and exhibited specimens of a Lepidodendron an
Spirophyton belonging thereto. In regard to the drift of Ohio, Dr.
Newberry said that a remarkable feature was the quantity of red-
cedar wood scattered through it, much of which retained its wel
known fragrance and color.

On motion, the Club adjourned to the second Tuesday in Sep-
tember.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club.

Plate L.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TOKREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. Xll.l New York, July, 1885. [No. 7.

The Genus Cintractia.

By William Trelease.

(Plate L.)

In the Southern States and West Indies, species of Cyperus and
Ftmbristylis and, perhaps, other Cyperaceie are attacked by a rare
smut which forms compact, black, fusiform swellings in their flower-
stalks. This fungus was named Ustila^o axicola, by Berkeley, in an
enumeration of fungi from San Domingo, published in the Annals of
Natural History for March 1852. A variety is mentioned in Grevil-
Ita,^ iii., p, Specimens from the Kew herbarium have been more
recently studied by Cornu, who found the mode of fruiting so un-
like that of other species of Ustilago that this species was made the
type of a new genus called Cintractia in honor of a trench botanist
by the name of Cintract.*

This genus, which has a close affinity with ‘Testicularia, possesses
^ persistent mycelium, which may be seen in the form of delicate, col-
orless threads in the central portion of the peduncle and other dis-
eased parts, below the surface of which it becomes aggregated into a
Compact, gelatinous stroma, from the outside of which spores are
successively differentiated, so that the innermost are always young
3 ud pale, while the outer spores, which are at first held together by
the remnants of the stroma, deepen in color and gradually separate
as they mature. ' . ^ ,

Specimens of C. axicola (B.), on Fimbristylis, collected in Cuba
by Wright, and preserved in the Curtis herbarium under the number
721, for which I am indebted to Professor Farlow, agree in all essen-
tials with the description drawn by Cornu from a specimen on Cy-
pcrus. In both, the mycelium forms a compact, dark-brown stronia,
"'hich surrounds the medullary and fibro-vascular portion of the
®tem, and is produced outward in a series of tapering ridges ® t e
same color, between which the fertile hyphae form wedge-shaped
•masses of spores that, when mature, are nearly spherical, smooth and
a deep brown color, and measure 12-18/^, the most usual size
being about i4;u.

On the receipt of Cornu’s paper, I vvas struck, by the resem 1 ance
of a smut on Juncus tenuis to Cintractia axicola. This species.

* Maxime Cornu ; Sur quel.ques ustilaginees nouvelles ou peu connues, in An-
^ des Sciences jVaiurelles, Botaniquc p. 277 “ 279 > ph ^5* S- * 3-

70

which forms rather firm, black sori about the peduncles, on the di-
visions of the perianth, etc., (Fig. i) was named Usjilago junci by
Schweinitz, in his Synopsis of North American Fungi, No. 2,816.
As in the preceding species, its mycelium persists within the diseased
parts of the host, though it is usually less abundant in the pith. Out-
side of the fibro-vascular bundles it becomes denser, forming a con-
tinuous, gelatinous stroma, which is colorless except for a narrow,
yellowish band near its outer edge (Fig. ^). The outermost cells of
this stroma are uniformly fertile, so that its entire outer portion
passes into a mass of young spores that are gradually pushed out-
ward as they mature (Figs. 2-3). At first the sori are covered by
the epidermis, which renders them lead-colored. After its disap-
pearance the mass of spores appears intensely black, and gradually
crumbles away. The mature spores, as seen singly, are of a dark
brown color and rather opaque. They are minutely granulated,
irregularly rounded or ellipsoidal in form, and measure 12-15 x
14-21 /<.

In the successive production of spores from a fertile stroma, this
species closely resembles the last. It is evidently referrible to the
same genus, and should bear the name Cintractia junci (Schw;) It
differs from the other species in the character of its spores, which
are darker, more angular, often elongated and minutely roughened,
as well as somewhat larger, and in possessing a nearly colorless
stroma, the entire outer surface of which is sporiferous and destitute
ot the sterile rays characteristic of C. axicola.

Spores of C. junci germinate readily in water while fresh, each
emitting a colorless filament 1.5/r in diameter, which reaches a length
of several millimetres within a few days in cell cultures. The re-
fractive protoplasm which at first fills it passes toward the end as it
grows, leaving the basal part empty. The formation of sporidia on
these threads has not been observed. Similar hyphse which are to
be found in abundance in the outer portion of sori that have been
exposed to rain or allowed to remain damp in the press are pre-
sumably of the same nature, though they have not been traced to the
spores.

This species is found on Juncus ienuis in New York (Sartwell,
jide Berkeley in Grevillea iii., p. 59 ; Howe, jide Peck in 2 2d Report
on N. Y. Cabinet, p. 93)^ North Carolina (Curtis, Plants of N. C.. P-
123), Iowa (Bessey, Bulletin Iowa Agl. College, Nov., 1884, P- .* 45 ’
Arthur, /. p. 172) and Wisconsin (Trelease, Parasitic Fungi ot
Wis., No. 252.) It is distributed from New Jersey by Martindale in
Ellis’s North American Fungi, No. 290 ; and I have also collected
specimens in that State. As a rule, nearly every inflorescence wifl
be attacked on a given stool of the host, while other plants immedi-
ately about it remain entirely free.

Dkscription of Platf, I.. — I. Inflorescence- of Juncus tenuis attacked by
tracita junci (Schw.); natural size. 2. Longitudinal section through the
of a smut sorus, in the peduncle of the same plant, showing the stroma and spo *
mass on either side of the nearly unaltered inner tissues of the plant
Fragment of a cross-.section through a similar sorus, showing the mode ot o
tinn and maturation of the spores on the outside of the stroma (x400).

72

Bronze Medallion Portrait of Dr. Gray. — We present on the
preceeding page, from Science, an engraving of an admirable bronze
medallion of Dr. Asa Gray, by Saint Gaudens, a gift to Harvard Col-
lege from some of the doctor’s friends and associates.

“ It is an excellent likeness of our distinguished botanist, and a fine
specimen of the artist’s peculiar work. It has the earnestness and
geniality of expression which the passing years seem to impress more
forcibly upon Dr. Gray’s countenance; and the artist has so wrought
the stubborn material as to impart grace and apparent flexibility to
the flowing locks. This admirable work of art, representing, as it
does, in so thoroughly an artistic manner, one of the leading scientific
men of America, will be worthily placed upon the walls of the col-
lege halls, with which his name and fame will be forever associated.’

Sabal umbraculifera — In Notes on the Winter Flora of Ber-
muda (Vol. xii., p. 47) I notice Mr. Kemp gives Sabal umbraculifera
as one of the distinguishing features of the flora of Bermuda. As
this palm is a native of the hottest parts of Jamaica (Lat. N., 18), I
was much surprised to find it naturalized so far north as Bermuda
(Lat. N., 32). On turning, however, to the Botany of Bermuda, by
General Sir John H. Lefroy, I find he gives Sabal Palmetto, the pal-
metto of the Southern States, as the universal palm of Bermuda,
and does not mention S. U 7 ?ibraculifera at all. Hence I think Mr.
Kemp has by inadvertence given the latter for the former palm.
This is an important point in geographical botany, for it would have
been a singular instance of the hardihood of a plant which here lives
under all the conditions of a coco-nut palm, but said to flourish and
become universal when the latter had only a struggling existence.

Gordon Town, Jamaica. D. Morris.

Kalmia as a Tonic. — I note in the Bulletin for May, 1885, the
mention of Kalmia angustifolia being used as a tonic by Indians.
Why not, even if it possesses the poisonous properties of its congener
A. latifoha — which it most assuredly does — as far North as Nova
Scotia !* It kills lambs in the spring there, when but little other
herbage has commenced growth, hence its name “ lamb-kill.” This
I have verified by three years observation in that country. But why
surprise should be excited at its use as a tonic I am at a loss to
imagine, when some of our best tonics contain arsenic and nux
vomica.

Gordon Town, Jamaica. J- Hart.

(But arsenic and nux vomica are not remedies among the In-
dians, and we presume that the surprise of the author of the no e
alluded to was that a plant reputed as poisonous should be used by
them as a tonic. Of course, among civilized peoples the selection 0
deadly drugs as remedies is of so common occurrence as to excite n
comment. — E d.)

The Word Savoyanne, — In the article upon Coptis, in
and Medicines of North America, the editors say:
towns in Canada, we are informed by Dr. Mignault, it L ^

73

is known among the people under the name of savoyanne, from some
old plant of Prance. It is sold in all the French markets, and is ex-
tensively used in domestic medicine as a tonic and appetizer. Don
Miller states that it is known as tisavoyanne by the Canadian French.”
In a foot-note, Dr. Chas. Rice says; “There is no doubt in my
mind that the syllable ‘savoyanne’ is a dialectic adjective of the name
of Savoy (once a French province.) . . . The syllable ti may be

a patois for the name of the plant, or some other corruption. . . •.

It would be quite natural for persons who call madder the red Savoy
‘ ti ’ (whatever this may mean) to call gold-thread or Coptis yellotv
Savoy ‘ ti ’. The names were, of course, carried by settlers to
Canada.”

These conjectures fall very short of the mark. The Canad.
Fr. tisavoyanne (abbreviated to savoyanne) , far from being an importa-
tion from France, is of Indian origin, and corresponds to Micmac
(Algonkin) iissaoohianne* , ‘ skin-dye ’ (Cree atisaweyan), which,

like Cree atisigan, Odjibvvay adissigan, Shawnee hatethikakh\ (words
meaning ‘dye-stuff’), is from the root ati, ‘to color.’ These are
general names for such plants as yield these tribes a dye-color.

Kalm tells us that the leaves and stalks of the Coptis were used by
the Indians of Canada for giving a fine yellow color to several kinds
of articles that they made of prepared skins. The French learned
the plant’s tinctorial property from the Indians, and used it for dye-
ing wool and other materials. Hence the Algonko-French name
tisavoyanne Jaune, in contradistinction to tisavoyanne rouge, a name for
Galium boreale, L., and Q. trifidum, L., var., tinctorium. Gray, the
roots of which were (and are still) used by the Indians for staining
their porcupine quills red, and by French women for dyeing their
clothes.

I notice that savoyan appears in the catalogues of some of our
dealers in herbs as a popular name for Galium Aparine, The
name has been transferred from the two species of Galium just men-
tioned.

W. R. Gerard.

The Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S. will hold its meeting during
the week August 26th to September 2d at Ann Arbor, Mich., as an
adjunct of the American Association. Any member of the Associ-
ation who takes an interest in botany is eligible to membership in
the Club. The only other requirement is that of registration, which
should be attended to immediately after registering for the Associa-
tion. The Club is tendered an afternoon excursion by carriage to
the most interesting collecting grounds in the vicinity. The
excursion on Saturday will be so managed that botanists ca.n spend
some time in herborizing. If a sufficient number desires it, a trip
can be arranged at small expense to Cedar Lake, a few hours ride
by rail from Ann Arbor, where there is one of the few remaining

* .\s written by French missionaries,
t These Indians speak with a lisp, a spirant ih re
other Algonkin dialects.

placing the sibilant s of the

74

tracts of white pine that represents all that is left of one of the most
magnificent pine regions of the continent. The excursion to the
island of Mackinac and Sault Ste. Marie after adjournment will be
especially attractive to botanists. Most of the prominent western
botanists wUl be in attendance at this meeting, and many others
from all parts of the country. No botanist should willingly miss so
good an opportunity to become acquainted with his co-laborers and
to obtain the inspiration to be secured through personal associations.

J. C. Arthur,

Secretary of Botanical Club of A. A. A. S.

Dr. Franklin B. Hough. — Science, especially botany and forestry,
has lost an illustrious worker in Dr. Franklin B. Hough, who died at
his residence in Lowville, New York, on the 9th of June, in his 63d
having been born at Martinsburg in Lewis County, New
York, on the 20th of July, 1822. He practiced medicine in Somer-
ville from 1838 to 1842, and continued to cultivate his natural taste
for literary, historical and statistical work. In 1847 he published an
account of the flora of Lewis County, which was so well received by
t e botanists of that day that he received his first scientific honors
soon after by being elected a correspondent of the Academy of
atural Sciences of Philadelphia, which has been followed since by
is election to some thirty-six other scientific or literary bodies. His
statistical and historical labors, especially in connection with his own
native State, have been enormous.

Hough, as a member of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, was a prime mover in the action of that
body, which did so much to make the modern phase of forestry a
national question; and when, in response to this movement, the
national government undertook an investigation of the forestry
question, Dr. Hough was placed in charge of the matter under the
supervision of the Department of Agriculture. His reports in connec-
lon with this are models of pains-taking industry in the collection of
acts. It was in just such work that his talent showed to advantage.
^ charming to engage him in conversation in connection

the history of any of our common studies. Anecdotes con-
nec ed with men and things, with a ready recollection of dates and
incidents, would be freely communicated with an easy freshness
truly remarkable.

During the winter he was engaged at Albany in drafting, and
watching through its various stages, the Forestry Bill which has since
ecome the law of that State. He still contrived to work on other
iterary subjects that were quite enough for one man’s time. It is
believed this weakened his hitherto iron constitution, and brought
on an attack of pneumonia about the beginning of April. After four
weeks he seemed w^ell enough to be removed to his home at Lowville,
but only eventually to succumb. — Gardeners' Monthly.

Botanical Notes.

Origin of the Lombardy Poplar. — According to Mr. Bossier, a
botanist who has lately studied oriental botany, this poplar is a dis-

"which \it cd\\?, Populus pyramidalis. It is believed by
the best authorities to have originated in Persia ; some writers, on
the other hand, state that it is truly indigenous to Italy, but the evi-
dence, however, we think is strongest in favor of Persia, from
whence most probably it was introduced into Italy, where it is now
a favorite tree and extensively grown. Lord Rockford has the
credit of having imported this Poplar into England, by means of
cuttings brought from Turin in the year 1758. The original trees
raised frorn those cuttings are supposed to have been planted at
Blenheim, in Oxfordshire. — Garden.

Trees of the United States. — There has recently been placed on
exhibition, at the New York Museum of Natural History, an almost
complete representation of the trees of the United States, between 400
and 500 trunk sections of the different species. These specimens
are about five feet eight inches long each, cut in such manner as to
display their barks and the transverse and longitudinal sections of
the wood. This is done by cutting away one side of each specimen
at the top to the depth of one-half the diameter of the trunk and for
one-third of its length. One-half of each exposed portion is pol-
ished to illustrate the effect of this treatment of the wood, the re-
mainder being left in the natural condition, with the top of the upper
divided part finished by beveling. In the case of trees of commer-
cial importance this form of representation is supplemented by care-
fully selected planks, or by burls, showing better than the logs the
true industrial value of the wood. Among specimens of this kind is
^ plank of redwood {^Sequoia sempervirens), measuring 8^ feet in width.
A species remarkable for slow growth, and which is only 24 inches
in diameter, shows an age of 410 years, being the oldest tree in the
collection. This is Picea Engelmanni, named for its discoverer.
Dr. Engelmann, and known also as Engelmann’s spruce. Another
example of slow growth is seen in Pinas edulis, or edible pine, from
Arizona, called also nut-pine. The seed of this pine, which resem-
bles a good-sized bean, is used by the Indians for food. A tree of
this species which is 300 years old measures only 15 inches in diam-
eter. Another specimen, which is 341 years old, shows a diameter
of 37 inches. It is the western shefl-bark hickory {Carya sulcata),
from Allenton, Mo. The same locality is represented by a specimen
of Tilia Americana, or basswood, which is 40 inches in diameter,
and 150 years old.

This valuable collection, numerically exceeding that made in
connection with the census reports, includes examples of many curi-
ous and interesting species, of which probably the complete natural
series could never have been viewed in their native soil by any sin-
gle traveller, however diligent.

Among the extraordinary specimens is a representative of Texas.
This is the Cereus giganteus, which resembles a fluted column. It is
a plant which can be readily taken all to pieces. Its component parts
are in the form of vertical sections of twisting curvatures in the line
of their circumference, whereby one portion is fitted exactly to
another. They can be separated without the slightest difficulty,^ in
fhe absence of any heart at the centre for their attachment. The

76

Washington palm ( Washingtonia filifera) from Southern California
is also curious. The specimen includes the top of the tree, which is
severed from the body, and bears its dried and yellow wide-spread-
ing leaves. Its peculiarity is in the ring formations of the trunk,
which are almost wholly detached from each other, standing one
within another like a succession of forms of bark. They are easily
detached from each other.

The cocoanut-tree from Key West and the finely odorous nut-
meg-tree from Calitornia are among other specimens of importance.
The catalpa is represented as a species most remarkable for its du-
rability. Some of this wood known to have been buried in the earth
for seventy-five years has been brought out in perfectly sound con-
dition. Specimens of beautiful woods are seen in the arbutus, sweet
bay {Persea Carolinensis), Alaska cedar (^Chamcecyparis Nutkaensis),
and the beautifully figured maple burl from Missouri.

With only seven unimportant exceptions, the specific gravity, ash,
and fuel value of the wood of every indigeneous aborescent species
of the United States have been scientifically determined. The spe-
cific gravity was obtained by weighing carefully measured specimens
loo millimetres long and about 35 millimetres square, previously
subjected to a temperature of 100° until their weight became con-
stant. The ash is given in percentages of dry wood, which were de-
termined by burning small blocks of the wood in a muffle furnace at
a low temperature. The relative approximate full value of any wood
is obtained by deducting its percentage of ash from its specific
gravity. The correctness of the result thus found is based npon the
hypothesis, first proposed by Count Rumford, that the value of equal
weight of all woods for fuel is the same, which is considered to be
approximately true . — Scientific American.

Origin of the Cereals . — Recent numbers of Naturen contain in-
teresting papers, by Prof. Schubeler, on the original habitat of some
of the cereals, and the subsequent cultivation in the Scandinavian
lands and Iceland of barley and rye more especially. It would ap-
pear that barley was cultivated before other cereals in Scandinavia,
and that the generic term “corn ” was applied among Northmen to
this grain only, from the oldest times, and that in the Norwegian
laws of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, wherever reference
was made to “ kornskat ” — or standard by which land in the North-
lands was, and still is, rated in accordance with the corn it is capa-
ble of yielding — the term was understood to apply to barley. Proo
of the high latitude to which the cultivation was carried in early
ages is afforded by the Egil’s Saga, where mention is made of a barn
in Helgeland (65° N. Lat.) used for the storing of corn, and which
was so large that tables could be spread within it for the entertain
ment of 800 guests. In Iceland, barley was cultivated from the time
of the colonization, in 870, till the middle of the fourteenth century,
or, according to Jon Storrason, as lately as 1400.

From that period down to our own times barley has not
grown in Iceland, with any systematic attention, the islanders being
dependent on the home country for their supplies of corn. ‘ _
last century, however, various attempts were made both by the ^

77

ish government and private individuals to obtain home-grown corn
m Iceland, and the success with which these endeavors were at-
tended gives additional importance to the systematic undertaking
which has been set on foot by Dr. Schubeler and others within the
last three years for the introduction into the island of the hardier
cereals, vegetables and fruits. As many as 382 samples of seeds of
ornamental and useful plants most of which were collected from the
neighborhood of Christiania, are now being cultivated at Reykjavik
under the special direction of the local government doctor, Herr
Schierbeck, who succeeded, in 1883, in cutting barley ninety-eight
days after the sowing of the seed, which had come from Alten (70°
N. Lat.). And here it may be observed that this seems the polar
limit in Norway for anything like good barley crops. The seed is
generally sown at the end of May, and in favorable seasons it may
be cut at the end of August ; the growth of the stalk being often 2 ^
inches in twenty-four hours. North of 60° or barley cannot be
successfully grown in Norway at more than from 1,800 to 2,000 feet
above the sea-level. In Sweden, the polar limit is about 68° or 66°,
but even there, as in Finland, night frosts prove very destructive to
the young barley.

In some of the field valleys of Norway, on the other hand, barley
may, in favorable seasons, be cut eight or nine weeks after its sow-
ing, and thus two crops may be reaped in one summer. According
even to a tradition current in Thelemarken, a farm there owes its
name, Triset, to the three crops reaped in the land in one year !

Rye early came into use as a breadstuff in Scandinavia, and in
1490 the Norwegian Council of State issued an ordinance making it
obligatory on every peasant to lay down a certain proportion of his
land in rye. In Norway the polar limit of summer rye is about 69°,
and that of winter rye about 61° ; but in Sweden it has been carried
along the coast as far north as 65°. The summer rye crops are gen-
erally sown and fit for cutting about the same time as barley, although
occasionally, in Southern Norway, less than ninety days are required
for their full maturity. — Nature.

The Prickly Pear. — In some recently published Consular reports
of the United States the following paragraph on the nopal, or
prickly pear {Opuntia cochinillifera) occurs ; — “ The plant abounds
in the whole territory of Mexico, Texas, New Mexico, Ari-
zona and California, and extends much farther north. It has flat
oval leaves, about six inches long and nearly half an inch thick,
covered by long sharp thorns, and bears a fruit of a purple color re-
sembling a pear, filled with numerous small seeds. The plant grows
from three to six feet high. Its fruit is eaten freely by cattle, and
the leaves, after having been burnt in a fire to get rid of the thorns,
^re thrown by the cartmen in place of fodder to their oxen by means
pf a long, sharp-pointed stick, especially when on a road where there
IS no grass. It also makes an excellent hedge, and once planted will
last forever. There is another species of nopal called nopal de cas-
tilla, which has no thorns, and which is cultivated for the sake of its
fruit. This nopal has much larger leaves than the wild species, and
grows to the height of ten and twenty feet, and the fruit is much

78

larger. Of this species there are a great many different kinds, each
having its distinct name. They are of different colors — green, red,
yellow, white and purple. The fruit is delicious, and in the interior
of Mexico forms one of the principal means of sustenance for the
inhabitants. From the purple tuna a liquid is made called colonche,
and a sort of sweet cheese {queso de tuna). There is a small red
tuna growing wild in the mountains near to Zacatecas, called car-
dona, which is highly prized on account of its fine flavor and diges-
tible qualities, and several cartloads of which are sold daily in Zaca-
tecas. They are sold at six cents for four dozen. Besides serving
as food for men and beasts its leaves form the food of the cochineal
insect.

The Tomato . — “ In the United States its introduction preceded
by many years its use as we at present know it. It is said to have
reached Philadelphia from St. Domingo in 1798, but not to have
been sold in the markets until 1829. It was used as an article of
food in New Orleans in 1812. The first notice of it in American
gardens was apparently by Jelferson, who notes it in Virginia gardens
in 1781. It was introduced into Salem, Mass., about 1802, by an
Italian, but he found it difficult to persuade people even to taste the
fruit. Among American writers on gardening, McMahon, 1806,
mentions the tomato, but no varieties, as ‘ in much esteem for culin-
ary purposes’; Gardiner and Hepburn, 1818, say: ‘make excellent
pickles’; Fessenden, 1828, quotes from Loudon only; Bridgeman,
1832, says, ‘much cultivated for its fruits in soups and sauces.
They were first grown in Western New York in 1825, the seed from
Virginia, and in 1830 were not produced by the vegetable gardeners
about Albany; yet directions for cultivating this fruit appeared in
rhorburn’s Gardeners’ Kalendar, 2d. edit.. New York, 1817- Buist
writes that as an esculent plant in 1828-29 the tomato was almost
detested, yet in ten years more every variety of pill and panacea was
• extract of tomato.’ Mr. T. S. Gold, Secretary of the Connecticut
Board of Agriculture writes me that ‘ we raised our first tomatoes
about 1832, only as a curiosity, made no use of them though we had
heard that the French ate them. They were called love-apples.
D. [. Browne, 1854, describes six varieties and says: ‘the tomato
until within the last twenty years was almost wholly unknown in this
country as an esculent vegetable.’ In 1835 they were sold by the
dozen in Quincy Market, Boston. In the Maine Parmer, Oct. i6th,
18.35, an editorial on tomatoes, they are said to be cultivated in
gardens in Maine, and to be ‘ a useful article of diet, and should be
found on every man’s table.’ In a local lecture in one of the Western
colleges about this time, a Dr. Bennett refers to the tomato or
Salem apple as being found in the markets in great abundance, and
in the New York Farmer of this period one person is mentioned as
having planted a large quantity for the purpose of making sauce. In
1844 the tomato was now acquiring that popularity which makes it so
indispensable at present, writes R. Manning.” From this it appears
‘‘ that the esculent use of the tomato in America does not anted^
the present century, and only became general about 1835 to 1840.

Dr, E. L. Sturtevant, in Amer. Naturalist.

79

The Ailantus. — An English exchange says: Many complaints

have been made of the overpowering and offensive odor of the
flowers of the Ailantus trees planted in the streets of Paris and other
large cities. According to Mr. E. Andrd, it is only the flowers of the
male trees which exhale this unpleasant scent, and he recommends
that none but female trees should be for the future planted in public
or other places where the peculiar odor of the males might be offen-
sive. This would seem an important point for Americans and others
who plant the Ailantus largely as a street tree.”

The fact pointed out by Mr. Andre belongs to the domain of
ancient history in this country.

A Large Poplar. — In the Botanical Garden at T)ijon there is a
poplar of colossal dimensions (species not stated) to which Mr. Joly
devotes a note in the Journal de la Societe Nationale d' Horticulture.
The height of this tree is 130 feet. Its circumference near the earth
is 46 feet, and, at 16 feet above the earth, 21 feet. Its bulk is now
1,590 cubic feet, but six years ago, before the fall of one of the large
branches, it was 1,940. From some historic researches made by Dr.
Lavelle, and a comparison with trees of the same species in the
vicinity, it has been pretty well ascertained that this poplar is at
least 500 years old.

Unfortunately, it is now completely hollow up to the point whence
the large branches spring. All the dead portions have been removed,
and the interior has been filled in with beton. — La Nature.

Origin of the Name Tillandsia. — The long moss was named Til-
landsia because of its aversion to water. Linnaeus says he named it
after a professor at Abo, who, in his youth, having an unpropitious
passage from Stockholm to that place, no sooner set his foot on
shore than he vowed never again to venture upon the sea. He
changed his original name to Tillands, meaning (in Swedish) ‘ by
land.’ Afterw'ards, having occasion to return to Sweden, he took a
circuitous journey of 200 Swedish miles through Lapland to avoid
going eight miles by sea. — Garden.

Ginkgo. — According to Mr. B. S. Lyman (in Science), ginkgo, the
usual orthography of the popular name for Salishuria adiantifolia, is
due to a misprint in Ksempfer’s Amoenitates Exoticae. In order to
agree with the pronunciation as heard in Japan, the word (which
means ‘ silver apricot,’ or ‘ silver almond ’) should be written ginktyoo
(the g hard, and the two o's long.) Ginkiyoo is the name of the fruit,
the tree itself being called ichoo {ch soft and the o's long, as before.)
Mr. Lyman says: “The juice of the thick pulp outside the nut is

very astringent, and is used in making a somewhat waterproof, tough
paper, and a preservative black wash for fences and buildings. The
meat of the nut is cooked and eaten.”

Botanical Literature.

The Microscope in Botany. A guide for the Microscopical Investiga-
tion of Vegetable Substances. From the German of Dr. Julius
Wilhelm Behrens. Translated and edited by Rev. A. B. Her-
vey, A.M., assisted by R. H. Ward, M.D., F.R.M.S. Illustrated

80

with 13 plates and 153 cuts. Boston: S. E. Cassino & Co.,

1885. 8vo, pp. 466.

This is a work which should be in the hands of every botanist
who is interested in investigations into the deeper problems of plant-
life. The first two chapters are devoted to brief descriptions of the
microscopical apparatus necessary for his purposes, with directions
for using them, and to the manner in which microscopical work
should be performed. The translators have substituted descriptions
and figures of American instruments for those of the Continental
style described in the corresponding chapters in the German edition,
inasmuch as the foreign apparatus are comparatively unused and
unavailable in this country.

The third chapter contains very full directions for the preparation
of microscopical objects. The fourth and fifth chapters are devoted,
respectively, to microscopical re-agents and microscopical investiga-
tions of vegetable substances. In these two chapters, which consti-
tute the most valuable portion of the work, the student will find a
very large number of facts and hints that will aid him greatly in the
practical performance of those delicate manipulations that he will be
.obliged to master before he can become an expert in the histological
investigation of plants.

The book is very handsomely printed, and the illustrations are
both numerous and excellent.

Canadian Filicinece. By John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S., and T. J. W.
Burgess, M.D. 4to, pp. 64. From Transactions of the Royal
Society of Canada.

Note sur la Division des Noyaux dans le Tradescantia Virginica.

E. Bernimoulin de 1’ Institut Botanique de 1 ’ University de Liege.
From the Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique,

A Catalogue of the Phcenogamous Plants at present known to groto
without cultivation in the State of Connecticut. By James N.
Bishop. 8vo, pamph., pp. 18. Hartford, Conn., 1885.

Catalogue of the Phcenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants
found growing in Meriden, Conn. By Emily J. Leonard. In
Transactions of the Scientific Association of Meriden. Vol- >•»
1884, PP- 40.

A descriptive Catalogue of the Grasses of the United States, including
especially the Grass Collections at the New Orleans Exposition.
By Dr. Geo. Vasey, Washington: Gibson Bros. 1885. 8vo,

pp. no.

Notizie sulla Agricoltura in Italia da servire come Illustrazionc alle
Raccolte inviate dal Ministero di Agricoltura alia Esposizione
Universale di Anversa nell’ anno 1885. Roma: Tipogra a

Fratelli Centenari. 1885, 8vo, pp- 14 1.

Correction — On page 60, line 14, Farsetia should be ^bstituted
for Marrubium,

BULLETIN

OF THF,

TOR KEY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII-1 New York, August, 1885. [No. 8.

Pinus edulis and P. monophylla. — On reading Dr. Newberry’s
note on these trees (Bulletin, p. 50), it occurred to me that I might
have placed more value on the monophyllous character as a specific
distinction than it deserved. Having plants of both of, some age
growing on my grounds, and growing within a few score feet of each
other, I thought to watch them closely this summer. The result is,
I think Dr. Newberry’s views correct. The observation led to some
interesting facts which may be worth placing on record.

Dr. Newberry believes the P. monophylla is “ a sornewhat dwarfed
and depauperate form ” of edulis. That this is correct is evidenced
by the tendency to produce free leaves, which, as I showed in my
paper on Adnation in Coniferse, published some years ago in the Pro-
ceedings of the Chicago meeting of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, is evidence of a decline in vegetative
vigor and attendant on depauperate forms.

In closely examining the young monophyllous growth early in the
season, I found that by a light tap at the apex it divided and gave
the two leaves of P. edulis. It is evident that the plant is only mo-
nophyllous from the want of power, by reason of its depauperate
condition, to burst the membrane enveloping the fascicle in its early
stages. It would scarcely do to claim a specific character for a con-
dition w'hich depends for its existence on a membrane so slight as this.
It occurred to me then to examine the young growth of other species
of pine, and I think I may almost say that, “ as a general rule, all
pines are monophyllous in the early stages of growth at least the
divisions of the fascicle are held together by a thin inembrane which
is ruptured by a tendency to recurve from the apex. The extrerne
point of the fascicle is free, and, with the tendency to recurve, divis-
ion follows. On a vigorous specimen of white pine, about seven
feet high, I found a very large number of monophyllous bundles —
as many as ten on one growing branch. A light tap on the apex, as
in the case of Pinus monophylla, separated the sections. It was my
thought to send the results of my observations then, but concluded
to Wait to see how long these bundles would retain the monophyllous
character. Little by little they split apart, till to-day there is but one
left, so far as I can find. It is evident that, with a slightly weakened
power to expand from the apex, the white pine might present a mo-
nophyllous form. j • . V

Another interesting fact, though not connected with the mam
purpose of this note, is that the free apex of the monophyllous bun-
dle shows it to be composed of three leaves, each a trifle shorter

82

than the other. This indicates that a fascicle of pine-leaves is a de-
pressed spiral, and that the “ needles” are true leaves and not modi-
fications of branches, as I was once inclined to believe. The bundle
of “ needles ” is but an arrested branch, having a dormant bud at
the apex, and which may even push and make a shoot in after years,
as I have observed of late in Scotch pines that have been headed
back. I send some fascicles that have been forced into growth
from a three-year-old branch. The leaves of the pine may properly
be said to proceed from hidden spurs.

Thomas Meehan.

The Growth of Trees. — The appearance of lateral and terminal
buds upon the new growth of trees and shrubs indicates, of course, the
cessation of longitudinal growth for the season. Subsequent vege-
tative efforts are directed to the lignification of the tissues thus
formed. The time occupied with this preliminary extension of
growth is short as compared with that of its after development.

In the sum^raer of 1884, in South-western New York, at about
latitude 41 21', I noted the dates when the common woody plants
had formed their buds. The results were rather surprising, though
of course the observations are not to be considered as new or origi-
nal. Collectively, however, they call attention to a condition of the
growth not generally recognized.

As soon as June ist the following trees and shrubs had formed
both lateral and terminal buds : Tilia Americana, L., Acer saccha-
Acer rubrum, L., Hamamelis Vir^inica, L., Amelan-
r Canadensis, L., Sambucus pubens, Michx., Kalmia latifolia, L.,
Americana, L., U. fulva, Michx., Carya alba, Nutt., Quercus
alba, L., bicolor, Willd., Q. Prinus, L., var. monticola, Michx.,
cocctnm, Wang., and Pagusferruginea, L., Populus tremuloides, Michx.,

days laier these were added to
t e list as having completed their longitudinal growth for the season :
runus Cerasus, Juglans nigra, L., Ostrya Virginica, Willd., Carpi-
nus Americana, Michx., Betula lenta, L., Castanea vesca, L., Morns
rubra, L., Linder a Benzoin, Meisner:

, terminal and lateral buds were found on Staphylea tri-

L., Nyssa multiflora, Wang., Andromeda ligustrina, Muhl., and
Alnus tncana, Willd.

These dates were fixed, not upon single, but, upon several specimens
o each species. Some other species continued to grow throughout
the season, or at least until near its close, without producing termi-
nal buds. The more prominent of these were Liriodendron TuUp^~
fera, L., species of Vitis, Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Michx., Celastrus
scandens, L., species of P/ius, etc.

In this latitude, most trees and shrubs put forth their leaves from
the ist to the 15th of May, although the Cupuliferse are rather be-
hin^d this date. It seems, therefore, that our hardiest and most val-
uable deciduous forest trees, the oaks, maples, hickories, elms, birches,
ashes, and the beech and aspen produce all their annual growth tfi
extension in from three to six weeks from the date when growth com
mences. The remaining three months, more or less, are devoted to

83

the ripening and maturing of this growth. It is as if the framework
were pushed forward with the greatest possible rapidity, while the
strengthening and finishing followed at a more leisurely pace. It is
easy to see why the species which first complete this stage of growth
should produce the hardest and strongest tissue, while those which
go on pushing out their shoots indefinitely are more or less damaged
by the winter weather.

Mass. Exper. Station, Amherst. Winthrop E. Stone.

Verbascum Lychnitis. — Somebody, I cannot remember where
or when, put it into my mind that Verbascum Lychnitis was “ prob-
ably a hybrid ” between Verbascum Thapsus and V. Blattaria. The
plant has been known in the old world for ages, and, if a hybrid, it
would be interesting to know that it has taken rank as a species, and
been able to hold its own so long all over the world. So many state-
ments have been started as actual facts that were introduced only as
probabilities that I generally feel it does no harm to go over with an
examination again whenever opportunities offer. I cannot find any-
where in print that a hybrid origin has been ascribed to this species
(but it has been on my mind from some authority), and as the plant
and its supposed two parents are all common hereabouts it has
long been my desire to test what hybridization would result in. Now
It is on record that V. Lychnitis, though it may not be in itself a
hybrid, takes liberties with other species. Dr. Gray, in the Manual,
5th edition, says “ hybridizes spontaneously with the common mul-
lein.” The Doctor does not say whether this is or not his own ex-
perience, but probably founds his statement on a paragraph in Willde-
now’s Species Plantarum, which notes that a plant which was thought
worthy of being made a species, V. thapsifortne, appeared in a bed of
Lychnitis plants in the Upsal Garden, in 1761, and the female parent
Was supposed to be V. Lychnitis, and the male parent V. Thapsus.
Similar other specimens had, however, been sent by Bauhin and
others. But by what we now know of natural variations and sports,
this will not be regarded as decisive evidence of spontaneous hybrid-
ization. The three kinds grow freely together here, but I never saw
any tendency to produce the form that appeared in the Upsal Gar-
den. The spontaneity is certainly not active in this district.

I commenced testing the hybrid origin of V. Lychnitis years ago.
It takes several years to get the results of work of this kind, so it is
important to be sure of our facts as we go along. I chose V. Blat-
taria for the female parent. As soon as the flowers opened the
anthers were immediately cut off and the pollen of V. Thapsus was ap-
plied. Some flowers emasculated had no pollen applied to their stig-
mas. These seeded as well as did those to which pollen was applied.

I was therefore fearful of some interference by bees, and, not wishing
to pin my faith on two or three years of watching, the seeds were not
sown. Next year all the flowers on the spike that were not needed were
cut off, so as not to tempt the bees; but still the ones to which I applied
*^o pollen fruited as well as the others did. These seeds were
?gain not sown. I was led to suspect that the flowers were fertilized
‘u the bud, and that, notwithstanding the reputation the plant had

84

for “ spontaneous hybridizing,” it was rather a case of in-and-in
breeding. The next year I cut the flowers open with a sharp pen-
knife before their natural time, and applied pollen to some and not
to others. The last did not seed, the former did — pollen being
applied twice at an interval of two days. I was now sure that I had a
fair cross. Unfortunately, before ripe, though in an unfrequented
spot which I thought safe enough, something broke off the stalk,
and that ended the year’s experiment. The next year I went to
work again. This time I called the attention of my workmen to the
plant as one that I wanted saved, and so felt safe. But, sure enough,
one day I went over where the unlucky scythesman had been, and
my flower stalk was cut down! This time it occured to me that if
the stalk were planted deep in the ground it would still mature seeds;
and it did, though not a large number. These were sown, and a
few came up last year. To my intense annoyance, these plants were
in some way destroyed. Feeling, however, that all the seeds could
not have come up, and that some even from the same brood will re-
main two years in the ground, I let the spot remain undisturbed, and
this spring I had six plants come up, which have grown nicely all
summer. Unless some accident occur to them, they will flower next
year. It is because of my unlucky experience that I want to place
on record the results so far as they have gone, lest some woeful ex-
perience again cut off the story before it is completed. Well, the U.
Blatiaria has, in the young state, dark green, smooth and shining
leaves, and they are deeply sinuately lobed. The leaves of my plants
are quite unlike these, nor are they quite entire, thick and wooly like
those of the common mullein, but they are precisely like those of the
wild plants of the same age and size of V. Lychnitis. I pray, as only
a botanist can pray, that my pets may be preserved till they flower,
so that 1 may positively settle the question of the origin of V. Lychnitis.
In the meantime, the following facts seem beyond dispute:

Verbasciim Lychnitis in this part of the world has no particular
tendency to spontaneous hybridizing with other species. It seems to
be a self-fertilizer. It is, we may say, in great probability, a product
originally of U Thapsus and V. Blatiaria. We have only to leave
absolute certainty of this last proposition to the next season.

Thomas Meehan.

The Indian Peach.” — John Lawson, who was in this country
between 1700 and 1708? says in his New Voyage to Carolina (Lon-
don, 1709), a propos of the peach: “I want to be satisfy’d about one
sort of this Fruit, which the Indians claim as their own, and affirm
they had it growing amongst them before any Europeans came to
America. The Fruit I will describe as exactly as I can. The tree
grows very large, most commonly as big as a handsome Apple-tree,
the Flowers are of a reddish murrey Colour; the Fruit is rather more
downy than the yellow Peach, and commonly very large and so t,
being very full of Juice. They part very freely from the Stone, and
the Stone is much thicker than all the other Peach Stones we have,
which seems to me that it is a Spontaneous Fruit of America; yet
those Parts of America that we inhabit, I never could hear that any

85

Peach-Trees were ever found growing in the Woods; neither have
the foreign Indians that live remote from the English any other sort.
And those living amongst us have a hundred of this sort for one of the
other; they are a hardy Fruit, and are seldom damaged by the North-
East Blasts, as others are. Of this sort we make Vinegar; wherefore
we call them Vinegar-Peaches, and sometimes Indian Peaches.”

The peach was introduced into North America both by way of
Mexico and the Atlantic seaboard. Its introduction into Mexico
occurred at a very early period, for in Molina’s Mexican Dictionary,
published in 1571, fifty years after the conquest, we find three names
for it, all hybrid, Hispano-Aztec Compounds: xuchipaldurazno,

orange-colored peach,’ cuzticdurazno, ‘yellow-peach,’ and xocothnelo-
coton, ‘peach fruit.’ From Mexico, the peach appears to have grad-
ually worked its way northward through Texas to Louisiana, where,
according to LePage DuPratz, it was found in cultivation among the
Indians when the French settled that province (about 1698), and
where it was seen by P. Montigny in cultivation among the Taensas
m 1699. In an alleged Taensa vocabulary which was published at
Paris two or three years ago, and which contains a curious assort-
ment of names of tropical, sub-tropical, temperate and arctic plants
and animals known to these Louisiana Indians, the name of the
peach is given ybsbliX-itwS^ ‘marriage-fruit.’ From the gulf region
the peach appears to have reached Carolina at a date, according to
Lawson’s Indians, previous to the settlement of Europeans in that
province, where it was known to the Tuscaroras as ru-ue, and to the
Waccons 3 .syann^.

This antiquity of culture of some variety of the peach among the
Southern Indians probably accounts for a curious fact to which it is
more particularly the object of this note to call attention, and that is
that among several of the prominent tribes which formerly inhabited
what are now the Southern States there is a distinct name for this
foreign fruit, whence are derived not only the names of other intro-
duced fruits, but also those of our native ones. For example:

Choctaw (Choctaw-Muscogee):

Prunus Persica, takon (a radical word.)

P. Americana, takon lush, or takon usht, ‘ little peach.’

P. Chicasa, isi i" takonlush, the ‘deer’s little peach.’

Pyrus coronaria, isi takon, the ‘ deer’s peach.’

P. Malus, takon tchito, ‘ big peach.’

P. communis, takon tchito holba, ‘similar to the apple’ literally,
‘ peach big like.’)

Muscogee, (Choctaw-Muscogee):

Prunus Persica, (a radical word.)

P. Americana, puk&niiho ‘barren peach. *

P. Chicasa, itcho im pukdnd, the ‘deer’s peach.

P. pumila, pukdn tchi, ‘ little peach.

* So called, says Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, who kindly gave me these Musco-
gee names, because the tree does not bear so regularly as do two other species of
plums common in the Indian Territory, where these Indians are now settled.

86

Shetimasha:

Prunus Persica, wipt (radical.)

P. Americana, wipt-ncikhi-sebu, ‘ little peach.’

Cherokee (Huron-Iroquois?):

• Prunus Persica, kwanu'^ (radical.)

P. Americana, kwanunasti, ‘little peach.’

Has the “ Indian peach ” described by Lawson been perpetuated ?

W. R. G.

On the General Exuberanee of Pollen. — It seems to me, as I
read, that a want of power to make legitimate deductions from facts
is a common weakness with otherwise intelligent observers, and this
occurs to me particularly when the subject happens to have relation
to the cross-fertilization of flowers. Before me is a paper contributed
to that excellent serial, the London Gardeners' Chronicle^ on the
“ cross-breeding of cereals,” in which the author lays great stress on
the fact that this class of plants — one may say the whole order of
Graminese consists of self-fertilizers. He points out how the pollen
begins to shed, and the stigmas are in receptive condition before the
florets expand, and that the objects for which anthers are formed “ are
fully accomplished before the stamens make their appearance outside
the ear.” But after this the anthers give out to the atmosphere an
enormous amount of waste pollen, as any one walking through a grain
field at that particular period has reason to know by his well smudged
clothing. It has been found that an anther of wheat contains 6,864
grains, and that it takes 390,000 of them to weight but one grain. Rye
pollen is heavier than that of wheat, or is yielded in larger quantity,
for he gives 2 cwt. as the product per acre, while 50 lbs. is the pol-
len-product of an acre of wheat. He then emphasizes the fact that
wheat, barley and oats are fertilized before the anthers are visible
outside. After a while the reason for the usual abundance of pollen
is sought for, and our author concludes “that the clouds of pollen in
excess of customary requirements are but the exuberant provision by
which nature has rendered the assurance of reproduction doubly
secure.” Exuberant is a good word, but “ doubling ” when the figures
are 6,864 to the i required, is certainly placing the lion’s share of
the two halves of the double on the side of “exuberance.” But what
one who is accustomed to look for logical sequence can see in “ assur-
ance of reproduction by giving pollen to the winds in the case o
plants that self-fertilize — fertilize before the florets expand — is inex-
plicable. I think it must be admitted that not even with exuber-
ance before us can this cloud of pollen have relation to any service
to the plant, individually or collectively. I would submit that the
reasons given in ray Montreal address are more logical, i. e., that plants
are made to contribute to the general good, just as we are.

Thomas Meehan.

Notelcts. — Mr. George Taft of Uxbridge, Mass., has called
tention to a peculiarity in the leaves of an American elm wmc
stands before his house. The tree is a large and very old one. I ^

87

leaves, in the proportion of about one in eight hundred, form a
cup by a folding together and union of the basal edges, thus obliter-
ating the usual sinus. No other elm in the vicinity presents this phe-
nomenon.

I have seen within a few days, in Phenix, R. I., a fine plant ot
Lilium superbum with this peculiarity : all the flowers, and there were
many, instead of the normal coloration, exhibited a clear yellow,
without spots of any kind. I hope to secure bulbs, when I shall at-
tempt to perpetuate this elegant sport.

W. Whitman Bailey.

The Long Island Station for Magnolia glauca. — Near the end
of last June, Mr. E. S. Miller, of Wading River, and I went in search
of the locality at which the Mapnolia glauca had been detected.
There was no difficulty whatever in finding the place, as it is clearly
described in Mr. W. H. Rudkin’s note in the Bulletin for August,
(P- 95.) ‘‘Tuttle’s Pond,” a long, narrow mill-pond, formed
by damming a brook, has, at its northern end, a swamp of several
acres, through which passes the Long Island Railroad, which has
here a culvert through which the brook enters the swamp. This is
about two miles east of Speonk Station.

There were a few red maples and swamp laurels {Kalmta angusti-
folia), and scattered amongst these, in large numbers, were the mag-
nolias, many of them from 15 to 20 feet in height and of remarkably
vigorous growth. We were a few days too early to find the flowers
fully out, and had to content ourselves with buds only.

G. M. Wilber.

Crantzia lineata. — I found this summer, in our salt meadows,
Crantzia lineata, Nutt., which Mr. Peck (the State Botanist) says he
considers a very rare plant in New York.

Wading River. Miller.

Botanical Notes.

Production of Male and Female Plants. — Dr. H. Hoffmann
Zeitung, xliii., pp. 145— 153, 161—169) has attempted to determine the
conditions under which male or female individuals are produced in
the case of the following dioecious plants : Lychnis dturna and ves-
per tina, Valeriana dioica, Mercurtalis annua, Rumex Acetosella, Spi-
nacia oleracea and Cannabis sativa. He finds that in most, if not in
3 ^ 11 , of these cases, dense sowing increases the proportion of male plants
produced, and this results from an insufficient supply of nutrimen^t.
As a general law, the production of male plants is promoted by t e
want of an adequate supply of food when in an embryonal condition.

Jour. Roy. Microscop. Soc.

Classification of Fungi.-\r^ Cohn’s Kryptogamen-Flora von
Schlesien, Dr. J. Schroter proposes the division of the Fungi into
the three following groups : I. Myxomycetes ; II. Schizomycetes
(ppallel with the Phycochromaces ; and HI. Euomycetes, distin-
guished by their spores being formed by a sexual act. .

The Euomycetes are again divided into seven ami les, viz..

88

(i) Chytridiei ; (2) Zygomycetes; (3) Oomycetes (related to the
Siphonese); (4) Ascoinycetes ; (5) Uredinei ; (6) Auriculariei ; and
(7) Basidiomycetes.

The Basidiomycetes are divided into (i) Tremellinei ; (2) Dacr-
omycetes ; and (3) Eubasidiomycetes, which again are made up of
(dj) Hymenomycetes, (/^) Phalloidei, and (c) Gasteromycetes. —
Jour. Roy. Microscop. Soc.

Daielopment of the Apothecia of Lichens. — Dr. M. Fiinfstuck has
followed the development of the apothecia in three genera, Feltigera,
Peltuiea and Nephroma. In Peltigera canina an interval of several
years passes between the first formation of an apothecium and the
production of the first ripe spores. In Peltigera and Peltidea there
are no spermogonia.

In Peltigera tnalacea the apothecia originate as extremely minute
roundish dots on the margin of the thallus, where a few filaments,
irregularly coiled into rosettes, the ascogonia, are formed close be-
neath the cortical layer, on a level with the gonidial zone; they are
simply portions of the ordinary hyphae, which increase in length b/
apical growth, while the ascogonial cells increase at the same time in
size by intercalary growth. The cortical fibres and the ascogoriial
tissue are strongly differentiated from the first. The next period
of development begins with the formation of the first paraphyses,
commencing in the cortical layer of the apothecium. A mass of
young cortical fibres in the middle of this layer displays delicate
shoots, which develop into the paraphyses. These gradually extend
over the entire cortical layer of the apothecium, new ones being
forrned between the older. At the same time, the separate asco-
gonial cells shoot out and form the ascogenous hyphal tissue. The
process of disorganization of the ascogonia runs parallel with the for-
mation of this tissue, and finally the asci are formed as bulgings of
the ascogenous hyphre ; the outer part of the cortical layer bursts,
and thus is formed the “ excipulum thallodes ” of lichenologists.
The formation of the apothecium is not the result of any sexual
process, the strong differentiation of the ascogenous hyphae from
those which develop into paraphyses being traced back to the young-
est stage. The author regards the process as the same as that in Podo-
sphcera among Ascomycetes, apogamy with rudimentary sexual
organs.

The processes are nearly the same in Peltidea aphthosa and venosa,
while in Nephro 7 na tofnentosum and loevigatum there are important
deviations. In these species the author always found spermogonia,
though always in a rudimentary condition. The first apothecial
layer is formed beneath a thick, close, cortical layer in the margin
of the thallus by a number of large, thin-walled cells arranged in a
moniliform manner, and from the analogy of Peltigera and Peltidea.,
regarded as ascogonia, developed gradually from ordinary hyphae of
the thallus. The entire structure is enveloped in a dense hyphm
tissue, which gradually disappears as the fructification develops ; and
the apothecia of Nephroma are hence described as gymnocarpous.
The formation of the ascogonia was not clearly observed. The
mode of formation of the paraphyses is similar to that in Peltigera,

89

but takes place later. The paraphyses and asci are always formed
on the under side of the thallus, so that the young apothecia at
first face the substratum ; their position is subsequently reversed by
a strong curving of the fertile layer. We have therefore in these
lichens phenomena of apogamy, similar to those that have been
observed in the Ascomycetes. — Jour. Roy. Microscop. Soc.

The Coloring Matter of Rlov>ers and Fruits. — In an interesting
communication on the subject of coloring matters in flowers and
fruits, contributed to a society at Wurzburg {Gard. Chron., June 2 otb,
P- 794)> Dr. A. Hansen gives reasons for supposing that a relatively
small number of pigments suffices for the production of the apparently
endless variety of tints. Taking flowers in the first instance, and
setting aside chlorophyll green as being rarely met with in them, he
recognizes three groups of colors, the yellows, the reds, and the blues
and violets. White is due merely to the reflection of light through
colorless tissues containing air, and blacks are attributed to a con-
centration of violet pigments. The yellow pigments are mostly in
combination with plasmatic substances, whilst the reds and blues and
violets are generally found in the cell-sap. The yellow of flowers is
said to form an inslouble compound with fatty matters, which it is
thought might explain the comparative permanence of that color in
plants. The pigments of different yellow flowers have been found
to agree with each other so closely in respect to their spectra as to
point to identity, and Dr. Hansen obtained by saponification with
soda, and extraction with light petroleum spirit, a crystalline yellow
pigment which corresponded in its behavior to the “ lipochrome ”
obtained by Krukenberg from the animal kingdom. Orange is due
to a denser deposit of the yellow pigment, the color in orange rind
•being referrible to the same substance as that in the petals of Ranun-
culus repens. The pigment in yellow dahlias and lemon rind, how-
ever, behaves differently, both chemically and spectroscopically; it is
soluble in water and seems to be very similar to the pigment of
■^thalitim septicum, the yellow fungus or mould of rotten wood. The
reds of flowers Dr. Hansen reduces to a single pigment; the descrip-
tion of which, so far as it goes, appears to correspond to that given
some years since by Mr. Harold Senier of a coloring matter isolated
by him from the petals of Rosa Gallica. The varying intensity of
the colors of roses, carnations and prconies, it is thought might be
due to the presence of acids, which, according to Mr. Senier, would
deepen the shade of the red coloring matter, whilst the scarlets and
brick-reds of poppies, scarlet lilies, and dog-rose hips are attrib-
uted to the modifying influence of some yellow pigment (lipochrome)
present. 'The blue and violet pigments. Dr. Hansen looks upon
ss derivatives from the red, and in support of this view it is
pointed out that certain flowers pass from red to blue or violet.
It is also known that the paeony-red is changed to violet by salts of
iron or sodium phosphate, whilst gardeners produce blue hydrangeas
by adding iron to the soil. As to fruit and leaves, the change of
color which takes place in the autumn is accounted for by the decom-
position of chlorophyll, with the formation of new pigments, or the
Unmasking of yellow (lipochrome) previously dominated by the

90

chlorophyll. Dr. Hansen therefore assumes that there are only four
fundamental plant pigments — the two yellows and the red of flowers
and chlorophyll green.

Rhubarb Culture in the United States. — Mr. J. W. Colcord, of Lynn,
Massachusetts, who, during the last few years has been turning his
attention to the acclimatization of medicinal plants in the United
States, has been further experimenting as to the value of the leaf
stalks of the home-grown Rheum palmatum as an esculent. He re-
ports that plants raised from seed sown last May have now leaves two
feet in length, with petioles an inch in diameter; and that these have
been found to be equal in tenderness and flavor to the best pie rhu-
barb in the market. As there are indications that the therapeutic
value of the home-grown root will also be established, Mr. Colcord
looks forward to the utilization of the plant (which proves to be hardy)
in both directions.

Two new Terms have recently been added to the already over-
burdened terminology of botany. Dr. F. Krasan has noticed that
where the leaves of the oak are attacked by the Orchestes Quercus,
the deposit of the eggs of the insect arrests the growth of the leaves
attacked, which become thicker and more rigid than the ordinary
leaves, and that in June these are followed by a second growth of
leaves of very large size, and later by a growth of normal leaves. To
these phenomena he gives the name of “ pachyphyllosis ” and “megalo-
phyllosis.” The distortions produced may, he believes, in some
cases become hereditary and cause the appearance of apparently new
species, as in the case of Quercus brachyphylla, Kotschy, probably
derived from Q. pubescens. Similar changes occur in Abies and
Thymus serpyllum.

Peptonizing Ferment of Ficus. — Dr. A. Hansen, having examined
the latex of the common fig. Ficus carica, confirms the statements of
previous observers concerning the presence of a peptonizing ferment
in it. In its effect on fibrin and the coagulation of milk this ferment
resembles pepsine. It also produces the diastasic reaction of the con-
version of starch into sugar, and a syrup made from dried figs has the
same peptonizing property as the latex. It is remarkable that no
similar effect could be obtained from the milky juice of Euphor-
biacese or of Papaver somniferum, Chelidonium, Taraxacum or Scor~
zonera, although the fluid secretion in the pitchers of Nepenthes pos-
sessed peptonizing properties similar to those of the latex of the fig
tree.

The Qualities of Redwood {^Sequoia sempervirens^ are peculiar.
Though light, soft, weak to resist a transvere strain, brittle, and easy
to split, it excels oak in its power of resistance to the decomposing
influences of the air and the soil. It is a little over a quarter of a
century since the manufacture of 'redwood timber commenced, but
the consumption is now enormous. In California it is preferred to
any other lumber for all parts of the exterior of buildings, and is largely
used also in the interiors. The roofs of almost all buildings in Cali-
fornia, both in city and country, are covered with redwood shingles,
while ruder erections are roofed with large rough shingles known as
“ shakes ” throughout the State. It is the almost exclusive materia

91

for fence-posts, rails, telegraph poles, railway-ties, wine-casks, tanning
and water-tanks, coffins and every purpose where durability is a
greater requisite than strength. A novice in the country districts of
California wonders why farmers wear gloves when moving a fence,
but after a few of the sharp, needle-like splinters of the split rails
have entered his hand and festered there, he wears gloves himself.
Redwood shingles are coming into favor in the more eastern States
which now use a large quantity of redwood timber.

The softness of the wood is the only objection that can be urged
against its use in interior decorations. It is of a beautiful, clear
light red color, and is susceptible of a good polish, but the ordinary
varieties are so soft that the nail, even the knuckle, will make a dent.
Yet, as it shrinks and swells less than any other wood, and neither
checks nor warps, it is better fitted even for internal finish than many
woods which are more used in the Atlantic States. The objection of
softness does not apply to the knots or gnarls which grow on some
tree trunks, and sometimes attain a diameter of eight or ten feet.
These knots are full of tiny bird-eyes, are very hard, and, like bird’s
eye maple, are well adapted for ornamental cabinet-work, whether
used solid or as veneer. Another ornamental variety much esteemed
in California is the “ curly ” redwood, in which the grain is wavy
throughout.

The best part of the redwood tree is the butt, the very part which
it is, or rather was, the custom to leave in the ground to a height of
several feet. Dark red, comparatively hard, heavy and close grained,
these butts are indestructible by weather or by fire.

Redwood is a very poor fuel, for it contains little or no pitch.
When dry and cut small it takes fire very easily, so much so that it
makes good kindling, but a stoveful burns away in little time with
little production of heat.

The wood of this Sequoia is much heavier than the wood of the
Sequoia giganiea or big tree, the bark, usually deep-seamed, is often
12 to i8 inches thick: the cones or fruits are not more than an inch
or an inch and a quarter, and the leaves small, flat, sharp-point d,
green above, and arranged in a row on each side of the twig which
bears them. — Southern Lumberman.

Fossil Flora of the Rocky Mountain Region of Canada. Dr. G. M.
Dawson, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, de-
scribes a remarkable Jurasso Cretaceous flora recently discovered by
him in the Rocky Mountain regions of Canada, and also the inter-
mediate groups of plants between this and the Middle Cretaceous.
The oldest of these floras is found in beds which it is proposed to
call the Kootanie group, from a tribe of Indians of the name which
hunted over that part of the Rocky Mountains between the 49th and
5 2d parallels. Plants of this age have been found in the branches of
the Old Man River, on the Martin Creek, at Coal Creek, and at one
locality far to the northwest on the Suskwa River. The containing
rocks are sandstones, shales and conglomerates, with seams of coal,
in some places anthracitic. The plants found are conifers, cycads
and ferns, the cycads being especially abundant and belonging to the
genera Dioonites^ Zamites, Podozatnites and Anomozamttes. Some of

92

these cycadaceous plants, as well as some of the conifers, are identi-
cal with species described by Heer from the Jurassic of Siberia,,
while others occur in the Lower Cretaceous of Greenland. The
almost world- wide Podozamites lanceolatus is very characteristic, and
there are leaves of Salisburia Sibirica, a Siberian Mesozoic species,
and branches of Sequoia Smittiana, a species characteristic of the
Lower Cretaceous of Greenland. No dicotyledonous leaves have
been found in these beds, whose plants connect in a remarkable way
the extinct floras of Asia and America and those of the Jurassic and
Cretaceous periods.

Merulius lacrimans — ihe Dry Rot . — A short time before his
death, Prof. H. R. Goppert, of Breslau, in connection with the
chemist, Professor Poleck, made a study of the hausschwamm a
fungus commonly known with us as dry rot, which had caused great
injury to buildings in Northern Germany. The results of their com-
bined studies now appear in a pamphlet by Professor Poleck (Der
Hausschwamm, Breslau, 1885). The dry rot, Merulius lacrimans,
seems to be unknown in a wild state in Germany, but is confined to
woodwork of different kinds, and attacks by preference coniferous
timber. Strange to say, the fungus does not usually infest old
structures, but generally makes its appearance in comparatively new
buildings; and a startling series of figures shows the amount of dam-
age done in the region of Breslau. Chemical analyses by Poleck

show that the Merulius is particularly rich in nitrogenous compounds
and fat, which is rather remarkable when one considers the chemi-
cal constituents of the timber on which it grows. Injury to health,
or even death, is said to result from exposure to air containing large
quantities of the spores of the fungus; and several authenticated cases
are reported. In a supplementary note, Poleck considers the relation-
ship of Merulius to Actinomyces, a fungus which causes a characteris-
tic disease in man and cattle; and he apparently comes to the con-
clusion that what is called Actinomyces is probably only the Merulius
altered by the peculiar matrix on which it is growing. His state-
ments on this point can hardly be called conclusive, or, in fact other
than vague. .

Botanical Literature.

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Selena. By
N. L. Britton, Ph.D. 8vo, pamph. pp. 8. (From the Annals o
the New York Academy of Sciences, iii., 7.)

Criticisms on J. Kruttschnitt's Papers and Preparations relating to
Pollen- tubes. By N. L. Britton. 8vo, pamph., pp. 10. (From
the foiirnal of the New York Microscopical Society.)

The Grape- Rot. By \Vm. Trelease. 8vo, pamph., pp., 9 -
Transactions of Wisconsin State Horticultural Society. )

Hypericum Joponicum, Thunb., in Deutschland gefunden. Tkm R-
V. Uechtritz und P. Ascherson. 8vo, paraph., pp. lo- v
Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft.)

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XILl New York, Sept. & Oct., 1885. [Nos. 9 & lO.

Further Notes upon Corema.

By John H. Redfield.

My notes (in Bulletin for September 1884) upon the localities
of Corema Conradii have had the desired effect of eliciting from
other contributors many new facts in regard to its distribution,
especially in the more eastern portions of its geographical area.
Among the more interesting of these notices is that of Mrs. Owen
announcing its occurrence in the open sandy plains of Nantucket,
where the conditions are such as. would lead us to expect it, and also
that of Prof. Lawson relative to the varied conditions under which it
appears in Nova Scotia. He has pointed out the fact that, when
growing in sand or gravel, the plant becomes more gregarious, cover-
ing continuously large areas, while upon rocks it is restricted to
more isolated patches. Its manner of growth, in all the localities I
have seen, accords with the observations of Prof. Lawson. ^

Early in July of this year, after some ineffectual search in Martha s
Vineyard, I had an opportunity to see one or two of the localities in
Nantucket. My examination was necessarily hasty, and probably I
did not strike the most abundant one mentioned by Mrs. Owen. But
I saw very numerous and extensive areas of the Corema betweeri the
old and new roads to Siaconsett, about four miles out. Its associates
were Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (which grows upon this island in greater
profusion than I have seen it elsewhere), Hudsoma ericotdes^ and
Comptonia, with some Myrica cerifera in the vicinity. The soil ap-
peared to be purely silicious. . .

Through Mrs. Haines of Bangor, I have received a specim^ of
Corema collected this summer by Mr. Robert Smith of Jer^y City,
at North Truro, Cape Cod, where it was associated with Hudsoma
ericoides, “on the side of a hill near the foot of .which was a growth
of scrub-pine.” This may be the locality mentioned to me by Mr.
Benjamin M. Watson, Jr. (Bulletin xi., 99.) u- u r

In August, I climbed Mt. Beatty and Mt. Magunticook, which lie
just north of Camden, Me., and which I suppose are the eminences
referred to by Prof. Chickering (Bulletin xi., ii6.) I was not
successful in finding his locality. The summit rocks there are o
quartzite, much glaciated, and would afford a suitable sihcious soil.
Much Finus Strobus grows upon these hills, but I saw no / tnus rigida,
the usual tree concomitant of Corema. There may p^ ^ some

error in Prof. Chickering’s reference to this locality. Blue Mountain
which he names lies not back of Camden, but about 22 mi es nor 1-
eastward, beyond Castine.

94

Nor did T succeed in finding this plant upon Green Mountain in
Mt. Desert Island, though a large part of the bare ledges of its sum-
mit and of its western flanks was searched on the 7th of August of
this year. Yet in so large an area it might easily elude discovery,
and, even if now absent, it may once have existed previously to the
fires which have so repeatedly overrun this mountain, and which
have evidently made great changes in the character of the vegetation.
On the rocks just east of the observatory I noticed limited quantities
of Hudsonia ericoidcs, which may possibly have been mistaken for
Corema. Nor, did I observe Empetrum on that mountain, though so
abundant on the headlands near the shore.

I can, however, announce the discovery of Corema in the southern
part of Mt. Desert Island, near Seal Harbor, in three distinct locali-
ties. These are all upon the ridge called Jordan’s Hills on the Coast
Survey Chart, and on that portion of it which has been named Barr s
Hill. My attention was called to the first of these localities by Mr.
Arthur Chase of Haverhill, Mass. It is upon the western brow of
the hill, upon a broad rock terrace overlooking Long Pond, about
150 feet above the level of the pond. Within a space of 50 feet
square occur eight or ten patches of Corema, in scanty soil upon
almost bare rock, disputing possession with Gaylussacia resinosa and
Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum. Its other neighbors were P otentilla tri-
dentaia, Kalmia angnsti/olia and Viburnum nudum. The nearest
trees were 40 or 50 feet distant, and were mainly Populus alba, yar.
populifolia, and Pinus Sirobus. The rock is a sienite containing
quartz and felspar in about equal proportions, with a very small
admixture of hornblende, and the comminuted fragments make a
sand of similar composition. A few days later, a second locality was
found by Rev. Archibald M. Morrison of Orange, N. J. I
upon the eastern side of the ridge, a little northward from the head
of the old path from the Seaside House, and nearly 300 feet above
tide. Here there is but a single patch of the plant, six or eight feet
in diameter, and here too it seems likely to be eventually stifled by ^
growth similar to that already mentioned. The rock is the same,
with deeper soil. On the 19th of September, I found a third locamy
upon the southwest brow of the ridge, northeast from the “ sea-wall
of Long Pond, 100 or 120 feet above tide. Here four or five patches
are found under surroundings much like those of the other localities.
The underlying rock is the same. The indications of dying out are more
apparent here, there being a large amount of the dead plant on tne
margins of the patches, and one large patch of several foet in diamete
was entirely dead, except for a few inches in the centre.
note that, in all these localities upon Barr’s Hill, the soil is cs
exclusively silicious than in any previously seen, and that the
lent pine is not Pinus rigidus, but Pinus Sirobus. This hill con ai
hundreds of acres of bare, horizontal ledges of rock just as 1
adapted to the growth of Corema as is the limited space actual y
cupied by it, and yet repeated and careful examination of its sur
by numerous observers have brought to light not enough oi 1
cover a tenth of an acre. • . wp

The study of the various localities of Core?na which I have

95

able to see convinces me that the plant had a very early introduction
to our flora, perhaps following the glacial period, and that under
less favoring circumstances it is becoming more and more restricted,
and must eventually be supplanted by more vigorous competitors for
existence. '

The Botany of the Aztecs, — The various aspects of a scientific
subject become in these days remarkably illustrated. We have seen
an example of archaeological botany in the light thrown upon the
ancient flora of Egypt by the discussions of the evidence afforded by
a few withered wreaths disentombed with the mummy of a Pharaoh.
Recently, a Spanish writer has occupied the pages of the Anales del
Museo Nacional de Mexico with an elaborate examination of the
botanical lore of the ancient Aztecs and other dwellers in Mexico
at the time of the conquest. A brief resume of his conclusions may
prove of interest in the pages of the Bulletin, as the Anales are not
widely distributed, and are not generally supposed to contain matter
of value to botanists.

It seems conceded that the inhabitants of pre-Columbian Mexico
had made very considerable progress in botanical study; they had,
according to our author, formed an artificial classification, an extended
glossology, and a system of iconographic representations by which
they indicated plants by conventional symbols. At the time of the
conquest, botanical science in Europe had itself made little progress
beyond tlie limited developement that it had amongst the Greeks;
the classification was largely medical, and trees and herbs constituted
the two great divisions of the vegetable kingdom. At this time, in
Mexico, the Aztecs and related tribes had established botanical
gardens in which were grown plants that had been collected from the
various districts of the kingdom, from newly acquired territories and
from neighboring states or tribes. Thus, the handsome Bombacead
known as Cheirostemon* which was early found flourishing outside
of the usual limit of its distribution, was regarded by Baron Hum-
boldt as a plant transplanted by the ancient Matlatzincas.

The author of this treatise has used the famous work on the
natural history of Mexico by Hernandez in its re-edited form, sup-
plementing it with the testimony of other authors, and personal
search amongst Indian vocabularies. The synonomy of the Mexi-
cans, he claims, was extended, indicating our distinction between a
scientific and a common name; thus, the plant called iotoycxitl,
‘ bird’s-foot,’ in allusion to its quinquelobate leaves, was also called
caxtlatlapan, which classed it with a botanical group— that of the
Convolvulaceje, it being an Ipomoea.

Quite frequently the various names of a plant arose from the form
or other characteristic of some portion of it, or from its uses; thus,
^hapulxochitl, meaning ‘locust-flower, because of a resemblance of the
flower to that insect, was also called tcnapcilttl also mtnciipatlt, arrow-

and

'Called by the Aztecs macpalxocMtl, ‘hand-flower,’ from the peculiar shape
arrangement ol the stamens. — Kt). . „

I A name for several plants resembling Hiduni, or life-ever as mg.

96

medicine,’ because it was employed to heal wounds; and also comalpatli,
‘ spleen-medicine,’ in reference to a medical use. A regional name
of pinipiniche was also used for this same plant. Other instances are
explained where a classificatory name, and one indicating the use or
properties of the plant existed. Hernandez has recorded 3,000
names of plants, of which 250 are in the Tarascan language. The
remainder are Mexican, and, as a great many of these were originally
found in the Mexican domain proper, where the Nahuatl language
prevailed, the author concludes that the Mexicans in their marauding
expeditions had observed and named them, and had also studied
them in the gardens which they maintained for alien plants on the
central plateau. Our author says that they availed themselves of
cornparisons between exotics and their indigenous plants, and “then,
taking a plant with a known name as a type, and using the same
name with a qualifying and e.xpressive termination, applied it to
another that was analogous or similar.”

In glossology the Nahuans had reached a very considerable
elaboration of descriptive and classificatory terms. Thus, in general,
their terminology for plant-forms included the following: quauhuitl,
tree, ‘ herb,’ guaguauhizin, Copalguauhuitl,

the copal-tree, was a. tree-like terebinth; copalxihuitl,''
was an herbaceous labiate; micaquauhuitl,t\iQ ‘corpse-tree,’ was an ar-
^rescent Convolvulad; and micaxihuitl, ‘herb of the dead,’ aLobelia.\
Ziff was used as a suffix signifying the ‘form of,’ like the Greek eido?-,
as chtchtantic, ‘like chian;’ and this particle was constantly used in
plant-names to indicate affinity or resemblance. The nature of the
mediuni in which the plant grew was also considered in its nomencla-
ture; thus atl, ‘ water,’ was represented by the prefix a before the
rest o the plant s name. If the stem of the plant was serpentine and
exi e, a special term was employed, while the prostrate and recum-
ent positions were expressly recognized. The writer cites many
exarnples of the application of these terms, and enters into an analy-
sis o the expressive Mexican names for plants, one of which is in
part a specific description, viz. ; tepehoilacapitzxochitl, or, translated,
an ornamental plant which grows in mountainous places, tall, and
no ty, and slim.J The author continues in an interesting enumera-
lon o the Indian terms for other characters of the stem, as its
sur ace, length, thickness, coloration, composition, form, and dura-
nolo^*^^ displaying a surprising minuteness of descriptive ternii-

1 he Mexicans used four names for leaves: maiil, atlapalli, amai-
apalli and izhuatl. The first of these terms arose from an interesting

Xihiiitl is a generic term for herb, and quilitl for an edible one. To the
a ove terminology should be added the words so frequently found in Aztec plant-
names. xochitl, ‘flower,’ xocoil, sour ‘fruit,’ and tzapotl, sweet ‘fruit’ (whence Sp.
and the name of the order Sapotacese.) — Ed.

\ Lobelia acuminata; called also micaxochitl, ‘ flower of the dead,' from its use
in restoring epileptics to consciousness. — Ed.

X t his interpretation by the Spanish writer is very erroneous. The word
means, literally, ‘mountain flute-flower.’ — E d.

97

generalization. It (^maitl) means ‘ branch,’* and was frequently used
in this sense. It was applied to old and young limbs, and it ex-
pressed the idea in the minds of these people that the tree was a group
of branches of which the leaves were the last and most tenuous form.
Atlapallt means both a ‘leaf’ and a ‘ bird’s wing,’ another interesting
simile; amatlapallt, our author seems to think implies something thin,
resembltng paper {amatl) \ izhua(l,t\\^ last term, probably signified the
frond of a palm.

The paper contains a long discussion of the involved and difficult
subject of the Mexican graphic representation of plants. The In-
dians, for this purpose, employed three methods, the figurative, the
symbolic, and the syllabic, either alone or combined. The figurative
was generally used when the component parts of a plant were to be
indicated, as branches, leaves, flower, fruit and seed; but the entire
plant was indicated by combining the two methods of symbolism and
syllabism. The conventional sign for a tree was a branching base,
colored red, representing the root, from which sprang the trunk,
almost always cylindrical, which was subdivided into three branches,
usually gray in color, while from the extremity of each branch
started a green object formed of obtuse segments representing leaves.
This was the universal arborescent type, which was variously modi-
fied in separate cases. Our author asserts the use by the Indians of
a sign of generic value. Thus, plants known under the general class
of zacatl f had a special symbol which consisted of two parts, a cen-
tral axis, with a series of parallel yellow lines disposed symetrically
from one to the other side of the axis.

It is insisted that the Indians of Mexico possessed very consider-
able skill in drawing, judging from the symmetry, and the quality of
execution of these hieroglyphics.

The botanic symbol, as used for a group of plants resembling
each other in some particular, gave rise to classification and nomen-
clature, and the discussion of this forms the last portion of the
author’s instalment of his studies, which are yet unfinished.

Conoidal fructification formed the generic symbol of the pines,
the pod that of the Leguminosae, the tuberous root for certain Con-
volvulaceae, a leaf with lateral spines for various Cactaceae. These
generic signs, modified by special ones, lent themselves as a flexible
instrument for the indication of subordinate groups, as the lanceolate
leaf joined to a tuber indicated a variety of the edible camote [sweet
potato] the stone united with a spiny leaf a species of Opuntia.

Our author, through a number of pages, endeavors to show that
the Indians had a nomenclature similar to that invented by Linnmus.l

* Maitl is the Aztec word for ‘ hand,’ and it was the fingers spreading out from
the palm that suggested the idea of branches. Hence the name quilmaitl, ‘herb-
hand,’ for the branch of an herb, and ‘ tree-hand, for the branch of a tree.

We have met with no compound in which maitl signified ‘ leaf. — Ed.

f A word generic for ‘ grass.’ — E d.

t We are inclined to think that the Spanish writer has a very vague idea of the
Linnaean system. We have studied Hernandez’s Thesaurus very carefully, as we
have that rich repository of Aztec botany— Sahagun’s work— but we have failed to
observe any other sort of classification than that found in the popular nomenclature
of plants in all languages. — E d.

98

This nomenclature consisted in using a specially descriptive term and
prefixing it to the general name of the plant, as we might say a red
rose, a climbing hop-vine, a trailing honeysuckle, etc. In this manner
the Indians collected a large body of identifying names for plants,
and the inference seems warranted that to this extent they possessed
a nomenclature which was directly related to a useful if not alto-
gether natural system of classification, the whole based upon striking
features or useful properties of the plants they described.

In the names of plants the most interesting modifications are in-
stanced, by some of which plants inhabiting moist places were indi-
cated, those flowering at certain times, plants growing on the margins
of streams, those commencing to flower with the first waters of the
wet season, and declining with its increase, were all variously charac-
terized. Tlie soil in which plants grew and their habitat were also
denoted b}”^ prefixes. The various parts of a plant were carefully
distinguished, as the root, the trunk, the branches, the leaves, the
flower, the fruit. These terms were again modified by specific
designations when the parts assumed peculiar shapes or possessed
peculiar properties.

The features of the trunk and branches and the disposition of the
latter, and the habit of the growing'plant found mention in the terms
and names employed by these pre-Columbian botanists.

The enthusiasm of the author may lead him to overestimate the
actual progress made by the Aztecs in this science, but every one
who reads his elaborate essay must feel a curious shock of surprise at
finding that so much can be probably claimed for them.

L. P. Gratacap.

Contributions towards a List of the State and Local Floras of
^ the United States.

The Pacific Coast. California.

Descriptions of Plants collected by Mr. William Gamble in the Rocky
Mountains of Upper California. By Thos. Nuttall. (D.)

In Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci., Vol. iv. 1848.

Botanical Report on Routes in California, to connect with the Routes
near the 35th and 32nd Parallels, explored by Lieut. R. S. Wil-
liamson, in 1853. By E. Durand and S. C. Hilgard. M.D. (C.)
In Rep. on Exp. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean,
Vol. v.. Part iii., Washington 1856 (33d Congress, 2nd Sess., Ex.
Doc. No. 91.)

Descriptions of Plants collected along the Route, by W. P. Blake, and
at Mouth of the Gila, by John Torrey. (C.)

In Rep. on Exp. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean,
Vol. v., part ii., 359-370.

Botanical Report on Routes in California and Oregon, explored oy
Lieut. R. S. Williamson, and Lieut. Henry L. Abbot, in 1855*
By J, S. Newberry. (C.)

(Comprises; Chapter i., Geographical Botany; Chapter ii., Descrip-
tion of the Forest Trees of .Northern California and Oregon.)

In Expl. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean, Vol.iv.,
part iii., pp. i-64.

99

General Catalogue of the Plants collected on the Expedition. Hy J.
S. Newberry, Asa Gray and John Torrey; the Mosses and Liv-
erworts by W. S. Sullivan t, and the Lichens by Edward d'ucker-
man. (B.)

In Expl. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean, Vol. iv.,
part iii., pp. 65-94.

Botanical Report on Routes in California to connect with the Routes
near the 35th and 32nd Parallels, and Route near the 32nd Par-
allel, between the Rio Grande and Pimas Villages, explored by

Lieutenant John G. Parke in 1854 and 1856. By John Torrev,
M.D. (C.) 3 j j .r.

In Expl. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean, Vol. vii.,
part iii., chap. i.

Synoptical Tables of Botanical Localities in Dr. Torrey’s Report.
By Thomas Antisell, M.D. (B.)

In Expl. and Surveys from Miss. River to Pacific Ocean, Vol. vii.,
part iii., chap. ii.

Catalogue of Pacific Coast Mosses. By Leo Lesquereux.

In Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. i. San Francisco.

Botany of the Geological Survey of California, Vol. i., by W. H.
Brewer, Sereno Watson and 'Asa Gray; Vol. ii., by Sereno Wat-
son. (D.)

2 Vols., 4to. Cambridge, 1876 and 1880.

Catalogue of the Pacific Coast Fungi. By W. H. Harkness, M.D.,
and J. P. Moore. (B.)

Pub. by Calif. A.cad. Sci., 8vo, pamphl, pp. 46, SanFranisco, 1880.
Forest Trees of California. By A. Kellogg, M.D. (D.)

In 2nd Rep. State Mineralogist, Cal., (1882) Appendix, j). 1-116.
Flora of Southern and Lower California. By C. R. Orcutt. (A.)
8vo, pamph., pp. 13. San Diego, 1885.

San Francisco County.

Catalogue of the Plants growing in the vicinity of San Francisco. By
H. W. Bolander, 1870.

Sa7i Diego Comity.

Marine Algoe of San Diego, California. By Daniel Cleveland. (A.)
1885.

Oregon.

Enumeration of a Collection of Plants made Mr. Elihu Hall in
Oregon in the Summer of 1871. By Asa Gray. (C.)

In Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., 1872.

Notes on the arboreous, arborescent and suffruticose Flora of Oregon.
By Elihu Hall. (C.)

In Botan. Gazette, Vol. ii., pp. 85-89, 93-95, 1877.

Catalogue of the Flora of Oregon, Washington and Idaho. By
Thomas Howell. (A.)

i8vo, pamphlet, pp. 23, Arthur, Oregon, 1881.

Alaska.

Sketch of the Flora of Alaska. By J. T. Rothrock, M.D. (C.)

In Rept. Smithsonian Institution for 1867, Washington, 1868, pp.
433-463 (Anophytes by Thomas P. James, Lichenes by H. Mann,
Algae by W. H. Harvey).

100

A List of Plants collected by Mr. J. Albert Rudkin on a trip to Mt.

St. Elias, in the Summer of 1883. By N. L. Britton. (C.)

In Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Vol. xi., p. 36, 1884.

Catalogue of Plants collected in July, 1883 during an Excursion along

the Pacific Coast in Southeastern Alaska. " By Thomas Meehan.

(C.)

In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., pp. 76-96, 1884.

List of Plants collected by Charles L. McKay at Nushagak, Alaska,

in 1881, for the United States National Museum. By Frank H.

Knowlton. (B.)

In Proceedings of United States National Museum, 1885, pp.
213-221.

W. R. G.

N. L. B.

Broome County (N. Y.) Finds. — As far as I can determine, this
county has never been thoroughly worked. Dr. Torrey, in his Flora
of the State of New York, says: “ The parts of the State that have

been least explored botanically are the counties which lie on the bor-
ders of Pennsylvania, etc.” In view of this fact, I have this year
commenced a systematic exploration, so far finding two of the species
that the doctor thought would be found in the State in this district,
VIZ.: Negundo aceroides, Moench., and Riidbeckia fulgida. Ait. I

append a few notes on my work this season, which, though incom-
F some idea of the probabilities of this locality. The

ollovying species, which I have met in counties west and north of
this, I have not yet found here:

Claytonia Virginica, L., Pinguicitla vulgaris, L., Vesicaria Shortii,
p purpurea, L,, Polygala Senega, L., Bapiisia tincioria,

. r Dicentra Canadensis, DC., Coptis trifolia, Salisb., Hydrastis
anadensts, L., Geum rtvale, L., Sanguinaria Canadensis, L. (strange as
1 rnay seem), Rhus aromatica. Ait., Gymnocladus Canadensis, Lam.,
scleptas tuberosa, L., Campanula rotundifolia, L., and Ariscema Dra-
contium, Schott.

1 hese I mention as plants that really ought to be found — except,
may ap, the second to fourth — and may hereafter be located.

Datura Stramonium, L. — Many individuals were found near a
negro settlement on State St., city.

Datura^ Tatula, L. — One individual only, that near a comb
horns are kept, probably imported with them.

Mehlotus officinalis, Willd.— Plentiful, but in one situation only,
the M. alba.

Lychnis vespertina, Sibth. — In two situations.

Cassia Marilandica, L. — One individual only, that on Noyces
Island, near the city, in the Chenango River.

Cypripedmm acaule. Ait. — One individual only, and that a beautiful
specimen, was found growing upon the upper side of a prostrate
mossy trunk of Abies Canadensis, a strange situation for the largest
and most perfect specimen I ever saw!

Betula papyracea. Ait. — Five clumps were found on the north
aspect of South Mountain.

101

ChamcBhrtum luieum, Gray., is plentiful and very characteristic,
both male and female, in a deep wood a mile north of Port Crane.

Monotropa Hypopitys, L. — Ross Park (a natural reservation.)

Negundo aceroides, Moench. — At Haw ley ton, near the Pennsyl-
vania State line. A beautiful specimen has also been transplanted in
the Court House square, this city.

Rudbeckia fulgida, Ait. — In an old field west of the city cemetery.

M enyanihes trifoHaia, L. — Cranberry swamps near Gulf Summit.

Epilobitim palustre, L., var. lineare^ Gray. — Same locality.

Viola Selkirkit, Ph. — Dickson’s ravine. Port Dickinson.

Tussilago Farfara, L. — Though this plant is common in most
parts of the State, I have met but one individual here: that in Ross
Park,

Gillenia trifoHaia, Moench. — Not uncommon.

Humulus Lupulus, L. — I have met the plant along the Susque-
hanna River, but can hardly call it indigenous in its localities.

Lysimachia nuntmularia, L. — This beautiful plant has escaped in
great profusion to the grassy banks of Trout Brook, near the city.

I have not, however, seen it in culti\^ation here.

Verbasaim Blattaria, L. — One individual only, found in the
cemetery,

Cardamine pratensis, L. — Plentiful on the borders of Pond Lake.

Berberis vulgaris, L. — One bush grows, I Judge spontaneously,
about a mile and a half from the city, in an open wood along Trout
Brook.

Cichorium Iniybus, L. — Escaped to some of the city streets.

Galeopsis Tetrahit, L., flourishes in Dry Brook near the city.

Asclepias quadrifolia, Jacq. — Common on the southern slopes of
Prospect Hill.

Polygala paticifolia, Willd. — The pure white variety was very
common at Pond Lake.

Impatiens fulva, Nutt., and pallida, Nutt. — Spotless forms were
met on Noyes Island.

Aralia quinquefolia, Gray., though being rapidly dug up by “ root-
gatherers,” is still quite plentiful in the woods near the Pennsylvania
line.

Chdidonium tnajus, L. — Escaped plentifully about the city.

Euphorbia Cyparissias, L. — Escaped.

Trifolium reflexum, L. — Found on the summit of South Mountain.

T. agrarium, L., is quite common.

Aquilegia vulgaris, L. — The form with greenish white flowers has
largely escaped in quite out-of-the-way places.

Rubus Dalibarda, L., though mentioned as rarely met with in the
adjoining counties west, is quite plentiful at South Mountain wood.

Hypericum pyramidatum. Ait. — Plentiful.

Goodyera pubescens, R. Br.— So common ^ in many places that a
peck could be gathered without moving one s feet; a rarely beautiful
sight, especially in the wooded slopes of South Mountain.

Habenaria psy codes. Gray. — A pure white variety was found. This
plant was depauperate in every part except its magnificent spike.

Trillium erecium, L., var. album, Ph., was plentiful at South

102

Mountain last year; not an individual was gathered this season,
though many searches were made.

Binghamton, N. Y. Chas. F. Millspaugh.

Pine-needles. — We read with interest, in the Bulletin for
August, just issued, that Mr. Meehan now is in accord with the
botanical world in general in the belief that pine-needles “ are true
leaves, and not modifications of branches,” as he has formerly taught.
And really the reasons for his former opinion seem to be fairly over-
borne by the assigned reason for his conversion, namely, that in cer-
tain three-leaved fascicles of a pine, ‘‘ each is a trifle shorter than
the other.”

Perhaps his suggestion that “ all pines are monophyllous in the
early stages of growth because the needles of a bundle sometimes
stick together for a while, but separate by “ a light tap ” on the apex,
may be equally overborne by the consideration that this is incom-
patible with his statement “ that a fascicle of pine-leaves is a de-
pressed spiral, and by the fast that the adjacent needles of the
undle of white pine-leaves in question merely stuck together, but
were never united.

A. Gray.

The Mocker-Nut.*' — The word mocker, in the name “ mocker-
nut, affords an example of an accomodated spelling due to a popu-
m, though very erroneous, etymology. Michaux (Hist, des Arbres
torestiers de I’Amer. Sept., i., 178-9) says of the fruit of Carya
iomentosa: j

shell, which is very thick, slightly striate, and of extreme
ar ness, contains a kernel which is sweet, but small, and difficult to
extract on account of the very strong dissepiments that divide it; and
1 IS probably for this reason that this species has been called the
moc er-nut hickory. By this he would have us to understand that

le nut was so called because it mocks at one’s efforts to extract its
kernel.

Ihis explanation, notwithstanding its absurdity, has been copied
irito various books, and is, I think, the only one that has ever been
offered; at least I have never met with any other.

t seems useless to mention the fact that to speak of a mocker
^ sense assigned to the prefix by Michaux would be as un-
nglish as it would be to speak of a cryer baby, a barker dog or a
flower stream. j

1 he r in the word mocker is epenthetic, and the name mocker-nut
stands for (New York) Dutch vioker-noot, ‘ heavy-hammer nut,’ i. c.,
one which, owing to the thickness of its shell, it takes more than a
light hammer to crack.

Ihe old and correct spelling, moker-nut, should be restored in
botanical works, and the other, which is entirely meaningless, should
be left to the trade-language of the nut-market, where perhaps it
originated.

W. R. G.

103

Insular Vegetation — Great Duck Island is one of the outer
islands of Penobscot Bay, Maine, and lies about 12 miles south of
Mt. Desert Island. It has a length of one and a half mile, with a
breadth of less than half a mile. The following plants were noticed
upon it, during a two hours visit on 26th of August last:

Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Pursh. Cirsium lanceolatum. Scop.

Coptis trifolia, Salisb. C. arvense. Scop.

Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Moench. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam.

Viola.

Drosei a rotundifolia, 1^.
Hypericum Canadense, L.
Elodes Virginica, Nutt.
Stellaria media, Sm.
Cerastium viscosum, L.
Sagina procumbens, L.
Oxalis Acetosella, L.
Potentilla Canadensis, L.

P. argeniea, L.

P. N orvegica, L.

Pyrus Atnericana, DC.
Hippuris vulgaris, L.
Circcea alpina, L.

EpilobiufH coloratum, Muhl.
Aster acmninatus, Mx.
Achillea Millefolium, L.
Gnaphalitim uliginosmn, L.
Senecio vulgaris, L.

V. Vitis-Idcea, L.

Chiogenes hispidula, T. & Gr.
Trientalis Ainericana, Pursh.
Euphrasia officinalis, L.
Lycopus Virginicus, L.
Scutellaria galericulata, I..
Polygonum incarnatum. Ell.
Rumex Acetosella, L.
Empetrum nigrum, L,

Abies nigra, Poir.

A.' alba, Mx.

A. balsamea. Marsh.

Iris versicolor, L.

Smilacina bifolia, Ker.

J uncus.

Hordeum jubatum, L.
Hierochloa borealis, R. &. S.

Aspidium spinulosum, Sw.

Osmunda (prob. cinnamomea, L.)

The species printed in Roman seem to be recent introductions on
the cleared portions of the island, perhaps by the agency of sheep
and birds. The remaining species belong to the flora of the neigh-
boring mainland.

John H. Redfield.

George W. Clinton, LL.D. — In Professor Gray’s brief mention of
the death of Judge Clinton (contained in the last number of the
American Journal of Science), the statement is made that, at the time
of his death, he was probably the oldest of American botanists. There
seems to be no reason for questioning the fact; and thus in the
death of this venerable man another of the links which united the
students of the present generation with those of the past has been
broken.

Judge Clinton belonged to a family renowned in the history of
this State, His grandfather was General James Clinton of the Conti-
nental Army, his granduncle was George Clinton, the first governor of
the State, and his father was DeWitt Clinton, also, for several terms,
the governor of the State, and yet more greatly distinguished as the
author and chief promoter of the scheme of internal improvements
which raised the commonwealth to the foremost place in the sister-
hood of states. DeWitt Clinton, himself, during his entire life, was a
devoted student of nature. In a pre-eminent degree, he was the
friend and patron of naturalists and men of science, finding in their

104

society and conversation the highest satisfaction. It is his name
(because of his interest in science and especially botany) that is per-
petuated in the genus Clintonia of Rafinesque. Samuel L. Mitchell,
David Hosack and Amos Eaton, botanists of eighty years ago, were
among his intimate friends. It is therefore not strange that in the
influence of such associations, his son, the late Judge Clinton, should
have found such taste for scientific pursuits as were his by inherit-
ance strengthened and stimulated.

Born in New York City, on the 13th day of April, 1807, George
William Clinton, as early as his eighteenth year, was a devoted student
of botany and a zealous and indefatigable collector. A diary, kept
by him at this early age, including the notes of an excursion made by
him into the western part of the State, immediately after the comple-
tion of the Erie Canal, is still in existence to testify to that conscien-
tious regard for scientific truth, which, to the close of his life, dis-
tinguished him. 1 he little volume seems to recognize Professor
Amos Eaton, of the Rennselaer Institute, as the guide of his botanical
studies. His correspondence at this period, a portion of which is
still preserved, shows that he was in receipt of letters from Rafinesque
and others, whose names, to us, seem almost to belong to a mytho-
logical age.

His father died suddenly in February, 1828, while still governor;
and, alrnost at once, upon the advice of near friends, among whom
was Chief Justice Ambrose Spencer, he relinquished the study of
medicine, to which he had already given the attention of two or three
years, and, abandoning altogether the natural sciences, engaged with
characteristic ardor and assiduity in the study of the law. As though
to make his divorce from his earlier pursuits the more complete, he
gave away his herbarium and his botanical library. Thereafter, for
neady half a century, he devoted himself to his profession, practising
at the bar for more than twenty-three years, and, afterwards, occu-
pying an honored place in the judiciary of the State for more than
twenty-four years.

In 1836, he became a resident of Buffalo, where he lived until
1881, the recipient of the highest honors which his towns-people
could bestow. His great ability and high character were recognized
by the State in his appointment as one of the Regents of the Uni-
versity, in 1856; and Hamilton College, his alma mater, about the
same time, honored him with the degree of Doctor of Laws.

^ In 1861, upon the establishment of the Buffalo Society of Natural
Sciences, he accepted its presidency; and thereupon, returning to
his first love, with all the devotion of his youth, he began an unre-
mitting and rnost industrious exploration of the botany of the region
in which he lived, giving to the undertaking almost all the leisure
which remained after the performance of public and private duties.
It may seem strange, yet the statement scarcely requires qualification,
that in the interval of thirty-three years in which his attention had
been turned aside from botanical pursuits, so complete had been his
neglect of the favorite study of his early days, that, although he re-
membered a large proportion of the native plants of his neighbor-
hood, he was almost entirely unacquainted with the natural system of

105

classification of plants, and with the changes in their nomencla-
ture. But the fact was to him only a trifling and temporary obstacle;
and he was soon perfectly familiar with the leading principles of
modern botanical classification.

It was characteristic of Judge Clinton that in his most earnest
labors there was no thought of self. His arduous and unremitting
efforts in the establishment of a herbarium in Buffalo were wholly
for the benefit of the Society of which he was the chief. He collected
most abundantly, and his specimens, by exchange, went into many
hands. Those which he received in return were added to the collec-
tion of the Society, until, at the time when he removed from Buffalo, it
embraced, as is supposed, specimens of more than 20,000 species
of plants. These had all been mounted, labeled, arranged and
catalogued by his own hands. The collection thus illustrates not
only the flora of his neighborhood, but, very largely, that of the
world.

How often his researches were rewarded by the discovery of
plants not previously known or suspected in the vicinity of Buffalo,
the later editions of Gray’s Manual will bear witness. No name
occurs more frequently than his as the authority that a certain plant
occurs in some named locality. Yet, perhaps, after all, the abundance
of species of the plants of Buffalo, as compared with those of other
places, may prove to be due rather to the persistency and complete-
ness of his explorations than to the fact that the vicinity of Buffalo
is especially rich in species.

His labors being confined almost entirely to the neighborhood of
Buffalo, the plants new to science which were detected by him
could not be great in number. Scirpus Clintonii, Gray, Aspidium cris-
tatum, Swartz, var. Clintontarmm, Eaton, and several fungi, described
by Mr. Peck, perpetuate his name.

Judge Clinton possessed, in a remarkable degree, the gift of elo-
quence. Upon topics of a scientific character he was a frequent and ^
delightful speaker. The public was always anxious to hear him. It
is probable, however, that his contributions to the press will be longest
remembered. His style was most agreeable. Many of the observa-
tions which he made in his excursions were published in a series of
papers printed in the Sunday Courier^ of Buffalo, entitled “ Notes of
a Botanist.” Nothing, perhaps, more characteristic of the man ever
emanated from his pen. They aimed at none of the startling attempts
at hypothesis and generalization which have been not inaptly called
the “romance of science.” He could present the truth with almost
photographic fidelity, and yet, by the charm of a style of unusual
beauty, he could make his matter as agreeable as a fairy tale.

His removal to Albany, in 1881, was occasioned by his being
called there to arrange for publication the papers of Gov. George
Clinton, now the property of the State. He found this labor one of
great pleasure. Yet he would at times indulge himself in a botanical
excursion into the suburbs of the city. In one of these, which he
undertook on the 7th of September, 1885, he visited the Rural Ceme-
tery, where, within a short time after he bad passed through its gates,
he was found dead. Only a few minutes before, he had been seen

loo

gathering botanical specimens, and apparently in as perfect health as
can attend old age.

Thus at the very close of life, he was in the enjoyment of the
things which he had always loved, so well — the green turf, the blue
sky and the sweet, autumnal air.

‘ ‘ Then with no fiery, throbbing pain,

No cold gradations of decay.

Death broke at once the vital chain,

And freed his soul the nearest way.”

David F. Day.

Botanical Notes.

Botanical IV ork of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science* — The Ann Arbor meeting of the Association, just closed,
proved of more than usual interest to the botanists. There was a
notable increase in the permanent value of the papers. They were
more thoughtful, as a rule, than those presented at previous meetings,
and came up more nearly to the standard demanded by the science of
to-day. Below we give brief abstracts, which will show the general
nature of the papers.

An^ Observation on the Hybridization and Cross-breeding of
Plants,” by E. Lewis Sturtevant. This gave in detail the observa-
tions on crossed beans, maize, barley, peppers, tomatoes, lettuce and
peas, made at the New York Agricultural Experiment Station. As
a result of the observations the author concludes that in our domesti-
cated vegetable plants cross-fertilization shows its effects at once in
the reproduction of the form-species and varieties which are in-
volved in the parentage of the crossed seed, or, in other words, the
effect ^is atavism rather than a blending of properties.

Germination Studies,” by the same author, gave the results of
making numerous duplicate germinations, showing that different per-
centage-results are obtained as the quantity of seeds used is large or
smaH. The influence of various temperatures was also discussed.

The Question of Bisexuality in the Pond-scums,” by Charles E.
Bessey. It has been held by some botanists that the pond-scums
(Zygnemacese) show a distinct bisexuality, one of the filaments be-
ing male, the other female. Certain facts were presented which render
such a view untenable. In many plants the cells of the same filament
fertilize one another, as is notably the case in the forms which have
been described as Rhynchonema. Several cases of hybridization were
cited in which tv/o filaments, both of which bore resting-spores,
united with one another and produced a hybrid spore. The conclu-
sion was that the pond-scums are not bisexual, but rather unisexual,
that is, that while sexuality undoubtedly exists, there is as yet no
differentiation into the proper male and female. Accordingly these
plants must take a position just above the asexual prototypes, but
below the clearly bisexual odphytes.

“The Process of Fertilization in Campanula Americana," by
Charles R. Barnes. This species is strongly proterandrous. The

* From the American Naturalist.

107

pollen is scraped out of the anthers by the hairy style and brushed off
before the stigmas open, thus securing cross-fertilization. The
development of the pollen is normal. The stigmas are held together
till mature by interlocking papillae. The hairs on the style become
partially introverted, thus freeing the pollen.

The pollen-spore contains two nuclei, the larger of which, the
vegetative, becomes disorganized shortly after entering the pollen-
tube, while the smaller spindle-shaped generative nucleus persists.

The embryo-sac is cylindrical, with a gradual enlargement near
the micropylar end, where is located the egg-apparatus, and an abrupt
enlargment at the chalazal end, in which lie the antipodal cells.
There are usually two sac-nuclei.

The pollen-tubes enter the style between the bases of the papillae
of the stigma, pass down in the strands of conducting tissue, and not
through the central canal, around which this tissue is arranged. The
paper was followed by an account of the methods used, and illustrated
by figures drawn upon a large chart.

“ Proof that Bacteria are the direct Cause of the Disease in Trees
known as Pear-blight,” by J. C. Arthur. Cultures of the bacterium
taken from blighted twigs were made in sterilized corn-meal juice.
After a few days some of the bacteria, which had increased rapidly
in this medium, were transferred (a drop only) to another sterilized
preparation of corn-meal juice. After a few days another transfer
was made, and this was continued until the sixth culture had been
reached, when there was presumably but an infinitesimal amount of
the original diseased juice present. Inoculations made with the bac-
teria of the last culture resulted in producing the blight as certainly
and rapidly as in the first case.

The crucial experiment was made by filtering a watery solution
containing the bacteria, and then inoculating with the bacteria on the
one hand and the filtration on the other, resulting in blight in the
former and none at all in the latter case.

“The Mechanical Injury to Trees by Cold,” by T. J. Burrill.
There are two kinds of mechanical injury due to a low temperature,
viz.: (i) The cracking and splitting of the bark and wood in a longi-
tudinal-radial direction; and (2) the separation of the concentric
layers of wood and bark, and especially the rupture of the cambium,
thus destroying the bark and perhaps also killing the tree.

The first injury is due to the shrinking of the tissues by cold.
The second is due to the growth of ice-crystals in the annual rings
on the surface of the wood.

“ Further Observations on the Adventitious Inflorescence of Cus-
cuta glomerata” by Charles E. Bessey. A further examination shows
that it is the universal rule of this species for the infloresence to de-
velop from lateral adventitious buds, and that no normal inflorescence
is developed. The adventitious infloresence always bears a definite
relation to the parasitic roots; that portion of the stem which bears
roots produces adventitious inflorescence, and the greater the number
of roots the greater the mass of infloresence. No adventitious inflor-
escence is produced upon any portion of the stem which does not
bear roots.

108

The stem proper (main axis) all dies away very soon, not only
between the inflorescences, but in the masses of inflorescence also.
The flowering stems soon establish direct structural relations with
the root, and thus with the host-plant. Of other species thus far
examined, Cuscuta arvensis does not produce adventitious inflores-
cence, while C. chlorocarpa and C. Gronovii produce an abundance
of both the normal and the adventitious flower-clusters, and in both
cases the flowers, fruits and seeds appear to be well developed.

“ On the Appearance of the Relation of Ovary and Perianth in
the Development of Dicotyledons,” by John M. Coulter. An ex-
aminiation of inany species of dicotyledons (belonging to the orders
Ranunculaceae, Leguminosae, Rosaceae, Saxifragaceas, Onagraceae,
Rubiaceae, Urabelliferae, Compositae, Borraginaceae, Scrophulariaceas
and Labiatae) shows that in every case the first character recognized
in the development of the flower is that of interior or superior ovary,
and that a most simple grouping of the orders- upon that basis is
possible. Grouping the dicotyledons upon this basis results some-
what as follows: The Compositae take place at the. head of the list,

then near them come the Umbelliferae, Rubiaceae, etc., etc., The
intermediate orders whieh have inferior and superior ovaries, as the
Rosaceae and Saxifrageceae, would occupy a proper intermediate
position, and finally those with superior ovary or ovaries only, as
the Scrophulariacae, Labiatae, Leguminosae, etc., would be arrayed
in a descending series.

“ The Development of the Prothallium in Ferns,” by Douglass H.
Campbell, ’bhe paper gave the details of many observations upon
the development of the prothallia of ferns, accompanied with figures
of the various stages.

Notes upon some Injurious Fungi of Californa,” by William G.
Farlow. 1 he author observed Peronospora Hyoscyami, D. By., grow-
ing abundantly upon Nicoliana glauca, a shrubby plant, native of
Buenos Ayres, which is now common in Northern Mexico and South-
ern California. As the shrub is a near relative of the cultivated
tobacco, Ntcoiiana Tabacum, there is danger that the parasite may
be transferred from the former to the latter.

The hollyhocks of California are affected by a rust ( Fiucinta of
some species) which was at first supposed to be identical with the holly*
hock disease of Europe (Puccinia malvacearum). It is, however,
entirely distinct, being the same species as that which occurs upon
species of Malvasirum in some of the Western States. There is
danger that this may become transferred to the cotton-plant.

“ A new Chromogenous Bacillus” by D. E. Salmon and Thomas
Smith. A Bacillus, named B. luteus suis, was found in the pericar-
dial effusion of hogs affected with swine plague.

The Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S . — About seventy members
of the Association registered themselves as botanists at the Ann Arbor
meeting. Every member of the club wore a yellow ribbon in addi-
tion to the regular association badge. Six sessions of the club were
held in the university buildings, one of them occuring in the botan-
ical laboratory.

During the first session a committee was appointed to take into

109

consideration the question of English names for the fungi and the
diseases produced by them. The committee is composed of J. C.
Arthur of Geneva, N. Y., Wm. G. Farlow, Cambridge, Mass., and
VVm. Trelease of St. Louis, Mo., who are to act in conjunction with
F. L. Scribner of Washington, D. C.

A committee was also appointed to take into consideration the
relations of the botanists of the country to the National Herbarium
at Washington. This committee, consisting of John M. Coulter of
Crawfordsville, Ind., and Wm. J. Beal of Lansing, Mich., reported
in favor of asking that the herbarium prepare a catalogue of its spec-
imens and books so that botanists may know what is to be found
in it for consultation, and also in order that desiderata may be known
to those who are able to supply them.

Professor Beal read a few notes upon laboratory methods. This
was followed by discussion and a general interchange of notes.

Professor Halsted exhibited specimens of a wild grape from Iowa
completely covered with Peronospora viticola. Near these specimens
were many vines whose leaves were free from the parasite, but whose
berries were badly affected.

D. H. Campbell exhibited an organism from the Detroit River
which he thought to be an 'alga. Other members doubted its vege-
table nature. It was referred for further examination and study.

Professor Coulter presented a list, with comments, of the plants
collected by the Greely expedition.

Professor Barnes described the peculiar dehiscence of the fruit of
Campanula Americana, in which a peculiar little flap opens and lets
the seeds out when the weather is dry, but closes when it is wet.

Professor Lazenby presented an additional list of plants new to
the Ohio flora.

During the session in the botanical laboratory the whole time was
given to the discussion of laboratory methods, and examination of
various microscopes and of the laboratory books on the shelves in
the room.

Professor Burrill called attention to the grape disease due to
Sphaceloma ampelina, D. By. Specimens were exhibited and passed
around among the members of the club.

Mrs. Wolcott described au abnormal form of Campanula which
had suddenly appeared in her garden, and which provoked a discussion
on weed-seeds in which it was suggested that many weeds survive in
fields and meadows by the yearly growth of depauperate plants which,
though small, produce perfect seeds.

Professor Barnes showed that the figures of the stomata of Mar-
chantia polymorpha given in most books are erroneous in not sjiowing
the guard-cells, which lie at the bottom of the chimney-like struc-
ture.

F. L. Scribner gave some hints upon the making of drawings from
botanical specimens.

Geo, U. Hays, of St. Johns, N. B., sent a paper on the botanical
features of New Brunswick, which was read by the secretary. The
low temperature and damp air have affected the flora so that it is
quite peculiar.

110

Professor Bessey described his herbarium cases, which have doors
that are readily removed entirely, and that he uses for tables by
placing them upon trestles or flat-backed chairs.

D. H. Campbell described the germination of Boiryckium spores
in so far as his observations had progressed. He succeeded in ger-
minating the spores by constructing a box in such a way that the
spores were under ground.

He also called attention to the crystals in the petiole of Onoclea

J. C. Arthur exhibited specimens of Nepaul barley {Hordeum
tri/urcatum) in which the awns take a hood-like development, and
in this hood additional flowers are found. The structure is very puz-
zling, as it appears that here a flowering-glume (outer palet of the
older books) bears flowers towards its upper extremity.

Dr. Walker, of New Orleans, mentioned a case of degeneracy of
Indian corn. Kernels of Nebraska corn were planted in a pot in
New Orleans, and produced perfect fruiting plants only fifteen inches
in height.

The officers for the next meeting are John M. Coulter of Cravv-
fordsville, Ind., chairman; J. C. Arthur of Geneva, N. Y., secretary.

The Chemical Action of Light on Plants. — Professor A. Vogel, in
a communication to the “ Sitzungsberichte der Munchener Akad'
emie,” brings into prominence the fact that the hemlock plant,
which yields coniine in Bavaria, contains none in Scotland. Hence
he coricludes that solar light plays a part in the generation of the
alkaloids in plants. This view is corroborated by the circumstance
that the tropical cinchonas, if cultivated in our feebly lighted hot-
houses, yield scarcely any alkaloids. Prof. Vogel has proved this
experimentally. He has examined the barks of cinchona plants
obtained from different conservatories, but has not found in any of
them the characteristic reaction of quinine. Of course it is still pos-
sible that quinine might be discovered in other conservatory-grown
cinchonas, especially as the specimens operated upon were not fully
developed. But as the reaction employed detects very small quan-
tities of quinine, it may be safely assumed that the barks contained
not a trace of this alkaloid, and it can scarcely be doubted that
the deficiency of sunlight in our hothouses is one of the causes of the
deficiency.

It will at once strike the reader as desirable that specimens of
cinchonas should be cultivated in hothouses under the influence of
the electric light, in addition to that of the sun.

If sunlight can be regarded as a factor in the formation of alka-
loids in the living plant, it has, on the other had, a decidedly injur-
ious action upon the ([uinine in the bark stripped from the tree.
On drying such bark in full sunlight the quinine is decomposed, and
there are formed dark-colored, amorphous, resin-like masses. In the
manufacture of quinine, the bark is consequently dried in darkness.

This peculiar behavior of quinine on exposure to sunlight finds
its parallel in the behavior of chlorophyll with the direct rays of the
sun. It is well known that the origin of chlorophyll in the plant is
entirely connected with light, so that etiolated leaves growing in the
dark form none. But as soon as chlorophyll is removed from the

Ill

sphere of vegetable life, a brief exposure to the direct rays of the
sun destroys its green color completely.

Professor Vogel conjectures that the formation of tannin in the
living plant is to some extent influenced by light. This supposition
is supported by the fact that the proportion of tannin in beech or
larch bark increases from below upward — that is, from the less illu-
minated to the more illuminated parts, and this in the proportions of
4:6 and 5:10.

Sunny mountain slopes of a medium height yield, according to
wide experience, on an average the pine-barks richest in tannin. In
woods in level districts the proportion of tannin is greatest in local-
ities exposed to the light, while darkness seems to have an unfavor-
able effect. Here, also, we must refer to the observation that leaves
exceptionally exposed to the light are relatively rich in tannin.

We may here add that in the very frequent cases where a leaf is
shadowed by another in very close proximity, or where a portion of
a leaf has been folded over by some insect, the portion thus shaded
retains a pale green color, while adjacent leaves, or other portions of
the same leaf, assume their yellow, red, or brown autumnal tints. If,
as seems highly probable, these tints are due to transformation pro-
ducts of tannin, we may not unnaturally conclude that they will be
absent where tannin has not been generated. — Jour, of Science.

Boxwood, which is almost exclusively used for wood engraving, is
becoming more and more scarce. The largest wood comes from the
countries bordering on the Black Sea. The quantity exported from
Poli direct to England is immense; besides this, from 5,000 to 7,000
tons of the finest quality, brought from Southern Russia, annually
pass through Constantinople. An inferior and smaller kind of wood,
supplied from the neighborhood of Samsoun, is also shipped at Con-
stantinople to the extent of about 1,500 tons annually. With regard to
the boxwood forests of Turkey, the British consul at Constantinople
reports that they are nearly exhausted, and that very little really good
wood can be obtained from them. In Russia, however, where some
little government care has been bestowed upon forestry, a consider-
able quantity of choice wood still exists; bui even there it can only
be obtained at an ever-increasing cost, as the forests near the sea
have been denuded of their best trees. The trade is now entirely in
English hands, although formerly Greek merchants exclusively ex-
ported the wood. In the province of Trebizonde the wood is gen-
erally of an inferior quality; nevertheless, from 25,000 to 30,000 cwt.
are annually shipped, chiefly to the United Kingdom.

Seeds of W^eds —The botanist of the Ohio Agricultural Station
has been counting and estimating the number of seeds found upon a
single plant of the most obnoxious weeds grown in that State. In the
shepherd's purse he found the number of seeds in a medium-sized
plant, 37,500; in the dandelion, 12,100; wild pepper-grass, 18,400 ;
wheat-thief (^l^thospermum arvense), 7>ooo; the coinmon thistle \Cj_r-
sium lanceolatufti) , 65,366; camomile, i^,g20‘, butter-weed, 8,587;
rag- weed, 4,366; common purslane, 388,800; ^mmon plantain,
42,200; burdock, 38,860. , . . ,

P rocuring^ Fire with the Bamboo. In the new edition of Mason s •

112

“ Burma ” we read that among other uses to which the bamboo is
applied, not the least useful is that of producing fire by friction. For
this purpose a joint of thoroughly dry bamboo is selected, one and a
half inch or two inches in diameter, and this joint is then split into
halves. A ball is now prepared by scraping off shavings from a per-
fectly dry bamboo, and this ball being placed on some firm support,
as a fallen log or piece of rock, one of the above halves is held by its
ends firmly down on it, so that the ball of soft fibre is pressed with
some force against its inner or concave surface. Another man now
takes a piece of bamboo a foot or less long, and shaped with a blunt
edge, something like a paper-knife, and commences a sawing motion
backward and forword across the horizontal piece of bamboo, and
just over the spot where the soft fibre is held. The motion is slow
at first, and by degrees a groove is formed, which soon deepens as the
motion increases in quickness. Soon smoke arises, and the motion is
now made as rapid as possible, and, by the time the bamboo is cut
through, not only smoke but sparks are seen, which soon ignite the
materials of which the ball beneath is composed. The first tender
spark is now carefully blown, and when well alight the ball is with-
drawn, and leaves and other inflammable materials heaped over it,
and a fire secured. This is the only method that I am aware of for
procuring fire by friction in Burma.

Another method of obtaining fire by friction from bamboos is thus
described by Captain T. H. Lewin (“ Hill Tracts of Chittagong, and
the Dwellers therein,” Calcutta, 1869, p. 83), as practiced in the
Chittagong Hills. The Tipporalis make use of an ingenious device
to obtain fire; they take a piece of dry bamboo, about a foot long, split
it in half, and on its outer round surface cut a nick, or notch, about
an eighth of an inch broad, circling round the semi-circumference of
the bamboo, shallow toward the edges, but deepening in the centre
until a minute slit of about a line in breadth pierces the inner surface
of the bamboo fire-stick. Then a flexible strip of bamboo is taken,
about one and a half foot long and an eighth of an inch in breadth,
to fit the circling notch, or groove, in the fire-stick. This slip or band
is rubbed with fine dry sand, and then passed round the fire-stick, on
which the operator stands, a foot on either end. Then the slip,
grasped firmly, an end in each hand, is pulled steadily back and forth,
increasing gradually in pressure and velocity as the smoke comes.
By the time the fire-band snaps with the friction there ought to appear
through the slit in the fire-stick some incandescent dust, and this
placed, smouldering as it is, in a nest of dry bamboo shavings, can
be gently blown into a flame. — The Gardeners' Chronicle.

BULLETIN

OF THF.

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XII. 1 November. 1885 . [No. I I.

New North American Arthoniae.

The learned Dr. Nylanderof Paris has had the goodness to examine
a collection of North American Arthonim sent him by me, and has
published the descriptions of several new species in Nos. i6 and 24 of
the Regensburg Flora of the present year, and which are here repro-
duced for the benefit of our lichenists.

I have to regret that Dr. Nylander was prevented by ill health
and his numerous occupations from determining all the specimens
sent him, but I am not without hopes that he may yet find himself
able to do so. As being, as it were, the creator of the genus, no one
else is so capable as he.

I would observe that A. pyrrhuliza^ Nyl., has been distributed as
A. pyrrhula, which, from the description, is quite a different plant. Of
this, those with whom I have made exchanges will please take
notice. — H. Willey.

Fastidiosiim sane est novas species describere et infinitas ita min-
uties videri confusas exhibere. Sed non prsetervideatur in scriptis
praesertim hodiernis anatomicis vel physiologicis etiam multo magis
prodiens nisus res minutulas inutiles amplissime prolixissimeque
enarrare minutissimaque acriter consectari, ita ut meritum evadat pro-
lixitas.

Novae species expositae parvi sunt momenti nisi ubi addunt notas
ad alias species jam cognitas satius distinguendas et ubi constituendo
systemati utiles sunt; unde sequitur, nullas descriptiones esse bonas
sine additione notarum talium comparantium et simul descriptores
parum cognitionibus generalibus methodoque optima initiatos vix
descriptiones ullas rite facere valere.

Hie seriem incipimus Arthoniarum Americae borealis, quas sub-
misit praestantissimus H. Willey.

1. Arthonia sanguinea, Will. — Thallus vix ullus; apothecia obscure
sanguinea, superficialia, oblonga vel subrotundata (latit. circiter 0.5

convexula intus obscura; sporae 8nas incolores ellipsoideae mu-
rali-divisae, longit. 0.022 — 30“”^, crassit. o.oii — lodo gel-
atina hymenialis coerulescens, sporae fulvo- rubescentes.

In California super corticem et lignum. Species mox distincta
colore apotheciorum. Maxime accedens sit A. distendens, Nyl., e
Cuba (inde a C. Wright data n*® 154 et 156), cui apothecia nigra et
sporae multo majores (longit. 0.073— 90”"*-, crassit. 0.024— 27’“"* )

2. Arthonia xylographica, Nyl.— Thallus macula pallescente indica-
tus; apothecia nigra adpressa lanceolato-dififormia (latit. circiter 0.25

114

vel subastroidea; sporae 8nse ovoideo- oblongae 3-septatae, longit.
0,012 — 15'“™-, crassit. 0.004 — 3“™- lodo gelatina hymenialis coerules-
cens, dein protoplasma thecarum fulvescens.

Super lignum Vaccinii corymbosi in paludibus prope New Bedford.
Forsan sola subspecies A. astroidece, a qua praesertim sporis nonnihil
minoribus et reactione iodica differt. Gonidia vix ulla.

3. Arthonia subastroidella, Nyl. — Thallus vix ullus; apothecia
nigra minuta, confuse astroidea, inaequalia; sporae 8nae oviforrai-
oblongae 3-septatae, longit. o.oii — crassit 0.004^ — 5™'“' lodo
gelatina hymenialis vix reagens, protoplasma thecarum fulvo-rubes-
cens.

Super corticem Coryli ibidem. Affinis A. astroidece vel potius
epipastoidi, Nyl., sed reactione indicata differens.

4. Arthonia guintaria, Nyl. — Thallus macula pallescente indicatus;
apothecia nigra subastroidea, minus divisa; sporae 8nae oviformi-
oblongae 5-septatae, longae 0.018 — 21“™-, crassit. 0.007 — 8““‘, loculo
supero majore. lodo gelatina hymenialis et protoplasma thecarum
vinose rubescens.

In Nova Caesarea super corticem laevem. Affinis A. astroidea,
simplicior figura et sporis jam distincta. In A. obscura, Ach., sporae
minores.

5. Arthonia subminittula, Nyl. — Thallus vix ullus; apothecia nigra

tenera gracilenta astroideo-ramosa inaequalia; sporae 8nae oviformes
i-septatae, longit. o.oii — is™"*', crassit. 0.004 — 5™“' lodo gelatina

hymenialis vinose rubescens.

Super corticem Pini Strobi\s,stva ad N. Bedford. Species min-
utella affinis ^ disperses, Schrad. {A. ?ninutula,'^y\., Arth. p. 102),
sed apotheciis ramosis, reactione alia.

6. Arthonia Hamamehdis, Nyl. — Similis A. astroidece, sporis min-
oribus (3-septatis), longit. O.OII — 12™“-, crassit. 0.004“™- differens et
ab A. astroidella subsimili iodo gelatina hymeniali coerulescente, dein
fulvo-rubescente, protoplasmate thecarum similiter tincto.

Super corticem Hamamelidis Virginica ad New Bedford (H.
Willey).

7. Arthonia fissurinea, Nyl. — Thallus macula alba vel albicante,
Isvigata, indicatus; apothecia pallida innata sublanceolata concavius-
cula (latit. circiter 0.2““ ), margine thallode parum distincto; sporae
8nae incolores oviformi-oblongae, aequaliter 7 — 9-septatae, longit. 0.028
—32““-, crassit. 0.009 — o.oii““- iodo gelatina hymenialis ccerulee
tincta, dein fulvo-rubescens (sporae etiam sic tinctae).

Corticola in Florida. Species affinis A fissurinellce, sed magis
albicans et apotheciis pallidis (nec incoloribus) etc.

8. Arthonia pyrrhuliza, Nyl. — Thallus albidus opacus, tenuiter
obscure limitatus; apothecia rubricosa obscuriora, gracilescentia, varia,
varie divisa; sporae 8nae fuscae 3-septatae, longit. 0.012 — 15““', crassit.
0.0045““- Iodo gelatina hymenialis coerulescens, dein fulvescenti-
rubescens.

Super ilieis corticem prope New Bedford (H. Willey). Sporis ob-
scuratis mox differt a comparandis, quales sunt A. pyrrhula et A.
CascariUce, Fee, quarum definitiones hie addere liceat:

A. pyrrhula, Nyl., Enumer. Lich. suppl. p. 337 (nomen). — Thallus

115

macula albicante lata, satis determinata indicatus; apotheciacoccinea
Iinearia, subsimplicia aut parum rarauiosa, angulatim saepe flexuosa,
innata, plana, opaca; sporae 6 — 8nse incolores, 5 — 6-septatse, oblongse
sat magnae, longit. 0.030— 36™“-, crassit. o.ois”™-, utroque apice fere
^quales loculoque apicali utroque parvo subaequali. lodo gelatina
byraenialis vinose rubens (passim praecedente coerulescentia).

Super cortices in Carolina (hb. Tuck.) Differt ab A. cinnabarina
apotheciis gracilentis, sporis aliis.

A. CascarillcB (Coniocarpon, Fee Ess. p. 98, t. 15, f. 4). Thallus
albidus parum conspicuus, indeierminatus; apothecia obscure violacea
vel fusca vel obsolete violacee tincta, innata, minuta, sat crebra, rotun-
data vel nonnihil dilformia; sporae 8nae incolores oblongo-oviformes
3-septa.tffi, longit. 0.014 — crassit. 0.005”™- lodo gelatina
hymenialis intensive coerulescens, dein fulvescens.

Super corticem Crotonis Cascarillm. Vix differens ab A. adspersa
(Mnt.) nisi apotheciis minoribus simplicioribua.

9. Arthoma diffusa, Nyl., Enumer. Lich. suppl. p. 337 (nomen),
Thallus albus vel albidus, tenuis, effusus, opacus, saepe tenuissimus;
^othecia nigra sparsa rotundata vel nonnihil difformia (latit. 0.3— 0.7 '

innata plana vel convexiuscula, intus albicantia; sporae 8nae
incolores oblongo-oviformes 3-septatae, longit. 0.009 — 0.013““-, crassit.
0-0035— 0.0045““- lodo gelatina hymenialis coerulescens.

Corticola. Facie fere A. cinereopruinosoR, Schaer., sed sporis min-
oribus. Spermatia oblonga.

10. Arthonia impallens, Nyl. — Subsimilis A. steno^raphellce, Nyl.,
Nov. Granat. 2, p. 99, sed apotheciis omnino pallidis. Sporae ovoideo-
oblongae 2 — 3-septatae, longit. 0.011-12““-, crassit. 0.0035 — 45““'
lodo gelatina hymenialis coerulescens. dein vinose fulvo-rubescens.

In New Jersey, supra llicem (Eckfeldt).

11. Arthonia terrigena. Will. — Thallus vix ullus visibilis; apothecia
nigra minutella lecideoliformia (latit. fere 0.2““ ); sporae 8nae incolores
vel dilute fuscescentes oviformi-oblongae i-septatae, longit. 0.0 ii — 12

crassit. 0.0035““- lodo gelatina hymenialis non tincta, proto-
plasma thecarum vinose rubens.

Supra terram humosam nudam locis umbrosis prope New Bedford
(Willey). Species inconspicua infima,, cum nulla alia comparanda.

12. Arthoria subminutissima, Nyl. — Thallus nullus visibilis; apothe-
cia nigra minutissima rotundata vel oblonga (latit. vix 0.1““-); sporae
8nae incolores oblongo-oviformes i-septatae, longit. 0.007 — 9™“' crassit.
0.003 "*“■ lodo gelatina hymenialis vinose fulvescens.

Pinicola prope New Bedford. Comparanda cum A. minutissima
(Ach.) Nyl., Scand. p. 263, quae sporas habet majores.

Observatio.

Arthonia patellulata, f. subpallidiuscula, apotheciis humidis obscure
pallescentibus. Super corticem Hamamelidis prope New Bedford.

Gtuercus gra. — While riding along the turnpike from Dix Hilks

to Comae, Suffolk County, I noticed an oak which I was satisfied was
new to me. It seemed to be quite plentiful in that light, sandy soil.
On my return home I found it to be Quercus nigra. As I have

116

botanized over almost the whole county, I think it is confined to that
(limited) locality, or I should have observed it before.

Wading River, L. I. E. S. Miller.

Dr. Asa Gray’s Seventy-fifth Birthday. — The seventy-fifth anni-
versary of the birth of Dr. Gray occurred on the i8th of November,
when a number of American botanists united in presenting him with
a highly artistic vase as a token of their esteem.

This vase, which we represent herewith from Science, was presented
on the morning of the i8th, without formality. It is about eleven
inches high, and is appropriately decorated en repoussi with those plants
which are distinctively American, and which are most closely associated
with Dr. Gray. The place of honor on one side is held by Grayia
polygaloides, and on the other by Shortia galacifolia. Among others.
Aster Bigelovii, Solidago serotina, Lilium Grayi, Centaur ea Americana,
Notholcena Grayi and Rudbeckia speciosa are prominent.

The vase stands upon an ebony pedestal, which is surrounded by
a silver hoop bearing the inscription:

i8io — November eighteenth — 1885.

ASA GRAY

in token of the universal esteem
of American botanists.

The idea was originated and carried out by the editors of the
Botanical Gazette, and was a complete surprise to Dr, Gray.

Pine-needles. — It is very pleasant to have my friend Dr, Gray s
congratulations on my conversion as to the nature of pine-leaves. If
the “ botanical world ” had given me the evidence, instead of allowing
me to work it out for myself, the happy event need not have been so
long delayed. And, of course, if I am now convinced that a fascicle
of pine-needles is really but the leaves from a suppressed branch, I

117

can have no hesitation in adopting the terms “ early stuck together ”
instead of “ nionophyllous in the early stages,” if that will make the
idea clearer, for it was precisely my object to show that the term raon-
ophyllous as applied to the pine was simply a case of the “early
sticking together ” of the leaves of the plant.

Thomas Mkehan.

To Botanists. I have published a Catalogue or Check-List of the
Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants of North America,
containing the names of nearly 10,000 species. It is, so far as I know,
the most complete list ever published of the plants of this country.
It contains 112 pages, and will be found of the utmost utility as an
auxiliary to the successful arrangement of a herbarium, and invalu-
able for making exchanges.

Paola, Kansas. J, H. Ovster.

Botanical Notes.

Systematic Position of the Bacteria. — In a Review of recent works
on bacteria. Dr. C. Fisch {Biolog. Ceritrabl. v., pp. 97-102) shows that
the assignment of the Schizomycetes to the fungi does not rest upon
a sound morphological basis, the physological resemblance in the ab-
sence of chlorophyll not being sufficient of itself to show a genetic
affinity. The history of development furnishes conclusive evidence
against the Schizomycetes being connected with the fungi phytoge-
netically, either as an early form of development or as the result of
retrogression. The nearest affinity of the bacteria lies unquestionably
with certain green organisms, Nostoc, Oscillaria, etc., included under
the Schizophyceae or Cyanophyceae; and these form together a natural
group of Schizophyceae, with no close affinity to any group of fungi.
According to our present state of knowledge, the Schizophyta must
be regarded as displaying the nearest genetic affinity with the Flag-
el lata. — Journ. Royal Microscop. Soc.

The Filmy Ferns of Jamaica. — Under this title, Mr. J. H. Hart
has contributed to the West Indian Field an interesting article to
which he appends a list of all the Trichomanes and Hymenophylla
known to inhabit the island of Jamaica — 22 species of the former and
13 of the latter.

Forestry Statistics. — At the American Forestry Congress, recently
in session in Boston, some very valuable statistics were presented
relative to the timber supply of this country. The land area of the
United States is placed at 1,856,070,400 acres; total forest area,44o,99o,-
000 acres; total farm area, 295,650,000 acres. Of unimproved and waste
lands, including “old fields,” there are 1,115,430,400 acres. There
are 150,000 miles of railway, including side tracks. It has required
396,000,000 ties for their construction. Supposing that the ties
require to be renewed once in six years, and that 10,000 miles of new
road are built annually; if twenty-five years be allowed as the time
necessary for trees to attain a size suitable for making ties, then it
would require 15,000,000 acres of standing timber to supply the an-
nual demand for them. But with the increase of railroads, it is to be
considered that the annual demand for ties is all the while increasing.

118

The census reports the consumption of i 45 , 77 ^-i 37 cords of wood
and 74,000,000 bushels of charcoal for fuel in dwellings, stores, fac-
tories, steamboats and locomotives. This in a single year would clear
the forests from an area of 30,000,000 acres. The census also reports
that in 1880 forest fires consumed the trees on 10,274,089 acres, and
there is no reason to believe that a less area will be burned over than
in 1880. The census gives the amount of lumber cut in 1880 as
18,000,000,000 feet. Last year the cut had increased to 28,000,000,-
000 feet, which would lay bare an area of 5,600,000 acres. Altogether,
it appears that the forests of the country are subject to an annual
drain of 50,750,089 acres. It may well be inquired how long the forests
can endure this drain — how long the country can bear this rapid
destruction of the most important material element of its prosperity.

The Shaw School of Botany^ endowed by Mr. Henry Shaw as a
Department of Washington University, at St, Louis, was formally in-
augurated on the 6th instant., the address being delivered by Mr.
William Trelease, who has been appointed to the chair of botany,
which is to be known as the Engelmann Professorship, The work of
the school, outside of the University classes, will begin with the for-
mation of a class for the study of grasses, A class in analytical bot-
any will take up the study of spring flowers on Tuesdav and Thurs-
day afternoons and Saturday mornings, from April 6th till June 12th,
1886.

Dhtribution of Crystals of Oxalate of Calcium in the Leaves of /<?-
guminosce. — Some investigations on this subject have been made by
Prof. J. P. Borodin, who has examined 660 species with the following
results: In the Mimoseae the occurrence of the crystals is very constant,
and they are arranged in a solitary manner parallel with the veins.
In the Caesalpineae the distribution is the same, but, in addition, there
are clusters of crystals scattered through the parenchyma of the leaf.
These do not occur in the Papilionaceae. In the Papilionacese
there are three principal types: (i) Crystals altogether wanting
(in the Genistesr, many Galegeae, as Astragalus and Colutea, and
some genera of other groups; (2) clinorhombic crystals along
the veins (in the Viciese and Trifoliaceae), and clinorhombic crys-
tals scattered through the parenchyma (in some Phaseolese and
Galegese); clinorhombic crystals in groups in the epidermis (in
Dtoclea and Canvalia), and crystals in the membrane of the epidermis
(in Stylosanthes) . When crystals are wanting in the leaves, they are
deficient also in the stem. {four. Boy. Micros. Sac.) These investi-
gations after further elaboration may perhaps serve as a clue to the
genus to which any leguminous plant belongs, in cases in w'hich only
a leaf can be obtained.

Experiments in Crossing Solatia. — Some interesting experiments have
lately been made by Messrs. Sutton, of Reading, in the cross-
ing of potatoes already in cultivation with the Solanum Maglia of
littoral Chili and with S^ Commersoni. Hybrids with S. Maglia have
been obtained, but a cross could not be effected with S.jCommersoni.
The same firm has also made the curious experiment of fertilizing the
“ Victoria ” potato with the pollen of a tomato, and other potatoes
with the pollen of Solanum Dulcamara and S. nigrum, reversing the

119

cross in some instances. From these cross-fertilizations seed has
been obtained, and the result of their cultivation will be awaited with
interest. — Gardeners Chronicle.

Variations in Quercus prinoides. — At a meeting of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, August 4th, Mr. Meehan exhibited a
series of fruiting specimens of branches of Quercus prinoides. In
some, the leaves were almost orbicular and obtuse, in others narrowly
lanceolate or saliciform and acute, others had lobed and wavy
edges, while others were quite entire. The plants were all growing
within a few feet of each other, and the parent plants were also all
under the same conditions of environment, and were all at no distant
date from one parentage.

They were exhibited, said Mr. Meehan, for two purposes — first
to show that what was commonly understood as environment was not
a main factor in the origination of variation, and secondly to show
that variation was independent also of mere conditions of growth or
sexual peculiarities to which variation was sometimes referred. It was
indeed true that young plants often had leaves varying from those on
the older plants, and plants or branches bearing flowers of one sex
would have characters varying from those of another sex, but these
specimens were all fertile, and with young acorns. I here was no
possible ground for any suggestion as to different conditions in any
sense, and the variations could be attributed only to an innate and
wholly unknown power to vary, which science had so far been unable
to reach.

Sonora Gum.—A substance called “ Sonora gum,” somewhat re-
sembling a gum-resin in external appearance, and of hitherto uncer-
tain origin, is found sparingly in commerce in California, and is used
by brewers there in the manufacture of porter. Upon an investiga-
tion of the matter, Mr. F. Grazer finds that this so-called gum is the
exudation from the branches of Larrea Mexicana, which was referred
to under the title of Arizona shellac in a paper read by Professor
Stillman at a meeting of the California Academy of Sciences several
years ago. Mr. B. B. Redding, at the same meeting, referred to the
plant as a source from which our commercial shellac could be obtained,
stating that these lac-yielding plants, including Acacia Greggit, were
as plentiful as the so-called sage-brush, from Southern Utah to New
Mexico, and from the Colorado desert to Western Texas, the lac
being most abundant around stations on the Mojave and Colorado
deserts. The exudation, which takes place as the result of an insect s
sting, could be easily collected by boiling the twigs in water, the
gum (?) which rises to the top being skimmed off, strained, and dried
on smooth stones, and hand-pressed into flakes, ready to make sealing
wax or varnish. The plant requires a rainfall of three inches a year.

Formation of Gum in Trees. —Some time since Sir James Paget
created considerable interest by quoting in one of his lectures the
results of an investigation' by Dr. Beijerinck into the cause 0 f t e
formation of gum in trees, which led him to believe that it was due to
a pathological change brought about by the influence of a fungus
(Bulletin, xi., 33). Working quite independently, and in ignorance
of Dr. Beijerinck's researches. Dr. Wiesner has since arrived at a sim-

120

iiar conclusion, except that he attributes the formation of gum to the
action of an unformed ferment {Monatshefte, vi., 592). This ferment
he considers to belong to the starch-converting or diastatic enzymes,
but to differ from the ordinary members of this group in that, while
it converts starch into dextrin, it produces no sugar that reduces
Trommer’s solution. The seat of the development of the gum fer-
ment appears to be the granular protoplasmic matter of the paren-
chyma cells. From thence it attacks the cellulose of the cell walls,
converting it into gum or mucilage, in the latter case disappearing
itself from the finished product. The ferment probably converts any
starch it may meet with into dextrin, though never into a reducing
sugar; indeed it seems capable of arresting the action of diastase in
this direction, when added to a solution of dextrin containing diastase.

A Square- Stemmed Bamboo. — The great predominance of the
cylindrical form over all others in the trunks, branches and stems of
plants renders an exception to the rule of considerable interest. The
existence of a square-stemmed bamboo in China and Japan has sev-
eral times been mentioned, but the assertions of travelers in regard
to it have been received with some incredulity. There can be no
doubt about the matter now, however. This variety of the bamboo
is described and figured in a Japanese book, the So Moku Kin Yb 5 /“
(Ornamental leaved Trees and Shrubs), published at Kyota in 1829,
and in the Ju Moku Shiri-yaku (Short Description of Trees) of
Kinch, of Tokiyo. In 1880 some specimens of this bamboo were pre-
sented to the Kew Gardens, and it seems that it had been intro-
duced into France some time before that. Nothing has been known
of its presence in China until within a very recent period, say in
1882, when Mr. F. S. A. Bourne met with some specimens during the
course of a voyage. It seems, from an extract from the North China
Herald c\ttd va Nature, that the Chinese hold the plant in great es-
teem, cultivate it as an ornament and put it to many uses. When
young the stem is nearly cylindrical, but becomes square in time. It
is, according to its age, manufactured into canes and pipe-stems.
This peculiar variety of the bamboo is found in Chekiang, Tunnan
and a few other regions. The Chinese attribute its form to super-
natural power or to sorcery.

The Lechugutlla {^Agave heteracantha, Zucc.), says Dr. Havard, is
the most important of the soap or amok plants of Southwestern Texas
and Northern Mexico. lu the process employed for extracting the
fibre, the parenchyma or pith squeezed out constitutes about 40 per
cent, of the green leaf; when dried it is a white-yellowish, mucilagin-
ous powder which possesses remarkable cleansing properties princi-
pally due to the presence of saponin. Its composition is very proba-
bly analogous to that of the root of Yucca baccata. Rubbed with
water, it foams and lathers, answering the purpose of good soap with-
out, owing to its freedom from alkali, its disadvantages. It imparts a
smooth and satiny appearance to the skin, and is used successfully in
removing stains from the most delicate fabrics. It tends rather to
set than to displace colors, and articles likely to fade may be washed
with it in safety. It is also an excellent wash for the scalp and hair,
leaving the latter soft and glossy. If this powder could be compressed

121

into small cakes or tablets it would doubtless become an important
article of trade.

Mexicans and Indians, after removing the prickles, pound the
leaves into a pulp which they use instead of soap.

The Root of Baptism tinctoria has recently been examined by Dr.
von Schroeder {^Chem. Zett., Oct. 14th), who finds therein, among
other constituents, an alkaloid which he calls baptitoxine, and which
has a poisonous action even in small doses. In frogs this alkaloid
produces cessation of the respiration and then paralysis; in warm-
blooded animals it causes a slowing of the respiration and an increase
in the reflex irritability of the medulla.

Economic Uses <>f Qpuntias. — Dr. Harvard, in Proceedings of
U. S. National Museum^ says of the prickly pears; “The joints,
erroneously called ‘leaves,’ are readily eaten by cattle and sheep, for
which they are an important article of food. It is well, as far as far
as practicable, to make them undergo a preliminary scorching for a
few moments, over a bright fire, to burn off the bristles and blunt the
spines. I have seen cattle eating nopal leaves with great relish in the
open field, although there was good green grama near by, seemingly
indifferent to the many bristles and spines sticking to their noses.
There are times when they prefer them to any other food. These
leaves contain a large proportion of water and often save cattle and
sheep from great suffering in dry seasons. If the time of drought be
much prolonged, however, they lose much of their water by evapora-
tion and become very thin; the pulp shrinks and the fibrous frame-
work preponderates; in this state they are liable to cause sickness in
animals feeding on them. During the three or four winter months,
on the Lower Rio Grande, sheep often get no other food than nopal
leaves. Every morning the shepherd cuts down, with his hand-ax or
machete, the amount required for the day; as a rule he does not fire
them. It is to be noted that as long as they feed on them the sheep
require no drinking water.

“ The nopal leaf is much used by Mexicans and frontiersmen as a
poultice in bruises, ulcers and sores of all kinds. It is first slightly
toasted to remove bristles and thorns, as well as to warm and soften
the pulp; then it is split in two, or simply one of the surfaces shaved
off, and the exposed pulp applied to the part. From the testimony
of many intelligent people I am inclined to regard this as an excellent
healing and gently stimulating application.

“ It is also useful to clarify water. After being scorched it is
mashed into a pulp, which, when thrown into water, like egg albumen,
drags all impurities to the bottom.

“ Again, this leaf may be prepared for food by boiling it in salt
water; if afterwards cut up into a hash with eggs and chile Colorado,
it makes quite a savory dish.”

Preserving Plants . — For the last three years, says Mr. P. Henning,
certain fruits, flowers and other portions of plants have been pre-
served in perfect condition at the Berlin University (Botanical Mu-
seum) by means of a solution consisting of four parts of water and
one part of alcohol saturated with salicylic acid.

Retirement of Sir J. D. Hooker . — After occupying for nearly

122

twenty years the position of director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, Sir
Joseph Hooker now resigns that post. Though nearly seventy years
of age, he seems as full of vigor and work as when, forty-five years
ago, he joined Sir James Ross’s Antarctic expedition as assistant
surgeon in the Erebus and Terror. That voyage yielded a substan-
tial contribution to botanical science. Not only as a botanist, but as
a lecturer, he stands in the highest rank. His botanical work during
his well-known wanderings in the Himalayas is of scarcely less scien-
tific importance than that of the Antarctic regions, New Zealand and
Tasmania; while it is difficult to conceive that his Himalayan Jour-
nals can ever be out of date, either for instruction or entertainment.
Nor must the journey which he made in Morocco with Mr. John Ball
be forgotten, and its substantial narrative, not to mention his run
across America with that most genial of scientists. Prof. Asa Gray.
No one probably did Darwin more service when working out his
Origin of Species. As an eager fellow-worker and loyal assistant, few
probably know the services Sir Joseph rendered to one who was the
greatest of revolutionists, as well as the foremost of evolutionists.
But it is as the director of Kew Gardens that Sir Joseph must be
specially remembered at present. There he has held sway for thirty
years — ten as his father’s assistant and twenty as chief. It is mainly
due to the Hookers that this royal domain has become the largest and
finest garden in the world. The director of such an institution can
have but little of that quiet and unworried leisure which is absolutely
necessary for the best work in science, and it is this consideration,
and not any feeling of failing faculties, that determined Sir Joseph to
resign his trying post at the end of November.

The Papaiv {Carica papaya ). — All students of botany are well ac-
quainted with the accounts given by travelers of the uses and won-
derful properties of the fruit of Carica papaya, and most of us have
read how the application of the juice of this fruit to a piece of tough
meat will cause a disintegration of its fibres and consequently render
it tender. Browne, in his Natural History of Jamaica, says that meat
quickly becomes tender if it is washed in water to which some papaw
juice has been added, and, if left in such water for ten minutes, it
will drop from the spit while roasting, or separate into shreds while
boiling. It is likewise said that in Barbadoes and other West India
islands, it was once customary to feed pigs on the green fruit; but it
was found that if these animals consumed any very large quantity
without a sufficient proportion of other food, they not only suffered
in health, but death actually followed in some cases from the intensity
of the chemical action. Owing to the interest that has recently
sprung up in Europe regarding the chemical action of this fruit, a
large demand has risen for the. dried juice and the commercial
papain, both of which have lately been submitted to a new examina-
tion by Dr. S. H. C. Martin, who records his results in the British
Medical Journal for July 25th.

Wurtz had described the ferment of the papaw as a proteid, solu-
ble in distilled water, yet precipitated by nitric acid, but differing
from a native albumen (as white of egg) in not being precipitated by
boiling. In the material used by Dr. Martin in his former expen-

123

menis (commercial papain) he found two proteids, a globulin and a
“peptone”; and he could not come to any conclusion as to which
of these bodies was the ferment, or, to speak more correctly, which
was associated with it.

In the present investigation he has attempted to settle this point.
In the first place, the body called a “peptone” in a previous paper
is not a true peptone, but is one of the bodies intermediate between
globulins and peptones, first described by Meissner as a peptone, and
called by Kuhne hemialbumose. This body agrees with peptone in
certain reactions, and experiment shows that the ferment-action is as-
sociated with hemialbumose.

Of the results obtained in the investigation of the action of papain
on the proteids in papaw-juice only a brief summary can be given.
Of late years the former ideas of the nature and constitution of vege-
table proteids have been entirely revolutionized, chiefly by the re-
searches of Denis (‘ Memoire sur le sang’), Weyl, Hoppe-Seyler,
Vines, and others; so that now we may state that the two chief pro-
teids found in plants are globulins and “ peptones.” Vines considers
that there is no true peptone in the seeds of plants; he thinks it is a
hemialbumose, and explains away Ritthausen’s “ legumin ” and “con-
glutin,” obtained from the seeds of Legwninosce, referring the former
to the class of hemialbumoses and the latter to a changed form of
proteid produced by the action of alkalies and globulin. By pursu-
ing the method first instituted by Denis, Dr. Martin obtained from
papaw-juice proteid bodies whose reactions agree with those of the
globulins and hemialbumoses, or rather albumoses, leaving the ques-
tion as to whether they are anti- or hernia-forms for further considera-
tion. The albumose precipitated by sodio-magnesium sulphate cor-
responds to Vines’s hemialbumose. This albumose gives the same
reactions as those of the body with which the ferment is so closely
associated: it is the proteid in the juice most like a peptone. Dr.
Martin found no trtfe peptone.

The action of papain on these different constituents is peculiar,
because in Dr. Martin’s former experiments he . has been able to dis-
cover no true peptone as a result of digestion; the body which is
formed from the globulins is the albumose found in small quantities
in the salt extract, the body which corresponds to Vines’s hemialbu-
mose.

Botanical Literature.

Thirty- eighth Annual Report on the New York State Museum of Nat-
ural History. Report of the Botanist, Chas. H. Peck. Albany,
Weed, Parsons & Company. 1885.

From this Report we learn that one hundred and ninety two spe-
cies of plants were last year mounted and added to the State herba-
rium, and that of these (of which very many were fungi not
before published) one hundred and sixteen were not previously
represented therein. To these must be added two State species sent
by correspondents, and new to the herbarium, making the total num-
ber one hundred and eighteen.

124

In continuation of a series of monographs of our Hymenomycetous
or fleshy fungi, begun in the 33d Report and continued in the succeed-
ing ones, Mr. Peck gives in the present instance on account of
our State species of Lactarius (which are forty in number), and of
Pluteus (nine in number).

The gratifying promptness with which the Report under consider-
ation has been printed and published is due to a law passed in 1883,
which provides that the scientific printing of the Museum shall here-
after be done “under the direct care of the Museum staff. Under
this law the scientific papers prepared by the Museum staff will be
issued, whenever ready, as Museum bulletins.” This is as it should
have been many years ago.

The Mycologic Flora of the Miami Valley, Ohio. By A. P. Morgan.
(From Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.)

Observations on several Zoogloece and related Forms. By William Tre-
lease, Sc.D. 8vo., pamph., pp. 24. (From Studies from the Bio-
logical Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University.)

(i.) The Spot-Disease of Strawberry Leaves. (2.) When the Leaves
Appear and Fall. By William Trelease. 8vo. pamph., pp. 20.
(From Second Ann. Report Wise. Agric. Exper. Station.)

Proceedings of the Torrey Club. — At the regular meeting of the
club, Tuesday evening, November loth, the President occupied the
chair, and twenty-one persons were present.

Dr. Britton read some notes upon Carya microcarpa and a paper
upon Quercus Muhlenbergii, Engelm, and Q. prinoides, Willd., in
which he maintained that the eastern shrubby form of Q. prinoides 'ws.s
a well-marked variety of Dr. Engelmann’s Q. Muhlenbergii {Q. Casta-
nea, Muhl., Q. Prinus, L., var. acuminata, Mx.), and therefore pro-
posed for it the name of Q. Muhlenbergii, Engelm., var. humilis.

Mr. Hollick gave a brief account of the August flora of the
vicinity of Pom’s River, N. J., and exhibited specimens therefrom.

Dr. Newberry gave an interesting account of the fossil flora of the
New Jersey cretaceous clays, and compared the forms that
have been found with similar ones from the clays of Greenland and
Aachen. Within the past few months upwards of a hundred and
fifty species have been unearthed, these including about fifteen con
ifers, a dozen ferns, two or three cycads, several specimens of what
appears to be a large composite flower-head, and a number of trees
and shrubs, many of which are represented by living genera.

white-flowered Cnicus lanceolatus was shown by Mrs.
Britton, who also exhibited specimens of Chrysanthemum Leucanthe-
mum in which the flower-heads appeared to be developed immediately
from the root without the intervention of a stem — the latter, at least,
if present, being too short to be visible.

Mr. Hollick showed an example of syncarpy in a cultivated
cucurbit.

Two persons were elected active members.

Bulletin Torrey Botanical Clubi

Plate LI

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. Xll.l December. 1885. [No. 12.

Fresh-Water Algae. X.

By Francis Wolle.

(Plate LI.)

Two weeks spent in Florida, in the latter part of the month of
March last, an occasional exploration nearer home and a few par-
cels from correspondents, suggested the following notes referring
mainly to plants new to the United States. They are arranged in
the order of proposed classification of our fresh-water algae.

Ectocarpus, Lyngb. E. rivularis, n. sp. — Tufts loose, 2-6 inches
long, dark ol:ve-green ; filaments stout and firm, much branched ;
branches erect patent, mostly alternate, decompound; stems and
branches tapering. Diameter of lower part of stems often 250/i,
branches 100/.1, more or less; articulations of stems and of branches
rarely more than half as long as wide, often shorter ; propagula rare,
elliptic-oblong, acute, subsessile, constricted at base ; older parts of
stems corticulate, at first marked by longitudinal threads over the
articulations, then by an irregular reticulation.

The Ectocarpi form a family of about fifteen species in our
American marine waters, abundant along the Atlantic and Pacific
coasts. T'he new species, E. rivularis, is claimed for fresh water.
It has hitherto been found in only three known localities in Florida.
The first discovery, made by myself, was in a fresh water marsh pool
about two miles inland from Green Cove Spring, March, 1885. A
month later. Rev. H. D. Kitchel found the same plant at Blue
Springs on the St. John’s River, more than two hundred miles from
the sea. In a collection made by Capt. J. Donnell Smith in 1878,
and sent to me, I discovered the same plant and made an illustra-
tion in my sketch book, but did not identity it then. The specimen
came intermingled with other fresh- water algie.

Among marine forms the plant is neare.st Ectocarpus Durkeei, de-
scribed by Harvey in his Nereis Boreali- Americana. More modern
authors consider this form a mere variety of E. granulosus, Ag.;
howev'er this maybe, it coincides with neither; besides affecting fresh
water, it is much more rigid and robust, and the articulations of the
stem are shorter, usually less than half the diameter.

Tliorea, Bory. T. ramosissima, Bory. — Lake Osceola, klonda.
The specimen found was small, but sufficient for identification.

(Edo<ronium, Link. (Ed. acrosporum, D.B., var. longatum, n var.
—Diameter of filament 7-8;/; much more slender than in the forms
described, and the cells more elongated, averaging twice the usual
length, 5-1 1 times longer than broad.

126

CEd. echinospermum, A. Br., var. spermogonio-multicellulare,
n. var. — Gynandrosporous, oospores globose, echinulate, spines very
slender, dense and long. Androsporangia 2-5-celled ; dwarf males
with spermogonia 8-io-celled. Fils. 25/r-3o/r ; oogon. 50/^ ; stipes
of males i8/i; spermog. cells 15/i.

I collected finely developed specimens of this new variety in
lakes at Winter Park, Florida, March, 1885.

(Ed. cat aractum, n. sp. — Idioandrosporous ; oogonia often
terminal, single or twin, obovate or subglobose, or broadly oval, pore
in upper part ; oospore globose or egg-shaped globose, nearly filling
the oogonium; androsporangia 2-6-celled ; dwarf males somewhat
curved, seated on or sometimes below the supporting cell ; spermo-
gonia one-celled. Veg. cells 28/r-3g/r long, 1.5-3^^ diameter. Oogon.
55-60/t long, by 60-75//. Oosp. 50-55// long, by 50-60//. Cell
andro. 26-30// long, by 10-15//. Stip. dw. males 10// long, by 65//.

Rapid stream below High Falls, Dingman’s Ferry, July, 1885.

Chd. punctato-striatum^ D. By. — A good European species, for the
first time here in lakes near Winter Park, Florida, March, 1885.

Cladophora, Ktz. C. cegagropila, Linn., var. thermalis, n. var.
— (flusters attached, 1.5-2®'“’ in diameter, dark green ; filaments
rigid, rnuch branched, more or less radiating from a common centre;
branching lateral, erect patent, often enlarged towards the ends ;
articulations long, 10— 20 diameters.

In manner of growth it has the appearance of C. glomerata, var.
pumila, Bail., but the branching is lateral immediately below the
apex, a,nd not terminal as in that species. It has much in common
also with sitriXe Ptthophora. Comparing with European specimens
of izgagroptla, is a fair representation, but it may be well to con-
tinue observations on fresh specimens in different seasons of the year
for complete identification. The plant was found attached to the
planked sides of the outlet of the large sulphur springs at Green
Florida, also attached to sticks of old wood in coves
of bark at Silver Spring, Florida. The waters of both places are warm
and sulphurous.

DictyospfuBreum, Naeg. D. Hitchcockii, n. sp. — Cells green,
broadly oval, length about one and one-half time the diameter; others
indicating division by transverse constriction in the middle ; clus.-
tered in radiating branched series, held by slender, colorless, gelati-
nous threads; each cell having chlorophyll radiately gathered around a
large central granule. The cells measure 12-13// wide, 18-20// long.

Frequent in Split Rock Pond, N, J.

Zygnema (Ag.) Ktz. Z. purpurea, n. sp. — Primarily yellowish
green, but soon changing to a dark purple, articulation one diameter
to more rarely two diameters ; fruiting filaments more or less genicu-
late; zygospores spherical, cells not (or but slightly) swollen. Diameter
of filaments 20// to (rarely) 25//.

This plant is common in ponds and lakes of Nevv Jersey, floating
in large masses often yards in extent, filaments often geniculately
united, but never in perfect fruit. I was fortunate in finding the
same plant last March in the Tocoi marshes near St. Augustine,
Florida. Wide ditches alongside the railroad were literally covered

127

with a smooth, glistening, dark purple mantle. Here for the first time
were discovered good fruiting specimens which determined the
hitherto doubtful generic position of the plant. The chlorophyll is
usually more or less centrally contracted in each cell. There is no
evidence of twin nuclei, a fact which, with the color and the genicu-
late feature of the filaments, makes a distinct specific character.

Mesocarpus, Hassal. M. crassus, n. sp. — Vegetative cells robust,
measuring, with slight variation, 50/i in diameter, 5-ro times as long
as wide; fruiting cells very nearly, or perfectly straight; zygospores
smooth, spherical, 65 in diameter.

Floating in extended, pale yellow- green masses on ponds near St.
Augustine, Florida. In every way much larger than the largest of
described species, and the articulations proportionately longer.

Staurospermum, Ktz. S. gracillimum, Ktz.

Lakes near Winter Park, Florida.

Bambusina, Ktz. B. gracilescens, Nord. (Plate Li., Figs. 13-14).
This is described in my Desmids of the United States as a variety of
B. Brebissonii. VVhether viewed as such or as a distinct species, it
was an interesting discovery to find fine fruiting specimens frequent
in a pond near Winter Park, Florida.

Diameter of cells, i4A<; length, 23/i; apices, 8/r; zygospore, 15/r.

An observation made by Rev. H. D. Kitchel, and by myself, on
gatherings from the same marsh pond is worthy of special note. The
plant conjugates, not like one of the Desmidiaceae, but, like one of the
Zygnemaceae, in longer or shorter series; often when the zygospores
are nearly matured, the cells of one side separate and cause the other
side to bend backward in a reversed, semi-circular form. We found
^he fruiting specimens in many stages of conjugation, first putting
t out separately narrow gelatinous connecting tubes, then these uniting
and forming complete conjugation, next the chlorophyll passing out
of the cells, flowing together in the tube, and gradually developing
the zygospore, until fully matured.

Judging by these specimens, the correctness of the generic position
of Bambusma may be questioned.

SphiB/ozosma, Corda. S. pulchrum. Bail., var. constrictum, n.
var. (Plate li., Fig. 12). — Cells half as long as wide, with a decided
constriction in each lobe between the axis and the apex. Diameter,
70-75/^.

Lake near Kissimme, Fla.

S. moniliforme, Lund. (Plate li.. Fig. ii). — Diameter 20/i; length
of cell 40yU.

Lake near Kissimme, Fla.

Cosmarium, Corda. C. Eloisianum, Wolle. A species hitherto
found only in Minnesota now turns up also in Splitrock Pond, New
Jersey.

Micrasterias, Ag. M. verrucosa^ Roy. (Plate li., Fig. 10.) — In
outline this species agrees with forms of M. denticulata (Breb) Ralfs.,
but differs from these and all other described forms by the remark-
able row of credulated, circular or oval basal inflations crossing from
side to side, larger towards the centre, gradually growing smaller
towards the margins. The original, typical plant was found in Scot-

128

land. The first from this country was from a pond near Minneapo-
lis, Minn., in collections made E>y Miss E. Butler.

M. ringens, Bail., var. serrulata, n. var. (Plate li.. Fig. 15.)
—In size and form the same as the original type from Florida.
Bailey describes it as “ granular near the margins,” but not as ser-
rated. This nevv variety has the margins distinctly serrated.
Found in large numbers in White Bear Lake, near Minneapolis,
Minn., by Miss E. Butler, Diameter 115-130/^ by 1 25-145 /r.

M. furcata, Ag., var. simplex, n.var. (Plate li., Figs. 6 and 7.)
7~Cell equal in length and breadth, two-lobed, end lobe exserted,
its divisions spreading, producing a wide, shallow sinus ; lateral
lobes usually simple, sometimes divided into two, narrow, linear diver-
gent sections, furcate at apices. Length and breadth i4o-i5o/<.

A singularly variable species; of thirty-one specimens examined by
Rev. H. D. Kitchel and myself, twenty were of normal form, as in the
upper half of figures 6 and 7, no arms divided ; five had all the lat-
eral arms divided like the tower half of figures ; one had two arms
divided and one single; two had only one arm divided, and three
had each two arms divided.

All from pond near Winter Park, Florida.

1 he second form mentioned, with all the lateral arms divided, is
near the form described (Desmids United States, p. m) as M.
pseudofur cata, and needs further observations.

Staurastrum, Meyer. St. IVolleanum, Butler, var. Missimmense,
71 . var. (Plate li.. Figs, i, 2 and 3 front, side and end views.) — A
large smooth and beautiful form, fully one-half larger than the typ-
ical plant from Minnesota. The arms are similarly constructed and
arranged, but, in proportion with the body, are much longer, nearly
equal in length to the diameter of the body; apices not notched, but
tipped with several small spines. Diameter, including the arms,
100-125//.

Grassy shores of lake at Kissimme, Florida, March, 1885.

. • Tokopekaligense, n. sp. (Plate li.. Figs. 4-5). — Cell smooth,
semicell in front view oval with gradiating arms; end view triangular,
each angle drawn out into a smooth arm nearly as long as the dia-
meter of the body; two similar arms on each side; all at nearly equal
furcate at the apices. Diameter, including arms, 75/^.

This species occurs frequently in small coves of Lake Tokope-
kaliga, at Kis^simme, Florida. It bears features in common with St.
furcatu 7 n, Breb., but is about twice the size, has more arms, and has
them differently arranged; the description “one spine at each angle,
with two accessory spines at the base,” or “ three spines at each angle,”
does not apply.

St. paradoxum, Meyen., var. Osceolense, ti. var. (Plate ll,
Figs. 8-9.)— This variety is near the typical form, but larger, and
with the apices of the arms much more prominently forked. Spread
of arms, 60-70//.

St. longtspitnim, Bail. — This species, hitherto recognized by
Prof. Bailey only, was found by Rev. H. D. Kitchel, the past summer
in Florida, and by myself in New Jersey.

I he front view was not described by Bailey and hence not men-

129

tioned in my Desrnids of the United States, p. 145. The semicells
are smooth, broadly elliptic, with the angles terminated by two, long,
stout, subulate spines.

Lyngbyapapyi'ina, Kir. {P hormidiiim papyraceuni, Ktz.) — Collected
by W. A. Setchell, New Haven, Conn.

Oscillaria chalybea, Mertens. Florida.

Beggiaboa leptomitiformis^ Trevis. — Collected by Miss G. Lewis,
Clifton Spring.s, N. Y. April, 1885.

Spirulina ienuissima, Desmaz. — Frequent in sulphur springs.
Green Cove Spring, Florida, and Clifton Springs, N. Y.

The Origin of Herbaria.* — At a meeting of the Botanical Society
of Lyons, May 5th, 1885, Dr. Saint-Lager gave the results of the
researches that he had made regarding the historical origin of her-
baria. He had been led to this study by reading a work recently
published by Messrs. Gamus and Penzig upon the subject of a herba-
rium of the end of the sixteenth century discovered in the archives
of Modena. In the first place. Dr. Saint-Lager stated that in the
writings of the naturalists of antiquity no collection of plants that
had been first dried and pressed and then united in volumes is ever
spoken of. Yet it is certain that among the Greeks there were botan-
ologoi, who, as the name indicates, devoted themselves to the gathering
of plants. These persons were called also r/iizotomop ‘root-cutters,'
and it was their business, particularly, to stock the shops of the
phytopolai, or herb-dealers, called in Latin herbarii.

We know also that a botanical garden was established at Athens
by Aristotle, and afterwards ceded to Theophrastus his pupil, and
his successor at the Lyceum. Theophrastus bequeathed his garden,
natural history museum and dwellings to his disciples. Pliny tells
us that he often enjoyed visiting the garden w'herein the venerable
Antonius Castor cultivated all the plants of Italy, Greece, Asia
Minor, Egypt and India. There was also a botanical garden near
the celebrated School of Medicine of Alexandria. Later on, in the
middle ages, the centre of phytological studies w'as transferred to
Salerno, where Matthseus Silvaticus founded a garden which served
as a model for all those that were established in several towns of
Italy, Holland, Germany, England, Russia and France.

As botany, on account of the numerous applications formerly
made of it in medicine, was, among the natural sciences, the one that
had most adherents, it seems surprising at first sight that the art of
preserving plants, dried and pressed, did not keep pace with that of
cultivating them, and that Linnaeus’s aphorism that omni botanico
herbarium necessarium est has not from all times been a fundamental
clause in the cartulary of botanists. It is well to remark that the
word herbarium, which might prove misleading, was used up to the
middle of the sixteenth century to designate a botanical treatise
accompanied with engravings opposite the text. Such is the Her-
barium of Apuleius Platonicus and that of Giacomo Dondi, Le Gram

•From the Bulletin trimestrial de la Socilti botanique de Lyon, April-June,
1885, p. 61.

130

Herbier in French translated from Latin, the Herbarium of Brunfels,
the Herbaria Nuovo of Castore Durante, and several others of the
same kind. The expression hortus siccus, ‘ dry garden,’ by which
was designated what we now call a herbarium, did not make its
appearance until towards the end of the sixteenth century, and, on
another hand, the most ancient herbaria preserved up to our day are
those of the Lyonais surgeon Greault (1558), in the Paris Museum,
of Aldrovandi (1560-68), in 16 volumes, at Bologna, of Rauwolf
(’f 573 “ 75 )» Leyden, of an unknown botanist, in the archives of
Modena, and of Gaspard Bauhin (1576-1623), at Basel.

Dr. Saint-Lager gave a description, from Messrs. Camus and
Penzig, of the Modena herbarium, and, from Mr. Caruel, of the much
more extensive one of Caesalpinus, and he expressed his regrets that
so little care had been taken of the herbaria formed by Lyonais
botanists. No trace of Dalechamps’s collections remains, and there
are but a few fragments of those of Goiffon, 'who had the honor of
being Jussieu’s master. The herbarium of Claret de la Tourrette has,
with the exception of the lichens, been distributed through the general
herbarium of the Conservatory. No one has ever had the curiosity
to visit the herbarium of Abbot Rozier. Finally, there has recently
been found at the Conservatory of Botany a herbarium which was
formed in 1699 by an apothecary named Rene Marmion, and which,
on account of its antiquity, should have merited a better fate than
that of being devoured by parasites.

It now remains to examine a question to which no one has ever
paid any attention, and that is why herbaria were not formed before
the sixteenth century.? Assuredly it was not because the invention
required a great effort of genius. Even children, without being
taught, know how to form little herbaria by inserting flowers between
the pages of a book during their walks in the fields. This word
book contains the answer to the question proposed. The ancients
did not prepare herbaria because they did not know the art of
uniting into book-form sheets of that admirable material, paper,
which, although very thin, is relatively quite stiff. They wrote upon
papyrus, or upon sheets of parchment which they rolled into a volume
yvolumen, from volvere^. Moreover, they would never have ventured
to employ papyrus, a costly material, nor even parchment, for so
vulgar a purpose.

In the twelfth century of our era the manufacture of paper from
silk \charta bombycina) and from cotton {charta cotonea) was begun in
Europe, according to processes long understood by the Chinese; but
it was not till the fourteenth century that it was known how to make
paper out of linen and hempen rags. And then, as all the operations
were perfornied by hand, paper was quite a dear product. When,
about the middle of the fifteenth century, the art of printing was
invented, paper manufacturers taxed their ingenuity to reduce the
cost of labor, and constructed machines adapted for comminuting
rags and spreading the pulp in the form of endless sheets. Now it
is worthy of remark that the a])pearance of herbaria coincides with
the mechanical improvements by means of which it became possible
to manufacture paper at a low price. Such economic result once

131

obtained, the idea of preserving dried plants must have occurred to
several botanists at the same time; and it seems to be useless to dis-
cuss at length the question as to whether the inventor of the forming
of herbaria was Luca Ghini, as maintained by Meyer in his Geschichte
der Botanik, or the Englishman Falconer, as thought by Messrs.
Camus and Penzig. In fact, said Dr. Saint- Lager, the Lyonais surgeon
Greault formed a herbarium at the same period as did Ghini and
Falconer, and without having been in communication with them. It
is probable that other botanists likewise have simultaneously carried
out the very legitimate desire of preserving in their library those
plants which they had taken so much pleasure in gathering in a living
state. The difficulty did not consist in conceiving of the idea of
collecting dried and pressed plants together into a volume, for that
is child's-play, but rather in finding a convenient and cheap mounting
material.

Botanical Notes.

Red Snow . — At a recent meeting of the Biological Society of
Washington, Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, of the National Museum, read
a paper on Red Snow, and exhibited through the microscope speci-
mens of the brilliant, minute, crimson globules which give color to the
snow, and about the character of which there has been considerable
difference of opinion among naturalists. Mr, Hitchcock remarked
that the red snow that attracted much attention from scientific
gentlemen when it was brought home from the Arctic regions by
Capt. Ross, in the year i8i8, was by no means unknown before that
time. De Saussure, as early as 1760, observed it on Mount Breven,
in Switzerland, and since then many others have noticed it in the
Alps and Pyrenees, and it seems to occur frequently in all parts of the
world. Particular interest, however, was manifested in the material
brought home by Capt. Ross, and several botanists secured speci-
mens for examination, and, among these, Mr. Francis Bauer, who
thought the plant a Uredo, and named it U. nivalis, Baron Wrangel
regarded the plant as a lichen, and gave it the name of Lepraria
Kermesina.

In the latest literature of algae the plant is classed as a Chlamydo-
coccus. Until the method of propagation of this plant is more satis-
factorily established, Mr. Hitchcock thinks it will be impossible to fix
its systematic position. It is not improbable that in its actively vege-
tating condition the plant is green. This is indicated by the obser-
vations of early discoverers.

A specimen of the red snow collected by Dr. Kane from the
crimson cliffs of Beverley is in the National Museum, but is now
thoroughly dry.

A specimen sent by Mr. Alexander McDougall was received in
January of this year from Poverty Gulch, Col.

Mr. Hitchcock made a few observations on this and attempted
to cultivate some of the cells, but without success. The cells were
of a bright red color, sometimes apparently quite naked, but fre-
quently enclosed singly or three or more together, in a colorless,
shrivelled envelope.

133

The contents of perfect and fresh cells appeared to be quite clear
and transparent, with occasionally a well-defined sort of vesicle of a
deeper color than the rest. When the endochrome was pressed out
from the cells into the surrounding water it contracted into spherical,
oil-like masses. The surrounding envelope was quite hard, tough
and resisting.

Identification of Species by Cell-wall Markings. — Messrs. Lawrence
and Raddin, of Evanston, 111., have been making a study of the
markings of the cell-walls of various exogenous trees with the
object of ascertaining whether it is possible to distinguish species by
this means. The results of their observations are published in the
November number of the Microscope,

The conclusion that they reach is that species cannot be distin-
guished by this means, and they further observe that the same species
collected in different localities presented differences that were often-
times very great. They even assert that species of the same genus
frequently bear no relation to each other in this respect, and that the
markings on the cells of Quercus rubra sometimes so closely resemble
those of Pinus Strobus that there is danger of confounding the woods
of these two trees.

Vegetative Organs of Monotropa. — In studying the structure of
Monotropa Hypopitys, Mr. F. Kamienski finds the root of this plant
to be covered externally by the mycelium of a fungus, which
branches abundantly and forms a pseudoparenchymatous envelope,
often two or three times the thickness of the epidermis itself, being
especially well developed at the apex of the root. It is entirely
superficial, not penetrating the living cells, though occasionally be-
tween the epidermal cells. The species of this fungus Mr. Kamienski
was unable to determine, but considers it to be probably identical
with that found on the roots of conifers and other trees. With re-
gard to the mode of nutrition of Monotropa, Mr. Kamienski decides
that it IS not a parasite. The most careful examination failed to de-
tect any haustoria or other parasitic union of the root with any
host. He regards it as deriving its nutriment from the soil through
the medium of the fungus->mycelium by which the roots are invested;
the only parts of the root which are in actual contact with the soil
are composed of lifeless cells with no power of deriving nutriment
from it. q he connection of the fungus with the root of the Mono-
tropa is not one of parasitism, but of true symbiosis, each of the two
organisrns deriving support and nutriment from the other. — Journ.
Roy. Microscop. Soc.

The New Director of Kew Garden?, — We supplement the state-
ment made in our last number as to the retirement of Sir Joseph D.
Hooker from the post of Director of the Royal Gardens at Kew by
the announcement that Mr. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, who for some
time past has ably performed the duties of Assistant Director, has
been nominated to succeed him.

The de Candolle Prize. — The Society of Physics and Natural His-
tory of Geneva offers a prize of 500 francs for the best original mon-
ograph of any family or class of plants. The prize was instituted by
Mr. A. P. de Candolle. The manuscripts may be in Latin, French,

133

German, English, or Italian, and must reach the president of the
society before the first of October, 1889. The members of the
society are not allowed to compete.

Nnv American Desmids. — In a paper read before the Royal
Microscopical Society, Nov. nth {Journal of the Society, pp. 933-40)
Mr. W. B, Turner describes a number of desmids, of which the fol-
lowing new species and varieties are North American: Genicuhiria
Americana (Minn.), Leptozosma* catenula {^.].),Onychonema Nord-
stedtiana, Cosmariutn gemmatum (Minn.), C. rostratum (Minn.),
Euastrum Floridanmn (Fla.), E. pseudelegans, E. coronatum (Minn.),
Micrasterias furcata, var. decurta (N. Y.), M. mamillata (Pa.), M.
Americana, var. spinosa (Nova Scotia), M. denticulaia, var. Minneso-
tensis (Minn.), M. papillifera, var. Novce Scoticce (N. S.), Arthrodes-
mus incus, var. Americana (Pa.), Xanthidium armatum, vars. Wolle-
anum and Atnericanuni, (N. J.), Staurastrum gladiosum (N. J.), S.
Fringsheimii, var. duplo- 7 }iajus, (N. S.), Docidium Occident ale, and
Gonatozygon sex-spiniferum (Minn.). 'J’he descriptions of the above
are accompanied with two plates of figures.

The following are given as new to North America; Cosmariu?n
Cordarmm, Breb. (N. S.), Staurastrum dejechwi, Breb., var. Sudeticum,
Kirch. (Minn.), and Fenitwi spirostriolatutn, Barker (Minn.)

The Fruit of Opuntia. — At the meeting of the Philadelphia Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences, August nth, Mr. Thomas Meehan exhibited
a series of specimens of an unknown species of Opuntia closely allied
to O. Brasiliensis and showing a gradual change from the joint or frond
to the fruit. In one case there was the thin orbicular frond, then a
frond with a slight rounding and tapering at the base, then one some-
what resembling a fruit, but very much compressed, and with an
abortive flower-bud having a scar at the apex, then another with a
perfect flower, but very much elongated and fluted, but with a perfect
flower, though small, and lastly the frond reduced to an inch in length,
pyriform, and with the perfect large yellow flower. He remarked
that it could not be called a novel point to make that the fruit of a
was simply a metamorphosed frond, or joint as the section is
commonly called, and that the petals were the usually very much
suppressed leaves, but it might serve a good purpose to place on
record this excellent illustration of the fact.

A deep-zvater Moss. — Fishermen who capture the char off Yvoire
Point on the southern shore of Lake Leman, says La Nature, often
bring up in their nets fragments of rocks upon which is frequently
found growing a moss of a beautiful green color. These stones,
according to the distinguished naturalist Mr. J. B. Schnetzler, and to
Prof. Bocion of the Industrial School of Lausanne, come from a depth
of 200 feet. No stream of water enters the lake in this region, and
the rock, with adhering moss, is found at a great distance from the
shore. No moss has hitherto been found living at so great a depth.
The fact is the more striking in that the cells of the species under

* Leptozosma, «. gen. — Filamentous, long, cateniform; not twisted or but
slightly so. Joints united by a strongly marked suture; cells attenuate at the
ends towards the suture. Near to Bnmbusina, but differing in the suture.

134

consideration are filled with chlorophyll, a coloring matter which,
save rare exceptions, can be developed only under the influence of
light of a certain intensity.

Botanical Literature.

Manual of the Botany {PhcBnogamia and Pteridoph\ta) of the Rocky
Mountain Regions, from New Mexico to the British Boundary.
By John M. Coulter, Ph.D. Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co.:
New York and Chicago. 1885.

This book will be gladly welcomed by western botanists, as well
as by those of their eastern confreres who have had occasion to iden-
tity western plants, and who know by experience how difficult it often
is to obtain access to descriptions. The range of the work includes
Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Western Dakota, Western Nebraska
and Western Kansas, the eastern boundary being very nearly repre-
sented by the hundredth meridian. 'I'he greater portion of contigu-
ous floras is also described, so that “the western part of the Indian
Territory, Northwestern Texas, Northern New Mexico and Arizona,
and Eastern Utah and Idaho may be included for all except their own
peculiar plants.” This is a very wide range and embraces one of
three regions west of the Mississippi Valley prairie country that
possess well defined floras, the others being that of the Pacific slope,
which is provided for in the Botany of California, and that which ex-
tends from the Great Basin to Arizona, New Mexico, Western Texas,
and southward into Mexico, and which is found described partly in
Mr. Watson’s Botany of the Fortieth Parallel and partly in Dr. Roth-
rock’s Botany of the Wheeler Survey.

As a general thing. Prof. Coulter follows the sequence of orders
adopted by Bentham and Hooker, but he has transferred Gymno-
sperms to the end of Phtenogams, and has subordinated Monocotyled-
ons and Dicotyledons to Angiospernis, as this, he remarks, better
expresses relationships that have long been recognized. The old
term “ Cryptogam ” has been discarded for that of Pteridophyta, and
the classes and orders have been arranged under this series in that
sequence which the author thinks best expresses relationships.

'Fhe descriptions of adventive plants are in all cases printed in
smaller type and placed at the bottom of the page.

In size, typography and general make up, the book is uniform
with Dr. Gray’s Manual. In view of the want that has long existed
for a concise account of the flora of the Rocky Mountain region, in
a convenient form for reference, we bespeak for Prof. Coulter s
work a large sale.

Les P rocedes operatoires en Histologie Vegetale; Guide pour les Etudes
de Microchimie. Par Louis Olivier. Paris: Savy. 1855.

In this volume, Mr. Olivier has brought together in systematic
order, from various scattered papers, descriptions of the most approved
methods of preparing microchemical reagents, and the mode ot apply-
ing them to the study of plants. After pointing out how great a light is
shed upon the minute anatomy of the tissues by the microchemical
method, the author discusses the form, the structure, the contractility.

135

and the various properties of protoplasm; the general structure and
physiological role of the cellular nucleus; the degree of complication
of the ternary membranes ; the nature of the substances that exist
in the cells, in solution or in an amorphous or crystalline state; and
then proceeds to give the methods of examining each organ, tissue,
or other plant element.

This book will prove a valuable addition to the libraries of those
who are interested in the study of vegetable histology, although
students in this country are perhaps well enough provided for in this
respect in Prof. Trelease’s translation of Poulsen’s work on the same
subject, published by S. E. Cassino & Co. last year.

Talks Afield about Plants and the Science of Plants. By L. H. Bailey,
Jr. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 1885. 121110., pp. 168.

This is a pleasantly written little volume, well adapted to fulfil the
mission for which its author intended it. i. e., to give the non-botani-
cal public “ a popular account of some of the leading and external
features of common plants.” Some of the topics treated of are the
following: the flower; the stem; the classification of flowering plants;
the rose family; the composite family; a peep at the inside; the sexes
of plants; cross fertilization; hidden flowers; the arrangement of
leaves; carnivorous plants; a talk about roots; how plants are
named, etc. The work is profusely illustrated and handsomely printed,
and can be recommended as a safe guide to those who desire to ob-
tain an intelligent idea of plant structure and classification, and who
yet do not wish to take up the study of botany as a science.

Report on the Flora of Western and Southern Texas. By Dr. V. Ha-
vard, U. S. A. 8vo., pamph., pp. 85.

This very valuable report is based upon the observations and col-
lections made by Dr. Havard during the last five years at various
posts at which he has been stationed, and also,” and chiefly, while on
duty with the expeditions for the exploration of Western Teias, un-
der the command of Major W. K. Livermore, ... in the sum-
mer and fall of 1881 and 1883.” In the first part, the author describes,
in a general way, the vegetation of Western and Southern Texas, and
sketches the topographical features of the country. T he second part is
devoted to economic notes upon such plants of the I exano-Mexican
flora as are known to have useful or baneful properties, or to be of
value to the industries.

Les Champignons supirieurs. Physiologic. Organographie. Classifi-
cation. Ditermination du Genre; avec un Vocabulaire des Ter/nes
techniques. Par L. Forquignon. Paris: Octave Doin. 1885.

This is a little duodecimo volume dedicated to beginners in the
study of the higher fungi, and gives excellent descriptions of some
of the principal species of Agaricini, Polyporei, Hydnei, Thelephorae,
Clavariae, etc., found in France. The descriptions are followed by a
brief account of some exotic fungi ; by a bibliographical index, which,
although not exhaustive, is sufficiently complete in its enumeration of
the most interesting works on mycology; and by a vocabulary in
which the Latin words are explained. Finally, 105 excellent figures.

136

due to Dr. Quelet, add to the value of the book, and give a correct
idea of all the genera and of the principal species.

Henry Shaw School of Botany. Inaugural Exercises in Memorial
Hall, St. Louis Museum of Fine Arts, Nov. 6th, 1885. 8vo.
pamph., pp., 24.

Catalogue of the P hcenogamous ami Vascular Cryptogamous Plants of
North America {exclusive of Mexico) By J. H. Oyster. 8vo,
pp. 1 1 2, Paola, Kansas. 1885.

Sketch of the Botanical W ork of the Rev. Moses A. Curtis, A.M.,
■D.D., E.A.A.S. By. Thomas F. Wood. Raleigh: Edwards,
Broughton 8: Co. 1885. 8vo, pamph., pp. 31; with steel plate
portrait of the subject of the memoir.

Proceedings of the Torrey Club. — The regular meeting of the
Club was held at Columbia College, Tuesday evening, l>ec. 8th. In
the absence of the President, Mr. Braman occupied the chair.

1 he committee appointed at the last meeting to extend to Dr.
Gray the Club s congratulations on the completion of his seventy-
fifth birthday submitted the following correspondence;

(resolutions.)

Kesotved: That the 1 orrey Botanical Club of New York sends its greetings to
Dr. Asa Gray on the attainment of his seventy-fifth birthday, and its congratulations
that it finds him in the enjoyment of health, the full possession of all his great
powers and undiminished enthusiasm in the science to which he has devoted his
life.

Resolved: That we tender to Dr. Gray our gratitude for the splendid contribu-
tions he has made to American botany, and our heartfelt wishes that many years of
activity and happiness may yet be added to his already long and useful life.

J. S. Newberry, M.D., )

Addison Brown, [- Couunittee.

E. G. K. Britton, )

(REPLY.)

Herb.'vrium of Harvard University,

Botanic Garden, Cambridge, Mass.

. November 20th, 1885.

to Arthur llolli'k, Sectetary, and Pfof. J. S. Newberry, Addison Brown, Esq.,
Mrs. E. G. A . Britton, Committee of the Torrey Botanical Club:

Let me return my sincere thanks for the honor you have paid me and the pleas-
iire you have given me by the congratulations which the Torrey Club has sent
through you, on the oecasion of my seventy-fifth birthday, with which I have been
deeply touched and gratified.

. '''bhes to you all personally, and for the prosperity of the Club

which has so honored and venerated a name, I remain

Sincerely yours,

Asa Gray.

Mr. O. R. Willis read a number of reminiscences of some of our
earlier botanists — Torrey, Rafinesque, Short and others.

Mr. Britton showed a specimen from the Torrey herbarium
labeled Geranium, simply, collected by Dr. Denslow in 1867 on the
Kingsbridge road, and which proves to be G. Sibiricum, L.

Mrs. Britton remarked upon some additions to the flora of West-
chester County, and exhibited specimens of double-flowered Viola
pubescens from Pelham Manor.